Skip to main content

Full text of "Modern brickmaking"

See other formats


MODERN  BRICKMAKING 


Plain  brick. 


Pressed  brick 
showing  "frog 


Hollow  brick. 


o    o    o   o    o 

o   ©    o    o 
o    o   o    o   o 


Perforated  brick. 


Jamb. 


Arch  brick  or 
Wedge. 


Diamond  stretcher. 


X 


Plinth  brick. 


Dog-tooth  stretcher. 


Fancy  squints,  or  stop  bricks,  for  corners,  etc. 


Half-moon  stretcher. 


Stable  brick. 


Channel  brick. 


String  course  brick.  Coping  brick.  String  course  brick. 

n 


Ventilator  or  air  brick. 


MODERN 

BRICKMAKING 


ALFRED   B.   SEARLE. 

CONSULTING  EXPERT  ON  CLAYS   AND  CLAY-PRODUCTS, 
LECTURER   ON   BRICKMAKING  UNDER   THE   CANTOR   BEQUEST,   ETC.    ETC. 


WITH  TWO  HUNDRED  AND  SIXTY  ILLUSTRATIONS 


LONDON 
SCOTT,     GREENWOOD     &     SON 

"THE  POTTERY  GAZETTE"  OFFICES 

8   BROADWAY,   LUDGATE   HILL,   B.C. 
ign 

[All  rights  reserved} 


D.  VAN  NOSTRAND  COMPANY 

NKW    YORK 


PREFACE 

THE  brickmaking  industry  is  one  of  the  oldest  known,  but 
most  of  the  modern  methods  of  manufacture  are  of  such  recent 
growth  that  no  single  volume  contains  a  description  of  the  most 
important  ones  used  in  this  country.  The  result  is  that  many 
brickmakers  are  using  machinery  and  kilns  of  which  they  have 
but  little  knowledge,  and  they  are  labouring  under  the  disad- 
vantage of  not  knowing  what  progress  has  been  made. 

In  the  present  volume,  the  Author  has  endeavoured  to  con- 
dense the  results  of  a  wide  practical  experience  of  all  the  better- 
known  processes,  machines,  and  kilns  now  in  use — both  in  this 
country  and  on  the  Continent — into  convenient  limits,  and  to 
express  this  information  in  terms  which  shall  be  readily  under- 
stood by  all  interested  in  the  subject.  In  other  words,  he  has 
aimed  at  clearing  up  ideas  regarding  the  various  processes  and 
appliances  used  in  modern  brickmaking  and  to  remove  various 
obscurities  at  present  prevailing  in  many  minds. 

In  this  work  the  Author  has  had  the  hearty  co-operation 
of  all  the  chief  firms  who  supply  machines,  kilns,  and  other 
requirements  of  the  brickmaker,  together  with  the  assistance  of 
numerous  authors  of  papers,  booklets,  and  larger  treatises  (both 
British  and  Foreign).  Their  names  will  usually  be  found 
attached  to  the  illustrations,  though  the  publication  of  anony- 
mous articles  in  the  trade  journals  prevents  acknowledgment  in 
some  cases. 

Whilst  it  is  not  possible  to  give  a  complete  list,  the  Author 
hereby  acknowledges,  with  thanks,  his  indebtedness  to  all  who 
have  been  of  assistance  to  him  in  the  manner  indicated,  as  well 
as  to  various  members  of  his  staff,  without  whose  aid  this 
volume  could  not  so  readily  have  been  written. 


VI  PREFACE 

From  so  large  a  mass  of  material,  it  has  often  been  neces- 
sary to  descrjbe  only  one  machine,  or  kiln,  of  each  type,  indi- 
cating, more  or  less  fully,  the  points  of  difference  between  the 
one  chosen  and  others  equally  well  known.  In  deciding  which 
machine,  or  kiln,  to  select  for  such  fuller  description,  the  Author 
has  been  guided  chiefly  by  his  personal  knowledge  and  experi- 
ence, prominence  being  given,  whenever  possible,  to  those 
designers  or  firms  to  whom  the  credit  of  introducing  the  pro- 
cess under  consideration  is  primarily  due. 

The  experienced  brickmaker  who  wishes  to  develop  a  new 
bed  of  clay,  or  shale,  as  well  as  the  capitalist  unacquainted  with 
the  details  of  the  various  appliances,  is  often  placed  at  a  dis- 
advantage when  endeavouring  to  choose  between  the  claims  of 
various  firms.  After  studying  such  details  as  are  given  in  the 
present  volume,  such  prospective  purchasers  should  be  able  to 
select  a  given  appliance  or  process  without  so  serious  a  risk  of 
loss  as  if  they  were  ignorant  of  the  different  materials  to  which 
each  process  is  best  adapted.  It  is  not  to  be  supposed  that  the 
study  of  any  book  will  place  the  reader  in  the  position  of  an 
expert, -but  a  careful  perusal  of  the  present  work  will,  it  is- 
hoped,  enable  any  intelligent  person  acquainted  with  the  rudi- 
ments of  the  subject,  to  see  the  reasonableness  or  otherwise  of 
suggestions  made  to  him  by  various  persons  and  to  enable  hinx 
to  make  use  of  such  new  methods  as  are  mentioned  in  it. 

To  students,  builders,  civil^  engineers,  andjo  those  interested 
in  the  development  of  estates,  as  well  as  to  brick  manufacturersr 
the  present  volume  will,  it  is  anticipated,  prove  to  contain  a 
useful  summary  of  the  chief  matters  of  importance  in  connexion 
with  the  various  branches  of  brickmaking.  Those  who  wish 
for  further  information  on  the  testing,  analysis  and  scientific 
control  of  the  materials  and  processes  involved  should  consult 
special  works  (by  the  author  and  others),  in  which  these  matters- 
are  more  fully  described. 

ALFRED  B.  SEABLE. 

/      THE  WHITE  BUILDING, 
SHEFFIELD. 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 

Preface      .        .        .        .        ,        ...        .       ...        .        .        .        v 

CHAPTER  I. 

The  Nature  and  Selection  of  Clays — Their  Special  Suitability  for  Certain 
Purposes — The  Colour  and  Characteristics  of  Various  Bricks — Sand, 
Breeze,  and  other  Materials  used  ........  1 

CHAPTER  II. 

The  General  Manufacture  of  Bricks         .        . 20 

CHAPTER  III. 
Hand- Brickmaking  Processes  .  .     .       '.      4        .        .'....        .       39 

CHAPTER  IV. 

Plastic  Moulding  by  Machinery — Wire-cut  Bricks — Mixers  and  Feeders — 
Expression  Rolls — Pug-Mills,  Mouthpiece  Presses  and  Auger  Machines 
— Cutting  Tables — Represses — Dryers 68 

CHAPTER  V. 
The  Stiff-Plastic  Process .     177 

CHAPTER  VI. 
The  Semi-Dry  or  Semi-Plastic  Process 219 

CHAPTER  VII. 

The  Dry  or  Dust  Process          .         .         .         < 240 

vii 


Vlll  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

PAGE 

Kilns— Setting  and  Burning    .         .        .        .       '.        .       \        .     ,.        .243 

CHAPTER  IX. 
Vitrified  Bricks  for  Special  Work     .        .        .        . 36S 

CHAPTER  X. 

Fire-Bricks  and  Blocks    .        .        .        .        ;        *  <      V    .  .        .        .        .     373 

CHAPTER  XI. 
Glazed  Bricks .        .        .  . ,    .        ...     397 

CHAPTER  XII. 
Perforated,  Radial,  and  Hollow  Bricks  and  Blocks— Fireproof  Flooring        .     412 

CHAPTER  XIII. 
Moulded  and  Ornamental  Bricks     .        .        .        ....        .        .    418 

CHAPTER  XIV. 
Drying  Raw  Clay     .        .        .        .        .        .        ..'...        .     420 

CHAPTER  XV. 
Sources  of  Difficulty  and  Loss          '. '        .-  ,    424 


Index 


429 


CHAPTER  I. 

THE  NATURE  AND  SELECTION  OF  CLAYS— THEIR  SPECIAL 
SUITABILITY  FOR  CERTAIN  PURPOSES— SAND,  BREEZE, 
AND  OTHER  MATERIALS  USED. 

BRICKS  and  tiles  may  be  made  from  a  large  number  of  different 
kinds  of  material  but  they  must  usually  possess  a  certain  amount 
of  plasticity. 

The  plasticity  of  clay  is  a  property  which  distinguishes  it 
from  nearly  all  other  mineral  substances,  and  may  be  denned 
as  the  property  of  a  body  which  enables  it  to  absorb  water  in 
such  a  manner  that  the  properly  moistened  body  yields  to 
mechanical  pressure,  but,  when  the  pressure  has  been  removed, 
the  shape  of  the  body  remains  as  though  the  pressure  were  still 
acting  upon  it. 

The  cause  of  plasticity i is  practically  unknown,  but  it  appears 
to  be  closely  related  to  the  ability  of  each  clay  particle  to  sur- 
round itself  with  a  coating  of  water  sufficiently  large  to  produce 
plasticity,  but  insufficient  to  cause  the  body  to  lose  its  shape  when 
the  external  pressure  is  removed. 

Clay  or  brick  earth  is  almost  the  only  substance  of  a  mineral 
nature  which  possesses  this  plasticity,  and  then  only  when  it  is 
what  geologists  term  "  secondary  clay,"  that  is  to  say,  clay  which 
has  been  carried  a  considerable  distance  from  the  place  where 
it  was  originally  formed. 

No  satisfactory  definition  of  "  clay  "  is  possible  owing  to  its 
peculiar  nature,  though  the  development  of  plasticity  when  wet 
is  its  main  characteristic.  The  term  "  brick  earth"  is  much 
more  suitable  for  general  use,  as  meaning  those  clays,  or  mixtures 
of  clay  with  other  materials,  which  can  be  employed  in  the 
manufacture  of  bricks  and  tiles. 

Strictly  speaking,  the  term  "  clay  "  should  be  reserved  for  a 
certain  hydrated  silicate  of  alumina,  or  at  any  rate  for  earths 
chiefly  composed  of  this  material,  unless  the  word  is  prefixed  by 
another  as  "boulder-clay,"  "sandy-clay,"  etc. 

1 


2  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

The  term  "  clay  substance  "  is  usually  employed  to  denote 
the  essential  material  in  all  clays,  but  the  composition  of  this 
varies  so  greatly  when  different  clays  are  treated  by  different 
processes  for  removing  the  other  ingredients  that  the  term  has 
acquired  a  variety  of  meanings  according  to  the  person  employing 
it.  Thus  Seger  (who  originated  the  term)  employed  it  to  represent 
a  theoretical  material,  the  nearest  practical  approach  to  which 
was  obtained  by  carefully  washing  china  clay  and  then  treating 
this  purified  product  with  sulphuric  acid,  soda,  etc.  In  this  way 
he  obtained  a  series  of  analytical  results  which  were  fairly 
constant  for  most  varieties  of  clay,  though  the  pure  uclay 
substance  "  could  only  be  won  from  certain  clays ;  its  proportion 
in  the  others  was  deduced  from  the  analysis  of  the  partially 
purified  material. 

The  use  of  the  term  "clay  substance  "  for  the  finest  particles 
obtained  by  washing  a  commercial  clay  is  unsatisfactory  and 
should  not  be  used.  Much  reform  is  necessary  in  the  nomen- 
clature of  clays,  as  at  present  there  is  no  agreement  as  to  the 
precise  meaning  of  "  clay,"  "clay  substance,"  and  other  terms. 

"Primary  clays  "  (i.e.  those  found  near  to  the  place  of  forma- 
tion by  rock  decomposition)  are  usually  lean  or  deficient  in 
plasticity.  "  China  clays  "  (Kaolins)  are  of  this  kind. 

Under  the  action  of  water  and  other  geological  agencies, 
these  slightly  plastic  primary  clays  may  be  ground,  carried 
about  from  one  place  to  another,  undergoing  purification  or 
contamination  in  the  process,  until  they  are  finally  deposited  in 
a  more  plastic  condition  in  beds  or  seams,  when  they  form 
secondary  deposits  as  surface-clay,  bed-clay,  shale,  fire-clay, 
boulder-clay,  etc. 

The  degree  of  purity  of  a  clay  deposit  must  depend  on  the 
nature  of  the  treatment  it  has  received  since  its  first  formation 
by  the  breaking  down  of  the  felspar  rocks  which  are,  as  far  as 
is  known,  the  original  sources  of  all  clays. 

Red  clays  are  those  which  have  been  formed  from  felspar 
rocks  rich  in  iron  oxides,  or  which  have  taken  up  this  substance 
during  their  conversion  into  plastic  clays. 

When  no  more  than  a  very  small  proportion  of  iron  oxide,  lime, 
magnesia,  and  alkalies  is  present  a  fire-clay  or  kaolin  is  produced 
and  burns  to  a  white  or  cream  colour  according  to  the  proportion 
of  colouring  oxide  present. 

The  exact  processes  which  occur  in  the  formation  and  de- 
position of  clays  is  only  of  secondary  interest  to  the  brick  and 


THE    NATUBE    AND    SELECTION    OF    CLAYS  8 

tile  maker  ;  he  has  to  deal  with  the  clay  deposits  at  his  disposal, 
and  has  no  control  of  their  formation.  It  is  very  important, 
however,  that  he  should  know  a  little  of  the  origin  of  any 
deposit  he  is  called  upon  to  work,  or  about  which  his  opinion  is 
being  asked,  as  clay  deposited  by  rivers  must  usually  be  worked 
differently  from  that  deposited  in  a  lake,  the  water  from  which 
has  afterwards  disappeared. 

As  the  primary  clays  (kaolins)  are  often  very  pure,  they  are 
not  usually  employed  for  brickmaking  and  need  not  be  considered 
at  present,  though  some  makers  have  found  considerable  profit 
in  utilizing  the  waste  material  produced  by  the  washing  of  these 
clays. 

The  secondary  clays  may  be  divided  into  three  groups:  (a) 
river  deposits  (fluviatile) ;  (b)  lake  deposits  (lacustrine) ;  (c)  sea 
deposits  (marine). 

River  Deposited  Clays. — River  deposited  clays  are  in^beds  jof 
small  sizes  and  of  very  irregular  thickness  ;  they  are  formed  by 
the  particles  of  decomposed  rock  carried  along  by  the  river 
settling  out  when  the  speed  of  the  river  is  reduced,  as  at  the 
bend  of  the  river.  They  are  usually  rich  in  fossils,  and  it  is  not 
unusual  for  them  to  change  in  character  very  frequently.  Thus 
the  necessity  of  working  a  relatively  large  area  of  only  a  small 
depth  is  a  great  disadvantage  in  the  production  of  the  best 
qualities  of  bricks  and  tiles  from  this  kind  of  clay. 

In  spite  of  this,  the  clay  deposited  by  the  Thames  has  been 
very  largely  used  for  brickmaking  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
London,  and  the  lower  deposits  of  clay  made  by  this  river  reach 
as  far  as  Leighton  Buzzard  and  Seven  Oaks  respectively,  and 
even  beyond. 

The  difficulties  of  working  river  clays  are  particularly  well 
shown  in  the  case  of  the  London  clay,  of  which  it  has  been  said 
with  much  truth  that  "  London  clay  inevitably  spells  ruin  to  the 
brickmaker  not  thoroughly  familiar  with  its  nature,  for  it  is  too 
strong  to  be  used  alone  and  no  non-plastic  material  suitable  for 
mixing  with  it  (grog)  is  found  in  its  neighbourhood.  Yet  when 
properly  worked,  no  bricks  can  withstand  the  trying  conditions 
of  the  London  atmosphere  as  well  as  '  stocks  'mile  from  London 
clay."  A  study  of  fig.  1  will  show  that  great  care  is  needed  to 
ensure  that  the  clay  used  is  really  London  clay,  as  it  is  very  easy 
to  confuse  it  with  others  which  possess  the  same  soapy  shell- 
shaped  fracture  as  the  dried  London  clay,  though  they  are  really 
quite  different  and  must  be  treated  separately. 


4  MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

In  addition  to  the  shallowness  of  the  deposits,  the  stones 
found  in  clays  of  this  kind  often  cause  serious  trouble,  and  alto- 
gether the  working  of  fluviatile  clays  is  less  certain,  more  com- 
plicated, and  far  less  profitable  than  the  use  of  the  lake  deposits 
or  marine  clays. 

The  rapidity  with  which  rivers  change  their  beds  produces  so 
great  a  variety  in  the  nature  and  composition  of  the  clay  deposits 
that  it  is  quite  usual  to  find  in  neighbouring  brickyards  clays 
which  have  been  deposited  by  the  same  river,  but  which  are 
entirely  different  in  their  origin,  nature,  and  properties.  On 
this  account  methods  of  treatment  which  may  be  successfully 
employed  in  one  yard  may  be  quite  unsuitable  for  another  near 
by.  This  is  a  matter  which  must  never  be  overlooked  by  the 
brickmaker. 

Boulder -Clay  has  been  produced  in  a  similar  manner  to  river 


FIG.  1. — Diagrammatic  section  of  London  clay  formation. 

clays,  but  the  river  has  been  replaced  by  a  glacier ;  it  is  usually 
seriously  contaminated  with  sand  and  stones  of  a  limy  nature, 
and  is  difficult  to  work  satisfactorily  into  other  than  common 
bricks. 

Lake  Deposited  Clays. — Clays  of  lacustrine  origin  are  in  many 
ways  similar  to  those  deposited  by  rivers,  but  when  extensive 
(as  is  usually  the  case)  they  are  easier  to  work,  because  the 
deposits  of  differing  composition  may  be  more  accurately  mixed 
or  separated. 

Some  of  the  most  typical  lacustrine  clays  are  those  of  the 
Isle  of  Wight ;  unfortunately  their  situation  and  shallowness 
greatly  detract  from  their  commercial  value. 

The  Reading  mottled  clay,  which  also  occurs  in  France,  is  the 
product  of  another  lake. 

At  Bovey  Heathfield,  near  Newton  Abbot,  lacustrine  clays  of 
perfectly  regular  character  occur  and  are  over  150  feet  deep,  but 
this  is  exceptional  in  England. 


THE    NATURE    AND    SELECTION    OF    CLAYS  5 

Sea  Deposited  Clays. — The  extent  of  marine  clay  beds  is  almost 
incredible,  as  they  often  stretch  for  hundreds  of  miles  with  a 
depth  of  thirty  feet  or  more  throughout  the  entire  area.  Their 
composition  is  remarkably  uniform,  and  consequently  they 
possess  innumerable  advantages  over  other  kinds  of  clay. 

The  impression  that  they  contain  salt  in  excessive  quantities 
is  quite  erroneous. 

The  fact  that  these  marine  deposits  are  almost  free  from  fossils 
and  remains  of  the  higher  animals  points  to  their  great  antiquity, 
and  the  presence  of  sea-shells  clearly  indicates  their  origin. 

Good  marine  clays,  of  which  the  famous  Oxford  clay  is  the 
best  known  in  this  country,  cannot  be  but  highly  appreciated, 
but  marine  deposits  of  certain  compositions  can  never  be  used 
satisfactorily.  Many  such  deposits  are  rendered  entirely  useless 
by  the  excessive  quantity  of  lime  ("  shell ")  they  contain,  whilst 
others  are  so  excessively  plastic  as  to  be  unusable  without  the 
addition  of  some  non-plastic  material,  though  this  latter  is  seldom 
found  near  them,  and  the  present  prices  of  ordinary  bricks  will 
not  permit  it  to  be  made  by  calcining  raw  clay. 

Rock  Clays  are  those  which  have  been  compressed  owing  to 
their  situation,  and  are  properly  known  as  shales,  slates,  and  fire- 
clays. The  great  compression  has  resulted  in  the  consolidation 
of  the  clay,  so  that  it  has  to  be  broken  down  either  by  the  weather 
or  by  mechanical  means  before  it  can  be  used.  Such  clays  are 
not  found  plastic,  but  become  so  on  grinding  and  mixing  with 
water. 

Shale  is  the  general  name  given  to  clay  rocks  which  are 
laminated,  and  so  split  easily  into  thin  layers.  They  vary  in 
hardness  and  in  colour,  and  are  usually  moderately  pure.  Some 
of  them,  being  rich  in  iron,  burn  to  a  red  or  blue  colour,  whilst  the 
pure  ones  (fire  clays)  are  buff  coloured  when  burned. 

Most  shales  contain  a  small  proportion  of  carbonaceous  matter 
which  is  expelled  on  heating.  In  some  cases,  as  at  Peterborough, 
so  much  of  this  matter  is  present  as  to  render  the  use  of  coal  or 
other  fuels  in  the  kilns  almost  unnecessary.  Many  shales  are 
seriously  affected  by  the  presence  of  nodules  of  pyrites,  marcasite, 
and  allied  compounds  of  iron,  which  form  spots  of  fair  size  in  the 
fired  goods  and  so  spoil  their  appearance. 

Shales  are  commonly  found  near  the  coal  deposits,  particularly 
in  the  North  of  England,  and  often  extend  to  enormous  depths. 
The  Accrington  shale  is  particularly  famous,  the  analysis  given 
of  a  shale  from  Whinney  Hill,  Accrington,  being  typical : — 


6  MODERN    BBICKMAKING 

Silica      ........  61-46 

Alumina 24-84 

Protoxide  of  Iron  ......  5 '59 

Sesquioxide  of  Iron T30 

Lime       .                  -60 

Magnesia        ....         .         .         .  2-42 

Combined  Sulphuric  Acid     -i         .         .         .  -23 

Alkalies.         ......         .         .  "32 

Organic  Matter  and  Water    .         .         .         .  3-24 

This  shale  produces  fine  red  facing  bricks. 

Slate  is  really  a  compressed  clay,  but  owing  to  impure  com- 
position cannot  usually  be  made  into  bricks,  though  some  slates 
which  are  worthless  to  builders  may  produce  good  common 
bricks. 

Knotts  Clay. — Near  Peterborough  (which  is  situated  on  the 
Oxford  clay  already  mentioned)  Knotts  clay  is  found.  This 
clay  is  highly  valued ;  it  has  all  the  characteristics  of  shale  and 
is. rich  in  combustible  matter,  whilst  its  enormous  depth  and 
area,  together  with  its  regularity  and  composition,  enable  it  to 
be  made  into  bricks  and  fired  at  less  than  the  cost  of  the  fuel 
alone  for  bricks  in  some  other  parts  of  the  country.  The  clays 
on  the  east  and  south  of  Peterborough  can  be  most  cheaply 
worked  by  the  semi-plastic  process,  and  everything  is  in  favour 
of  their  being  used  for  the  production  of  a  common  brick  at  a 
remarkably  low  price. 

Fire-clay  is  found  throughout  the  coal  measures.  That  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Stourbridge  is  highly  prized,  but  carefully 
selected  materials  from  North  Wales,  North  Cumberland  and 
Durham,  Teign  Valley  in  Devonshire,  South  Yorkshire  and 
Derbyshire,  Leicester,  and  the  district  around  Glasgow,  Kilmar- 
nock,  etc.,  in  West  Scotland,  are  equally  satisfactory  as  refractory 
materials.  The  Irish  fire-clays  are  usually  of  inferior  quality. 

The  composition  and  qualities  of  fire-clays  vary  very  greatly, 
and  many  varieties  are  known.  The  best  type  of  fire-clay  con- 
tains almost  as  much  alumina  as  silica,  but  in  the  North  of 
England  the  fire-clays  used  contain  nearly  twice  as  much  silica 
as  alumina.  The  highest  grades  of  fire-clay  are  difficult  to  work 
on  account  of  their  low  plasticity,  but  highly  refractory  clays 
which  are  at  the  same  time  plastic  are  very  valuable  on  account 
of  their  scarcity.  The  fire-clays  from  the  Midlands  and  Devon- 
shire are  specially  noted  for  their  suitability  for  the  manufacture 


THE    NATUKE    AND    SELECTION    OF    CLAYS  7 

of  salt  glazed  sanitary  goods.  Those  of  Northumberland,  York- 
shire, and  West  Scotland,  have  an  equal  importance  in  the 
manufacture  of  sanitary  ware  and  glazed  bricks.  In  the  south 
of  Yorkshire  a  material,  corresponding  to  silica,  with  about  10 
per  cent  of  plastic  clay  and  known  as  "  ganister,"  is  found  in  large 
quantities.  Similar  material  is  found  in  Dowlais  (Wales),  and 
Gartcosh  (Scotland).  The  best  ganister  contains  from  87  to  96 
per  cent  of  silica,  with  4  or  5  per  cent  of  alumina. 

A  more  highly  siliceous  material  is  found  in  various  parts  of 
the  country,  and  especially  in  the  Vale  of  Neath  in  Wales.  This 
is  used  for  the  manufacture  of  Dinas  or  silica  bricks.  It  is  not 
a  clay,  strictly  speaking,  but  a  powdered  rock  consisting  almost 
entirely  of  quartz,  though  the  term  "  clay  "  is  often  applied  to  it 
in  the  places  where  it  is  found. 

The,  value  of  a  refractory  clay  consists  in  the^  possession  of 
particular  characteristics.^  It  may  best  be  ascertained  from  a 
consideration  of  its  behaviour  in  the  following  directions  repro- 
duced here  from  "  Modern  Clay  working  "  : — 

(a)  Its  resistance  to  high  temperatures. 

(b)  Its  resistance  to  pressure  at  high  temperatures. 

(c)  Its  non -absorptive  power  at  any  temperature. 

(d)  Its  uniformity  in  size  and  composition. 

(e)  Its  expansion  and  contraction  due  to  heating  and  cooling 
while  in  use. 

(/)  Its  resistance  to  the  cutting  action  of  the  furnace  flame, 
to  the  abrasive  action  of  molten  metal,  and  to  the  searching 
action  of  certain  slags  and  metallic  oxides. 

(g)  Its  resistance  to  the  reducing  or  oxidizing  atmospheres  in 
the  furnace. 

(h)  Its  resistance  to  ordinary  wear  and  tear  and  to  accidental 
blows. 

It  is,  however,  seldom  that  all  these  conditions  can  be 
realized  at  once,  and  that  clay  should  be  chosen  which  combines 
the  most  advantageous  characteristics.  Thus,  a  good  second- 
class  clay  made  up  into  bricks  of  a  uniform  size,  of  sufficient 
hardness,  with  low  contraction  and  highly  infusible,  would  be 
far  preferable  in  practice  to  one  which  might  have  a  lower 
percentage  of  alkalies  and  was,  therefore,  less  fusible  but  lacked 
some  other  qualities. 

Most  of  the  above  characteristics  must  be  ascertained  by  a 
practical  test,  made  for  the  purpose,  but  some  of  them  can  be 
determined  by  observation  and  analysis.  Usually,  the  actual 


8  MODERN    BEICKMAKING 

value  of  a  refractory  clay  can  only  be  ascertained  as  the  result 
of  an  extensive  series  of  tests,  which  must  be  of  a  chemical  as 
well  as  a  physical  nature. 

Fire-clays  burn  to  a  white  or  cream  colour,  though  some  of  the 
less  pure  ones  are  reddish  in  tone. 

THE  COLOUR  OF  BRICKS. 

When  heated,  clays  change  their  colour  and  produce  bricks 
which  may  be  white,  cream,  brimstone  yellow,  dark  yellow, 
buff,  red  (terra-cotta),  brown,  black,  blue,  grey,  or  any  combina- 
tion of  these  colours.  The  tint  produced  depends  on  the  com- 
position of  the  clay  and  the  nature  of  the  heating. 

White  Bricks. — A  perfectly  white  brick  is  practically  unknown, 
as  it  requires  the  use  of  clays  of  such  purity  as  to  make  them 
too  expensive  for  this  purpose.  When  the  effect  of  perfectly 
white  bricks  is  required  it  is  usual  to  cover  bricks  of  inferior 
clay  with  a  mixture  of  better  quality  which  will  produce  the 
required  results.  This  process  is  known  as  "  bodying "  (see 
"  glazed  bricks  "). 

Suffolk  Bricks  and  others  of  whitish  colour  may  be  produced 
by  making  mixtures  of  certain  clays  and  chalk,  or  by  using 
such  mixtures  of  chalk  and  clay  as  occur  naturally  in  some 
districts  and  are  known  as  marls. 

Gault  beds  are  of  this  character  and  contain  about  one-third 
of  their  weight  of  chalk.  They  are  chiefly  used  in  conjunction 
with  other  clays  for  the  production  of  the  "white  Suffolk  "  brick 
already  mentioned.  Similar  bricks  may  be  made  by  the  addition 
of  a  sufficient  quantity  of  chalk  to  almost  any  red-burning  clay. 

Marls  or  Malms  are  clays  that  have  become  mixed  with  chalk 
or  limestone  during  their  formation,  and  form  one  of  the  most 
important  sedimentary  deposits.  In  South  Staffordshire  arid  in 
some  other  districts  the  term  "  marl  "  is  incorrectly  used  to 
indicate  clay  or  brick  earth.  True  marls  always  contain  chalk. 

In  Nottinghamshire  and  in  some  other  districts,  clays  are 
formed  which  contain  so  little  chalk  that  they  produce  excellent 
red  bricks.  In  such  cases  it  is  preferable  to  consider  these  as 
mild  clays,  though  the  local  brickmakers  invariably  speak  of 
them  as  marls.  The  local  name  is  correct  so  far  as  the  general 
clay  deposits  are  concerned,  as  these  turn  to  a  creamy  white, 
or  to  a  dirty  straw  colour,  but  should  not  be  applied  to  the  red- 
burning  clays  in  those  districts. 


THE    NATURE    AND    SELECTION    OF    CLAYS  9 

If  the  chalk  and  clay  are  in  the  correct  proportions,  the  niarl 
may  be  used  at  once  for  brickmaking.  This  is,  however,  seldom 
the  case.  Marls  which  are  deficient  in  clay  must  have  some 
clay  added,  and  those  which  are  deficient  in  chalk  must  have 
this  material  added  in  a  finely  powdered  condition.  The  mixing 
of  the  ingredients  is  usually  effected  by  treating  each  separ- 
ately with  water,  reducing  the  whole  material  to  a  slip  or  slurry, 
and  mixing  these  liquids  in  the  correct  proportions.  The  mix- 
ture is  then  allowed  to  settle  until,  either  by  running  off  the 
water  or  by  evaporation,  a  marl  of  the  proper  consistency  is 
obtained. 

The  chalk  diminishes  the  contraction  of  the  clay  during  the 
drying  and  burning ;  it  also  acts  as  a  flux,  producing  a  much 
stronger  brick  than  would  otherwise  be  the  case,  and,  in  addition, 
it  forms  a  white  or  cream  coloured  compound  with  the  iron 
oxide  in  the  clay,  and  so  produces  a  brick  which  is  nearly  white 
in  colour.  In  some  cases  the  proportion  of  chalk  or  similar 
material  in  these  clays  is  large  and  not  in  a  very  fine  state  of 
division  ;  the  bricks  made  from  it  will  fall  to  pieces  on  exposure, 
owing  to  the  presence  of  uncombined  lime  in  them  which 
"  blows  "  and  disintegrates  the  bricks  containing  it. 

The  amount  of  chalk  which  may  be  present  in  the  marl  or 
mixture  used  for  brickmaking  should  not  exceed  25  per  cent,  and 
if  the  original  marl  contains  more  than  this  (as  is  often  the  case) 
sufficient  clay  must  be  added  to  reduce  the  chalk  in  the  mixture 
to  this  proportion.  In  many  cases  bricks  should  not  be  made 
from  marls  containing  more  than  12  per  cent  of  chalk,  and  for 
red  bricks  not  more  than  5  per  cent  should  be  present.  White 
bricks  (or  the  nearest  to  white  commercially  obtainable)  are 
chiefly  made  in  Devonshire,  Dorsetshire,  Cambridgeshire,  Norfolk, 
Suffolk,  and  Essex. 

Yellow  Bricks  are  made  in  the  neighbourhood  of  London  and 
in  all  other  places  where  the  clays  found  are  suitable  for  brick - 
making,  yet  do  not  contain  sufficient  iron  to  produce  a  red 
brick,  though  in  some  cases  the  natural  colouring  effect  of  the 
iron  is  obscured  by  the  presence  of  chalk  or  lime  compounds, 
as  in  the  marls  just  mentioned.  The  precise  shade  of  yellow 
produced  depends  on  the  proportion  of  impurities  in  the  clay 
and  on  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  firing. 

Bed  Bricks  are  produced  in  almost  any  part  of  the  country. 
Some  of  the  finest  reds  are  made  in  Leicestershire,  Hampshire, 
and  Berkshire,  Ruabon,  and  Accrington  in  Lancashire,  but 


10  MODEKN    BKICKMAKING 

sufficiently  pleasing  shades  of  reds  are  obtainable  with  care  with 
clays  in  many  other  districts.  The  chief  substance  to  which  the 
red  colour  is  due  is  the  iron  oxide  in  the  clay,  and  to  produce  a 
pleasing  shade  of  red  a  clay  must  contain  at  least  4  per  cent  of 
this  material,  and  must  be  nearly  free  from  lime  compounds 
which  would  detract  from  the  colour.  The  addition  of  iron 
oxide  to  clay  to  improve  the  colour  is  seldom  satisfactory. 

Bagshot  clays  are  well  known  for  the  excellent  red  colour  of 
the  bricks  produced  from  them.  The  Oxford  clay  burns  to  a 
lighter  tint.  With  Midland  and  Western  clays  almost  every 
variety  of  shade  can  be  obtained.  Most  surface  clays  can  be 
burned  to  a  good  red  colour,  though  there  are  some  notable  ex- 
ceptions. 

Many  shales  also  produce  bricks  of  a  fairly  good  red  colour, 
but  the  sources  of  red-burning  bricks  are  so  numerous  as  to  make 
a  complete  list  impossible. 

Red-burning  clays  are  popularly  divided  into  two  classes, 
"  strong  "  and  "  mild  "  or  "  loamy  ". 

Strong  clay  is  highly  plastic  and,  in  a  certain  sense,  may  be 
regarded  as  pure  clay.  It  is  generally  free  from  stones,  sand, 
chalk,  or  other  non-plastic  material,  and  is  liable  to  crack  and 
become  misshapen  in  the  kilns  and  to  shrink  excessively.  This 
difficulty  may  be  removed  by  mixing  it  with  sand,  crushed  rock, 
grog,  ashes,  or  other  non-plastic  material  in  order  to  open  it  and 
diminish  the  shrinkage. 

On  account  of  its  plasticity  and  stickiness,  strong  clay  is 
very  difficult  to  work,  but  with  sufficient  non-plastic  material 
available  it  usually  forms  an  admirable  brickmaking  material. 
Without  this  addition  the  attempt  to  work  it  is  almost  certain 
to  end  in  failure.  Unfortunately  the  typical  strong  clay  near 
London  is  not  found  contiguous  to  suitable  non-plastic  material. 
It  must,  therefore,  be  mixed  with  ashes  (breeze)  in  order  to 
reduce  its  shrinkage,  and  to  permit  it  to  be  more  easily  dried 
and  fired.  Strong  clays  when  free  from  stones  are  referred  to  as 
"  pure  "  by  brickmakers,  other  strong  clays  are  known  as  "  foul  "  ; 
the  latter  are  to  be  abhorred  unless  the  brickmaker  is  unusually 
skilled  or  takes  up  the  manufacture  of  bricks  for  other  than  com- 
mercial purposes. 

Loams  or  mild  clays  contain  a  considerable  proportion  of 
gravel  or  sand,  so  that  they  are  less  liable  to  warp  or  shrink  ex- 
cessively than  the  strong  clays. 

When  excessively  sandy,  the  texture  of  the  earth  is  so  loose 


THE    NATUKE    AND    SELECTION    OF    CLAYS  11 

that  the  addition  of  chalk  or  clay  is  necessary  to  bind  the  mass 
together,  but  when  of  medium  plasticity  the  mild  clays  are 
among  the  best  for  brickmaking  purposes.  The  majority  of 
clays  used  for  brick  and  tile  making  are  of  a  mild  character ; 
others  must  be  made  so  by  the  addition  of  suitable  non-plastic 
materials.  The  term  "  loam  "  is  commonly  restricted  to  certain 
light  sandy  clays,  the  term  "  mild  "  clay  being  much  broader  in 
meaning.  Highly  sandy  clays  are  particularly  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  "  cutters  "  and  "  rubbers,"  though  these  bricks  are 
often  made  from  more  plastic  clays  to  which  a  suitable  proportion 
of  sand  has  been  added. 

Terra-cotta  is  made  from  any  fine  red-burning  clay,  but  the 
best  varieties  require  material  which  has  been  many  times  de- 
posited by  natural  causes  in  order  that  it  may  be  sufficiently 
fine  in  texture ;  it  must  also  produce  a  pleasant  colour  when 
fired.  For  terra-cotta  work,  clay  should  be  moderately  porous 
when  burned,  should  contain  sufficient  flux  to  give  it  a  slight 
natural  glaze  when  fired,  and  should  be  sufficiently  fine  to  enable 
the  most  delicate  carving  to  be  satisfactorily  carried  out. 

The  precise  shade  of  colour  produced  by  a  red-burning  clay 
cannot  be  foretold,  as  it  depends  so  much  on  the  state  of  iron 
oxide  in  the  clay,  the  nature  of  the  firing,  and  other  conditions 
of  manufacturing.  Clays  which  burn  to  an  unsatisfactory  colour 
cannot,  as  a  rule,  be  improved  by  the  addition  of  iron  oxide, 
as  this  material  when  artificially  prepared  never  gives  the  same 
colour  as  when  it  occurs  naturally  in  the  clay.  Attempts  to 
improve  the  colour  of  red-burning  clays  must  therefore  be  con- 
fined to  the  purification  of  the  clay  used,  to  the  addition  of  other 
clays,  or  to  an  alteration  in  the  method  of  firing. 

At  Ruabon,  terra-cotta  is  made  from  a  rock  clay  to  which 
one-third  of  its  weight  of  brick  dust  is  added. 

Where  terra-cotta  is  required  to  be  of  a  buff  or  cream  colour 
most  fire-clays  may  be  used  in  its  production,  but  the  most 
suitable  terra-cotta  clays  are  those  near  Poole,  Tamworth, 
Ruabon,  and  in  Devonshire  ;  smaller  deposits  being  found  in 
many  other  parts  of  the  country. 

The  term  "  terra-cotta  "  usually  applies  to  objects  of  a  certain 
shade  of  red,  but  originally  it  was  used  for  all  kinds  of  baked 
earth.  At  the  present  day  any  vases  and  similar  objects  made  of 
unglazed  clay  are  classed  as  "  terra-cotta "  by  dealers,  quite 
irrespective  of  their  colour. 

As  the  best  terra-cotta  clays  occur  in  only  a  few  localities, 


12  MODEBN    BEICKMAKING 

many   manufacturers   prepare   artificial    mixtures   which   they 
grind  to  the  requisite  fineness. 

Brown  Bricks. — Brown  bricks  are  made  of  clays  which  have 
a  different  composition  and  texture  to  red  bricks,  though  in 
many  respects  they  are  very  similar.  Many  impure  shales,  for 
example,  contain  so  much  fluxing  material  that  they  vitrify 
before  the  temperature  is  reached  at  which  the  full  red  colour  of 
the  iron  oxide  is  produced,  and  consequently  a  brown  brick  of 
more  or  less  pleasing  appearance  is  produced.  Some  red  bricks 
which  are  over -heated  also  produce  a  brown  colour. 

Blue  or  Black  Bricks  are  chiefly  made  in  Staffordshire  from  a 
clay  very  rich  in  iron  oxide.  When  under  fired  they  are  reddish 
in  colour,  the  blue  being  only  developed  at  a  high  temperature. 
In  Germany  and  some  other  parts  of  the  world  where  no  clay 
suitable  for  blue  bricks  is  to  be  found,  artificial  means  are 
employed  to  produce  the  colour ;  these  are  not  so  satisfactory  as 
bricks  made  from  the  Staffordshire  clay.  Staffordshire  blue 
bricks  are  partly  vitrified,  extremely  hard,  and  with  a  glazed 
surface.  They  are  almost  invariably  used  where  great  strength 
is  necessary,  and  are  very  highly  thought  of  for  engineering 
purposes. 

The  material  used  in  Staffordshire  for  the  production  of  blue 
and  red  bricks  is  a  friable  kind  of  clay  which  is  heated  to  such 
a  temperature  as  to  bring  about  a  partial  vitrification  and  reduc- 
tion of  the  iron  oxide.  Marls  and  clays  suitable  for  brickmaking 
are  very  abundant  in  Staffordshire,  and  a  most  extensive  bed  of 
red  "  marl  "  runs  in  an  almost  unbroken  line  from  north  to  south 
throughout  the  county. 

Grey  Bricks  are  of  two  kinds,  this  term  being  sometimes  used 
for  a  variety  of  blue  bricks  and  sometimes  for  a  kind  of  red- 
burning  brick,  the  colour  of  which  has  not  been  fully  developed, 
or  which  has  been  hidden  by  a  kind  of  "  scum,"  as  in  the  grey 
bricks  of  Lancashire. 

GENERAL  CHARACTERISTICS  OF  BRICKS, 

A  thoroughly  good  brick  should  be  regular  in  shape,  texture, 
and  colour,  equally  and  perfectlyTmrnt  throughout,  and  should 
be  free  from  all  cracks  and  flaws— even  though  they  be  hair- 
cracks — sharp  in  the  arrises,  and  should  give  out  a  clear  ringing 
sound  when  struck  either  with  a  stone,  another  brick,  or  a  piece 
of  metal.  For  many  purposes,  however,  it  is  unnecessary  to 
insist  upon  all  these  qualities,  any  hard  and  well  burned  brick 


THE    NATUEE    AND    SELECTION    OF    CLAYS  13 

will  suffice  for  foundations  and  internal  work  which  is  to  be 
subsequently  covered ;  and  for  such  purposes  rougher  and 
cheaper  bricks  are  frequently  the  more  useful,  affording  a  better 
key  for  plastering  than  those  with  a  smooth  surface,  and  often 
being  better  weight  carriers  than  soft,  well-finished,  facing  bricks. 

Sandy  and  absorbent  bricks  should  not  be  used  in  foundations, 
nor  in  external  walls  likely  to  be  exposed  to  water  or  driving 
rain.  Such  bricks  are  generally  soft  and  do  not  weather  well, 
being  frequently  under-burned  ;  and  by  retaining  moisture  they 
encourage  the  growth  of  lichen  and  climbing  plants,  which  all 
gather  and  retain  damp. 

Soft,  under-burned  bricks  are  valueless.  No  brickmaker  with  a 
reputation  to  lose  will  sell  them,  preferring  to  pass  them  through 
the  kiln  a  second  time,  or  to  crush  them  for  sand  or  grog.  On 
the  other  hand,  a  remarkably  non-absorbent  brick,  heavily 
pressed  and  highly  burned,  may  have  too  smooth  a  face  to  adhere 
readily  to  mortar,  especially  in  summer  time,  in  spite  of  a  good 
wetting. 

Over-burned  bricks  will  melt  and  run  together  forming 
"  burrs,"  which  are  useless  except  to  be  broken  up  for  road  metal 
or  concrete. 

Faulty  bricks  are  more  often  met  with  amongst  those  which 
are  hand  made,  hack  dried,  and  clamp  burned,  than  amongst  those 
which  are  machine  made,  chamber  dried,  and  kiln  burned.  To 
give  a  complete  list  of  all  the  different  kinds  of  bricks  now  made 
in  this  country  is  almost  impossible.  But  the  following  are  the 
most  important  when  bricks  are  classified  by  their  (1)  colour, 
(2)  place  of  origin,  (3)  method  of  manufacture,  (4)  use,  (5) 
quality.  The  various  colours  of  bricks  have  been  mentioned 
on  page  8.  It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that  in  different 
localities  the  colour  may  be  known  by  a  different  name,  and 
bricks  of  different  colour  are  often  classified  as  if  they  were  all 
of  one  shade,  so  that  sorting  them  on  a  basis  of  colour  alone  is 
not  always  satisfactory. 

The  place  of  origin  of  bricks  and  tiles  is  also  misleading  in 
many  cases,  because  the  successful  use  of  these  goods  from  one 
locality  often  leads  to  their  imitation  by  firms  in  other  districts, 
and  it  is  becoming  customary  with  certain  classes  of  goods  to 
name  them  after  the  place  from  which  such  bricks  were  origin- 
ally produced,  though  the  particular  samples  offered  for  sale 
may  never  have  been  near  to  it.  Goods  which  are  classified 
according  to  the  place  of  origin  are  easily  recognized,  as  most 


14  MODERN    BRICKMAKTNG 

of  them  bear  some  title  and  imprint  upon  them.  In  many  cases 
they  are  specified  under  the  name  of  the  district  from  which 
they  are  supposed  to  come,  as  Flettons,  Accringtons,  London 
stocks,  Bath  bricks,  etc. 

Fletton  Bricks,  sometimes  known  as  "  Flettons,"  are  made  by 
the  semi-dry  or  semi-plastic  process  from  clay  found  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Peterborough.  The  quality  and  colour  vary 
greatly,  but  as  the  bricks  are  cheap,  and  generally  used  where 
colour  is  unimportant,  they  command  a  good  sale.  The  best  are 
of  a  good  red  colour,  but  most  of  them  have  a  yellowish  tinge ; 
they  are  very  smooth  on  the  surface,  and  it  is  sometimes  found 
that  plaster  will  not  adhere  to  them  satisfactorily. 

Bath  Bricks  are  made  near  Bridgwater,  in  the  West  of 
England,  from  a  very  siliceous  clay,  they  are  only  slightly  heated 
and  are  not  used  for  constructional  purposes. 

Accrington  Bricks  have  gained  a  high  reputation  for  their  red 
colour  and  strength,  and  Leicester  bricks,  together  with  those  from 
many  other  districts,  have  a  more  local  reputation  for  size, 
colour,  and  strength. 

London  Stocks  are  made  for  many  miles  round  London,  but  the 
term  "  stock  bricks  "  is  used  in  many  other  parts  of  the  country  to 
denote  the  particular  kind  of  brick  made  for  general  use  in  any 
district.  The  London  stock  brick  is  coarse,  hard,  and  strong, 
with  a  grey,  yellow,  or,  occasionally,  red  colour.  They  are  fre- 
quently cracked  superficially,  and  are  very  irregular  in  structure 
and  colour,  but  if  well  burned  are  excellent  for  general  purposes, 
being  partly  vitrified  and  stronger  than  their  appearance  would 
indicate.  London  stock  bricks  are  classified  locally  under  a 
number  of  different  terms  according  to  their  quality. 

Under  methods  of  manufacture  may  be  placed  : — 

Dry-Dust  Bricks,  made  as  the  name  indicates  from  powdered 
clay  without  any  addition  of  water.  This  method  is  not  often 
used  for  bricks,  though  very  popular  for  tiles.  The  material 
must  contain  sufficient  flux  to  bind  the  particles  together  during 
firing. 

Semi-Dry  or  Semi  Plastic  Bricks  are  made  from  material  which 
is  almost  but  not  quite  dry.  This  method  of  manufacture  has 
for  some  time  been  very  popular  on  account  of  the  cheapness 
with  which  it  enables  bricks  to  be  made,  but  it  is  now  being 
replaced  by  the  stiff -plastic  process.  The  most  important  centres 
of  semi-dry  or  semi-plastic  bricks  (the  terms  are  identical  in 
meaning)  are  Accrington  and  Peterborough. 


THE    NATUBE    AND    SELECTION    OF    CLAYS  15 

Stiff  Plastic  Bricks  are  made  from  a  paste  which  is  worked 
through  machines  in  as  stiff  a  condition  as  possible,  so  as  to  save 
time  and  expense  in  drying  the  bricks.  This  method  of  manu- 
facture is  rapidly  increasing  in  popularity. 

Plastic  Bricks  are  those  made  from  clay  which  has  been  con- 
verted into  a  highly  plastic  paste,  or  in  which  the  plasticity  has 
been  developed  as  fully  as  possible.  All  hand-made  bricks  and 
tiles  are  of  this  kind,  but  the  term  is  also  used  in  connexion  with 
machine-made  goods,  particularly  with  loamy  clays.  The  main 
difference  between  this  and  "the  stiff-plastic  process  is  the  greater 
quantity  of  water  added  to  the  clay,  which  necessitates  thorough 
treatment  and  more  careful  drying. 

Sand-Faced  Bricks  are  largely  used  in  the  South  of  England 
for  exterior  work.  They  are  characterized  by  a  good  red  colour 
which  is  very  even  in  tone,  but  are  soft  and  highly  absorptive 
on  account  of  the  clays  from  which  they  are  made.  The  name 
is  derived  from  the  mould  being  sprinkled  with  sand  to  prevent 
the  clay  from  adhering  to  it,  instead  of  using  water  for  this  pur- 
pose as  in  slop-moulded  bricks.  Incidentally  the  sand,  if  properly 
chosen,  produces  an  improvement  in  the  colour  of  the  bricks. 
As  a  rule  they  are  not  very  durable,  and  only  those  which  "  ring  " 
well  should  be  used  for  best  work.  When  really  well  made  they 
are  in  every  way  excellent  for  buildings  in  the  country  and 
smaller  towns. 

Marl  Facing  Bricks  are  those  made  near  London  to  be  used 
along  with  stocks,  to  which  they  are  distinctly  superior  for  out- 
side work. 

Rubbers  and  Cutters  are  soft  bricks  made  from  sandy  loams, 
and  will  bear  cutting  and  rubbing  to  any  required  shape.  They 
are  used  for  making  bricks  of  special  shapes  for  arches,  carved 
work,  etc.,  being  cut  or  rubbed  down  after  the  completion  of  firing 
(usually  on  the  building  site).  Consequently,  they  must  be  of 
the  same  colour  throughout  and  should  be  of  such  a  nature  that 
the  interior  as  well  as  the  exterior  of  the  brick  can  resist  the 
weather.  White,  red,  and  buff  rubbers  are  made,  though  the  red 
ones  are  most  popular. 

Slop-Moulded  Bricks  are  made,  as  the  name  indicates,  from  a 
soft  paste  or  "  slop  ".  They  are  necessarily  hand  made,  the 
mould  being  wet  with  water  to  prevent  the  clay  from  sticking  to 
it,  instead  of  being  covered  with  sand  as  in  the  manufacture  of 
sand-faced  bricks. 

Pressed  Bricks  are  those  which  have  their  final  shape  given  to 


16  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

them  by  means  of  a  press,  but  the  term  is  also  used  for  most 
machine-made  bricks.  They  are  usually  heavier  and  denser 
than  hand-made  bricks  or  "  wire-cuts  "  and  are  often  perforated, 
or  provided  with  "  frogs  "  to  lessen  their  weight.  Pressed  bricks 
should  be  perfectly  uniform  in  size  and  shape  and  should  have  a 
smooth  surface  and  arrises.  They  usually  require  great  care  in 
drying  and  in  manufacture  generally,  but  are  certainly  the  most 
accurately  formed  of  all  bricks  and  tiles. 

Polished  Bricks  are  not  really  polished,  but  are  rubbed  on  an 
iron  plate  so  as  to  produce  a  moderately  smooth  surface.  They 
were  originally  made  to  compete  with  pressed  bricks,  but  are 
now  seldom  seen. 

Clamp  Bricks  are  those  which  have  been  fired  in  a  temporary 
kiln  known  as  a  "  clamp  " ;  they  are  usually  irregular  in  shape, 
but  are  useful  in  many  cases  where  a  better  grade  of  brick  can- 
not be  obtained,  as  in  new  districts  and  in  the  Colonies. 

Glazed  Bricks  are  those  having  their  surface  covered  with  a 
glaze  so  that  they  are  more  easily  kept  clean,  or  so  as  to  produce 
a  definite  artistic  effect.  By  the  use  of  an  intermediate  layer 
of  white  or  coloured  clays  between  the  brick  and  the  glaze, 
beautiful  decorative  effects  may  be  obtained. 

The  uses  made  of  bricks  gives  rise  to  the  following  names 
amongst  others : — 

Fire-bricks  are  those  made  from  clay  with  a  great  power  of 
resistance  to  heat.  They  vary  greatly  in  quality,  shape,  and  size, 
and  are  chiefly  used  for  furnace  lining.  Fire-bricks  must  be 
almost  free  from  metallic  oxides,  and  are  usually  of  a  pale  cream 
colour.  Low  grade  fire-clays  are  largely 'used  for  the  production 
of  paving  bricks,  sanitary  ware,  and  building  bricks. 

Paving  Bricks  are  chiefly  made  of  a  clay  which  vitrifies  in  the 
kiln,  as  it  is  found  that  such  bricks  have  a  greater  resistance  to 
traffic  than  more  porous  ones.  They  are  blue  or  yellow  in  colour 
and  are  sometimes  known  as  "  clinkers  ". 

Clinkers  are  small,  well-vitrified  bricks  used  for  paving.  In 
this  country  they  are  commonly  yellow  in  colour,  but  the  same 
term  is  used  for  any  vitrified  brick. 

Engineering  Bricks  are  used  in  the  construction  of  railways, 
bridges,  and  other  civil  engineering  work.  They  must  be  of  great 
strength  and  durability,  and  are  usually  vitrified  and  "  ring  " 
well.  The  blue  bricks  from  Staffordshire  are  used  in  enormous 
quantities  in  this  way. 

Floating  Bricks  are  of  little  practical  use,  though  apparently 


THE    NATURE    AND    SELECTION    OF    CLAYS  17 

popular  among  the  ancients.  These  bricks  were  made  of  a 
special  fossil  earth  (found  in  Italy)  and  weighed  only  about  one- 
fourth  as  much  as  clay  bricks  of  an  equal  size,  whilst  their 
strength  is  the  same  as  common  hand-made  bricks.  In  recent 
years  light-weight  bricks  have  been  made  by  the  addition  of 
sawdust  to  the  clay  and  by  making  the  bricks  hollow. 

Channel  Bricks,  Air  Bricks,  Plinth  and  Coping  Bricks,  derive 
their  name  from  the  uses  to  which  they  are  put ;  they  must  be 
made  in  special  moulds,  and  so  resemble  terra-cotta  work  rather 
than  ordinary  brickmaking. 

Squints,  Jambs,  Bullnoses  and  Other  Terms  are  used  to  denote 
special  shapes. 

The  qualities  of  bricks  are  responsible  for  the  following 
terms : — 

Malm  Bricks,  which  are  best  quality  hand-made  bricks  pro- 
duced from  marl ;  they  are  of  a  yellow  colour. 

Seconds  and  Thirds  are  bricks  sorted  from  contents  of  the  kiln 
after  the  best  bricks  have  been  removed.  "  Seconds  "  are  much 
used  for  work  for  which  the  best  quality  of  bricks  is  not  neces- 
sary ;  seconds  bricks  are  not  good  enough  in  shape  or  colour  to  be 
used  as  facings. 

Stocks  are  the  average  quality  of  bricks  made  in  any  district, 
but  the  term  is  mainly  used  for  a  certain  quality  of  London 
bricks. 

Washed  Stocks  are  a  low  quality  of  malm  bricks. 

Grey  Stocks  are  good  bricks  but  irregular  in  colour,  so  cannot 
be  used  for  facings. 

Rough  Stocks  correspond  to  "  thirds,"  and  are  not  suited  for 
good  work  on  account  of  their  irregular  shape  and  colour.  For 
foundation  work  they  are  very  satisfactory,  being  usually  hard 
and  sound. 

Place  Bricks  are  only  a  low  grade  of  brick,  used  chiefly  for 
temporary  purposes. 

Grizzles  are  insufficiently  durable  for  outside  work,  but  find 
a  use  in  interiors  and  partitions. 

Shuffs  and  Shakes  are  unsound  bricks  and  should  not  be  used. 

Bats  are  rubbish,  being  the  residue  left  when  all  the  saleable 
bricks  have  been  removed  from  the  kiln. 

Crozzles  are  bricks  which  have  been  so  over-heated  in  the 
kiln  that  they  have  become  vitrified  and  have  adhered  to  each 
other.  They  are  badly  shaped  and  of  little  value,  being  in- 
cluded in  the  "  bats  "  in  the  South  of  England. 

2 


18  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

SAND,  BREEZE,  AND  OTHER  MATERIALS, 

As  already  mentioned,  it  is  necessary  with  many  clays  to  use 
non-plastic  material  in  order  to  produce  a  satisfactory  brick 
earth.  The  following  are  the  materials  most  frequently  em- 
ployed for  this  purpose  : — 

Sand,  like  clay,  is  a  product  of  decomposition  of  rocks,  but 
when  of  good  quality  consists  almost  entirely  of  silica. 

For  mixing  with  clay,  sand  need  not  be  pure  so  long  as  it  is 
free  from  undesirable  matter. 

When  used  for  moulding  bricks  (in  the  hand-making  pro- 
cess) the  colour  of  the  sand  when  burned  is  important.  The 
finest  Bagshot  sand  is  considered  to  be  the  most  suitable  for 
red-burning  bricks,  and  great  pains  are  taken  by  brickmakers  of 
good  reputation  to  secure  a  satisfactory  material. 

A  white-burning  sand  is  used  for  buff  and  white  bricks  and 
is  of  the  Calais  sand  type.  It  must  be  fairly  free  from  iron 
oxide  and  in  a  very  finely  powdered  condition. 

Coarse,  sharp  sand  is  useless  for  moulding,  though  often 
valuable  for  mixing  with  the  clay. 

Soil,  as  a  brickmaking  material,  is  only  used  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  London.  The  clay  in  that  district  is  so  strong  that 
it  is  necessary  to  reduce  its  plasticity,  and  "  soil,"  being  com- 
bustible as  well  as  non-plastic,  has  special  advantages  for  this 
purpose.  "  Soil  "  is  the  fine  material  obtained  by  sifting  do- 
mestic ashes  or  cinders,  the  coarser  parts  (known  as  "  breeze  ") 
being  used  for  fuel.  The  "  soil,"  in  addition  to  reducing  the 
contraction  of  the  bricks,  produces  a  special  colouring,  not 
otherwise  obtainable,  and  attributed  to  the  impurities  (sulphur 
compounds)  which  it  contains. 

"  Soil  " — meaning  surface-clay  or  loam — is  quite  a  different 
material,  and  is  usually  unsuitable  for  brickmaking,  though  in 
some  districts  it  is  successfully  employed.  Most  brickmakers 
find  it  necessary  to  remove  the  top  layer  of  earth  ("  soil  ")  and  to 
discard  it.  This  operation  is  known  in  some  districts  as  "  en- 
callowing  ". 

Grog  is,  strictly  speaking,  clay  which  has  been  heated  suffi- 
ciently to  destroy  its  power  of  becoming  plastic  and  has  then 
been  reduced  to  a  powder.  The  term  is,  however,  conveniently 
applied  to  ground  bricks  or  other  waste  from  a  clay  works,  which 
is  mixed  with  raw  clay  in  order  to  produce  a  mixture  in  which 
the  amount  of  contraction  is  within  convenient  limits.  In 


THE    NATUKE    AND    SELECTION    OF    CLAYS  19 

this  country,  grog  is  seldom  prepared  by  calcining  and  grinding 
clay,  but  on  the  Continent  several  firms  make  a  speciality  of 
the  manufacture  of  this  material,  which  they  supply  under  the 
trade  term  "  chamotte  ".  For  most  purposes  fire-bricks,  which 
are  of  too  poor  a  quality  to  be  offered  for  sale,  may  be  ground  and 
used  as  grog,  but  for  the  manufacture  of  the  best  fire-bricks  it  is 
desirable  that  a  special  grog  should  be  prepared.  The  use  of  this 
material  is  described  more  fully  in  the  Chapter  on  "  Fire-bricks  ". 

Chalk  is  found  in  such  enormous  quantities  that  it  is  readily 
procurable  by  those  brickmakers  who  require  to  add  it  to  their 
clay  in  order  to  form  an  artificial  marl  (page  8).  For  this  pur- 
pose the  chalk  must  be  freed  from  stones  and  pebbles,  and  is 
generally  washed  in  a  special  mill  similar  to  that  used  for  wash- 
ing clay.  Chalk,  being  harder,  requires  a  preliminary  crushing, 
though  the  inclusion  of  heavy  wheels  with  spiked  rims  in  place 
of  two  of  the  hurdles  of  the  wash-mill  is  usually  found  to  be 
efficient. 

Water  is  a  material  of  great  importance  to  the  brickmaker, 
and  if  much  difficulty  is  experienced  in  obtaining  it  cheaply  the 
yard  cannot  be  a  success.  For  most  brickmaking  purposes  the 
purity  of  the  water  is  of  small  importance,  but  sea-water  must 
be  avoided  on  account  of  the  salts  it  contains.  Other  water 
rich  in  salts  must  be  avoided  for  the  same  reason,  as  it  would 
produce  a  scum  on  the  surface  of  the  goods  during  drying.  For 
use  in  boilers,  water  should  be  as  pure  as  possible,  and  facilities 
for  collecting  rain  and  other  surface-water  should  be  provided. 
With  a  little  provision  in  this  way  it  is  often  easily  possible  to 
procure  ample  supplies  of  pure  water  at  little  or  no  cost,  and 
the  saving  effected  in  the  cleaning  of  the  boilers  is  an  item  well 
worth  consideration  at  the  present  time. 

Hard  Water  should  be  avoided  in  boilers  unless  it  is  softened 
before  use.  There  are  many  arrangements  now  on  the  market 
whereby  this  softening  may  be  effected.  Most  of  them  are  un- 
necessarily costly  for  the  brickmaker's  purposes.  The  best 
water-softening  agents  are  (in  order  of  merit) :  (1)  baryta,  (2) 
lime  in  conjunction  with  soda,  (3)  caustic  soda  and  tan  liquor. 
Hard  water  should  be  fed  into  a  large  tank,  treated  with  the 
softening  material,  and  allowed  to  settle  before  it  enters  the  boiler. 
Rain-water  and  surface-water  need  no  treatment  as  they  are 
practically  pure,  though  occasionally  a  little  soda  is  necessary 
in  order  to  prevent  corrosion  from  slight  traces  of  acids  sometimes 
contained  in  them. 


CHAPTER  II. 
THE  GENERAL  MANUFACTURE  OF  BRICKS. 

THE  clay  which  is  thought  suitable  for  brickmaking  having 
been  located,  it  is  necessary  to  decide  on  the  best  method  of 
working  it,  if  good  quality  bricks  are  to  be  produced.  The  com- 
position of  the  clay  varies  so  greatly  in  some  districts  that  it  is 
impossible  to  decide  which  is  the  best  method  of  brickmaking 
unless  the  characteristics  of  the  clay  are  well  known. 

Practically  speaking,  several  methods  of  brickmaking  are 
possible,  according  as  the  clay  requires  a  smaller  or  larger 
quantity  of  water  to  be  mixed  with  it ;  if  no  water  at  all  is  used, 
the  semi-dry  or  dry  process  may  be  employed,  although  in  many 
cases  a  better  quality  of  brick  will  be  produced  if  the  plasticity 
of  the  clay  is  developed  by  the  addition  of  water  and  subsequent 
treatment  in  the  mixer.  When  only  a  little  water  need  be 
added,  the  stiff  plastic  process  may  be  used,  and  where  more 
water  is  necessary  the  clay  must  be  made  thoroughly  plastic 
and  may  then  be  shaped  either  by  hand  or  by  machinery. 

Clay  is  obtained  from  the  pit  or  quarry,  as  the  case  may  be, 
by  digging  or  blasting,  or  by  any  of  the  improved  methods  of 
mining.  As  in  most  clay  deposits  the  composition  of  the  bed 
varies  at  different  parts,  it  is  necessary  to  exercise  much  care  in 
choosing  portions  of  the  bed  from  which  the  clay  lias  to  be 
taken.  It  is,  therefore,  usual  to  work  horizontally  in  a  series  of 
terraces  or  steps,  each  step  being  the  height  of  the  particular 
strata  worked,  but  conditions  vary  so  in  different  deposits  that 
each  brick  manufacturer  must,  to  a  large  extent,  be  left  to  use 
his  own  judgment  in  the  matter.  Care  and  attention  are  re- 
quired if  the  clay  hole  is  to  be  worked  economically,  as  other- 
wise a  large  amount  of  useless  material  may  be  shifted.  Water 
in  the  clay  hole  is  often  a  source  of  trouble,  as  its  removal  en- 
tails considerable  expense.  For  most  purposes  a  "  Pulsometer  " 
pump  is  the  most  suitable,  as  it  can  deal  with  very  dirty  water 
and  has  no  wearing  parts.  When  steam  can  be  carried  to  the 

(20) 


THE    GENERAL    MANUFACTURE    OF    BRICKS  21 

<?lay  hole  this  pump  is  particularly  suitable,  otherwise  some 
form  of  diaphragm  pump  should  be  substituted.  The  ordinary 
types  of  pump,  whilst  excellent  for  clean  water,  are  not  desirable 
for  use  in  clay  holes. 

Special  oversight  is  needed  to  prevent  the  wrong  strata  be- 
coming mixed  with  those  containing  suitable  material,  par- 
ticularly at  certain  stages  in  the  quarrying,  but  with  capable 
men  no  special  difficulty  in  this  direction  need  be  experienced. 

In  a  few  instances  it  is  sufficient  to  work  straight  forward 
without  any  attempt  to  separate  the  impurities  occurring  in  the 
clay.  It  is  then  wise  to  use  a  steam-navvy  or  other  mechanical 
means  of  obtaining  the  clay,  as  with  such  appliances  the  cost  of 
getting  it  is  greatly  reduced.  Steam-navvies  are  useless  where 
much  sorting  of  the  clay  has  to  be  done,  and  cannot  be  used  in 
the  coal  mines  from  which  certain  shales  and  fire-clays  are 
obtained. 

Digging  should,  when  possible,  be  paid  for  "  by  the  piece  ". 
This  is  very  advisable  because  it  enables  the  men  to  earn  more 
per  hour  than  day  wages  if  they  should  wish  to  do  so ;  yet, 
whilst  keeping  the  cost  of  digging  at  a  figure  agreeable  to  the 
employer,  it  enables  them  to  do  something  in  very  bad  weather. 
In  the  latter  contingency  an  employer  would  stop  his  men 
entirely  if  employed  by  the  hour,  whereas  on  piece-work  the 
men  can  earn  something  if  they  are  so  minded.  The  only 
danger  in  "  piece-work  "  is  where  careful  sorting  of  the  clay  is 
necessary  and  the  men  are  tempted  to  send  unsuitable  material 
to  the  mills.  In  paying  "  by  the  piece  "  the  labour  may  be 
classed  in  two  sections  :  (1)  digging  and  filling  barrows  or  wagons, 
(2)  wheeling  to  the  heap. 

Easy,  flat  digging  and  filling  is  worth  as  a  rule  about  4d. 
to  6d.  a  cubic  yard,  but  this  item  varies  according  to  the 
hardness  and  accessibility  of  the  clay.  Wheeling  away  usually 
costs  about  l^d.  per  run  of  20  yds.  There  is  also  the  expense  of 
untopping  or  encallowing  a  clay  bank,  putting  in  and  shifting 
"  roads  "  on  which  to  wheel,  and  frequently  of  sorting  out  and 
getting  rid  of  useless  veins  of  earth.  It  is  seldom  thaf  earth  can 
be  got  on  to  the  heap  for  less  than  Is.  per  yard  all  told,  or  2s.  9d. 
per  thousand  bricks,  and  it  is  in  this  that  th^  hand  maker  is  at 
a  disadvantage  compared  with  the  makers  of  those  Midland 
clays  which  are  uniform  to  a  great  depth.  The  standard  price 
for  loading  by  hand  into  the  hoist  wagons  is  Is.  per  thousand, 
but  when  a  steam-navvy  is  used,  less  than  half  these  figures  will 


22  MODEEN    BRICKMAKING 

suffice.  In  yards  which  only  work  for  a  portion  of  the  year,  the 
clay  is  usually  dug  out  in  the  autumn  when  the  brickmaking 
has  ceased.  It  is  then  all  heaped  up  and  left  to  be  mellowed  by 
the  winter  weather  and  especially  by  the  frost,  during  which 
operation  the  clay  is  completely  broken  up.  Once  or  twice  in 
the  winter  the  heap  may  be  turned  over  with  shovels,  so  as  to 
expose  it  more  thoroughly,  and  to  enable  stones  to  be  picked  out 
as  far  as  possible.  This  exposure  of  the  clay  is  known  as 
"  weathering". 

The  thickness  of  the  layers  of  clay  on  the  heap  should  not  be 
too  great,  as  the  frost  will  seldom  penetrate  to  a  depth  of  more 
than  8  in.  On  this  account  it  is  desirable  to  use  a  definite  area 
of  ground  for  exposing  the  clay  to  be  weathered,  and  to  cover 
this  all  over  to  a  slight  depth  and  repeat  the  covering  as  often 
as  possible,  instead  of  tipping  the  clay  into  a  heap  in  the  ordinary 
way.  Sometimes  the  clay  will  be  sufficiently  broken  up  by  very 
slight  exposure  to  the  air,  and  in  some  instances  summer  heat 
is  quite  as  efficient  as  frost.  The  object  of  the  weathering  is  the 
separation  of  the  particles  from  each  other  so  that  they  may 
more  readily  become  plastic  and  produce  a  mixture  of  even 
composition  when  worked  up  with  water.  It  is  not  only  the 
powerful  mechanical  action  of  frost  which  is  so  beneficial  in 
weathering.  The  mechanical  actions  which  take  place  are  often 
extremely  valuable,  and  some  clays  which  are  almost  unworkable 
when  freshly  dug,  will  be  found  to  produce  first-class  bricks  after 
the  clay  has  been  exposed  for  as  little  as  forty-eight  hours  to 
the  air.  This  aspect  of  weathering  deserves  more  attention  than 
it  has  received  hitherto,  and  quite  a  number  of  brickmakers 
would  find  it  well  worth  their  while  to  crush  their  clay  and 
spread  it  in  the  open  air  for  a  couple  of  days  before  proceeding 
to  use  it. 

The  getting  of  fire-clay  from  underground  mines  forms  a 
special  branch  of  mining,  and  must  be  studied  from  textbooks 
devoted  to  that  subject.  It  is  beyond  the  province  of  the  brick- 
maker,  who  usually  purchases  such  clay  delivered  at  ground 
level. 

Whilst  some  clays  are  found  in  a  state  in  which  they  can  be 
made  into  good  bricks  without  any  purification,  there  are  many 
others  which  must  undergo  a  preliminary  picking  or  cleaning 
before  they  are  fit  to  use.  Many  clays  are  so  contaminated  with 
impurities  that  much  difficulty  is  experienced  in  working  them. 
The  Midland  marls  and  shales  are  always  troublesome  on  account 


THE    GENEKAL    MANUFACTUKE    OF    BEICKS  23 

of  the  veins  of  impure  limestone  ("  skerry  ")  which  they  con- 
tain, and  which  tends  to  make  the  bricks  "  blow  "  on  exposure. 
Other  clays  are  contaminated  with  gravel  or  other  material  which 
must  generally  be  removed  before  they  can  be  used. 

It  will  readily  be  understood  from  the  above  that  the  treat- 
ment a  clay  must  undergo  will  depend  upon  its  nature,  the  im- 
purities it  contains,  and  the  purposes  for  which  it  is  to  be  used. 
Three  chief  methods  of  treatment  are  possible  :  (I)  It  may  be 
used  direct ;  (2)  it  may  be  mixed  with  some  other  material ;  (3) 
it  may  be  picked,  washed,  or  otherwise  purified  before  use.  The 
first  method  is  to  be  preferred  when  it  is  practicable,  though  it 
can  only  be  used  for  certain  clays.  The  second  method  is  fre- 
quently employed  (especially  in  the  manufacture  of  fire-bricks 
and  other  special  work),  and  in  the  South  of  England  in  connexion 
with  "  maiming  "  or  adding  chalk. 

The  material  to  be  added  may  be  almost  any  mineral  of  a 
non-plastic  nature  which  will  not  spoil  the  bricks  and  which  is 
sufficiently  cheap.  In  the  real  "maiming,"  chalk  is  invariably 
used,  but  in  some  districts  the  clay  is  reduced  in  strength,  and 
made  easier  to  work  by  the  addition  of  sand  or  some  other 
siliceous  matter.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  London,  "  soil  "  is 
mixed  with  the  clay  for  a  similar  purpose,  and  not  only  assists 
the  drying  of  the  bricks  but  aids  their  burning.  The  third 
method  includes  two  entirely  different  modes  of  treatment  (a) 
removal  of  stones  or  other  obvious  impurities,  and  (b)  washing. 

To  separate  large  stones,  or  unsuitable  materials  of  a  rocky 
nature,  the  clay  must  be-  examined  carefully  and  the  undesirable 
constituents  removed  by  hand.  Thus,  the  larger  pieces  of  rock 
may  readily  be  removed  from  boulder-clay  and  large  nodules  of 
pyrites,  etc.,  from  fire-clay,  by  this  means,  though  pebbles  of  less 
than  one  inch  diameter  are  usually  too  small  to  be  thus  separated. 
From  some  clays  the  smaller  stones  may  be  separated  by  mixing 
the  material  into  a  paste  with  water,  and  compressing  it  in  a 
drum  with  perforated  ends  on  sides.  The  clay  passes  through 
the  perforations  leaving  the  stones  inside  the  cylinder.  A  number 
of  appliances  for, this  purpose  (known  as  "  clay  purifiers  ")  have 
been  placed  on  the  market  and  have  met  with  considerable 
success  on  the  Continent.  The  most  popular  one  in  this  country 
is  Whitehead's  perforated  pug-mill.  It  consists  essentially  of  a 
pug-mill  which  mixes  the  clay  into  a  paste,  and  forces  it  through 
the  perforations  in  the  cylinder,  the  stones  being  discharged 
through  an  aperture  in  the  base  of  the  machine. 


24  MODEKN    BEICKMAKING 

A  simpler  appliance  for  the  same  purpose  consists  of  a  long 
drum  of  perforated  steel  open  at  both  ends  and  fitted  with  a  pair 
of  pistons  which  work  in  opposite  directions  alternately.  One 
piston  is  fixed  at  one  end  of  the  drum  and  the  latter  is  filled 
with  clay  paste.  The  second  piston  is  then  inserted  and  is  used 
to  compress  the  material.  The  clay  exudes  from  the  perfora- 
tions, and  by  the  time  the  piston  reaches  the  farther  end  of  the 
cylinder  only  stones  remain  behind.  The  first  piston  is  now 
withdrawn,  and  the  second  moved  forward  driving  the  stones  in 
front  of  it,  so  cleaning  the  drum.  This  appliance  suffers  from 
the  disadvantage  of  not  working  continuously,  but  for  small 
yards  it  is  often  useful,  and  is  less  costly  to  install  than  the  more 
efficient  clay  purifier  previously  described. 

Another  form  of  clay  purifier,  which  has  met  with  great  suc- 
cess in  the  working  of  Continental  boulder-clay,  is  the  invention 
of  M.  Bohn.  It  consists  of  a  pug-mill  with  a  perforated  barrel 


FIG.  2. — Bohn's  clay  cleaner. 

and  a  partially  closed  end  (fig.  2).  The  clay  is  delivered  into  the 
open  trough  of  a  mixer,  and  after  being  treated  with  sufficient 
water  to  make  it  into  a  paste  is  forced  forward  by  the  blades  of 
the  pug-mill.  Under  the  great  pressure  exerted,  the  paste  is  forced 
through  the  perforations  in  the  barrel,  all  the  stones  being  forced 
out  of  an  aperture  in  the  end  of  the  barrel  along  with  some  clay. 
This  aperture  can  be  closed  partially  or  completely  by  means  of 
the  lever  shown.  In  the  most  recent  machines  provision  is 
made  for  adding  water  under  pressure  to  the  "  stones  "  from 
which  most  of  the  clay  has  been  separated,  and  in  this  way  the 
remaining  clay  adhering  to  them  is  removed.  The  special  feature 
of  the  machine  is  the  construction  of  the  barrel  in  small  sections 
so  that  renewal  of  the  perforated  portions,  as  these  become 
worn,  is  readily  and  cheaply  effected.  It  is  found  in  practice 
that  perforations  less  than  y^  in.  diameter  are  inadvisable  in  clay 


THE  GENERAL  MANUFACTURE  OF  BRICKS        25 

purifiers,  and  consequently  gravel  and  sand  cannot  be  removed 
by  their  means.  When  it  is  necessary  to  remove  these  materials 
the  clay  must  be  washed. 

Washing,  or  mixing  the  clay  with  a  large  quantity  of  water,  i& 
a  simple  and  frequently  used  method  of  separating  it  from  stones 
and  other  impurities.  Chalk  when  used  is  also  washed  so  as  to- 
clean  it  and  reduce  it  to  the  necessary  fineness  to  be  properly 
mixed  with  the  bulk  of  the  clay.  Some  mixtures  of  chalk  and 
clay  in  suitable  proportions  occur  naturally,  and  are  known  as 
"real  malms,"  but  more  frequently  a  certain  amount  of  chalk 
is  added  to  produce  an  artificial  malm.  The  clay  and  chalk 
are  usually  washed  separately  in  large  circular  tanks  known  as 
wash-mills.  In  the  centre  of  this  tank  is  a  pillar  with  the  lower 
part  of  brickwork  and  the  upper  of  metal.  This  latter  acts  as 
the  pivot  on  which  is  hung  a  horizontal  frame  containing  a 
number  of  suspended  harrows,  or  washing  gates.  The  frame  is 
rotated  by  horse  or  mechanical  power  (the  latter  for  preference,  as 
it  is  much  cheaper),  the  circular  tank  being  filled  to  three-fourths 
of  its  depth  with  water  and  the  material  to  be  washed,  a  thick  slip 
or  slurry  is  soon  formed  by  the  tearing  action  of  the  tines  on  the 
harrows  on  the  clay.  At  suitable  intervals  the  mill  is  stopped, 
and  the  slurry  allowed  to  run  out  into  settling  tanks  or  wash- 
backs,  stones  and  other  undesirable  matter  remaining  in  the  mill. 
After  being  filled  and  emptied  three  or  four  times  the  mill  must 
be  thoroughly  cleaned  out,  though  the  frequency  with  which 
this  operation  must  be  performed  depends  upon  the  proportion 
of  impurity  in  the  clay.  During  the  last  twenty  years  several 
important  improvements  have  been  made  in  the  design  and 
construction  of  wash-mills,  and  it  is  now  possible  with  some  clays 
to  work  them  continuously. 

A  modern  wash-mill  may  conveniently  be  about  14  ft.  in 
diameter,  the  framework  revolving  9  to  10  times  per  minute. 
It  will  require  about  7  h.p.  to  turn  it,  and  will  treat  from  20  to 
40  cub.  yds.  of  material  per  day,  the  higher  figure  being  reached 
with  a  fine  clay  or  marl. 

The  wash-backs  are  usually  constructed  like  shallow  reservoirs 
by  building  earthwork  walls  so  as  to  form  a  series  of  large  ponds 
or  tanks  about  50  ft.  sq.  and  3  to  4  ft.  deep.  Each  wash-back 
should  be  provided  with  a  wooden  or  brick  flue,  the  height  of 
which  can  be  altered  to  suit  the  level  of  the  clay  and  water  in 
the  back.  This  flue  leads  to  a  drain,  and  serves  to  carry  off  the 
water  when  the  clay  has  settled.  The  water  should  be  returned 


26  MODEEN    BRICKMAKINCr 

to  the  wash-mill  and  used  again.  A  simple  but  effective  flue 
consists  of  a  wooden  trough,  sloping  steeply  ni  the  wash-back, 
the  "  top  "  of  the  trough  being  covered  by  a  row  of  bricks  which 
converts  it  into  a  "square  pipe".  By  removing  the  bricks  one 
at  a  time  the  water  may  be  run  off  from  the  clay  at  convenient 
intervals. 

As  it  is  not  always  possible  to  arrange  the  settling  tanks  or 
wash-backs  at  a  lower  level  than  that  of  the  wash-mills,  the  slip 
or  slurry  is  often  pumped  out  of  the  mill  (plunger  pumps  being 
used  for  this  purpose),  and  by  fixing  a  comparatively  fine  screen 
to  the  suction  end  of  the  pump  the  necessity  of  emptying  the 
wash-mill  more  than  once  every  few  weeks  may  be  avoided,  un- 
less the  clay  is  exceptionally  impure.  Even  when  no  pumps 
are  used,  the  outlet  from  the  mill  is  best  covered  with  an  iron 
screen,  so  that  all  the  larger  particles  may  be  kept  out  of  the 
slip  going  to  the  settling  tanks.  It  is  often  customary  to  drive 
the  mill  for  a  certain  time  and  then  to  stop  it  whilst  the  liquid 
is  run  off.  This  wastes  time  and  should  be  avoided  when  possible, 
a  constant  speed  of  output  being  generally  preferable,  and  usually 
attainable. 

In  the  simplest  form  of  power-idriven  wash-mill  the  harrows 
are  hung  at  each  end  of  a  pair  of  T-irons,  each  about  14  ft.  long, 
by  chains  attached  to  the  hooks,  so  that  as  the  mill  becomes 
partially  filled  with  stones  the  harrows  do  not  touch  the  bottom 
of  the  tank.  To  the  centre  of  the  T-irons  is  attached  a  hori- 
zontal pulley,  the  hub  of  which  fits  loosely  over  the  vertical 
post  in  the  centre  of  the  mill.  This  pulley  is  driven  from  a  chain 
from  the  engine,  or,  in  the  case  of  a  horse-driven  mill,  it  is 
replaced  by  a  long  wooden  beam. 

The  harrows  should  be  about  3  ft.  sq.  and  each  should  have 
a  dozen  teeth,  or  tines,  made  of  iron  rods  an  inch  square.  In 
some  yards  instead  of  driving  the  mill  direct  from  the  engine 
it  is  connected  to  a  special  pulley  from  the  pug-mill. 

The  chalk  may  be  washed  in  a  similar  mill,  but  it  is  more 
usual  to  replace  one  or  two  of  the  harrows  by  a  heavy  spiked 
roller  which  more  readily  breaks  down  the  lumps  and  enables 
the  washing  to  be  carried  out  more  rapidly  (fig.  4). 

A  sufficient  quantity  of  slurry  having  been  run  into  the  settling 
tank,  or  wash-back,  to  fill  it  to  a  reasonable  depth,  a  second  tank 
must  be  brought  into  use,  and  the  first  left  undisturbed  until  most 
of  the  water  has  risen  to  the  surface  ;  it  must  then  be  run  off  care- 
fully by  means  of  sluices  at  the  side  of  the  tank,  until  only  a 


THE    GENERAL    MANUFACTURE    OF    BEICKS 


28  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

thick  mass  of  paste  is  left.  This  rnust  then  be  left  till  suffi- 
ciently stiff  for  a  man  to  walk  on  it  without  sinking,  after  which 
men  are  sent  to  dig  out  the  material  preparatory  to  its  further 
treatment.  During  the  last  period  of  stiffening  it  is  desirable 
to  cover  the  mixture  with  a  layer  of  sandy  loam,  so  that  it  may 
not  become  hard  and  leathery.  In  the  south  of  England  "  soil :r 
(cinder  dust)  is  used  instead  of  loam  (page  18).  The  workmen 
should  dig  vertically,  starting  at  one  corner  and  working  down 
one  side  of  the  tank,  and  should  not  dig  out  the  clay  in  horizontal 
layers. 

'  When  a  mixture  of  clay  and  chalk  is  used  for  brickmaking, 
the  washing  process  is  precisely  similar  to  that  described  above, 
but  the  chalk  should  be  mixed  with  an  equal  weight  of  clay 
before  being  washed,  as  if  washed  alone  and  then  mixed  with 
the  clay  it  is  difficult  to  avoid  the  formation  of  white  specks  in 
the  brick.  Instead  of  feeding  the  clay-mill  with  water  only, 
slip  from  the  chalk-mill  may  be  added  in  proportionate  quantity. 
As  the  amount  of  water  used  will  be  about  100  gallons  for  every 
cubic  yard  of  clay,  it  is  wise  to  return  the  water  run  off  from  the 
settling  tank  to  the  wash-mills  instead  of  wasting  it.  In  some 
cases,  owing  to  the  position  of  the  tanks  and  the  mills,  a  pump 
will  be  necessary. 

It  is  a  curious  fact  that  most  clays  suitable  for  brickmaking 
by  hand  will  pass  through  a  sieve  having  100  holes  per  running 
inch,  when  the  clay  is  mixed  with  twice  its  weight  of  water.  So 
fine  a  sieve  can  only  be  used  for  testing,  but  the  moving  water 
in  the  wash-mill  acts  as  though  the  clay  were  passed  through  a. 
sieve,  and  by  keeping  the  speed  of  the  mill  constant  at  the 
proper  rate  a  wonderfully  fine  separation  of  the  clay  from  the 
other  materials  may  be  made.  When  clay  and  sand  are  to  be 
mixed  together,  washing  machinery  is  not  resorted  to,  owing  to 
the  density  of  the  sand,  but  the  mixture  is  made  in  a  wet  pan- 
mill  or  in  a  pug-mill  or  similar  paste-mixing  machine. 

It  is  customary  when  using  malms  (mixtures  of  clay  and 
chalk)  to  add  a  certain  proportion  of  ashes  ("•  soil  ") ;  this  is  known 
as  soiling.  The  ashes  used  are  ordinary  cinders  collected  by 
the  dust-bin  men  and  sifted  so  as  to  remove  the  larger  pieces.. 
The  sifted  "  soil  "  is  then  laid  on  the  top  of  the  clay  mixture  in 
the  settling  tank  and  remains  there  throughout  the  winter.  The 
amount  of  "  soil  "  required  is  usually  20  cub.  ft.,  or  one-third  of 
a  chaldron,  to  every  thousand  bricks.  At  a  later  period  it  is 
thoroughly  mixed  with  the  clay,  this  latter  operation  being, 


THE    GENERAL    MANUFACTURE    OF    BRICKS  29 

-called  "  tempering  ".  In  many  parts  of  the  country  "  soiling  "  is 
not  employed,  as  the  sulphur  in  the  ashes  has  a  strong  effect 
in  colouring  or  discolouring  the  bricks. 

Haulage. — The  use  of  mechanical  appliances  in  getting  the  clay 
must  depend  upon  the  nature  of  the  material  and  the  depth  of  the 
yard,  but  in  any  case  the  construction  of  a  tramway  or  rails  will 
lessen  the  cost  of  moving  the  clay  from  one  place  to  another ; 
the  employment  of  these  appliances  is  far  cheaper  than  that  of 
wheelbarrows.  In  fact,  barrows  should  only  be  used  where 
wagons  cannot  be  employed.  It  is  not  at  all  necessary  for  a 
permanent  track  to  be  laid,  though  this  is  usually  desirable  on 
account  of  the  smoother  running.  The  ordinary  track  is  made 
with  9  Ib.  to  16  Ib.  rails  set  20  in.  apart.  If  it  is  to  be  portable, 
one  end  of  each  rail  should  be  made  with  a  sleeve  into  which 
the  other  end  can  be  fitted,  but  for  a  permanent  track  the  rails 
are  nailed  or  bolted  on  to  sleepers.  The  most  useful  form  of  a 
track  for  moderate  sized  or  small  yards  is  a  single  track  made 
double  in  places  so  as  to  allow  the  wagons  to  pass  each  other, 
but  where  endless  haulage  is  employed  it  is  usually  better  to 
have  two  tracks,  as  this  greatly  lessens  the  risk  of  accidents. 

Direct  Haulage  is  cheapest  when  effected  by  means  of  the 
rope  or  chain,  but  in  small  yards,  or  in  special  cases,  horses  or 
locomotives  may  be  necessary.  For  instance,  it  not  infrequently 
happens  that  the  clay  hole  is  on  one  side  of  the  road  and  the  works 
are  on  the  other,  so  that  rope  haulage  (unless  of  the  overhead 
variety)  cannot  be  used.  Horses  and  locomotives  are,  however, 
much  more  costly  in  relation  to  the  work  they  do  than  other 
systems  of  haulage,  except  in  those  cases  where  there  is  an 
enormous  output  over  a  long  distance,  when  it  may  be  found  that 
&  locomotive,  with  a  train  of  wagons,  is  cheaper  than  an  endless 
rope  or  chain. 

The  simplest  system  of  haulage  by  rope  or  chain  is  obtained 
by  attaching  a  drum  to  the  engine  or  other  shaft  by  means  of  a 
friction  clutch,  so  that  the  clutch  being  put  into  action  the  rope 
or  chain  is  made  to  coil  round  the  drum  and  so  haul  up  the 
wagons.  One  wagon  is  hauled  up  at  a  time,  but  with  a  suffi- 
ciently strong  rope  a  number  of  wagons  may  be  coupled  together 
so  as  to  form  a  train.  This  arrangement  does  not  work  con- 
tinuously as  does  the  endless  system  of  haulage,  as  the  wagons 
must  be  hauled  up  and  returned  to  the  pit  on  the  game  track ; 
but  the  arrangement  is  simple  in  construction,  and  by  choosing 
wagons  of  a  suitable  size  can  be  made  to  work  very  satisfactorily 


30 


MODEEN    BBICKMAKING 


in  many  yards.  If  the  incline  on  which  the  returning  wagons 
travel  is  at  all  steep,  a  brake  (usually  of  the  band  form)  must  be 
employed  on  the  winding  drum.  On  level  tracks,  or  on  those 
which  are  nearly  level,  some  means  must  be  provided  for  hauling 
back  the  empty  wagons,  in  such  cases  the  ordinary  main  and 
tail  system,  or  an  endless  chain  or  rope  may  be  used.  The  main 
and  tail  system  consists  of  two  drums,  one  of  which  works  the 
rope  which  hauls  out  the  full  wagons,  and  the  other,  a  lighter 
rope,  which  pulls  back  the  empty  ones.  A  pulley-block  placed 
at  the  end  of  the  track  farthest  from  the  drums  keeps  both  ropes 
fairly  taut,  and  one  drum  unwinds  whilst  the  other  winds  the 
rope.  The  thinner  rope  or  tail  rope  must  usually  be  about  twice 
the  length  of  the  track,  and  is  attached  to  the  free  end  of  the 


FIG.  5. — Endless  rope  haulage. 

thicker  main  rope.     The  wagons  are  always  fastened  to  the  main 
rope  as  only  one  track  is  used. 

In  hauling  by  an  endless  rope  or  chain  a  horizontal  pulley  is 
usually  employed.  This  pulley  is  mounted  on  a  vertical  shaft 
and  is  driven  by  gearing  from  the  main  shaft  (fig.  5).  The 
rope  or  chain  is  supported  at  the  farther  end  by  a  similar  pulley 
which  runs  "  loose,"  and  the  wagons  are  usually  attached  by 
means  of  simple  vertical  bars,  fitted  with  a  V-shaped  opening 
(fig.  6)  at  the  top.  This  opening  engages  with  the  rope  or 
chain  and  is  sufficient  for  most  inclines.  Where  necessary,  a 
special  clip  (fig.  7)  may  be  used  to  secure  a  more  perfect  at- 
tachment to  the  rope.  When  the  number  of  wagons  required 
is  sufficient  to  support  and  balance  the  rope  or  chain,  this  system, 
of  haulage  is  the  most  satisfactory  and  convenient.  It  is  often 
necessary  to  push  the  wagons  by  hand  for  a  short  distance,, 


THE    GENERAL    MANUFACTURE    OF    BRICKS  31 


FIG.  6. —  Wagon  with  V-shaped  clip. 


FIG.  7. — Cracldock's  clip  for  rops  haulage. 


&A  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

especially  near  the  working  faces  of  the  clay,  but  owing  to  the 
€ost  of  human  labour  for  this  purpose,  this  part  of  the  work 
should  be  made  as  small  as  possible,  and  every  advantage  given 
by  means  of  iron  plates,  turn-tables,  or  portable  rails.  The  main 
essential  in  a  tramway  system  is  that  a  large  part  of  the  track 
must  be  fixed  permanently,  though  portable  switches  or  joints,  as 
well  as  permanent  ones,  often  facilitate  working. 

Turn-tables  are  essential  in  some  cases.  Usually  they  are 
permanent  structures,  but  for  some  purposes  a  climbing  turn- 
table is  better.  The  climbing  turn-table,  which  is  in  itself  a 


FIG.  8. — Climbing  turn-table  in  use. 

special  form  of  large  iron  plate,  can  be  laid  over  the  rails,  and  is 
provided  with  sloping  sides  so  that  the  wagons  travelling  over 
the  traclj:  get  on  to  the  turn-table  (figs.  8  and  9).  They  may  then  be 
turned  round  in  any  direction  desired,  and  led  on  by  similar 
guides  to  another  set  of  rails.  Such  a  turn-table  can  be  placed 
at  any  portion  of  the  track,  and  so  can  be  used  as  a  temporary 
switch  in  places  where  permanent  points  are  undesirable.  It  is 
mainly  used  to  take  the  wagons  in  a  direction  at  right  angles  to 
the  main  track  when  forming  a  heap  for  weathering,  or  in  filling 
and  emptying  kilns.  It  has  several  other  uses,  and  its  applica- 
tion at  the  working  face  of  the  clay  might  usefully  be  extended 
to  more  than  is  at  present  the  case. 


THE    GENEKAL    MANTJFACTUBE    OF    BEICKS  33 

The  wagons  can  be  made  to  hold  any  quantity  from  a 
barrowful  to  a  ton  of  clay,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  material 
and  the  system  of  manufacturing.  A  number  of  excellent  types 
of  wagons  are  now  on  the  market.  As  a  rule  with  endless  chain 
haulage  small  wagons  are  preferable,  as  the  load  is  distributed 
more  evenly,  but  where  horse  haulage  is  used  the  wagons 
should  hold  about  a  ton  of  clay.  Iron  wagons  which  tip  side- 
ways (fig.  10)  or  endways  (fig.  11)  are  deservedly  popular  and 
are  made  by  several  well-known  firms.  Steel  wagons  of  the 
two  shapes  illustrated  are  the  best  for  conveying  large  quantities 
of  clay  at  a  time.  They  should  be  strongly  built,  without 
any  joints  at  the  corners  of  the  body  rim,  and  should  have 


FIG.  9. — Klemp,  Schultze  &  Co.'s  portable  turn-table  (in  course  of  erection). 

a  strong  angle  steel  framing  at  inside.  The  wheels  should 
be  specially  toughened  and  provided  with  ball  bearings  for 
easier  running.  The  body  should  be  well  balanced  so  as  to  tip 
easily  when  required,  but  should  be  provided  with  a  simple  and 
reliable  fastener  to  keep  it  from  tipping  unexpectedly.  Where 
several  cars  are  to  be  fastened  together,  swivelled  couplings  are 
desirable. 

When  endless  haulage  up  a  steep  incline  is  necessary,  small 
oblong  wooden  wagons,  each  holding  about  8  cub.  ft.,  are  very 
satisfactory.  These  are  run  into  a  tipping  frame  and  so  are 
emptied.  These  tipping  frames  can  only  be  used  where  the 
material  has  to  fall  to  a  lower  level  than  the  track,  whereas 

3 


34 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


tftHur  Koppel, 
FIG.  10. — Side-tipping  wagon. 


FIG.  11. — End-tipping  wagon. 


THE  GENEEAL  MANUFACTUKE  OF  BEICKS        35 

side-tipping  wagons  of  the  type  illustrated  (fig.  10)  can  tip  on  to 
the  level  of  the  track. 

The  track  should  be  made  as  straight  as  possible,  as  a  straight 
line  is  always  shorter  than  a  curve,  and  it  will  often  pay  to  re- 
move irregularities  in  the  ground  rather  than  take  the  line  a 
further  distance  round.  The  slope  of  the  track  should  not  ex- 
ceed 35  degrees,  and  it  is  much  better  when  the  inclination  is 
less,  as  the  cost  of  transporting  and  the  risk  of  accidents  are 
both  reduced  on  more  level  tracks.  In  many  yards  an  artificial 
staging,  or  gantry,  is  used,  it  being  found  that  this,  when  made 
of  rough  timber,  is  cheaper  than  the  levelling  of  the  ground  for 
the  construction  of  an  earth  embankment.  The  rails  used  are 
light  and  laid  16  to  22  in.  apart.  Unless  used  on  the  gantry  they 
must  be  laid  on  sleepers.  It  is  usual  to  lay  the  sleepers  at  right 
angles  to  the  rails,  but  brickmakers  in  America  claim  that  there 
are  advantages  to  be  derived  by  laying  the  timbers  in  the  same 
direction  as  the  rails  themselves,  and  it  is  certainly  far  cheaper 
so  to  lay  them. 

The  most  suitable  means  for  haulage  in  most  brickyards  is 
an  endless  chain  or  rope,  or  a  combination  of  rope  and  chain. 
This  should  not  be  heavier  than  is  necessary,  and  a  rope  f  in. 
diameter  is  sufficiently  large  for  most  purposes.  The  rope  or 
chain  should  be  supported  at  intervals  by  rollers  or  pulleys, 
especially  if  it  is  near  the  ground,  as  nothing  wears  it  out  more 
rapidly  than  dragging  it  over  a  rough  surface.  The  speed  with 
which  it  travels  should  not  exceed  four  miles  an  hour.  The 
wagons  are  attached  to  the  rope  by  means  of  a  special  clip,  but 
when  a  chain  is  used  a  simple  fork  projecting  above  the  wagon 
and  engaging  one  of  the  links  is  sufficient.  In  this  case  it  is 
usual  to  arrange  the  chain  so  that  the  wagon  is  automatically 
released  as  soon  as  it  reaches  the  place  where  it  is  desired  to 
stop  it.  This  is  done  by  taking  the  wagon  to  a  rather  greater 
height  than  is  required,  and  letting  it  run  down  a  short  incline 
at  the  last,  the  chain  being  raised  well  out  of  the  way.  With  an 
endless  chain  the  adaptability  of  wagons  in  turning  sharp  curves 
is  very  noticeable,  especially  if  at  the  point  flanged  rollers  are 
placed  to  receive  the  wagon  and  enable  it  to  leave  again  in  the 
desired  line,  the  road  being  inclined  in  such  a  way  that  the  fork 
of  the  wagon  disengages  from  the  chain  until  the  wagon  has 
passed  round  the  curve,  when  it  again  comes  in  contact  with 
the  chain  and  is  hauled  forward.  No  special  mechanism  is 
necessary,  as  all  that  is  required  is  to  fix  the  rollers  at  the  right 


36  MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

height  above  the  wagons,  and  to  see  that  the  slope  of  the  track 
at  the  curves  is  in  the  right  direction.  When  clips  are  used  they 
should  be  provided  with  an  automatic  release. 

It  is  often  convenient  to  use  two  or  more  endless  chains  in- 
stead of  one,  as  changes  in  the  direction  of  the  track  can  then 
be  more  easily  arranged.  In  such  cases  a  vertical  shaft  is 
erected,  and  on  it  are  fixed  two  or  more  rollers  or  pulleys,  one 
being  used  for  the  first  endless  chain  and  the  others  for  the 
second  and,  if  need  be,  for  a  third  chain. 

With  all  systems  of  endless  chain  haulage  it  is  desirable  to 
have  some  kind  of  brake  to  prevent  the  wagons  from  running 
backward  on  a  temporary  stopping  of  the  hauling  engine,  and 
with  several  chains  on  the  same  axle  some  brake  arrangement 
is  essential.  For  the  former,  the  simplest  form  is  a  collar  round 
the  shaft  fitted  with  cogs  above  and  below.  A  loosely  hung  bar 
of  steel  fits  into  these,  one  at  a  time,  and  forms  a  ratchet  which 
compels  the  pulleys  to  travel  in  one  direction  only.  Without 
some  arrangement  of  this  kind  the  wagons  may  run  back  and 
serious  damage  be  done. 

Quite  recently  aerial  ropeways  (fig.  12)  have  been  used  where 
the  ground  is  occupied,  or  where  it  is  irregular  or  otherwise 
unsuitable  for  a  tramway.  Several  firms  are  now  prepared  to 
supply  these  aerial  systems  of  transport,  but  the  one  which  has 
been  most  successful  in  connexion  with  clayworking  is  that  of 
Adolf  Bleichert  &  Co.  In  this  the  bucket  is  carried  by  two 
pulley  wheels  connected  together  and  running  on  one  rope, 
whilst  a  clip  on  these  wheels  grips  another  rope  which  hauls  the 
bucket  to  its  destination.  It  is  in  the  peculiar  construction  of 
the  clip  or  jaw  that  the  apparatus  shown  has  the  advantage  over 
many  other  arrangements  for  aerial  ropeways,  as  the  Bleichert 
grip  (fig.  13)  is  formed  of  two  jaws  which  grip  the  traction  rope. 
One  of  the  jaws  is  firmly  fixed  to  the  carriage,  while  the  other, 
constructed  as  angle-lever,  constitutes  the  counterpiece  to  the 
fixed  jaw.  The  weight  of  the  hanger,  car,  and  respective  load 
is  borne  by  the  longer  arm  of  the  angle-lever.  The  power  of  the 
grip  is  therefore  determined  by  the  proportion  of  the  angle  - 
lever's  arms,  and  as  this  proportion  can  be  adapted  to  the  maxi- 
mum gradient  of  any  line,  the  safety  of  the  apparatus  is  ensured. 
The  jaws  can  be  made  of  a  sufficient  length  to  avoid  damaging 
the  traction-rope.  The  pressure,  with  which  the  rope  is  gripped 
by  the  gripping  jaws  is  produced  by  the  weight  of  the  car  and 
its  load,  and  is  increased  by  means  of  levers. 


THE  GENERAL  MANUFACTURE  OF  BRICKS        37 


FIG.  12. — Overhead  or  aerial  ropeway. 


38 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


When  barrows  are  used  for  moving  clay  their  shape  and  size- 
is  more  important  than 
is  often  supposed,  and 
the  distance  of  the 
centre  of  gravity  when 
loaded  from  the  line 
joining  the  point  of  con- 
tact with  the  ground, 
must  be  carefully  ad- 
justed. If  it  is  over  12 
in.  the  workman  will 
find  it  difficult  to  bal- 
ance the  barrow  and  his 
output  will  be  dimin- 
ished. 

The  spades  used  in 
digging  clay  should  be 
of  medium  weight,  not 
too  wide,  and  should 
have  a  flat  or  slightly 
curved  blade,  if  the  clay  is  pasty  (fig.  14).  For  dry  clay  a  wide 
shovel  with  side  flanges  may  be  used.  In  this  country  the 


FIG.  13. — Clip  and  runners  for  Bleichert 
conveyer. 


FIG.  14. — Spades,  etc.,  used  in  clay-digging. 

spades  have  almost  straight  blades,  but  in  America  a  strongly 
sloping  blade  is  considered  more  satisfactory. 


CHAPTER  III. 
HAND-BRICKMAKING  PROCESSES. 

MOST  clays  which  can  be  worked  up  into  a  suitable  plastic 
paste  can  be  made  into  bricks  by  the  aid  of  hand-moulds,  but 
at  the  present  time  hand-making  is  chiefly  practised  in  the 
South  of  England  for  ordinary  facing  bricks,  and  in  the  Midlands 
and  North  for  the  manufacture  of  fire-bricks,  for  specially  moulded 
bricks,  and  terra-cotta.  As  almost  any  clay  with  sufficient 
plasticity  can  be  moulded  into  bricks  formed  by  hand,  the 
number  of  clays  of  widely  differing  characteristics  described  as 
"  brick  earth  "  is  very  large,  and  the  prospective  brickmaker  must 
be  careful  in  his  choice  of  material,  for  some  clays  are  impossible 
to  use  commercially,  even  when,  apart  from  the  cost  of  manu- 
facture, it  is  quite  p'ossible  to  make  good  bricks  from  them. 
It  by  no  means  follows  that  because  good  bricks  can  be  made 
from  a  certain  clay  that  they  can  be  produced  at  a  cost  which 
would  be  commercially  satisfactory,  and  the  prospective  brick- 
maker  should  exercise  the  greatest  caution  before  embarking  on  a 
new  enterprise,  even  when  he  has  seen  excellent  specimens  of 
articles  made  from  the  clay  it  is  proposed  to  use.  Thus,  true 
London  clay  is  very  troublesome  to  those  unacquainted  with  its 
special  nature,  as  it  appears  to  be  highly  plastic  though  in  reality 
it  is  not  so,  though  it  is  very  sticky.  It  is  very  doubtful  whether 
first-class  bricks  can  ever  be  made  from  strong  London  clay, 
though  a  commoner  brick  is  made  in  large  quantities.  A  strong 
clay,  in  the  absence  of  an  ample  supply  of  mild  loam  or  sand,  can- 
not be  made  into  good  bricks,  though  those  of  an  inferior  quality 
may  be  produced  in  some  cases.  The  reason  for  this  is  that  clay 
which  is  very  strong  shrinks  excessively  on  drying  and  burning, 
and  so  it  is  almost  impossible  to  prevent  cracking  to  such  an 
extent  as  to  make  the  bricks  composed  of  it  practically  useless. 
Nodules  of  all  kinds  should  be  avoided  in  clay  to  be  moulded 
by  hand.  They  can  be  removed  by  washing  the  clay,  but  it 
seldom  pays  to  do  this. 

(39) 


40  MODEEN    BRICKMAKING 

Stones,  when  occurring  in  a  strong  clay,  are  a  blessing  to  the 
brickmaker,  provided  that  the  stony  matter  is  of  a  siliceous 
nature  (not  limestone),  but  in  a  very  mild  clay  the  presence  of 
stones  will  reduce  the  plasticity  too  much,  so  that  they  must  be 
removed  before  such  clay  can  be  used. 

Siliceous  or  sandy  stones,  when  found  in  strong  clay,  may  be 
ground  up  with  it,  and  so  produce  a  mild  mixture  which  will  have 
the  proportion  of  stones  and  clay  which  produce  a  good  quality 
of  brick,  the  colour  of  which  will  depend  upon  the  composition 
of  the  mixture.  When  stone-bearing  beds  occur  with  clean,  mild 
or  sandy  clays  the  stones  may  be  picked  out  by  hand  or  by  some 
form  of  mechanical  clay-cleaner  (page  22),  and  are  frequently 
valuable  as  a  by-product. 

Sand  and  Gravel  can  only  be  removed  by  washing. 
The  most  popular  clays  for  hand-brickmaking  are  the  Oxford, 
Reading,  Bagshot,  and  Gault  beds  in  the  South  and  the  East 
and  the  Midland  beds,  but  many  surf  ace- clays  in  different 
parts  of  the  country  are  locally  considered  to  be  of  great  value 
for  this  purpose. 

The  Preparation  of  the  Paste  for  hand-brickmaking  is  effected 
as  follows  :  The  clay,  after  any  necessary  purifications  and 
the  addition  of  any  non-plastic  material,  must  be  made  up  into 
a  paste  of  sufficient  softness  and  plasticity  to  turn  out  easily 
from  the  mould  and  to  dry  and  burn  without  cracking  or  warp- 
ing. It  is  necessary  to  effect  a  thorough  mixing  of  the  various 
materials,  to  ensure  their  reduction  -to  a  sufficiently  fine  state, 
and  to  incorporate  the  precise  amount  of  water  to  produce  the 
desired  plasticity.  The  clay  may  be  sufficiently  pure  to  be  used 
direct,  with  or  without  the  addition  of  non-plastic  materials, 
such  as  sand  or  chalk,  or  it  may  have  been  purified  by  washing 
or  some  other  treatment.  Turf,  top-soil,  gravel,  or  an  excessive 
amount  of  stone  or  sand  must  be  removed  in  the  getting  of  the 
clay,  so  far  as  this  is  possible,  but  in  certain  clays  washing 
cannot  be  avoided. 

Washing  is  carried  out  in  wash-mills  similar  to  the  one  de- 
scribed on  page  25,  the  clay  being  churned  up  with  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  water  to  produce  a  thin  slip,  or  slurry,  out  of  which 
the  stones  settle  whilst  the  clay  is  carried  round  in  the  slurry. 
This  is  run  off  to  a  wash-back,  and  the  clay  having  settled,  the 
water  is  run  off  leaving  a  stiff  paste. 

Another  useful  method  of  cleaning  clay  from  stones  is  a 
mechanical  clay-cleaner  which  consists  of  a  sieve  or  perforated 


HAND-BBICKMAKING    PROCESSES  41 

screen  through  which  the  clay  (previously  made  into  a  paste) 
is  forced,  the  stones  being  left  behind  (page  24).  The  disad- 
vantage of  these  clay-cleaners  is  that, they  only  separate  the 
larger  stones,  yet  the  very  small  ones,  in  the  case  of  limestone, 
may  be  as  detrimental  as  any ;  hence,  whilst  clay-cleaners  may 
be  satisfactory  when  only  stones  over  J  in.  diameter  are  present, 
clays  containing  limestone  must  be  washed  if  the  removal  of  the 
small  stones  or  gravel  is  really  necessary. 

Clay  sufficiently  free  from  objectionable  ingredients  having 
been  obtained,  it  is  next  necessary  to  reduce  it  to  a  state  in 
which  it  will  readily  mix  with  the  water  required  to  make  it 
into  a  uniform  plastic  paste.  If  it  has  been  washed  it  will 
already  be  in  a  pasty  condition  as  it  comes  from  the  settling- 
tanks  or  wash-backs  (page  25),  otherwise  it  must  be  crushed, 
unless  it  is  so  fine  and  mild  that  treading  or  repeated  turning- 
over  with  a  spade  will  convert  it  into  a  state  in  which  it  may  be 
taken  to  the  pug-mill. 

The  crushing  or  grinding  may  be  effected  by  a  pair  of  crush- 
ing rolls  or  in  a  pan-mill  with  edge  runners,  the  former  being 
generally  employed  for  strong  sticky  clays  and  the  latter  for 
hard  ones.  In  some  cases  it  is  necessary  to  use  several  pairs  of 
rolls  or  a  combination  of  rolls  and  edge-runners  (page  86).  Much 
unnecessary  grinding  or  crushing  may  be  avoided  by  weathering 
the  clay  thoroughly.  Indeed,  weathering  (page  22)  should  never 
be  omitted  when  it  is  likely  to  benefit  the  clay,  as  it  effects  a 
disintegration  far  more  complete  than  is  possible  with  any  kind 
of  crushing  machine.  The  oxidizing  and  other  actions  which 
take  place  in  weathering  are  also  important  to  the  brickmaker, 
and  many  clays  which  cannot  be  used  when  freshly  dug  will 
make  excellent  bricks  and  tiles  if  the  clay  is  exposed  to  the 
action  of  the  weather  for  a  short  time  previous  to  its  being  sent 
to  the  mills. 

Most  makers  of  hand-made  bricks  declare  that  hand-mould- 
ing cannot  be  effectively  carried  out  with  clays  which  require 
much  preliminary  crushing,  and  when  crushing  rolls  have  to  be 
employed,  it  is  customary  to  manufacture  only  machine-made 
bricks.  A  notable  exception  to  this  is  found  in  the  case  of  fire- 
brick manufacture  in  which  the  hard,  rocky  clay  is  first  crushed 
by  rollers  or  pan-mills  before  being  mixed  with  water  and  pugged. 
With  most  other  hand-made  bricks  the  clay  is  taken  direct  from 
the  bed  or  weathering  heap  and  pugged,  or  it  is  washed,  and  the 
purified  clay  from  the  wash-backs  is  sent  to  the  pug-mill. 


42  MODERN    BEICKMAKING 

For  some  purposes  edge-runner  mills  give  better  results  than 
crushing  rolls,  though  they  require  the  clay  to  be  dry  and  not 
too  sticky  if  large  outputs  are  desired.  The  use  of  edge-runner 
or  pan-mills  is  described  in  the  chapter  on  "  Stiff- Plastic  Brick- 
making  ".  These  mills  are  seldom  used  for  bricks  made  by 
hand-moulding,  though  in  the  manufacture  of  fire-bricks  their 
manufacture  is  common  and  desirable  owing  to  the  peculiar 
nature  of  fire-clay,  which  is  essentially  a  rock  needing  to  be 
ground  to  a  powder  before  being  mixed  with  water.  Clays  of  a 
rocky  character  are  usually  most  conveniently  treated  by  the 
stiff-plastic  system,  but  when  very  low  in  plasticity  it  may  be 
preferable  to  use  more  water  (as  with  fire-clays)  and  to  mould 
them  by  hand.  They  are  then  best  crushed  in  an  edge -runner 
mill  and,  after  sifting,  are  mixed  with  water  in  a  pug-mill  until 
a  uniform  paste  is  obtained  and  a  consistency  suitable  for  hand- 
moulding.  Such  instances  are  comparatively  rare,  so  far  as 
ordinary  hand-made  building  bricks  are  concerned. 

After  the  material  has  been  treated  so  that  no  hard  lumps 
remain  in  it,  water  must  be  added  so  as  to  convert  it  into  paste. 
This  operation  is  known  as  tempering,  and  is  best  performed  a 
couple  of  days  before  the  clay  is  to  be  pugged.  The  reason  for 
this  is  the  souring,  or  putrefaction,  which  most  clays  undergo 
when  kept  in  a  moist  state,  whereby  the  water  is  more  fully 
distributed  and  a  more  homogeneous  paste  is  the  result.  The 
preliminary  tempering  should  be  made  by  mixing  some  of  the 
clay  with  water  and  turning  it  over  with  a  spade,  this  operation 
of  watering  and  turning  over  being  repeated  until  sufficient 
water  has  been  added.  It  is  not  wise  to  shirk  this  part  of  the 
process  of  manufacture,  as  some  makers  do  who  put  their  clay 
direct  from  the  crushing  plant  into  the  pug-mill. 

It  is  generally  wise  to  allow  the  clay  to  soak  for  some  little 
time  before  it  is  turned  over  by  the  spade,  though  in  some  cases 
this  turning  over  is  unnecessary  if  the  soaking  is  sufficient. 
Rocky  clays,  on  the  other  hand,  are  scarcely  effected  by  soaking. 
The  use  of  hot  water  instead  of  cold  is  valuable  in  the  tempering 
of  some  clays. 

When  the  clay  is  taken  from  wash-backs,  the  men  should  be 
instructed  to  dig  downwards  and  not  take  off  layers  of  clay  from 
the  top  of  the  deposit.  If  the  various  earths  of  which  the  bricks  are 
to  be  made  have  been  previously  spread  over  the  surface  of  the 
tempering  shed,  or  ground  in  layers  of  the  required  thickness, 


HAND-BKICKMAKING    PEG  CESSES  43 

cutting  the  material  vertically  will -ensure  the  portions  taken 
having  the  desired  composition. 

In  former  times  it  was  customary  to  continue  the  spade  work, 
or  tempering,  of  the  clay  until  a  plastic  paste  was  produced,  this 
process  being  aided  by  the  treading  of  the  clay  under  horses  ',  or 
men's  feet ;  but  this  method  has,  to  a  large  extent,  died  out  in 
this  country  (though  it  is  still  practised  in  the  manufacture  of 
crucibles  for  steel  making,  for  retort  clay,  and  for  a  few  other 
special  branches  of  clay  working)  as  it  is  found  that  pugging  is 
more  effective  and  far  cheaper  for  ordinary  bricks.  In  the 
neighbourhood  of  London,  where  ashes  are  added  to  the  clay, 
they  are  mixed  in  during  the  process  of  tempering  it  by  spade 
labour,  previous  to  the  mixture  being  taken  to  the  pug-mill. 

In  the  manufacture  of  tiles  (where  a  better  price  is  obtainable 
in  proportion  to  the  amount  of  clay  used)  foul  clays  (i.e.  those 
containing  stones)  may  be  soaked  for  some  time,  and  the  paste 
thus  formed  is  "  slung  "  or  cut  into  thin  slices  with  a  wire  before 
being  pugged;  but  this  operation  does  not  pay  in  the  case  of 
bricks.  When  slinging  is  resorted  to,  the  clay  should  be  passed 
once  through  the  pug-mill  and  then  cut  up  into  thin  slices  with 
a  wire,  as  the  time  taken  in  the  preparation  of  the  paste  is 
thereby  greatly  reduced.  The  object  of  slinging  is  to  enable  the 
stones  in  the  clay  to  be  readily  picked  out.  A  similar  purpose 
is  served  by  the  mechanical  cleaners  already  described. 

Pugging. — After  being  mixed  with  water  in  the  operation  of 
tempering,  the  clay  is  in  the  form  of  a  paste  of  fairly  regular 
composition.  It  must  be  made  homogeneous  by  \a  further  pro- 
cess of  mixing ;  the  usual  plan  being  to  treat  it  in  a  pug-mill,  or 
in  a  grinding-pan  with  edge  runners  and  a  solid  revolving  pan. 
The  pug-mill  is  more  commonly  used,  though  in  the  manufacture 
of  fire-bricks  and  fire-clay  goods  the  clay  paste  may  be  kept  in 
a  pan  for  about  twenty  minutes  with  most  satisfactory  results. 

For  hand-brickmaking  the  pug-mill  is  usually  of  the  vertical 
type,  the  tempered  clay  being  thrown  in  at  the  top  and  gradually 
becoming  more  uniform  in  character  as  it  passes  through,  and  is 
finally  discharged  at  the  bottom.  The  mill  with  an  upright 
shaft,  to  which  are  attached  knives  passing  through  its  centre, 
is  usually  made  of  wood  and  resembles  a  large  barrel,  but  during 
recent  years  various  alterations  in  the  construction  of  pug-mills 
have  been  made,  and  many  iron  cylinders  and  wooden  conical 
bodies  are  now  in  use.  The  horse-driven  mill  is  slowly,  but 


44  MODEEN    BRICKMAKING 

surely,  giving  way  to  the  mechanically  driven  one,  as  a  horse  is 
unable  to  give  more  than  a  very  slight  pugging.  This  is  un- 
satisfactory in  the  case  of  unwashed  clays,  and  the  use  of  washed 
earth  is  rapidly  diminishing  on  account  of  the  expense  of  wash- 
ing and  the  space  occupied  by  the  settling  tanks.  With  washed 
earth,  pugging  is  scarcely  necessary,  though  it  should  never  be 
omitted. 

The  value  and  efficiency  of  a  pug-mill  depends  upon  its  size 
and  upon  the  arrangement  of  the  knives.  If  too  small,  and 
especially  if  too  short,  the  mill  will  not  mix  the  clay  sufficiently, 
and  if  the  knives  are  incorrect  in  shape,  or  are  badly  arranged, 
the  clay  will  emerge  without  being  homogeneous.  The  older 
forms  of  pug-mills  are  singularly  inefficient,  as  the  blades  are  too 
small  to  be  of  much  service  and  the  amount  of  kneading  and 
mixing  which  occurs  is  comparatively  small.  Broader  knives, 
which  would  act  better,  require  more  power  than  can  usually  be 
given  by  a  horse. 

A  better  type  of  mill  is  shown  in  fig.  15,  but  this  is  power 
driven.  When  constructed  according  to  the  suggestions  of  A.  E. 
Brown,  it  consists  of  a  conical  wooden  vessel  A  mounted  011  6  in. 
square  oak  cross  sills  B  and  between  two  equally  stout  uprights 
CC  tied  near  their  upper  ends  by  the  cross  beams  DD  and  by 
other  strong  struts  (not  shown)  which  take  the  thrust  of  the 
driving  belt  or  chain.  The  2-^  in.  countershaft  F,  supported  by 
two  plummer  blocks//,  carries  a  5  ft.  pulley  H  (driven  direct  from 
a  12  to  18  in.  pulley  on  the  engine)  and  the  bevelled  pinion  K2 
The  2-J-  in.  vertical  shaft  EE  is  carried  by  two  plummer  blocks 
ee  and  a  foot-step  g.  This  shaft  is  made  in  two  pieces,  connected 
with  a  sliding  coupling  G,  in  order  that  the  upper  portion  may  be 
turned  apart  from  the  lower  one  when  desired,  as  when  a  second 
pug-mill  or  wash-mill  is  driven  from  the  chain  wheel  L,  on  the 
same  countershaft,  the  present  pug-mill  not  being  required. 

Five  knives  a,  and  a  scraper  b,  to  force  the  clay  out  through 
the  opening  C,  are  provided,  the  shape  of  the  former  being  of  an 
American  type  not  well  known  in  this  country,  but  very  satis- 
factory wherever  they  have  been  used.  The  essential  feature  of 
these  knives  is  the  possession  of  one  unsymmetrical  and  one  flat 
side,  as  shown  in  fig.  16,  the  shape  of  the  scraper  b  is  better 
shown  by  fig.  17. 

When  run  at  four  or  five  revolutions  per  minute,  a  mill  of 
this  type,  3  ft.  6  in.  diameter  at  the  top  tapering  to  3  ft.  2  in.  at  the 
bottom  and  4  ft.  6  in.  to  the  top  of  the  barrel  A,  will  pug  sufficient 


HAND-BEICKMAKING    PKOCESSES 


45 


FIG.  15. — Home-made  pug-mill. 


46 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 


clay  for  6000  bricks  per  day,  although  a  larger  quantity  can  be 
turned  out  if  it  needs  only  a  light  pugging. 

Fig.  18  shows  a  pug-mill  of  the  old  horse- driven  type,  but  of 


FIG.  16. — Blades  of  pug-mill  (A.  E.  Brown). 

superior  construction  and  capable  of  preparing  sufficient  clay 
for  about  5000  bricks  per  day.  The  knife  is  the  Archimedean 
type,  preferred  by  the  makers.  The  knives  in  this  mill  do 


cc 

YIG.  17.— Bottom  scraper  of  vertical  pug-mill  (A.  E.  Brown). 

not  merely  cut  the  clay  but  turn  it  over  in  each  revolution,  so 
that  every  part  of  the  clay  is  submitted  to  their  action,  and  being 
furnished  with  scrapers  or  cleansing  knives,  clogging  and  exces- 
sive adhesion  to  the  sides  of  the  mill  are  prevented,  and  the  whole 
mass  of  clay  is  more  thoroughly  amalgamated  than  in  the  earlier 


HAND-BBICKMAKING    PKOCESSES 


47 


forms  of  mill.  Like  many. other  mills  of  this  type  constructed 
of  iron,  this  one  is  deficient  both  in  height  and  diameter  where 
difficult  clays  are  worked.  Unless  the  circumstances  are  excep- 
tional, the  barrel  of  a  vertical  pug-mill  for  clay  for  hand-brick- 
making  should  never  be  less  than  3  ft.  diameter  in  any  part,  nor 
less  then  4  ft.  6  in.  high,  and  only  one  outlet  should  be  used  at 
a  time. 

Feeding  is  facilitated  by  making  the  mouth  of  the  barrel 
somewhat  bell-shaped,  and  the  ejectment  hole  should  be  fitted 
with  a  sliding  door  in  order  to  regulate  the  speed  at  which  the 
clay  travels  through  the  mill  and  to  secure  its  being  sufficiently 
pugged. 


FIG.  18. — Horse-driven  pug-mill.' 

A  typical  power-driven  mill  of  the  all-metal  type  is  shown  in 
fig.  19,  but  it  would  be  more  efficient  if  made  both  higher  and 
larger  than  those  usually  kept  in  stock.  Mills  of  this  type  are 
supplied  by  all  makers  of  clay-working  machinery  and  require 
2  to  6  h.p.  to  drive  them. 

The  illustration  of  the  machine  in  fig.  20  represents  a  power- 
driven  pug-mill  in  which  the  upper  part  is  expanded  so  as  to 
secure  greater  mixing  power.  The  machine  has  two  sets  of 
knives,  one  in  the  large  pan  and  another  in  the  barrel,  and  the 
former  are  so  arranged  that  at  each  revolution  the  clay  is  taken 
one  step  nearer  to  the  centre  of  the  mill.  The  delivery  opening, 
which  is  placed  tangentially  to  allow  of  free  delivery,  is  fitted 


48 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


with  a  sliding  door  actuated  with  screw  and  hand  wheel,  so  as  to 
adjust  the  opening  to  suit  the  condition  of  the  clay  required, 
but  a  simple  slide  is  sufficient  for  most  purposes.  Such  machines 
are  specially  suitable  for  hard  clays  which  do  not  mix  readily 
with  water,  such  as  shales  and  fire-clays. 

The  "  Vulcan  "  mill  (fig.  21),  made  by  the  Horsham  Engineer- 


FIG.  19. — Pug-mill  for  small  yards. 

ing  Co.,  has  an  elevating  arrangement  by  which  it  delivers  clay 
on  to  the  brickmoulder's  table  and  is  a  useful  labour-saving 
device. 

Some  brickmakers  maintain  that  horizontal  pug-mills  are 
unsatisfactory  for  hand-made  bricks,  and  that  they  require  more 
power  to  drive  them.  The  contention  is  not  well  founded,  though 
the  effect  of  gravity  in  a  vertical  pug-mill  should,  theoretically, 
reduce  the  amount  of  power  to  pass  the  clay  through  it.  In 


HAND-BRICKMAKING    PROCESSES  49 

some  tests  made  by  the  author  this  difference  was  so  small  as  to 
be  negligible,  and  it  may  therefore  be  left  to  the  brickmaker  to 
suit  his  own  convenience  in  handling  the  clay  as  to  whether  a 
vertical  or  horizontal  pug-mill  is  used.  Horizontal  pug-mills 
are  described  in  Chapter  IV. 


FIG.  20. — Vertical  pug-mill  for  fire-clay,  etc. 

The  best  speed  for  running  a  pug-mill  will  vary  with  its  con- 
struction and  with  the  clay  used.  The  makers  should  be  con- 
sulted on  this  matter.  An  ordinary  vertical  pug-mill  should  be 
worked  at  a  speed  of  five  revolutions  of  the  shaft  per  minute, 
but  the  speed  which  is  really  most  suitable  for  a  particular  clay 

4 


50 


MODEEN    BRICKMAKING 


can  only  be  ascertained  by  actual  trial.  The  men  engaged  in 
feeding  the  pug-mill  must  see  that  it  is  kept  full  of  clay,  or  the 
latter  will  be  imperfectly  mixed. 

Moulding. — Two  distinct  methods  of  moulding  bricks  by  hand 
are  in  use  at  the  present  time.  In  the  first,  the  mould  is  dipped 
in  water  before  being  filled  to  prevent  the  clay  adhering  to  it. 
This  is  known  as  "  slop-moulding  ".  In  the  second  method  the 
internal  surfaces  of  the  mould  are  covered  with  sand,  whence  the 
term  "  sand-moulding  "  for  bricks  made  by  this  method. 

Considerable  differences  in  dealing  with  the  clay  when  once 
the  brick  has  been  formed  in  the  mould  are  also  common. 
'Thus  in  ordinary  slop- moulding  a  boy  takes  the  filled  mould 


FIG.  21. — Elevating  pug-mill. 

from  the  maker's  bench  to  the  drying  floor  and  turns  out  the 
brick  on  to  the  floor,  returning  to  the  bench  with  the  empty 
mould.  Meanwhile  the  maker  fills  a  second  mould.  In  sand- 
moulding,  on  the  contrary,  but  one  mould  is  used,  and  the 
maker,  after  filling  it,  turns  out  the  brick  on  to  a  pallet  or  carry- 
ing-board. This  distinction  does  not  hold  good  in  all  cases, 
however,  as  with  some  clays  (notably  fire-clays)  the  bricks  are 
slop-moulded,  and  then  turned  on  to  pallets  by  the  maker. 
These  differences  in  treatment  really  depend  on  the  stiffness  of 
the  brick  in  the  mould,  and  the  extent  to  which  it  can  be 
handled  after  leaving  the  latter. 

Bricks  which  have  been  moulded  and  turned  out  on  to  a  pallet 
are  placed  on  barrows,  and  a  considerable  number  of  them  taken 


HAND-BKICKMAKING    PEOCESSES  51 

to  the  hack  or  drying  floor,  which  may  be  at  a  considerable 
distance  from  the  maker's  table,  but  in  some  instances  drying 
floors  on  which  the  makers  move  their  benches  to  and  fro  are 
employed. 

It  is  convenient,  for  the  sake  of  clearness,  to  describe  the 
sand  and  slop-moulding  processes  and  the  subsequent  hand- 
ling of  the  bricks  quite  separately,  though  from  the  foregoing  it 
will  be  understood  that  in  some  works  portions  of  one  process 
are  made  to  follow  those  of  the  other,  when  the  nature  of  the 
clay  enables  this  to  be  done,  and  time  or  labour  to  be  saved 
without  detriment  to  the  bricks. 

The  moulder's  table  or  "  stool  "  is  very  strongly  made,  about 
6ft.  by  3ft.  and  about  3ft.  high,  it  is  provided  with  various  boxes, 
etc.,  according  to  the  method  of  brickmaking  adopted,  and  whilst 
the  shape  and  size  of  the  table  and  the  fittings  differ  in  various 
localities  the  principal  arrangements  are  the  same  in  all. 

In  Slop-Moulding  the  table  is  furnished  with  a  box  for  sand 
and  another  for  water,  these  being  so  placed  that  when  the 
moulder  is  at  work  the  sand-box  is  at  his  left  hand,  the  water- 
tank  is  in  front  of  him,  and  the  clay  ready  for  use  at  his  right 
hand,  ample  room  being  left  for  the  working  of  the  clay.  A 
larger  tank  for  water  stands  at  the  left  side  of  the  table. 

In  making  a  slop-moulded  brick  the  workman  sprinkles  some 
sand  on  the  vacant  part  of  the  table  immediately  in  front  of 
himself,  takes  a  lump  of  clay  sufficiently  large  for  his  purpose, 
and  kneads  it  on  the  sanded  table  to  the  shape  of  a  brick.  He 
then  takes  a  mould  and  dips  it  into  the  water-trough  so  as  to 
wet  it  thoroughly,  at  the  same  time  cleaning  it  from  any  adhering 
material,  and  places  it  on  the  table.  He  next  raises  the  rough 
shaped  clot  of  clay  and  dashes  it  with  considerable  force  into  the 
mould.  The  next  operation  consists  in  compressing  the  clay  so 
that  it  may  fill  the  mould  completely,  and  this  is  done  by  the 
workman  using  his  hands,  or  a  small  flat  board  with  a  vertical 
handle  called  a  "  plane  ".  The  superfluous  clay  is  then  removed 
by  the  workman's  thumbs,  an  even  surface  being  given  by  finally 
drawing  a  straight  edged  strip  of  wood  (termed  a  "  strike  ")  across 
the  mould.  The  strike  is  then  thrown  back  into  the  smaller 
water-box.  A  boy  picks  up  the  mould  with  its  contents,  and 
carries  it  to  the  dryer  floor,  where  he  lays  it  down,  and  with  a 
skilful  twist  of  the  hand  turns  out  the  ready-made  brick  on  to  the 
floor.  Meanwhile,  the  man  fills  a  second  mould,  and  has  another 
brick  ready  by  the  time  the  boy  returns  to  the  bench. 


52  MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

Numerous  variations  of  this  process  are  known.  Thus,  the 
man  may  make  the  boy  wash  his  moulds  so  that  they  are  wet 
and  ready  for  use  when  required.  Sand  is  not  used  in  some 
cases,  the  mould  being  then  placed  on  a  moulding-board  covered 
with  fustian  kept  continually  wet.  Instead  of  a  strike  to  smooth 
the  face  of  the  brick,  a  flat  polishing  tool  or  plane  is  sometimes 
used,  both  sides  of  the  brick  being  smoothed  in  turn.  In  some 
yards,  as  already  mentioned,  the  bricks  are  sufficiently  stiff  to 
bear  more  handling,  and  are  therefore  turned  out  on  to  pallets 
as  described  in  hand-moulding.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  distance 
the  carrying-off  boy  has  to  travel  must  not  be  greater  than  will 
allow  him  time  to  return  to  the  table  by  the  time  the  moulder 
has  a  fresh  brick  ready.  On  this  account,  the  men  who  work  by 
the  slop-method  are  compelled  to  be  close  to  the  drying-shed, 
and  usually  work  in  it.  The  boy  starts  setting  down  the  bricks 
in  a  series  of  straight  lines  extending  from  the  wall  of  the  shed 
to  the  table,  and  as  soon  as  a  considerable  portion  of  the  floor  is 
filled  with  bricks  the  table  is  moved  to  a  fresh  position.  The 
object  of  this  is  to  reduce  the  distance  travelled  by  the  boy  as 
much  as  possible,  without  unduly  hindering  the  moulder  by  too 
frequent  movings  of  the  table. 

The  bricks  on  the  drying  floor  are  often  covered  with  a  thin 
sprinkling  of  sand  to  prevent  them  cracking,  and  may  afterwards 
be  taken  to  the  kiln  or  to  a  hack-ground  where  they  are  stacked 
up  for  further  drying. 

The  output  of  a  man  working  by  the  slop -method  with  the 
necessary  attendance  is  seldom  more  than  10,000  bricks  per 
week,  and  1500  bricks  per  table  is  reckoned  a  good  day's  work. 
This  is  much  less  than  the  output  where  sand-moulded  bricks 
are  made.  Under  specially  good  conditions,  and  with  a  clay 
which  can  be  worked  fairly  stiffly,  a  daily  output  of  2000  slop- 
moulded  bricks  can  be  reached,  but  is  only  maintained  with 
difficulty.  In  Central  Ireland  the  author  has  seen  two  men  and 
two  boys  producing  1000  bricks  per  hour  for  five  hours  at  a 
stretch.  They  were  extremely  rough,  and  the  clots  prepared  by 
one  man  were  simply  thrown  into  the  mould  and  roughly 
"thumbed  off"  by  another,  the  mould  being  kept  in  a  tub  of 
water  when  not  being  filled. 

In  making  sand-moulded  bricks  a  different  mode  of  procedure 
is  employed.  In  this  case  the  moulder's  table  is  provided  with 
a  deep  rim  at  each  end  and  partly  along  one  side  to  keep  the 
sand  in  place,  a  small  box  containing  water  for  holding  the 


HAND-BRICKMAKING    PROCESSES  53 

strike,  and  a  "  stock-board  "  or  "  bed  "  on  to  which  the  mould 
fits  close  to  the  table,  and  often  fastened  to  it  is  a  projecting 
beam,  3ft.  to  6ft.  long,  on  which  are  two  thin  iron  rods  fastened 
parallel  to  each  other,  and  which  serve  as  rails  along  which  the 
pallet  boards  may  slide.  This  appliance  is  termed  a  "  page  ". 
The  moulder  stands  facing  the  table  with  the  "  page  "  at  his  left 
hand,  and  on  his  right  is  an  attendant  (often  a  woman)  known 
as  the  "  clot-moulder,"  the  sand  for  the  use  of  these  two  workers 
being  placed  at  the  opposite  ends  of  the  table. 

In  order  to  make  bricks  by  this  process,  the  clot-moulder 
sprinkles  part  of  the  table  with  sand,  and,  on  the  portion  thus 
prepared,  kneads  up  a  lump  of  clay  of  the  correct  size  into  a 
rough  brick  and  places  it  ready  for  the  moulder.  This  man, 
having  sprinkled  the  stock-board  or  bed  with  sand,  plunges  the 
mould  into  the  sand-heap  and  covers  its  inside  surfaces  with  a 
thin  coating  of  sand  and  places  the  mould  on  the  bed.  He  then 
takes  the  clot  prepared  for  him,  dashes  it  forcibly  into  the 
mould,  and  presses  the  clay  with  his  fingers  so  as  to  completely 
fill  the  mould.  This  operation  is  known  as  "  walk-flatting  "  and 
requires  considerable  skill.  If  the  clot  is  too  small  sand-folds 
will  appear  on  the  face  of  the  brick,  and  if  too  large  it  will  not 
enter  the  mould  properly. 

When  the  mould  is  filled,  a  sufficient  thickness  of  clay  should 
project  from  the  top  of  it  to  provide  a  clean,  raw  base  for  the 
next  brick,  and  care  must  be  taken  that  the  moulder  takes  this 
off  with  his  thumbs  or  with  a  wire  and  lays  it  on  the  freshly 
sanded  table  with  the  cut  face  downwards.  Otherwise,  sand- 
folds  are  inevitable  when  the  clot-moulder  puts  a  fresh  piece  of 
clay  on  to  this  and  proceeds  to  shape  one  clot  from  both. 

The  excess  of  clay  having  been  removed  by  "  thumbing  "  or 
with  a  wire,  the  surface  of  the  brick  in  the  mould  is  smoothed 
by  drawing  a  straight  edged  strip  of  wood  (termed  a  "  strike  ") 
across  it  in  such  a  manner  that  the  arris  of  the  strike  removes 
any  excess  of  clay.  The  flat  side  of  the  strike  must  not  be  used, 
and  to  obtain  a  good  finish  the  strike  must  be  kept  very  wet. 
The  mould  is  next  lifted  from  the  stock-board,  placed  against  an 
empty  pallet,  and,  by  a  dexterous  twist,  the  brick  is  turned 
out  on  to  the  latter  and  left  on  it  on  the  page.  The  mould  is 
freed  from  any  adhering  material,  again  sanded,  and  is  ready 
for  use.  If  the  sand  will  not  adhere  properly  to  the  mould  the 
latter  is  wetted  occasionally. 

The  brick  with  its  pallet  is  taken  from  the  page  by  a  boy  and 


54  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

placed  on  an  off-bearing  barrow,  and  when  the  latter  is  full,  sand 
is  sprinkled  over  the  bricks  and  they  are  carefully  wheeled  away 
to  the  hack-ground  or  dryer,  where  they  are  set  on  edge,  in 
hacks  eight  or  nine  bricks  high  with  the  aid  of  a  second  pallet 
placed  on  top  of  the  brick,  so  as  to  enable  it  to  be  carried  and 
turned  sideways.  Very  thick  bricks  should  only  be  set  five  or 
six  bricks  high. 

The  construction  of  the  off-bearing  barrow  is  a  matter  re- 
quiring some  attention.  Too  many  of  those  in  use  are  badly 
balanced  (making  the  labour  of  wheeling  unnecessarily  great), 
or  they  are  built  too  low  for  the  most  convenient  work.  A  well- 
designed  off-bearing  barrow  must  be  capable  of  travelling  over 
rough  ground  without  the  bricks  on  it  being  damaged,  and  yet 
the  arrangement  of  the  springs  must  be  simple  and  not  likely 
to  get  out  of  order.  Spiral  springs  and  those  of  the  bow  type 
are  not  usually  satisfactory,  and  a  much  better  pattern  is  that 
supplied  by  W.  Bracknell.  In  this  the  spring  is  a  plain  strip  of 
steel  with  a  double  curve,  and  is  so  placed  that  the  axle  of  the 
wheel  is  at  the  strongest  and  most  rigid  part  of  the  barrow, 
whilst  the  bricks  are  supported  by  a  spring  of  ample  size  and 
power.  In  most  barrows  the  springs  are  placed  in  such  a 
manner  that  strength  is  lost,  and  the  "  life  "  of  such  barrows  is 
consequently  short. 

With  three  barrows — one  of  which  is  always  being  loaded — 
two  men  to  wheel  and  hack,  a  boy  and  a  clot-moulder,  a  brick- 
maker  can  turn  out  4000  to  5000  bricks  per  day  if  he  is  kept 
well  supplied  with  clay,  and  a  weekly  output  of  30,000  bricks  is 
not  infrequent.  Where  best  quality  facing  bricks  are  required, 
a  lesser  output  must  be  expected  on  account  of  the  greater  care 
required. 

Although  the  work  looks  easy,  moulding  bricks  by  hand 
really  needs  highly  skilled  labour,  and  it  has  with  some  truth 
been  said  that  "  a  good  moulder  is  born  and  not  made  ".  Much 
may  be  done,  however,  by  patient  insistence  and  careful  watch- 
ing on  the  part  of  the  owner  of  the  works. 

Until  lately,  the  moulds  used  for  hand-made  bricks  were 
made  of  wood,  but  these  have  been  largely  superseded  by  brass, 
or  as  they  are  technically  called  "  copper  "  moulds,  or  by  those 
lined  with  or  made  of  iron  or  steel.  Wooden  moulds  are  only 
suitable  for  sandy  clays  and  it  is  almost  essential  that  they  be 
wetted  during  use  (as  in  slop-moulding).  Iron  and  steel  lined 
moulds  can  be  used  with  sand  and  without  water,  and  brass 


HAND-BRICKMAKING    PROCESSES 


55 


moulds  need  neither  sand  nor  water,  but  are  too  costly  and 
insufficiently  durable  for  ordinary  use.  Zinc-lined  moulds  are 
much  used  for  bricks  of  special  shape. 

Brick  moulds  must  be  sufficiently  rigid  to  preserve  their 
shape  perfectly  in  use,  in  spite  of  the  force  applied  in  filling  the 
moulds,  and  yet  they  must  not  be  so  stoutly  made  as  to  be  in- 
conveniently heavy.  On  this  account  wood  is  always  used  for 
the  major  portion  of  the  mould,  a  metal  lining  being  inserted  to 
facilitate  the  turning  out  of  the  brick.  Teak  and  oak  are  the 
best  woods  for  this  purpose ;  others  swell  and  shrink  too  much 
to  be  satisfactory. 

A  typical  mould  has  a  lining  overlapping  the  woodwork  on 
each  side,  and  as  this  wears  away  the  moulds  must  be  relined  or 
replaced  with  new  ones.  This  mould  has  no  bottom,  the  lower 
face  of  the  brick  being  formed  by  the  table  on  which  the  mould 
is  laid. 

Another  mould  is  of  the  type  chiefly  used  in  the  London 
district.  It  has  a  separate  bottom  or  "  stock-board  "  which  is 
fastened  to  the  table  by  a  peg  at  each  corner.  This  stock-board 
is  made  of  wood  with  an  iron  plate,  a  special  centre-piece  (termed 
the  "  kik  ")  being  used  to  make  a  frog  or  hollow  centre-piece  in 
the  brick.  The  mould  itself  is  a  rectangular  frame  of  iron,  or 
wood  faced  with  steel,  which  fits  on  to  the  stock-board  and  rests 
on  the  four  corner  pins  when  in  use. 

The  use  of  four  set-screws  in  place  of  these  corner  pins,  as 
suggested  in  Barton 
&  Co.'s  mould,  fig. 
22,  is  a  great  im- 
provement. In  this 
case  the  plate  B 
and  the  stock-bed 
A  are  fastened 
firmly  to  the  table 
E  by  means  of  the 
bolt  C,  and  the 
thickness  of  the 
brick  can  be  regu- 
lated to  the  greatest 
nicety  by  altering 


FIG.  22. — Improved  hand-brick  mould. 


the  set  screws  A  until  a  sufficient  space  exists  between  the  top 
of  the  plate  B  and  of  the  mould  D. 

Box-moulds  which  have  a  fixed  bottom  piece  attached  to  the 


56  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

sides,  should  only  be  used  for  fancy  bricks.  When  plain  bricks 
are  being  made  they  are  little  or  no  better  than  when  the 
ordinary  mould  is  used. 

Dryitig. — By  whichever  method  of  hand-moulding  bricks  are 
inadeTthey  must  be  dried  before  they  can  be  placed  in  the  kiln. 
The  amount  of  water  in  the  bricks  will  determine,  to  some 
extent,  the  best  method  for  removing  it,  for  if  the  bricks  are 
very  soft  they  must  usually  be  laid  out  on  a  drying  floor  until 
sufficiently  stiff  to  bear  stacking.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  sand- 
faced  bricks  are  made,  they  can  usually  be  taken  to  the  hacks 
and  stacked  immediately. 

In  small  yards  where  hand-made  bricks  are  produced,  arti- 
ficial dryers  are  seldom  worth  installing,  and  a  hack-ground  will 
meet  most  requirements.  If  bricks  are  to  be  made  during  the 
winter,  however,  a  drying-shed  heated  by  steam  or  a  series  of 
fires  will  be  necessary. 

The  ordinary  hack-ground  consists  of  a  large  field.  The  usual 
allowance  is  one  acre  of  land  for  each  million  bricks  produced 
in  the  season,  as  level  as  possible,  on  which  the  bricks  are  laid 
in  narrow  rows  about  50  to  80  yds.  in  length,  and  9  ft.  to  12  ft. 
from  centre  to  centre  of  each  hack  or  row. 

The  direction  in  which  the  hacks  run  is  also  important ;  it 
should  be  north  to  south  or  north-east  to  south-west,  so  that  both 
sides  of  the  hacks  should  receive  an  equal  amount  of  sun,  and 
yet  neither  side  be  exposed  to  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun  at  mid- 
day. Small  trenches  should  be  dug  running  in  the  same  direc- 
tion as  the  hacks,  and  3  in.  land  drain-pipes  laid  under  the  hacks 
at  intervals  of  every  ten  yards  to  secure  ample  drainage.  Though 
not  often  done,  it  is  a  wise  practice  to  use  the  earth  dug  out  of 
the  trenches  to  form  small  embankments  on  which  to  place  the 
bricks.  This  simple  arrangement  will  prevent  a  considerable 
number  of  bricks  from  being  spoiled  by  wet  weather. 

In    very    damp    situations    the    bricks    should   not   be   set 
direct   on    to    the   ground    but   on   thin 
planks,    or   preferably   on   hollow    pipes 
of  rectangular  section    12  x  4^  x  2^  in. 
(fig.    23)    placed    side    by    side.      These 
"  tiles "   can   be   made  quite  cheaply  in 
an   ordinary   pipe   machine.      They   last 
FIG.  23.— Hack  tile.         several  years,  and  the  air  passing  through 
them  prevents  the  green  bricks  from  drawing  moisture  from  the 
ground  when  such  tiles  are  used. 


HAKD-BBICKMAKING    PEOCESSES  57 

Each  row,  or  hack,  consists  of  two  blades  of  bricks  with  a 
space  of  about  8  in.  between  each.  The  bricks  are  set  on  edge 
about  5  to  8  in.  apart,  the  bricks  in  each  row  covering  the 
spaces  between  those  in  the  row  below  it,  and  the  whole  hack 
being  about  36  in.  high.  In  setting  the  bricks,  each  row  must  be 
laid  along  the  whole  length  of  the  hack  before  commencing 
another,  as,  if  set  to  the  full  height  at  once,  the  lower  bricks 
would  collapse. 

When  hacking  bricks,  the  men  should  always  lay  a  setting 
board  (a  kind  of  pallet  board  but  sometimes  a  little  thicker)  on 
the  brick,  and  lift  the  latter  between  the  two  boards  and  so  carry 
and  place  it  on  the  hack.  Handling  bricks  with  bare  hands 
invariably  defaces  them,  and  is  no  quicker  than  when  pallet 
boards  are  used. 

To  protect  the  bricks  from  rain,  the  hacks  are  covered  with 
small,  roof-like  structures  made  of  light  boards,  though  in  some 
cases  straw  is  laid  on  the  bricks.  For  many  reasons  straw  is  not 
satisfactory,  and  wooden  covers,  either  of  the  portable  kind  shown 
or  a  permanent  wood  roofing  over  the  hacks,  should  be  used. 
For  a  clay  of  unusual  delicacy  it  may  be  necessary  to  cover  the 
bricks  with  straw  to  prevent  too  rapid  evaporation  of  the  moisture 
in  them.  Loose  wooden  covers,  such  as  that  in  fig.  26,  cost  about  Is. 
each.  They  should  be  made  of  12  planks,  6  in.  by  f  in.,  set  at  such 
an  angle  as  to  measure  42  to  48  in.  across  the  bottom  of  the  gable. 

For  protecting  the  sides  of  the  hacks  from  too  rapid  drying, 
draughts,  or  rain,  sacks,  matting,  or  loose  boards  are  used,  the 
last  named  being  the  best  if  properly  constructed,  though  matt- 
ing has  the  advantage  of  permitting  a  freer  circulation  of  air.  If 
boards  are  used  they  should  be  fastened  together  to  form  "  loos," 
6  ft.  long  by  2  ft.  6  in.  wide,  with  the  strengthening  ribs  lengthened 
to  act  as  legs  as  shown  in  fig.  24. 

For  better  qualities  of  bricks,  sheds  containing  racks  must  be 
used,  or  an  artificial  dryer  installed.  A  good  type  of  plain  shed 
for  this  purpose  is  that  shown  in  fig.  25.  According  to  A.  E. 
Brown,  such  a  shed  85  ft.  x  30  ft.  will  dry  100,000  bricks  per 
season,  and  leave  ample  room  for  the  moulder  and  engine,  and 
a  clear  20  ft.  x  30  ft.  space  for  stacking  dried  bricks.  The  roof 
is  of  galvanized  iron,  with  J-  in.  match-board  lining  carried  on 
posts  10  ft.  apart.  The  sides  are  fitted  with  a  double  row  of 
shutters,  or  they  may  be  built  of  perforated  bricks.  The  racks 
are  15  ft.  long  and  2  ft.  wide  and  about  nine  shelves  high,  with 
gangways  3  ft.  wide  between  them. 


58 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


In  some  parts  of  the  country,  the  bricks  as  they  lie  on  the 

floor  of  the  drying- 
shed,  or  during  the 
process  of  hacking, 
are  tapped  gently 
with  a  clapper,  which 
is  a  piece  of  wood 
rather  larger  than  a 
brick  with  a  handle 
in  the  centre.  This 
clapping  is  intended 
to  remove  defects  in 
the  shape  of  the  brick 
due  to  carelessness  or 
accidents  in  the  set- 
ting down.  When 
polished  bricks  are 
required  they  must 
be  obtained  with  a 
wedge  -  shaped  tool 
termed  a  dresser,  this  operation  being  carried  out  on  a  bench 
or  table  about  4  ft.  long  by  2  ft.  high,  covered  with  a  plate  of 
iron  or  steel  so  as  to  give  them  an  even  surface.  This  toughens 
the  bricks,  corrects  any  accidental  warping,  and  leaves  edges  on 
the  bricks  very  sharp ;  but  pressing  has  now  replaced  dressing 
on  acount  of  the  lower  cost. 


FIG.  24. — Loo. 


FIG.  25. — Drying  shed. 

An  end  view  of  a  hack  is  shown  in  fig.  26,  which  is  drawn 
to  scale.  The  height  of  the  hack  depends  on  the  stiffness  of 
the  bricks. 

A  different  type  of  hack,  which  has  been  favourably  received 
in  Germany,  is  shown  in  fig.  27.  It  is  more  expensive  to  con- 


HAND-BRICKMAKING    PROCESSES 


59 


struct  than  the  temporary  ones  just  described,  and  the  wood 
has  be'en  preserved  with  creosote  before  use.  As  the  sketch  is 
drawn  to  scale,  and  the  chief  dimensions  are  shown,  no  further 
description  is  necessary,  especially  as  in  this  country  a  dryer 
heated  by  steam  or  fuel  is  cheaper  in  the  long  run  than  is  a  per- 
manently erected  set  of  hacks  of  the  type  shown. 

Skintling. — When  the  bricks  in  a  hack  are  half  dry  and  are 
stiff  enough  to  be  handled,  they  are  "  skintled  "  or  set  farther 
apart  and  diagonally  to  let  air  pass  more  freely  through  them. 
As  the  skintled  bricks  occupy  more  space  than  those  set  apart 


FIG.  26. — End  view  of  hack. 

in  the  ordinary  manner,  the  hack  must  be  built  higher  so  as  to 
still  accommodate  the  original  number  of  bricks. 

Pressing. — When  hand-made  bricks  are  to  be  pressed,  it  is 
necessary  to  set  them  less  than  eight  bricks  high,  and  to  take 
them  to  the  press  before  they  have  become  too  dry.  To  prevent 
excessive  drying  of  the  ends,  the  bricks  may  be  "  skintled  ". 
Bricks  which  are  to  be  pressed  require  very  careful  watching, 
particularly  in  warm  weather,  and  an  ample  supply  of  matting 
is  necessary  to  prevent  them  from  becoming  too  hard.  The 
press  most  suitable  for  hand-made  bricks  is  one  which  can  be 
wheeled  alongside  the  bricks  in  the  hacks,  and  must  therefore 


60 


MODEKN    BEICKMAKING 


be  of  the  portable,  hand-power  type.  A  number  of  such  presses 
are  on  the  market  and  are  very  similar 
to  each  other.  Fig.  28  shows  a  press  of 
this  type  made  by  the  Brightside  Foundry 
and  Engineering  Co.,  Ltd.,  which,  in  spite 
of  minor  defects,  can  be  recommended  on 
account  of  its  portability  and  low  cost. 

A  single  motion  of  the  lever  closes  the 
box  and  presses  the  brick,  and  the  reverse 
motion  of  the  lever  opens  the  box  and 
raises  the  brick.  The  cover  is  thrown 
back,  leaving  the  top  of  the  mould  quite 
free  for  the  removal  of  the  brick  and  the 
insertion  of  a  fresh  one.  The  bottom  piston 
is  fitted  with  a  groove  all  round,  in  which 
the  makers  suggest  coarse  wool  may  be 
put  for  carrying  the  lubricating  medium. 
This  wool  may  be  soaked  with  paraffin 
and  a  small  quantity  of  engine  oil,  and 
as  the  mould  moves  up  and  down  this 
lubricates  the  sides.  If  not  lubricated, 
the  clay  would  stick  to  the  sides  of  the 
mould,  and  a  clean  brick  would  not  be 
turned  out.  If  brick-press  oil  is  used,  the 
bricks  are  liable  to  scum  in  drying.  This 
machine  when  operated  by  one  man  and 
a  boy  will  press  '5000  bricks  per  day,  or 
one  man  working  alone  can  press  2000 
bricks  and  set  them  back  again  on  the 
hacks  to  complete  the  drying.  The  press 
will  need  a  considerable  amount  of  clean- 
ing when  sand-faced  bricks  are  pressed, 
and  care  is  needed  to  see  that  the  mould 
is  kept  really  clean. 

Fig.  29  shows  a  similar  press  made  by  John  Whitehead  & 
Co.,  Ltd.,  in  which  the  weight-lever  is  adjusted  so  that  the  pres- 
sure given  can  be  adapted  to  bricks  of  varying  thickness. 

The  chief  disadvantages  of  hack-drying  are  its  extreme  slow- 
ness (three  to  six  weeks  being  required),  the  loss  through  bricks 
damaged  by  bad  weather,   and  the  very    considerable    expen 
diture  necessary  for  repairs.     The  wheeling  to  and  fro  from  the 
hacks,  skintling,  attending  to  matting,  etc.,  are  also  expensive, 


AN- 

FIG.  27. — German  hack. 


HAND-BRICKMAKING    PEOCESSES 


61 


and  it  may  be  taken  as  a  general  rule  that  from  the  moulds  to 
the  kilns  bricks  cost  at  least  3s.  3d.  per  thousand  for  drying. 

Kilns. — Hand-made  bricks  were  at  one  time  burned  exclus- 
ively in  clamps,  but  in  more  recent  years  permanent  kilns  have 
been  used.  Clamps  are  practically  the  only  form  of  "  kiln  "  used 
for  stock  bricks  in  Kent,  Essex,  and  parts  of  Sussex,  as  clamp- 
burned  bricks  are  preferred  by  architects  and  builders  using 
bricks  from  these  countries. 

The  choice  of  a  kiln  is  largely  determined  by  the  quality  of 
bricks  it  is  desired  to  produce  and  by  the  financial  status  of  the 


FIG.  28. — Press  for  hand-made  bricks. 


brickmaker.  If  hand-made  bricks  are  made  in  relatively  small 
quantities  it  is  seldom  desirable  to  burn  them  in  continuous 
kilns  i  notwithstanding  the  low  fuel  consumption  of  this  type  of 
kiln,  and  clamps  or  single  up-  or  down-draught  kilns  are,  there- 
fore, preferable. 

Opinions  differ  greatly  as  to  the  best  shape  for  a  kiln  for 
hand-made  bricks,  but  the  author  prefers  a  rectangular  to  a 
circular  shape,  as  he  has  found  it  both  easier  to  build  and  set. 


62 


MODERN    BBICKMAKING 


For  outputs  of  1,000,000  and  upward  bricks  a  year  a  continuous 
or  semi-continuous  kiln  may  be  used  with  advantage. 

Various  types  of  permanent  kilns — both  single  and  continuous 

— are  described  in  Chapter 
VIII,  as  they  are  appli- 
cable to  all  kinds  of  build- 
ing bricks.  Clamp  kilns 
may,  however,  be  more 
conveniently  considered 
here  as  they  have  a  special 
connexion  with  hand- 
made goods,  being  con- 
sidered essential  for  the 
manufacture  of  London 
stock  bricks  in  which  fuel 
is  mixed  with  the  clay 
previous  to  its  being  made 
into  bricks.  The  great 
popularity  of  the  clamp 
for  temporary  purposes  is 
fully  justified  where  the 
appearance  of  the  bricks 
is  of  less  importance  than 
their  strength,  and  it  is 
wise  for  a  firm  starting  a 
new  yard  to  commence 
with  a  clamp  in  order  that 
they  may  thereby  obtain 
bricks  for  erecting  their  buildings  and  permanent  kilns. 

A  clamp  is  formed  by  setting  bricks  together  in  a  special  man- 
ner, so  that  they  may  be  efficiently  baked  without  the  necessity 
of  putting  them  in  a  permanent  kiln.  The  term  "  clamp  "  is 
used  in  two  senses — one  meaning  merely  a  temporary  kiln  and 
the  other  a  special  arrangement  of  bricks  which  it  is  necessary 
to  use  when  the  clay  is  mixed  with  fuel  before  being  shaped. 
The  latter  meaning  is  the  one  used  in  the  yards  where  London 
stock  bricks  are  made.  The  chief  characteristic  of  this  latter 
kind  of  clamp  is  that  the  bricks  become  "fireballs  "  when  the 
fuel  contained  in  them  gets  sufficiently  hot  to  burn,  and  the 
firing  once  properly  started,  no  additional  fuel  is  required. 

Many  differences  in  detail  in  the  construction  of  clamps  are 
found  in  the  various  districts  where  they  are  employed,  and  as 


FIG.  29. — Adjustable  lever  press. 


HAND-BEICKMAKING    PROCESSES  63 

great  skill  is  required  both  in  the  setting  and  burning  of  bricks 
by  this  method,  only  men  really  used  to  the  work  should  be  em- 
ployed. The  following  description  by  the  late  Edward  Dobson 
is  typical  of  the  best  practice  around  London  : — 

A  clamp  consists  of  a  number  of  walls  or  necks  three  bricks 
thick,  about  sixty  bricks  long,  and  thirty -four  to  thirty -six  bricks 
high,  in  an  inclined  position  on  each  side  of  an  upright  or  double 
battering  wall  in  the  centre  of  the  clamp,  the  upright  being  of 
the  same  length  and  height  as  the  necks,  but  diminishing  from 
six  bricks  thick  at  bottom  to  three  bricks  thick  at  top.  The 
sides  and  top  of  the  clamp  are  cased  with  burnt  brick. 

The  ground  is  first  carefully  drained  and  levelled  and  made 
perfectly  firm  and  hard.  The  exact  position  of  the  clamp  having 
been  fixed,  the  ground  is  formed  with  a  flat  invert,  whose  chord 
is  equal  to  the  width  of  the  intended  clamp.  The  object  of  this 
is  to  give  a  "  lift "  to  each  side  of  the  clamp,  which  prevents  the 
bricks  from  falling  outwards  as  the  breeze  becomes  consumed. 
The  ground  being  prepared,  the  upright  is  commenced.  But, 
previous  to  building,  the  clamp  barrow-roads,  or  tramways  of 
sheet  iron,  are  laid  down  between  the  hacks  and  extended  to  the 
clamp  ground,  to  give  an  easy  motion  to  the  barrows  used  in 
clamping ;  the  bricks  being  piled  on  each  other  several  courses 
high  on  these  barrows,  and  the  wheeling  carried  on  with  con- 
siderable velocity,  they  are  apt  to  upset. 

The  upright  is  commenced  by  building  two  9  in.  battering 
walls,  about  45  ft.  apart,  of  burnt  bricks  laid  on  edge  which  are 
termed  close  bolts,  the  length  of  each  wall  being  equal  to  the 
thickness  of  the  upright  which  at  the  bottom  is  six  bricks*  thick, 
or  about  4  ft.  6  in.  (their  height  is  sixteen  courses  or  about 
6  ft.).  Between  these  bolts  a  line  is  stretched,  by  which  the 
upright -is  built  true.  The  ground  between  the  bolts  is  paved 
with  burnt  bricks  laid  on  edge,  to  exclude  the  moisture  of  the 
ground.  Upon  this  paving  are  laid  two  courses  of  burnt  bricks 
with  spaces  between  them,  termed  skintles.  In  the  bottom 
course  of  skintles  the  bricks  are  laid  diagonally  about  2  in.  apart. 
The  second  course  consists  of  burnt  bricks  on  edge,  laid  across 
the  lower  one,  in  lines  parallel  to  the  ends  of  the  clamp  and  also 
2  in.  apart.  In  laying  these  two  courses  of  skintles,  a  live  hole 
is  left  about  7  in.  wide,  the  whole  length  of  the  upright ;  and  on 
the  completion  of  the  second  course  the  live  hole  is  filled  up 
with  faggots,  and  the  whole  surface  covered  over  with  breeze, 
which  is  swept  or  scraped  into  the  spaces  left  between  the  bricks. 


64  MODERN    BEICKMAKING 

On  this  surface  is  placed  the  first  course  of  raw  bricks,  laid  on 
edge  and  quite  close>  beginning  over  the  live  hole.  Over  this 
first  course  of  raw  bricks  is  laid  a  stratum  of  breeze,  7  in.  thick, 
the  depth  being  increased  at  the  ends  of  the  uprights  to  9  or 
10  in.  by  inserting  three  or  four  bricks  on  edge  among  the 
breeze.  The  object  of  this  is  to  give  an  extra  lift  to  the  ends. 
The  first  course  of  bricks,  it  should  be  observed,  is  laid  "  all 
headers  ".  Over  the  first  layer  of  breeze  is  laid  a  second  course 
of  raw  bricks  on  edge,  "  all  stretchers  ",  This  is  covered  with 
4  in.  of  breeze,  and  at  each  end  are  inserted  two  or  three  bricks 
to  increase  the  lift  still  more,  but  this  time  they  are  laid  flat  not 
edgeways.  Upon  the  4  in.  layer  of  breeze  is  laid  a  heading 
course  of  raw  bricks  laid  close,  and  on  this  2  in.  of  breeze,  with- 
out any  extra  lift  at  the  end.  To  this  succeed  stretching  and 
heading  courses  of  raw  bricks  on  edge,  laid  close  up  to  the  top  of 
the  clamp,  a  layer  of  breeze  not  more  than  f  in.  thick  being  placed 
on  the  top  of  each  course,  except  on  the  top  course  which  has 
3  in.  of  breeze.  The  top  of  the  upright  is  finished  by  a  close 
bolt  of  burnt  bricks.  The  upright  is  built  with  an  equal  batter 
on  each  side,  its  width  diminishing  from  six  bricks  lengthways 
at  the  base  to  three  bricks  lengthways  at  the  top.  In  order  that  the 
upright  should  be  perfectly  firm,  it  is  necessary  that  the  bricks 
should  be  well  tied  in  at  the  angles ;  and,  in  order  to  obtain  the 
proper  width,  the  bricks  are  placed  in  a  variety  of  positions,  so 
that  no  very  regular  bond  is  preserved,  as  it  is  of  more  conse- 
quence to  keep  the  batter  uniform. 

The  close  bolts  first  commenced,  and  which  form  the  outer 
casing  of  the  clamp,  are  not  built  close  to  the  raw  bricks,  there 
beings  small  space  left  between  the  clamp  and  the  close  bolting, 
which  is  filled  up  with  breeze.  The  close  bolts,  however,  are 
built  with  a  greater  batter  than  the  ends  of  the  upright,  so  that 
they  just  touch  the  latter  at  the  sixteenth  course,  above  which 
the  clamp  is  built  without  any  external  casing.  When,  however, 
the  upright  is  "  topped,"  and  whilst  the  top  close  bolting  is  going 
on,  the  casing  is  continued  up  to  the  top  of  the  clamp.  This  upper 
casing  is  called  the  "bestowing,"  and  consists  of  five  or  six 
courses  of  burnt  brick  laid  flat,  forming  a  casing  4^  in.,  or  half  a 
brick  thick ;  and  above  the  sixth  course  the  bricks  are  laid  on 
edge,  forming  a  still  thinner  casing  only  3  in.  thick.  When  the 
weather  is  bad,  and  during  the  latter  part  of  the  brickmakiiig 
season,  a  little  extra  bestowing  is  given  beyond  what  is  here 
described.  The  great  art  in  clamping  consists  in  the  proper 


HAND-BEICKMAKING    PEOCESSES  65 

construction  of  the  upright,  as  the  stability  of  the  clamp  depends 
entirely  upon  it. 

The  remainder  of  the  clamp  consists  of  a  number  of  necks 
or  walls  leaning  against  the  upright.  They  are  built  in  pre- 
cisely the  same  way  as  the  upright,  as  regards  invert,  close  bolts, 
paving,  skintling,  breeze,  and  end  lifts.  But  there  is  this  essen- 
tial difference,  viz.  that  they  are  parallel  walls,  built  in  alternate 
courses,  of  headers  and  stretchers  laid  on  edge,  each  heading 
course  in  one  neck  being  opposite  to  a  stretching  course  in  the 
next  neck,  and  vice  versa.  The  thickness  of  each  neck  is  made 
up  of  three  bricks  lengthways  in  the  heading  courses.  The 
necks  are  closely  bolted  at  the  top,  and  "  bestowed "  in  the 
same  manner  as  the  upright.  When  the  last  necks  have  been 
built,  the  ends  of  the  clamp  are  close  bolted,  and  "  bestowed  " 
in  the  same  way  as  the  sides,  and  this  operation  completes  the 
clamp. 

The  number  of  necks  on  each  side  of  the  upright  may  be 
extended  to  eight  or  nine,  without  an  additional  live  hole ;  but 
if  this  limit  be  exceeded,  additional  live  holes  are  required. 
According  to  the  judgment  of  the  brickmaker  or  the  demand 
for  bricks,  the  live  holes  are  placed  seven,  eight,  or  nine  necks 
apart.  It  is  not  necessary  that  the  additional  live  holes  should 
pass  under  the  centres  of  the  necks,  and  it  is  more  convenient 
to  form  each  live  hole  so  that  the  face  of  the  last  built  neck 
shall  form  one  of  its  sides. 

The  erection  of  a  good  clamp  is  a  difficult  operation  which 
can  only  be  learned  by  experience. 

Firing  a  Clamp. — The  fuel  used  in  burning  the  laid  bricks 
consists  of  cinders  (breeze,  as  before  described)  which  are  dis- 
tributed in  layers  between  the  courses  of  bricks,  the  strata  of 
breeze  being  thickest  at  the  bottom.  To  light  the  clamp,  live 
holes  or  flues  7  in.  wide  and  9  in.  high  are  left  in  the  centre  of 
the  upright  at  every  seventh  or  neck.  These  live  holes  extend 
through  the  whole  thickness  of  the  clamp  and  are  filled  with 
fraggots  which,  being  lighted  from  the  outside,  soon  ignite  the 
adjacent  breeze. 

The  fire  is  kept  up  for  about  a  day,  until  the  faggots  in  the 
live  hole  are  thoroughly  ignited,  and  as  soon  as  this  is  found  to 
be  the  case,  the  fire  is  removed,  and  the  mouth  of  the  live  hole 
stopped  with  bricks,  and  plastered  over  with  clay  or  mortar.  In 
firing  a  large  clamp  with  many  live  holes,  it  should  be  begun  at 
one  end  only,  the  live  holes  being  fired  in  succession  one  after 

5 


66  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

another.  The  clamp  burns  until  the  whole  of  the  breeze  is  con- 
sumed, which  takes  from  three  to  six  weeks. 

The  bricks  at  the  outside  of  the  clamp  are  usually  underburned; 
they  are  called  "burnovers,"  and  are  laid  aside  for  reburning  in 
the  next  clamp  that  may  be  built.  The  bricks  near  the  live 
holes  are  generally  partially  melted  and  run  together  in  masses 
called  "  clinkers  "  or  "  burrs  ".  The  bricks  which  are  not  fully 
burned  are  called  "  place  bricks  "  and  are  sold  at  a  low  price, 
being  unfit  for  outside  work  or  situations  where  they  will  be 
subjected  to  much  pressure.  The  clinkers  are  sold  by  the  cart- 
load for  rock-work  in  gardens  and  similar  purposes. 

The  number  of  underburned  bricks  from  the  edges  of  the  clamp 
("  burnovers  ")  may  be  greatly  reduced  by  feeding  a  little  coal 
into  them  during  the  burning  of  the  clamp,  or  to  a  less  extent  by 
partially  covering  the  top  of  the  clamp  with  asbestos  sheets  so 
as  to  throw  the  draught  more  to  the  sides.  The  best  way  is  to 
place  a  row  of  screenings  or  small  hard  coal  along  each  side  of 
the  clamp,  at  the  top,  forming  it  into  a  ridge  about  12  to  18  in. 
high.  The  bricks  at  the  outside  are  set  a  little  more  openly 
than  usual,  and  a  row  of  skintled  bricks  forms  the  outer  row. 
When  the  bricks  nearer  the  centre  of  the  kiln  are  well  under 
fire,  the  burner  goes  on  to  the  top  of  the  kiln,  and  with  a  broad- 
ended  poker  pushes  the  bricks  under  the  coal  ridge  aside  and 
allows  a  little  coal  to  fall  among  them.  This  operation  is  repeated 
every  forty  or  sixty  minutes,  care  being  taken  not  to  drop  suf- 
ficient coal  down  to  choke  up  the  flues  and  not  to  add  a  fresh 
portion  until  the  previous  one  is  nearly  all  burned  away.  This 
method  may  also  be  used  with  great  success  in  continuous  kilns 
of  the  archless  type. 

The  quantity  of  breeze  required  varies  much  with  the  quantity 
of  earth.  The  usual  proportions  for  every  100,000  bricks  are 
about  12  tons  of  the  sifted  ashes,  mixed  with  the  brick  earth,  and 
about  4  tons  of  the  cinders,  or  breeze,  to  light  the  clamp. 

The  quantity  of  fuel  to  the  live  holes  it  is  difficult  to  calculate  ; 
about  2s.  may  be  taken  as  the  average  cost  of  coals  and  wood 
for  every  100,000  bricks.  If  the  proportion  of  breeze  be  too  small, 
the  bricks  will  be  underburned,  and  will  be  tender  and  of  a  pale 
colour.  If  too  much  fuel  be  used,  there  is  a  danger  of  the  bricks 
fusing  and  running  into  a  blackish  slag. 

Another  system  of  clamping  is  to  begin  at  one  end  and  to 
follow  with  the  necks  in  one  direction  only.  This  is  done  when 
the  clamp  ground  is  partly  occupied  by  the  hacks,  so  as  to  render 


HAND-BRICKMAKING    PROCESSES  67 

it  impossible  to  commence  at  the  centre.  When  this  system  is 
adopted,  the  clamping  begins  with  the  erection  of  an  end  wall, 
termed  the  upright  and  outside,  which  is  made  to  batter  very 
considerably  on  the  outside,  but  of  which  the  inside  face  is 
vertical.  As  regards  dimensions  and  modes  of  building,  the  out- 
side and  upright  are  built  in  the  same  way  as  the  ordinary  upright, 
but  it  has,  of  course,  no  live  hole  under  it,  the  first  live  hole  be- 
ing provided  in  the  centre  of  the  second  or  third  neck.  In  this 
style  of  clamping  the  necks  are  all  upright.  The  live  holes  are 
placed  at  every  eighth  or  ninth  neck,  as  in  the  usual  system. 

The  practice  with  regard  to  the  paving  of  burned  bricks  is  very 
variable.  Some  clampers  omit  it  altogether,  others  pave  only 
when  clamping  for  the  first  time  on  a  new  ground.  When  burned 
bricks  run  short,  as  in  building  the  first  clamp  on  a  new  ground, 
the  second  course  is  laid  with  raw  bricks.  This  is,  however,  a 
very  objectionable  practice. 

The  live  holes  are  sometimes  close  bolted  at  the  sides  to  pre- 
vent the  breeze  from  the  skintles  falling  into  them.  This  is  not 
often  done,  and  its  utility  is  questionable. 

Some  clampers  put  the  7  in.  stratum  of  breeze  on  the  top  of 
the  skintles  instead  of  placing  it  over  the  first  course  of  raw 
bricks ;  very  frequently  the  breeze  is  dispensed  with  after  the  2 
in.  stratum,  with  the  exception  of  the  top  layer.  All  clampers, 
however,  agree  as  to  the  necessity  of  having  the  7  in.,  4  in.,  and 
2  in.  layers.  Where  breeze  (cinders  or  coke)  cannot  be  obtained, 
small  coal  or  anthracite  (culm)  may  be  employed,  and  in  Ire- 
land peat  or  turf  is  used,  though  with  indifferent  success. 


CHAPTER  IV. 
PLASTIC  MOULDING  BY  MACHINERY. 

IN  order  to  overcome  the  difficulty  of  obtaining  skilled  moulders 
— a  difficulty  which  has  greatly  increased  within  the  last  fifteen 
years — various  machines  have  been  placed  on  the  market  which, 
it  is  claimed,  do  away  with  the  skill  ordinarily  required  in  mould- 
ing by  hand.  These  machines  must  not  be  confused  with  others 
in  which  no  resemblance  to  hand-moulding  is  attempted,  though 
this  latter  class  of  machine  has  increased  enormously  in  popu- 
larity in  recent  years  on  account  of  the  large  outputs  possible. 

Machines  which  seek  to  replace  the  skilled  labour  of  the 
moulder  are  usually  designed '  so  as  to  force  the  clay  into  box 
moulds,  similar  to  those  used  in  hand  work,  from  a  box  or  tank, 
by  means  of  either  a  pug-mill  or  special  knives.  Their  great 
drawback  has  been  the  ineffective  filling  of  the  moulds  and  the 
inclusion  of  air  within  the  bricks,  but  in  the  machines  described 
below,  these  difficulties  have  been  sufficiently  overcome  to  make 
the  manufacture  of  bricks  by  them  satisfactory  and  far  simpler 
from  the  managerial  point  of  view,  at  any  rate  as  far  as  certain 
mild  clays  are  concerned. 

In  many  districts  the  wire-cut  process  of  brickmaking  is  dis- 
placing the  soft  mud  machines,  though  where  a  facing  of  sand  on 
the  bricks  is  demanded,  the  latter  machines,  or  hand  labour, 
must  be  used.  • 

It  is  essential  that  all  machines  used  for  making  sand-faced 
bricks  must  be  provided  with  some  safety  release  which  comes 
into  operation  when  stones  or  other  causes  of  excessive  pressure 
occur.  Otherwise  the  machine  will  be  damaged,  and  however 
desirable  a  machine  may  appear  to  be  in  other  respects,  the 
absence  of  some  form  of  effective  relief  escapement  should  be 
regarded  as  sufficient  to  condemn  it. 

When  clay  is  found,  and  it  is  necessary  to  decide  in  which 
way  it  shall  be  worked,  some  regard  must  be  paid  to  the  probable 
output  and  to  the  nature  of  the  goods  required.  Where  sand- 

(68) 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY  69 

faced  bricks  are  in  great  demand  it  will  probably  be  necessary  to 
use  a  machine  of  the  "  Monarch  "  or  "  Bawden  "  type,  in  which 
the  production  of  hand-made  and  sand-faced  bricks  is  skilfully 
imitated.  Where  a  dryer  can  be  employed,  and  the  sand-facing 
of  bricks  is  not  considered  necessary,  a  wire-cutting  table  attached 
to  a  pug-mill  press  will  be  cheaper  for  a  moderately  large  out- 
put, especially  as  bricks  with  a  wonderful  accuracy  of  form  and 
size  can  be  obtained  by  means  of  a  re-press.  Hand-made  bricks 
can  also  be  re-pressed  if  desired,  though  in  this  case  a  portable 
press  is  invariably  used.  The  disadvantage  of  pressing  sand-faced 
bricks  is  that  a  large  amount  of  cleaning  of  the  press  is  necessary, 
but  a  strong  lad  should  be  able  to  press,  unaided,  and  re-place 
on  the  hack  for  final  drying,  at  least  1250  bricks  per  day  and 
1500  should  be  considered  a  reasonable  output.  It  is  better  in 
pressing  sand-faced  bricks  to  work  in  this  way  instead  of  wheel- 
ing the  bricks  to  a  permanent  press  and  back  again  to  be  dried. 

Fig.  30  is  an  illustration  of  the  "  Monarch  "  sand-faced  brick- 
making  machine  made  by  Maxted  &  Knott,  Ltd.  The  clay  used 
in  this  machine  may  be  freshly  dug,  weathered,  or  washed  and 
dug  out  of  the  wash-back,  according  to  the  circumstances  and 
to  the  impurities  (if  any)  in  the  clay.  The  machine  will  allow 
the  clay  to  be  in  a  very  soft  state,  softer  even  than  can  be  used 
in  a  hand  mould,  or  it  will  also  work  with  fairly  stiff  clay ;  but 
if  too  stiff  the  material  is  liable  to  stick  in  the  moulds  and  so 
cause  trouble,  or  it  may  break  the  knives.  Sand,  similar  in 
every  way  to  that  employed  in  hand-brickmaking,  is  used  for  the 
moulds  filled  by  the  machine. 

The  upper  part  of  the  machine  consists  of  a  double  pug-mill, 
from  which  the  clay  is  passed  down  to  the  presses  and  delivered 
to  the  moulds  immediately  beneath  it.  The  action  of  the  presses 
is  somewhat  similar  to  that  of  the  man's  fingers  and  thumbs  in 
hand-moulding  and  is  reciprocating,  not  rotary.  A  lad  takes  the 
moulds  out  of  a  sanding-tank,  places  them  at  the  back  of  the 
machine,  and  after  the  clay  has  been  mechanically  pressed  into 
the  moulds  in  the  front  of  the  machine,  the  mechanism  at  the 
back  brings  another  set  into  position  under  the  die.  A  man 
standing  in  front  of  the  machine  takes  the  mould  and  scrapes  off 
the  surplus  material  with  a  "  strike  "  (p.  53)  and  hands  it  to  an- 
other man,  who  inverts  the  mould  on  to  the  turn-table  and  lifts 
it  from  the  bricks  which  are  thus  deposited  on  pallet  boards 
which  have  been  previously  placed  upon  the  turn-table  by  a  lad. 
The  man  then  turns  round,  puts  the  mould  in  the  sander,  and 


70 


MODERN    BEICKMAKING 


gives  the  turn-table  a  push,  placing  a  vacant  leaf  of  the  turn- 
table before  him,  and  placing  the  loaded  leaf  opposite  another 
man  who  takes  off  the  bricks  and  puts  them  on  to  an  off-bearing 


barrow  or  a  dryer  car  as  the  case  may  be,  five  or  six  bricks  being 
made  at  a  time.  The  whole  operation  is  very  simple  and  requires 
no  skilled  labour. 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


71 


The  amount  of  pressure  exerted  on  the  clay  in  the  moulds 
can  be  instantly  regulated  by  moving  a  small  lever  in  the  front 
of  the  machine.  This  lever  engages  one  of  several  teeth  on  the 
cam  of  the  front  shaft,  carrying  the  clay  presses  or  "wipers," 
and  therefore  determining  to  what  extent  the  clay  in  the  mould 


FIG.  31. — Norris  Krick  machine. 

shall  be  pressed.  This  capability  of  regulation  is  essential  in 
order  to  prevent  difficulties  due  to  variations  in  the  stiffness  of 
the  clay.  When  stones  and  other  hard  materials  are -present, 
they  pass  out  through  safety  doors  controlled  by  springs  at  the 
front  of  the  machine. 

The  Norris  patent  mechanical  brick-moulder  (fig.  31)  (made 
by  the  Brightside  Foundry  and  Engineering  Co.,  Ltd.)  is  similar 


72  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

in  many  respects  to  the  foregoing,' but  is  of  an  older  type,  though 
a  great  improvement  on  many  of  so-called  "  soft  mud  "  machines 
which  have  been  used  more  in  America  than  here.  The  clay  is 
mixed  in  a  pug-mill  in  the  upper  part  of  the  machine  and  forced 
below  a  plunger.  The  latter  then  descends,  filling  a  mould  at 
a  stroke  and  compressing  the  clay.  On  the  plunger  .rising,  the 
mould  is  pushed  to  the  front  of  the  machine,  struck,  bumped  (to 
loosen  the  bricks),  and  their  contents  turned  out  on  to  pallet 
boards.  Each  mould  makes  three  bricks  at  a  time,  the  patentee 
claiming  that  this  is  better,  with  his  machine,  than  producing  a 
larger  number  simultaneously.  Ample  time  is  allowed  for  the 
operation  of  cleaning,  sanding,  and  replacing  the  moulds,  and 
effectual  means  are  adopted  for  preventing  the  clay  displacing 
the  sand  as  the  former  enters  the  mould.  The  Norris  machine 
requires  about  3  h.p.  to  drive  it,  and  can  make  8000  bricks  per 
day  under  normal  conditions. 

The  "  Norris  "  machine  appears  to  be  suitable  for  making 
fire-bricks,  and  can  be  worked  by  horse  power  or  by  an  engine. 

In  this  respect  it  resembles  a  larger  and  more  powerful 
machine  (fig.  32)  with  an  output  of  20,000  bricks  per  day,  made  by 
T.  C.  Fawcett,  Ltd.  The  feature  of  this  last  named  machine  is 
its  open  construction  and  large  size,  whereby  repairs  and  break- 
downs are  reduced  to  a  minimum.  It  is  best  worked  in  con- 
nexion with  a  pair  of  granulating  rolls  (which  separate  small 
stones)  and  an  automatic  sand-moulder,  such  as  the  one  shown  in 
fig.  33,  supplied  by  the  same  firm.  The  addition  of  a  simple  belt- 
conveyer  (fig.  34)  is  often  necessary  in  order  to  get  the  clay  easily 
into  the  machine. 

The  use  of  a  disintegrator  in  conjunction  with  a  machine  of 
this  kind  enables  many  clays  which  would  be  regarded  as  useless 
for  hand-brickmaking  to  be  satisfactorily  worked  in  a  soft-mould 
machine  of  the  various  types  described.  Even  when  it  is  not 
absolutely  necessary  a  disintegrator  is  often  used,  as  it  absorbs 
less  power  in  breaking  up  the  clots  than  would  be  needed  if  they 
were  allowed  to  enter  the  pug-mill  of  the  machine. 

Another  moulding  machine  for  sand-faced  bricks,  suitable  for 
small  yards  and  for  places  where  skilled  moulders  are  difficult  to 
get,  is  Eddington's  Moulding  machine  (fig.  35),  made  by  James 
Buchanan  &  Son.  Like  the  machine  just  described,  it  forces  a 
column  of  clay  into  two  sanded  moulds,  each  of  which  is  filled 
alternately.  The  clay  is  cut  off  by  a  wire  drawn  across  the 
mould,  which  is  then  moved  forward.  The  surface  of  the  brick 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY   MACHINEKY 


73 


is  smoothed  with  a  strike,  the  mould  opened,  and  the  brick 
placed  on  the  pallet  ready  to  go  to  the  dryer  or  hack.  The 
special  feature  of  the  Eddington  machine  is  the  mould,  which  is 
specially  designed  to  overcome  the  difficulty  usually  experienced 


in  emptying  box  moulds.  On  this  account,  the  sides  of  the 
mould  are  made  in  two  pieces  connected  in  such  a  manner  that, 
on  moving  two  small  arms  or  triggers,  the  mould  expands  and 
leaves  a  clear  space  all  round  the  brick  (fig.  36). 


74 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY 


75 


FIG.  35. — Eddington's  moulding  machine. 


FIG.  36. — Eddington  brick  mould. 


76  MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

This  machine  produces  a  good  square  brick,  free  from  sand 
folds,  though  not  of  quite  so  good  a  colour  as  a  hand-made  sand- 
faced  brick.  It  is  made  in  two  sizes,  the  No.  2  machine  having 
an  output  (according  to  the  makers)  of  3000  to  4000  bricks  per  day, 

WIRE-CUT  BRICKS. 

•  An  entirely  different  method  of  manufacturing  bricks  is  that 
in  which  the  wire-cut  system  is  employed,  the  clay  being  thrust 
out  of  a  pug-mill  in  the  form  of  a  .belt  or  band  of  clay,  9  ins.  wide 
by  4^in.  high,  which  is  cut  into  bricks  by  means  of  wires  or 
rotating  knives.  Bricks  made  by  this  process  are  equal  in  shape 
to  those  made  by  hand,  and  the  rapidity  and  ease  with  which 
they  can  be  produced  by  unskilled  workmen,  is  such  as  to  make 
this  method  exceedingly  popular.  It  is  particularly  suitable  for 
clays  worked  up  into  a  plastic  paste  of  moderate  stiffness,  but 
can,  on  occasion,  be  used  in  connexion  with  what  is  ordinarily 
known  as  the  "  stiff-plastic  process  ".  It  is  especially  intended 
for  earths  which  do  not  require  washing  or  other  preliminary 
treatment  in  order  to  purify  them. 

The  underlying  principle  involved  in  making  wire-cut  bricks 
is  the  conversion  of  the  clay  into  a  paste  and  passing  it  through 
a  pug-mill,  or  closed  mixer,  to  the  discharge  end  of  which  a  die 
is  fitted.  The  successful  manufacture  of  wire-cut  bricks  depends 
upon  the  durability  and  accuracy  in  shape  and  size  of  the  die, 
the  ease  with  which  the  clay  passes  through  it,  and  the  extent 
to  which  consolidation  is  produced  without  lamination.  Whilst 
apparently  simple,  the  wire-cut  method  of  brickmaking  offers 
many  difficulties  to  the  inexperienced  brickmaker,  and  it  is 
therefore  described  fully  in  the  following  pages. 

Almost  any  clay  which  can  be  made  into  a  plastic  paste  of 
sufficient  stiffness  can  be  made  into  wire-cut  bricks,  providing 
that  it  is  sufficiently  finely  ground.  The  custom  of  permitting 
pieces  of  stone  and  other  hard  material  of  more  than  one-six- 
teenth inch  diameter  to  get  into  the  machine  used  for  this  pur- 
pose is  unsatisfactory,  as  the  wires  are  unable  to  cut  this  material, 
and  the  cut  faces  of  the  bricks  are  thereby  rendered  unsightly. 

There  is  a  great  temptation  for  brickmakers  to  employ  rolls 
to  crush  everything  taken  from  the  clay-bed  without  regard  to 
its  nature,  but  this  practice  is  detrimental  to  the  production  of 
good  bricks ;  so  that  whilst  rolls  are  invaluable  for  enabling 
materials  to  be  used  which  cannot,  otherwise,  be  employed  in 
brickmaking,  they  do  not  by  any  means  abolish  the  necessity 
for  care  in  the  selection  of  materials. 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY 


77 


Opinions  differ  greatly  as  to  how  far  grinding  is  necessary, 
but  the  author  is  convinced,  as  the  result  of  extensive  observa- 
tion and  wide  experience,  that  clay  for  making  wire-cut  bricks 
should  always  be  sufficiently  fine  to  pass  through  a  sieve  having 
twelve  to  twenty  holes  per  running  inch.  Coarser  ground  ma- 
terials are  never,  in  his  experience,  really  satisfactory.  The  clay, 


which  should  preferably  have  been  weathered  (page  22),  may  be 
treated  in  a  variety  of  ways  according  to  its  nature  and  the  impuri- 
ties in  it,  and  nothing  less  than  a  good  knowledge  of  the  material 
itself  will  enable  a  man  to  state  the  exact  treatment  necessary. 

The  following  are  the  most  important  arrangements  of  plants  for 
the  manufacture  of  bricks  by  the  wire-cut  process  for  plastic  clay : — • 

(a)  A  Pug-mill  with  Mouthpiece  or  Die,  and  Cutting  Table  (figs.  37, 


78 


MODERN    BEICKMAKING 


38).  This  is  very  suitable  for  clean  clays  which  are  not  too  strong 
or  sticky,  and  is  specially  good  for  loams  of  good  quality.  'It  is  the 
final  portion  of  all  the  plant  used  for  wire-cut  brickmaking,  and 
simply  effects  a  mixture  of  the  clay  and  water  so  as  to  form  a 


FIG.  38. — Horizontal  brick  machine.     Type  a. 

homogeneous  paste,  and  shapes  this  by  forcing  it  through  the 
mouthpiece  on  to  the  table  where  it  is  cut  into  bricks.  It  can, 
if  properly  arranged,  be  enlarged  by  the  addition  of  rolls  and 
mixers. 

(b)  Pug-mill,  Expression  Rolls  and  Cutting  Table  (fig.  39).     This 


FIG.  39. — Brick  machine.     Type  6. 

arrangement  is  specially  used  for  clays  which  tend  to  produce  a 
core  or  lamination  when  the  die  is  attached  direct  to  the  pug- 
mill. 

It  is  only  suitable  for  clay  free  from  hard  and  stony  matter, 
and  is  most  adapted  for  use  with  strong  plastic  clays.  Either  a 
horizontal  or  vertical  pug-mill  may  be  used. 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY 


79 


(c)  Crushing  Bolls,  Pug-mill,  Die,  and  Cutting  Table  (fig.  40). 
This  arrangement  is  used  where  the  brick  earth  is  strong  (plastic), 
and  contains  hard  lumps  of  clay  or  stones.  It  is  suitable  for 


materials  which  cannot  be  made  into  bricks  by  simple  pugging, 
on  account  of  the  hard  portions  just  mentioned,  as  these  would 
catch  the  wires  of  the  cutter  and  would  produce  an  unsightly 


80 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


brick.     About  10  h.p.  is  required  for  a  daily  output  of  20,000 
bricks  under  good  conditions. 


(d)  Two  sets  of  Eolls,  Pug-mill,  Die,  and  Cutting  Table  (fig.  41). 
This  plant  is  used  for  similar  earths  to  that  described  in  (b)  but 
the  additional  rolls  enable  rougher  and  more  difficult  materials 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


81 


to  be  treated.  Usually  the  upper  pair  of  rolls  is  provided  with 
grooves — see  figs.  46,  53  and  54 — which  prevents  the  clay  from 
adhering  and  so  being  carried  round  the  rolls  (see  "Kibbler  Rolls  "). 


The  second  rolls  are  smooth  and  set  much  closer  together  than  the 

first  ones.    15  to  30  h.p.  is  needed  for  a  daily  output  of  20,000  bricks. 

(e)  Three  sets  of  Rolls,  Pug-mill,  Die,  and  Cutting  Table  (fig.  42). 

6 


82 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING- 


This  plant  is  used  where  hard  stones  or  lumps  of  hard  clay  are 
present  in  such  quantities  that  a  smaller  number  of  rolls  is  in- 
sufficient to  crush  them.  The  first  (uppermost)  pair  of  rolls  is 
usuallyggrooved  or  spiked,  the  second  pair  being  set  to 


in.  apart  and  the  third  pair  as  close  as  possible.     About  30  h.p. 
is  required  to  drive  this  plant  effectively. 

(/)  A  Feeder  or  Mixer,  two  or  three  sets  of  Rolls,  Pug-mill,  Die,  and 
Cutting  Table  (fig.  43).     This  is  similar  to  arrangements  (c)  and 


PLASTIC  MOULDING  BY  MACHINEEY 


83 


(d)  but  is  preferable  where  several  clays  are  mixed  together,  or 
where  the  clay  is  of  a  very  varied  character.  The  feeder,  or 
mixer,  effects  a  preliminary  mixture  of  the  material  and,  by 
supplying  it  in  a  regular  quantity  to  the  rolls,  makes  it  easier  to 
keep  the  machine  working  under  the  best  conditions.  The 
power  required  to  drive  this  machine  is  about  50  h.p. 

(g)  Grinding  Mill,  Rolls,  Pug-mill,  Die,  and  Cutting  Table  (fig.  44). 
In  place  of  a  mixer  as  in  (e)  it  is  sometimes  better  to  use  a 
grinding  pan,  particularly  if  the  earth  contains  much  material 
of  a  rocky  or  gravelly  nature.  The  employment  of  a  grinding 
mill  in  connexion  with  the  plant  is  also  advantageous  when  the 
earth  is  somewhat  deficient  in  plasticity,  and  would  otherwise 
require  much  tempering.  In  this  arrangement  the  clay  is  de- 
livered as  regularly  as  possible  into  the  mill  where  it  is  mixed 


FIG.  44. — Brick  plant.     Type  g. 

with  the  necessary  quantity  of  water.  After  being  ground  and 
mixed  by  the  action  of  the  mill  runners,  it  passes  through  a 
grid  in  the  bottom  of  the  pan  to  the  rolls  and  thence  to  the  pug, 
die,  and  table.  Such  a  plant  will  require  60  h.p.  to  yield  an  out- 
put of  20,000  bricks  per  day. 

(h)  Feeder,  Grinding  Mitt,  Rolls,  Pug-mill,  Die,  and  Cutting  Table. 
(fig.  45).  This  is  the  same  arrangement  as  (/),  but  fitted  with  a 
preliminary  mixer  or  feeder.  This  addition  greatly  improves 
the  quality  of  the  bricks  when  several  clays  are  mixed,  or  when 
a  complex  earth  is  used.  Such  a  plant  will  often  work  satis- 
factorily with  unwashed  London  clay  when  others  have  failed, 
and  it  is  specially  adapted  for  use  with  very  strong  and  sticky 
clays.  The  power  required  to  drive  varies  with  the  clay  or  earth 
used,  but  is  about  55  h.p.  for  a  daily  output  of  20,000  bricks  of 
strong  clay  ;  with  milder  earths  it  is  less,  as  one  pair  of  rolls  may 
be  omitted. 


84 


MODERN    BKICKMAKING 


(i)  Rolls,  Mixer,  Two  more,  sets  of  Rolls,  Pug-mill,  Die,  and  Cutting 
Table  (fig.  46).  This  arrangement  of  plant  is  suitable  for  some 
strong  clays,  marls,  or  shales,  where  repeated  crushing  and  mixing- 
is  needed,  or  where  the  use  of  a  grinding  pan  is  impracticable  on 
account  of  the  excessive  hardness  of  the  material  and  the  im- 
purities it  contains. 

When  two  sets  of  rolls  are  set  before  the  mixer,  or  when  the 
material  is  passed  through  two  sets  of  rolls  before  entering  the  pug- 
mill,  the  usual  arrangement  for  Staffordshire  is  obtained  (fig.  47). 
This  gives  the  material  an  exceedingly  thorough  treatment, 
and  owing  to  the  amount  of  power  required  should  only  be  used 
when  absolutely  necessary. 


FIG.  45.— Brick  plant.     Type  h. 

When  the  full  set  of  plant  just  mentioned  is  used,  the  hardest 
materials  can  be  fully  ground  and  tempered.  Somewhat  softer 
earth  can  be  more  conveniently  treated  by  the  plant  referred  to 
in  (/),  (g),  or  (i). 

(j)  Feeder,  Grinding  Mill,  Rolls,  Mixer,  Rolls,  Pug-mill,  Die,  and 
Cutting  Table  (fig.  48).  This  forms  a  suitable  plant  for  hard 
materials  which  require  much  tempering,  but  for  which  it  is  not 
necessary  to  use  the  arrangement  (h),  though  that  described 
under  (/)  is  not  sufficiently  strong  in  tempering  or  mixing  power. 

(k)  Grinding  Pan  Mixer,  Pug-mill,  Die,  and  Cutting  Table.  This 
is  a  simplified  arrangement  of  (i)  and  can  be  used  for  materials 
of  considerable,  but  not  excessive,  hardness.  It  is  capable  of 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


85 


developing  the  plasticity  of  lean  materials  to  a  remarkable  extent 
and  is  specially  recommended  for  fire-clay  and  shale,  these 
materials  being  screened  before  they  enter  the  mixer. 


Selection  of  Plant. — The  selection  of  the  plant  to  be  used  for 
a  given  material  must  depend  largely  on  the  nature  of  the  latter, 
and  particularly  on  its  hardness  and  plasticity.  It  is  wise  to  so 


86 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

\ 


arrange  the  plant  that  additional  rolls  or  mixers  can  be  easily 
applied,  if  necessary,  but  these  should  not  be  purchased  until 
they  have  been  found  to  be  really  necessary.  Many  brickmakers 
use  too  much  machinery  for  their  work,  and  a  study  of  the 
requirements  of  certain  earths  often  enables  a  brickmaker  to 
effect  a  considerable  saving  in  the  amount  of  driving  power 
required.  Whatever  arrangement  of  plant  is  used  it  is  essential 
that  it  shall  be  strong,  well  made,  and  of  good  design  and  ma- 
terials. In  this  connexion  the  following  information  about  the 


Fro.  47. — Plant  (Type  i)  for  Staffordshire  "marls". 

various  portions  of  machinery  required  in  the  foregoing  arrange- 
ments of  plant  may  be  useful. 

Crushing  Bolls  (fig.  49)  are  employed  for  reducing  clays  which 
are  too  moist  or  plastic  to  be  ground  by  other  means.  Dry  or 
hard  clays  are  preferably  treated  in  an  edge-runner  mill, 
particularly  if  a  stone  breaker  is  used  as  a  preliminary  crusher. 
These  rolls  consist  of  a  pair  of  strong  cylinders,  or  rollers,  usually 
smooth  and  placed  side  by  side,  so  that  when  the  clay  is  fed  on 
to  them  the  rotation  of  the  rolls  forces  the  clay  downwards  and 
reduces  it  to  a  size  comparable  to  the  distance  between  them. 
They  are  driven  by  a  simple  gearing  through  a  belt  or  clutch. 

Both  rolls  in  a  pair  may  be  driven  at  the  same  speed  or  one 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEKY 


87 


may  rotate  faster  than  the  other,  this  latter  having  the  advantage 
of  giving  additional  crushing  power  with  sticky  clays,  owing  to 
the  increased  rubbing  action. 


Crushing  rolls  require    a  considerable  amount  of  power    to 
drive  them,   and  they   are  subject  to   violent  strains.     Lumps 


88 


MODERN    BBICKMAKING 


ends  with  bevelled  edges. 


larger  than  a  man's 
head  occasionally 
have  to  be  dealt  with, 
but  it  is  safer  to  break 
these  by  hand.  It  is, 
therefore',  necessary 
to  have  the  roller 
machinery  built  very 
rigidly  with  no 
skimping  of  metal  for 
the  sake  of  cheapness. 
The  strong  thrusts  of 
the  machine  must  be 
properly  taken  up  by 
suitable  ties,  springs, 
and  bearings,  and 
each  part  must  be 
readily  accessible  for 
repairs  and  renewals. 
Rolls  vary  con- 
siderably in  size, 
being  from  18  in.  to 
24  in.  in  diameter 
and  2  ft.  to  3  ft.  long 
and  are  made  of 
specially  hardened 
iron,  soft  iron  cores 
cast  in  iron  chills,  or 
of  iron  cores  with 
steel  rims.  A  par- 
ticularly ingenious 
method  is  that  em- 
ployed  by  John 
Whitetiead&Co.,Ltd. 
This  construction  en- 
ables a  shell  of  any 
desired  hardness  to 
be  used,  and  this  is 
fixed  truly  in  position 
on  the  shaft  by  means 
of  the  two  cast  iron 
These  ends  are  drawn  together  (after 


O 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY  89 

the  shell  has  been  placed  over  them)  by  means  of  two  iron  bolts. 
A  boss  on  the  inside  of  the  shell  locks  into  a  projection  on  the 
left  end  and  prevents  the  shell  turning  independently  of  the 
shaft. 

Instead  of  the  rolls  being  true  cylinders  and  of  the  same 
diameter  throughout  they  may  be  conical  in  shape.  This  enables 
them  to  automatically  throw  out  a  portion  of  the  stones  in  the 
clay  which,  with  cylindrical  rolls,  would  be  ground  up.  Only 
large  stones  can  be  separated  in  this  manner.  It  is  oflten  con- 
venient to  make  rolls  in  three  or  more  portions,  so  that  as  one  of 
these  wears  away  only  a  portion  of  the  roll  needs  renewal,  and 


FIG.  50. — Eolls  with  interchangeable  sections. 

by  interchanging  the  centre  and  other  rolls  the  need  for  new  ones 
may  be  indefinitely  delayed. 

Rolls  of  this  type  are  a  feature  of  the  "  Lancashire  "  machine 
made  by  SutclhTe,  Speakman  &  Co.,  Ltd.  (fig.  50).  In  this,  the 
sections  are  all  made  interchangeable,  so  that  as  the  centre 
sections  wear  they  can  be  placed  at  the  outer  ends  of  the  rollers 
and  the  end  sections  placed  in  the  centre.  Brickmakers  who 
have  any  stony  materials  to  deal  with  much  appreciate  this 
arrangement,  as  on  the  old  system  the  rollers  always  wear  away 
in  the  centre  and  do  not  permit  of  them  being  closed  up  unless 
the  rollers  are  taken  out  and  turned  up  in  the  lathe.  The 
sections  should  be  rearranged  frequently,  even  if  little  wear  is 
shown,  so  that  the  rollers  will  wear  parallel.  To  enable  this  to 


90  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

be  readily  done  all  the  gearing  is  so  placed  that  one  frame  only 
requires  unbolting,  when  it  can  be  drawn  away,  as  shown,  to- 
permit  of  the  sections  being  placed  as  desired. 

The  rollers  in  this  machine  are  made  large  in  diameter  and 
narrower  than  is  the  usual  practice,  and  as  they  run  at  a  high 
speed  the  clay  is  very  well  ground.  One  roller  is  made  to  go  at 
a  greater  speed  than  its  fellow,  this  giving  a  differential  shredding 
action. 

All  rolls  should  be  provided  with  a  relief  escape,  or  a  safety 
slipping  clutch  to  prevent  the  risk  of  breakage  should  a  piece  of 
ironstone  or  other  hard  metal  get  into  the  machine  by  accident, 
or  should  the  resistance  to  crushing  be  so  great  as  to  endanger  the 
machine.  Instead  of  two  sets  of  rolls  arranged  one  below  the 
other,  some  firms  employ  three  rolls  so  placed  that  the  clay 
receives  two  distinct  crushings.  Machines  of  this  type  are  shown 
in  figs.  51  and  52. 

A  hopper  is  often  desirable  to  secure  the  material  being  fed 
into  the  machine  properly ;  end  plates  will  serve  to  prevent  its 
escaping.  Scrapers  are  sometimes  necessary  when  sticky  clays 
are  being  crushed. 

Lubrication  is  of  great  importance,  and  if  neglected  will  cause 
a  great  waste  of  driving  power. 

For  good  work  it  is  essential  that  the  rolls  should  run  truly, 
with  no  variation  in  the  space  between  them,  and  some  simple 
method  of  adjustment  should  be  provided  to  enable  them  to  be 
set  closer  together  when  slightly  worn. 

The  distance  of  the  rolls  from  each  other  in  each  pair  is 
important.  If  only  one  pair  of  rolls  is  used  they  cannot  well  be 
set  closer  than  half  an  inch,  but  if  two  or  more  pairs  are  em- 
ployed the  first  should  be  moderately  wide  apart — up  to  2  in. — 
the  second  should  be  closer,  and  the  final  pair  should  be  set  as 
closely  as  possible.  Some  brickmakers  work  with  all  the  rolls 
too  wide  apart ;  this  is  foolish,  as  it  permits  stones  to  be  mixed 
with  the  clay  and  to  be  made  into  bricks,  and  it  is  then  impossible 
to  make  goods  of  best  quality.  To  obtain  satisfactory  results, 
the  clay  should  come  from  the  crushing  rolls  in  the  form  of  a 
thin  sheet,  like  coarse  brown  paper.  It  is  almost  impossible  for 
a  single  pair  of  rolls  to  produce  this. 

The  rolls  should  be  made  of  chilled  iron  or  steel,  or  covered 
with  a  steel  hoop  truly  turned  with  a  lathe,  but  for  the  coarser 
rolls  this  accuracy  is  unnecessary,  as  they  are  not  intended  to 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 

:iV,     ' 


91 


92  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

crush  the    clay  so  thoroughly.     Steel-rimmed   rolls  are  always 
more  desirable  than  those  of  chilled  iron. 

Close-set  rolls  must  be  kept  true  in  shape,  and  when  they 
are  used  it  is  necessary  to  have  an  extra  pair  of  rolls  which  may 
be  used  whilst  the  worn  ones  are  being  turned  true.  Rolls  which 
are  supposed  to  be  run  close,  but  which  have  a  wider  opening  in 
the  centre  than  at  the  edges,  are  useless  for  good  work.  It  is 
desirable  that  rolls  which  are  intended  to  work  close  together 


FIG.  52. — Buchanan's  triple-roll  crusher. 

should  be  provided  with  renewable  rims  so  that  these  may  be 
replaced  when  necessary.  More  difficulties  in  working  certain 
clays  arise  from  worn  rolls  than  from  any  other  single  cause ; 
the  rolls  should  therefore  be  frequently  examined. 

Crushing  rolls  are  usually  smooth  but,  for  preliminary  crush- 
ing, rollers  with  projections,  bars,  teeth,  flutes,  grooves,  corruga- 
tions and  other  uneven  faces  are  employed.  Sticky  clays  require 
these  irregular  surfaces,  as  smooth  rollers  do  not  possess  enough 
adhesive  power  to  crush  the  material.  The  nature  of  the  pro- 
jection is  largely  a  matter  of  individual  taste,  though  the 


PLASTIC  MOULDING  BY  MACHINERY 


93 


greater  the  projection  the  greater  the  power  of  the  rolls.  Hence 
teeth  and  bars  are  better  than  grooves  for  sticky  clays,  but 
corrugated  or  grooved  rolls  are  best  for  stony  clays. 


FIG.  53. — Toothed  crushing  rolls  (Whittaker). 

Many  designs  of  projections  and  grooves  are  in  use,  some  of 
them  being  comparatively  valueless.  Amongst  the  best  are 
hedgehog  (toothed)  rolls  (fig.  53)  kibbling  rolls,  (fig.  54)  and 
corrugated  rolls. 


FIG.  54.— Kibbling  rolls. 

The  projections  on  one  roller  engage  with  those  on  another, 
and  the  combined  action  of  the  two  on  the  clay  is  much  more 
powerful  than  when  smooth  rolls  are  used.  The  material  is 


94  MODEKN    BEICKMAKING 

caught  between  the  projections,  and  being  unable  to  escape  is 
crushed  sufficiently  to  enable  a  succeeding  pair  of  smooth  rolls 
to  deal  with  it  effectively. 

Broad  spiral  corrugations  running  right  and  left  hand  re- 
spectively, throughout  the  entire  length  of  the  rolls,  often  increase 
the  rapidity  with  which  a  sticky  material  may  be  crushed,  and 
the  larger  portions  are  conveyed  to  one  end  of  the  rolls  and  drop 
into  a  special  receiver.  According  to  their  nature  these  portions 
may  be  discarded,  as  stones,  or  may  be  reduced  by  hand  or  other 
means.  The  use  of  corrugated  rolls  is,  in  fact,  one  of  the  simplest 
methods  of  separating  stones  from  clay.  The  corrugations  should 
be  so  arranged  that  the  projections  in  one  roll  should  fit  into  the 
depressions  of  the  other,  so  that  wear  may  be  compensated  and 
the  rolls  kept  set  close  together. 

For  stony  clays  of  a  sticky  and  tough  nature  the  rolls  should 
be  both  corrugated  and  conical ;  this  is  far  superior  to  the  use  of 
smooth  conical  rolls,  as  the  corrugations  convey  the  material  to 
the  large  ends  of  the  cones  where  the  clay  is  crushed  in  conse- 
quence of  the  greater  peripheral  speed.  High  speed  rolls  with 
projections  are  popular  in  America,  and  are  very  efficient  for 
clays  which  are  not  too  hard.  The  rolls  should  be  made  in 
sections  for  easy  renewal,  as  the  wear  on  them  is  much  greater 
than  in  a  slower  machine.  This  is  fully  balanced  by  the  in- 
creased output  and  the  condition  of  the  product.  The  projections 
or  lugs  should  not  go  the  whole  length  of  the  roll,  but  should 
have  intervals  between  each.  By  rearranging  the  worn  sections 
on  the  same  roll  the  wear  is  more  evenly  distributed. 

The  use  of  crushing  rolls  is  simple  enough,  provided  that  the 
works  possess  the  means  of  having- them  trued  and  properly  set ; 
otherwise  they  may  cause  much  trouble  through  their  not  crush- 
ing the  clay  sufficiently,  and  in  such  cases  it  may  happen  that 
an  edge-runner  mill  will  give  better  results.  This  is  not  always 
the  fault  of  the  rolls,  but  often  of  the  clay  or  the  man  in  charge. 
It  is  of  the  greatest  importance  in  making  wire-cut  bricks  that 
the  material  should  be  finely  ground  and  entirely  free  from  lumps. 
The  size  of  the  particles  should  not,  on  the  other  hand,  be  exces- 
sively small. 

Grinding  Mills  or  Edge-Runners  are  of  two  main  classes :  (1) 
Those  used  for  crushing  dry  materials  to  a  powder  and  known 
as  "  grinding  mills,"  and  (2)  those  employed  for  crushing  moist  or 
wet  materials,  and  at  the  same  time  mixing  them  so  as  to  obtain 
a  more  uniform  composition,  and  known  as  "  wet  pans  "  or  (less 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY  95 

correctly)  "  pan  mills  ".  Both  classes  of  mill  are  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  wire-cut  bricks  made  by  the  plastic  process,  but 
for  convenience  mills  for  grinding  dry  material  are  described 
in  Chapter  V  in  the  section  on  "  stiff-plastic  process  ".  Their 
sole  purpose  is  to  reduce  the  material  to  a  fine  powder,  and  in 
certain  cases,  which  are  difficult  to  classify,  they  work  more 
economically  than  do  crushing  rolls,  as  the  full  weight  of  the 
roller  or  runner  is  available  for  crushing.  Broadly  speaking,  a 
hard  material,  fairly  free  from  sticky  matter,  is  most  econom- 
ically ground  with  an  edge-runner  mill,  but  if  much  moist  plastic 
clay  is  present  it  is  usually  better,  and  often  essential,  to  use 
crushing  rolls  and  a  wet  pan. 

Wet  Pans  are  chiefly  used  to  secure  an  equal  distribution 
of  the  moisture  throughout  the  clay  mass  and  to  secure  the 
latter  being  of  the  same  composition  throughout.  For  this 
purpose  it  is  passed  many  times  underneath  the  rollers  before  it 
leaves  the  machine,  whereby  any  lumps  are  simultaneously  re- 
duced to  powder. 

In  many  cases  the  material  is  fed  into  the  pan  of  the  mill,  a 
suitable  quantity  of  water  added,  and  the  pan  kept  in  motion 
from  fifteen  to  twenty  minutes.  The  speed  is  then  reduced,  and 
the  material  removed  by  means  of  a  special  shovel  working  in 
a  rowlock. 

Continuous  wet-pans  are  well  known,  but  are  considered  to 
yield  a  less  satisfactory  product.  They  have  a  bed,  or  pan, 
perforated  near  the  centre,  and  the  material  is  forced  to  travel 
several  times  under  the  runners  before  it  can  escape  through  the 
holes.  The  most  important  features  of  a  wet-pan  are  the 
weight  and  size  of  the  runners,  the  construction  and  speed  of 
the  pan,  and  the  transmission  arrangement  for  driving  the 
machine.  It  is  essential  that  the  runners  should  be  heavy  ;  those 
supplied  by  many  firms  are  much  too  light  to  do  their  work 
effectively.  For  a  9  ft.  pan  the  runners  should  seldom  weigh 
less  than  40  cwt.  each,  and  for  some  clays  they  should  weigh 
about  4  tons  if  a  satisfactory  product  is  required  in  a  reason- 
ably short  time. 

The  construction  of  wet-pans  in  this  country  is  quite 
different  from  that  considered  best  in  some  others,  and  several 
British  makers  of  machinery  recommend  the  stationary  wet-pan 
for  certain  clays,  in  spite  of  very  conclusive  evidence  of  its 
inferiority  to  the  rotary  one  for  this  purpose. 

A  typical  stationary  pan  is  shown  in  (fig.  55).     It    consists 


96 


MODERN    BBICKMAKING 


of  two  heavy  runners   and  two  scrapers  mounted  on  a  single 
shaft  and  driven  by  means  of  an  overhead  crown   wheel   and 


2 
H 

u 

.+3 
O 

1 


pinion.  A  grid  is  fixed  in  the  pan,  and  the  material  passes 
through  this  as  soon  as  it  has  become  sufficiently  softened  to- 
do  so. 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY  97 

The  mixing  power  of  such  a  mill  is  relatively  small,  its  chief 
use  being  to  reduce  the  material  to  a  form  in  which  it  can  be 
more  readily  dealt  with  by  succeeding  plant  than  if  the  clay 
were  fed  direct  to  the  latter.  Its  efficiency  depends  largely  upon 
the  smallness  of  the  grid  and,  therefore,  the  extent  to  which  the 
material  is  treated  before  reaching  it. 

For  some  materials  such  a  pan  may  be  improved  by  inserting 
a  solid  bottom  and  removing  the  material  (after  the  mill  has 
been  stopped)  either  by  means  of  a  spade  or  by  opening  a  sliding 
door  in  the  bottom  of  the  mill. 

Sutcliffe,  Speakman  &  Co.,  Ltd.  have  designed  a  special  mill 
for  material  which  is  free  from  large  lumps,  but  requires  an 
unusual  amount  of  mixing.  The  material  is  fed  into  an  attach- 
ment on  the  side  frame  just  below  the  crown  wheel.  From  this 
it  passes  to  a  small  pan,  fixed  to  the  upright  shaft,  which 
ensures  the  material  passing  under  the  rollers  where  it  is  kneaded 
and  rubbed  together,  thus  giving  a  very  intimate  mixing.  The 
material  in  the  stationary  pan  on  which  the  runners  revolve  is 
turned  over  by  multiple  scrapers  which  gradually  push  it  to  the 
discharge  opening 

According  to  the  nature  of  the  material  supplied  this  will 
mix  two  to  five  tons  per  hour  using  8  h.p.  for  driving. 

A  wet-pan  of  more  modern  design  is  shown  in  fig.  56.  The 
pan  (9  ft.  diameter)  is  mounted  on  an  upright  shaft  working  in  a 
footstep  bearing,  and  kept  in  position  by  a  bridge-bearing  above. 
It  is  not  perforated,  has  no  .grid,  and  is  driven  by  means  of  an 
ordinary  crown  wheel  and  pinion  and  belt,  these  being  placed 
above  (fig.  56)  or  below  (figs.  57  and  124)  according  as  it  is 
more  convenient  to  have  the  pan  over-driven  or  under-driven. 
The  bottom  and  sides  of  the  pan  are  renewable. 

The  runners  for  a  pan  of  this  size  are  4  ft.  8  in.  in  diameter 
with  15  in.  width  of  face  and  weight  43  cwt.  each  ;  they  are 
preferably  made  with  flush  sides  so  as  not  to  carry  up  any 
ground  material,  and  may  be  fitted  with  renewable  rims.  The 
ends  of  the  shaft  connecting  the  runners  to  the  centre  block 
work  in  guides  which  permit  the  runners  to  rise  and  fall  with 
varying  thicknesses  of  materials  on  the  pan  but  prevent  them 
rotating  above  the  vertical  shaft.  If  two  shafts  are  used — one 
for  each  runner — they  can  rise  or  fall  independently  of  each 
other,  thereby  saving  power  and  keeping  the  machine  in  better 
balance.  The  runners  revolve  by  the  action  of  the  material  on 

7 


98 


MODERN    BEICKMAKING 


the  pan  and  are  not  driven  directly.     They  should  not  touch 
the  pan  when  it  is  empty  but  should  be  just  clear. 

The  scrapers  should  be  attached  to  cross  stays  bolted  on  to 
the  framework  of  the  machine,  and  must  be  so  fastened  that 
they  can  be  turned  to  any  desired  angle  and  adjusted  to  any 
height  above  the  pan. 


:::!:;::::;:- 


Jfio.  56. — Whittaker's  revolving  wet  pan. 


When  sticky  clay  is  being  ground  it  is  useful  to  have  scrapers 
attached  so  as  to  keep  the  runners  fairly  clean  (fig.  58),  as  no 
purpose  is  served  by  runners  thickly  coated  with  clay.  These 
11  cleaners  "  should  not  actually  touch  the  rims  of  the  runners, 
or  too  much  iron'  may  get  into  the  clay. 

The  footstep  is  an  important  factor  in  successful  grinding. 
It  should  be  readily  accessible,  easily  lubricated,  and  of  such 
construction  that  the  bearing  metal  can  be  easily  renewed 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


99 


FIG.  57. — Light  pan  mill  (Boultoa). 


FIG.  58. — Edge-runners  with  scrapers  (Horn). 


100  MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

when  worn.  It  should  be  cased  to  keep  out  dust,  but  should 
be  examined  frequently,  as  a  worn  footstep  causes  much  loss  of 
power  and  may  easily  damage  the  pan.  Anti-friction  rollers 
should  be  placed  underneath  very  large  revolving  pans  in  order 
to  support  them.  The  pan  should  be  light  but  strong,  and  pro- 
vided with  a  loose  bearing  ring,  or  false  bottom,  preferably  of 
manganese  steel.  There  are  advantages  in  having  this  bottom 
ribbed  for  soft  .clays,  but  with  very  hard  ones  it  is  undesirable. 
A  mechanical  shovel  is  used  for  removing  the  material  except 
in  self-delivery  mills. 

A  measured  quantity  of  the  material  to  be  treated  is  placed 
in  the  pan,  a  definite  volume  of  water  added  through  a  sprinkler, 
and  the  pan  set  in  motion  at  a  speed  of  sixteen  to  forty  revolu- 
tions per  minute  according  to  the  nature  of  the  clay.  After 
fifteen  or  twenty  minutes  the  speed  is  reduced  and  the  mechani- 
cal shovel  used  to  withdraw  the  material,  after  which  a  fresh 
batch  is  treated.  Unless  the  clay  and  water  are  both  measured, 
the  paste  will  vary  in  stiffness  and  plasticity.  To  avoid  loss  of 
time,  it  is  wise  to  have  two  mills  and  to  run  them  consecutively. 
By  the  insertion  of  a  slotted  grid  in  the  roller  path  the 
material  may  be  delivered  to  a  receiving  plate,  whence  a  fixed 
scraper  removes  it  continuously  to  the  next  stage  of  manufacture. 

Runners  with  a  conical  instead  of  a  flat  face  (fig.  59)  may 
be  used  for  wet  grinding.  It  is  understood  that  they  have  a 
somewhat  larger  output,  but  this  has  not,  so  far  as  the  author  is 
aware,  been  definitely  proved. 

For  clays  containing  a  large  proportion  of  small  stones,  es- 
pecially if  the  latter  are  of  a  limey  character,  J.  Buchanan  &  Son, 
Ltd.,  recommend  the  use  of  a  wet  grinding  pan  of  the  stationary 
type.  In  this  pan  (fig.  60)  the  runner  path  consists  of  six  or 
more  manganese  steel  grids,  the  space  between  each  being  fitted 
with  steel  plates — either  smooth  or  corrugated — the  mesh  of  the 
grids  being  adjusted  to  the  requirements  of  each  clay. 

The  runners  are  made  of  hard  cast  iron  and  run  upon  hard 
cast  iron  renewable  bushes ;  they  are  carried  upon  a  square 
steel  shaft  provided  with  slide  blocks  to  rise  and  fall  in  the  slotted 
cross-head  of  the  vertical  shaft. 

Steel  scrapers  are  attached  to  the  cross-heads,  and  revolve 
with  it,  for  throwing  the  material  from  the  outside  and  centre 
of  the  pan  on  to  the  runner  path.  The  mill  is  driven  with  strong 
bevel  gearing  by  a  steel  driving  shaft  working  in  gun-metal 
bearings,  and  fast  and  loose  pulleys. 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    .MACHINERY 


101 


FIG.  59. — Mill  with  conical  runners 


FIG.  60.— Mill  for  limey  clays. 


102 


MODEEN    BRICKMAKING 


Where  strong  plastic  clays  containing  large  quantities  of  lime 
and  other  stones  (as  boulder  clays)  are  to  be  found,  the  use  of  a 
stationary  wet-pan  of  this  type  as  a  preliminary  grinder  and 
mixer  is  desirable,  as  revolving  pans  are  too  lightly  constructed 
for  this  class  of  work.  The  material  should  afterwards  be  passed 


FIG.  61. — Continuous  self-delivery  wet  mill. 

through  two  sets  of  rollers  before  entering  the  pug-mill.  The 
grids  require  frequent  inspection,  and  should  be  made  of  man- 
ganese steel  as  this  possesses  the  greatest  resistance  to  wear  and 
tear.  They  should  be  easily  renewable. 

The  mill  shown  in  fig.  61  is  one  made  by  Thomas  C. 
Fawcett,  Ltd.,  who  state  that  it  is  distinct  from  other  plastic 
pans  in  that  both  the  rolls  and  pan  revolve,  and  the  material, 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY  103 

after  being  ground  and  mixed,  is  delivered  on  to  a  receiving  plate 
which  is  keyed  on  to  the  vertical  shaft,  and,  revolving  with  the 
pan,  delivers  the  material  by  means  of  a  fixed  scraper  direct  to 
the  brick  machine.  The  pan  is  9  ft.  in  diameter  and  the  power 
required  to  drive  it  is  20  b.h.p.  It  is  claimed  that  this  machine 
will  give  an  output  equal  to  other  machines  but  through  smaller 
grids,  thereby  ensuring  finer  grinding  and  tempering  of  the 
material  without  increasing  the  cost  of  treatment.  Pan-mills 
mix  the  water  and  clay  more  thoroughly  than  do  pug-mills  using 
the  same  driving  power,  but  the  texture  of  different  batches  of 
paste  is  more  irregular. 

MIXERS  AND  FEEDERS, 

After  the  material  has  passed  through  crushing  rolls  or  some 
other  form  of  preliminary  grinding  plant  it  must  enter  a  mixing 
machine.  For  some  clays  a  mixer  forms  the  first  part  of  the 
plant  and  it  is  then  known  as  a  feeder,  though,  mechanically,  it 
is  really  a  mixing  machine.  The  object  of  using  mixers  and 
feeders  is  to  produce  a  material  of  even  composition  from  a 
number  of  different  materials  which  may  occur  together  in  nature 
— as  is  the  case  of  clay  with  stones  or  sand  in  it — or  which  may 
occur  separately,  but  which  it  is  desirable  to  mix,  as  when  cer- 
tain properties  are  to  be  conferred  on  a  clay  which  can  only  be 
given  by  adding  other  materials  to  it. 

Broadly  speaking,  the  greater  the  amount -of  mixing  the  better 
will  be  the  product,  and  as,  by  their  construction,  mixing 
machines  cannot  easily  be  overloaded,  they  form  admirable 
appliances  for  securing  a  regular  supply  of  material  to  grind- 
ing pans,  which  are  troublesome  if  supplied  irregularly.  It  is 
when  used  for  this  purpose  that  they  are  termed  "  feeders  ".  In 
the  United  States  the  term  "  granulator  "  is  identical  with  the 
British  "  mixer".  A  special  class  of  feeding  machines  which 
do  not  mix  the  material  will  be  described  later  (p.  182). 

Mixers  are  distinguished  from  pug-mills  for  convenience ;  in 
reality  pug-mills  are  only  a  form  of  "mixer,"  though  this  latter 
term  is  commonly  understood  to  refer  to  machines  of  the  open 
trough  type.  They  are  generally  made  of  iron  or  steel  with  one 
or  more  long  shafts  running  through  the  centre,  to  which  are 
attached  knives  which  thoroughly  mix  the  clay  before  it  enters 
the  pug-mill.  In  some  cases  the  knives  of  the  pug-mill  and  of 
the  mixer  are  both  on  one  shaft,  but  it  is  more  usual  to  have 


104  MODERN    BEICKMAKING 

separate  mixers  which  mix  the  clay  and  water  together  and  then 
discharge  the  paste  into  the  pug-mill. 

Mixers  are  generally  placed  just  below  the  crushing  rolls,  and 
sometimes  other  pairs  of  rolls  are  placed  underneath  them  for  a 
final  crushing  before  the  clay  enters  the  pug-mill.  The  value 
and  efficiency  of  a  mixer  must  be  judged  by  the  extent  to  which 
it  converts  the  materials  supplied  to  it  into  an  even  paste,  but 
no  accurate  conclusion  can  be  reached  unless  it  is  first  clearly 
shown  that  the  material  is  in  a  suitable  condition  to  be  mixed. 
No  mixer  can  be  really  effective  unless  the  material  supplied  to 
it  is  free  from  large  pieces  of  hard  material,  though  several 
strong  knives  in  a  long  mixer  will  often  effect  a  remarkable 
degree  of  homogenization. 

The  best  test  of  a  mixer  is  to  take  small  samples  from  differ- 
ent portions  of  the  paste  which  issues  from  the  machine,  and  to 
examine  them  carefully  by  the  eye  and  also  by  a  simple  sifting 
test  after  stirring  them  up  with  water.  When  clay  of  a  tough, 
stony  nature  is  used  it  will  frequently  be  found  advisable  to 
employ  a  powerful  mixer  to  "  granulate  "  it  before  passing  it 
to  the  crushing  rollers.  This  custom  is  very  common  abroad 
when  highly  plastic  clays  are  being  treated,  the  argument  in 
favour  of  this  arrangement  being  that  it  is  said  to  require  less 
power  than  the  use  of  spiked  or  kibbler  rolls. 

The  supply  of  material  in  a  constant  regular  stream  to  the 
various  machines  is  so  important  that  it  should  receive  far  more 
consideration  than  it  has,  hitherto,  done  from  many  brickmakers  ; 
the  employment  of  a  simple  mixer  or  feeder  will  often  go  far 
towards  solving  the  problem  of  "  wasted  engine  power  ". 

The  essential  parts  of  a  clay  mixer  are  a  case  or  shell  of 
ample  strength,  the  shaft  or  shafts  carrying  the  mixing  knives, 
a  supply  of  water  capable  of  being  accurately  regulated  so  as 
to  produce  a  paste  of  the  required  consistency,  and  the  gearing 
necessary  for  the  transmission  of  power  to  the  machine.  These 
parts  should  all  be  exceedingly  strong  and  well  fitted. 

Clay  mixers  may  have  a  single  shaft  to  which  the  knives  are 
attached,  or  two  or  more  such  shafts  may  be  used.  For  most 
purposes  two  shafts  placed  parallel  to  each  other  form  the  most 
efficient  mixer. 

Single  shaft  mixers  form  efficient  conveyers  for  short  distances. 
The  blades  should  be  very  strong,  preferably  of  steel,  and  should 
be  fitted  so  that  they  work  at  a  suitable  angle  to  the  shaft  and 
to  each  other.  This  angle  can  only  be  found  by  experimenting 


PLASTIC    MOULDING-    BY    MACHINERY  105 

with  the  clay  to  be  used,  and  it  is  not  uncommon  to  find  that  a 
mixer  can  be  greatly  improved  in  efficiency  if  the  shape,  size, 
spacing,  and  angle  of  the  blades  are  altered.  These  changes 
should  not  be  made,  however,  without  expert  advice  of  an  Jim- 
partial  character. 

In  double  shafted  mixers  the  blades  or  knives  should  revolve 
in  opposite  directions  and  at  somewhat  different  speeds  (preferably 
in  the  ratio  1  :  2),  as  this  enables  them  to  break  up  and  reduce 
the  material  more  readily  and  to  mix  it  better  with  the  water. 
The  materials,  and  as  much  water  as  is  thought  necessary,  are 
fed  in  at  one  end  of  the  mixer,  and  leave  in  the  form  of  a  more 
or  less  plastic  paste  at  the  other. 


FIG.  62. — Single  shaft  mixer. 

It  is  a  curious  fact  that,  although  mixers  are  sold  by  all 
makers  of  general  brickmaking  machinery,  there  are  very  few 
really  good  machines  for  this  purpose  on  the  market.  In  most 
of  them  the  blades  are  too  narrow  or  too  fragile,  and  are  made 
of  unsuitable  metal,  so  that  they  are  weakest  in  the  most  impor- 
tant part.  This  is  especially  true  of  the  single  shaft  mixers, 
though  the  ones  shown  in  figs.  62  and  63  are  notable  exceptions. 

The  bearings  in  most  mixers  are  of  good  design,  but  in  many 
cases  are  too  small  to  take  effectually  the  sudden  strains  often 
placed  on  the  machine.  In  all  clay -working  plants  it  is  essential 
that  the  bearings  shall  be  large,  of  good  design,  and  of  suitable 
metal.  They  should,  preferably,  be  able  to  work  efficiently  in 
dusty  places. 


106 


MODERN    BBICKMAKING 


Mixers  with  double  shafts  are  much  more  efficient,  as  they 
only  require>oiie  or  two  additional  horse  power  to  the  single  shaft 
machines,  and  the  material  is  more  than  twice  as  thoroughly 
worked.  They  are,  therefore,  more  popular  and  are  correspond- 
ingly better  in  design,  so  that  little  or  no  difficulty  should  be 
experienced  in  selecting  a  suitable  machine  of  the  double  shaft 
type  (figs.  64  and  65). 

The  blades  on  one  shaft  of  a  mixer  of  this  pattern  should 
work  close  to  those  on  the  other  shaft  but  should  not  actually 
touch.  They  should  be  strong,  well  shaped,  so  as  to  turn  over  a 
considerable  amount  of  clay  at  a  time,  and  should  be  set  at  an 
angle  so  as  to  carry  the  clay  slowly  forward.  The  blades  should 
also  be  readily  replaceable  in  case  of  wear  or  breakage,  and  should 


FIG.  63. — German  single-shaft  mixer. 

be  secured  in  position  by  the  use  of  square  or  hexagonal  shafts 
and  of  similarly  shaped  openings  in  the  farther  ends  of  the  blades. 
This  is  far  more  satisfactory  than  the  older  plan  of  fastening  the 
blades  with  a  bolt  or  nut.  Large  bosses  on  the  blades  make  a 
convenient  means  of  fitting  them  to  the  shaft  and  also  occupy 
space  which  would,  otherwise,  be  injuriously  taken  up  by  clay. 
The  blades  may  have  an  elliptical  rectangular  or  triangular  cross 
section,  the  first-named  being,  usually,  the  best.  Cast-steel 
blades  are  the  most  serviceable,  but  no  blades  should  be  used 
when  much  worn.  When  in  position  the  blades  usually  form 
parts  of  a  screw-thread  or  worm  so  as  to  exert  a  propelling- 
action  on  the  clay  and  carry  it  forward.  It  is  seldom  advisable 
that  the  blades  should  exactly  correspond  to  this  "  worm  "  shape, 
as  slight  variations  from  it  often  produce  a  better  mixture,  but 
these  variations  must  not  be  too  great. 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


107 


The  number  of  blades  must  vary  with  the  clay  to  be  treated , 
but  if  four  blades  con- 
stitute one  "turn," 
good  results  can  usu- 
ally be  obtained.  The 
distance  of  the  blades 
from  each  other  should 
not  be  too  great,  and 
should  seldom  exceed 
14  in.  between  two 
blades  on  the  corre- 
sponding positions  on 
the  shaft. 

In  the  United 
States  considerable 
success  has  attended 
the  use  of  shafts  one 
above  the  other  in- 
stead of  side  by  side 
as  is  the  custom  here. 
Fig.  66  shows  one  of 
these  machines  which 
has  combined  the  fea- 
tures of  the  double 
shaft  mill  for  mixing 
different  material  with 
the  long  enclosed  case 
containing  a  single 
shaft  only  for  pugging 
clays.  Immediately 
over  the  main  pug- 
shaft  and  extending 
for  about  one  half  of 
the  length  of  the  pug- 
chamber  is  an  inde- 
pendent mixing  shaft 
containing  four  rows  of 
steel  bars,  so  located 
that  they  just  clear  the 
tempering  knives  in 
the  main  shaft.  The 
distance  between  the  two  shafts  only  slightly  exceeds  the  length 


108 


MODERN    BEICKMAKING 


of  the  knives.  The  operation  of  these  two  knives  on  the 
material,  with  the  close  passage  of  the  knives  to  each  other, 
secures  a  thorough  mixture  of  different  ingredients  before  reach- 
ing that  part  of  the  chamber  in  which  the  pugging  is  completed. 
Some  other  mixers  are  illustrated  later  (p.  227). 


FIG.  65.— Plan  of  mixer  (Bennett  &  Sayer). 

PUG-MILLS,  MOUTHPIECE-PRESSES,  AND  AUGER 
MACHINES, 

The  final  machine  employed  for  the  preparation  of  the  paste 
for  the  manufacture  of  wire-cut  bricks  by  the  plastic  process  is  a 
pug-mill,  to  the  exit  end  of  which  is  attached  a  mouthpiece  01* 
die  which  gives  the  brick  its  shape.  In  a  few  cases  this  is  all  the 
machinery  that  is  required,  but  with  most  clays  some  crushing 
or  other  preliminary  treatment  is  necessary. 

Pug-mills  are  also  used  without  mouthpieces,  in  order  to> 
secure  a  plastic  paste  of  regular  composition  and  of  suitable  stiff- 
ness for  further  work.  In  all  these  cases  the  same  principle 
is  used,  though  the  mill  must  be  more  strongly  built  if  a  very  stiff 
paste  is  to  be  worked  than  if  a  soft  paste  is  desired. 

At  most  works  making  plastic,  wire-cut  bricks  the  clay  passes 
through  crushing  rolls,  sometimes  through  a  pan-mill  or  a  mixer 
or  both,  and  finally  goes  into  a  pug-mill  where  it  is  thoroughly 
pugged  and  mixed  under  pressure,  and  eventually  shoved  out  of 
a  die  in  the  exact  shape  of  a  column  of  bricks,  and  from  thence 
on  to  a  cutting  table  where  it  is  cut  up  into  bricks. 


PLASTIC    MOULDING   BY   MACHINERY 


109 


110  MODERN    BEICKMAKING 

A  pug-mill  is  essentially  a  closed  mixer  and  is  constructed  on 
the  same  general  principles  as  the  mixers  already  described, 
except  that  instead  of  being  trough  shaped,  it  is  usually  cylin- 
drical and  slightly  smaller  at  the  exit  end  than  at  the  other. 
Owing  to  its  shape  the  clay  paste  in  a  pug-mill  becomes  much 
compressed  and  this  sets  up  a  resistance,  or  back-thrust,  neces- 
sitating powerful  construction  and  great  care  in  design. 

In  an  open  mixer  the  clay  falls  through  an  opening  in  the 
bottom  of  the  trough  at  the  exit  end,  but  in  a  pug-mill  the  clay 
passes  out  at  the-  end  of  the  machine.  For  this  reason  special 
arrangements  have  to  be  made  for  supporting  the  knife -carry  ing 
shaft  at  this  end  of  the  mill,  and  not  a  few  failures  in  clay-work- 
ing are  traceable  to  faulty  construction  in  this  part  of  the 
machine. 

Pug-mills  may  be  made  with  the  barrel  vertical  or  horizontal. 
The  former  are  used  when  preparing  paste  for  hand-made  bricks 
(Chapter  III)  and  for  fire-clay,  the  latter  for  nearly  all  cases 
where  wire-cut  goods  are  to  be  produced.  As  it  is  closed  it  is 
impossible  to  see  what  is  going  on  inside  a  pug-mill,  and  much 
attention  mus.t  therefore  be  paid  to  the  clay  which  issues  from 
it. 

As  in  open  mixers,  the  blades  in  a  pug-mill  are  arranged  in 
the  form  of  a  screw-thread  or  worm,  fixed  projections  or  blades 
being  sometimes  cast  on  to  the  inside  of  the  barrel  in  order  to 
prevent  the  rotation  of  the  clay.  The  mill  will  deliver  a  more 
satisfactory  column  if  the  end  of  the  shaft  carrying  the  knives 
is  made  of  corkscrew  pattern  so  as  to  act  as  a  propeller  (fig.  67).  It 
clears  a  way  for  the  clay  behind  it  and  causes  a  solid  column  of 
clay  to  exude  from  the  die  without  creating  unnecessary  back- 
pressure on  the  blades  of  the  pug-mill.  This  is  equally  true 
of  both  vertical  and  horizontal  mills.  .  Valuable  as  is  this 
arrangement,  but  few  pug-mills  contain  it,  and  many  are  so  con- 
structed that  it  cannot  be  fitted  to  them. 

In  selecting  a  pug-mill  it  is  essential  to  have  clearly  in  mind 
the  purposes  for  which  it  is  to  be  used.  If  it  is  only  re- 
quired for  mixing  clay  with  water  into  a  homogeneous  paste  the 
blades  should  be  set  fairly  flat,  i.e.  almost  at  right  angles  to  the 
shaft,  and  should  be  broad  and  numerous.  In  short,  a  pug-mill 
for  this  purpose  should  have  all  the  characteristics  of  a  mixing 
machine.  If,  on  the  contrary,  the  main  purpose  of  the  pug-mill 
is  to  convert  a  plastic  paste  into  a  band  of  clay  of  definite  width 
and  depth  by  forcing  the  paste  through  a  die  or  mouthpiece,  the 


PLASTIC  MOULDING  BY  MACHINERY 


111 


blades  should  be  at  a  distinct  angle  to  the  shaft  and  should  form 
a  screw  conveyer  of  which  the  thread  is  broken  by  the  spaces 
between  the  blades.  These  latter  should  be  very  broad.  Such 
a  mill  will  press  the  clay  into  shape  satisfactorily,  provided  that 
it  be  supplied  with  a 
properly  prepared  paste, 
but  will  do  little  or  no 
mixing  work. 

Intermediate  between 
these  types  of  pug-mill 
is  the  one  which  is  most 
frequently  used,  and  is 
intended  to  act  as  a 
combined  mixing  and 
pressing  machine,  the 
clay  in  it  being  made 
by  it  into  a  homogeneous 
paste  and  afterwards 
pressed  through  the 
mouthpiece  to  the  de- 
sired shape.  In  such  a 
machine  the  majority 
of  the  blades  should  be 
arranged  for  mixing, 
but  those  nearer  the 
exit  end  should  be  set 
at  a  smaller  angle  so  as 
to  be  propulsive,  and  a 
couple  of  turns  of  a  com- 
plete screw  should  be  provided  at  the  end  of  the  shaft.  These 
precautions  are  often  overlooked,  with  the  result  that  many 
troubles  arise,  particularly  if  a  stiff  paste  is  required. 

A  pug-mill  should  work  with  the  least  amount  of  water  the 
required  consistency  of  the  mass  will  allow,  and  that  mill  is, 
broadly  speaking,  the  better  which  can  produce  an  equally  good 
mixture  with  less  water  than  another,  providing  it  does  not  re- 
quire more  driving  power.  The  various  parts  of  the  mill  must 
be  of  ample  strength  owing  to  the  great  compressive  forces 
exerted,  and  on  this  account  the  shaft  and  blades  must  be  of 
ample  proportions  and  the  thrust  bearings  well  made  and  kept 
properly  lubricated  and  covered  so  as  to  be  free  from  dust.  The 
blades  should  not  be  used  when  unduly  worn. 


112 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 


The  speed  at  which  pug-mills  are  driven  is  often  ridiculously 
slow ;  thirty  to  forty  revolutions  per  minute  is  good  practice,  but 
many  English  clay -workers  drive  at  half  this  speed,  and  thus  waste 
power  and  produce  an  inferior  result.  Much,  however,  depends 
on  the  nature  of  the  clay,  and  the  brickmaker  can  only  ascertain 
the  best  driving  speed  by  actual  trial. 

Many  pug-mills  are  too  short,  and  so  fail  to  mix  the  clay 
supplied  to  them ;  6  ft.  is  seldom  too  long,  and  many  clays  re- 
quire a  preliminary  mixing  to  have  taken  place  before  they  can 
be  dealt  with  satisfactorily  in  a  pug-mill  of  this  length.  In  such 
cases  the  mixer  is  attached  to  the  pug-mill  and  driven  from  the 
same  pulley,  the  mixer  being  fixed  at  such  a  height  as  will  enable 
the  clay  from  it  to  fall  into  the  pug-mill. 

The  construction  of  the  thrust  bearing  is  highly  important, 


FIG.  68. — Griessmann's  pug-mill. 

and  most  of  the  firms  making  pug-mills  and  brick  machines  have 
paid  special  attention  to  the  design  of  their  bearings. 

Friction  discs  are  much  used,  as  are  also  projecting  rings  on 
the  shaft  working  in  grooves  in  the  bearing  (as  in  marine  work). 

An  ingenious  device  by  F.  Lane  consists  in  attaching  a 
hemisphere  of  hard  steel  to  the  end  of  the  shaft,  and  a  similar 
one  in  the  thrust  block.  As  the  shaft  rotates  its  hard  rounded 
end  works  on  the  corresponding  convex  face  of  the  thrust  block, 
and  the  arc  of  contact  is  reduced  to  a  minimum.  Whatever 
type  of  thrust  or  journal  bearings  are  used  they  must  be  kept 
clean  and  well  lubricated. 

A  German  patent  (fig.  68)  by  Griessmann,  consists  essentially 
of  a  series  of  conoids  with  screws  through  their  sides  to  prevent 
the  clay  rotating,  and  a  series  of  helicoidal  blades  to  propel 
it  forward.  This  arrangement  has  increased  the  output  of  some 
mills  not  provided  with  a  clearance  screw  at  the  end  of  the 
shaft  by  30  to  40  per  cent. 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


113 


The  best  shape  of  the  exit  end  of  a  pug-mill  depends  greatly 
on  the  mouthpiece.  If  the  latter  has  a  small  opening  there 
should  be  a  long  conical  piece  between  the  end  of  the  mill  and 
the  mouthpiece  proper.  If  large  articles  are  being  made,  this 
conical  piece  may  be  shorter.  The  most  suitable  length  must  be 
found  by  experiment. 

Mouthpieces. — As  a  rule  only  one  mouthpiece  is  used  on  each 
machine,  but  where  the  clay  will  permit  it  there  are  advantages 
in  using  two  mouthpieces  set  at  an  angle  to  each  other,  as  in 
fig.  69. 

The  designing  of  a  mouthpiece  to  work  with  a  given  machine 
is  one  of  the  most  delicate  engineering  operations  connected 
with  brickmaking.  Variations  of  apparently  trifling  magnitude 


FIG.  69. — Brick  machine  with  double  mouthpiece. 

cause  serious  defects,  and  the  alteration  of  a  mouthpiece  is  a 
matter  requiring  careful  thought  and  much  experience  and  skill 
before  it  can  be  done  satisfactorily.  With  plain  bricks  made 
from  plastic-clay  the  difficulties  are  fewer  and  less  troublesome 
than  when  hollow  goods  are  produced  by  the  wire-cut  process, 
but  in  all  cases  some  skill  is  required,  and  often  much  patient 
experimenting  must  be  carried  out  before  success  is  gained. 

In  principle,  the  mouthpiece  is  extremely  simple,  it  being 
merely  an  opening  at  the  end  of  a  pug-mill.  This  opening  is  of 
such  a  shape  (usually  about  9|  in.  x  4f  in.)  as  to  produce  a  column 
of  clay  paste  the  width  and  length  of  a  "  green  "  brick ;  and  it 
might  be  assumed  that  a  plate  attached  to  the  exit  end  of  the 
pug-mill  with  an  opening  of  the  correct  size  is  all  that  would  be 
required.  If  a  very  soft  paste  is  used,  and  no  attempt  is  made  to 

8 


114  MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

keep  the  clay  to  a  special  shape,  such  an  assumption  is  correct ; 
but  as  soon  as  the  paste  is  made  stiff  enough  to  retain  its  shape 
on  leaving  the  machine,  a  back-pressure  is  produced  on  the 
machine  and  troubles  begin  forthwith.  A  few  tests  will  soon 
show  that  some  means  for  effecting  a  gradual  change  in  the 
shape  of  the  clay  column  is  necessary.  Inside  the  mill  this 
column  will  be  a  cylinder  of  12  to  18  in.  diameter ;  after  passing 
through  the  mouthpiece  it  will  be  a  rectangular  one  of  9|  in.  x  4f 
in.  This  reduction  of  cross-section  must  be  effected  so  gradually 
as  not  to  cause  avoidable  friction  in  the  pug-mill,  and  for  this  pur- 
pose a  conical  collar  must  be  placed  between  the  mouthpiece 
opening  and  the  barrel  of  the  mill,  or  the  latter  must  be  made 
conical  throughout  its  length.  There  are  reasons,  which  need 
not  be  detailed  here,  why  the  latter  plan  is  less  desirable  than 
the  former,  the  most  important  being  the  end  support  of  the  shaft 
carrying  the  knives. 

As  this  conical  reducing  piece  is  in  some  ways  of  greater 
importance  than  the  opening  in  the  mouthpiece,  the  two  com- 
bined may  be  considered  as  forming  the  mouthpiece.  The 
most  suitable  length  for  the  reducing  piece  will  depend  upon  (a) 
the  relative  sizes  of  the  mill-barrel  and  the  mouthpiece  opening, 
and  (b)  the  rapidity  with  which  the  cross -section  of  the  clay 
paste  can  be  changed  without  detriment.  Some  clays  can  be 
worked  with  a  very  short  mouthpiece,  as  they  can  be  rapidly 
changed  from  one  shape  to  another,  but  others  need  very  gradual 
reduction.  No  general  rule  can  be  given,  as  the  length  must  be 
found  by  trial  with  the  clay  mixture  for  which  the  mouthpiece 
is  to  be  used.  Even  then,  variations  in  the  stiffness  of  the  paste 
may  prevent  well-shaped  articles  being  made.  It  is  seldom  that 
the  distance  between  the  end  of  the  cylindrical  part  of  the  barrel 
of  the  mill  and  the  opening  of  the  mouthpiece  can  be  less  than 
12  in.,  and  a  much  greater  distance  is  often  required. 

With  certain  clays,  a  very  accurately  constructed  die,  and  a 
suitably  sized  mill,  the  reducing  piece  is  unnecessary,  and  as  the 
output  of  a  mill  in  which  it  is  not  used  is  increased  19  to  40 
per  cent,  most  makers  of  mills  prefer  to  keep  the  reducing  piece 
as  short  as  possible.  This  is  quite  right  providing  that  it  is  not 
overdone,  as  an  unnecessarily  lengthy  reducing  piece  or  nozzle 
may  yield  bricks  with  weak  corners  and  edges.  Too  short  a 
nozzle  will,  on  the  other  hand,  give  badly  shaped  bricks  with 
torn  edges  and  will  waste  power. 

As  the  clay  paste  on  leaving  the  barrel  proper  is  circular  in 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY  115 

section  and  the  final  shape  of  it  is  rectangular,  the  internal  shape 
of  the  reducing  piece  is  often  peculiar  and  difficult  to  describe. 
The  reduction  in  cross-section  puts  a  large  amount  of  pressure  on 
the  clay — in  some  cases  it  is  sufficiently  great  to  stop  the  machine 
— and  even  when  assisted  by  a  powerful  auger  the  amount  of 
power  required  is  often  serious  if  the  reduction  takes  place  in 
too  short  a  distance. 

If  a  short  collar  is  sufficient,  one  similar  to  that  shown  in 
fig.  70  may  be  used,  but  if  a  longer  one  is  needed  it  will  be 
better  to  introduce  a  conical  casting,  similar  to  that  shown  in 
fig.  71. 

Between  an  ordinary  mouthpiece  and  the  barrel  of  the  mill, 
or  instead  of  a  perfectly  conical  casting,  a  specially  shaped 
reducing  piece  may  be  used.  If  the  mouthpiece  is  sufficiently 
large  no  collar  is  necessary,  as  the  mouthpiece  produces  the  whole 
of  the  change  from  a  circular  to  a  rectangular  shape. 

A  third  alternative  may  sometimes  be  employed,  though  this 
is  seldom  the  case,  i.e.  the  barrel  of  the  pug-mill  may  be  of  so 
small  a  diameter  as  to  need  no  reducing  piece.  This  has  the 
disadvantage,  however,  of  not  mixing  the  clay  so  thoroughly  as 
when  a  larger  mill  is  used. 

Instead  of  the  mouthpiece  being  at  the  end  of  the  pug-mill 
it  may  be  at  the  side  (fig.  72),  though  this,  in  the  author's  experi- 
ence, is  less  satisfactory  with  many  clays,  as  the  thrust  on  the 
solid  end  is  great  and  the  direction  of  movement  of  the  clay  is 
changed  suddenly  just  before  it  leaves  the  mill.  At  the  same 
time  it  must  be  admitted  that  machines  of  this  pattern  are 
giving  satisfactory  results  in  some  districts. 

The  mouthpiece  must  be  made  of,  or  at  any  rate  lined  with, 
hard  metal,  as  the  internal  wear  is  very  great.  It  must  also  be 
kept  accurate  or  the  bricks  will  vary  in  size.  Ordinarily,  fresh 
liners  must  be  inserted  and  the  old  ones  "  trued  up  "  or  discarded  ; 
but  an  ingenious  device  patented  in  France  by  T.  Herve  deserves 
consideration  in- this  country.  As  will  be  seen  from  the  illustra- 
tion (fig.  73)  the  sides  of  the  box  are  joined  at  two  opposite 
corners,  and  when  the  box  has  become  too  large  it  is  only 
necessary  to  remove  the  bolts  (cc,)  and  to  pull  the  two  halves  of 
the  box  asunder  along  the  lines  1  to  2,  and  3  to  4.  By 
grinding  these  angles  the  four  parallel  sides  of  the  box  can 
again  be  brought  to  their  normal  size,  and  the  whole,  bolted 
together,  is  then  ready  for  use.  This  invention  attempts  to  do 
away  with  most  of  the  trouble  ordinarily  experienced  in  relining 


116 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


117 


ordinary  dies,  as,  provided  reasonable  care  is  taken,  the  sides  of 
the  die  cannot  become  untrue  during  the  grinding  of  the  angles. 
It  is  especially  important  that  the  mouthpiece  should  be 
capable  of  easy  removal  from  the  machine,  so  that  another,  with 
a  differently  shaped  opening,  may  be  substituted  or  so  that  the 
die  may  be  cleaned  or  repaired.  Many  machine-makers  have 
paid  too  little  attention  to  this  matter,  with  the  result  that  the 
changing  of  a  mouthpiece  often  requires  a  couple  of  hours' 
hard  work  by  two  or  three  men.  Instead  of  bolting  it  on  with 
long  screws  of  slow  pitch,  shorter  threads  may  be  used  or,  pre- 


FIG.  71. — Brick  machine  with  long  collar  (Whittaker). 

ferably,  instead  of  being  bolted  all  round,  the  mouthpiece  may 
be  provided  with  a  hinge  at  one  side  and  a  bolt  at  the  other, 
so  that  all  that  is  necessary  for  its  removal  is  the  unfastening 
of  the  bolt  and  the  drawing  out  of  the  hinge-pin  (fig.  776).  For 
cleaning  the  die  it  is  sufficient  to  unfasten  the  bolt  and  turn 
the  mouthpiece  on  its  hinge.  If  the  hinge  is  made  sufficiently 
strong  it  will  not  be  bent  by  the  pressure  of  the  clay  in  the  press. 
Much  trouble  is  experienced  if  the  clay  cannot  easily  pass 
through  the  mouthpiece,  and  to  facilitate  its  passage  the  die  is 
usually  lubricated  with  water,  steam,  or  oil.  If  the  clay  is  fine 
in  texture  the  die  may  be  lined  with  copper  or  brass  and  water 
used  for  lubrication,  but  with  clays  containing  much  hard 


118 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


119 


material  steel-lined  dies  are  better,   and  oil  may  be  the  only 
suitable   lubricant,  though 
water  or  steam  may  some- 
times be  used. 

One  of  the  earliest 
mouthpieces  placed  on  the 
market  was  that  designed 
by  the  late  H.  Clayton  in 
which  two  cylinders  (fig. 
74)  formed  the  sides  of  the 
opening.  These  cylinders 
were  slowly  rotated  by  ap- 
propriate gearing  mechan- 
ism and  served  to  help 
forward  the  clay  column. 
It  has  not  been  generally  adopted. 

During  recent  years  it  has  been  found  that  "  lubricated  dies  " 
are  the  most  satisfactory,  and  many  patterns  of  these  are  now 
obtainable.  They  vary  in  complexity  from  a  straight- edged  die 
lined  with  copper  or  fustian  to  very  elaborate  arrangements. 

A  die  of  modern  type,  made  by  James  Buchanan  &  Son,  is 


FIG.  73. — Herve's  mouthpiece. 


B.CLAYTON    fe  CO£ 

P~AT  ENT 
BOIARY    DIE. 


FIG.  74. — Mouthpiece  designed  by  H.  Clayton. 

shown  in  fig.  75.  This  has  a  double  supply  of  lubricant,  so  that 
the  corners  may  be  treated  separately  from  the  sides  of  the  clay 
column — an  important  convenience  with  some  clays. 

It  is  very  necessary  in  constructing  a  die,  to  see  that  the  clay 
column  issues  at  the  same  speed  over  the  whole  cross-section. 
Unless  special  care  is  taken,  the  centre  will  travel  faster  than 
the  sides  and  far  faster  than  the  corners.  Should  this  be  the 


120 


MODERN    BEICKMAKING 


case,  the  die  must  be  widened  where  the  clay  travels  slowest, 
and  so  adjusted  until  an  even  flow  is  obtained.  Otherwise,  the 
bricks  will  be  defective  at  the  edges  and  will  not  be  of  average 


FIG.  75.— Lubricated  mouthpiece. 

strength ;  in  bad  cases,  the  edges  will  resemble  "  crocodiles'  teeth  " 
owing  to  the  clay  being  torn  as  it  comes  through  the  die. 

To  avoid  the  time,  trouble,  and  expense  connected  with  work- 
ing-in  metal,  the  author  invariably  uses  wood  for  experimental 
dies,  and  as  soon  as  a  reasonably  satisfactory  result  is  obtained 
he  has  a  casting  made.  When  this  casting  has  been  altered 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY 


121 


until  satisfactory,  he  has  a  proper  die  made  to  the  exact  shape 
of  the  adjusted  casting.  No  other  method  has  been  found  so  con- 
venient as  this  with  really  difficult  clays.  Fortunately,  it  is 
seldom  necessary  to  carry  out  so  full  a  set  of  tests,  as  one  of  the 
numerous  mouthpieces  on  the  market  will  usually  work  admir- 
ably with  all  except  the  most  difficult  clays. 

Whenever  possible,  water  or  steam  is  preferable  to  oil,  not 
only  on  account  of  its  cheapness  (though  the  mouthpiece 
requires  more  oil  than  is  used  to  lubricate  all  the  rest  of  the 
machinery  in  the  plant),  for  oil  of  a  cheap  grade  is  used,  but 
because  oil  enters  the  surface  indenta- 
tions and  corner-cracks  and  prevents 
them  from  healing  under  later  pressure. 
Steam  has  the  advantage  of  warming  the 
clay  as  well  as  reducing  the  friction  pro- 
duced in  its  passage.  But  little  pressure 
is  required  on  the  oil,  but  with  water  a 
pressure  corresponding  to  that  of  most 
towns'  supply  is  needed.  When  all  the 
water  used  in  the  works »  has  to  be 
pumped,  it  may  be  necessary  to  use  a 
pressure  cylinder.  Fig.  76  shows  a 
simple  and  suitable  design  in  which  the 
upper  tank  is  filled  with  water  and  steam 
is  blown  in  at  the  top,  so  as  to  produce 
the  pressure  desired  at  the  mouthpiece. 

By  sliding  the  weight  to  and  fro  along 
the  regulator- arm,  any  desired  pressure 
between  zero  and  that  of  the  steam  in 
the  boiler  may  be  obtained.  This  is 
necessary,  as  turning  a  tap  on  the  supply- 
pipe  is  often  an  ineffective  means  of 
reducing  the  pressure,  as  it  cuts  off  too 
much  of  the  lubricant.  A  pressure- 
gauge,  placed  as  shown  in  fig.  76,  enables  the  pressure  of  the 
water  to  be  accurately  regulated :  an  essential  in  the  manufacture 
of  the  best  bricks  from  a  difficult  clay. 

The  water,  or  oil,  enters  the  die  and  passing  between  the 
lining  and  the  clay  facilitates  the  movement  of  the  latter.  In 
many  dies  it  also  passes  between  the  various  sections  or  "  scales  " 
of  the  die,  so  as  to  come  into  contact  with  the  clay  at  several 
points  in  the  length  of  the  die.  In  some  dies  the  only  outlet  for  the 


IG.  76. — Stall's  pressure 
regulator  for  mouth- 
piece lubrication. 


122 


MODEEN    BKICKMAKING 


FIG.  77. — Laminated  mouthpiece. 


lubricant  is  between  the  clay  and  the  lining,  but  others  are  pro- 
vided with  a  tapped  drain  pipe,  which  is  useful  in  regulating 
the  pressure  of  the  water  or  oil. 

As  the  corners  of  the  clay  column  require  more  lubrication 

than  the  top,  bottom,  or  sides, 
special  arrangements  should  be 
made  for  an  ample  supply  of  oil 
or  water  where  it  is  most  needed, 
as  by  cutting  the  special  channels 
shown  in  Groke's  patent  mouth- 
piece in  fig.  77.  It  is  also  wise 
to  introduce  sufficient  oil,  steam, 
or  water  at  the  back  of  the 
mouthpiece,  so  that  directly  the 
clay  enters  it  may  be  smeared 
with  the  lubricant.  If  this  is  done  properly  little  use  will  be 
made  of  the  lubricant  introduced  in  the  front  or  centre  of  the 
die. 

The  supply  of  lubricant  must  be  controlled  by  a  tap, 
arid  an  excess  of  either  oil  or  water  must  not  be  used ;  the 
former  causes  cracks  which  *will  not  heal,  and  the  latter 
softens  the  clay  unduly.  There  is  a  tendency  with  plastic 
clay  to  allow  the  paste  to  become  too  soft.  This  is  wrong, 
as  for  wire-cut  bricks  the  clay  should  be  as  stiff  as  can  be  ob- 
tained without  loss  in  evenness  in  composition.  Indeed,  the  best 
results*  are  obtained  by  working  so  stiff  a  paste  that  many  dies 
will  tear  it,  yet  -with  a  properly  adjusted  die  almost  perfect 
bricks  can  be  obtained. 

For  clays  which  are  difficult  to  manipulate  a  mouthpiece 
with  a  scale  lining  is  usually  the  best.  Such  a  lining,  as  shown 
in  fig.  77,  consists  of  a  series  of  plates,  each  jointed  so  as  to  form 
a  rectangular  frame  3  to  4  in.  deep.  These  frames  are  so 
placed  in  the  mouthpiece  that  they  overlap  considerably  and  the 
lubricant,  admitted  between  them  and  the  casing  of  the  mouth- 
piece, oozes  out  at  the  overlapping  portion.  These  laminated 
plates  are  made  of  zinc,  tin,  or  steel,  the  outer  casing  being  made 
of  wood  or  cast  iron  and  provided  with  channels  to  convey  the 
lubricant  to  the  laminated  plates.  Some  of  the  most  successful 
water-lubricated  mouthpieces  of  this  type  used  in  Great  Britain 
are  those  patented  by  Halsband  &  Co.,  of  Cassel.  The  laminated 
linings  are  easily  renewed,  but  if  well  made  they  will  serve  for 
the  production  of  half  a  million  to  a  million  bricks  (fig.  77s ). 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEKY  123 

R.  T.  Stull  has  investigated  the  structure  of  laminated  and 
other  lined  mouthpieces  very  fully,  and  has  recommended  the 
use  of  a  series  of  "  scales  "  which  touch  but  do  not  overlap  each 
other.  These  scales  are  in  the  form  of  rectangular  frames  which 
fit  inside  the  mouthpiece,  and  are  held  in  position  by  bolts 
passing  from  front  to  back  of  the  latter.  Various  modifications 
of  this  arrangement  are  in  use  by  different  brickmakers,  the 
object  invariably  being  the  production  of  a  homogeneous  column 
of  clay,  quite  free  from  lamination  or  other  "  structure,"  and 

Water  Water          Water 


FIG.  lla. — Halsband  conoid  mouthpiece. 

•devoid  of  internal  stresses  and  strains  which  will  later  cause  the 
bricks  to  twist.  A  perfect  clay  column  can  only  be  obtained  by 
the  use  of  a  suitably  constructed  die,  to  which  the  clay  is  fed 
by  a  properly  arranged  pug-mill  or  other  feeding  appliance,  the 
mouthpiece  being  properly  lubricated  so  that  the  clay  travels 
at  as  uniform  a  speed  as  possible  throughout  its  whole  cross- 
.section. 

Sometimes  the  clay  column  will  expand  noticeably  after  it 
leaves  the  mouthpiece  or  will  crack  on  the  face  during  firing. 


124  MODERN    BEICKMAKING 

In  each  case  the  taper  of  the  mouthpiece  should  then  be  re- 
duced, either  by  reducing  the  size  of  the  aperture  next  the  pug- 
mill  or  enlarging  the  exit  of  the  mouthpiece  until  the  defect  is 
removed. 

Properly  constructed  scale-lined  or  laminated  mouthpieces 
greatly  reduce  the  amount  of  power  required  to  drive  the 
machine,  as  compared  to  that  needed  when  a  fustian-lined  die 
is  used,  and  by  adjusting  the  amount  of  overlap,  the  number  of 
plates,  the  position,  size  of  the  channels,  and  the  pressure  and 
quantity  of  the  water,  it  is  not  usually  difficult  to  overcome  all 
the  ordinary  defects  in  the  clay  column,  and  several  makers  of 
this  type  of  die  are  willing  to  guarantee  the  production  of  a 
perfect  band  from  any  kind  of  clay  which  can  be  made  into  a 
plastic  mass.  The  exit  of  the  mouthpiece  can  only  be  enlarged 
when  the  size  of  the  brick  is  of  minor  importance. 

Most  of  the  defects  in  the  shape  of  the  bricks  can  be  remedied 
by  slight  changes  in  the  mouthpiece.  If  they  are  hollow  on  top 
or  side  a  corresponding  opposite  curvature  should  be  put  in  the 
plate  where  the  hollow  occurs.  If  the  bricks  after  firing  are 
longer  on  the  back  than  on  the  face,  giving  a  slightly  wedge 
shape,  the  liners  should  be  closed  in  at  the  bottom,  so  as  to 
counterbalance  this,  unless  the  paste  is  used  in  too  soft  a  state. 
An  excessively  soft  paste  causes  the  clay  to  "  squat "  or  spread 
at  the  bottom  and  so  produces  bricks  longer  on  the  back 
face. 

It  is  important  to  keep  the  lining  frequently  renewed  and 
maintained  of  constant  size,  as  bricks  of  different  sizes  are  diffi- 
cult to  lay. 


EXPRESSION  ROLLER  MACHINES. 

In  expression  roller  machines  the  die  is  not  fastened  on  to 
the  end  of  a  pug-mill,  but  the  clay  is  pushed  through  the  die  by 
a  pair  of  rollers.  It  is  essential  that  the  clay  shall  be  in  a 
perfectly  homogeneous  condition,  as  the  rollers  exert  no  mixing 
or  crushing  action  upon  the  particles. 

Express  rolls  are  valuable  for  making  bricks  from  strong 
clays  in  which,  owing  to  great  shrinkage,  the  bricks  are  liable 
to  twist  or  crack  during  the  process  of  drying  or  burning.  Such 
clay,  if  of  uniform  consistence  and  free  from  stones,  can  often 
be  taken  direct  from  the  face,  water  applied  to  make  it  of  the 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY  125 

proper  consistency  for  plastic  bricks  and  the  mixture  thoroughly 
pugged,  carried  along  a  copper-  or  zinc -covered  table  to  the  ex- 
pression rollers,  by  means  of  which  it  is  pressed  through  the  die, 
and  will,  if  proper  care  be  taken,  produce  a  sound  brick  when 
burned.  With  the  edges  and  ends  perfectly  square,  the  bricks 
can  be  used  as  "  best  fronts  "  with  thin  joints. 

Expression  rolls  are  also  suitable  for  the  treatment  of  clays 
of  a  strong  tough  character,  which,  when  made  up  with  the 
ordinary  pug-mill,  have  a  great  tendency  to  show  what  is  known 
as  "  core  cracks  ".  The  use  of  a  double  shafted  open  pug-mill 
or  mixer  in  conjunction  with  expression  rollers  for  feeding  the 
die  has  been  found  from  long  practical  experience  to  be  a  very 
effectual  method  of  preventing  "  core  cracks "  in  bricks,  and 
to  produce  an  article  of  uniform  character  and  free  from 
lamination. 

The  dies  used  with  expression  rolls  are  almost  identical  with 
the  mouthpieces  used  on  pug-mills  and  described  in  the  fore- 
going section.  Usually  they  are  of  rather  simpler  construc- 
tion. 

A  complete  machine  comprising  pug-mill,  rolls,  die,  and 
cutting  table  of  a  type  at  one  time  very  popular  is  shown  in  fig. 
78.  It  is  known  as  the  "Murray's  patent,"  has  a  daily  output  of 
15,000  bricks,  and  needs  about  10  h.p.  to  drive  under  good  con- 
ditions. A  similar  machine  using  a  horizontal  pug-mill  instead  of 
a  vertical  one  and  provided  with  hauling  gear  is  made  by  Swinney 
Bros.,  Ltd.  (fig.  79).  In  this  machine  the  rolls  are  18  in.  diameter 
by  20  in.  long  and  are  grooved.  Wootton  Bros.,  Ltd.'s  expression 
rollers  figs.  79a  and  796  are  24  in.  diameter  by  14  in.  long,  and  are 
mounted  on  steel  shafts  carried  in  long  cast-iron  frames  with 
renewable  side  cheeks,  which  can  be  adjusted  to  compensate  for 
wear,  the  top  roller  being  also  adjustable.  A  rocking  feeder  is 
fitted  to  the  machine  to  compress  the  clay  up  to  the  rollers.  This 
is  worked  by  an  eccentric  on  one  of  the  driving  shafts. 

This  machine  is  powerfully  geared,  and  driven  by  fast  and 
loose  belt  pulleys  or  friction  clutch,  as  desired,  and  is  practi- 
cally self-contained  on  a  massive  bed  plate.  Such  a  machine 
is  extensively  used  for  making  quarries,  hip  and  valley  tiles, 
ridge  tiles,  and  a  variety  of  solid,  perforated,  and  tubular  bricks 
from  clays  liable  to  laminate  when  passed  from  a  pug-mill 
direct  to  a  die,  this  defect  being  prevented  if  the  clay  is  forced 
through  the  die  by  the  rollers  instead  of  by  a  screw. 


126 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


127 


Fig.  80  shows  a  front  view  of  a  similar  machine  made  by 
T.  C.  Fawcett,  Ltd.,  which  is  simple  in  design,  and  of  great 
strength.  It  is  self-contained  on  a  strong  bed  plate  requiring 


little  foundation  and  no  skilled  labour  to  fix.  The  same  firm 
also  make  another  roller  machine  in  which  three  pairs  of  ex- 
pression rollers  are  used  with  correspondingly  satisfactory  results. 
In  this  machine  the  clay  is  passed  through  one  pair  of  expres- 


128 


MODERN    BEICKMAKING 


FIG.  79a. — Front  view  of  Wootton  Bros.'  expression  rolls. 


FIG.  796. — Back  view  of  Wootton  Bros.'  expression  rolls. 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


129 


sion  rolls  set  wide  apart,  then  through  a  second  pair  set  some- 
what closer,  and  finally  through  the  third  pair  and  the  die. 
Some  strong  clays  which  are  notoriously  difficult  to  work  have 
been  very  satisfactorily  dealt  with  by  this  machine.  It  must 
always  be  remembered  that  expression  rollers  are  only  formative 
machines,  and  that  to  obtain  good  results  with  them  the  clay 
must  have  been  very  thoroughly  and  carefully  prepared.  On  this 
account  it  must  have  been  crushed  (if  necessary)  as  well  as  pugged. 
With  difficult  clays  it  is  often  necessary  to  use  extensive  pre- 


FIG.  80. — Expression  rolls  and  die. 

liminary  plant,  as  may  be  seen  from  fig.  81,  supplied  by  Wm. 
Johnson  &  Sons  (Leeds),  Ltd.,  or  other  arrangements  of  plants 
(pp.  77-87)  may  be  used,  the  expression  rolls  being  inserted  be- 
tween the  exit  end  of  the  pug-mill  and  the  mouthpiece. 

Cutting  Tables  form  the  final  machines  used  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  wire-cut  bricks.  They  receive  the  clay  in  the  form  of 
a  long  strip  and  cut  it  transversely  into  a  number  of  bricks. 
Usually  a  piece  of  clay  at  each  end  is  not  the  full  size  of  a  brick, 
this  must  be  returned  to  the  pug-mill. 

The  essential  characteristics  of  a  cutting  table  are  that  it 

9 


130 


MODEKN    BKICKMAKING 


shall  cut  cleanly  and  rapidly,  and  that  all  the  cut  pieces  shall 
be  of  equal  size.     When  these  are  secured  the  precise  design  of 


the  table  is  of  minor  importance,  and  the  great  variety  of  patterns 
now  on  the 'market  is  due  to  minor  variations  rather  than  to 
fundamental ,  differences  in  design.  In  the  best  cutting  tables 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEET 


131 


the  clay  is  either  cut  by  wires  or  thin  steel  blades — the  latter 
giving  a  somewhat  cleaner  cut  when  in  perfect  condition,  but  the 
former  are  more  generally  used  because  they  are  more  easily 
kept  in  order,  and  replaced  when  broken.  Many  brickmakers 
use  wires  which  are  too  thick  to  cut  properly ;  it  is  better  to  use 
thinner  ones  even  though  they  may  break  more  frequently. 

One  of  the  simplest  forms  of  cutting  table  consists  of  a  zinc 
or  copper- covered  table  smeared  with  "  brick  oil,"  on  to  which  a 
sufficient  length  of  clay,  cut  off  from  the  column  or  clay  band, 
is  pushed,  .and  cut  into 
bricks  by  depressing  a 
frame  across  which  a 
number  of  wires  are 
stretched  (fig.  82).  The 
frame  may  then  be 
drawn  back  or  it  may 
be  of  a  rotary  pattern 
and  move  only  in  one 
direction.  The  cut  bricks 
are  then  pushed  on  to  a 
board  or  pallet  and  taken 
to  be  dried,  the  pushing 
being  direct  by  hand  or 
by  means  of  a  push  board 
operated  by  a  lever. 
The  disadvantage  of 
drawing  back  the  wires 
is  the  production  of  a 
rough  edge  or  arris 
which  is  avoided  when  the  wire  travels  only  in  one  direction 
through  the  clay.  Some  brickmakers  prefer  to  have  the  wires 
in  a  fixed  frame  and  to  push  the  clay  transversely  across  them. 
This  method  is  quite  satisfactory  where  fine  clay  is  used, 
but  for  rougher  material  the  downward  cut  is  preferable,  as  the 
cut  is  shorter  and  leaves  the  cut  edges  where  they  are  of  less 
importance  in  the  finished  brick. 

Such  a  table  (fig.  83)  is  manufactured  by  C.  Whittaker  &  Co., 
Ltd.,  in  which  the  clay  column  issuing  from  the  die  of  a  plastic 
brickmaking  machine  is  received  on  the  table,  being  supported 
by  the  rollers  shown  at  the  left  of  the  illustration.  When  a 
sufficient  length  has  passed  on  to  the  table  the  single  cutting 
wire  (also  at  the  left  side)  is  drawn  across,  and  the  detached  por- 


FIG.  82. — Typical  German  cutting  table 
(Baupach). 


132 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 


FIG.  83.— Table  with  fixed  wires. 


tion  pushed  across  by  hand,  in  front  of  the  pusher  board.     Then 
by  the  action  of  the  hand-lever  the  clay  is  pressed  through  the 

cutting  wires  and  cut 
into  bricks,  but  these 
are  not  delivered  on 
to  the  pallet  until  the 
next  lot  of  bricks 
pushes  them  forward, 
thus  preventing  the 
back  edges  from  be- 
coming broken.  The 
bricks  thus  cut  are 
perfectly  true  in  shape 
and  serious  waste  is 
avoided,  for  by  this  table  the  column  of  clay  can  be  cut  off  to 
one  inch  of  the  length  required  for  each  stroke.  The  front  board 
or  pallet  is  removed  when  full  of  bricks  and  is  replaced  by  an 
empty  one. 

A  similar  table  is  manufactured  by  Woottoii  Bros,  of  Coal- 
ville,  in  which,  in  addition  to  the  usual  horizontal  rollers, 
two  wooden  vertical  rollers  are  also  provided  to  guide  the  clot 
on  to  the  table.  A  large  heavy  dressing  roller  is  also  fitted  to 
run  over  the  bricks  after  they  have  passed  through  the  wires. 
This  table  (fig.  84)  differs  from  the  one  just  described,  in  that  it 
is  fitted  with  a  two  face  push-board  arrangement  and  double  pallet 
boards.  Sixty  thousand  bricks  per  day  may  be  cut  on  this  table. 
The  "  Simplex  "  brick  and  tile  cutting  table  made  by  William 
Johnson  &  Sons,  Ltd.,  is  different  from  the  two  machines  de- 
scribed above.  The  chief  feature  of  this  machine  (fig.  85)  is 
that  the  bricks  are  cut  off  without  the  attendant  handling  the 
stream  of  clay  in  any  way  whatever.  No  cross-cut  wire  is  used  and 
all  waste  ends  are  avoided,  the  whole  operation  being  performed 
by  moving  a  single  handle.  The  column  of  clay  as  it  issues 
from  the  die  of  the  pug-mill  is  allowed  to  travel  up  to  the  end  of 
the  table  where  a  cross-board  is  fixed.  The  clay  coming  in  con- 
tact with  this  pushes  the  top  part  of  the  table  forward  (the  table 
is  arranged  to  travel  longitudinally  and  laterally).  The  attend- 
ant then  pulls  over  the  handle  (to  cut  the  bricks),  draws  for- 
ward the  top  of  the  carriage  of  the  table  (to  clear  the  travelling 
stream  of  clay),  pulls  back  the  handle  (to  deliver  the  bricks  on 
the  moving  board),  then  pushes  the  carriage  back  to  receive  the 
column  of  clay  and  then  repeats  these  operations. 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY 


133 


FIG.  84.— Cutting  table  with  dressing  roller. 


FIG.  85. — "  Simplex  ''  cutting  table. 


134 


MODEKN    BBICKMAKING 


In  the  cutting  table  made  by  the  Brightside  Foundry  and 
Engineering  Co.,  Ltd.  (fig.  86),  the  motion  is  obtained  by  a  simple 
lever  action,  which  entirely  supersedes  the  use  of  racks  and 
pinions.  It  also  has  the  handle,  by  which  the  cutting  is  per- 
formed, placed  close  to  the  single  cutting  wire,  so  that  one  man 
can,  without  moving  his  position,  perform  the  various  operations 
of  cutting  and  delivering  the  bricks  on  to  the  barrow,  etc.  This 
arrangement  renders  the  work  easier  and  more  rapid  where  the 
clay  is  not  too  stiff. 

Following  the  German  custom,  John  Whitehead  &  Co.,  Ltd., 


FIG.  86. — Early  type  of  cutting  table. 

mount  the  table  on  wheels  which  run  on  a  short  line  of  rails 
(fig.  87),  so  that  when  the  clay  issues  from  the  die  of  the  brick- 
making  machine  it  eventually  pushes  against  a  vertical  stop 
placed  at  the  front  end  of  the  table,  thus  pushing  it  along  the 
rails.  The  clay  and  table  then  move  at  the  same  speed,  and  the 
stream  of  clay  is  divided  squarely  across  by  the  single  cutting 
wire  at  the  rear  of  the  table  into  the  length  required  to  produce 
a  certain  number  of  bricks,  usually  six  or  eight.  This  cut  is 
effected  by  moving  a  small -lever  at  the  front  of  the  table.  The 
attendant  next  pulls  the  table  towards  him  and  cuts  the  separ- 
ated block  of  clay  into  bricks  in  the  usual  manner,  a  side 
delivery  action  deposits  them  on  boards,  upon  which  they  are 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEKY 


135 


transferred  to  the  barrows,  or  to  the  repress,  without  being 
handled.  The  table  is  then  pushed  back  and  the  operations 
repeated. 

The  table  is  easily  worked  by  one  lad,  and  can  be  applied  to 
any  ordinary  end-delivery  machine  which  delivers  its  clay  in  a 
horizontal  stream ;  the  labour  and  time  hitherto  employed  by 
pushing  the  block  of  clay  by  hand  in  front  of  the  fixed  cutting 
wires  are  abolished. 

The  machine  shown  in  fig.  87  differs  from  the  tables  generally 
used  in  Germany,  as  in  the  latter  the  frame  moves,  making  a 


FIG.  87. — Cutting  table  on  wheels. 

downward  cut  (fig.  82)  instead  of  the  bricks  being  pushed  through 
fixed  wires.  In  the  Batley  cutting  table  (made  by  Oxley  Bros., 
Ltd.)  the  clay  band  is  cut  by  eight  discs  of  steel  instead  of  by 
wires.  A  view  of  'one  of  these  cutting  discs,  with  the  band  in 
position  ready  to  be  cut,  is  shown  in  fig.  88.  Each  disc  is  pierced 
with  five  circular  holes,  for  the  clay  band  to  go  through,  and 
when  thrown  into  gear  each  disc  makes  a  stroke  of  one  fifth  its 
diameter,  and  cuts  off  the  clay,  the  pug-mill  being  stopped 
temporarily  whilst  this  is  being  done. 

Power-driven  tables  are  slowly  increasing  in  use,  though  their 
advantages  are  not  as  great  as  is  sometimes  supposed. 


136 


MODERN    BEICKMAKING 


In  Fawcett's  patent  power  cutting  table  (fig.  89),  as  soon  as 

the  end  of  the  clay  column 
comes     in    contact    with    a 


"  stop,"  it  moves  it  and  starts 
the  machine,  which  auto- 
matically stops  as  soon  as  the 
bricks  are  cut  and  delivered 
ready  to  be  taken  away. 
The  bricks  are  automatically 
separated  after  cutting  so 
that  they  are  the  correct  dis- 
tance from  each  other  (-J  in.) 
when  placed  on  the  cars.  For 
successful  working,  the  clay 
column  must  be  sufficiently 
stiff  not  to  bend  when  press- 
ing against  the  "  stop  "  which  starts  the  machine.  The  releasing 
lever  must  also  be  kept  in  good  order  so  that  it  will  operate 
directly  there  is  a  slight  pressure  on  the  stop. 


FIG.  88.— Batley  cutting  disc. 


FIG.  89. — Power-driven  cutting  table. 

An  automatic  cutting  table  which  is  set  in  motion  by  an 
electric  contact-maker  has  been  successfully  used  by  the  author 
for  clays  which  bend  under  the  pressure  needed  to  start  an 
ordinary  releasing  lever. 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY  137 

Rotary  cutters  are  much  used  in  the  United  States  but  are 
not  employed  in  Great  Britain,  with  the-  exception  of  the  Batley 
cutter  just  mentioned. 

It  is  a  common  practice  in  the  United  States  to  cut  bricks 
"endwise,"  but  this  practice  has  never  become  popular  in  this 
country.  It  is  claimed  that  the  defects  incidental  to  cutting  are 
minimized  when  the  bricks  are  cut  across  the  ends  instead  of 
sideways,  but  this  gain  is  trifling  with  British  clays,  and  it  is  more 
than  counterbalanced  by  the  loss  due  to  diminished  output. 

In  order  to  cut  bricks  by  wires  successfully,  several  details 
require  careful  and  constant  attention ;  the  most  important  are 
noted  here : — 

(a)  The  level  top  of  the  cutting  table  must  not  be  higher  than 
the  bottom  of  the  inside  of  the  mouthpiece,  nor  should  it  be 
appreciably  lower.     In  most  cases  the  table  is  stationary  and  can 
be  packed  up  with  wood,  but  where  a  neater  job  is  required  an 
adjustable  stand  or  table  should  be  used,  and  is,  indeed,  essential 
if  large  blocks  are  made  by  the  same  process  as  the  bricks.     Such 
an  adjustable  stand  is  shown  in  fig.  90,  the  legs  being  lengthened 
or  shortened  by  rotating  them.     Another  form  of  adjustment  is 
shown  in  fig.   91,  where   the   upper  portions  of  the   table   are 
moved,  the  lower  ones  remaining  stationary. 

(b)  The  wires  must  be  stretched  tightly  and  must  be  kept 
clean.     They  must  also  be  sufficiently  thin  to  give  a  good  clean 
brick.     German  piano-wire  is  the  most  suitable  for  the  purpose, 
and  brickmakers  should  experiment  to  find  which  thickness  gives 
the  best  result.     On  the  Continent,  where  the  clay  is  ground  finer 
than  in  many  works  here,  extremely  thin  wires  are  successfully 
used,  and  the  downward  cut  is  invariably  employed.     In  most 
British  yards  the  wires  are  too  thick  to  give  a  perfectly  clean 
cut. 

(c)  The  means  used  for  attaching  the  wires  must  be  simple, 
strong,  and  adjustable.     Usually  a  hook  below  the  table  receives 
the  lower  end  of  the  wire,  and  a  butterfly-nut  and  bolt  working 
through  the  frame  receives  the  upper  end.     Strong  spiral  springs 
are  frequently  inserted  between  the  nut  and  framework  to  absorb 
vibration. 

(d)  In  order  to  make  a  perfectly  straight  and  uniform  cut,  it 
is  necessary  to  have  the  cutting  table  constructed  with  as  much 
care   as  a  high-class  lathe.      It  should  be  carefully  machined 
and  put  together,  and  should  have  bushings  and  liners  for  all 
wearing  parts  so  that  the  slightest  play  may  be  taken  up  at  will. 


138 


MODEKN    BBICKMAKING 


This  arrangement  works  fairly  satisfactorily,  particularly  if 
the  lower  end  of  the  top  bolt  is  made  into  a  hook  instead  of  being 
bored,  as  is  usual.  It  is  then  possible  to  keep  wires  in  stock  which 


are  cut  to  the  correct  length  and  have  a  small  loop  (fig.  92)  at 
each  end.  To  replace  a  broken  wire  all  that  is  necessary  is  to 
slacken  the  butterfly-nut,  unhook  the  broken  wire,  replace  it  by 
a  new  one  which  has  been  previously  prepared,  and  again  tighten, 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


139 


the  nut.  This  is  far  better  than  the  plan,  often  adopted,  of 
threading  the  wire  through  a  hole  and  twisting  it  into  a  rough 
loop,  as  such  loops  are  seldom  sufficiently  rounded,  and  the  strain 
being  unevenly  distributed  the  wires  break  too  frequently. 

A  series  of  keys  similar  to  those  used  in  pianos  may  also  be 
employed,  but  it  is  not  easy  to  make  such  rapid  renewals,  and  the 
absence  of  a  spiral  spring  is  a  disadvantage  with  rough  clays. 


FIG.  91. — Cutter  with  adjustable  table. 

Various  special  attachments  and  "  wire-savers  "  have  been  placed 
on  the  market  from  time  to  time,  but  the  value  of  these  the 
brickmaker  must  judge  for  himself.  The  author  has  tried  most 
of  them  with  indifferent  results. 

If  bricks  of  different  sizes  are  to  be  made,  a  cutting  table  in 
which  the  wires  can  be  moved  closer  together  or  farther  apart 
should  be  used,  or  preferably  one  to  which  an  additional  number 


FIG.  92. — Cutting  wire. 

of  wire  holders  can  be  attached.  This  latter  arrangement  avoids 
the  necessity  of  readjusting  the  holders  each  time  the  machine 
is  used.  If  the  holders  are  properly  constructed  it  is  a  simple 
matter  to  remove  those  wires  which  are  not  required,  but  it  is 
often  difficult  to  adjust  the  holders  with  sufficient  accuracy  when 
once  they  have  been  moved  from  their  place.  Besides,  the  capital 
tied  up  by  the  use  of  a  few  extra  holders  is  too  trifling  to  require 
consideration. 

Repressing. — The  methods  of  brickmaking  already  described  are 


140  MODEEN    BKICKMAKING 

not  often  suitable  for  the  production  of  bricks  for  facing  purposes, 
as  the  bricks  are  seldom  sufficiently  accurate  in  form  ;  it  is,  there- 
fore, necessary  to  repress  them  when  best  facing  bricks  are  re- 
quired. Before  this  can  be  done  to  advantage  it  is  necessary  to 
dry  the  bricks  until  they  are  black-hard,  or  leather-hard.  They 
must  not  be  allowed  to  become  too  dry  or  the  repressing  will  not 
be  effective,  neither  must  they  be  pressed  whilst  too  wet  or  they 
will  not  leave  the  die  properly.  Some  little  skill  is  required  to 
know  the  precise  moment  when  a  brick  is  ready  for  repressing, 
but  it  is  not  difficult  to  learn  this  with  a  little  practice. 

The  presses  used  for  giving  bricks  an  accurate  shape  are  of 
the  screw-press,  toggle-lever,  and  hand-lever  patterns,  and  are 
driven  by  hand  or  steam  power.  The  hand-driven  patterns  are 
usually  convenient  where  a  portable  press  is  an  advantage,  other- 
wise a  power-driven  press  is  better.  The  hand-lever  presses  are 
described  on  p.  60  in  the  section  on  Hand-made  Bricks. 

Screiv  Presses  are  a  special  form  of  plunger  press  in  which  the 
die-box  is  carried  on  a  bed-plate  or  table,  and  the  plunger  or 
male  die  is  forced  into  contact  with  it  by  means  of  a  quick-acting 
screw,  working  in  a  bridge  above.  The  bottom  of  the  die  is  made 
loose  and  rises  with  the  plunger. 

The  plunger  is  raised  to  its  full  height  and  simultaneously 
the  bottom  of  the  die  is  raised  to  near  the  top  of  the  box.  A 
brick  is  then  placed  on  the  latter  and  the  plunger  lowered  by 
turning  the  wheel  or  arms  at  the  top  of  the  press.  The  speed  of 
descent  increases  rapidly,  and  after  the  plunger  has  come  once 
into  contact  with  the  brick  and  the  force  of  rebound  has  started 
it  on  an  upward  journey,  the  man  in  charge  of  the  press  pulls  it 
down  again  smartly  so  as  to  give  a  second  pressure  to  the  brick. 
When  a  power-driven  press  is  used  this  second  pressure  is  not 
given,  but  the  single  pressure  is  greater  than  in  a  hand-press. 
There  are  reasons  for  believing  that  two  lesser  pressures  are  better 
than  a  single  more  powerful  one,  and  partly  on  this  account 
power-driven  screw-presses  have  not,  up  to  the  present,  displaced 
many  hand-driven  ones. 

Screw  presses  are  made  by  most  manufacturers  of  brickmak- 
ing  machinery,  but  resemble  each  other  so  closely  that  very  few 
examples  suffice  to  show  the  essential  details  of  their  construc- 
tion. Those  of  the  older  type  are  provided  with  a  long  arm  (fig. 
93)  with  a  heavy  ball  at  each  end,  but  the  more  modern  presses 
have  a  heavy  wheel  (fig.  94)  which  is  steadier  and  gives  a  better 
pressure.  The  earlier  and  smaller  screw  presses  were  mounted 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


141 


on  wheels  for  portability,  but  the  later  ones  are  usually  of  heavier 
construction  and  are  necessarily  fixtures. 

The  great  desideratum  in  a  screw  press  is  the  rapidity  and 


FIG.  I' 3. — Screw  press  with  ball  weights. 

steadiness  of  action.  Both  these  are  secured  to  an  ample  extent 
in  the  press  shown  in  fig.  94,  as  the  double  action  steel  screw 
with  right  and  left  hand  thread  gives  a  traverse  double  that  of 
the  ordinary^  screw,  and  the  adjustable  arms  on  each  side  of  the 
plunger  make  it  impossible  for  it  to  shift  sideways  ^during  its 


142 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 


descent.  In  this  way  the  damage  done  by  the  plunger  not  exactly 
entering  the  die- box  is  avoided.  A  man  and  a  lad  can  press  from 
3000  to  4000  per  day  with  this  machine. 


FIG.  94. — Portable  screw  press. 

Power-driven  presses  of  the  screw,  or  Titley  type,  are  largely 
used  on  account  of  the  greater  output  and  more  uniform  pressure. 
They  are  similar  to  the  hand-driven  ones,  but  two  boys  can  re- 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY 


143 


place  the  man  and  lad,  as  the  greater  strength  of  the  latter  is 
not  needed.     Fig.  95  shows  a  very  good  means  of  applying  the 


FIG.  95. — Power-driven  screw  press. 

power,   viz.  by  means  of  two  discs  which   force  the   fly-wheel 
round  by  friction,  the  one  shown  in  fig.  96  with  three  pulleys 


144 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


and  crown  and  pinion  driving  gear  being  quite  as  satisfactory. 
The  power  gear  starts  and  stops  the  press,  the  momentum  of  the 
fly-wheel  striking  the  blow  as  in  a  hand-driven  press;  and  an 
automatic  reversing  motion  returns  the  wheel  to  its  starting 
point. 

The  Pullan  &  Mann  machine  (fig.  96)  has  an  advantage  in 

that  it  can  be  fitted  with  the 
maker's  patent  measuring  ap- 
pliance which  ensures  each 
brick  being  the  same  size,  any 
inequalities  being  shown  in 
the  varying  depth  of  the  frog. 
In  selecting  a  screw  press, 
care  should  also  be  taken  to 
ensure  a  simple  yet  effective 
means  being  provided  for 
holding  the  die-box  and  for 
setting  it  accurately  in  posi- 
tion. Slotted  flanges  on  the 
box  into  which  fit  strong  bolts 
passing  through  the  bed  are, 
probably,  the  best  form  of 
fastening  if  the  bolts  are  suffi- 
ciently large. 

With  a  machine  subject  to 
such  sudden  strains  as  a  screw 
press,  the  bearings  need  to  be 
specially  well  made  and  to  be  examined  occasionally  to  see  that 
they  are  in  order.  If  a  press  of  this  type  "  runs  hard  "  the  bear- 
ings should  be  examined  immediately. 

Eccentric  Represses,  working  with  a  plunger  driven  by  an 
eccentric  motion,  are  simple  in  action  and  have  few  parts  to  get 
out  of  order.  They  are  preferably  made  double,  so  that  there  is 
less  liability  to  shock  when  pressing  is  overcome,  and  the  pressure 
is  maintained  during  a  longer  time.  Such  a  machine  is  clearly 
shown  in  fig.  97,  worked  by  a  single  cylinder  engine  attached 
to  it.  A  front  view  of  a  similar  press  made  by  Bradley  &  Craven 
(Wakefield)  is  shown  in  fig.  98,  but  in  this  the  bricks  are  placed 
in  and  taken  off  by  hand  instead  of  automatically,  though  a 
push  gear  can  be  added  if  desired.  The  press  should,  as  in  this 
case,  stop  automatically  after  each  brick  is  pressed,  so  as  to 
prevent  any  risk  of  danger  to  the  attendant. 


FIG.  96. — Power-driven  screw  press. 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY 


145 


The  essential  parts  of  the  machine  should  be  very  strong  and 
large';  the  eccentric  and  shaft  should  be  of  steel  and  the  die 
lined  with  hard -metal  or  steel. 


FIG.  97. — Brick  press  with  eccentric  action. 

The  output  varies  from  5000  to  6000  bricks  per  day  accord- 
ing to  the  size  of  the  machine. 

A  good  eccentric-motion  press  of  somewhat  different  type  is 
made  by  T.  C.  Fawcett,  Ltd.  It  has  been  specially  designed  for 
repressing  wire-cut  bricks  and  has  a  daily  output  of  14,000,  the 
bricks  being  fed  automatically  or  by  hand  (fig.  97 a). 

10 


146 


MODEKN    BEICKMAKING 


Toggle-lever  Presses  work  on  an  entirely  different  principle, 
and  give  two  entirely  distinct  pressures.  Two  arms  or  levers  are 
used,  and  the  pressure  is  applied  in  such  a  manner  that  after  the 
brick  has  been  pressed  by  the  action  of  one  lever,  the  motion  of 
the  machine  brings  the  second  lever  into  action  and  a  double 
pressure  is  thus  obtained.  Fig.  99  shows  a  front  view  of  a 


FIG.  97a. — Eccentric  double  press  for  plastic  bricks. 

typical  press  of  this  type  by  Sutcliffe,  Speakman  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  and 
fig.  100  a  back  view  of  a  similar  press  by  the  same  firm,  showing 
an  oil-engine  attached  for  driving  it,  though  a  small  steam-engine 
is  generally  to  be  preferred.  Another  important  feature  of  this 
machine  is  that  the  pressure  is  retained  on  the  brick  whilst  it  is 
being  ejected  from  the  mould,  thus  rendering  it  possible  to  pro- 
duce bricks  with  a  very  good  finish. 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY 


147 


The  motions  for  feeding  and  delivering  the  brick  to  and- from 
the  mould  and  also  for  lifting  them  out  of  the  mould  are 'all 
self-acting  and  simple.  The  bricks  can  be  delivered  to  either 


FIG.  98. — Bradley-Craven  repress. 

side  and  the  press  can  be  easily  regulated  to  press  bricks  of,  any 
thickness. 

In  all   toggle  or  knee-joint  presses  it   is  essential   that  the 
pressure  should  be  received  where  it  is  needed  and  not  on  the 


148 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 


framework,  as  this  type  of  press  is  amongst  the  most  powerful 
used  in  repressing  plastic  bricks.  The  bearings  must  be  of  ample 
size  and  kept  in  thorough  order  and  adjustment. 

Presses  of  the  toggle-lever  type  are  largely  used  for  the  "  Semi- 


FIG.  99. — Toggle  lever  press  (front  view), 
dry  "  and  "  dry  "  brickmaking  processes,  and  several  other  ma- 
chines will  be  found  described  in  those  sections. 

In  the  use  of  a  press  for  repressing  bricks,  numerous  little 
points  must  be  watched  if  lamination  and  other  troubles  are  to  be 
avoided.  The  die  itself  must  be  kept  true  to  shape  and  relined 
as  soon  as  it  becomes  appreciably  worn,  as  with  a  worn  die  good 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


149 


bricks  cannot  be  produced.  Many  brickmakers  are  careless  in 
this  respect  and  in  the  accuracy  with  which  moving  parts  fit  into 
the  die-box.  Unless  these  are  rightly  arranged  much  power  is 
wasted  and  the  best  quality  of  bricks  is  never  reached.  Some 


FIG.  100. — Toggle  lever  press  (back  view). 

firms  spoil  their  bricks  with  too  much  oil  in  the  press ;  others 
are  continually  troubled  by  not  using  sufficient  oil.  It  is  a 
mistake  to  suppose  that  whenever  a  brick  sticks  in  the  die  more 
oil  is  needed.  Sticking  is  more  frequently  a  sign  that  the  bricks 


150  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

are  pressed  in  too  soft  a  state,  and  by  leaving  them  to  dry  a 
little  more,  much  sticking  may  be  prevented. 

The  use  of  colza  or  cod  oil  mixed  with  paraffin  in  the  proportion 
of  one  teaspoonful  or  more  to  a  pint  will  often  enable  better  bricks 
to  be  produced  than  when  a  cheaper  lubricant  is  used  on  the  bricks. 
Various  methods  for  applying  the  oil  have  been  suggested  from 
time  to  time,  but  none  appear  to  be  better  than  wiping  the  mould 
repeatedly  with  a  greasy  rag,  and  occasionally  leaving  the  die 
full  of  oil  for  a  night.  Most  of  the  trouble  of  bricks  sticking  is, 
as  already  noted,  due  to  pressing  them  when  too  wet. 

One  common  defect  is  the  plunger  (or  male)  die  not  engaging 
properly  with  the  box  (or  female)  die,  but  hitting  the  edge  of  the 
latter  and  then  slipping  in.  In  time,  the  dies  become  so  worn 
that  an  arris,  or  false  edge,  is  produced  on  the  bricks,  and  their 
value  is  seriously  diminished.  This  can  only  be  avoided  by 
keeping  the  guides  for  the  plunger  and  the  bearings  through 
which  the  moving  portions  work  very  steady,  so  as  to  prevent 
slipping,  and  by  placing  the  die-box  very  accurately  in  position 
and  clamping  or  bolting  it  down  whilst  the  plunger  is  actually 
engaged  in  it. 

This  matter  of  accurately  fitted  dies  is  more  important  than 
appears  at  first  sight,  as  defects  in  this  part  of  the  machinery 
not  only  produce  unsightly  bricks,  but  cause  so  much  waste  of 
pressure  as,  in  many  cases,  to  prevent  the  repressed  bricks  from 
being  any  better  for  the  treatment.  This  is  one  reason  that 
so  many  firms  find  that  repressing  adds  little  or  nothing  to  the 
strength  of  the  bricks.  Effectively  performed,  repressing  is  an 
advantage,  but  if  the  process  is  badly  managed  it  would  be 
better  for  the  bricks  had  it  been  omitted. 

A  brick  once  formed  has  a  definite  "  set  "  or  structure,  and  if 
it  is  repressed  in  a  proper  manner  and  at  the  proper  time,  the 
particles  will  simply  be  compressed  and  a  denser  brick  obtained. 
If,  on  the  contrary,  the  brick  is  placed  in  a  die  which  is  too  large 
for  it,  or  into  one  of  a  different  shape,  the  "  set  "  of  the  brick  will 
be  destroyed  by  the  extensive  movement  of  the  particles  under 
compression,  and  a  complex  structure,  due  partly  to  the  original 
formation  of  the  brick  and  partly  to  its  deformation  in  the  press, 
will  be  produced.  Such  a  brick  cannot,  by  its  nature,  be  so 
strong  as  a  brick  of  a  more  homogeneous  structure.  Hence,  unless 
the  dies  of  the  repress  are  kept  in  first-class  order  it  is  better 
not  to  use  a  repress  at  all.  For  the  same  reason  the  production 
of  cylindrical  clots  to  be  later  pressed  into  bricks,  is  undesirable. 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY 


151 


Die-Boxes  in  presses  require  to  be  made  in  such  a  manner 
that  corrections  for  wear  and  tear  can  readily  be  made.  Many 
ingenious  devices  for  this  purpose  have  been  invented,  amongst 
the  best  being  (a)  renewable  lining  pieces  (b)  built  up  sides. 

In  dies  or  moulds  with  renewable  liners  the  portions  of  metal 
which  come  into  direct  contact  with  the  clay  are  in  the  form  of 
thin  strips  of  steel,  which  can  readily  be  replaced  when  worn, 
without  much  expense  being  involved. 

With  built-up  dies  the  four  sides  of  the  die  are  made  loose 


FIG.  101. — Jones'  patent  brick  dies. 

and  are  held  together  by  bolts,  as  in  the  patent  dies  made  by 
John  Jones  &  Sons,  Ltd.  (fig.  101). 

The  "  economic  "  moulds  made  by  Sutcliffe,  Speakman  &  Co., 
Ltd.  are  based  on  the  principle  of  a  mould  made  in  two  or  four 
parts  held  together  by  two  massive  bolts  passing  through  the 
body.  Loose  liners  are  arranged  with  notched  edges  and  key- 
pieces  to  fit  perfectly  to  each  other.  On  tightening  the  two  bolts, 
the  whole  mould,  including  the  liners,  is  held  rigidly  together, 
but  on  loosening  the  bolts  it  may  be  readily  taken  to  pieces  and 
the  liners  turned  or  replaced.  These  moulds  can  be  fitted  to  any 
type  of  hand  or  power  press  and  are  very  cheap  in  actual  use ; 
they  deserve  to  be  widely  known.  The  saving  of  time  they  effect 


152 


MODERN    BEICKMAKING 


in  relining  is  very  great,  and  they  are  appreciated  by  all  who 
have  used  them,  on  account  of  this  convenience. 

The  illustrations  show  an  "  economic  "  mould  taken  to  pieces 
(fig.  102)  and  put  together  ready  for  use  (fig.  103).     It  is  essential 


that  the  dies  should  be  kept  accurate  in  size,  as  otherwise  the 
bricks  will  be  faulty. 

Any  variations  in  preparing  the  paste,  or  in  its  composition, 
will  cause  the  size  of  the  clot,  or  first-formed  brick,  to  vary.     To 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY 


153 


allow  for  this  variation  the  clot  or  brick  is  made  small  enough 
to  drop  easily  into  the  die-box  of  the  repress.  Hence  the  brick 
does  not  fill  the  press-box  neatly,  and  when  the  pressure  is 
applied  the  clay  is  forced  out  until  it  meets  the  sides  and  ends 
of  the  box,  producing  a  different  "  set "  and  a  rearrangement  of 
structure,  which  may  seriously  affect  the  final  strength  of  the 
brick. 

This  difficulty  may  be  partly  overcome  by  the  use  of  a  device 
(such  as  that  patented  by  Pullan  &  Mann)  in  which  variations  in 


FIG.  103.—  "  Economic  "  mould  ready  for  use. 

the  thickness  of  the  original  brick  are  automatically  taken  up 
by  varying  the  size  of  the  frog  in  the  repressed  article. 

Surface  cracks  in  repressed  bricks  which  have  been  fired  are 
sometimes  existent  before  repressing,  but  instead  of  being  healed, 
oil  enters  the  surface  indentations  and  cracks  and  prevents  the 
surfaces  from  adhering.  The  removal  of  the  brick  from  the 
press  partially  smooths  over  these  flaws,  so  that  it  is  impossible 
to  detect  them  until  they  have  been  through  the  kiln. 

The  chief  use  of  the  repress  is  to  put  sharp  corners  and 
square  edges  on  an  otherwise  irregular  block  of  clay,  but  by 
exercising  greater  care  and  skill  in  forming  the  original  brick, 
much  of  the  repressing  now  practised  may  be  avoided. 


154  MODEKN    BKICKMAKING 

DRYING, 

Plastic -made  bricks  usually  require  to  be  perfectly  dried 
before  being  sent  to  the  kilns  as,  if  the  moisture  they  contain  is 
removed  too  rapidly,  good  bricks  cannot  be  produced. 

Hacks  (p.  56)  are  not  usually  employed  except  for  drying 
hand-made  bricks,  though  in  some  instances  they  are  quite 
satisfactory  for  the  machine-made  article. 

Artificial  dryers  are  of  various  types,  ranging  from  the  simple 
shed  to  the  most  complex  of  chamber-  or  tunnel-dryers  using 
waste  kiln-gases,  live  or  exhaust  steam,  or  both,  and  fitted  with 
mechanical  ventilators. 

The  main  principles  applied  in  the  drying  of  bricks  are  con- 
vection, conduction,  and  radiation,  the  heat  necessary  being 
applied  by  placing  the  goods  on  heated  floors  or  in  a  current  of 
air  warmed  to  the  desired  temperature.  When  no  artificial  heat 
is  used,  a  large  amount  of  air  at  the  ordinary  temperature  will 
be  required,  and  if  the  clay  is  tender  it  will  be  necessary  to  dry 
very  slowly,  as  such  clay  is  very  sensitive  to  strong  currents 
of  air. 

The  simplest  form  of  dryer  is  a  shed  in  which  is  a  number  of 
racks  or  shelves  on  which  the  bricks  are  placed  to  dry  (fig.  25). 
The  walls  of  this  shed  are  made  in  sections  of  Venetian  shutters 
which  are  opened  to  admit  fresh  air,  or  of  boards  which  can 
be  taken  down  and  an  open  shed  produced.  The  roof  should 
have  shutters  which  can  be  opened  to  create  a  better  circula- 
tion of  air  when  the  bricks  require  it. 

The  racks,  or  shelves,  should  be  arranged  with  aisles  or  gang- 
ways between  them  if  the  shed  is  very  large,  and  should  not  be 
higher  than  a  man  can  reach  easily  whilst  standing  on  the  ground  ; 
the  use  of  trestles  wastes  much  time  and  is  far  from  satisfactory. 
Ample  space  must  be  left  between  the  top  of  the  racks  and  the 
roof  of  the  shed,  as  if  this  space  is  too  small  there  will  not  be 
sufficient  air  in  the  shed  to  retain  the  moisture  given  off  by  the 
bricks  unless  a  very  strong  air-current  is  used.  Such  air-currents 
are  disastrous  with  many  clays. 

The  cost  of  such  a  shed  fitted  with  racks  is  by  no  means  low 
(it  amounts  to  about  £800  for  an  annual  output  of  1,000,000 
bricks)  and  the  cost  of  placing  the  bricks  on  and  taking  them  off 
the  racks  is  also  considerable.  It  is,  therefore,  advisable  in  many 
cases  to  substitute  some  other  form  of  dryer  where  the  annual 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEKY  155 

output  exceeds  1,000,000  bricks.  For  small  yards  the  use  of  such 
a  shed  will  effect  a  total  saving  of  about  6d.  per  1000  as  com- 
pared with  hack-drying. 

It  is  wise  to  erect  such  a  shed  the  full  width  and  to  increase 
its  length  when  a  larger  capacity  is  required,  as  this  arrangement 
does  not  interfere  so  much  with  the  working  as  when  a  series  of 
sheds  is  used.  The  output  of  such  a  shed  may  be  increased  by 
laying  three  steam-pipes  on  the  floor  beneath  each  rack,  or  by 
constructing  the  racks  of  1  in.  iron  pipes  through  which  steam 
is  passed.  The  use  of  steam  is  valuable  when  the  bricks-  have  to 
be  made  very  soft,  and  the  output  of  the  works  is  too  small  to 
warrant  the  installation  of  a  tunnel-dryer. 

Small  vertical  boilers  quite  suitable  for  this  work  can  now 
be  obtained  very  cheaply,  and  the  fuel  being  burnt  under  better 
conditions  than  when  "  fires  "  are  used  for  drying,  much  heat  is 
saved.  The  trouble  of  a  limited  water-supply  need  not  be  con- 
sidered serious,  because  most  of  the  steam  can  be  condensed 
and  collected  at  the  outlet  of  the  dryer. 

The  main  underlying  principle  of  the  best  systems  of  drying 
by  artificial  heat  consists  in  the  use  of  a  small  volume  of  air 
at  a  higher  temperature  in  place  of  a  large  volume  of  cooler 
air.  The  advantages  of  this  are  so  great  as  to  make  artificially 
warmed  dryers  far  cheaper  for  large  outputs  than  is  often 
supposed  by  brickmakers  who  are  unaccustomed  to  the  use  of 
heat,  and  the  volume  of  air  being  smaller  the  tendency  of  the 
goods  to  crack  is  greatly  reduced. 

The  best  methods  of  applying  heat  are  by  no  means  easy  to 
ascertain  ;  the  common  idea — that  of  raising  the  temperature  of 
the  drying-shed  by  supplying  heat  to  the  floor — being  found,  on 
careful  investigation,  to  require  serious  modification  if  the 
best  results  are  to  be  obtained.  In  the  first  place,  bricks  placed 
in  a  heated,  closed  shed  will  not  be  dried  completely  unless  their 
temperature  is  so  high  that  it  would  be  difficult  to  deal  with 
them  when  dry  without  loss  of  heat  (and  therefore  of  fuel)  by 
allowing  the  shed  to  cool.  In  addition  to  this  loss  of  heat,  the 
irregular  distribution  of  heat  which  occurs  in  such  a  dryer  is 
liable  to  give  unsatisfactory  results,  and  better  drying  can,  there- 
fore, be  obtained  more  economically  by  the  more  careful  use  of 
the  principles  underlying  the  supply  of  heat  and  the  evaporation 
of  water  in  bricks. 

When  a  wet  brick  is  heated,  several  reactions  occur  of  which 
the  following  are  the  most  important : — 


156  MODERN    BEICKMAKING 

(a)  The  dry  or  solid  portion   of  the   material  absorbs  heat 
and  its  temperature  increases. 

(b)  The  moisture  in  the  brick  also  absorbs  heat,  and  if  the  air 
surrounding   it  is   capable  of  absorbing  moisture  some  of  the 
water  passes  out  of  the  brick  into  the  air,  this  process  of  drying 
being  continued  until  either  no  moisture  remains  in  the  brick, 
or  until  the  air  can  absorb  no  more  because  it  is  saturated.     In 
this  last  case  the  temperature  of  the  air  must  be  still  further  in- 
creased, or  the  air  must  be  replaced  by  an  unsaturated  portion. 

(c)  As  the  moisture  evaporates  from  the  surface  of  the  brick 
it  is  replaced  by  other  water -particles  from  the  interior,  and  the 
brick  shrinks  in  size  until  a  stage  is  reached  where  no  further 
contraction  is  possible,  after  which  simple  transference  to  the 
surface  and  evaporation  of  the  moisture  alone  take  place.     The 
amount  of  air  used,  and  the  temperature  attained  by  it  and  by 
the  finished  bricks,  will  depend  upon  a  number  of  circumstances. 
Thus,  as  A.  E.  Brown  has  shown,  "  to  raise  a  dry  brick  weighing 
7  Ib.  from  60°  to  61°  F.  takes  only  1-4  units  of  heat ;  but  to  raise, 
in  the  same  way,  the  temperature  of  a  wet  brick  weighing  7-J-  Ib., 
and  to  evaporate  at  the  same  time  the  -J  Ib.  of  water  it  contains, 
will  take  537  units  of  heat, « or  nearly  400  times  as  much.     The 
latter  figure  represents  the  heat  yielded  by  the  consumption  of 
about  f  oz.  of  ordinary  coal.     Not  only  so,  but  the  heat  has  ab- 
solutely disappeared,  and  can  only  be  recovered  by  condensing 
the  vapour  of  the  water-bath  into  the  water  again.     For  this 
reason  the  statements  which  are  sometimes  made  that  certain 
drying  systems  use  heat  over  and  over  again,  and  that  the  heat 
is  not  allowed  to  escape,  must  not  for  one  moment  be  credited, 
although  at  first  sight  they  seem  to  be  borne  out  by  the  system 
referred  to."     It  will  thus  be  seen  that  the  supply  of  an  ample 
amount  of  air,  at  a  suitable  temperature,  is  the  primary  factor  in 
the  drying  of  bricks,  and  the  methods  by  which  this  is  attained 
must  now  be  considered. 

Three  general  methods  are  in  use : — 

1.  The  bricks  are  dried  by  convection,  by  placing  them  on  a 
hot  floor  which  transmits  its  heat  direct  to  the  bricks,  and  these,, 
in  turn,  warm  the  surrounding  air  and  enable  it  to  absorb  the 
moisture  evaporated,  providing  that  sufficient  air  is  present.  In 
this  case,  the  bricks  are  laid  on  the  floor,  or  are  stacked  to  a 
height  of  about  3  ft.  The  disadvantage  of  this  method  of  heat- 
ing is  that  it  is  wasteful  of  heat,  the  air  being  warmed  by  the 
bricks,  and  unless  satisfactory  means  are  supplied  for  its  pro- 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY  157 

•gressive  renewal  or  removal,  the  drying  is  both  irregular  and 
slow  compared  with  the  amount  of  heat  used.  Such  floors  are 
not  suitable  for  very  tender  clays.  The  floor  may  be  heated  by 
steam  flues,  by  flues  from  coke  or  coal  fires,  or  by  waste  kiln 
gases,  or  the  dryer  may  be  placed  above  or  around  a  continuous 
kiln — a  custom  very  popular  in  Germany  but  seldom  used  by 
British  brickmakers. 

In  spite  of  the  advantages  which  some  other  dryers  un- 
doubtedly possess,  there  are  cases  in  which  the  drying  room  on 
top  of  a  continuous  kiln  is  equally  satisfactory  and  often  cheaper 
to  work.  This  is  especially  the  case  where  space  is  limited,  and 
there  is>but  little  accommodation  for  a  dryer  on  the  ground  level. 
The  saving  in  fuel  is  also  quite  noticeable  when  the  bricks  are 
dried  from  the  waste  heat  from  the  top  of  the  kilns,  even  when 
the  goods  are  ordinarily  dried  without  heat  except  in  damp 
weather.  The  cost  of  raising  bricks  to  the  top  of  a  continuous 
kiln  is  often  greatly  exaggerated,  as  a  simple  elevator  with 
balance  weights  will  usually  provide  the  elevating  power,  and 
the  number  of  men  needed  is  no  more  (and  sometimes  even  less) 
than  with  the  other  forms  of  dryer.  In  short,  the  firm  which 
installs  a  simple  drying  room  on  top  of  their  continuous  kiln 
need  have  no  anxiety  when  they  have  once  arranged  it  to  suit 
their  clay,  for  an  error  can  only  be  made  when,  without  attempt- 
ing to  understand  the  conditions  under  which  the  clay  must  be 
dried,  a  dryer  is  designed  as  a  direct  copy  of  one  used  by  another 
manufacturer. 

Opinions  differ  greatly  as  to  the  relative  value  of  steam  and 
fuel  for  heating  dryer-floors ;  the  use  of  gases  from  kilns  is  only 
employed  to  a  very  small  extent,  and  many  firms  would  profit 
by  more  attention  to  this  method  of  working. 

The  gases  should  be  drawn  from  the  kilns  under  the  dryer 
floor  by  means  of  an  induction  fan,  placed  at  the  farther  end  of 
the  dryer,  as,  by  this  means,  the  gases  are  cooled  so  that  they 
cannot  injure  the  fan.  The<floor  is  so  constructed  as  to  distribute 
the  heat  evenly  throughout,  a  design  similar  to  that  used  for 
steam  but  with  flues  18  in.  deep  being  satisfactory.  Larger 
flues  may  be  used  if  a  light  floor  is  strong  enough.  The  fan 
should  show  a  gauge  reading  of  £  in.  to  1  in.  of  water. 

When  steam  is  used,  it  is  customary  to  employ  exhaust  steam 
during  the  day  and  live  steam  at  night,  if  necessary.  The  con- 
struction of  the  floor  is  practically  the  same  as  when  fuel  or  kiln 
gases  are  used,  except  that  the  joints  may  require  to  be  rather 


158  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

tighter  to  prevent  condensation  on  the  bricks,  and  the  sub- floor 
must  be  carefully  concreted  to  prevent  the  ground  being  unduly 
softened  by  the  condensed  steam.  Some  attention  should  also  be 
paid  to  the  draining  away  of  the  water  produced  in  the  flues  of 
a  steam-heated  floor,  and  on  this  account  the  sub-floor  should 
slope  in.  the  same  direction  as  the  steam  travels,  though  E. 
Thomas  has  found  a  depth  of  2  in.  of  water  on  the  sub-floor  to 
be  an  advantage  in  securing  a  more  even  distribution  of  the 
heat.  The  steam  being  of  a  uniform  temperature,  the  lines  of 
brickwork  forming  the  flues  may 'be  broken  by  setting  these 
bricks  about  1  in.  apart ;  incidentally  this  secures  a  better  dis- 
tribution of  the  steam.  The  floor  should  be  divided  into  a  num- 
ber of  separate  sections,  each  about  10  ft.  wide  and  each 
capable  of  being  worked  independently.  This  serves  to  economize 
steam  and  facilitates  the  regulation  of  the  drying. 

The  steam  from  the  boiler  enters  a  transverse  flue  at  one  end 
of  each  of  these  sections  from  a  pipe  controlled  by  a  special 
cock  or  valve,  finally  escaping  through  a  similar  transverse  flue 
at  the  other  end  of  the  section.  It  is  important  that  a  vent  for 
the  escape  of  steam,  as  well  as  a  drain  outlet  for  the  water, 
should  be  provided  at  the  end  of  each  section.  Some  makers 
prefer  to  let  the  steam  enter  a  transverse  flue  in  the  centre  of 
the  dryer  instead  of  at  one  end ;  this  is  desirable  if  the  dryer 
is  more  than  30  ft.  in  length,  but  otherwise  it  is  more  convenient 
to  have  the  steam-inlet  pipes  near  to  a  wall  and  so  out  of  the 
way. 

The  use  of  drain  pipes  to  form  the  flues  of  a  drying  floor 
should  be  avoided,  they  are  seldom,  if  ever,  satisfactory,  and  if 
the  spaces  between  them  are  filled  with  solid  ground  the  heating 
power  of  different  portions  of  the  floor  is  very  irregular. 

A  steam  floor  built  in  sections,  30  ft.  long  and  10  ft.  to  15  ft. 
wide,  will  dry  ten  bricks  per  week  for  every  square  foot  of  surface 
if  properly  built  and  cared  for.  If  the  flues  are  covered  with 
iron  plates  instead  of  with  cement  a  slightly  larger  output  may 
be  obtained,  but  the  use  of  iron  presupposes  that  the  bricks  can 
withstand  somewhat  rapid  heating. 

An  excellent  arrangement  of  flues  for  a  steam-heated  floor 
consists  in  laying  bricks  end  to  end  on  their  edge  with  their  sides 
6  in.  apart  (centre  to  centre)  on  a  sub-floor  made  of  concrete 
2  in.  in  thickness,  and  covering  these  bricks  with  others  laid  flat  as 
"  stretchers  ".  A  finishing  cover  of  cement,  2  in.  thick,  or  iron 
plates,  3  ft.  square,  completes  the  floor.  The  cement  covering 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY  159 

is  preferable,  as  it  does  not  transmit  the  heat  so  rapidly  as  do 
iron  plates. 

The  lowest  bricks  are  set  with  their  ends  1  in.  apart  until  a 
width  of  10  to  15  ft.  is  obtained,  when  they  are  set  close  and 
jointed  with  mortar  or  cement  so  as  to  form  a  series  of  indepen- 
dent sections.  In  place  of  bricks,  hollow  blocks  may  be  used 
where  the  weight  to  be  carried  by  the  floor  is  not  excessive.  The 
thickness  of  material  between  the  steam  and  the  bricks  to  be 
dried  is  less  than  with  a  brickwork  floor  and  the  heat  is  transmitted 
more  readily.  Such  a  floor  is,  however,  more  easily  damaged  by 
carelessness  in  the  use  of  the  barrows  employed  for  carrying  off 
the  bricks. 

Floors  heated  by  coke,  coal,  or  kiln-gases  have  the  flues 
arranged  similarly  to  those  employing  steam  (p.  157),  the  fires 
being  arranged  at  one  end  of  the  dryer  and  a  chimney  at  the 
other.  The  sections  should  not  be  more  than  8  ft.  wide  for  each 
fire  used,  and  the  thickness  of  floor  above  the  flues  should  be 
greater  nearer  the  fires  than  at  the  other  end,  so  as  to  secure  as 
even  a  temperature  as  possible  in  the  bricks.  The  whole  of  the 
flues  should  slope  slightly  upwards  towards  the  chimney-end  and 
the  gases  should  be  collected  in  a  transverse  flue  before  being 
taken  to  the  chimney.  A  floor  heated  in  this  way  will  dry  10 
to  12  bricks  per  square  foot  per  week  if  very  carefully  watched 
and  with  a  favourable  clay,  but  with  tender  clays  serious 
difficulties  may  be  experienced. 

When  kiln-gases  are  used  they  are  delivered  into  a  transverse 
flue  at  one  end  of  the  floor  through  a  flue  connected  directly  to 
the  kiln.  In  order  to  prevent  a  back  draught  on  the  latter  it  is 
usually  necessary  to  employ  a  fan  at  the  other  end  of  the  dryer 
in  order  to  draw  the  gases  through  the  floor.  A  blowing  fan  can- 
not well  be  used,  as  the  gases  are  too  hot,  except  when  obtained 
from  continuous  kilns.  It  is,  however,  a  mistake  to  attempt  to 
use  the  gases  from  properly  constructed  continuous  kilns  for 
this  purpose,  as  their  heat  should  have  been  used  in  the  kiln 
itself  with  the  exception  of  a  small  amount  necessary  to  carry 
the  gases  up  the  chimney. 

The  use  of  waste  gases  from  single  intermittent  kilns  for 
drying  has  not  received  the  attention  it  deserves,  yet  when  a 
number  of  such  kilns  are  connected  to  the  same  shaft  it  is  not 
usually  difficult  to  connect  them  to  the  dryer  and  so  use  the 
heat  the  gases  contain.  These  gases  must  not,  however,  be 
allowed  to  come  into  contact  with  the  bricks  or  the  latter  will 


160 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 


be  discoloured,  though  so  long  as  gas-tight  flues  or  pipes  are  used 
for  containing  the  gases  no  harm  of  this  sort  can  occur.  The 
hot  gases  should  be  taken  from  the  top  of  the  kilns. 

The  hot  floor  is  one  of  the  oldest  forms  of  artificial  dryer 
known,  and  for  ordinary  building  bricks  it  has  now  been  largely 
replaced  by  tunnel  dryers,  though  for  fire-bricks,  terra-cotta,  and 
in  many  somewhat  small  brickyards  a  hot  floor  is  still  used. 

After  the  bricks  have  been  partially  dried  on  a  hot  floor  they 
are  usually  stacked,  in  order  that  they  may  take  up  less  room 
before  they  are  taken  to  the  kiln.  This  is  a  waste  of  labour 
which  should  be  avoided  when  possible,  but  is  sometimes  un- 
avoidable. The  bricks  may  be  stacked  in  a  variety  of  ways,  and 
suggestions  in  this  connexion  may -be  gained  from  a  study  of  the 
illustrations  in  Chapter  VIII  on  setting  and  burning. 

Some  clays  permit  the  bricks  to  be  stacked  very  openly,  whilst 
with  others  the  bricks  must  be  placed  very  close  together  so  that 


FIG.  104. — Bricks  set  in  open  chequer  work. 

they  may  dry  very  slowly.  In  the  latter  case,  a  simple  chequer- 
work  arrangement  of  the  bricks  should 
be  used  (fig.  104),  but  if  an  open  setting 
is  required  the  arrangement  shown  on 
this  page  (fig.  105)  is  to  be  preferred, 
an  "  air  flue  "  (a)  running  through  each 
set  of  bricks. 

If  the  bricks  are  set  in  blades  or 
walls,  these  should  be  about  8  in.  apart 
so  as  to  permit  of  easy  handling  and 
ample  air-space  for  drying.  The  height 
of  such  blades  or  walls  will  depend  upon 
the  stiffness  of  the  bricks,  but  ought  not 
to  exceed  4  ft. 


FIG.  105. — Bricks  drying  on 
hot  floor. 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY  161 

2.  The  goods  are  placed  in  special  chambers — usually  of  a 
tunnel  form — and  the  air  is  drawn  through  these  chambers, 
lieing  heated  directly  and  communicating  its  heat  to  the  bricks. 

In  tunnel-dryers  the  air  is  heated,  and  the  goods  are  dried 
chiefly  by  their  contact  with  warm  air,  though  they  are,  to  a 
limited  extent,  heated  by  radiation  from  the  pipes,  etc.,  in  the 
dryer.  The  basic  idea  in  a  tunnel  dryer  is  the  same  as  that  in 
a  continuous  kiln,  with  the  difference  that,  instead  of  the  goods 
remaining  stationary  and  the  heat  travelling  (as  in  a  kiln),  the 
goods  usually,  but  not  always,  travel  in  the  dryer. 

In  most  cases  the  bricks  are  placed  on  cars  and  are  moved 
through  the  chambers,  which  are  made  sufficiently  long  to  hold 
a  number  of  cars  at  a  time,  but  dryers  using  warm  air  in  which 
the  goods  are  stationary  are  also  employed.  These  latter  have 
the  disadvantage  of  wasting  some  heat  and  the  goods  must  be 
taken  to  the  dryers,  set,  and  again  loaded  on  to  cars  or  barrows 
before  being  taken  to  the  kiln,  thus  necessitating  a  loading,  set- 
ting, and  reloading  which  are  avoided  when  cars  are  used.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  cost  of  the  cars  is  avoided. 

The  best  results  are  obtained  (providing  the  goods  can  with- 
stand the  slight  shocks  produced  when  a  car  is  removed  from  a 
dryer,  the  remaining  ones  moved  forward,  and  a  new  one  in- 
serted) when  the  bricks  remain  on  the  cars  during  the  whole 
drying  period,  but  with  delicate  articles,  and  where  the  cost  of 
cars  would  form  a  serious  charge  on  the  capital  of  the  firm,  it 
may  be  necessary  to  place  the  goods  in  a  tunnel  until  it  is  filled 
and  to  remove  them  when  dry,  though  a  little  consideration  will 
show  that  this  method  is  more  costly  both  in  handling  and  in 
heat  than  when  the  goods  move  forward  through  the  dryer. 

Tunnels  in  which  no  cars  are  used  must  be  filled,  the  goods 
dried,  and  the  tunnels  then  emptied.  Such  tunnels  are  there- 
fore intermittent  in  action.  When  cars  are  used  the  dryers  are 
generally  made  for  continuous  working.  The  chief  use  of  car- 
less  dryers  is  for  specially  tender  clays  which  will  not  stand  the 
shocks  of  the  cars  ;  but  if  these  vehicles  are  properly  constructed 
continuous  dryers  will  be  found  preferable. 

A  simple  form  of  continuous  tunnel-dryer  is  shown  in  fig. 
106  in  section  and  in  fig.  107  in  plan.  In  this  the  cars  (C)  carry- 
ing the  bricks  to  be  dried,  enter  at  the  cool  end  (B)  and  are 
moved  intermittently  (i.e.  each  time  a  car  is  drawn  out  of  the 
dryer)  towards  the  end  (A).  Hot  air  enters  the  dryer  through 
the  flue  (A)  and  is  made  to  travel  in  the  opposite  direction  to 

11 


162 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 


I 

B-| 

I 

1  1 

1 

^ 

1 

p 

1 

t 

4^-^°^ 

^ 

71 

? 

1 

^ 

I 

^ 

i 

1 

i 

li 

^ 

// 

^v     I  ^^ 

X 

1 

^j  „   

PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINEEY  163 

the  goods,  the  movement  of  air  being  indicated  by  the  arrows. 
When  charged  with  moisture  and  cooled,  the  air  passes  out 
through  the  flue  (B).  Only  one  track  or  tunnel  is  shown,  but 
any  convenient  number  may  be  placed  side  by  side.  A  conveni- 
ent size  of  tunnel  is  120  ft.  long,  holding  sixteen  cars,  each  carry- 
ing 360  bricks.  When  properly  constructed  and  worked,  a  tunnel- 
dryer  should  dry  even  tender  clays  in  twenty -four  hours,  or  an 
average  of  four  bricks  per  minute. 

It  has  been  shown,  by  A.  E.  Brown,  that  a  tunnel-dryer  is 
most  efficient  when  the  air  enters  it  at  170°  F.,  and  leaves  it  at 
82°  F.,  but  this  latter  temperature  is  too  low  in  practice,  because 
the  air  is  so  charged  with  moisture  as  to  make  it  difficult  to 
avoid  its  condensation  on  the  goods  just  entering  the  dryer.  In 
some  instances  bricks  are  found  to  weigh  several  ounces  more 
after  a  short  time  in  the  dryer  than  they  did  before  entering  it ; 
this  is  due  to  condensation  of  moisture  on  them.  The  result  is 
that,  with  a  dryer  of  this  type  (i.e.  one  in  which  the  air  and 
goods  travel  in  opposite  directions  to  each  other),  the  air  is 
discharged  at  about  90°  to  95°  F.,  and  a  slight  loss  of  heat  thereby 
is  accepted  as  inevitable. 

The  movement  of  air  is  effected  by  means  of  a  fan  or  a  special 
chimney  stack.  It  is  heated  by  passing  over  a  special  heater 
using  fuel  or  kiln-gases,  or  by  mixing  it  with  gases  derived  from 
the  combination  of  fuel,  either  directly  or  as  the  waste  gases 
from  kilns.  The  latter  method  is  not  satisfactory  when  the 
colour  of  the  finished  bricks  is  important  on  account  of  the  im- 
purities in  the  gases. 

To  prevent  the  bricks  at  the  top  from  drying  too  rapidly, 
some  means  of  controlling  the  air  currents  and  regulating  their 
velocity  in  different  parts  of  the  dryer  must  be  provided.  Other- 
wise the  topmost  bricks  will  be  dried  more  rapidly  than  the  lower 
ones.  This  is  often  overlooked  by  amateur  dryer-builders. 

The  Blackman  Ventilating  Co  draw  air  partly  over  grates 
(G)  (fig.  108)  on  which  the  fuel  is  burning,  and  partly  through 
other  openings  protected  by  gauze  doors,  so  arranged  that  the  air 
is  mixed  with  passing  through  the  fire-brick  flues  (R)  before  it 
passes  the  fan  (V)  and  enters  the  dryer  through  the  upcast  (A) 
as  already  described.  Such  an  arrangement  is  known  as  a  "  slab- 
heater  ".  It  is  very  effective,  as  the  flues  (R)  tend  to  heat  the 
air  very  uniformly  when  the  heater  is  properly  cared  for,  but  the 
warming  of  the  air  by  its  admixture  with  the  products  of  com- 
bustion of  the  fuel  is  a  serious  drawback  except  for  common 


164 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


goods.  On  this  account  the  tubular  coke-heater  (fig.  109)  made 
by  the  same  firm,  in  which  the  air  is  kept  pure  and  is  heated  by 
passing  through  iron  pipes,  is  to  be  preferred.  In  it  the  gases 
produced  by  the  burning  of  the  coke  pass  around  the  iron  pipes, 
heating  them,  and  then  out  through  the  chimney. 

Slab-heaters  lose  a  serious  amount  of  heat  when  above 
ground,  hence  the  Sutcliffe  Ventilating  Co.  place  theirs  below 
the  ground  level,  and  employ  a  different  arrangement  for  regulat- 
ing the  amount  of  air  passing  through  and  over  the  grates  and 
that  used  to  dilute  the  products  of  combustion. 

The  "  Aero  "  dryer  used  by  H.  Raynor  at  Witham,  Essex,  is 
similar  to  those  by  Blackman  &  Sutcliffe,  but  an  induced  draught 


FIG.  108. — Plan  of  Blackman  heater. 

fan  is  placed  below  the  ground  level  at  the  opposite  end  of  the 
dryer  to  that  at  which  the  stove  is  fixed.  The  air,  heated  in  a 
slab-heater  or  in  any  other  suitable  manner,  enters  an  expan- 
sion chamber  and  then  passes  through  a  square  hole  (inlet-valve) 
in  the- floor  of  each  tunnel.  After  traversing  the  tunnel  it  passes 
out  through  another  square  hole  (outlet-valve)  in  the  floor  to  the 
fan  and  the  outside  air.  A  chimney  fitted  above  the  exit  (fan) 
end  of  each  tunnel  enables  the  dryer  to  work  at  night  without 
the  necessity  for  running  the  fan  if  the  outlet-valve  is  closed. 
Control  of  the  heat  is  obtained  by  means  of  dampers.  Thus, 
heat  is  prevented  from  entering  a  tunnel  by  covering  the  inlet- 
valve  with  a  damper.  The  draught  is  also  controlled  in  the 
same  way  at  the  outlet-valve.  An  important  feature  in  the 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


165 


construction  of  this  dryer  is  that  each  of  the  outside  walls  con- 
sists of  two  separate  walls  of  4^  in.  width,  with  a  1|  in.  space  be- 
tween them.  The  draught  from  the  fan  draws  any  warmth  from 
this  cavity  that  may  penetrate  the  inner  4^  in.  wall  back  into  the 
tunnels,  where  it  is  again  utilized  for  drying. 

Steam-heaters  are  placed  under  the  warm  end  of  the  tunnel 
if  of  the  tubular  form,  but  when  steam  pipes  are  used  they  are 
generally  placed  in  the  floor  of  the  tunnel  just  below  the  rails  on 
which  run  the  cars  carrying  the  bricks.  Tubular  steam  heaters 
usually  consist  of  a  cylinder  10  to  20  ft.  long  fitted  with  about 
200  tubes,  each  3  in.  diameter,  through  which  air  is  blown  by  a 
fan,  and  around  which  live  or  exhaust  steam  circulates  at  a 
pressure  not  exceeding  60  Ib.  Such  a  heater  shown  diagram- 
matically  in  figs.  109  and  110  is  supplied  by  several  firms, 


FIG.  109. — Heater  and  fan  in  position. 

notably  the  Blackman  and  Sutcliffe  companies  just  mentioned. 
An  excellent  steam  heater  of  American  design  is  shown  in  fig.  111. 

The  Wolff  dryer  has  steam  pipes  placed  under  the  floor  of 
the  tunnels  to  about  three-quarters  of  its  length,  as  shown  in 
fig.  112.  The  pipes  are  arranged  in  four  or  more  sections,  the 
steam  passing  from  one  to  the  other  in  turn,  and  leaving  any 
condensed  water  in  the  5  in.  connecting  or  "  service  "  pipes.  The 
amount  of  steam  is  so  regulated  that  none  escapes  from  the  last 
section.  All  the  water  produced  by  condensation  is  taken  to  the 
boilers.  The  roof  of  this  dryer  is  double  and  has  several  open- 
ings at  the  cool  end  which  may  be  used  to  increase  the  upward 
movement  of  the  air  and  to  take  it  direct  to  the  shaft.  The 
volume  of  air  supplied  in  this  dryer  is  comparatively  small, 
rarely  exceeding  2500  cub.  ft.  per  minute  in  each  tunnel. 

Drying  is  slower  than  in  some  other  types  of  tunnel-dryers, 


166 


MODERN    BEICKMAKING 


being  seldom  completed  in  less  than  fifty  hours  and  occasionally 
requiring  five  days. 

Condensation  on  the  goods  is  often  heavy,  owing  to  the  air 
being  highly  charged  with  moisture  at  the  entrance  end  of  the 
tunnel,  and  a  preliminary  "  tempering  chamber  "  about  40  ft.  in 
length  is,  therefore,  used  to  prevent  this  deposition  of  water  on 
the  bricks.  In  short,  the  Wolff  dryer  is  economical  in  regard  to 
the  amount  of  steam  it  requires,  but  it  is  capable  of  much  im- 
provement in  several  ways. 


ooo  o 

0 

0 

00 

ooo 

ooo  oo 

0  0 

ooo 

oooo 

0 

0  0 

oo  o 

oo  oo 

0 

00 

ooo 

oo  oo 

0 

00 

oo  o 

oo  o  o 

0 

oo 

00  0 

oooo 

o 

00 

ooo 

OO  O  0 

0 

00 

ooo 

FIG.  110. — Tubular  heater  for  coke. 

When  kiln-gases  are  used  in  a  tunnel-dryer,  they  should  be 
passed  through  somewhat  wide  metal  pipes  on  account  of  their 
corrosive  powers,  unless  the  smaller  piping  can  be  cheaply  and 
easily  replaced.  The  flues  or  pipes  should  be  some  distance 
below  the  goods  so  as  to  allow  some  circulation -of  the  air  heated 
by  them,  or  the  bricks  will  be  irregularly  dried. 

It  is,  usually,  best  to  employ  waste  steam  as  far  as  possible, 
and  only  to  finish  the  drying  with  air  heated  «by,  passing  around 
flues  containing  kiln-gases. 

The  most  efficient  and  effective  drying  of  bricks  is  obtained 
by  the  use  of  the  tunnel-dryers  in  which  both  goods  and  air  move 
in  the  same  direction.  The  air  is  cold  as  it  enters  the  dryer,  and 


PLASTIC   MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


167 


168  MODERN    BBICKMAKING 

it  and  the  bricks  are  both  warmed  progressively,  as  they  travel 
forward,  so  that  the  air  passes  out  of  the  dryer  warm  and  leaves 
the  bricks  hot  and  dry. 

As  the  heat- carrying  power  of  the  air  increases  very  rapidly 
with  an  increase  in  its  temperature  by  working  in  this  "  direct  " 
manner,  there  is  no  danger  of  condensation  on  the  goods,  and  the 
drying  can  be  accelerated  as  soon  as  sufficient  moisture  has  been 
removed  from  the  goods  to  enable  this  to  be  done. 

As  exhaust  steam  does  not  supply  heat  at  a  sufficiently  high 
temperature,  the  hot  end  of  the  dryer  must  be  supplied  with 
gases  from  a  furnace  or  kiln. 

A  typical  dryer  of  this  kind  is  one  patented  (fig.  1 13)  by  A.  E. 
Brown.  A  series  of  furnaces  or  slab-heaters  (H)  Is  placed  below 
the  hot  end  of  the  dryer,  and  the  air  from  these  passes  through 
a  series  of  pipes  (C)  which  are  separated  by  broad  transverse 
chambers  (G)  covered  with  sheet  iron  (d)  to  facilitate  sweeping 
or  obviate  the  defects  of  expansion.  At  the  cool  end  of  the  dryer 
these  gases  pass  through  a  series  of  tubes  (K),  around  which  the 
air  for  the  dryer  circulates,  and  are  taken  to  the  chimney  by  a 
fan  (not  shown).  Any  additional  heat  that  may  be  required  is 
supplied  by  steam  pipes  (e),  and  kiln  gases  carried  in  pipes  or  flues 
may  replace  those  from  the  slab-heaters  (H)  in  whole  or  in  part. 

The  air  for  drying  the  bricks  enters  below  the  floor  level  at 
(/),  passes  around  the  heater  (K)  and  into  the  tunnel  at  (h).  It 
then  traverses  the  entire  length  of  the  tunnels  in  the  same  direc- 
tion as  the  cars,  becoming  warmed  by  and  taking  up  more  and 
more  moisture  from  the  bricks.  It  flows  in  a  gentle  stream,  and 
by  reason  of  the  overhead  radiation ,  does  not  require  diverting 
by  baffles  or  keeping  in  spiral  movement  by  side  fans.  There  is 
consequently  an  entire  absence  of  surface  drying,  and  its  attend- 
ant warping  and  cracking  of  the  goods.  Below  the  roof  (D)  a 
ceiling  flue  (F)  is  formed  either  by  tubes  or,  as  here  shown,  by 
a  sheet-iron  ceiling  (b).  Into  this  flue  the  hot  air  now  enters  at 
(&),  travelling  in  the  reverse  direction,  to  the  collecting  flue  (M) 
by  which  it  reaches  the  fan.  The  heat  from  the  hot  air  radiates 
downwards  through  the  ceiling. 

The  air  necessary  for  combustion  of  the  fuel  of  the  furnace 
enters  the  cooling  chamber  at  (I)  and  passes  off  the  hot  cooling 
bricks  from  the  openings  (m),  picking  up  the  heat  given  up  by 
the  dried  bricks  in  cooling.  The  necessary  suction  of  the  air  and 
furnace  circuits  is  created  by  a  fan  placed  at  the  cool  end.  Some 
amount  of  condensation  of  the  moisture  dried  out  of  the  bricks 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY 


169 


170 


MODEEN    BRICKMAKING 


occurs  in  the  ceiling  flue  (F).     The  fan  thus  produces  simultane- 
ously the  circuits  of  the  furnace  gases  and  the  drying  air. 

When  treated  in  a  tunnel  worked  in  this  manner,  most  (even 
tender)  clays  may  be  dried  within  thirty  hours,as  the  amount  of  air 
used  is  very  small  in  volume.  It  is,  during  the  greater  part  of 
the  drying,  so  charged  with  moisture  as  to  be  nearly  saturated. 
Excessive  surface-drying  and  strong  air-currents  are  thereby 
avoided,  and  many  clays  which  will  inevitably  crack  when  dried 
in  other  ways  can  be  readily  and  satisfactorily  dried  in  a  tunnel 
of  this  description  under  careful  management  (see  p.  175). 

The  Wolff  dryer,  when  worked  in  the  opposite  manner  to 
that  usually  employed,  is  converted  into  a  dryer  of  this  type,  and 
so  gives  far  better  results  for  the  reasons  just  mentioned. 

The  Moller  and  Pfeiffer  dryer  also  works  on  this  plan,  and  is 
in  extensive  use  on  the  Continent.  This  dryer  has,  however,  a 
number  of  fans  at  the  side,  so  as  to  give  a  spiral  or  corkscrew 


II 


FIG.  114. — Single  deck  brick-car. 

motion  to  the  air  in  the  dryer,  this  air  being  repeatedly  passed 
over  the  heaters  and  goods  in  its  spiral  journey.  The  makers 
claim  that  they  can  dry  any  clay,  no  matter  how  tender,  in 
twenty-four  hours,  and  many  clays  in  a  shorter  time,  and  so  far 
as  the  author  can  learn  they  appear  to  have  fulfilled  this  promise 
in  most  instances.  There  is,  in  fact,  no  doubt  that  this  type  of 
dryer  is  the  most  efficient  on  the  market,  but  the  cost  of  fans 
makes  it  expensive  to  install,  and,  for  most  purposes,  a  similar 
effect  can  be  obtained  without  these  fans  by  providing  a  false 
ceiling,  arranged  as  in  fig.  113,  to  give  an  overhead  radiation. 

The  power  required  to  drive  a  fan  suitable  for  a  dryer  need 
not  exceed  2  b.p.h.  for  four  tunnels  yielding  together  15,000  bricks 
per  day.  The  fuel  and  steam  consumption  is  distinctly  less  than 
in  any  other  form  of  dryer,  amounting  to  about  1 J  cwt.  of  fuel  per 
10,000  bricks  dried  at  an  average  of  four  per  minute. 

The  cars  used  for  carrying  the  bricks  may  be  of  the  single  (fig, 
114)  or  double  deck  (fig.  115)  type.  The  method  of  loading  them. 


PLASTIC  MOULDING  BY  MACHINERY 


171 


depends  upon  the  softness  of  the  bricks,  pallets  being  used  or 
not,  according  to  the  height  to  which  the  bricks  can  be  stacked 
on  each  other. 


FIG.  115. — Double  deck  brick-car. 


On  single  deck  cars  the  bricks  may  be  set  eight  high,  or  seven 
high  if  pallets  (fig.  116)  are  used,  but  double  deck  cars  are  preferred 
as  being  more  stable.  For  very  soft  bricks,  cars  with'  racks  to 
hold  plain  pallet  boards  (fig.  117)  are  preferable. 


FIG.  116. — Stool-pallets  for  brick-cars. 

All  cars  should  have  roller-bearings  (fig.  118)  and  steel  wheels 
of  12  in.  diameter.  A  suitable  rail-gauge  is  20  or  24  in.,  the 
wheel  base  being  30  or  42  in.  respectively.  The  narrower  sizes 
are  preferable  for  ordinary  work. 


172 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


As  the  dryer  rails  are  usually  at  right  angles  to  the  presses  it 
is  generally  necessary  to  employ  a  transfer-car  (fig.   119),  which 


FIG.  117. — Cars  for  soft  bricks. 

runs  on  a  track  placed  in  a  trench  transversely  to  the  ends  of  the 
dryer.     The  brick-car  is  run  on  to  this  transfer-car  and  the  whole 


FIG.  118.  —  Roller  bearings  for  brick-cars. 


is  wheeled  until  it  is  in  the  right  position  for  the  brick-car  to 
enter  the  tunnel.     A  similar  car  and  track  receive  the  dry  bricks 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY  173 

from  the  other  end  of  the  dryer.  An  ordinary  brick-car  costs  £4 
to  £6,  a  transfer-car  about  £9. 

The  rails  in  the  dryer  should  weigh  at  least  14  Ib.  per  yard 
and  should  be  securely  bolted  with  fish  plates.  They  should  be 
laid  so  as  to  slope  1  in  80  towards  the  exit  end,  though  some 
brickmakers  prefer  a  level  track. 

The  cars  are  usually  propelled  through  the  dryers  by  means 
of  a  winch  working  on  the  car  about  to  enter  the  dryer,  A  small 
pulley  on  a  horizontal  axis  is  mounted  below  the  rails  about  6  ft. 
inside  the  dryer,  and  over  this  is  passed  a  steel  rope  with  a  hook 
at  one  end,  the  other  being  wound  round  a  hand  winch.  The 
hook  is  attached  to  the  back  of  the  car,  and  on  working  the  winch 
the  car  is  drawn  forward  into  the  dryer  and  the  door  closed. 
When  it  is  necessary  to  put  another  car  in  the  dryer  the  hook  is 


1653;*" 

FIG.  119.— Transfer-car. 

taken  off  and  placed  at  the  back  of  the  new  car,  which  is  then  in 
its  turn  made  to  enter  the  dryer  by  operating  the  winch. 

Other  appliances  of  a  more  or  less  automatic  character  may 
be  used,  and  in  some  yards  the  slope  of  the  rails  is  sufficient  to 
enable  a  strong  man  to  do  all  that  is  needed,  without  any  winch 
or  other  mechanism  being  necessary. 

In  general  construction  the  outer  walls  of  dryers  are  built  of 
9  in.  brickwork,  the  inner  ones  being  thinner.  The  roof  may  be 
of  galvanized  iron  or  concrete;  a  wood,  felt,  or  iron  roof,  well 
pugged  with  sawdust  or  sand  is  preferable,  as  it  does  not  con- 
duct— and  so  waste — heat  so  readily.  A  sliding  door,  properly 
counterbalanced  so  as  to  rise  easily,  should  be  provided  at  each 
end  of  each  tunnel.  By  constructing  a  dead  air-space  in  the 
roof  and  outside  walls,  much  loss  of  radiated  heat  may  be  pre- 
vented and  fuel  saved. 


174  MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

At  the  outlet-end  (particularly  if  there  is  a  sloping  track)  it 
is  wise  to  have  some  safety  arrangement,  so  that  in  the  event  of 
a  car  breaking  loose  it  will  not  damage  the  door.  For  this  reason 
some  dryers  have  the  exit  door  hung  with  hinges  at  the  top,  a 
chain  hung  over  a  pulley,  and  attached  to  the  counterpoise, 
being  fastened  near  the  bottom,  but  the  simple  rising  door  fixed 
without  guides  is  equally  satisfactory  if  not  made  too  heavy. 

The  cost  of  erecting  tunnel-dryers  varies  greatly,  but  a  fair 
average  for  each  thousand  bricks'  capacity  is  about  £45  for  the 
"  direct \ype  "  and  £35  for  the  "  inverse  type  ".  The  apparently 
greater  cos$  of  the  former  is,  however,  saved  in  actual  working 
and  upkeep  ^Qsts  and  in  the  fewer  worthless  bricks  produced. 
Broadly  speaking^  a  tunnel-dryer  costs  the  same  as  a  continuous 
kiln  for  the  same  annual  output. 

All  continuous  tunnel -dryers  must  work  day  and  night,  the 
cars  being  withdrawn  at  regular  intervals  both  day  and  night. 
The  kiln  fireman  can  usually  attend  to  this  at  night,  as  it 
usually  only  means  inserting"  three  cars  and  .withdrawing  three 
others. 

The  objection  to  running  a  fan  at  night  urged  by  some  brick- 
makers  has  no  real  foundation,  as  wherever  steam  is  employed 
in  a  dryer  it  necessitates  a  night  stoker,  and  he  can  attend  to  fan 
and  dryer  at  the  same  time  as  the  boiler. 

To  get  the  best  results  from  any  dryer,  means  must  be  pro- 
vided for  testing  the  amount  of  moisture  and  the  temperature  of 
the  air  in  it  as  well  as  the  volume  of  air  used.  For  this  purpose 
wet-bulb  thermometers  should  be  employed,  a  recording  ther- 
mometer being  also  very  desirable.  Directions  for  using  these 
can  be  obtained  with  the  instruments. 

In  comparing  the  relative  cost  of  working  with  different 
dryers  all  matters  must  be  taken  into  consideration,  as  certain 
firms'  representatives  are  sometimes  inclined  to  minimize  the 
importance  of  such  subjects  as  "  back-pressure  "  and  "an  odd 
load  or  two  of  coal "  each  night.  Yet  these  trifles  may  make  all 
the  difference  in  obtaining  an  accurate  comparison.  In  cal- 
culating the  cost  of  drying  bricks  by  various  methods,  it  is  fairest 
to  take  the  number  of  good  and  perfect  bricks  as  the  basis,  for 
the  others  are  practically  useless.  Most  dryer  builders  do  not 
like  this  method*  of  calculation,  for  it  tells  against  poor  or  un- 
suitable dryers,  but  it  is  the  correct  way,  nevertheless.  Another 
factor  which  is  often  omitted  in  comparing  different  kinds  of 
dryers  is  the  depreciation  and  interest  on  capital ;  in  other  words, 


PLASTIC    MOULDING    BY    MACHINERY  175 

the  special  machinery,  etc.,  needed,  and  their  effect  on  the  cost 
of  the  dried  bricks. 

It  is  specially  necessary  to  see  which  form  of  all  those 
suitable  for  a  particular  clay  is  cheapest  in  actual  use ;  depreci- 
ation and  interest  charges  must  be  included  in  this,  as  well  as 
the  material  used  in  construction  (wood,  brick,  or  iron,  or  all 
three).  The  cost  of  working  and  of  the  labour  required  also  need 
•consideration. 

The  choice  of  a  dryer  is  not  so  simple  as  most  people  suppose, 
if  the  really  best  dryer  for  the  particular  clay  is  to  be  selected, 
and  in  most  cases  impartial  expert  advice  should  be  sought. 
No  matter  how  skilfully  a  dryer  may  be  constructed,  unless 
it  is  properly  managed  it  may  prove  a  failure,  particularly  with 
a  tender  clay.  It  is,  therefore,  necessary  that  the  men  in  charge 
pay  full  attention  to  instructions  given  to  them. 

In  drying  tender  clays,  the  chief  requirement  is  to  use  air  fully 
.saturated  with  moisture  to  raise  the  temperature  of  the  bricks 
to  that  at  which  drying  may  most  suitably  take  place.  So  long 
as  the  air  used  for  this  is  sufficiently  moist  no  drying  or  cracking 
can  occur.  When  the  bricks  are  at  the  right  temperature,  the 
moisture-content  of  the  air  used  may  be  reduced  in  gradually 
increasing  amounts  until  the  bricks  are  strong  enough  to  allow 
dry  air  to  be  used.  In  this  manner,  the  tenderest  clays  may  be 
satisfactorily  dried  in  a  comparatively  short  time.  One  method 
of  keeping  the  air  around  the  bricks  sufficiently  moist  is  to  heat 
them  in  a  closed  chamber,  air  only  being  admitted  very  cautiously 
when  the  bricks  are  at  100°  C.  Instead  of  using  a  closed  chamber 
it  is  often  sufficient  to  cover  them  with  wet  canvas  and  to  cover 
this  with  tarpaulin  until  they  are  fully  heated.  The  tarpaulin 
may  then  be  gradually  removed,  and  afterwards  the  canvas  also. 
This  principle  is  simple  of  adoption  in  almost  any  brickyard, 
even  where  the  output  is  not  sufficient  to  warrant  the  installa- 
tion of  a  special  tunnel-dryer. 

In  these  ways  the  moisture  is  sweated  out  with  a  minimum 
of  air  and  consequently  the  liability  to  damage  is  at  a  minimum, 
shrinkage  is  made  regular,  and  warping  and  cracking  are  avoided. 
Bleininger  has  found  that  clays  which  are  difficult  to  dry 
because  of  their  high  shrinkage,  may  be  rendered  normal  by 
heating  the  raw  clay  as  it  comes  from  the  pit  in  a  rotary  furnace 
at  a  temperature  of  250°  to  400°  C.  This  destroys  part  of  the 
plasticity-forming  power  of  the  clay,  and  enables  the  material 
to  be  dried  in  the  same  manner  as  less  plastic  clays.  The  cost  is 


176  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

very  slight.  The  addition  of  sand,  burned  clay,  or  other  non- 
plastic  material  will  also  convert  many  tender  clays  into  those 
of  normal  strength.  It  does  this  by  separating  the  particles  from 
one  another  and  so  increasing  the  pore  spaces.  Mixing  clays- 
with  boiling  water  instead  of  cold,  during  the  pugging  or  temper- 
ing, has  a  similar  effect,  and  in  addition  causes  the  bricks  to 
harden  slightly  as  they  cool  before  entering  the  dryer. 

Transport. — Plastic  bricks  are  carried  on  barrows  or  cars, 
or  occasionally  on  belt  or  other  conveyers.  When  continuous 
tunnel-dryers  are  used,  cars  are  invariably  employed. 

Kilns. — The  kilns  used  in  burning  plastic  bricks  are  of  the 
single,  intermittent,  and  continuous  types.  These  are  described 
in  Chapter  VIII,  as  the  kiln  used  bears  little  or  no  relation  ta 
the  method  of  manufacture  employed. 

General. — For  the  successful  manufacture  of  wire-cut  bricks 
the  clay  should  be  thoroughly  and  carefully  prepared ;  all  ma- 
terial which  is  too  coarse  to  pass  a  No.  10  screen  being  rejected. 
A  constant  and  uniform  composition  of  clay  and  water  must  be 
maintained  so  as  to  obtain  a  constant  shrinkage,  and  for  this, 
thorough  and  careful  tempering  and  mixing  is  necessary. 
Sufficient  water  should  be  worked  into  the  clay,  but  an  excess 
must  be  avoided.  The  machinery  must  all  be  maintained  in 
good  order,  and  the  drying,  setting,  and  burning  must  be  carried 
out  under  constant  skilled  supervision,  if  the  best  results  are  to- 
be  obtained. 


CHAPTER  V. 
THE  STIFF-PLASTIC  PROCESS  OF  BRICKMAKING. 

WHILST  almost  any  clay  of  sufficient  purity  can  be  made  into 
bricks  by  means  of  one  of  the  processes  described  in  the  previous 
chapter,  these  methods  are  far  from  being  the  most  economical 
so  far  as  certain  clays  are  concerned.  The  proportion  of  water 
which  it  is  necessary  to  mix  with  the  clay  in  order  to  produce  a 
plastic  clay  may  easily  amount  to  more  than  1  Ib.  of  water  per 
brick,  and  this  involves  the  use  of  a  large  amount  of  time,  or  of 
artificial  heat,  in  its  removal. 

There  has,  therefore,  within  recent  years,  arisen  a  practice 
amongst  brickmakers  whereby  the  clay  is  worked  up  into  a  much 
stiifer  and  less  plastic  paste  with  a  smaller  quantity  of  water,  or 
in  some  cases  with  no  water  at  all,  so  that  the  large  amount  of 
water  necessarily  added  in  making  bricks  by  the  plastic  process 
is  partially  or  completely  avoided,  and  the  bricks  require  but 
little  drying,  and  frequently  can  be  set  directly  into  the  kiln. 
These  processes  in  which  little  or  no  water  is  used  are  known 
respectively  as  the  "stiff-plastic,"  "the  semi-plastic"  or  "semi- 
dry,"  and  the  "dry-dust"  processes;  the  first  of  these  will  be 
described  in  this  chapter. 

The  advantage  of  the  stiff-plastic  process  lies  in  the  fact  that, 
when  properly  carried  out  the  bricks  need  but  little  drying,  are 
stiff  and  easy  to  handle,  and  may  be  repressed,  if  desirable, 
immediately  after  they  are  formed.  At  the  same  time,  they 
resemble  in  structure  and  characteristics  those  made  by  the 
plastic  process  far  more  than  when  the  drier  processes  are  used. 
In  connexion  with  repressing  it  must  be  remembered  that  some 
firms  of  brick-machine  makers  do  not  consider  the  "  clot  "  as  a 
brick  at  all,  but  employ  a  press  as  an  integral  part  of  the  machine, 
and  consequently  understand  by  a  repressed  brick  one  which 
has  been  passed  through  two  distinct  presses. 

The  disadvantages  of  the  stiff-plastic  system  are  that  it 
cannot  be  used  for  certain  classes  of  clays  of  an  excessively 

177  12 


178  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

sticky  character — though  even  with  these  much  may  be  done 
by  the  judicious  admixture  of  sand  or  other  non-plastic  materials 
—and  there  is  a  great  temptation  when  it  is  used  for  brickmakers 
to  hurry  the  clay  direct  from  the  machines  to  the  kiln  and  to 
heat  up  too  rapidly,  with  the  result  that  the  finished  bricks  are 
badly  discoloured  and  are  often  warped.  Had  they  been  dried 
properly  before  being  sent  to  the  kiln,  in  many  cases  first-class 
bricks  would  have  been  produced. 

The  advantages  of  the  stiff-plastic  system  are,  however,  so 
obvious  and  so  important,  that  there  is  little  doubt  that  this 
will  be  the  chief  process  of  brickmaking  in  the  near  future.  The 
disadvantages  are  much  more  apparent  than  real,  and  with 
reasonable  care  can  be  overcome  with  the  majority  of  clays 
suitable  for  brickmaking. 

The  process  of  making  bricks  by  this  system  requires  the 
provision  of  a  comparatively  dry  clay,  or  one  in  which  a  wet 
clay  can  be  mixed  with  a  large  amount  of  dry  material  so  as  to 
make  a  relatively  dry  mixture.  This  is  necessary,  because  in 
this  process  the  clay  is  ground  and  sifted  in  a  relatively  dry 
state,  and  this  sifting  and  grinding  cannot  be  effected  by  the 
same  plant  if  the  clay  is  very  moist  or  damp.  It  is  specially 
suitable  for  certain  shales,  which  are  becoming  increasingly 
popular  for  the  manufacture  of  hard  burned,  slightly  vitrified 
building  bricks. 

Briefly,  in  the  stiff-plastic  process,  the  clay  or  shale  is  brought 
up  from  the  pit  in  wagons  and  fed  into  a  grinding  mill,  generally 
of  the  edge-runner  type,  with  revolving  perforated  pan,  though  a 
preliminary  breakage  of  the  large  lumps  is  desirable.  The  clay 
is  ground  dry  or  in  a  slightly  moist  state,  and  is  then  taken  by  an 
elevator  to  the  screens,  of  which  there  is  generally  one  to  each 
mill.  The  clay  which  passes  through  the  screens  goes  down  a 
chute  into  a  mixer,  where  a  little  water  is  added  and  the  whole  is 
then  thoroughly  mixed.  It  next  goes  into  the  making-machines 
and  is  pressed  into  rough  blocks  or  "  clots  "  about  the  size  of  a 
brick.  These  are  then  repressed,  this  latter  operation  giving 
the  brick  its  proper  shape,  making  the  "  well  "  or  "  frog  "  and 
printing  on  the  name  of  the  firm.  The  bricks  are  then  dried, 
if  necessary,  and  taken  to  the  kilns.  Drying  is  avoided  when 
possible,  this  being  the  great  advantage  claimed  by  the  stiff- 
plastic  process,  though  even  where  it  cannot  be  entirely  avoided 
its  cost  is  greatly  reduced.  As  the  bricks  when  taken  to  the 
kilns  are,  presumably,  in  the  same  state  as  those  made  by  the 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PEOCESS    OF    BKICKMAKING  179 

plastic  process,  similar  kilns  may  be  used.  These  are  described 
in  Chapter  VIII,  but  it  may  be  noted  here  that  for  large  outputs 
some  form  of  continuous  kiln  should  be  used  for  bricks  made  by 
the  stiff-plastic  process. 

The  material  must  be  sufficiently  ground,  and  for  the  best 
bricks  must  be  able  to  pass  through  a  sieve  with  twenty  holes 
per  linear  inch  without  leaving  any  residue,  though  for  com- 
mon bricks  a  coarser  sieve  may  be  used,  one  with  eight  holes 
being  popular.  It  must  be  mixed  into  a  paste  of  even  composi- 
tion and  of  constant  stiffness,  and  the  machinery  used  must  be 
kept  in  first-class  order.  If  these  matters  are  attended  to  and 
the  material  is  suitable,  no  serious  difficulties  should  occur  in 
the  manufacture  of  stiff-plastic  bricks. 

The  material  used  in  the  stiff-plastic  process  may  be  of 
almost  any  kind  that  will  make  bricks,  providing  that  it  is  not 
too  sticky.  Shales  and  some  loams  are  best  for  the  purpose,  but 
some  boulder-clays  can  be  successfully  used.  As  all  these  ma- 
terials are  somewhat  variable  in  composition  when  first  won, 
it  is  necessary  to  mix  them  thoroughly,  and  for  this  purpose  it  is 
better  to  use  a  grinding  mill  than  crushing  rolls,  as  the  former 
has  a  powerful  mixing  action.  The  material  being  practically 
dry,  the  advantage  of  grinding  mills  with  perforated  revolving 
pans  is  available,  and  this  type  of  mill  should  be  used  except 
under  extraordinary  circumstances. 

A  large  mill  is  desirable  so  that  there  may  be  no  trouble  in 
obtaining  a  sufficiency  of  ground  material.  With  a  small  mill 
the  working  of  the  plant  is  troublesome,  but  with  a  larger  one 
any  excess  of  clay  over  that  required  can  usually  be  stored  until 
it  is  needed.  Moreover,  the  cost  of  running  a  large  mill  is  less 
per  ton  of  material  ground,  and,  consequently,  if  the  plant  is 
well  arranged  a  notable  saving  in  power  is  effected.  To  gain 
full  advantage  of  this  saving,  the  mill  and  the  rest  of  the  plant 
must  be  capable  of  working  independently  of  each  other. 

The  output  of  all  edge-runner  mills  for  dry  material  is  very 
closely  connected  with  the  sizes  of  the  pieces  and  the  manner 
in  which  they  are  fed.  If  too  little  material  is  supplied  it  is 
obvious  that  they  cannot  work  at  their  full  capacity.  But  it  is 
seldom  realized  by  those  in  charge  of  such  mills  that  if  overfed 
the  output  is  also  reduced,  even  though  the  overfeeding  is  but 
temporary.  To  secure  the  best  results  an  edge-runner  mill  must 
be  supplied  with  small  pieces  and  in  as  regular  a  manner  as 
possible,  and  the  ordinary  method  of  emptying  a  wagonful  of 


180  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

material  into  the  mill  by  means  of  a  "tippler"  or  similar  con- 
trivance is  not  calculated  to  give  the  best  results. 

The  best  means  for  feeding  the  mills  must  be  decided  upon 
by  those  in  charge,  as  it  is  largely  a  matter  of  cost.  Thus  the 
ideal  way  (regardless  of  expense)  is  to  attach  a  preliminary 
stone-crusher  and  a  mechanical  feeding  appliance  to  the  mill,  so 
that  the  supply  of  material  to  the  latter  is  independent  of  the 
amount  brought  from  the  clay  pit.  Such  appliances  require 
power  and  cost  a  certain  sum  for  installation,  and  it  is  sometimes 
(though  very  seldom)  found  to  be  cheaper  to  run  the  mill  below 
its  capacity,  instead  of  using  them  to  supply  it  with  a  regular 
and  suitable  feed. 

The  method,  sometimes  used,  of  keeping  a  man  at  the  mill 
to  break  up  large  pieces  and  shovel  in  the  material  at  frequent 
intervals,  is  invariably  more  costly  than  the  employment  of  a 
breaker  and  feeding  appliance,  and  is  not  so  satisfactory.  To 
some  extent  feeding  appliances  may  be  avoided  by  the  use  of 
very  small  wagons,  so  that  only  small  quantities  enter  the  mill 
at  a  time.  The  wear  and  tear  on  these  small  wagons  and  the 
cost  of  haulage  must,  however,  be  taken  into  consideration  when 
the  question  of  a  feeding  apparatus  is  under  discussion,  and  they 
do  not  prevent  lumps  from  entering  the  mill. 

One  great  difficulty  accompanying  the  introduction  of  auto- 
matic breaking  and  feeding  appliances  into  existing  works,  where 
they  would  undoubtedly  save  money,  is  the  lack  of  room  in  the 
mill-house  for  such  an  apparatus  to  be  inserted.  In  several 
instances  where  the  mills  have  not  been  capable  of  supplying 
sufficient  material  under  existing  conditions,  and  where  it  was 
necessary  to  work  them  at  their  maximum  capacity,  the  author 
has  successfully  employed  the  following  arrangement  :• — • 

The  material  is  brought  from  the  pit  in  wagons  of  the  usual 
type,  and  the  contents  of  these  are  tipped  on  to  a  sloping  tray 
covered  with  sheet  iron  and  provided  with  sides  about  18  ins. 
high.  This  tray  is  perforated  with  holes  about  3  in.  diameter,  or 
it  may  be  constructed  of  bars  placed  this  distance  apart.  The 
space  between  the  clay  and  the  ground  is  enclosed  to  prevent 
the  escape  of  dust  and  to  keep  the  material  dry,  a  similar  grate, 
but  flat,  is  placed  at  the  bottom  of  the  slope,  and  receives  the 
material  which  has  failed  to  pass  through  the  perforations  or 
between  the  bars.  These  large  pieces  of  material  are  either 
broken  up  by  hand,  with  a  hammer,  or  are  passed  to  a  stone- 
breaker  before  they  are  sent  to  the  mill,  this  breaker  being  so 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PEOCESS    OF    BBICKMAKING 


181 


placed  that  it  delivers  the  material  below  the  tray  just  described. 
All  the  pieces  less  than  3  in.  diameter  are  taken  to  the  mill  by 
some  form  of  feeder,  or  where  no  such  appliance  is  used  they  may 
travel  by  gravity  down  a  chute. 

The  saving  thus  effected  in  wear  and  tear  of  machinery  and  in 
power,  and  the  increased  output  obtained,  has  -more  than  repaid 
the  cost  of  installing  this  preliminary  riddle  in  those  cases  where 
it  has  been  used.  Its  only  disadvantage  is  the  space  it  requires, 


FIG.  120. — Blake-Marsden  stone- breaker. 

as  the  lesser  attention  needed  at  the  mill  enables  the  mill  man 
to  attend  to  the  riddle  and  breaker. 

Stone-breakers  are  made  in  a  variety  of  forms,  but  the  one 
most  suitable  for  crushing  clay  lumps  is  that  shown  in  fig.  120, 
and  made  by  several  firms  in  this  country.  It  requires  relatively 
little  power  and  attention,  and  soon  saves  its  cost  when  much 
hard  material  has  to  be  ground. 

As  the  product  need  not  be  crushed  very  small  there  is 
no  need  for  the  jaws  to  be  set  closely,  and  consequently  they 
can  be  arranged  to  give  a  large  output  if  the  makers  are  con- 
sulted before  such  a  machine  is  purchased.  The  jaws  should  be 


182 


MODERN    BEICKMAKING 


examined  occasionally  and  any  wear  and  tear  made  good,  as  the 
machine  will  waste  power  if  it  is  out  of  order. 

A  pair  of  old  crushing  rolls  set  2  in.  apart  also  makes  a  good 
breaker  for  materials  of  medium  hardness. 

Mill  Feeding  Machines. — Various  arrangements  are  in  success- 
ful use  for>  feeding  mills  with  a  dry  material,  the  most  advan- 
tageous being  (a)  belt  or  trough  conveyers  fitted  at  the  base  of  a 
slope  or  hopper,  and  provided  with  some  scoop  or  other  appliance 
which  shall  prevent  their  being  overloaded  (fig.  121).  (b)  Spiral 


FIG.  121.— Haendle  mill-feeder. 

conveyers  or  worms  which  rotate  and  carry  the  clay  forward  in 
definite  quantities  and  at  a  definite  speed.  A  number  of  worms 
may  be  arranged  side  by  side  to  deliver  direct  into  the  mill  or 
on  to  a  conveyer  belt ;  this  latter  arrangement  being  used  when 
space  within  the  mill-house  is  too  limited  to  admit  the  insertion 
of  the  feeding  worms,  (c)  A  pan  (similar  to  that  of  the  grinding 
mill)  provided  with  one  or  more  scrapers,  and  rotated,  or  with 
a  rotating  base  (fig.  122),  so  that  the  material  is  withdrawn  at  a 
constant  rate  which  is  independent  of  the  manner  in  which  the 
feeder  is  supplied. 

Each  of  these  appliances  has  its  advantages  and  disadvant- 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PEOCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING 


183 


ages,  and  a  lengthy  experience  with  each  is  necessary  before  a 
satisfactory  choice  can  be  made.  The  author  has  had  but  little 
opportunity  of  working  with  the  last  named  (c),  and  of  the  ma- 
chines in  classes  (a)  and  (b)  has  usually  found  worm-convey- 
ers to  be  more  accurate  and  reliable,  'though  somewhat  slower 
and  requiring  rather  more  power.  They  have  the  further  ad- 
vantage that  large  lumps  are  not  carried  forward,  though  if  these 
are  of  very  hard  material  they  may  stop  the  machine  or  break 
it.  If,  however,  a  preliminary  crusher  is  used  no  danger  from 
this  source  need  be  anticipated.  Granted,  however,  that  a 


FIG.  122. — Eotary  mill- feeder. 

brickmaker  realizes  the  advantages  to  be  derived  from  supply- 
ing his  mills  with  a  constant  regular  supply  of  material,  he  will 
not  long  be  at  a  loss  as  to  the  appliance  which  is  most  suitable 
for  his  requirements. 

Grinding  Mills. — All  grinding  mills  for  use  in  the  stiff- 
plastic  process  of  brickmaking  should  be  provided  with  a  loose 
pulley,  or  friction  clutch,  arranged  so  that  the  machine  can  be 
stopped  instantly  if  necessary.  They  should  also  be  made  to 
run  independently  of  the  rest  of  the  plant,  so  that  if  there  is  a 
shortage  of  clay  they  may  be  run  at  night,  or  if  too  much  clay 
is  being  ground  they  may  be  stopped  and  -the  power  saved. 
Each  evening  the  mill  should  be  run  almost  empty,  and  should 


184 


MODEEN    BBICEMAEING 


be   cleaned  out   to  prevent  iron   bolts,   etc.,  remaining   in   the 
pan. 

Usually  mills  of  the  over-driven  type  (fig.  123)  are  to  be  pre- 
ferred, the  machinery  being  more  accessible  and  less  liable  to 
be  clogged  with  dust,  though  the  under-driven  type  (fig.  124) 
should  be  used  in  cases  where  unusually  light  runners  may  be 
employed;  this  is  seldom  the  case.  Mills  of  the  edge-runner 


FIG.  123. — Over-driven  grinding  mill. 

type,  with  revolving  perforated  pans,  are  most  suitable  for  this 
class  of  brickmaking,  though  those  with  a  fixed  bed  are  much 
used.  The  perforations  should  not  be  too  large  or  the  screens 
will  be  overworked  and  power  lost  in  regrinding,  nor  should  they 
be  too  small  or  the  output  will  be  too  low. 

Generally  speaking,  the  perforations' (figs.  125  and  133)  should 
not  be  less  than  J  in.  nor  more  than  |  in.  diameter,  the  latter 
being  too  large  for  most  clays,  |  in.  or  J  in.  diameter  being  the 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PKOCESS    OF    BBICKMAKING 


185 


best  size.      Slots  are  somewhat  less  satisfactory  than  circular 
perforations,  as  the  product  is  coarser  and  more  irregular. 

The  arrangement  of  the  perforations  on  the  pan  is  a  matter 
which  has  received  very  careful  study,  particularly  on  the  Con- 
tinent, where  it  is  generally  considered  that  the  runners  should 


FIG.  124. — Under-driven  grinding  mill. 


not  pass  over  the  perforations,  but  that  these  should  be  at  either 
side  of  the  runner  path.  An  excellent  arrangement  is  for  the 
material  to  pass  under  one  of  the  runners,  then  over  a  perforated 
portion  of  the  pan,  under  the  second  runner  and  over  another 
perforated  portion,  any  uncrushed  material  being  then  passed 
under  the  first  runner  again  for  further  reduction. 


FIG.  125. — Slotted  perforations  in  grinding  pan. 

Where  the  perforated  portions  of  the  pan  are  made  of 
manganese  steel  they  may  occupy  the  runner  path,  and  a  larger 
though  coarser  output  obtained.  For  fine  grinding  the  material 
must  be  on  a  solid  part  of  the  pan  whilst  it  is  being  crushed. 

The  pan  generally  used  is  9  ft.  or  11  ft.  diameter,  smaller  sizes 


186  MODEKN    BEICKMAKING 

being  undesirable.  It  should  revolve  at  least'ithirty  times  per  min- 
ute, but  must  not  travel  so  fast  as  to  throw  up  much  dust,  though 
this  may  be  retained  by  judicious  damping.  The  pan  is  rotated 
by  means  of  a  pinion  and  crown  wheel  operating  on  a  vertical 
shaft  which  carries  the  pan,  the  rollers  being  independently 
carried  on  the  side  frames  of  the  mill.  The  lower  end  of  the 
vertical  shaft  terminates  in  a  footstep  bearing,  the  construction 
of  which  and  its  maintanance  in  good  order  are  very  important. 

It  should  be  of  bronze  metal  and  work  as  nearly  frictionless 
as  possible.  This  is  best  effected  by  running  it  submerged  in 
an  oil-reservoir,  so  that  it  does  not  heat  or  wear  under  the  most 
exacting  conditions.  The  oil-reservoir  should  be  fed  through  a 
pipe  connexion  located  at  the  outer  edge  of  the  pan.  A  large 
base  plate  underneath  the  step  should  be  provided  to  facilitate 
adjustment  in  all  directions.  It  should  scarcely  be  necessary 
to  point  out  that  the  whole  of  the  mill  should  be  strongly  con- 
structed, as  it  is  subject  to  sudden  and  severe  shocks  in  use. 
When  of  large  diameter,  several  loose-running  wheels  (some- 
times called  anti-friction  supports)  may  be  placed  underneath  the 
pan  so  as  to  restrain  the  vibrations  when  unusually  large  pieces 
enter  the  mill.  Care  should,  however,  >be  taken  that  these  loose 
wheels  do  not  become  clogged  with  dust,  or  they  may  increase 
the  amount  of  power  required  to  drive  the  mill. 

The  edge  runners  or  rollers  may  be  all  in  one  piece  (fig.  126) 
as  shown,  or  they  may  be  provided  with  renewable  wearing- 
hoops  or  rims,  caulked  on  with  cement  or  wedged  on  with 
wooden  slips  (fig.  123).  This  latter  method  is  preferable  as  it 
enables  a  renewal  of  the  rims  to  be  readily  effected. 

When  the  pan  is  empty,  the  runners  should  not  rest  on  the 
grinding  plate,  but  should  be  suspended  by  powerful  springs  in 
such  a  manner  that  when  the  material  is  fed  into  the  pan  the 
full  weight  of  the  runners  comes  on  to  it,  because  the  springs  are 
prevented  from  following  the  runners.  Should  some  hard  metal 
accidentally  get  into  the  pan  the  spring  buffers  will  prevent  the 
runners  from  seriously  damaging  the  pan  in  bumping  over  it. 

The  runners  must  be  kept  flat  on  the  "  tread  "  or  they  will 
not  grind  properly.  They  should  be  very  heavy  (from  2  to  5  tons 
each),  the  general  tendency  being  to  use  those  which  are  rather 
light ;  and  the  whole  machine  should  not  (for  the  9  ft.  size)  weigh 
under  13  tons.  It  will  then  need  25  to  30  b.h.p.  to  drive  it  under 
normal  conditions. 

Each  runner  should  be  mounted  on  a  separate  shaft,  the  two- 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING 


187 


being  bolted  together  at  the  centre  in  such  a  manner  that  they 
are  able  to  rise  and  fall,  preferably  independently  of  each  other. 

Most  mills  would  be  improved  by  greatly  lengthening  the 
hubs  of  the  runners.  If  these  are  too  short  the  runners  soon 
lose  their  uprightness. 

The  scrapers  used  to  direct  the  material  under  the  runners 
require  occasional  adjustment.  They  must  have  their  lower 
edges  parallel  to  the  pan  but  not  quite  touching  it. 


FIG,  126. — Mill  with  solid  edge  runners. 

The  material  which  has  passed  through  the  perforations  in 
the  pan  may  be  received  on  a  base  plate  or  in  what  is  termed  an 
"open  base,"  the  latter  being  preferable  when  there  is  sufficient 
space  available. 

In  the  ordinary  pattern  of  mills  (with  a  base  plate)  the  under- 
side of  the  revolving  can  is  provided  with  one  or  more  scrapers 
(fig.  123)  which  collect  the  clay  as  it  falls  on  the  base  plate  (not 
shown)  and  push  it  over  or  through  an  opening  in  the  latter.  It 


188 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING- 


then  falls  into  a  "  well "  from  which  it  is  raised  by  a  bucket 
elevator.     These  scrapers,  of  course,  wear  away  in  time,  and  so 
require  regular  attention  to  keep  them  in  proper  adjustment. 
In  the  "  open  base  "  pattern  of  mill  (fig.  127)  scrapers  are  not 


FIG.  127. — Open  base  grinding  mill. 

necessary,  and  so  the  friction  of  the  mill  is  reduced  nearly  50  per 
€ent.  This  means  a  very  important  saving  in  the  power  necessary 
for  driving  it.  In  such  a  mill  the  material  which  has  passed 
through  the  perforations  falls  on  the  inclined  face  of  the  founda- 
tions of  the  pit  and  so  passes  easily  to  the  elevator. 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BEICKMAKING 


189 


Mills  of  both  types  are  supplied  by  the  principal  makers  of 
brick  machinery,  but  James  Buchanan  &  Sons,  Liverpool,  also 
supply  a  pan  with  conical  runners  (fig.  128),  which  they  claim 


FIG.  128. — Grinding  mill  with  conical  runners. 

gives  a  greater  efficiency   and  larger  output  than  the  cylindrical 
runners. 

In  America,  it  is  not  unusual  to  see  two  pans  geared  together 
and  working  side  by  side,  one  receiving  the  "  residue  "  or  "  tail- 
ings "  from  the  screen  and  the  other  the  clay  from  the  wagons ; 
but  both  delivering  into  the  same  well.  This  arrangement  is 


190 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


very  useful  when  hard  material  is  present  in  the  clay,  and  is  now 
used  in  this  country  by  several  fire-clay  and  shale  grinders. 

Several  Swiss  and  German  firms  favour  the  use  of  grinding 

mills  fitted  one 
above  the  other 
(Buhler's  patent,  fig. 
129),  but  in  this 
country  their  use  is 
restricted  to  a  few 
firms  with  unusual 
facilities  for  de- 
livering the  clay  at 
a  high  level.  Usu- 
ally the  pans  in 
Britain  work  quite 
independently  of 
each  other,  a  suffi- 
cient number  being 
used  to  secure  the 
desired  output. 
This  arrangement  is 
advantageous  when 
the  output  of  the 
works  varies  greatly, 
but  for  a  large  and 
steady  output  it  is 

FIG.  129.— Buhler's  two-stage  mill.  more  economical  in 

power  to  let  a  rough  mill  do  the  first  crushing  and,  after  the 
material  from  this  has  been  screened,  to  pass  the  coarse  residue 
to  a  second  or  even  to  a  third  mill. 

The  use  of  three  rolls  in  one  piece,  with  a  pan  arranged  in 
steps  as  shown  in  fig.  130,  is  sometimes  found  valuable.  Machines 
of  this  type  have  been  much  used  on  the  Continent,  and  were  in- 
troduced into  this  country  in  1907  by  John  Whitehead  &  Co.,  Ltd. 
So  far  they  have  not  become  popular,  though  their  advantages 
are  undoubted  where  a  material  needs  a  large  amount  of  crush- 
ing and  mixing.  In  the  machine  shown,  the  material  is  fed  in 
at  the  centre,  is  crushed  by  the  smallest  pair  of  rolls,  passes 
down  to  the  next  step  and  is  treated  by  the  second  pair  of  rolls, 
and  after  falling  to  the  lowest  step  it  is  treated  by  the  third  pair 
of  rolls,  and  finally  discharged  from  the  machine.  Such  an  ap- 
pliance is  more  compact  than  those  of  the  type  shown  in  fig.  129, 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING 


191 


but   is  intended  for   similar   materials.       For  most  brick-clays 
they  are  not  necessary. 

Elevating. — For  elevating  the  ground  material  from  the 
grinding  mill  to  the  screen,  an  elevator  may  be  used,  having 
buckets  or  pockets  fastened  on  to  a  belt  (fig.  131),  or  to  chains. 
The  belt  elevator  is  the  most  used,  and  has  the  advantage  over 
the  chain  elevator  that  it  can  travel  at  nearly  any  angle,  and 
the  contents  cannot  fall  out ;  but  the  chain  elevator  can  only  go 
almost  vertical,  because  there  is  nothing  between  the  two  chains 


Arrangemrnt  of  Runners  in  Patent  Multiple  Edge  Runner  Mill. 


i          -          - 

FIG.  130. — Multiple  runner  mill. 

to^stop  the  clay  from  falling  out,  though  some  chain  elevators 
are  made  to  swing  from  the  chain  so  that  when  going  horizon- 
tally or  at  an  angle  the  buckets  keep  the  right  way  up  and  do 
not  spill  their  contents.  The  elevator  must  be  run  at  a  speed 
suitable  to  the  screen  used. 

The  buckets  on  elevators  are  generally  iron  oblong  boxes  and 
are  fastened  to  the  belts  by  two  or  three  rivets  (fig.  132).  These 
buckets  should  be  shallow,  so  as  to  spread  the  clay  on  the  screen. 
Deep  ones  are  less  efficient  for  this  purpose. 

Numerous  small  buckets  are  preferable  to  fewer  large  ones, 
as  they  give  a  more  regular  feed. 


192 


MODERN    BEICKMAKING 


Screens,  Sieves,  or  Riddles  are 
used  for  separating  the  coarse  and 
finer  particles  of  material  from 
each  other,  the  former  being  re- 
turned to  the  mill  for  further 
treatment. 

Two  chief  forms  of  screens  are 
in  use  at  present :  (a)  the  station- 
ary sloping  screen  ;  (b)  the  revolv- 
ing screen. 

Stationary  screens  consist,  usu- 
ally, of  a  sloping  tray  4  ft.  to  6  ft, 
in  length,  and  18  in.  or  more  in 
width,  the  tray  itself  being  made 
of  wire  gauze,  perforated  sheet 
metal,  or  of  a  number  of  wires 


FIG.  131.— Belt  Elevator. 


FIG.  132. — Bucket  for  raising 
crushed  clay. 

arranged  i  side  by  side  (piano -wire 
screen). 

The  wire-gauze  screen  is  the 
oldest,  but  is  seldom  very  efficient, 
as  many  particles  lodge  011  the 
cross  wires  and  soon  clog  up  the 
sieve.  At  the  same  time  it  is 
used  by  many  firms  who  do  not 
know  the  advantages  of  other 
forms  of  screen. 

The  perforated  steel  plate  (fig, 
133),  if  arranged  at  an  angle  of  about 
45  degrees,  is  admirable  for  dry  or 
almost  dry  materials.  The  correct 
angle  can  readily  be  found  by  at- 
taching a  rope  carrying  a  weight 
to  the  top  of  4he  screen  and  raising 
or  lowering  the  screen  until  the 
distance  from  the  bottom  of  the 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING-  193 

screen  (a)  (fig.  134)  is  equal  to  the  height  of  it  (b).  The  perfora- 
tions in  it  may  be  much  larger  than  the  size  of  the  particles  to 
be  separated,  so  that  the  wear  and  tear  is  very  slight,  and  in 
most  cases  no  "rapping  "  or  vibration  is  necessary. 

The  author  has  repeatedly  found  that  with  dry  clay  a  screen 
with  perforations  J  in.  diameter  will  act  precisely  the  same  as  a 
revolving  screen  having  20  holes  per  linear  inch.  The  mathe- 
matical reason  for  this  curious  behaviour  need  not  be  given 
here ;  it  is  interesting,  however,  and  suggests  why  some  brick- 
makers  have  failed  to  appreciate  this  type  of  riddle — they  have 
used  too  fine  a  screen. 

The  screen  should  be  fixed  at  the  lower  end  but  hung  at  the 
upper  one  with  chains  so  that  its  angle  may  be  adjusted  to  suit 
the  clay.  The  sides  of  the  screen  should  be  about  9  in.  in  height, 


*•••• 


FIG.  133.— Perforated  <*- 

steel  plate.  FIG.  134. 

and  a  canvas  or  sheet-metal  cover  should  be  used  to  prevent 
loss  of  dust.  The  upper  part  of  the  screen  should  have  a  plain 
metal  plate  (called  the  "  feed  plate  "),  attached  so  that  the  material 
may  spread  itself  over  this  before  travelling  down  the  screen. 
If  necessary  one  or  more  "guides,"  or  baffle  plates,  may  be 
placed  above  this  plate  to  secure  the  proper  distribution  of  the 
material.  If  much  dust  is  produced  the  screen  should  be  en- 
closed in  a  light  wooden  casing,  or  should  deliver  the  clay  into 
a  special  chamber. 

When  more  difficult  material  is  being  treated  a  modification 
of  this  screen — "  The  Newaygo  " — supplied  by  T.  C.  Fawcett,  Ltd., 
may  be  employed  (fig.  135). 

This  consists  of  a  large  sheet  of  perforated  metal,  the  size  of 
the  perforations  depending  on  the  fineness  of  the"  required  pro- 
duct. This  sheet  or  screen  is  mounted  on  a  frame  which  is 

13 


194  MODERN    BBICKMAKING 

hung  by  chains  at  a  suitable  angle,  and  in  such  a  way  that  the 
screen  may  be  kept  vibrating  by  the  blows  of  a  series  of  hammers 
acting  on  "  anvils  "  on  the  framework  and  screen  supports.  The 
clay  is  fed  into  a  trough  which  runs  along  the  top  of  the  frame 
and  in  which  runs  a  spiral  conveyer,  so  arranged  that  the  clay  is 
discharged  over  a  "  weir  "  in  a  perfectly  regular  stream  over  the 
whole  width  of  the  screen. 

It  will  thus  be  seen  that  in  this  arrangement  the  advantages 
of  the  perforated  sheet  are  fully  recognized,  arid  where  baffle 
plates  cannot  be  arranged  satisfactorily  the  use  of  a  special 
trough,  spiral  and  "weir,"  will  be  found  advantageous  in  the 
securing  of  a  regular  and  even  feed  of  clay.  Indeed,  such  an 
appliance  is  usually  superior  to  any  arrangement  of  baffles, 
and  the  amount  of  power  needed  to  drive  it  is  too  small  to  be 
worth  consideration. 


"/  7 
I 

I 


FIG.  135. — Fawcett's  "  Newaygo  "  screen. 

As  in  other  stationary  screens,  the  fine  material  falls  through 
the  sieve  into  a  hopper  or  on  to  a  receiving  floor,  and  the  coarse 
material  runs  down  the  screen  into  a  chute  and  is  returned  to- 
the  mill. 

Piano-wire  screens  are  made  by  arranging  a  number  of  wires 
parallel  to  each  other,  and  fastening  them  with  a  stretching  key 
in  a  manner  identical  with  that  used  in  pianos.  This  screen 
was  invented  by  Adam  Adams,  and  the  ones  of  his  design, 
supplied  by  Whittaker  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  consist  of  a  strong  frame 
over  which  the  wires  are  stretched  and  tensioned  at  one  end 
with  screw  pegs.  The  pitch  of  the  wires,  which  determines 
the  mesh,  can  be  varied  by  the  insertion  of  fresh  pitching-bars 
which  are  detachable  from  the  frame,  and  the  adjustment  of 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING  195 

the  wires  is  thus  readily  made.  As  ordinarily  used,  the  wires 
supplied  for  these  screens  are  too  thin,  and  consequently  hard 
pieces  of  shale  are  apt  to  cause  them  to  open.  By  using  thicker 
wires  this  objection  may  to  some  extent  be  avoided,  though 
these  screens  are  never  really  suitable  for  clays  containing  hard, 
thin  pieces  of  shale  or  rock-clay.  For  other  clays,  when  not 
overloaded,  they  are  good. 

The  standard  meshes  for  piano -wire  screens  vary  from  8  to  20 
wires  per  linear  inch. 

As  with  all  other  riddles,  the  piano -wire  screen  should  be  set 
so  that  the  elevators  deliver  the  clay  to  a  spreading-bpard  at  the 
top  of  the  screen  and  not  directly  on  to  the  wires.  By  using  the 
spreading-board  the  clay  is  delivered  on  to  the  screen  constantly, 
and  is  spread  evenly  over  the  entire  surface  so  that  it  screens 
more  rapidly. 

Revolving  Screens  were  formerly  very  popular,  but  have  largely 
been  replaced  by  the  piano-wire  or  perforated  steel  screens.  In 
the  revolving  screens  the  clay  enters  at  one  end,  which  is  elevated, 
and  causes  the  clay  to  gravitate  towards  the  lower  end.  As  the 
screen  revolves,  the  fine  material  passes  through  the  mesh  of 
the  screen,  whilst  the  coarser  material  passes  out  through  the 
lower  end  and  is  returned  to  the  pan  for  further  grinding. 

The  screen  is  usually  4  to  9  feet  long>with  an  average  of  about 
6  ft.,  and  about  3  ft.  in  diameter.  It  is  generally  mounted  on  a 
timber-frame  in  simple  bearings,  and  should  be  provided  with 
ample  oiling  devices.  The  frame  may  be  covered  with  perforated 
steel  plates  or  with  wire-gauze,  with  any  size  of  opening  desired, 
the  usual  sizes  being  J  in.  to  ^  in.  If  the  cylinder  makes  twelve 
revolutions  per  minute  this  will  usually  be  sufficient.  Perforated 
metal  is  seldom  satisfactory  in  a  revolving  screen.  The  frame 
may  be  cylindrical  (fig.  136),  or  hexagonal,  the  latter  being  cheaper 
to  repair  as  it  enables  the  gauze  to  be  nailed  to  six  frames,  each 
of  which  can  be  taken  out  when  needing  repair,  and  replaced  far 
more  rapidly  than  when  a  cylindrical  sieve  requires  patching. 

Revolving  screens  must,  usually,  be  fitted  with  a  "rapper  "  to 
shake  the  material  through  the  holes.  This  produces  a  large 
amount  of  dust,  and  necessitates  the  screen  being  boxed  in  if 
effective  results  are  to  be  obtained.  Fixed  screens,  on  the  other 
hand,  can  usually  be  left  uncovered,  a  mechanical  rapper  being 
seldom  necessary. 

When  damp  material  has  to  be  screened  it  is  often  useful  to 
have  a  battery  of  steam  pipes  below  the  screen.  Fig.  136  shows  a 


196 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 


cross-section  of  a  revolving  screen,  supplied  by  C.  Whittaker  & 
Co.,  Ltd.,  with  this  arrangement,  and  fig.  137  an  adaptation  of 
it  to  stationary  screens.  In  each  case  the  steam  circulating 
through  the  iron  pipes  keeps  the  sieve  warm,  and  reduces  the 
amount  of  clogging.  It  is,  therefore,  especially  useful  during 
wet  weather. 

The  screen,  of  whatever  type,  must  always  be  fitted  in  such 
a  position  that  it  can  readily  receive  clay  from  the  elevator  and 
jeturn  any  coarse  material  to  the  mills.  The  chief  points  re- 
quiring attention  are  that  the  runs  or  chutes  shall  be  as  short  and 
as  steep  as  possible,  but  never  at  a  greater  angle  than  45  degrees, 
i.e.  the  height  should  never  be  more  than  the  distance  along  the 
level  (see  p.  193).  They  should  be  closed  to  prevent  loss  of  dust, 


FIG.  136.— Bound  revolving  screen. 

but  made  so  as  to  be  readily  opened  in  case  of  stoppage  and  also 
for  facilitating  cleaning  or  repairs. 

STIFF-PLASTIC  BRICKMAKING  MACHINES, 

The  clay  is  mixed  into  a  stiff-plastic  paste  by  the  addition  of 
a  little  water  and  treatment  in  a  mixer  or  pug-mill  (p.  103)  or 
both,  and  the  clay  is  then  made  into  a  clot  which  is  afterwards 
repressed  into  a  brick. 

Several  types  of  machines  are  used  in  the  stiff-plastic  system 
of  brickmaking,  but  nearly  all  of  them  first  form  a  clot  and  then 
repress  it.  In  the  most  satisfactory  ones,  the  clot  is  exactly  the 
shape  of  a  brick,  so  that  the  repressing  merely  consolidates  it 
but  does  not  in  any  way  alter  its  shape.  A  cylindrical  clot  has 
mechanical  advantages  in  that  it  can  be  rolled  from  one  machine 
to  another,  but  it  can  only  be  used  for  a  limited  number  of  clays 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PEOCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING 


197 


owing  to  the  necessity  of  altering  its  shape  so  much  in  the  re- 
pressing. 

Each  of  the  machines  described  has  special  advantages  for 
certain  clays  ;  some  of  these  are  obvious,  others  will  be  discovered 
from  the  description,  and  others  again  can  only  be  appreciated  as 


FIG.  137. — Steam-pipes  for  use  below  screen. 

the  result  of  experience.  Clays  vary  so  much  in  composition 
and  character  that  a  machine  may  work  splendidly  in  one  district, 
and  yet  give  results  inferior  to  another  machine  when  working 
in  a  different  place.  Under  such  conditions,  complete  compari- 
sons of  the  different  machines  are  practically  impossible. 

Three  distinct  classes  of  clot-making  machines  are  in  use  :  (a) 


198  MODEKN    BKICKMAKING 

that  in  which  the  clot  is  made  in  dies  contained  in  a  round  re- 
volving table  ;  (b)  that  in  which  the  die  forms  part  of  the  circum- 
ference of  a  drum,  and  (c)  that  in  which  sliding  dies  are  used. 
The  pug-mill  may  be  an  integral  part  of  the  machine,  or  it  may 
be  separate,  though  the  former  has  the  advantage  of  enabling 
the  mill  to  press  the  clay  directly  into  the  clot  dies.  The  daily 
output  of  each  class  of  machine  is  10,000  to  12,000  bricks. 

The  chief  precautions  to  be  observed  in  making  stiff-plastic 
bricks  are  to  ensure  that  the  dryness  and  fineness  of  the  clay, 
the  amount  of  pressure  in  the  pug-mill,  the  consolidation  and 
mixing  of  the  clay  paste,  and  in  the  distribution  of  the  pressure 
in  the  final  press,  are  all  sufficient  yet  not  excessive. 

Clay  is  such  a  peculiar  material  that,  though  it  can  be  made 
into  articles  of  almost  any  desired  shape,  when  once  a  definite 
shape  has  been  given  to  the  plastic  mass  this  shape  must  not  be 
altered  if  it  is  desirable  that  the  article  should  retain  its  full 
strength.  On  this  account  the  clay,  as  delivered  from  the  pug- 
mill,  must  not  be  made  into  a  clot  materially  different  in  shape 
from  that  of  the  finished  brick.  Those  brickmakirig  machines 
in  which  the  clot  is  of  a  different  shape  to  the  finished  brick  are, 
from  this  point  of  view,  less  satisfactory  than  others,  though  in 
the  case  of  machines  constructed  by  the  best  known  makers,  a 
slight  difference  in  shape  is  found  to  be  of  little  or  no  consequence. 
Hence  the  argument  as  to  the  necessity  of  retaining  the  shape 
of  the  finished  clot  must  not  be  carried  so  far  as  to  militate 
against  the  use,  for  example,  of  the  Fawcett  duplex  machine,  or 
Buchanan's  and  Johnson's  machines,  in  which  a  clot  with  a 
slightly  rounded  top  is  produced,  though  it  is  quite  legitimate 
for  the  makers  of  other  machines  to  claim  superiority  in  this 
respect. 

In  judging  the  value  of  brick-machines  a  small  point  like  this 
is,  however,  only  one  out  of  many  which  have  to  be  taken  into 
consideration. 

It  is  important  that  the  clay  should  be  delivered  with  suf- 
ficient rapidity  from  the  pug-mill  to  the  clot-mould  to  fill  it  com- 
pletely and  suddenly ;  if  it  is  filled  in  stages,  as  is  always  the 
case  when  filled  slowly,  laminated  portions  or  layers  will  be  pro- 
duced, and  the  bricks  will  be  weaker  than  they  should  be.  The 
necessary  speed  of  travel  can  always  be  given,  when  not  other- 
wise obtainable,  by  the  addition  of  a  short  length  of  worm  to  the 
end  of  the  pug-mill  shaft.  This  addition  may  necessitate  the  use 
of  an  exceptionally  long  pug-mill  or  mixer.  It  is  also  important 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING  199 

when  using  a  vertical  pug-mill,  to  slacken  the  speed  of  its  rota- 
tion when  not  delivering  into  the  mould,  as,  otherwise,  a  large 
amount  of  power  is  wasted  by  the  pressure  of  the  clay  against 
the  plate  in  passing  between  the  apertures  forming  the  clot- 
mould.  The  liners  of  the  clot-mould,  and  particularly  of  the 
final  press-mould,  must  be  kept  in  first-class  order  and  require 
frequent  renewal.  Any  attempt  to  economize  in  this  direction 
is  usually  futile,  as  it  results  in  the  production  of  defective  bricks. 
It  is  usual  for  the  liners  of  the  clot-mould  to  be  simply  chilled, 
but  this  is  a  mistake  from  the  brickmaker's  point  of  view.  To 
obtain  the  best  results  they  should  be  planed  so  as  to  get  a  per- 
fectly even  and  true  surface. 

Lubrication  must  be  carefully  watched  or  great  loss  of  power, 
as  well  as  excessive  wear  and  tear,  will  result ;  on  the  other  hand 
too  much  oil  or  grease  is  a  nuisance,  and  is  more  of  a  hindrance 
than  a  help.  In  some  presses,  arrangements  are  made  for  the 
insertion  of  automatic  lubricators,  and  these,  when  properly  made 
and  adjusted,  are  more  economical  than  when  oil  is  applied  by 
hand.  The  dropping  of  oil  direct  on  to  the  brick  or  inside  the 
die  should  l>e  avoided ;  a  piece  of  felt  or  some  other  absorbent 
material  of  a  similar  nature  will  apply  the  lubricant  in  as  even 
a  manner  as  possible. 

When  the  clay  sticks  in  the  press-box,  the  common  idea  that 
more  oil  is  necessary  should  not  be  accepted  until  it  is  found 
that  the  fault  is  not  due  to  incorrect  stiffness  of  the  clay  or  to 
the  irregular  working  of  the  machine. 

Most  of  the  failures  in  the  working  of  the  stiff-plastic  system 
are  due  to  the  attempts  to  shorten  the  process  of  manufacture 
by  omitting  weathering,  tempering,  or  pugging  and  drying.  Most 
clays  are  of  such  a  nature  that  unless  they  are  treated  in  one  or 
more  of  these  stages  they  cannot  be  made  into  good  bricks  or 
tiles.  It  is  difficult  to  say  which  of  these  stages  is  most  impor- 
tant, for  they  are  all  equally  necessary  in  certain  cases,  and  the 
omission  of,  or  part  omission  of,  any  one  of  them  may  prove  vital 
to  success. 

When  a  clay  is'  stored  in  a  soft,  plastic  condition  the  distribu- 
tion of  the  water  throughout  the  mass  will  become  even  in  course 
of  time,  but  in  a  stiff-plastic  mass  this  distribution  is  less  easily 
effected ;  and  when,  as  in  most  cases,  no  storage  of  the  mass  is 
attempted,  there  is  a  strong  tendency  for  the  faults  due  to  ir- 
regularities in  mixing  and  composition  to  show  themselves  in 
the  finished  articles.  In  consequence  of  all  the  widely  different 


200  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

characteristics  of  various  clays,  it  follows  that  no  particular 
brickmaking  machine  can  be  equally  well  used  for  all  of  them. 

The  selection  of  the  best  machine  for  a  particular  clay  should, 
therefore,  be  made  with  the  aid  of  competent  and  disinterested 
advice,  based  on  experience  with  and  knowledge  of  the  clay,  of 
various  machines,  and  of  certain  special  tests  which  must  be 
carried  out.  In  the  purchasing  of  brickmaking  machines,  the 
actual  cost  price  is  a  matter  of  much  smaller  importance  than 
is  generally  supposed,  as  it  will  pay  the  brickmaker  far  better 
to  spend  a  few  more  pounds  in  obtaining  a  machine  which  is 
suitable  in  every  way  to  his  needs  rather  than  to  purchase 
another  machine,  on  the  recommendation  of  the  makers  or  that 
of  a  neighbouring  brickmaker,  without  any  tests  being  made ; 
especially  if  he  find  later  that  the  few  pounds  he  saved  in  the 
first  cost  have  been  spent  many  times  over  in  lower  output, 
more  frequent  stoppages,  or  greater  repairs  than  would  have 
been  the  case  had  the  other  machine  been  used.  The  following 
example  will  illustrate  this  more  clearly  : — 

In  a  certain  part  of  the  Midlands  are  three  brickyards,  A.  B. 
and  C.,  within  close  proximity  to  each  other.  A.  has  a  strong 
and  somewhat  sticky,  but  otherwise  good,  clay  overlying  a  con- 
siderable bed  of  sand,  and  finds  that  the  machinery  best  adapted 
to  his  needs  is  that  made  by  D.  B.  has  a  drift  clay,  different 
from  the  clays  used  by  his  neighbours. 

C.,  on  the  other  hand,  has  a  clay  that  cannot  be  used  without 
much  admixture,  being  more  of  a  loamy  character,  and  finds  the 
machinery  supplied  by  E.  quite  suitable.  Some  years  ago  B. 
bought  a  plant  similar  to  that  used  by  A.,  but  finding  it  not  al- 
together satisfactory,  and  having  to  extend  his  works,  he  installed 
a  plant  similar  to  C.  and  discarded  the  older  one.  Having  had 
to  extend  his  works  still  further,  B.  has  now  gone  into  the  question 
more  carefully,  and  with  the  aid  of  skilled  advice  has  considered 
the  whole  question  in  a  much  more  thoroughly  technical  manner 
than  was  previously  the  case.  A  careful  study  of  the  outputs  of 
the  machines  supplied  by  D.  and  E.  (similar  to  those  used  by  A. 
and  C.  respectively)  convinced  B.  that  as  far  as  his  works  were 
concerned  he  was  not  getting  as  much  as  he  should  do  from  the 
power  expended.  Attempts  from  the  makers  of  the  machinery 
to  improve  matters  not  proving  satisfactory,  B.,  following  the 
suggestions  of  his  independent  expert  adviser,  now  employs  the 
brickmaking  machine  by  E.,  in  combination  with  the  grinding 
plant  supplied  some  time  previously  by  D.  The  result  is  that 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PEOCESS    OF    BKICKMAKING  201 

with  the  altered  machinery  B.'s  plant  is  now  turning  out  15 
per  cent  more  bricks 'per  day  than  formerly,  and  these  are  stronger 
and  sounder,  as  well  as  of  a  better  colour. 

As  all  the  machinery  in  the  three  cases  quoted  was  of  the 
stiff-plastic  type,  and  by  first-class  makers,  the  difference  in 
working  can  only  be  explained  by  differences  in  the  clays  worked, 
and  an  examination  of  these  showed  that  whilst  A.'s  clay  is  very 
strong,  C.'s  clay  is  very  mild,  and  that  used  by  B.  is  a  boulder-clay 
and  consequently  requires  treatment  quite  different  from  the 
other  two,  although  it  will  make  bricks  of  a  medium  quality 
when  treated  by  the  methods  used  by  A.  and  C.  Elated  by  his 
success,  B.  soon  informed  his  neighbours  of  the  advantage  he  had 
gained,  and  A.,  having  sufficient  capital,  decided  to  put  in  an  E. 
machine.  The  makers  warned  him  that  it  was  not  suitable,  and 
suggested  the  use  of  another  type  of  machine  of  their  make,  but 
A.  was  so  convinced  by  the  results  produced  by  B.  that,  assuming 
all  the  responsibility,  he  installed  the  machine.  The  result  was 
a  failure,  because  A.'s  clay  required  such  vigorous  treatment  that 
it  could  not  be  worked  up  properly  in  the  E.  machine.  In  due 
course  C.  followed  B.'s  example,  and,  though  not  so  satisfactory 
as  B.,  still  made  better  goods  than  formerly,  by  a  combination  of 
machinery  from  different  firms.  Yet,  inspired  by  the  success 
of  B.,  A.  and  C.  cannot  understand  their  own  failures  and  do  not 
attribute  them  to  the  true  cause,  but  to  the  machinery  makers. 
The  lesson  to  be  learned  from  these  three  cases  is  that  owing  to 
the  different  character  of  the  clays  in  the  same  district,  it  is  not 
wise  to  argue  that  a  machine  made  by  one  firm  is  necessarily 
suitable,  because  it  is  used  by  a  neighbouring  brickmaker. 

A  good  machine  of  the  revolving-table  type  is  shown  in  fig.  138 
and  made  by  Bradley  &  Craven,  Ltd.,  who  claim  to  have  originated 
this  process.  It  comprises  a  mixer,  a  short  vertical  pug-mill, 
a  circular  rotary  moulding-table,  and  an  eccentric-motion  press. 
In  operation,  the  clay  is  carried  forward  through  the 
mixer  (which  owing  to  its  position  behind  the  pug-mill  is  not 
visible  in  the  illustration)  to  the  pug-mill,  from  whence,  one  at 
a  time,  each  of  the  sixteen  moulds  in  the  rotary  table  receives  a 
charge  of  clay.  The  table  remains  momentarily  stationary  while 
a  mould  is  directly  under  the  operation  of  the  pug-mill,  a  pugged 
brick  is,  during  that  time,  lifted  out  of  another  mould  on  the 
table  and  delivered  to  the  press  by  self-acting  gear  ;  this  delivery 
motion  to  the  press'pushing  forward,  for  removal  by  the  attendant, 
a  finished  brick.  The  only  manual  labour  required  in  the  forma- 


202 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


tion  of  the  bricks  is  for  supplying  the  crude,  freshly  dug  clay 
either  direct  to  the  mixer  (when  its  nature  permits  of  this  being; 
done)  or,  where  previous  preparation  is  necessary,  to  either  rollers 
or  to  an  edge-runner  mill  (its  variety  determining  the  alternative 
method  of  treatment).  The  prepared  material  being  fed  into  the 
mixer  by  self-acting  mechanism,  one  young  lad  is  all  that  is 


FIG.  138. — Stiff-plastic  brick  machine  with  clot-moulds  on  rotary  table. 

needed  to  attend  to  the  mixer,  and  another  to  remove  the 
finished  bricks  from  the  press  to  the  brick-trucks  or  barrows. 

The  machine  is  capable  of  producing  10,000  to  12,000  bricks 
per  day  of  ten  hours,  without  the  aid  of  any  skilled  labour,  and 
the  bricks  are  usually  hard  enough  to  go  direct  to  the  kiln. 

The  value  of  the  bricks  made  by  machines  of  this  type 
depends  upon  the  completeness  with  which  the  mould  in  the 
rotary  table  is  filled.  If  this  filling  is  imperfect  the  brick  will 
be  of  little  worth,  as  the  edges  or  corners  will  be  of  a  different 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING 


203 


density  and  hardness  to  the  rest  of  the  brick,  and  the  clot  will 
often  show  a  crack  along  its  bottom  edge  (fig.  139  A). 

Defective  filling  of  the  mould  is  usually  due  to  the  employ- 
ment of  too  short  a  pug-mill,  or  to  the  absence  of  a  sufficient 
length  of  screw  or  worm  on  the  pug-mill  shaft.  By  increasing 
the  size  of  this  worm  any  desired  compression  of  the  clay  within 
the  mould  may  be  reached,  and  a  completely  filled  die  assured. 
With  some  clays  the  addition  of  an  end  piece  of  the  shape  shown 
in  fig.  140  (designed  by  Gilbert  T.  Smith)  is  sufficient  to  effect 
the  change  shown  in  fig.  139. 

Coring  and  cracking  may  often  be  prevented  by  the  use  of  a 
device  shown  in  fig.  141  made  by  Wootton.  Bros.,  Ltd. 


A.  B. 

FIG.  139. — Clots  made  with  (A)  and  without  (B)  end-piece  shown  in  fig.  140. 

Sutcliffe,  Speakman,  &  Co.,  Ltd.  (fig.  142),  claim  to  have  over- 
come the  principal  cause  of  cracks  and  badly  filled  moulds,  by 
arranging  the  plunger  in  the  clot-moulder  to  give  a  resistance 
to  the  exit  of  the  clay  from  the  pug-mill  into  the  mould,  thus 
keeping  the  clay  column  solid,  and  preventing  it  curling  up  or 
breaking  as  it  tends  to*  do  when  delivered  into  an  empty  mould. 

Power  is  also  saved  by  automatically  driving  the  pug-mill 
slower  when  no  mould  is  being  filled. 

William  Johnson  &  Sons  (Leeds),  Ltd.,  make  a  stiff-plastic 
machine  of  the  revolving  drum-type  which  comprises  a  mixer, 
pug-mill,  and  a  six-mould  cylinder,  as  preliminary  moulder  and 
a  press. 


204 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


The  mixer  and  the  pug-mill  are  situated  on  the  same  level, 
and  the  functions  of  mixing  and  pugging  are  performed  by  an 
arrangement  -of '  knives  fixed  on  one  shaft.  The  material  is  de- 
livered first  to  the  mixer  and  carried  forward  by  the  knives  to 


FIG.  140. — End  piece  for  mould  filler. 

the  pug-mill,  from  whence  it  is  fed  into  one  of  the  moulds  placed 
at  equal  distances  in  a  revolving  cylinder,  about  18  in.  diameter. 
This  cylinder  remains  stationary  while  the  mould  is  being  filled. 
The  action  of  filling  the  mould  automatically  discharges  a  brick 


FIG.  141. — Price's  patent  core  preventer. 

previously  formed  from  the  other  end  of  the- drum.  As  the  brick 
issues  from  the  cylinder  it  is  fed  by  a  self-acting  arrangement 
right  into  the  mould  of  the  press.  The  pressed  brick  is  then 
automatically  raised  out  of  the  press,  and  is  ready  to  be  carried 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING  205 

away.      In  the  similar  machine,  made  by  Richard  Scholefield 


FIG.  142. — Stiff-plastic  brick  machine  with  variable  speed  of  pug-mill. 


FIG.  143. — Stiff-plastic  brick  machine  with  clot-moulds  on  cylinder. 
(fig.    143i),  the  ground  clay,  or  other  material,   is  fed  into   the 


206 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 


hopper  of  the  machine  and  is  pugged  and  carried  forward  by 
the  pug-mill,  from  whence  it  is  compressed  into  one  of  four 
box-moulds,  placed  at  right  angles  to  one  another  in  a  revolving- 
cylinder.  This  cylinder  is  stationary  whilst  being  charged,  and 
the  action  of  filling  the  mould  automatically  discharges  the 
brick  previously  formed.  The  brick,  on  issuing  from  the  cylinder, 
is  passed  forward  by  a  self-acting  arrangement  into  the  mould  of 
the  toggle  press,  and  after  being  subjected  to  two  powerful  dis- 


FIG.  144. — Stiff-plastic  brick  machine  with  open  clot-moulds. 

tinct  presses,  is  automatically  delivered  on  to  a  table  ready  to  be 
placed  on  the  barrow  or  trough  and  taken  direct  to  the  dryer  or 
kiln. 

A  machine  of  similar  type,  but  in  which  the  drum  is  open — 
the  clots  being  moulded  in  what  are  practically  spaces  between 
the  cogs  of  a  large  wheel — is  shown  in  fig.  144.  The  advantages 
of  this  arrangement  are  the  reduced  number  of  wearing  parts  of 
the  mould  and  the  simpler  manner  in  which  the  moulding  drum 
can  be  constructed.  In  this  machine,  as  made  by  T.  C.  Fawcett, 
Ltd.,  the  clay  falls  down  a  chute  from  the  screens  into  a  mixer, 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING  207 

where  a  little  water  is  added,  and  thence  into  a  pug-mill. 
After  being  well  pugged  it  is  thrust  into  a  mould  in  the  "  cog 
wheel ".  At  the  same  time  as  one  mould  is  filled,  the  clot  in 
another  is  pushed  out  automatically,  and  sent  under  a  press 
where  it  receives  its  proper  shape. 

The  press  is  fitted  with  a  hydraulic  balance  which  absolutely 
prevents  breakages.  The  amount  of  driving  power  required  by 
this  machine  is  remarkably  low  (about  6  b.h.p.),  and  the  bricks 
produced  under 'normal  conditions  are  of  excellent  finish  and 
shape,  with  clean,  sharp  edges  and  of  great  hardness.  This 
machine  has  in  fact  been  in  use  for  some  time  for  the  manu- 


FIG.  145. — "  New  Era  "  brick  machine. 

facture  of  the  highest  grades  of  bricks  made  by  the  stiff-plastic 
process. 

Brickmaking  machines  of  the  "  sliding-die  "  type  are  well  re- 
presented by  fig.  142,  showing  the  machine  made  by  Sutcliffe, 
Speakman,  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  and  by  the  "  New  Era  "  machine  (fig.  145). 

In  the  machine  shown  in  fig.  142,  the  chief  features  are  the 
reduced  speed  of  the  pug-mill  when  not  delivering  clay  into  a 
mould,  and  the  rising  of  the  bottom  plunger  of  the  mould  in 
order  to  create  a  resistance  to  the  entering  clay,  and  thereby 
prevent  the  cracks  which  are  so  often  noticed  in  machines 
where  no  such  resistance  occurs.  The  special  construction  of  the 
moulds  on  the  "  economic  "  principle  (p.  152)  facilitates  relining. 

The  "  New  Era  "  machine  (fig.  145),  made  by  C.  Whittaker  and 


208 


MODEEN    BRICKMAKING 


Co.,  Ltd.,  is  the  most  recent  of  stiff-plastic  machines.  In  it  the 
prepared  material  is  fed  into  a  hopper  and  is  discharged  into  a 
vertical  pug-mill.  This  pugs  the  clay  and  forces  it  into  a  clot- 
forming  mould  below.  There  are  two  of  these  moulds  formed  in 
a  sliding  block,  which  brings  each  mould  alternately  under  the  pug. 
As  they  are  alternately  filled,  so  are  they  alternately  discharged. 
There  are  two  presses,  and  the  bricks  are  fed  into  first  one  and 
then  the  other,  one  press  only  being  in  operation  at  a  time.  The 
makers  state  that  the  power  used  for  the  two  presses  is  no  more 
than  a  machine  having  a  single  press,  but  the  time  of  pressing  is 
greater  than  when  a  single  press  is  used.  The  lubrication  of  the 


FIG.  146. — Arrangement  of  plant  in  stiff-plastic  process. 


moulds  and  sliding  parts  is  provided  by  a  simple  oil  spray, 
obtained  by  an  air  blast  from  a  pressure  blower. 

The  advantage  of  sliding-die  machines  is  that  the  clot  has 
a  .flat  top  instead  of  being  slightly  curved  as  in  drum  ma- 
chines, and  the  power  required  to  drive  them  is  rather  lower 
than  in  machines  having  a  rotary  table. 

A  convenient  arrangement  of  the  plant  for  the  stiff-plastic 
process  is  shown  in  fig.  146,  in  which  (1)  represents  the  grinding 
pan,  (2)  the  elevators,  and  (3)  the  brickmaking  machine ;  in 
this  instance  a  Fawcett  plant  (fig.  144)  being  shown. 

Repressing. — The  ordinary  product  of  a  stiff-plastic  machine 
can  by  a  little  selection  be  divided  into  a  small  proportion  of 
facing  bricks  and  a  large  proportion  of  common  ones,  but  when 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PEOCESS    OF    BKICKMAKING- 


209 


large  quantities  of  facing  bricks  are  required  these  should  be 
made  by  repressing  ordinary  stiff-plastic  bricks  immediately  they 
come  from  the  machine,  and  drying  them  more  carefully  than 
the  others  so  as  to  secure  every  possible  advantage  of  form  and 
colour,  as  well-coloured  bricks  cannot  be  produced  from  undried 
bricks  without  an  excessive  amount  of  trouble.  Bricks  may 
be  repressed  in  any  of  the  machines  described  as  represses  on 
pages  139-153,  but  the  ones  employing  toggle-levers  are  in  many 
ways  the  ones  most  satisfactory  for  this  purpose  in  connexion 
with  stiff-plastic  bricks.  Unlike  plastic  bricks,  those  made  by 


FIG.  147. — Conveyer  belt  for  carrying  bricks  to  repress  or  barrow. 

the  stiff-plastic  system  do  not  need  to  he  dried  previous  to  re- 
pressing, but  may  be  taken  direct  from  the  brickmaking  machine 
to  the  repress.  It  is,  therefore,  most  convenient  to  arrange  the 
repress  quite  close  to  the  brickmaking  machine,  so  that  when 
repressed  bricks  are  required  they  may  be  taken  automatically 
from  one  press  to  the  other,  a  boy  being  all  that  is  needed  to 
place  them  in  the  box  of  the  repress.  In  most  cases  the  repress 
is  supplied  by  the  makers  of  the  brick  machine  and  is  attached 
to  it.  The  bricks  are  then  automatically  fed  into  the  mould 
and  delivered  on  to  the  table  ready  for  removal  to  the  drying 
shed  or  kiln.  A  slide,  or  better  still  a  conveyer-belt  (fig.  147),  of 
sufficient  length  serves  as  an  excellent  bed  for  holding  or  con- 

14 


210  MODERN    BEICKMAKING 

veying  the  bricks  from  one  machine  to  another  when  there  is 
much  room  between  them,  though  usually  the  repress  may  be 
placed  close  to  the  machine,  and  a  boy  standing  between  them 
lifts  the  brick  from  the  table  of  the  latter  and  places  it  in  the 
box  of  the  repress. 

The  precautions  necessary  to  be  observed  in  repressing  bricks 
are  practically  the  same  as  those  necessary  in  pressing  a  brick 
made  from  a  clot  by  the  stiff-plastic  process  (p.  198). 

Carrying  Off. — Stiff-plastic  bricks  are  usually  carried  to  the 
dryer  or  kiln  on  barrows  of  a  pattern  similar  to  the  "  crowding 
barrows  "  used  for  hand-made  bricks  (figs.  148-149),  or  on  cars 
if  tunnel-dryers  are  used. 


FIG.  148.— "  Crowding  "  barrow. 

It  is  important,  in  selecting  a  barrow,  to  have  one  in  which 
the  relative  position  of  the  handles,  wheel,  and  load  are  correct, 
as,  otherwise,  the  work  involved  in  their  use  is  greatly  increased. 
To  some  extent  the  height  of  a  man  influences  these  factors,  and 
consequently  when  men  do  not  adhere  to  their  own  barrows,  no 
great  difference  in  the  height  of  the  wheelers  should  be  per- 
mitted. A  few  trials  with  a  loaded  barrow  will  soon  show  the 
correct  measurements  for  a  particular  man.  To  secure  ease  in 
use,  the  load  should  be  carried  by  the  wheel  of  the  barrow  as  far 
as  possible ;  in  a  badly  constructed  barrow,  or  in  one  which  does 
not  fit  the  wheeler,  too  much  of  the  load  is  on  the  hands  of  the 
man  between  the  shafts.  To  aid  the  men  and  increase  the  speed 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING 


211 


at  which  they  work,  the  track  between  the  machine  or  dryer  and 
the  kiln  should  have  an  iron  strip  laid  for  the  barrow  wheel  to  run 
on,  and  the  whole  track  should  be  kept  in  good  condition  for  the 
men  to  run  on.  If  muddy  and  sticky  the  men  cannot  travel  so 
fast.  The  wheelers  should  be  encouraged  to  run  with  the  loaded 
barrows ;  it  is  easier  for  them,  and  more  remunerative  to  their 
employer.  Care>should  also  be  taken  that  each  barrow  is  filled, 


FIG.  149. — Barrow  with  reinforced  frame. 

as  some  men  carry  too  few  bricks  at  a  time.  A  Fawcett  "  counter  " 
will  prevent  this.  It  consists  of  a  recorder  fixed  to  a  convenient 
wall  or  post  and  connected  by  a  chain  running  in  a  pipe  to  a 
balance  box,  containing  a  system  of  balanced  levers  and  placed 
with  its  lid  level  with  the  ground  forming  a  wheeling  plate,  one 
end  of  which  is  hinged  and  the  opposite  end  connected  to  the 
levers,  which  are  balanced  to  the  weight  of  a  barrow  or  wagon 
of  bricks.  The  wagon  or  barrow  containing  the  required  num- 


212 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 


ber  of  bricks  is  wheeled  over  tbe  lid  of  the  balance  box,  causing 
the  chain  to  operate  the  recorder,  and  punch  a  hole  in  the 
record  disc.  The  lid  then  returns  to  its  original  position  and 
moves  the  record  disc  round  a  certain  distance  ready  for  the 
next  punching,  when  the  operation  is  repeated.  When  a  full 
ring  of  holes  has  been  punched,  the  punch  automatically  moves 
a  certain  distance  towards  the  centre  ready  for  the  next  ring. 
A  full  disc  is  sufficient  for  29,000  bricks,  counting  fifty  on  a 
.barrow.  The  number  of  bricks  made  may  be  seen  at  a  glance 


FIG.  150. — Counter  made  by  Thos.  C.  Fawcett,  Ltd. 

at,  any  part  of  the  day.  It  is  impossible  for  any  unauthorized 
person  to  interfere  with  the  working  parts  without  the  tamper- 
ing being  detected,  and  it  thus  forms  a  positive  method  of 
counting  the  bricks. 

Barrows  are  convenient,  but  the  carrying  off  is  facilitated, 
where  there  is  sufficient  room,  by  employing  a  short  belt  running 
horizontally  (fig.  147),  for  taking  bricks  from  the  table  of  the 
press  or  machine  and  delivering  them  several  feet  away  to  the 
men  with  the  barrows,  or  a  long  belt  may  sometimes  be  used  to 
•deliver i the  bricks  direct  to  the  drying  sheds  or  kiln. 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PKOCESS    OF    BEICKMAKING  218 

Instead  of  a  belt,  two  ropes  may  be  driven  parallel  to  each 
other,  and  bricks  on  pallet  boards  laid  across  these  will  then  be 
carried  forward  to  their  destination.  This  arrangement  is  especi- 
ally useful  where  the  bricks  are -taken  direct  from  a  cutting  table. 
The  empty  boards  are  placed  on  the  lower  part  of  the  rope  and 
a  permanent  scraper  throws  them  off  directly  they  arrive  at  the 
machine. 

Where  the  relative  position  of  the  machine  or  dryer  and  the 
kiln  permits,  a  belt  or  conveyer  may  advantageously  be  used  in 
setting.  One  pulley  or  spool  is  taken  inside  the  portion  of  the 
kiln  to  be  set  and  is  slung  up  by  means  of  a  chain  attached  to 
the  roof  or,  through  a  pot-hole,  to  a  bar  above  the  kiln.  The 
other  end  is  in  the  dryer  or  making  shop.  In  this  way  the 
bricks  are  delivered  direct  to  the  setters,  just  as  they  are  required. 
This  method  is  increasing  rapidly  in  popularity  in  the  United 
States,  where  it  is  worked  under  Scott's  patents. 

Another  method,  also  largely  used  in  America,  consists  in 
setting  the  bricks  out  on  a  special  carrier  exactly  as  they  are  to 
be  placed  in  the  kiln.  This  carrier  is  then  taken  by  means  of 
an  overhead  ropeway  to  the  kiln,  and  by  a  simple  motion  the 
bricks  are  set  and  the  empty  carrier  returned.  For  large  outputs 
with  kilns  of  the  "  improved  clamp  "  type,  this  arrangement  is 
good,  as  it  saves  handling,  but  the  author  has  not  found  it  so 
satisfactory  in  continuous  kilns  of  the  Hoffman  type. 

Drying. — According  to  the  amount  of  moisture  in  the  bricks, 
the  size  of  the* solid  particles,  and  the  kiln  in  which  firing  takes 
place,  the  bricks  may  be  taken  to  a  dryer  or  direct  to  the  kiln. 
In  most  instances  where  a  continuous  kiln  of  good  type  with  at 
least  sixteen  chambers  is  used,  the  bricks  need  not  be  dried 
separately,  but  may  be  set  in  the  kiln  and  the  drying  allowed  to 
take  place  therein.  With  single  kilns,  or  where  continuous 
kilns  with  few  chambers  are  employed,  it  is  usually  necessary  to 
dry  the  bricks  before  setting  them  in  the  kiln.  Such  drying  is 
also  necessary  where  the  bricks  have  a  strong  tendency  to  scum, 
and  where  it  is  difficult  to  obtain  a  good  colour. 

Any  of  the  dryers  described  in  Chapter  IV  as  suitable  for 
bricks  made  by  the  plastic  process  may  be  used,  but  as  stiff- 
plastic  bricks  contain  less  moisture  they  shrink  less,  and  may, 
therefore,  be  dried  more  rapidly.  Being  stronger  on  account  of 
their  stiffness,  they  are  specially  adapted  for  treatment  in  tunnel- 
dryers  of  the  "direct  type,"  in-which  the  bricks  and  air  travel 
in  the  same  direction  and  are  both  heated  progressively. 


'214  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

Failing  a  suitable  tunnel-dryer,  they  -should  be  stacked  about 
eight  bricks  high  in  a  shed  with  a  heated  floor  (p.  156).  If 
such  a  shed  has  partitions  or  blinds,  so  as  to  separate  it  into  a 
number  of  tunnels  and  to  enable  the  temperature  in  each  section 
to  be  regulated  so  as  to  suit  the  bricks  in  it,  the  drying  will  be 
better  and  more  economically  carried  out  than  where  the  usual 
"  open  shed  "  is  used.  Ventilation  must  be  provided,  but  draughts 
on  the  bricks  avoided. 

A  simple  and  cheap  dryer  of  the  intermittent  form  has  been 
patented  by  W.  B.  Hughes,  and  consists  of  skeleton  timber 
framing  fixed  upon  a  brick  curb  with  adjustable  sides,  which, 
when  removed,  give  easy  access  for  taking  the  bricks  on  the 
ordinary  off-bearing  barrow.  As  the  sections  are  filled,  the 
boards  forming  the  sides  are  put  into  position  and  the  dryer 
started  working.  When  the  bricks  are  dry  the  side  boards  are 
taken  out,  giving  free  access  for  the  barrows. 

The  heat  is  obtained  by  means  of  3  in.  cast-iron  pipes,  to 
which  either  live  or  exhaust  steam  is  connected.  A  fan  is  used 
for  forcing  hot  air  at  any  desired  temperature  up  between 
the  already  heated  cast-iron  pipes  and  through  the  goods  to  be 
dried.  Such  a  dryer  is  cheap  to  construct,  requires  little  atten- 
tion, and  is  easily  built,  but  has  the  disadvantage  that  the  bricks 
must  be  stacked  in  it  instead  of  being  left  in  the  cars  as  in  other 
tunnel-dryers. 

The  same  principle  is  used  extensively  in  the  United  States 
in  what  is  known  as  the  Bechtel  dryer.  The  floor  of  this  dryer 
is  in  the  form  of  a  number  of  trenches,  the  walls  of  which 
are  sufficiently  wide  to  allow  a  special  barrow  (fig.  151)  to  travel 
along  them.  After  the  barrow  has  been  wheeled  into  position 
the  handles<are  raised,  and  the  pallet-boards  containing  the  bricks 
are  deposited  across  the  trench  and  the  empty  barrow  can  then 
be  wheeled  away.  The  bricks  are  set  in  a  series  of  blades  the 
whole  length  of  the  dryer,  and  when  one  trench  is  completely 
covered  with  bricks  from  end  to  end  they  are  covered  with 
special  burlap  coverings  (fig.  152),  so  that  as  soon  as  the  heated 
air  commences  to  extract  the  moisture  from  the  drying  bricks, 
instead  of  it  being  immediately  dissipated  into  the  dryer,  this 
hot  saturated  air  is  largely  retained  on  the  outer  surfaces  of  the 
bricks  by  means  of  these  coverings,  and  so  long  as  this  state  of 
humidity  is  maintained,  the  brick  dries  from  the  inside  outwards, 
the  surrounding  moisture  preventing  the  hardening  of  the  surfaces 
of  the  brick  and  obviating  "  checking  ".  In  other  words  the  out- 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PKOCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING 


215 


side  of  the  brick  dries  last.  This  is  an  important  advantage, 
especially  where  clays  are  of  a  tender  nature.  A  fan  is  vised  for 
supplying  the  hot  air  to  the  flues. 

One  of  the  most  novel  forms  of  dryer  at  present  in  use  is 
that  worked  under  A.  Scott's  patents,  in  connexion  with  a  kiln  of 
the  horizontal  draught  or  archless  continuous  type.  This  system 
is  the  most  radical  departure  in  drying  methods  yet  introduced. 
It  boldly  does  away  with  not  only  cars,  rails,  pallets,  and  other 
incidental  apparatus,  but  with  the  dryer  itself! 

The  system  consists  of  two  factors :  First  a  belt  conveyer  to 


FIG.  151.— Bechtel  barrow. 

take  the  bricks  from  the  machine  up  to  and  into  the  kilns ; 
second,  the  drying  of  the  bricks  in  the  kiln  after  they  are  set. 
The  system  is,  of  course,  specially  adapted  to  the  handling  of 
"  stiff-plastic  "  and  "  semi-dry  "  bricks.  For  bricks  made  by  the 
plastic  process  it  is  not  advantageous.  The  main  conveyer  takes 
the  place  of  the  ordinary  off-bearing  belt  of  the  brick  machine.  It 
receives  the  bricks  from  the  cutting  table  and  carries  them  down 
the  yard  under  a  shed  built  along  in  front  of  th,e  line  of  kilns. 
When  the  bricks  arrive  on  this  belt  opposite  the  kiln  into  which 
they  are  to  be  set,  they>are  transferred,  by  a  man  stationed  at  this 
junction  point,  to  another  belt  which  extends  through  the  kiln. 


216 


MODERN    BEICKMAKING 


S 


THE    STIFF-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING-  217 

This  work  of  transferring  is  accomplished  by  one  man,  who  can 
handle  from  60,000  to  70,000  bricks  daily.  The  cross-conveyer, 
as  this  second  belt  is  called,  carries  the  bricks  into  the  kiln  at 
any  height  desired  to  ensure  the  efficiency  of  the  setting.  The 
bricks  are  generally  set  from  six  to  eight  high.  When  the  en- 
tire kiln  floor  has  been  set  to  this  height  the  cross-conveyer  is 
raised  to  the  proper  height  for  the  next  setting,  and  the  setters 
proceed  to  another  kiln  or  chamber  to  continue  the  operation, 
while  these  eight  courses  of  brick  are  being  dried.  The  object 
being  to  dry  these  sufficiently  for  the  next  twelve  hours  to  sup- 
port the  setting  of  the  next  eight  courses.  When  these  are  dried 
the  next  tier  is  set  and  that  again  dried,  the  operation  being 
repeated  until  the  entire  kiln  is  filled  and  ready  for  burning. 
The  burning  is  carried  on  in  the  usual  manner.  It  is  claimed 
that  when  the  top  tier  of  bricks  is  dry,  the  bottom  course  is  as 
hot  as  the  heated  air  will  make  it,  and  the  kiln  is  in  a  perfect 
condition  to  start  firing  without  water-smoking. 

The  drying  of  the  bricks  in  the  kiln  is  accomplished  chiefly 
by  the  application  of  waste  heat.  It  is  maintained  that  the 
saving  on  fuel  and  labour  costs  amounts  to  about  2s.  6d.  per 
1000,  due  to  the  fact  that  the  bricks  are  drier  than  those  turned 
out  from  the  ordinary  dryer,  and  that  the  kiln  is  hot  when  the 
fires  are  started,  so  that  the  water-smoking  cost  is  reduced  to  a 
minimum.  The  method  requires  considerable  adaptation  before 
it  can  be  used  for  most  British  yards.  In  the  United  States, 
where  it  is  chiefly  used,  large  kilns  with  open  tops  ("  scove  kilns  ") 
are  chiefly  used  for  common  bricks,  and  for  these  this  system 
is  excellent. 

Kilns. — Bricks  made  by  the  stiff-plastic  process  may  be  fired 
in  single  or  continuous  kilns,  the  latter  having  the  advantage  of 
using  less  fuel,  and  at  the  same  time  giving  bricks  of  equally 
good  colour  if  properly  constructed  and  managed. 

Of  the  single  kilns,  the  "down-draught"  and  "  Newcastle  " 
types  are  usually  best,  but  others  are  used  to  the  satisfaction  of 
various  brickmakers. 

Where  the  output  is  large,  a  continuous  kiln  is  undoubtedly 
the  most  suitable,  as  if  properly  designed  for  the  purpose  it  can 
receive  the  bricks  direct  from  the  machine  and  dispense  with  a 
dryer.  Where  only  common  bricks  (with  or  without  a  small 
proportion  of  facings)  are  to  be  made,  a  continuous  or  semi-con- 
tinuous kiln  should  be  used.  These  are  described  in  Chapter 
VIII. 


218  MODERN    BEICKMAKING 

The  preliminary  heating  of  bricks  made  by  the  stiff-plastic 
process  should  be  effected  with  special  care.  If  this  precaution 
is  duly  observed,  the  firing  of  bricks  made  in  this  manner  pre- 
sents no  difficulties  not  met  with  in  other  methods  of  brick- 
making. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

THE  SEMI-DRY  OR  SEMI-PLASTIC  PROCESS  OF  BRICK- 
MAKING. 

IN  the  semi-dry  or  semi-plastic  process  the  clay  is  used  in  its 
natural  condition,  no  weathering  or  other  treatment  being  used 
{except  in  special  cases)  to  develop  the  plasticity.  Both  terms 
"  semi-dry  "  and  "  semi-plastic  "  are  used  for  the  same  process, 
though  the  former  is  better  and  clearer,  as  well  as  less  likely 
to  be  confused  with  the  "  stiff -plastic  "  process  in  which  a  small 
amount  of  water  is  needed.  The  semi-dry  process  has  the 
advantage  of  remarkable  cheapness  in  working,  as  the  bricks 
•can  be  sent  direct  to  the  kiln,  but  it  is  not  so  popular  now  as  for- 
merly, because  of  the  introduction  of  the  stiff-plastic  system,  and 
of  the  greater  ease  with  which  the  stiff-plastic  bricks  are  sold 
to  builders. 

Owing  to  the  dryness  of  the  material,  the  semi-dry  process 
oan  be  used  in  many  instances  where  other  processes  are  not  so 
suitable,  but  the  bricks  produced  from  this  material  are  seldom 
so  satisfactory  as  those  made  from  more  plastic  clays.  The 
greater  cheapness  of  producing  semi-dry  bricks  is  very  much  in 
their  favour  in  certain  districts  (notably  in  the  neighbourhoods 
•of  Peterborough  and  Accrington)  and  this  process  will,  therefore, 
hold  its  own  in  some  localities  for  a  considerable  time  to  come ; 
indeed,  for  the  special  clays  found  in  certain  parts  of  Lancashire 
(Accrington),  and  near  Fletton  (Peterborough),  it  is  difficult  to 
conceive  a  process  by  which  bricks  of  saleable  quality  can  be 
produced  more  cheaply  than  when  made  by  the  semi-dry  process. 

The  most  suitable  clays  for  the  semi-dry  process  are  those  of 
a  lean  or  open  character ;  highly  plastic -clays  cannot  be  used, 
and  several  attempts  to  employ  them  have  only  resulted  in 
failure,  as  they  require  more  thorough  treatment  than  is  possible 
when  they  are  worked  up  in  a  semi-dry  state.  The  ideal  clay  for 
the  semi-dry  process  is  one  which,  when  ground,  balls  together 
when  squeezed  in  the  hand  without  losing  its  shape  when  the 

219 


220  MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

pressure  is  removed  and  yet  which  does  not  feel  sticky  or  plastic, 
It  must  also  contain  sufficient  flux  to  bind  the  particles  together 
into  good  bricks  when  fired  at  a  reasonable  temperature.  The 
clay  must  be  free  from  gross  impurities,  and  if  not  regular 
in  composition,  some  arrangement  must  be  made  for  mixing  it 
thoroughly,  as  irregularities  in  this  respect  will  cause  failures 
which  it  is  often  difficult  to  trace  to  their  source.  Many  shales 
are  capable  of  being  efficiently  worked  by  this  process. 

The  use  of  semi-dry  process  machines  has  been  pushed 
vigorously  during  recent  years,  but  it  would  be  unwise  to  install 
them  on  new  and  untried  clays  unless  precisely  similar  materi- 
als had  been  successfully  worked  by  this  system,  or  unless  the 
brickmaker  is  willing  to  experiment  on  a  very  large  scale,  as 
this  is  one  of  the  most  difficult  of  brickmaking  processes  to  put 
into  satisfactory  operation,  and  the  most  prominent  users  of  it 
have  only  attained  their  success  as  the  result  of  incessant  labour 
of  a  highly  skilled  character. 

In  the  semi-dry  or  semi-plastic  process  of  brickmaking  the 
clay  is  dug  from  the  pit,  sent  in  wagons  to  a  grinding  mill  of 
the  edge-runner  type,  and  the  ground  material  is  subjected  to 
the  action  of  powerful  presses,  which  form  it  into  bricks.  Thesa 
bricks  are  taken  direct  to  the  kiln. 

The  following  is  the  arrangement  of  plant  used  by  the  London 
Brick  Co.,  Ltd.,  of  Fletton,  Peterborough,  one  of  the  largest 
manufacturers  of  bricks  by  this  process : — 

Early  investigations  having  proved  the  necessity  of  mixing 
the  different  strata  (including  an  oily  shale)  found  in  the  Fletton 
bed,  steam  navvies  are  used  to  take  a  scrape  right  up  the  whole 
face  of  clay  and  ensure  a  good  proportion  of  each  stratum.  As 
in  this  district  the  topmost  layer  of  earth  (or  "  callow  ")  is  not 
suitable  for  treatment,  it  is  removed  by  a  preliminary  steam 
navvy  and  taken  along  a  belt  conveyer  to  a  place  where  it  may 
conveniently  be  deposited. 

The  steam  navvies  used  for  obtaining  clay  in  this  manner 
are  of  the  type  shown  in  fig.  153,  and  are  so  constructed 
that  when  the  bucket  or  grab  is  filled  with  clay  it  is  swung 
round,  and  after  opening  a  door  at  the  back  of  the  bucket,  its 
contents  are  discharged  into  a  wagon.  The  bucket  is  provided 
with  steel  claws  which  break  up  the  ground,  and  about  1  cub.  yd. 
of  material  is  obtained  at  each  stroke  of  the  machine.  With 
such  an  appliance,  and  working  under  favourable  conditions,  it 
is  easily  possible  to  cut  up  a  face  of  clay  and  load  it  into  wagons. 


SEMI-DKY    OB    SEMI-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING       221 


at  a  cost  of  about  twopence  per  cub.  yd.     As  the  wagons  are  filled 
they  are  hauled  by  an  endless  chain  to  the  mills. 

For  the  most  part  the  grinding  is  carried  out  in  edge-runner 
mills,  though  in  a  few  cases  disintegrators  and  stone-breakers 
have  been  used,  but  these  do  not,  on  the  whole,  produce  the  de- 
sired results.  The  most  suitable  mills  are  those  of  the  revolv- 
ing dry  pan  type  (p.  183),  as  the  material  must  be  reduced  to 
-a  fine  powder. 


FIG.  153. — Steam  navvy  (Euston-Proctor  &  Co.). 

The  crushed  material  is  next  taken  to  the  screens  by  spiral 
•conveyers  (figs.  154  and  155)  which  assist  in  mixing  it  thoroughly, 
though  other  forms  of  conveyers  may  be  substituted,  provided  that 
a  special  dry  mixer  is  included  at  a  later  stage. 

The  screens  used  by  the  London  Brick  Co.  are  of  the 
"piano-wire"  type  (p.  194),  this  having  been  invented  by 
their  manager,  Mr.  A.  Adams  ;  but  some  other  firms  have  found 
perforated  steel  plates  to  be  more  efficient.  This  is  clearly  a 
matter  for  each  brickmaker  to  decide  for  himself,  as  so  much 
depends  on  the  nature  of  the  material  used.  The  objection  to 
piano-wire  screens  as  ordinarily  supplied  is  that  the  larger  por- 


22*2  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

tions  of  material  are  apt  to  lodge  between  the  wires,  parting 
them  and  making'  the  screens  ineffective.  This  may  be  over- 
come by  using  two  screens,  providing  the  material  is  not  too 
lamellar  in  structure. 

The  material  which  passes  through  the  screens  is  received  in 
a  hopper  or  on  to  a  floor,  from  whence  it  passes  down  a  chute  to 
the  machines ;  but  the  material  which  is  too  large  to  pass  the 
screen  is  sent  down  another  chute  to  the  grinding  mill  for  further 
treatment. 

The  screened  dust  must  possess  sufficient  dampness  before  it 


FIG.  154. — Spiral  conveyer. 

is  allowed  to  pass  into  the  brickmaking  machine.  It  should  be- 
able  to  be  pressed  by  the  hand  into  a  ball ;  if  too  dry  it  will  not 
hold  together,  and  will  necessitate  the  addition  of  water  to  the 
clay  in  the  grinding  mill  or  mixer.  In  some  cases  enough  water 
may  be  present  in  the  clay,  though  very  unevenly  distributed, 
so  that  some  parts  are  dry  and  will  not  hold  together,  the  mate- 
rial must  then  be  passed  through  extra  mixing  machinery. 

In  the  brickmaking  machine,  the  material  is  pressed  into  a 
block  and,  if  desired,  repressed  and  sent  to  the  kiln.  The 
London  Brick  Co.,  Ltd.,  have  found  that  four  distinct  pressures 
are  necessary  to  obtain  the  best  results. 

The  presses  employed  by  the  London  Brick  Co.  are  made 


SEMI-DEY    OE    SEMI-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BBICKMAKING      223 


by  C.  Whittaker  & 
Co.,  Ltd.,  illustrated 
in  fig.  156.  The 
ground  material 
from  the  mill  and 
mixers  is  fed  into 
the  hopper  of  this 
machine,  and  thence 
by  means  of  a  slid- 
ing box  into  the  first 
mould.  The  amount 
of  material  received 
in  the  mould  can  be 
regulated  instantly, 
so  that  as  the  damp- 
ness of  the  material 
varies  from  time  to 
time  more  or  less 
clay  can  be  taken 
into  the  mould.  The 
brick,  after  having 
two  pressures  put  on 
to  it,  is  automati- 
cally fed  into  the 
second  mould  and 
there  it  is  pressed 
twice  more  ;  thus  it- 
is  subjected  to  four 
distinct  pressures, 
each  pressure  being 
about  80  tons.  This 
machine  has  an  out- 
put of  5000  to  6000 
bricks  per  day,  and, 
according  to  the 
makers,  requires  5 
h.p.  to  drive  it.  It 
should  be  noted  that 
in  this  machine  no 
oil  is  used  to  lubri- 
cate the  moulds. 

After  leaving  this  machine  the  bricks  are  taken  straight 


to 


224 


MODEKN    BEICKMAKING 


the  kiln,  which,  in  the  case  of  the  London  Brick  Co.,  is  a  con- 
tinuous one  of  exceptional  size  and  designed  in  a  special  man- 
ner rendered  necessary  by  the  proportion  of  oil  and  other 
combustible  matter  in  the  clay  used.  This  kiln  (known  as 
the  "  English  ")  is  described  in  Chapter  VIII. 


FIG.  156. — Semi-dry  process  brick  machine. 

The  London  Brick  Co.  lay  much  emphasis  upon  and  attribute 
much  of  their  success  to  the  use  of  (1)  steam  navvies  which, 
they  claim,  can  secure  an  admixture  of  the  material  which  is 
far  more  thorough  than  is  possible  in  hand  digging  ;  (2)  spiral  or 
other  mixers  to  incorporate  thoroughly  the  crushed  material ; 
(3)  pressing  each  brick  four  times,  and  (4)  efficient  and  economi- 
cal burning. 


SEMI-DBY    OB    SEMI-PLASTIC   PBOCESS    OF    BBICKMAKING      225 

It  is  undoubtedly  true  that  the  cracked  faces,  liability  to 
spall,  and  other  defects  of  many  bricks  made  by  the  semi-plastic 
process  is  due  to  an  insufficient  recognition  of  the  importance 
of  the  material  being  thoroughly  homogeneous  and  sufficiently 
pressed. 

Machines  for  making  bricks  by  the  semi-dry  process  are  also 
supplied  by  other  firms.  The  arrangement  of  plant  shown  in 
fig.  157  has  been  used  successfully  in  several  instances  by  Thos. 
C.  Fawcett,  Ltd. 

In  this  plant  the  material  is  ground  in  an  open  base  revolving 
pan  mill  (p.  188),  and  taken  by  a  bucket  elevator  to  a  "  Neway- 
ago  "  (p.  194)  or  other  suitable  screen.  The  finer  portions  of 
material  are  then  passed  through  a  double  differential  mixer 
similar  to  that  shown  in  fig.  158  where  water  is  added  (if  neces- 
sary) to  bring  the  material  to  the  proper  consistency.  The 
mixture  is  then  delivered  to  the  press  shown  in  fig.  159,  which  is 
in  many  respects  similar  to  the  Fawcett  duplex  press  used  for 
the  stiff-plastic  process.  In  this  machine  the  damp  powder  is 
rammed  into  a  clot  in  open-ended  moulds  forming  the  cogs  of 
a  special  wheel,  and  each  clot  is  in  turn  fed  into  the  box  of  a 
toggle-lever  press  where  it  receives  two  distinct  pressures.  This 
produces  a  brick  which  is,  in  most  cases,  sufficiently  dense  and 
ready  to  set  directly  into  the  kiln. 

For  best  facing  bricks,  however,  the  use  of  a  repress  (fig.  160) 
is  desirable,  particularly  if  this  has  an  attachment  for  regulating 
the  thickness  of  each  brick. 

Such  a  plant  as  this  has  an  output  of  10,000  bricks  per  day 
and  requires  20  to  25  b.h.p.  to  drive  it  under  normal  conditions. 

The  machine  made  by  Rd.  Scholefield  is  identical  in  principle 
with  the  Fawcett  plant,  but  differs  in  several  important  details. 
Thus,  the  moulds  have  closed  instead  of  open  ends,  and  instead 
of  an  arm  pushing  the  clot  out  of  the  press  wheel,  or  drum, 
in  the  Scholefield  machine  it  is  pushed  out  by  the  filling  of 
the  opposite  portion  of  the  drum  preparatory  to  making  a  new 
clot.  This  "  Sanspareil  "  machine  is  shown  in  fig.  161. 

The  efficiency  of  the  machine  has  recently  been  enhanced  by 
the  introduction  of  an  adjustable  feed,  which,  without  stopping 
the  machine,  can  be  regulated  to  feed  a  greater  or  lesser  quantity 
of  clay  into  the  moulding  cylinder,  thus  preventing  an  excessive 
escape  of  clay  and  consequent  loss  of  ariving  power  and  assur- 
ing a  full  feed. 

The  centre  and  bottom  joint  of  the  toggles  are  of  special 

15 


226 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


SEMI-DRY    OB    SEMI-PLASTIC   PROCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING-      227 


228 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 


design  in  the  form  of  "  knuckles  "  dispensing  with  the  usual 
joint  (which  is  formed  by  a  pin  or  shaft  passing  through 
holes  bored  in  the  respective  ends  of  the  toggles.  These 
"  knuckles,"  which  are  easily  adjustable,  have  extra  large  wear- 
ing surfaces,  are  machined  to  fit  the  steel  cups  or  sockets, 
bored  out  to  receive  them,  and  are  also  arranged  in  such  a 
manner  that  it  is  equally  simple  to  subject  the  brick  to  two 
exactly  equal  pressures,  or  to  a  heavy  first  pressure  and  a  second 


FIG.  159. — Semi-dry  process  brick  machine. 

light  pressure,  or  to  a  light  first  pressure  and  a  heavy  second 
pressure,  with  one  revolution  of  the  crank-shaft.  After  the  first 
pressure  has  been  brought  to  bear  upon  the  brick,  it  is  released 
for  a  short  space,  after  which  the  second  or  final  pressure  is 
applied,  and  the  brick  is  automatically  discharged  from  the  press 
mould  on  to  the  delivery  table.  The  thickness  of  the  repressed 
brick  can  be  regulated  accurately  by  means  of  a  "  folding 
wedge  "  adjustable  pressure  block,  without  stopping  the  machine. 
Wm.  Johnson  &  Sons,  Ltd.,  Leeds,  have  for  a  number  of  years- 


SEMI-DRY    OE    SEMI-PLASTIC    PEOCESS    OF    BEICKMAKING      229 

manufactured    the    semi-dry   press    shown    in   fig.    162.      The 
powdered  material  is  fed  into  a  hopper,  which  is  part  of  the 


FIG.  160. — Eepress  for  semi-dry  bricks. 

machine,  underneath  which  passes  a  charger,  and  in  doing  so 
becomes  filled  with  ground  clay.  After  this  the  charger  passes 
over  the  mould,  drops  the  material  into  the  latter,  and  then 
returns  to  the  hopper  for  a  fresh  charge  of  clay.  During  this 


230  MODEBN    BRICKMAKING 

time  the  brick  is  pressed  in  the  mould  by  a  descending  plunger 
and  also  an  ascending  one  underneath,  these  being  operated  by 
a  powerful  cam  and  anti-friction  roller  so  that  the  brick  receives 
the  pressure  simultaneously  both  from  the  top  and  bottom. 
This  insures  a  uniform  pressure  over  the  whole  brick.  The 
pressure  can  be  varied  in  a  very  simple  manner  by  the  attendant, 
who  also  loads  the  bricks  on  to  a  barrow  or  cars  ready  for  removal 
to  the  kiln. 

This  machine  has  a  daily  output  of  7000  bricks  and,  on  the 
maker's  statement,  needs  about  6  h.p.  for  driving  it. 


FIG.  161. — "  Sanspareil "  brick  machine. 

The  Stanley  patent  semi-dry  dust  machine  is  made  by  the 
Nuneaton  Engineering  Co.,  Ltd.,  and  shown  in  fig.  163.  This 
machine  is  altogether  different  from  the  types  mentioned  above. 
The  dust  is  fed  from  a  reciprocating  charger  in  the  usual  way, 
but  the  pressure  is  applied  by  means  of  shaped  cams  working  on 
rollers  fitted  with  cross  heads,  carrying  on  their  lower  sides 
plungers  which  fit  into  dies.  Pressure  is  gradually  applied  and 
during  the  process  is  slightly  relieved,  allowing  the  escape  of  air 
and  the  equal  expansion  of  the  clay  dust  in  the  die.  At  the 
finish  of  the  pressing  stage  the  top  plungers  and  dies  are  forced 
dowmon  to  the  stationary  bottom  plungers,  regulated  to  a-greater 
or  lesser  degree  as  required.  This  simple  action  gives  the  bottom, 


SEMI-DEY    OE    SEMI-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BEICKMAKING       231 

sides,  and  arrises  as  true  and  hard  a  finish  as  the  upper  parts  of 


FIG.  162.— Johnson's  press  for  semi-dry  process. 

the  brick.     As  the  feed-boxes  fill  the  dies 'they  deliver  the  pressed 


232 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


bricks  to  the  front,  giving  ample  time  for  the  attendant  to  remove 

them. 

The  advantage  of  receiving  such  a  second  pressure  on  the 

lower  part  of  the  brick  is 
very  great.  Machines 
which  only  give  a  single 
direct  pressure  usually 
leave  the  centre  of  the 
brick  coarse  and  weak. 
The  extra  movement  of 
the  Stanley  machine  pre- 
vents this  weakness. 

The  clay  is  kept  in 
motion  when  under  pres- 
sure, and  the  contact  with 
the  sides  of  the  mould 
causes  the  sides  of  the 
brick  to  be  thoroughly 
smoothed  and  free  from 
signs  of  granulation, 
though  whether  granula- 

FIG.  163.-Stanley  press  for  semi-dry  bricks.  tjon  jg  really  removed  or 
only  covered  over  is  a  moot  point  with  some  clays. 

In  its  latest  form  the  machine  is  fitted  with  two  die  boxes  and 
plungers  so  as  to  make  two  bricks  at  once,  and  with  lifting  fingers 
which  raise  the  brick  and  carry  it  forward  to  the  delivery  table, 
where  it  is  placed  down  gently  and  the  fingers  travel  back  to  re- 
ceive a  second  brick.  This  arrangement  preserves  the  arrises 
from  the  damage  which  is  inevitable  when  the  bricks  are  pushed 
along  to  the  delivery  table. 

The  machine  is  also  fitted  with  a  special  charging  appliance 
which  takes  the  form  of  a  false  bottom  in  the  feed  box  which 
supplies  the  clay  to  the  die.  In  the  ordinary  form  of  feed  there 
is  an  unavoidable  tendency  to  produce  bricks  with  one  soft  end, 
owing  to  the  manner  in  which  the  clay  is  fed  into  the  die.  In 
the  new  arrangement  the  false  bottom  is  closed  until  the  box  is 
completely  over  the  die,  when  it  opens  from  the  centre  outwards, 
fills  the  die  with  the  dust,  closes  and  carries  the  box  out  of  the  way 
of  the  descending  plunger. 

Amongst  other  machines  using  cam  rollers  may  be  mentioned 
the  "  Platt  "  machine  (figs.  164  and  165),  which  has  a  falling  cross 
head  carrying  the  piston  and  gives  a  hammer-like  action  to  the 


SEMI-DRY    OR    SEMI-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING-      233 

material  under  pressure,  through  the  head  dropping  twice  in  each 
revolution.  The  first  drop  displaces  the  air,  which  escapes  when 
the  cross  head  is  raised,  and  the  second  drop,  followed  by  the 
enormous  pressure  of  both  upper  and  lower  cams,  produces  a  very 


REFERENCE 


FIG.  164.— Platt  Bros.  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  press  (front  view). 

dense  brick.     An  air-cylinder  is  placed  at  the  upper  part  of  the 
press  to  regulate  the  speed  of  the  falling  plungers. 

A  press  of  an  entirely  different  type  is  the  "  Emperor  "  made 
by  Sutcliffe,  Speakman  &  Co.,  Ltd.  (fig.  166).  Though  primarily 
designed  for  materials  devoid  of  plasticity,  this  press  is  well  suited 
for  some  clays  worked  in  a  dry  or  semi- dry  .state. 


234 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


It  consists  of  a  horizontal,  rotating  table  containing  the  moulds 

arranged  singly  or  in  pairs,  and, 
depending  on  the  size,  there  are 
from  six  to',  eight  pairs  of 
moulds.  The  table  is  rotated 
in  such  a  manner  that  whilst 
one  pair  is  receiving  the  charge 
of  material  to  be  pressed,  an- 
other is  under  pressure  and  a 
third  is  over  the  discharge  ram. 
The  feeding  is  quite  automatic, 
being  effected  by  means  of  a 
circular  pan  in  which  revolves 
a  series  of  stirrers  which  pre- 
vent the  material  choking,  and 
ensure  a  regular  and  constant 
feed.  The  quantity  of  material 
fed  into  the  moulds  is  regulated 
by  means  of  a  hand  wheel,  and, 
as  this  can  be  turned  whilst  the 
machine  is  in  motion,  the  pres- 
sure can  be  regulated  at  will. 
The  pressing  mechanism  is  of 
the  toggle  and  knee  type,  and 
the  distribution  of  the  pressure 


FIG.  165.— Platt  Bros.  &  Co.,  Ltd., 
press  (side  view). 


FIG.  166. — ".Emperor"  press. 

is  so  effected  that  massive  steel  bolts  take  all  the  greater  strains 


SEMI-DRY    OE    SEMI-PLASTIC    PEOCESS    OF    BEICKMAKING      235 

of  the  framework.  Ample  adjustments  are  made  for  taking  up 
wear  and  tear.  The  moulds  are  on  the  "  economic  "  principle 
(p.  152)  and  are  easily  relined,  as  in  putting  in  new  liners  no  fitting 
or  adjusting  is  required.  Each  set  of  liners  can  be  reversed,  giv- 
ing two  wearing  faces. 


FIG.  167. — Action  of  "  Emperor  "  press. 

This  press  can  be  made  to  give  a  top  and  bottom  equal  and 
simultaneous  pressure,  or  to  give  a  bottom  pressure  only,  or  a 
quadruple  pressure,  the  final  pressure  being  greater  than  the 
first. 

A  patent  expression  attachment  (fig.  167)  operates  by  giving 
each  brick  two  pressings,  the  first  squeezes  and  presses  the 
material  from  the  centre  into  the  corners  and  arrises,  the  final 
pressure  finishes  the  brick.  By  these  means  each  brick  is  of  even 


236  MODERN    BEICKMAKING 

density  throughout,  with  fine  sharp  corners  and  arrises.  In  fig 
167  "A  "  shows  the  mould  receiving  the  first  preliminary  pressure 
and  "  B  "  the  final  pressure. 

When  used  for  brickmaking  the  goods  are  delivered  on  the 
table  for  removal  by  the  attendant,  and  are  not  pushed  from  the 
moulds,  as  in  presses  of  the  vertical  type,  but  an  automatic 
pusher-off  can  be  attached  to  the  machine  to  deliver  the  bricks 
on  to  a  travelling  band  if  desired. 

This  machine  has  a  maximum  output  from  1000  (single  type) 
to  2400  (duplex  type)  bricks  per  hour.  The  power  required  to 
operate  it  is  from  5  to  12  h.p.  It  works  smoothly  and  easily, 
and  owing  to  powerful  springs  •shown  in  the  illustration,  it  is 
evenly  balanced.  These  springs  are  not  for  relieving  the  pressure, 
but  merely  to  balance  the  heavy  pressing  mechanism  and,  if 
desired,  the  machine  can  be  run  without  them. 

The  "  Emperor  "  press  has  deservedly  made  a  great  reputation 
for  itself  for  working  all  kinds  and  qualities  of  non-plastic  or 
slightly  plastic  material,  including  ores  of  all  descriptions,  arti- 
ficial fuels  and  sands,  iron  and  steel  slags,  destructor  clinker, 
coral  rock,  puzzolana,  and  cement  mixtures  as  well  as  clay. 

Eepressing. — As  the  solidity  of  the  unfired  bricks  is  chiefly  due 
to  the  pressure  to  which  they  have  been  subject,  it  is  important 
that  this  should  be  sufficient,  and  whilst  some  firms  prefer  to 
press  the  bricks  only  once,  a  second  pressing  should  not  be 
omitted  where  the  best  and  strongest  bricks  are  required.  As 
already  stated,  the  best  machines  subject  the  bricks  automatically 
to  two  or  more  pressings,  thereby  avoiding  the  necessity  of 
repressing. 

Transport. — In  most  instances  pressed  bricks  are  taken  on 
crowding  barrows  (fig.  148),  and  are  wheeled  along  iron  strips  to 
the  kiln.  In  a  few  works  they  are  loaded  on  to  double  deck  cars 
(p.  171)  and  taken  along  rails,  turn-tables,  and  portable  rails 
inside  the  kiln. 

Kilns. — Any  good  type  of  kiln  may  be  used,  but  as  the  semi- 
dry  method  is  chiefly  used  for  large  outputs,  some  form  of  con- 
tinuous kiln  is  to  be  preferred.  Details  of  these  will  be  found 
in  Chapter  VIII. 

Difficulties  in  Working.  The  difficulties  met  with  in  working 
clays  by  the  semi-dry  method  are  similar  to  those  met  with  in 
working  the  stiff-plastic  process,  but  the  weakness  caused  by 
lamination  is  much  more  frequent ;  indeed,  it  is  the  great  bug- 
bear of  the  maker  of  this  kind  of  brick. 


SEMI-DKY    OR    SEMI-PLASTIC    PROCESS    OF    BRICKMAKING      237 

Lamination  is  recognized  by  the  production  of  thin  layers  of 
material,  easily  visible  when  a  brick  is  broken,  which  cause  the 
brick  to  split  off  or  spall  in  certain  directions.  It  is  not  often 
due  to  insufficient  pressure,  but  may  be  caused  by  excessive 
pressure  if  this  is  applied  at  the  wrong  time. 

In  many  instances  the  cause  of  lamination  is  very  obscure, 
but  insufficient  treatment  of  the  material  is  a  prominent  factor, 
especially  if  the  clay  is  obtained  dry  and  is  damped  and  im- 
perfectly mixed  later.  This  produces  portions  of  material 
in  which  the  plasticity  is  strongly  developed,  whilst  in  others  it 
is  scarcely  developed  at  all,  and  lamination  consequently  re- 
sults. One  brickmaker  of  the  author's  acquaintance  has  com- 
pared it  to  the  use  of  flour  in  preparing  puff-pastry.  "  The  dough 
is  rolled  out  into  thin  pieces,  and  sprinkled  with  flour  and  then 
rolled  again.  On  placing  in  the  oven,  the  dry  flour  causes  the 
plastic  layers  of  dough  to  part  from  each  other,  and  the  laminated 
character  of  puff-pastry  is  thereby  obtained." 

The  manner  in  which  the  pressure  is  applied  is  very  im- 
portant for,  as  pointed  out  by  Lovejoy,  it  is  important  to  remember 
that  on  any  machine  in  which  the  plungers  approach  each  other 
and  squeeze  the  clay  toward  the  centre  of  the  mould,  the  brick 
will  show  a  comparative  granulation  on  this  centre  plane,  due 
to  a  lack  of  density,  quite  noticeable  even  at  some  distance.  "  If 
the  pressure  is  all  from  the  top,  the  granulation  will  be  at  the 
bottom,  and  its  position  will  depend  upon  the  relative  degree  of 
motion  of  the  two  plungers.  This  granulation  is  often  attributed 
to  included  air,  and  all  machine  manufacturers  provide  for  its 
escape,  either  through  air  holes  in  the  plunger  plates  or  by  re- 
leasing the  pressure  before  the  final  pressure  is  applied.  But, 
admitting  the  effect  of  the  included  air  and  the  desirability  of 
allowing  it  to  escape,  it  is  not  sufficient  to  account  for  the 
granulated  surfaces  obtained  in  practice. 

"  Dry  or  semi-dry  clay  will  not  flow  under  pressure.  If  a  tube 
punctured  with  holes  from  top  to  bottom  to  allow  the  escape  of 
the  included  air  be  filled  with  dry  clay,  and  pressure  be  applied 
at  the  top,  a  column  of  clay  is  obtained  decreasing  in  density 
from  top  to  bottom,  due  to  the  friction  against  the  walls  of  the 
tube  and  the  immobility  of  the  clay. 

"  In  a  press  with  roller  cam  motion  the  clay  is  most  compressed 
at  the  top,  and  least  at  bottom  during  the  downward  stroke, 
with  the  reverse  during  the  upward  stroke.  The  loosely  packed 
clay  in  the  bottom  offers  little  resistance  to  being  forced  down- 


238  MODERN    BEICKMAKING 

ward  in  the  mould,  whilst  the  densely  packed  top  offers  great 
resistance  to  being  forced  upward  during  the  upward  stroke,  to 
the  advantage  of  the  bottom  of  -the  brick  in  density.  From  a 
scientific  standpoint  it  would  be  absurd  to  assert  that  the  total 
pressure  received  by  the  top  of  the  brick  is  equal  to  that  re- 
ceived by  the  bottom,  and  that  each  is  equal  to  that  at  the 
centre  of  the  brick.  In  practice,  however,  one  notices  no  dif- 
ference, and  the  brick  is,  to  all  intents  and^ purposes,  uniform  in 
density  from  top  to  bottom. 

"  The  later  toggle  machines  recognize  the  probability  of  this 
difference  in  the  top  and  bottom  and  provide  for  it  by  an  ar- 
rangement which,  in  a  measure,  reverses  the  motion  at  any 
point  in  the  stroke.  The  claim  has  been  made  that  the  motion 
of  the  brick  under  pressure  in  the  mould  does  not  remove  the 
granulated  centres  but  simply  glosses  them  over,  and  this  claim 
is  reasonable,  since  the>centres  are>only  removed  through  friction 
against  the  sides  of  the  mould.  In  practice  it  is  difficult  to 
recognize  any  difference  in  density  throughout  the  brick,  but 
from  a  theoretical  standpoint  it  is  difficult  to  believe  that  the 
effect  of  the  friction  against  the  sides  of  the  mould  will  extend  to 
the  centre  of  the  brick  with  a  material  so  irresponsive  to 'pressure 
as  dry  clay.  It  is  most  probable  that  the  internal  core  of  the 
brick  will  have  less  density  than  the  faces. 

"  If  these  differences  exist  they  are  too  slight  to  be  noticed  in 
practice,  but  they  may  account  for  some  trouble  in  drying  and 
burning  such  a  body  as  semi-dry  clay,  in  which  the  bonding 
element  is  not  developed  as  in  the  plastic  process." 

Scum  is  particularly  troublesome  in  some  clays  used  in  the 
semi-dry  process,  and  the  use  of  barium  carbonate  is  impractic- 
able owing  to  the  small  amount  of  water  used.  Some  advantage 
may  be  gained  by  using  barium  chloride,  but  great  care  is 
necessary  to  avoid  an  excess  of  this  material,  or  the  remedy  may 
prove  worse  than  the  disease. 

Drying  Troubles. — Although,  by  sending  bricks  made  by  the 
semi-dry  process  direct  to  the  kiln;  the  drying  process  with  all 
its  troubles  is  apparently  eliminated,  it  is  found  in  practice 
that  "  semi-dry  "  bricks  need  as  careful  drying  as  any  others, 
the  only  difference  being  that  it  is  carried  out  in  the  kiln 
instead  of  in  separate  dryers.  The  reason  is  that  in  "plastic" 
bricks  the  plasticity  of  the  clay  is  fully  developed  and  the 
granular  particles  are  cemented  together,  but  in  the  semi-dry 
clay  the  bond  is  largely  mechanical.  The  colloid  properties  are 


SEMI-DEY    OE    SEMI-PLASTIC    PEOCESS    OF    BEICKMAKING      239 

not  developed,  and,  if  the  particles  are  connected  at  all,  it  must 
be  with  dust,  and  at  best  imperfectly.  When  the  pressure  is 
applied  the  particles  are  forced  together  and  into  each  other, 
and  held  there  by  interlocking,  assisted,  of  course,  by  whatever 
colloid  properties  may  have  been  developed.  The  dust  fills 
the  interstices  under  various  degrees  of  pressure  according  to  its 
amount,  and  the  protection  it  has  received  in  the  interlocking 
of  the  particles  and  the  opportunity  for  the  escape  of  the  air 
during  the  final  pressure.  The  air,  in  its  escape,  may  play  the 
further  role  of  sweeping  clean  the  points  of  contact  of  the  inter- 
locking particles. 

Bricks  held  together  by  such  a  doubtful  primary  bond  must 
be  very  carefully  dried  in  the  kiln  from  three  to  twelve  days, 
and  in  some  cases  (as  with  large  blocks)  two  and  three  weeks  are 
required.  It  is  more  a  sweating  process'  than  a  drying  one,  so 
slowly  is  the  moisture  taken  off.  Rapid  drying  would  loosen 
the  particles,  which  would  not  reunite  in  burning,  and  the  re- 
sult would  be  a  rotten  brick. 

It  is  seldom  practical  to  vitrify  dry -pressed  bricks,  as  the 
finer  state  of  division  of  the  material  in  bricks  made  by  the 
plastic  process  is  sufficient  to  explain  the  more  ready  fusibility 
of  the  matrix,  but  in  the  dry  process  the  contact  of  the  particles 
alone  forms  the  bond.  The  shrinkage  is  comparatively  little,  and 
is  not  due  in  any  marked  degree  to  the  fine  material. 

As  Ellis  Lovejoy  states :  "  In  the  one  case  the  matrix  fuses 
and  contracts,  carrying  with  it  at  all  stages  the  larger  particles, 
and  imperviousness  is  attained  with  its  fusion.  In  the  other, 
the  fine  material  may  fuse  and  collect  in  the  bottom  of  the  cells 
formed  by  the  larger  particles,  running  into  and  around  the 
points  of  contact,  cementing  them  together  into  a  permanent 
bond  but  only  partially  filling  the  cells,  and  imperviousness  can 
only  be  effected  by  the  softening  of  the  cell-walls  themselves,  and 
the  closing  in  upon  the  fused  fine  material  contained  therein." 

An  impervious  brick  made  by  the  plastic  process  has  a  stony 
structure,  while  an  impervious  dry -press  brick  tends  towards  a 
glassy  one. 

Moulds  and  Arrises. — Semi-dry  clay  has  a  strong  grinding 
action  on  the  moulds  or  dies,  and  these  must  be  kept  in  good 
order  or  the  bricks  will  have  bad  edges.  With  badly  worn  dies 
there  would  be  no  pressure  around  the  edges  and  at  the  corners, 
and  without  pressure  there  would  be  no  primary  bond,  and  the 
edges  and  corners  would  crumble  off  in  handling,  either  before 
or  after  burning. 


CHAPTER  VII. 
THE  DRY  OR  DUST  PROCESS. 

NOTWITHSTANDING  the  many  complaints  which  have  been  pub- 
lished by  clayworkers  who  have  been  unsuccessful  in  producing 
a  really  sound  brick  in  the  "  dry  "  way,  this  method  is  in  great 
favour  in  different  parts  of  the  world,  especially  on  the  Continent, 
where  the  presence  of  enormous  deposits  of  secondary  clays, 
which  are  very  difficult  to  work  by  more  plastic  methods,  makes 
the  problems  confronting  the  clayworker  more  acute  than  they 
are  here. 

It  must  be  obvious  to  all  practical  clayworkers  that  a  highly 
plastic  clay  is  not  suited  for  working  in  a  dry  state,  and  that 
attempts  to  treat  it  in  this  way  will  most  probably  end  in  failure, 
though  a  few  cases  are  known  where  satisfactory  goods  are  being 
produced  by  mixing  such  clays  with  a  large  proportion  of  non- 
plastic  material  of  somewhat  coarse  grain.  As  a  general  rule, 
therefore,  the  clays  which  are  suitable  for  dry  treatment  are 
those  of  the  secondary  and  shale  classes,  but  other  substances 
which  are  not  of  a  truly  argillaceous  nature,  such  as  steatite, 
lime-sand,  or  even  concrete,  may  be  treated  satisfactorily  in  this 
way.  The  great  essential  appears  to  be  that  the  material  to  be 
pressed  shall  have  sufficient  binding  power,  and  yet  shall  be  free 
from  the  stickiness  inevitably  associated  with  plastic  materials 
in  which  the  plasticity  has  not  been  fully  developed. 

The  composition  of  the  materials  used  will  be  found  to  be  of 
minor  importance  as  far  as  the  actual  production  is  concerned, 
though  it  must  be  considered  in  a  study  of  the  uses  of  finished 
goods.  It  is  the  physical,  rather  than  the  chemical,  composition 
and  nature  of  the  clay  which  determines  whether  it  can  be 
satisfactorily  worked  in  the  dry  way,  or  whether  an  admixture 
of  water  previous  to  pressing  is  necessary. 

There  are  two  reasons  why  the  dry  process  of  brickniakiiig~ 
appeals  to  brickmakers  :  First,  the  lessened  cost  of  making,  owing 
to  the  absence  of  all  drying  either  in  the  kilns  or  in  special  yards 

240 


THE    DEY    OE    DUST    PEOCESS  '241 

or  sheds,  and,  second,  the  reduction  in  the  number  of  cracked 
and  split  bricks  as  compared  with  the  products  of  many  yards 
working  a  plastic  or  stiff-plastic  method. 

Very  coarse  materials  do  not  lend  themselves  readily  to  this 
method  of  manufacture,  as  a  certain  proportion  of  fine  dust 
must  be  present  to  give  solidity  and  strength. 

An  important  point  in  the  manufacture  of  dry -pressed  goods 
is  to  have  the  material  really  dry,  as  otherwise  its  water  content 
is  apt  to  be  unevenly  distributed  and  a  mixture  is  used  which 
will  crack  in  the  kiln.  On  this  account  it  is  often  necessary  to 
dry  the  material  before  or  after  grinding. 

Lamination  requires  far  more  attention  than  has  hitherto 
been  given  to  it  if  this  really  serious  defect  is  to  be  removed.  It 
is  due  in  many  cases  to  defective  design  in  the  presses,  and  to 
the  inclusion  of  air  between  the  particles.  Almost  all  dry -presses 
at  present  in  use  cause  a  certain  amount  of  lamination,  though 
it  is  often  too  insignificant  in  extent  to  warrant  any  special 
comment.  Its  cause  is  obscure,  but  apparently  the  absence  of 
lubrication,  such  as  is  supplied  by  the  water  in  plastic  clay, 
tends  to  permit  the  dry  particles  to  move  to  different  extents 
in  different  directions,  instead  of  regularly,  as  in  the  more  mo- 
bile, plastic  clay.  Lamination  is  especially  marked  in  slightly 
moistened  clays,  in  which  some  of  the  particles  are  dryer  than 
others  (see  p.  237). 

Dry -pressed  bricks  with  sharp  anises,  and  which  are  perfectly 
sound,  are  difficult  to  produce  when  the  moulds  are  worn,  and  as 
they  leave  the  mould  less  rapidly  and  wear  it  more  quickly  than 
a  well-oiled  plastic  brick,  this  is  a  matter  of  some  importance, 
and  one  which  must  be  fully  considered  when  proposing  to  lay 
down  a  new  plant. 

Some  dry-pressed  bricks  on  the  market  are  defective  through 
being  under-fired.  As  the  binding  influence  of  plastic  clay  is 
absent  from  such  bricks,  a  somewhat  higher  temperature  is  often 
necessary  in  the  kilns  in  order  to  bring  about  incipient  vitrifica- 
tion, and  so  obtain  a  strong  article.  This  effect  of  plasticity  on 
the  fired  goods  is  by  no  means  well  understood,  though  it  is 
undoubted.  Probably  it  is  due  to  the  effect  of  the  greater  pro- 
portion of  water  in  the  plastic  clay  in  splitting  up  the  latter  into 
finer  particles,  which  commence  to  vitrify  at  a  lower  temperature 
than  when  they  are  in  the  coarser  form  of  stiff  bricks. 

The  methods  and  machinery  used  are  precisely  similar  to 
those  employed  in  the  semi-dry  process,  except  that  no  water  is 

16 


'242  MODEBN    BEICKMAKING 

added  to  the  material,  and  some  form  of  clay  dryer  may  be 
required.  Greater  pressures  are,  however,  necessary  and  the 
presses  must  be  made  exceptionally  strong.  The  "  Emperor  " 
press  (p.  234)  is  particularly  suitable  for  materials  practically 
devoid  of  plasticity. 

The  dry  or  "  dust "  process  is  chiefly  used  in  this  country  for 
tiles,  the  manufacture  of  bricks  by  it  being  difficult  on  account 
of  lamination,  irregularity  in  hardness  in  different  portions  of  the 
brick,  and  defective  binding  power  before  burning,  which  makes 
the  bricks  difficult  to  handle.  With  tiles  the  difficulties  are  much 
less  because  of  their  thinness.  The  small  amount  of  moisture 
present  in  the  bricks  made  by  the  semi-dry  process  overcomes 
these  difficulties  to  a  limited  extent,  and  it  is  on  this  account 
generally  preferable. 

The  advantages  of  the  dry  process  over  the  others  are  many 
and  obvious,  but  the  process  is  limited  to  certain  types  of  clay 
and  classes  of  goods,  and  those  clayworkers  who  rashly  imagine 
that  any  clay  may  be  satisfactorily  made  into  bricks  or  tiles  by 
it  may  find  their  mistake  out  when  it  is  too  late.  In  such  cases, 
as  in'many  others,  an  absolutely  impartial  opinion,  given  by  one 
thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  disadvantages  and  advantages 
of  each  method,  and  with  the  composition  and  character  of  the 
clay  and  the  goods  to  be  made  from  it,  is  the  best  thing  to  obtain 
before  the  plant  is  laid  out.  Such  advice  cannot,  naturally,  be 
had  for  nothing ;  but  its  cost  is  far  less  than  that  of  experiments 
with  expensive  plant  and  machinery  which  prove  abortive  after 
a  few  months'  trial. 

Provided  that  the  clay  is  in  a  suitable  physical  condition,  its 
use  in  a  dry  press  is  accompanied  by  many  advantages,  but  until 
more  is  known  of  the  exact  physical  characteristics  required,  all 
work  in  this  direction  must  be  somewhat  in  the  nature  of  an 
experiment. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 
KILNS. 

THE  selection  of  a  kiln -for  burning  bricks  is  a  matter  requiring 
great  care  and  skill,  particularly  if  it  is  to  be  used  in  works  where 
the  annual  output  is  very  large.  In  a  small  works  the  problem 
is  less  complicated,  as  the  choice  is  usually  limited  to  some  form 
of  single  or  intermittent  kiln. 

Brick  kilns  may  be  classified  into  two  main  groups  :  (a)  single 
or  intermittent  kilns,  consisting  of  a  single  chamber,  and  (b)  semi- 
continuous  and  continuous  kilns,  consisting  of  a  number  of 
chambers  connected  in  such  a  manner  that  the  gases  and  pro- 
ducts of  combustion  produced  in  one  chamber  may  be  utilized 
in  heating  others. 

Kilns  used  for  brick-burning  may  also  be  divided  into  three 
classes  according  to  the  direction  in  which  the  air,  flue-gases, 
and  products  of  combustion  travel,  viz.  (1)  up-draught ;  (2)  down- 
draught  ;  and  (3)  horizontal-draught  kilns. 

Up-Draught  Kilns  are  the  most  costly  in  fuel,  but  are  con- 
venient in  many  small  yards  and  can  usually  be  constructed 
cheaply. 

An  up-draught  kiln  for  brick-burning  usually  consists  of  two 
side  walls  placed  parallel  to  each  other  and  containing  a  number 
of  fire  holes.  An  arched  roof  may  be  fitted  over  these  walls,  or 
a  flat  roof  may  be  formed  by  covering  the  bricks  in  the  kiln  with 
a  layer  of  bricks  laid  flat  and  making  this  tight  with  ashes.  One 
or  more  small  chimneys  may  be  built  011  the  top  of  the  kiln, 
or  a  flue  may  be  built  and  connected  to  a  single  large  chimney 
erected  at  a  convenient  distance  from  the  kiln.  The  heated  air 
enters  through  the  fire-holes  and  rises  to  the  top  of  the  kiln, 
whence  it  passes  to  the  chimney,  the  kiln  deriving  its  name  from 
the  upward  motion  of  this  air  or  draught. 

The  chief  failing  of  the  up-draught  kiln  is  its  irregular  heating, 
the  consequent  large  proportion  of  under-burned  and  over-fired 

243 


244  MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

bricks  produced,  and  the  large  proportion  of  fuel  (seldom  less 
than  12  cwt.  per  1000  bricks)  it  requires. 

Its  advantages  are  the  low  cost  of  erection,  simplicity  of 
setting  and  drawing,  and  the  low  cost  of  repairs. 

Down-Draught  Kilns  are  amongst  the  best  single  chamber  kilns 
known.  They  should  really  be  termed  "up  and  down-draught," 
as  the  air  entering  the  fire-boxes  rises  towards  the  top  of  the  kiln 
and  is  then  deflected  downwards,  distributing  itself  throughout 
the  kiln  and  passing  through  an  opening  in  the  floor  to  the 
chimney,  which  should  be  about  40  ft.  high  and  4  ft.  dia- 
meter. 

This  type  of  kiln  is  used  throughout  the  country  for  high- 
class  bricks  of  all  kinds,  and  is  valuable  on  account  of  the  even 
heating  which  can  be  obtained.  Though  usually  built  as  a 
single  kiln,  it  has  been  found  that  the  same  principle  can  be 
applied  to  continuous  kilns,  with  the  result  that  the  economy  of 
the  latter,  combined  with  the  excellent  colour  and  even  heating 
of  the  former,  produce  an  almost  ideal  kiln. 

Down-draught  kilns  may  be  either  circular  or  rectangular  in 
shape,  the  latter  being  best  for  bricks.  They  may  be  made 
sufficiently  large  to  hold  250,000  bricks,  but  most  British  brick- 
makers  find  a  chamber  holding  30,000  to  40,000  most  convenient 
for  single-chamber  kilns. 

.  Horizontal-Draught  Kilns  are  those  in  which  the  air  entering 
through  the  fire-holes  travels  largely  in  a  horizontal  direction 
before  entering  the  chimney.  The  best  known  kiln  of  this  type 
is  the  "  Newcastle  ". 

They  are  used  for  fire-brick  manufacture  and  in  other  cases 
where  a  high  finishing  temperature  is  required.  They  are  not 
usually  economical  in  fuel,  but  are,  if  properly  designed,  less 
wasteful  than  either  up  or  down-draught  kilns,  though  usually 
they  are  built  too  short  in  proportion  to  their  width.  They  may 
be  made  of  various  sizes,  but  a  capacity  of  25,000  to  30,000  bricks 
is  most  convenient.  If  very  high  temperatures  are  required  it 
may  be  necessary  to  add  fuel  through  the  holes  specially  con- 
structed in  the  roof,  but  for  most  building  bricks  this  is  un- 
necessary. 

If  a  horizontal-draught  kiln  is  constructed  of  a  number  of 
chambers  so  connected  together  that  the  flue  gases  pass  from 
one  chamber  to  the  others  in  a  straight  line  a  semi-continuous 
kiln  is  formed.  If  two  semi-continuous  kilns  are  placed  side  by 
side  and  connected  at  each  end  by  other  chambers,  the 


KILNS  245 

chimney  being  placed  in  the  centre  or  to  one  side,  a  ring  kiln  or 
continuous  kiln  is  obtained. 

It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that,  whilst  any  continuous 
and  semi-continuous  kiln  regarded  as  a  whole  is  of  the  "  hori- 
zontal-draught "  type,  each  portion  or  chamber  in  such  a  kiln 
may  be  worked  on  the  "  down-draught "  principle. 

The  Newcastle  or  single  horizontal-draught  kiln  may,  in  fact, 
be  regarded  as  the  forerunner  of  the  modern  continuous  kiln. 

Continuous  Kilns  have  the  great  advantage  of  using  but  little 
fuel  (3  to  5  cwt.,  as  compared  with  the  12  cwt.,  of  up -draught 
kilns  for  each  1000  bricks).  Many  continuous  kilns  are,  how- 
ever, spoiled  by  the  lack  of  provision  for  keeping  the  fuel 
away  from  the  bricks,  and  many  of  these  are  in  consequence 
spoiled  in  the  firing.  Where  proper  fire-boxes  are  provided  for 
the  combustion  of  the  fuel,  it  is  possible  to  obtain  bricks  equal 
in  every  respect  to  the  best  produced  in  any  single  kiln  and  at 
a  far  lower  cost  in  fuel  than  is  otherwise  possible. 

Brickmakers  who  have  not  studied  the  recent  improvements 
in  continuous  kilns  have  an  impression  that  they  can  only  be 
used  for  common  bricks.  This  is  quite  erroneous,  as  several 
firms  are  now  regularly  producing  some  of  the  best  facing  bricks 
in  the  country  in  continuous  kilns. 

Having  described  the  main  characteristics  of  the  chief 
patterns  of  kilns  briefly,  typical  kilns  of  each  class  may  now  be 
studied  in  greater  detail. 

Clamp  Kilns  are  best  considered  in  a  class  to  themselves. 
They  are  seldom  employed  except  for  temporary  purposes  and 
for  hand-made  bricks,  and  a  typical  clamp  has  therefore  been 
described  on  p.  61. 

The  Up- Draught  or  Scotch  kiln  is  of  a  simple  yet  effective  type 
and  is  typical  of  this  class  of  kiln.  It  consists  of  four  upright 
walls  forming  a  rectangular  chamber,  the  two  end  walls  being 
sometimes  replaced  by  temporary  ones  so  as  to  facilitate  the 
filling  and  emptying  the  kiln.  These  openings  are  36  in.  wide 
with  a  permanent  wall  at  each  side  of  the  opening,  but  in  practice 
it  is  better  to  make  the  opening  sufficiently  wide  to  admit  a 
horse  and  cart,  as  the  bricks  can  then  be  loaded  direct  from  the 
kiln  into  the  vehicle.  When  the  filling  of  the  kiln  is  complete, 
each  of  these  openings  is  filled  with  a  temporary  brick  wall 
covered  with  "  daub  "  or  clay  paste.  The  openings  may  reach 
to  the  ground  level  or  not,  as  is  most  convenient. 

The  floor  is  often  sunk  about  4  ft.  below  ground  level,  but  this 


246 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


has   the  disadvantage  that   a  cart   cannot  be   taken   into   the 
kiln. 

Along  each  side  of  the  kiln  are  fire -holes  or  openings  about 
16  in.  wide  and  2  ft.  to  3  ft.  high.  These  openings  should  be 
lined  with  fire-bricks  (which  can  be  renewed  when  necessary)  so 
as  to  reduce  their  width  to  about  12  in.  They  may  also  with 
advantage  be  arched  with  fire-bricks. 

The  whole  structure  isoisually  about  26  ft.  long  by  16  ft.  wide 
and  12  ft.  to  15  ft.  high  externally,  the  side  walls  being  18  in.  to 
40  in.  thick  and  the  end  walls  (with  "wickets  ")  36  in.  thick,  but 
dimensions  vary  so  in  different  places  that  no  definite  sizes  can 
be  stated  as  being  the  standard. 

The  sides  of  the  kiln  may  be  the  thickest  at  the  bottom  and 

may  taper  (externally)  to- 
wards the  top  (fig.  168),  as 
it  is  in  the  lower  portion 
that  the  greatest  strength 
is  needed  to  resist  the  ex- 
pansion action  of  the  heat. 
Small  chimneys  may  be 
provided  on  the  top,  if 
necessary,  but  it  is  usually 
found  that  they  are  not 


FIG.  168. — End  of  up-draught  kiln  (with 
extra  large  wicket). 


required.  The  top  of  the 
kiln  may  be  closed  with 
ashes,  or  a  permanent  arched  roof  may  be  employed. 

Such  a  kiln  is  built  of  bricks  set  in  clay  paste.  No  ordinary 
mortar  must  be  employed,  except,  possibly,  for  pointing  the 
outside  of  the  kiln,  as  the  lime  in  it  is  detrimental  to  the  hot 
brickwork  when  the  kiln  is  in  use.  The  walls  must,  usually,  be 
supported  by  buttresses  at  the  angles  and,  occasionally,  at  the 
sides. 

An  up-draught  kiln  of  improved  type  designed  by  George 
Durant  (fig.  169)  burns  30,000  bricks  at  a  time  with  an  average 
consumption  of  8  cwt.  of  fuel  per  1000  bricks. 

The  fire-holes  are  19  in.  across,  and  are  separated  by  20  in.  of 
brickwork  and  lined  with  4|  in.  fire-brick  linings.  Doors  and 
bars  can  be  fitted  to  the  fire-holes  if  desired,  but  these  are  by  no 
means  always  necessary.  Between  each  two  fire-holes  a  smoke 
vent  4|  in.  wide  is  built,  and  a  short  chimney  to  each  vent  allows 
of  the  proper  regulation  of  the  draught  in  different  parts  of  the 
kiln. 


KILNS 


247 


The  foundation  of  the  kiln  should  be  perfectly  water-tight,  and 
in  cases  of  doubt  or  dampness  a  layer  of  concrete  10  to  18  in. 
deep  should  be  put  down. 

An  important  point  in  the  construction  of  all  kilns  is  the 
jointing  of  the  brickwork,  as  if  this  is  carelessly  done  the  amount 
of  loss  through  cold  air  leaking  in  and  heat  leaking  out  will  be 
enormous.  If  the  bricks  are  carefully  dipped  in  "  daub  "  and 
well  malleted  into  position  so  as  to  secure  a  perfectly  close  joint, 
a '  considerable  waste  of  fuel  will  be  prevented.  Lime  mortar 
must  not  be  used  for  jointing  except  at  the  outside  facing,  as  it 
cannot  stand  the  action  of  the  heat  inside  the  kiln.  When 
carefully  built  and  fired,  no  stays  are  necessary,  though  they  can 
be  used  if  desired.  It  is  a  great  advantage,  both  in  enabling  the 


i  ii  1 1  i    i 


FIG.  169.— Plan  of  up-draught  kiln. 


fires  to  burn  more  steadily  and<in  keeping  the  fuel  dry,  if  a  lean- 
to  roof  is  erected  along  each  side  of  the  kiln.  Many  users  of  up- 
draught  kilns  omit  this  roof,  though  it  is  unwise  for  them  to  do 
so  as  it  soon  pays  for  its  cost  in  the  saving  in  fuel  it  effects. 

The  setting  of  the  bricks  in  such  a  kiln  requires  considerable 
skill,  as  the  courses  must  be  crossed  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
leave  continuous  openings  throughout,  in  order  that  the  heat 
may  be  properly  distributed.  On  this  account  flues  about  8  in. 
wide  and  2  ft.  to  3  ft.  high  are  left  in  the  lower  parts  of  the  kiln 
connecting  the  fire  holes  in  the  side  walls.  One  of  the  most 
satisfactory  methods  of  setting  such  a  kiln  is  to  arrange  the 
bricks  in  three  straight  lines,  the  centre  one  skintled,  running 
from  side  to  side,  and  to  fill  the  kiln  completely  up  to  the  top. 

A  circular  up-draught  kiln  is  only  used  to  a  limited  extent 
(being  preferably  replaced  by  a  down-draught  kiln) ;  there  is  no 


248 


MODERN    BEICKMAKING 


need  to  describe  it  in  further  detail.1  According  to  E.  Dobson, 
up-draught  kilns  of  this  pattern  were  largely  used  at  one  time 
for  the  burning  of  Staffordshire  blue  bricks,  consuming  about 
4  tons  of  coal  for  a  kiln  capacity  of  8000  bricks 

The  Down-Draught  kiln,  whether  circular  or  rectangular,  is  the 
most  efficient  and  satisfactory  of  all  single  kilns,  yielding  the 
most  perfect  colour  and  the  lowest  fuel  consumption  of  any 
intermittent  kiln. 

For  many  years  the  most  popular  form  of  single  down-draught 
kilns  has  been  circular  in  shape,  but  for  ordinary  bricks  the 
rectangular  pattern  has  several  obvious  advantages  and  is  re- 
latively cheaper  to  construct. 

Figs.  170  and  171  show  a  section  and  plan  of  a  circular  down- 


FIG.  170. — Section  of  down-draught  kiln. 

draught  kiln.  For  bricks,  such  a  kiln  has  usually  ten  pr  twelve 
fire-holes  around  its  circumference,  and  the  hot  gases  from  these 
rise  up  through  a  series  of  pockets  or  "  bags  "  towards  the  top 
of  the  kiln,  whence  they  are  turned  downwards,  distributing 
themselves  through  the  bricks  in  the  Mm  and  finally  passing 
through  the  central  flue  to  the  chimney.  In  most  down-draught 
kilns  of  this  pattern  the  floor  is  solid  with  the  exception  of  the 
central  flue,  but  in  some  cases  a  perforated  false  bottom  is  added 
so  that  the  gases  may  be  better  distributed  amongst  the  goods 
in  the  kiln.  The  chimney  is  usually  external  to  the  kiln,  but  may 
be  placed  centrally  inside  it  if  desired.  Instead  of  the  bags 
or  pockets  through  which  the  fire-gases  rise  being  separated  from 
each  other,  it  is,  in  some  cases,  preferable  to  use  a  continuous 
flash-wall  or  screen  running  completely  round  the  inside  of  the 


KILNS 


249 


kiln,  so  as  to  spread  the  gases  more  than  is  the  case  when  bags 
are  used. 

In  any  case,  the  hag,  or  screen-wall,  must  be  perforated  near 
to  the  bottom  so  that  some  of  the  gases  may  penetrate  at  once 
to  the  lower  part  of  the  kiln.  If  this  is  not  done,  and  the  walls 
are  solid  throughout,  the  lower  portion  of  the  kiln  will  probably 
be  under-fired. 

It  is  usual  to  connect  several  kilns  to  a  single  chimney,  but, 
if  this  is  not  practicable,  each  kiln  may  have  its  own  shaft. 
Occasionally,  round  kilns  are  connected  to  each  other  so  as  to 
form  semi-continuous  kilns,  but  such  an  arrangement  is  seldom 
quite  satisfactory. 


FIG.  171. — Plan  of  round  down-draught  kiln. 

The  walls  of  a  circular  down-draught  kiln  must  be  of  con- 
siderable thickness,  and  must,  usually,  be  surrounded  by  iron 
bands  in  order  to  prevent  it  being  damaged  by  expansion. 

The  fire-boxes  may  be  simple  openings  in  the  walls  of  the 
kilns  fitted  with  a  grate  about  14  in.  wide,  or  they  may,  pre- 
ferably, be  in  the  form  of  a  box  or  hopper  as  described  in  con- 
nexion with  a  rectangular  down-draught  kiln.  The  box  form 
has  the  advantage  of  giving  more  regular  heating  with  less  fuel, 
as  it  prevents  much  leakage  of  air  through  the  fire-holes.  The 
grates  may  be  flat  or  sloping,  the  latter  being  preferable,  as  they 
expose  a  larger  area  of  fuel  and  prevent  air-leakage  when  the 
fuel  is  partly  burned. 


'250  MODEKN    BKICKMAKING 

In  the  ordinary  fire-box  the  most  elementary  requirements 
for  the  efficient  burning  of  the  coal  are  to  a  large  extent  omitted, 
with  the  result  that  much  fuel  is  wasted  and  a  large  amount  of 
smoke  produced. 

Most  kiln  builders  appear  to  forget  that  when  fresh  fuel  is 
fed  on  to  a  fire  the  amount  of  air  needed  whilst  gas  is  being 
produced  is  very  large  and  that  this  air  must,  for  the  most  part, 
be  introduced  into  the  gas  stream  direct  and  must  be  shut  off 
when  the  production  of  gas  has  ceased.  For  this  purpose  an 
air-flue  which  can  be  closed  by  a  door  or  by  bricks  should  be 
constructed  some  inches  above  the  furnace  and  should  lead 
directly  into  the  kiln  bag  or  screen-space.  The  fire-box  must 
be  of  such  a  shape  that  the  coal  will  lie  on  the  grate  and  will 
form  its  own  seal,  preventing  much  heat  escaping  outside  the 
kiln.  To  secure  this  it  is  necessary  to  have  the  grate  much 
more  sloping  than  is  usual,  so  as  to  allow  the1  fuel  to  lie  at  an 
angle  inside  the  furnace. 

A  similar  principle  is  employed  in  the  Gillet  fire-box,  but  in 
this  case  several  parallel  air  openings  are  provided.  A  large 
iron  hopper  is  also  placed  on  top  of  the  square  masonry. 

The  use  of  a  grate  is  not  necessary  with  some  fuels,  but  it  is 
generally  an  advantage. 

If  the  fire-boxes  are  made  sufficiently  deep  (above  30  in.)  a 
species  of  gas-producer  is  formed  which  is  very  effective  and 
economical.  When  using  smudgy  coal  the  difficulty  sometimes 
experienced  with  so  deep  a  fire-box  can  be  overcome  by  blowing 
steam  and  air  into  the  fuel  near  the  bottom.  This  is  best  ac- 
complished by  fitting  a  2-in.  iron  or  stoneware  pipe  into  the  front 
of  each  fire-box,  and  allowing  it  to  project  about  half-way  inside 
the  latter.  A  steam  jet  $•  in.  diameter  is  then  attached  just 
inside  the  outer  end  of  this  tube,  so  that  the  steam  passing 
through  the  tube  carries  a  supply  of  air  with  it.  As  the  steam 
must  usually  be  brought  a  considerable  distance,  much  con- 
densation occurs,  so  that  some  form  of  superheater  is  necessary. 
This  is  easily  obtained  by  fixing  a  U-shaped  iron  pipe  2  in. 
diameter  just  above  the  gas  exit  of  the  fire-box,  and  connecting 
the  ends  of  this  pipe  to  the  boiler  and  steam  jet  respectively.  If 
the  action  of  the  heat  on  the  iron  U  tube  is  excessive,  a  thin  fire- 
clay slab  may  be  placed  beneath  it.  A  larger  steam  jet  than 
that  mentioned  is  undesirable,  and  the  superheater  must  not  be 
omitted  if  the  best  results  are  to  be  obtained. 

In  order  to  overcome  the  difficulty  experienced  in  drying  and 


KILNS 


251 


warming  the  lower  bricks  in  a  down-draught  kiln,  and  in  prevent- 
ing the  deposition  on  them  of  condensation-products  from  the 
upper  bricks,  E.  Thomas  has  patented  the  use  of  a  number  of  sup- 
plementary fires  placed  between  the  ordinary  fire-boxes  and 
connected  to  a  different  pattern  of  "  bag  "  (fig.  172).  These 
•supplementary  fires  are  used  entirely  for  the  heating  of  the 
lower  part  of  the  kiln  before,  or  simultaneously  with,  the  heating 
in  the  usual  manner.  For  this  purpose  the  "  bags  "  are  nearly 
closed  at  the  top  as  shown  in  fig.  173,  but  are  open  at  the  front,  so 
that  the  fire-gases  are  confined  to  the  lower  3  ft.  or  so  of  the  kiln. 
By  heating  this  portion  first  (instead  of  last  as  in  the  ordinary 


FIG.  172. — Special  screen  (front  view). 

manner)  the  bricks  contained  in  it  are  made  better  able  to  stand 
the  pressure  of  those  above  them.  They  are  warmed  and  so 
cannot  be  spoilt  by  condensation  deposits,  the  draught  of  the 
kiln  is  improved  and  the  amount  of  fuel  required  is  slightly 
reduced.  These  supplementary  fires  are  fitted  with  doors  so  that 
the  heat  from  them  may  be  regulated,  and  it  is  found  in  practice 
that  they  enable  the  bottom  of  the  kiln  to  be  finished  as-soon  as 
the  top. 

The  rectangular  down-draught  kiln  shown  in  figs.  174  and  175 
is  easier  to  set  than  a  circular  one.  It  may  have  a  single  separ- 
ate chimney,  or  two  smaller  chimneys,  one  at  each  end,  or  a 
series  of  very  small  chimneys,  one  for  each  fire.  The  first  men- 
tioned is  the  best,  though  it  may  be  more  expensive  if  only 


252 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


one  kiln  is  built,  the  only  advantage  claimed  for  the  use  of  a 

separate  small  chim- 
ney to  each  fire  being 
that  a  separate  con- 
trol of  the  draught  is 
obtained.  This  may 
be  equally  well  ar- 
ranged, when  desired, 
by  inserting  dampers 
in  the  separate  flues 
leading  to  the  main. 
The  walls  should 
not  be  less  than  30 
in.  thick  and  should 
be  strengthened  by 
vertical  steel  joists 
placed  at  intervals  on 
each  side  of  the  kiln, 
and  tied  together  by 
1-in.  rods  to  those  on 


FIG.  173.— Cross  section  through  centre  of  fig.  172.         the  opposite    side    of 
the  kiln.     In  order  to  strengthen  the  kiln  at  the  springing  line  of 


FIG.  174. — Cross  section  of  down-draught  kiln  (on  line  zz,  fig.  175.)     (Brown). 


KILNS 


253 


the  arch,  horizontal  steel  joists  should  be  placed  around  the  kiln 
at  this  level  and  kept  in  place  by  the  vertical  ones. 

The  kiln  has  an  arched  roof.  The  fuel  is  burned  on  inclined 
grates  fixed  in  fire-boxes  down  two  sides  of  the  kiln.  These  fire- 
boxes are  so  made  that  a  considerable  quantity  of  fuel  is  con- 
tained in  them,  the  gases  and  volatile  matter  from  the  fuel  being 
drawn  downwards  and  passing  over  the  glowing  fuel  in  a  manner 
impossible  with  a  flat  grate.  This  not  only  saves  fuel  but  reduces 
the  amount  of  smoke.  The  inclination  of  the  grates  must  be 
adjusted  to  suit  the  fuel  used,  and  experiments  may  be  necessary 


otta-c  ^ 


FIG.  175. — Half-plan  of  down-draught  kiln  (Brown). 

before  the  correct  angle  can  be  found,  though  it  is  usually  about 
60  degrees.  The  grate-bars  should  not  reach  quite  to  the  wall 
at  the  back,  a  space  for  pushing  down  the  ashes  being  desirable. 
The  air  necessary  for  the  combustion  of  the  fuel  enters  chiefly 
through  the  grate,  but  an  additional  supply  can  be  admitted 
through  an  opening  in  the  wall  above  the  fire-box.  The  admission 
of  this  additional  supply  of  air  is  of  great  importance  in  aiding 
the  prevention  of  smoke,  and  by  constructing  a  series  of  vertical 
flues  within  the  kiln-walls  and  parallel  to  the  bag-walls  a  supply 
of  hot  air  can  readily  be  obtained.  By  this  means  the  production 
of  smoke  is  almost,  if  not  entirely,  prevented.  This  hot  air  is  ad- 
mitted to  the  bags  at  a  point  about  2  ft.  above  the  level  of  the 


254  MODERN    BEICKMAKING 

fuel  at  the  bottom  of  the  bag,  the  amount  of  air  entering  the  kiln 
being  controlled  by  a  simple  damper. 

The  flame,  fire-gases,  and  air  rise  through  the  bags  and,  after 
deflection  from  the  roof,  distribute  themselves  amongst  the  bricks. 
As  it  is  essential  that  .this  distribution  of  heat  should  be  even, 
the  "  bags  "  are  sometimes  replaced  by  a  single  wall  or  screen  built 
parallel  to  the  sides  of  the  kiln  forming  a  space  or  trough,  into 
which  the  fire-gases  are  discharged.  Cross-  or  tile-walls  may  be 
used  between  the  fires  to  bind  this  wall  to  the  kiln.  As  will  be 
seen,  the  bags  or  screen-walls  rise  to  the  height  of  the  spring 
of  the  arch  or  even  higher,  but  ample  room  must  be  left  in  the 
top  of  the  kiln  for  the  effective  combustion  of  the  gases.  A  few 
perforations  should  be  left  near  the  bottom  of  the  bag-  or  screen- 
walls  in  order  to  supply  some  heat  to  the  lower  part  of  the  kiln 
during  the  earlier  stages  of  the  firing.  The  supplementary  fires 
described  in  connexion  with  the  circular  down-draught  kiln  may 
be  used  if  desired. 

The  floor  of  this  kiln  is  perforated  so  that  the  heat  may  be 
well  distributed,  each  series  of  perforations  leading  to  a  separate 
flue.  These  flues  are  connected  to  a  series  of  chimneys  or  to  a 
main  flue  running  beneath  the  kiln  floor  to  the  chimney-stack. 
If  two  chimneys  are  used  (one  at  each  end)  the  sub-floor  flues 
should  be  connected  to  each  chimney  alternately,  so  that  all  the 
fires  on  one  side  of  the  kiln  will  lead  to  one  chimney  and  those 
on  the  opposite  side  to  the  other. 

There  are  no  fire-holes  at  the  ends  of  this  kiln,  their  place 
being  taken  by  "wickets"  or  "  door-gaps,"  through  which  the 
kiln  is  filled  and  emptied. 

The  size  of  the  kiln  may  be  varied  to  suit  special  uses,  but 
one  capable  of  holding  about  30,000  bricks,  leaving  ample  space 
between  them  and  the  arch,  will  be  found  to  be  most  generally 
useful.  If  built  of  ordinary  bricks,  with  the  exception  of  the 
bag-walls  and  the  lining  of  the  fire-boxes — which  should  be  of 
fire-bricks,  a  kiln  of  this  size  will  cost  about  £250,  but  if  any 
independent  chimney-shaft  is  used  the  cost  of  this  must  be 
added. 

The  bricks  may  be  set  "five  on  two,"  i.e.  five  headers  on  two- 
stretchers,  or  in  "  blades  "  as  preferred.  In  each  case,  care  must 
be  taken  to  allow  the  gases  in  the  kiln  to  have  access  to  the  per- 
forations in  the  floor,  and  the  first  two  or  three  courses  of  bricks 
must  be  arranged  accordingly.  The  bricks  should  not  be  set 
much  above  the  level  of  the  bag-walls,  and  in  no  case  within 


KILNS  255 

% 

15  in.  of  the  top  of  the  kiln,  as  this  space  is  necessary  for  com- 
bustion and  heat  circulation. 

Down-draught  kilns  should  be  built  rather  low — 16  ft.  high 
inside  is  too  high  for  most  purposes,  and  10  ft.  would  be  far 
better. 

The  Newcastle  kiln  (fig.  176)  is  typical  of  horizontal-draught 
kilns.  Unlike  the  up-draught  kiln  previously  described,  it  is 
fired  from  the  end  instead  of  from  the  sides,  with  a  consequent 
saving  in  fuel.  In  most  Newcastle  kilns  this  firing  is  from  one 
end  only,  the  chimney  being  placed  at  the  other,  but  in  kilns  of 
20  to  30  ft.  or  more  it  is  usually  necessary  to.  fire  from  both 
ends. 

It  is  customary  in  some  districts,  though  not  in  Newcastle, 
to  fire  through  holes  in  the  roof  of  kilns  of  this  type,  the  fuel 
being  received  and  burned  in  special  '••  pillars  "  constructed  of 


•Fio.  176. — Longitudinal  section  of  "  Newcastle  "  kiln. 

the  bricks  to  be  fired.  As  this  arrangement  spoils  a  certain  pro- 
portion of  bricks  it  is  not  to  be  recommended  except  in  the  case 
of  common  goods. 

The  Newcastle  kiln  consists  of  a  long  rectangular  chamber 
with  an  arched  roof.  It  is  not  usually  more  than  15  ft.  wide  in- 
ternally and  is  often  much  narrower.  One  end  of  the  kiln  is 
solid  and  has  a  chimney,  or  three  flues  leading  to  a  chimney,  at 
the  back  of  it ;  the  other  has  two  permanent  fireplaces,  and  a 
wicket  or  door  gap  about  40  in.  wide,  in  which,  when  the  kiln  is 
filled,  a  third  fireplace  is  constructed. 

These  fireplaces,  as  ordinarily  built,  each  consist  of  an  open- 
ing about  2  ft.  6  in.  by  1  ft.  4  in.  reaching  from  the  ground, 
usually  containing  a  grate,  and  another  arched  opening  just 
above,  and  of  the  same  width,  but  only  14  in.  high  at  the  centre 
of  the  arch,  through  which  the  fuel  is  fed.  These  openings 
should  be  partially  closed  by  means  of  iron  sheets  or  fire-clay 
slabs,  though  in  practice  they  are  left  quite  open  in  spite  of  the 


256  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

waste  of  fuel  which  is  thus  involved.  To  obtain  the  best  results 
they  should  only  be  sufficiently  open  to  admit  the  proper  quantity 
of  air. 

A  space  at  least  3  ft.  wide  at  the  bottom  and  4  ft.  at  the  top 
should  be  left  between  the  bricks  to  be  burned  and  the  inner  face 
of  the  end  wall  of  the  kiln.  This  space  forms  a  combustion 
chamber,  and  •  when  no  grates  are  used  for  the  fuel  it  forms  an 
ashpit  and  bed  for  the  combustible.  It  is  necessary  to  have  this 
space  in  order  that  the  air-  and  fire-gases  may  be  properly  com- 
mingled and  the  fuel  thus  be  perfectly  burned. 

These  gases  travel  along,  chiefly  in  a  horizontal  direction,  but 
distribute  themselves  through  the  bricks,  finally  passing  out 
through  three  openings  at  the  farther  end  of  the  kiln,  to  the 
chimney.  If  the  kiln  is  longer  than  30  ft.  it  is  desirable  to  have 
exit  openings  in  the  side  walls  and  floor  of  the  kiln  at  intervals, 
so  that  the  gases  may  be  taken  out  as  required.  This  is  especially 
necessary  during  the  earlier  stages  of  firing,  as  if  the  gases  be- 
come too  cool  they  will  cause  deposits  (scum)  to  form  on  the 
goods.  Very  large  Newcastle  kilns  are,  however,  undesirable,  as 
smaller  ones  connected  together  to  form  a  semi-continuous  or 
continuous  kiln  have  many  advantages  and  are  equally  econ- 
omical in  fuel. 

For  convenience,  and  to  reduce  the  cost  of  building,  New- 
castle kilns  are  often  erected  in  batteries  of  six  kilns  placed  side 
by  side.  When  this  is  the  case  it  will  be  found  much  more 
economical  and  satisfactory  to  erect  a  semi-continuous  kiln  of 
the  same  capacity. 

The  setting  of  the  bricks  is  similar  to  that  in  a  continuous 
kiln. 

Gas-Fired  Single  Kilns  have  been  made  the  subject  of  many 
patents,  but  few  have  proved  really  successful.  Most  patentees 
have  had  an  insufficient  knowledge  of  the  firing  of  kilns,  and  have 
attempted  the  impossible  by  introducing  the  gas  at  the  wrong 
place,  or  have  tried  to  keep  it  alight  when  supplied  with  cold  air. 

For  the  successful  application  of  gas  to  intermittent  kilns  it 
is  necessary  to  have  several  kilns  so  placed  that  they  discharge 
their  waste  gases  into  one  of  two  central  regenerators  or  chambers 
filled  with  bricks  arranged  in  a  chequer-work  fashion.  Whilst 
the  waste  gases  from  a  kiln  are  passing  through  one  of  these 
regenerators  the  brickwork  becomes  heated,  and  when  the 
supply  of  gases  is  cut  off  by  being  diverted  into  the  other  re- 
generator, air  is  drawn  in  the  opposite  direction  through  the  first 


KILNS 


257 


one ;  thus  the  air  becomes  heated  and  is  then  in  a  suitable  con- 
dition for  being  supplied  to  the  gas  used  for  heating  the  kiln. 
The  change  of  air  and  waste  gas  currents  through  the  regenerators 
must  be  made  at  regular  intervals  of  about  thirty  minutes,  this 
being  effected  by  means  of  a  simple  reversing  valve. 

The  gas  is  made  in  special  producers,  the  construction  of 
which  needs  special  skill.  The  gas-burners  must  also  be  of 
special  construction ;  most  of  those  who  have  endeavoured  to 
apply  gas  to  brick  burning  in  single  kilns  have  failed  to  burn 
the  gas  satisfactorily. 

A  typical  arrangement  for  a  single  kiln  fired  by  gas  (fig.  177) 
is  designed  by  E.  Schmatolla,  and  found  to  be  specially  suitable 


FIG.  177. — Intermittent  gas-fired  kiln. 

for  use  at  temperatures  higher  than  can  be  obtained  by  direct 
firing  with  coal. 

It  consists  chiefly  in  the  connexion  of  the  heating  chamber 
with  two  or  more  heat  collectors,  accumulators  or  regenerators ; 
the  furnace  proper  is  arranged  so  that  it  may  be  started  as  a 
direct  fired  grate,  and  afterwards  changed  gradually  to  gas  firing, 
and  on  this  account  it  is  built  centrally  to  the  whole  structure, 
the  regenerators  being  placed  at  each  side. 

The  gas  generator  (c),  which  is  built  in  a  similar  way  to  a 
grate  furnace,  but  with  a  higher  shaft,  is  arranged  below  the 
burning  chamber  (a),  and  the  two  heat  collectors  or  accumulators 
reach  approximately  from  the  bottom  end  of  the  gas  generator 
to  the  upper  end  of  the  heating  or  burning  chamber.  The  gas 
generator  is  connected  to  the  chamber  at  both  sides  by  means 

17 


258  MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

of  conduits  or  flues  (d,  e,)  between  which  are  arranged  dampers 
(/),  the  latter  making  it  possible  to  close  the  one  or  the  other  of 
the  flues  (d).  The  two  heat  collectors  (b)  are  connected  to  the 
heating  or  burning  chamber  (a)  by  means  of  conduits  (g)  and 
openings  (h).  The  heat  collectors,  which  are  provided  with  a 
grating  of  refractory  bricks  or  other  material,  are  connected  at 
the  bottom  end  to  conduits  (61,  62,  63,  64),  which  can  be  brought 
Into  communication  either  with  the  chimney  channel  (65)  or 
with  the  outer  air  by  means  of  a  device  consisting  of  a  box  (k). 
Assuming  that  the  damper  (/)  on  the  left-hand  side  is  closed, 
the  corresponding  damper  •(/)  on  the  right-hand  side  being  open, 
and  the  box  standing  as  shown  in  the  drawings ;  the  conduit 
(64)  on  the  right-hand  side  is  in  connexion  with  the  outer  air, 
and  the  conduit  (64)  on  the  left-hand  side  is  connected  with  the 
chimney  ;  and  assuming  further  that  the  generator  is  filled  with 
coal,  and  that  the  whole  furnace  is  already  incandescent,  the 
generator  gas  will  then  pass  through  the  right-hand  conduit 
system  (d,  e)  into  the  heating  chamber  (a),  and  the  air  through 
the  right-hand  conduit  system  (64,  63,  62,  61),  the  grating  of  the 
right-hand  collector  and  the  conduits  (g,  h)  also  into  the  heating 
chamber  (a).  Gas  and  air  become  mixed  at  the  right-hand  end 
of  the  chamber,  burn  in  the  interior  of  the  chamber  (a),  and  pass 
at  the  other  end  through  the  conduits  (h,  g)  and  the  heat  col- 
lectors (6),  as  well  as  the  conduits  (61,  62,  63,  64)  on  the  left 
hand,  into  the  chimney.  The  combustion  gases  escaping  from 
the  chamber  give  off  the  greatest  portion  of  their  heat  to  the 
grating  of  the  heat  collector  arranged  on  the  left-hand  side. 
When  the  latter  is  so  highly  heated  that  the  combustion  gases 
begin  to  escape  through  the  flues  (61,  62,  63,  64)  at  a  higher  tem- 
perature, the  box  (k)  is  drawn  to  the  right  side,  so  that  the  left 
channel  (64)  is  open  and  the  right  channels  (61,  62,  63,  64)  are 
connected  to  the  chimney.  If,  then,  the  right-hand  damper  (/) 
is  closed  and  the  left-hand  one  is  opened,  the  gas  will  pass  through 
the  left-hand  side  flues  (e)  and  (g)  into  the  chamber,  and  the  air 
will  pass  through  the  left-hand  side  flues  (64,  63,  62,  61),  the 
grating  of  the  left-hand  side  heat  collector,  and  the  right-hand 
side  flues  (g,  h)  into  the  chamber.  The  direction  of  the  flame 
will  be  reversed,  and  it  will  pass  on  the  other  side  through  the 
flues  (g,  h)  to  the  heat  collector,  and  after  having  given  off  to  the 
latter  the  greatest  portion  of  its  heat  through  the  right-hand 
flues  (61,  62,  63),  into  the  chimney.  The  air  is,  of  course,  highly 
heated  by  the  previously  highly  heated  left-side  accumulator, 


KILNS 


259 


and  passes  into  the  chamber  with  a  very  high  temperature.  The 
producer  gas  will  also  pass  into  the  heating  chamber  at  a  very 
high  temperature,  since  it  has  to  traverse  only  a  short  conduit, 
and  thus  it  is  possible  to  increase  the  temperature  in  the 
chamber  to  a  much  higher  degree  than  is  possible  in  the  furnaces 
generally  used — for  instance,  for  burning  or  heating  highly  re- 
fractory materials.  As  the  direction  of  the  flames  can  be  altered 
at  given  intervals  of  time,  the  temperature  in  the  chamber  can 
be  raised  as  much  as  desired  up  to  the  limit  of  the  dissociation 
temperature  of  carbonic  oxide — that  is  to  say,  up  to  2000°  C. 


FIG.  178. — Kegenerator  and  furnace. 

An  adaptation  of  this  regenerator  to  a  furnace  is  shown  in 
fig.  178.  In  this,  the  heat  accumulators  (6)  are  placed  at  the  side 
of  the  producer  (c)  as  before,  but  the  gas  flues  (d,-e)  are  arranged 
at  each  side  in  the  middle  of  the  accumulators  (6),  separated 
from  them  by  thin  walls  (w),  whereby  the  accumulators  are 
divided  at  the  top  into  two  branches,  which  are  also  filled  with 
brickwork  for  accumulating  heat  and  communicating  at  their 
upper  end  with  the  combustion  chambers  (a).  In  this  arrange- 
ment the  dampers  (/)  for  regulating  and  reversing  the  gas  and  air 
are  arranged  at  the  level  of  the  heating  chamber  inlets,  and  are 
controlled  from  the  sides  of  the  furnace  instead  of  from  the  front. 
By  means  of  this  arrangement  it  is  possible  to  look  through  the 


'260  MODEEN    BBICKMAKING- 

flues  direct  into  the  gas  producer,  and  consequently  the  cleaning 
of.  the  gas  flues  is  quite  easy.  In  this  way  it  is  possible  to  cool 
the  bottom  of  the  hearth  from  a  water  tank  (t),  a  great  advantage 
when  the  furnace  is  used  for  melting  purposes, -or  where  a  fusible 
slag  is  produced.  This  drawing  also  shows  a  design  when  the 
flues  (63)  leading  to  a  separate  reversing  box  (k),  as  in  fig.  177,  are 
used  as  a  part  of  the  accumulator  by  filling  them  also  with  brick- 
work ;  in  this  they  can  be  covered  with  plates  (p).  By  this  system 
the  whole  of  the  heat  in  the  waste  gases  may  be  recovered,  and 
experience  has  shown  thatf,  whilst  the  heating  chamber  is  at  a 
white  heat  (1700°  C.),  it  is  easy  to  keep  one's  hand  on  the  revers- 
ing valve  (k),  (fig.  177). 

The  Mond  Gas  Producer  has  also  been  applied  to  the  firing  of 
kilns,  but  as  the  essential  feature  of  this  plant  is  the  recovery  of 
by-products  from  the  fuel,  it  can  only  be  used  where  a  very  large 
number  of  kilns  are  employed  at  a  time.  In  such  cases  it  is 
easier  and  better  to  use  a  continuous  kiln — either  coal  or  gas- 
fired — for  burning  bricks. 

A  system  of  what  may  be  termed  "  half-gas  "  firing  has  been 
successfully  applied  to  kilns  by  A.  Woolley  and  others.  This 
consists  in  removing  the  grates  from  the  ordinary  fire-boxes  of 
the  kilns,  providing  an  air-tight  door,  and  blowing  in  air  and 
superheated  steam  below  the  fuel.  A  crude  gas  is  produced  with- 
out any  appreciable  alteration  of  the  furnaces,  and  regular  heat- 
ing is  greatly  facilitated  with  a  reduction  in  the  amount  of  fuel 
consumed,  and  a  great  saving  in  the  labour  of  firing  and  of  cleaning 
out  the  fire-boxes. 

Semi- Continuous  Kilns  are  those  in  which  the  unused  heat  from 
one  chamber  is  used  in  others,  the  transference  being  continued 
until  the  end  of  the  series  is  reached.  Semi-continuous  kilns  are, 
therefore,  more  economical  in  fuel  consumption  than  are  single 
kilns,  and  yet,  if  rightly  constructed,  they  give  equally  good 
results.  Unfortunately,  most  designers  of  semi-continuous  kilns 
have  been  unduly  influenced  by  their  knowledge  of  the  New- 
castle (single)  kiln  and  the  Hoffmann  (continuous)  kilns,  and  have 
overlooked  the  advantages  of  the  down-draught  kiln  when  con- 
nected to  form  a  semi-continuous  series.  On  this  account  many 
semi-continuous  kilns  do  not  produce  bricks  of  good  colour,  but 
the  fault  lies  less  with  the  underlying  principle  of  semi-continu- 
ous action  than  with  its  limited  applications. 

The  general  structure  of  a  semi-continuous  kiln  is  shown  in 
fig.  179,  though  the  use  of  only  four  chambers  would  not  secure 


KILNS  261 

a  great  reduction  in  the  amount  of  fuel  used,  and  at  least  six 
chambers  should  be  connected.  The  kiln  shown  is  practically  a 
Newcastle  kiln  with  fires  at  one  end,  to  which  have  been  added 
three  other  chambers  for  which  no  fire-grates  have  been  provided, 
though  feed-holes  for  the  fuel  are  placed  in  the  roof. 

Chambers  1  and  2  having  been  filled  with  bricks  the  fires  are 
lighted  and  the  heat  not  required  in  No.  1  is  taken  through  the 
five  short  connecting  flues  direct  to  chamber  2.  Passing  through 
this,  it  escapes  to  the  chimney  through  underground  flues  situated 
at  each  side  of  the  kiln.  As  soon  as  the  succeeding  chambers 
(3  and  4)  are  filled,  the  gases  are  passed  through  them  before  being 
admitted  to  the  flue,  and,  in  this  way,  almost  the  whole  of  the 
heat  in  the  gases  is  used.  As  soon  as  the  bricks  in  chamber  1 
are  finished,  the  firing  in  the  fireplaces  is  stopped,  and  the  fuel 
supplied  as  required  through  the  roofs  of  the  different  chambers. 


FIG.  179. — Plan  of  semi-continuous  kiln. 

It  will  easily  be  seen  that  whilst  the  heat  from  No.  3  chamber  is 
fully  used  in  heating  bricks  in  other  parts  of  the  kiln,  much  of 
the  heat  from  No.  3  and  all  from  No.  4  must  pass  into  the 
chimney  and  be  lost,  so  that  the  saving  in  fuel  depends  very 
largely  on  the  number  of  chambers  (i.e.  on  the  length)  of  the 
semi-continuous  kiln. 

If  such  a  kiln  be  constructed  with  fourteen  or  more  chambers, 
and  these,  instead  of  being  in  a  straight  line,  are  in  the  form  of 
a  circle  or  ellipse,  the  fireplace  necessary  in  the  semi-continuous 
kiln  is  no  longer  needed,  and  a  continuous  kiln,  in  which  the 
waste  above  mentioned  does  not  occur,  is  produced. 

Another  serious  objection  to  the  semi-continuous  kiln  just 
described  (where  the  colour  of  the  goods  is  of  importance)  is  the 
damage  done  to  some  of  the  bricks  by  feeding  the  fuel  amongst 
them  through  openings  in  the  roof.  This  may  be  overcome  by 
the  use  of  grates  or  fireplaces  in  each  chamber,  whereby  the  fuel 


262 


MODEKN    BEICKMAKING 


is  prevented  from  coming  into  contact  with  the  goods,  and  bricks 
of  an  excellent  colour  may  then  be  produced. 

Occasionally,  two  semi-continuous  kilns  are  built  side  by  side, 
one  being  burned  whilst  the  other  is  drawn  or  set.    This  simplifies 


FIG.  180. — Section  of  semi-continuous  kiln. 

the  construction  somewhat,  but  is  awkward  in  use  compared  with 
the  semi-continuous  down-draught  kiln  with  one  gallery  shown 
in  fig.  180,  and  is  not  so  economical  as  a  continuous  one. 


FIG.  181. — Part-plan  of  semi-continuous  kiln. 


The  Semi- Continuous  Down-Draught  Kiln  shown  in  figs.  180  and 
181  is  due  to  A.  E.  Brown,  but  similar  principles  are  used  by 
other  designers  of  kilns  of  this  style,  and  many  of  the  better  con- 


KILNS  263 

tinuous  kilns  can  be  made  into  excellent  semi-continuous  ones  by 
building  a  few  chambers  instead  of  the  whole  kiln. 

Each  chamber  in  such  a  kiln  can  be  used  independently  of 
the  rest — an  important  advantage  when  the  supply  of  green 
bricks  is  short  or  when  the  output  of  the  works  is  reduced. 

As  shown  in  fig.  180  a  number  of  chambers  (usually  six)  are 
connected  with  each  other  by  means  of  a  row  of  openings  in  the 
floor  next  to  the  partition  walls,  so  that  the  fire-gases  pass  through 
these  openings  to  the  next  chamber.  The  furnaces,  in  this  case, 
are  arranged  in  each  corner  of  each  chamber,  and  direct  communi- 
cation with  the  chimney  can  be  made  through  a  damper-con- 
trolled flue  in  each  chamber.  The  chambers  may  conveniently 
hold  7,000  to  15,000  bricks  each,  and  if  only  six  are  erected  the 
whole  set  should  be  filled,  burned  off,  and  cooled  before  being 
drawn  and  reset,  though  with  careful  working  it  is  possible  to  set 
some  chambers  at  the  same  time  as  the  others  are  being  fired. 

When  starting  the  firing  the  damper  (d)  and  the  flue  (D)  is 
opened  and  the  fire-gases  pass  through  the  perforations  to  the 
chimney  through  the  main  flue  (L).  By  keeping  this  damper 
open,  any  chamber  can  be  worked  independently,  but  on  closing 
it  the  fire-gases  pass  into  the  next  chamber  through  the  perfora- 
tions and  under  the  partition  walls,  rising  through  the  openings 
in  the  next  chamber  up  what  is  practically  a  "bag".  The 
chimney  damper  of  this  second  chamber  may  be  opened,  or  if 
closed  that  of  a  later  chamber  must  be  opened.  When  the 
firing  of  a  chamber  is  finished,  the  fires  are  allowed  to  die  out, 
the  openings  for  admitting  fuel  are  closed,  and  the  finished 
chamber  only  used  for  the  supply  of  such  hot  air  as  may  be 
needed.  Such  a  kiln  with  a  suitable  chimney  would  cost  about 
£500  for  a  chamber  capacity  of  7,500  bricks  and  a  weekly  output 
of  15,000,  but  the  saving  of  fuel  on  this  output  would  repay 
the  extra  cost  of  the  kiln  over  single  ones  within  five  years. 

Continuous  Kilns  have  increased-steadily  in  popularity  during 
recent  years,  and  though  still  misunderstood  and  mismanaged 
by  many  brickmakers,  the  prejudice  which  existed  against  them 
at  one  time  is  slowly  dying  out. 

In  this  country  few  brickmakers  would  attempt  to  use  a 
continuous  kiln  for  an  output  of  less  than  1,000,000  bricks 
yearly,  though  in  Germany  many  small  kilns  of  this  type  are  in 
use. 

For  an  annual  output  of  1,000,000  or  more  bricks  some  form 
of  continuous  kiln  is  very  desirable,  the  precise  construction 


264  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

depending  upon  the  class  of  bricks  to  be  produced.  The  first 
successful  continuous  kiln  was  invented  by  Frederick  Hoffmann 
in  1859,  and  though  many  improvements  have  been  made  since 
that  day,  the  general  principle  he  employed  is  still  used,  and 
many  modern  kilns  are  termed  "Hoffmann,"  although  they 
differ  widely  from  the  original  one  of  that  name. 

For  common  bricks  the  original  type  of  Hoffmann  kiln  is 
quite  satisfactory,  but  as  it  seldom  yields  as  much  as  two-thirds 
of  its  contents  of  facing  bricks  the  proportion  of  those  of  second 
and  third-quality  is  very  large.  This  type  of  kiln  is  characterized 
by  a  remarkably  low  fuel  consumption — averaging  3^  cwt.  per 
1000  bricks  as  compared  with  10  to  12  cwt.  for  single  kilns — 
but  the  first  cost  is  necessarily  great,  though  not  so  high  in  pro- 
portion as  many  brickmakers  are  apt  to  suppose. 

Although  many  patent  continuous  kilns  are  on  the  market, 
it  will  be  sufficient  if  seven  main  features  are  described  and 
compared,  the  characteristics  of  certain  other  well-known  kilns 
being  mentioned  according  to  the  class  in  which  they  occur.  The 
chief  features  of  modern  continuous  kilns  are  : — 

1.  The  general  principle  of  continuous  action,  typified  in  the 
simple  Hoffmann  kiln.     In  this  the  fuel  is  fed  through  the  roof 
and  burned  amongst  the  bricks  to  be  fired. 

2.  The  use  of  grates  or  troughs  for  the  fuel. 

3.  The  use  of  flues  for  supplying  the  freshly-set  bricks  with 
warm  air,  in  order  to  dry  them  and  to  prevent  the  deposition  of 
moisture  on  them — as  in  most  modern  continuous  kilns. 

4.  The  use  of  the  down-draught  principle — usually  in  con- 
nexion with  grates  or  troughs  for  the  fuel  (see  2) — and  permanent 
partitions  so  as  to  divide  the  kiln  into  a  number  of  separate 
chambers. 

5.  The  means  used  for  removal  of  steam. 

6.  The  use  of  gas  in  place  of  solid  fuel. 

7.  The  use  of  mechanical  (fan)  or  natural  (chimney)  draught. 
The  simple  Hoffmann  kiln  was  originally  circular  in  shape, 

but  it  is  now  frequently  made  with  two  straight  portions  con- 
nected together  by  two  semicircular  ones  so  as  to  form  an  ellipse 
with  flattened  sides.  This  later  pattern  is  more  convenient  in 
shape  than  the  circular  one.  The  general  construction  and 
method  of  working  of  this,  the  simplest  and  oldest  type  of  con- 
tinuous kiln,  is  shown  in  figs.  182  and  183,  from  which  it  will  be 
seen  to  consist  of  a  circular  tunnel  with  twelve  door-gaps  in  its 
outer  circumference  and  twelve  flues  in  its  inner  one.  The 


KILNS 


265 


door-gaps  give  access  to  the  interior  of  the  kiln  and  are  closed 
with  brickwork  when  those  portions  of  the  kiln  in  which  they 
occur  are  being  fired  ;  the  flues  lead  to  a  central  annular  flue 
connected  directly  to  the  chimney,  the  connexion  between  the 
twelve  flues  and  the  annular  one  being  controlled  by  dampers. 

The  outer  walls  of  the  kiln  must  be  at  least  3  ft.  thick, 
and  must  be  set  in  buttress  form  so  as  to  resist  the  great  effect 
of  the  heat  upon  them.  The  masonry  in  the  centre  of  the  kiln 
is  composed  of  brickwork  filled  in  with  rubble  or  broken  bricks, 
well  stamped  down  so  as  to  yield  a  solid  mass.  The  fuel  is 
supplied  through  holes  in  the  roof  of  the  tunnel. 

The  size  of  the  kiln  may  be  varied  to  suit  different  conditions, 
but  it  should  have  at  least  14  "  chambers  "  each  at  least  12  ft. 


FIG.  182.— Vertical  section  of  Hoff- 
mann kiln. 


FIG.  183.— Plan  of  Hoffmann  kiln. 


in  length  or  an  average  tunnel  length  of  168  ft.  It  is  found  that 
better  results  are  obtained  with  an  average  tunnel  length  of 
about  225  ft.,  and  this  the  author  considers  a  desirable  minimum 
for  the  manufacture  of  first-class  bricks.  The  earlier  kilns,  with 
only  twelve  chambers,  were  too  short  for  obtaining  the  best 
results,  and  in  the  best  modern  continuous  kilns  sixteen  chambers 
are  considered  to  be  essential. 

In  considering  a  Hoffmann  kiln  it  must  be  remembered  that 
110  partitions  exist  to  separate  the  kiln  into  a  definite  number  of 
chambers.  The  term  "  chamber "  is,  however,  so  convenient 
that  its  use  in  this  connexion  is  universal. 

The  whole  of  the  chambers,  with  the  exception  of  two,  having 
been  filled  with  bricks  which  are  being  heated,  the  working  of 
a  simple  Hoffmann  kiln  is  as  follows :  "  chamber  "  1  is  empty, 


266  MODEEN    BRICKMAKING 

12  is  being  filled,  and  a  current  of  air  entering  through  the 
doorway  of  No.  12  through  No.  1  on,  gradually  becoming  hotter 
in  its  journey,  thus  helping  to  burn  any  fuel  with  which  it  may 
come  into  contact.  No.  11  chamber  is  the  one  last  filled,  and 
consequently  contains  the  coolest  of  the  unfired  bricks,  the 
hottest  bricks  being  in  Nos.  4  or  5  ;  the  intermediate  chambers 
being  at  varying  but  progressively  increasing  temperature. 

The  air  passing  contra  clockwise  round  the  kiln  is,  during  its- 
journey  through  the  hottest  chambers,  highly  charged  with  flue- 
gases,  and  the  mixture  so  formed  is  purposely  taken  through  as 
many  chambers  as  possible  so  as  to  expend  most  of  its  heat  in 
warming  the  goods.  Finally,  at  a  temperature  of  150°  C.,  and 
nearly  saturated  with  moisture,  it  passes  into  the  chimney  and 
is  lost.  Meanwhile,  the  bricks  in  the  various  chambers  are 
increasing  in  temperature  as  the  result  of  the  hot  air  and  gases, 
and  the  fuel  fed  through  the  roof  of  the  hotter  chambers ;  and 
when  those  in  (say)  No.  4  are  sufficiently  heated,  no  further  fuel 
is  supplied  to  them.  This  chamber  will  then  begin  to  cool, 
because  of  the  current  of  air  drawn  through  it  as  already  de- 
scribed, and  another  chamber  (say)  No.  9,  which  has  hitherto 
been  heated  by  the  hot  gases  alone,  will  be  sufficiently  hot  to  be 
fed  with  fuel  through  the  roof. 

In  such  a  kiln,  therefore,  No.  1  chamber  will  be  empty,  Nos. 
2  and  3  will  be  cooling,  No.  4  will  be  at  full  fire  and  nearly 
finished,  Nos.  5  to  8  will  be  under  fire  and  hot,  Nos.  9  to  11  will 
be  being  warmed  by  the  "waste  gases"  from  the  previous 
chambers  and  No.  12  will  be  being  filled.  The  partition  shown 
between  Nos.  11  and  12  will  be  placed  between  Nos.  12  and  1  as 
soon  as  No.  12  is  filled,  or  as  soon  as  possible  after  No.  4  is  finished 
firing. 

With  some  clays  the  gases  become  so  charged  with  moisture 
that  the  foregoing  procedure  must  be  modified,  and  the  freshly 
set  goods  warmed  by  special  fires  in  the  door-gaps  or  wickets. 
It  is  to  avoid  this  that  hot-air  flues  (see  later)  are  used. 

In  the  Hoffmann  kiln  as  originally  designed,  the  fuel,  fed 
through  the  roof,  falls  into  hollow  pillars  formed  by  the  bricks 
to  be  burned  on  account  of  the  special  manner  in  which  they 
are  "  set  "  in  the  kilns.  The  ash  from  this  fuel  discolours  these 
bricks  and  renders  them  unsightly,  but  the  saving  in  fuel  effected 
by  the  kiln  was  for  a  long  time  considered  to  outweigh  this  dis- 
advantage. In  recent  years,  however,  the  demand  for  a  better- 
coloured  brick  than  can  be  produced  by  the  original  Hoffmann 


KILNS  267 

kiln  has  increased  so  much  that  few  modern  brickmakers  would 
now  erect  one  of  these  simple  kilns,  but  would  include  several 
improvements  such  as  those  described  later.  The  fact  still  re- 
mains true,  however,  that  the  original  Hoffmann  is  the  most 
economical  in  fuel  of  any  continuous  kiln  on  the  market,  none 
of  the  "  improved  "  kilns  being  able  to  work  with  less  than  3  cwt. 
per  1000  bricks  using  a  clay  or  shale  free  from  any  combustible 
matter. 

In  judging  the  fuel- consumption  of  a  kiln  it  is  necessary  to 
ensure  that  there  is  no  combustible  matter  in  the  clay  as,»other- 
wise,  any  comparison  is  useless.  For  example,  the  Fletton-shale 
contains  so  much  oil  as  to  render  only  a  trifling  proportion  of 
fuel  necessary,  and  a  kiln  which  will  burn  this  satisfactorily  with 
only  \  cwt.  of  coal  per  1000  bricks  may  need  5  cwt.  for  a  South 
Country  clay  or  for  a  Midland  marl. 

Where  the  colour  and  appearance  of  the  bricks  are  unim- 
portant the  simple  original  Hoffmann  principle  (fig.  182)  is  still 
the  best.  ii; 

Hoffmann  Kilns  with  Grates  or  Troughs  for  the  fuel,  mark  a 
distinct  step  forward  in  the  production  of  facing  bricks  in  a  con- 
tinuous kiln,  as  by  keeping  the  fuel  out  of  all  contact  with  the 
goods  they  eliminate  one  of  the  chief  causes  of  discoloration. 

In  the  original  "  Belgian  "  kiln  the  grates  are  placed  trans- 
versely— one  in  each  chamber — the  fuel  being  fed  through  holes 
in  the  roof  or  through  a  door  at  one  end  of  the  grate.  With  this 
exception  the  Belgian  kiln  is  almost  identical  with  the  original 
Hoffmann  one,  though  it  is  usually  built  of  an  oblong  shape 
instead  of  being  circular  in  form,  and  the  chimney  is  at  one  side 
instead  of  being  placed  centrally.  Like  most  modern  continuous 
kilns  the  "  Belgian  "  has  a  large  number  of  chambers,  frequently 
twenty-two. 

In  several  other  kilns  this  arrangement  of  grates  is  employed, 
and  it  has  now  become  a  recognized  feature  of  continuous  kilns 
for  facing  bricks.  These  grates  may  be  of  metal  or  of  fire-clay, 
the  former  being  generally  preferable,  being  stronger. 

In  kilns  designed  by  Guthrie  and  by  Brown  the  grate  is  re- 
placed by  a  trough  or  gutter  in  which  the  fuel  is  burned.  The 
hearth  patented  by  A.  E.  Brown  is  shown  at  /  in  fig.  184  and  is- 
sloping,  the  air  being  admitted  to  the  side  instead  of  below  the 
fuel.  This  hearth  is  placed  below  the  floor  level  and  is  found, 
in  practice,  to  give  results  quite  equal  to  the  ordinary  grate  bars 
and  to  be  somewhat  easier  to  clean,  as  but  little  clinker  adheres 


268 


MODEEN    BRICKMAKING 


to  the  air  inlet.  Flat  grates  are,  however,  quite  satisfactory  with 
proper  care. 

In  the  arrangement  devised  by  Guthrie  the  trough  has  a  level 
bottom,  is  somewhat  deeper,  and  has  no  grate. 

The  openings  through  which  fuel  is  fed  to  the  fire-boxes  must 
be  capable  of  being  closed  to  prevent  the  use  of  cold  air,  but  a 
sufficient  supply  of  air  must  be  admitted  to  enable  the  fuel  to 
burn  properly  and  to  prevent  the  grate  bars  (if  of  metal)  from 
being  melted.  The  means  by  which  this  air  is  admitted  will  be 
described  later. 

The  advantages  of  grates,  or  troughs,  running  the  whole  width 
of  each  chamber  are  so  numerous  that  they  may  be  considered 


FIG.  184. — Section  of  one  chamber  in  Brown's  kiln. 

an  essential  feature  of  all  modern  continuous  kilns,  and  the 
question  now  facing  brickmakers  is  not  whether  a  grate  or  trough 
is  necessary,  but  whether  one  is  sufficient  for  each  chamber. 
For  most  purposes  a  single  grate  or  trough  for  each  15  ft.  of  tunnel 
is  amply  sufficient,  but  where  unusually  high  temperatures — as 
in  fire-brick  and  blue-brick  manufacture — are  required,  it  is  de- 
sirable to  employ  two  grates  or  troughs  to  each  chamber.  This 
arrangement  has  been  patented  by  Barnett  &  Hadlington. 

Hot  Air  Flues  are  essential  in  the  production  of  well 
coloured  bricks  in  continuous  kilns,  and  the  chief  variations  in 
modern  kilns  of  this  type  are  due  to  the  different  means  used  to 
supply  heated  air. 

Hot  air  is  used  for  two  purposes  in  the  best  continuous  kilns, 
viz. :  (1)  for  facilitating  the  combustion  of  the  fuel  on  the  grate 


KILNS  '269 

or  in  troughs  or  bags,  as  a  better  result  is  obtained  when  the 
fuel  is  supplied  with  hot  instead  of  with  cold  air ;  and  (2)  for 
drying  and  warming  newly  set  goods.  In  some  of  the  older  types 
of  continuous  kilns  hot*  air  is  exclusively  used  for  the  former  pur- 
pose. 

It  has  already  been  stated  that  if  the  fire-gases  be  taken 
through  too  many  chambers  in  succession  they  will  become  cool, 
and  being  heavily  charged  with  moisture  and  other  combustible 
impurities,  will  deposit  some  of  these  on  the  goods  over  which 
they  pass.  For  this  reason,  as  soon  as  the  fire-gases  in  a  con- 
tinuous kiln  reach  a  temperature  of  150°  C.  they  should  be  taken 
direct  to  the  main  flue  and  chimney.  The  amount  of  heat  then 
left  in  them  is  very  small,  and  its  loss  is  unimportant  compared 
with  the  damage  which  can  be  done  by  the  impurities  in  these 
gases.  If  desired,  the  fire-gases  may  be  used  in  a  dryer,  but  they 
must  be  kept  enclosed  in  flues,  or  pipes,  and  not  allowed  to  come 
into  contact  with  the  goods  or  they  will  produce  scum. 

As  it  is,  in  practice,  inadvisable  to  use  the  fire-gases  of  a  con- 
tinuous kiln  in  heating  the  freshly  set  bricks  up  to  120°  C., 
some  other  source  of  heat  must  be  used.  At  present  three  such 
sources  are  available : 

(a)  Wicket  fires  may  be  built  or  stoves  may  be  placed  in  the 
door-gap  of  each  chamber  or  connected  to  the  feed-holes  in  the 
roof.     In  this  way  the  heat  from  a  separate  fire  is  used  to  warm 
a  large  quantity  of  air.     The  disadvantage  of  this  arrangement 
is  that  the  products  of  combustion  of  the  fuel  mix  with  the  air 
and  sometimes  discolour  the  goods. 

(b)  Air  may  be  drawn  over  the  goods  which  have  finished 
firing  and  which  are  cooling  in  the  kiln.      This  air  is  heated 
without  any  contact  with  fuel  and  is,  therefore,  free  from  the 
disadvantages  just  mentioned  in  (a).     The  amount  of  heat  avail- 
able is,  however,  limited  by  the  rate  at  which  the  goods  can  be 
cooled  and  by  the  finishing  temperature  of  the  kiln.     So  far  as- 
it  can  be  used  this  is  the  best  source  of  hot  air,  but  it  seldom 
yields  sufficient  unless  supplemented  by  heat  from  other  sources. 

(c)  Air  may  be  drawn  through  special  flues  above  the  arch  of 
the  kiln  or  below  the  floor,  its  temperature  being  regulated  by 
the  speed  at  which  the  air  travels  and  the  number  of  flues  used 
for  this  purpose.     Heat  withdrawn  in  this  way  from  the  kiln 
must,  in  part  at  least,  be  replaced  by  the  combustion  of  a  relative 
amount  of  additional  fuel,  but  the  arrangement  is  so  convenient, 
and  the  effect  of  the  air  on  the  brickwork  by  preventing  some  of 


270 


MODEKN    BEICKMAKING 


the  loss  by  radiation  which  would  otherwise  take  place  is  so  good, 
that  it  may  be  considered  as  the  second  best  source  of  heat  and 
the  best  means  of  supplementing  the  hot  air  supplied  by  the 
chambers  containing  cooling  goods.  Air  drawn  through  special 
flues  is,  if  the  flues  are  in  good  condition,  quite  free  from  objec- 
tionable impurities. 

The  use  of  wicket  fires  or  stoves  needs  little  description,  as  it 
is  familiar  to  most  brickmakers.  After  a  chamber  has  been 
filled  with  bricks  the  door-gap  is  built  up,  plastered  with  daub, 
and  allowed  to  dry.  If  a  wicket-fire  is  to  be  used,  two  openings 
must  be  left  in  the  door-gap,  one  to  feed  in  the  fuel  for  the  fire 
and  another  to  admit  air  to  allow  the  fuel  to  burn.  Some  burners 


FIG.  185. — Section  showing  wicket-fire. 

prefer  to  construct  a  small  fire-box  by  using  a  grate  on  which  to 
rest  the  fuel,  but  the  more  usual  practice  is  to  allow  the  fuel  to 
burn  on  the  ground  (fig.  185). 

A  couple  of  shovelfuls  of  glowing  fuel  is  now  placed  behind 
the  door-gaps  and  the  appropriate  damper  opened  so  as  to  connect 
the  chamber  directly  with  the  chimney,  the  sides  of  the  chamber 
having  been,  meanwhile,  provided  with  iron  dampers,  or  with 
paper  pasted  on  to  the  bricks  or  over  the  openings  in  the  walls 
between  each  chamber.  The  chamber  is  thus  isolated  from  the 
rest  of  the  kiln  and  is  operated  quite  independently.  The  tem- 
perature inside  it  is  slowly  raised  by  the  addition  of  more  fuel 
from  time  to  time,  until  the  bricks  are  thoroughly  dry  and  of  a 
temperature  of  at  least  120°  C.  The  side  dampers  are  then  re- 
moved, the  door-gap  openings  filled  in,  the  damper  in  the  next 


KILNS 


271 


FIG.  186.— Portable  stove. 


chamber  which  took  the  fire-gases  to  the  chimney  is  closed,  and 
the  newly  dried  bricks  are  thus  placed  in  circuit  with  the  rest  of 
the  kiln. 

In  some  cases  it  is  easier  to  have  a  portable  stove  to  hold  the 
fuel  and  to  fit  the  exit  pipe  of  this  to  the  door-gap  of  the  chamber 
to  be  dried,  or  to  one  of  the  feed-holes  in  the  roof.  Opinions 
differ  considerably  as 
to  which  is  the  best 
arrangement,  and  the 
author  has  made  a 
considerable  number 
of  tests  to  solve  the 
problem.  He  has  found 
that  if  the  bricks  are 
very  damp  it  is  better 
to  use  a  stove  supply- 
ing heat  near  the  floor 
of  the  kiln  and  to  open 
several  feed-holes  in 
the  roof  so  as  to  allow 
the  steam  and  gases  to  escape  in  an  upward  direction.  If,  on 
the  contrary,  the  goods  are  not  particularly  damp  they  can  be 
dried  more  evenly  and  rapidly  by  using 
several  stoves  supplying  air  through  the 
feed-holes  in  the  arch  of  the  kiln  in  a 
downward  direction. 

A  convenient  stove  for  use  on  the 
ground  level  is  shown  in  fig.  186.  It 
consists  of  a  grate  enclosed  in  an  iron 
chamber  and  in  many  respects  resembles 
a  slab-heater  (p.  163)  but  is  smaller  and 
portable. 

A  stove  (fig.  187)  for  placing  in  the 
feed-holes  of  a  continuous  kiln  consists 
of  a  cylinder  about  12  to  18  in.  high, 
its  lower  diameter  being  slightly  less 
than  that  of  the  feed-hole.  The  fuel  is 
placed  on  the  grate  and  the  heated  air 
passes  down  into  the  chamber  beneath.  FIG.  187.— Stove  for  top 
Several  such  stoves  should  be  used  at  a  of  klln> 

time,  their  number  and  position  depending  on  the  rapidity  with 
which  the  bricks  can  be  heated  (fig.  188). 


272  MODEEN    BBICKMAKING 

Cooling  chambers  are  usually  made  to  supply  hot  air  by 
either  temporary  or  permanent  flues.  As  the  air  entering  these 
chambers  becomes  heated  it  rises,  and  such  flues  are,  therefore, 
usually  placed  near  the  top  of  the  kiln.  For  temporary  flues  this 
is  the  best  position,  but  permanent  ones  should  be  built  as  low  as- 


FIG.  188 — Top  stoves  in  use. 

possible  in  order  to  counteract  the  tendency  to  leakage  caused 
by  the  greater  movements  of  the  upper  parts  of  the  kiln. 

Temporary  Flues  are  usually  made  of  sheet  metal  with  an 
elbow  at  each  end.  They  are  employed  to  connect  the  feed-holes 
of  one  of  the  cooling  chambers  with  those  of  one  newly  filled,  but 


FIG.  189. — Temporary  flue  in  use. 

as  these  chambers  may  be  a  considerable  distance  apart  it  is 
advantageous  to  construct  a  permanent  flue  the  whole  length  of 
the  kiln,  and  to  connect  this  by  means  of  two  separate  temporary 
pipes  to  the  cooling  and  warming  chambers  respectively.  It  is 
then  possible  to  avoid  the  elbows  on  the  connecting  pipe  and  to 
make  it  as  shown  in  fig.  189. 

Some  burners  prefer  to  cover  four  feed-holes,  and  for  this  pur- 


KILNS  273 

pose  provide  a  square,  bottomless  box  at  one  or  both  ends  of  the 
connecting  tube. 

The  chief  objection  to  temporary  metal  flues  is  the  serious 
reduction  of  the  temperature  of  the  gases  passing  through  them 
owing  to  the  loss  of  heat  by  radiation.  A  minor  difficulty  is  the 
tendency  of  the  warm  air  to  remain  in  the  top  of  the  kiln,  instead 
of  distributing  itself  evenly  as  it  does  when  introduced  near  the 
bottom  of  the  chamber. 

Permanent  Flues  are  constructed  of  brickwork  and  are  an  in- 
tegral part  of  the  kiln.  The  loss  of  heat  by  radiation  is  much  less 
than  with  metal  pipes,  but  the  chance  of  leakage  is  much  greater, 
particularly  if  the  flues  are  in  the  upper  part  of  the  kiln  where 
the  movement  due  to  expansion  and  contraction  is  greatest. 

One  of  the  earliest  arrangements  of  permanent  flues  for  the 
supply  of  hot  air  is  that  devised  by  Dannenberg,  and  shown 
diagrammatically  in  fig.  190  in  which  A  represents  the  cooling 


FIG.  190. — Dannenberg's  kiln. 

chamber  and  B  the  one  to  be  heated.  Air  enters  chamber  A 
through  any  suitable  opening  and  becoming  heated  it  rises,  passes 
through  a  series  of  openings  in  the  roof,  and  through  a  transverse 
flue  to  the  main  hot-air  duct  (c).  It  passes  along  this  till  it 
reaches  a  point  near  to  chamber  B,  where  it  enters  another  trans- 
verse duct  and  is  drawn  down  through  openings  in  the  roof  of 
the  chamber,  passing  out  through  the  floor  and  the  main  flue  D 
to  the  chimney.  It  is  convenient  to  use  the  feed-holes  as  open- 
ings in  the  roof  of  the  chambers,  but  care  must  be  taken  that  no 
coal  enters  the  cross  flues. 

Owing  to  the  tendency  of  hot  air  to  distribute  itself  badly 
through  a  chamber  to  be  heated  in  this  way,  better  results  will 
be  obtained  by  the  addition  of  a  down-take  flue  connecting  the 
main  hot-air  duct  with  the  bottom  of  the  kiln.  The  arrangement 
in  fig.  191  shows  this  down-take  flue. 

A  better  means  of  supplying  hot  air  is  that  used  in  the 
<£  Vaughan"  kiln  (fig.  192)  in  which  a  flue  is  constructed  immedi- 

18 


274 


MODEEN    BRICKMAKING 


ately  over  the  arch  into  which  the  air  heated  by  its  contact  with 
the  bricks  in  chamber  A  rises  and  passes  to  the  centrally  situated 
flue  running  the  whole  length  of  the  kiln. 

The  hot  air  next  passes  through  the  down -take  (also  centrally 
situated)  and  under  the  floor  of  the  chamber  B,  through  the 
perforations  in  which  it  rises,  and  after  drying  and  warming  the 


FIG.  191. — Spitta's  hot-air  flues. 

bricks  is  taken  to  the  main  flue.  The  temperature  of  the  air 
entering  chamber  B  can  be  regulated  by  the  amount  allowed  to 
pass  down  the  down-take,  and  by  admitting  cold  air  through  the 
external  "  cold-air  valve,"  placed  at  the  left  of  the  chamber. 
This  is  very  valuable  when  heating  delicate  clays.  Hot  air  can 
be  used  for  aiding  combustion  by  supplying  it  to  the  fuel  on  the 
grates,  as  well  as  for  warming  newly  set  goods. 


FIG.  192.— Vaughan's  kiln. 

A  similar  arrangement,  but  using  arched  flues  instead  of  a 
flat  one,  is  used  in  the  "  Manchester  "  and  "  Staffordshire  "  kilns 
(fig.  193),  but  in  these  the  hot  air  is  collected  through  more 
openings  and  conveyed  to  a  much  larger  central  hot-air  flue, 
which  is  situated  in  much  the  same  place  as  that  occupied  by 
the  "smoke  flue"  in  fig.  192,  about  6  ft.  6  in.  above  the  floor 


KILNS 


275 


level.  This  flue  is  so  placed  that  it  is  unlikely  to  be  disturbed 
by  the  movement  of  the  kiln  during  heating  and  cooling,  and 
consequently  it  is  not  liable  to  leak.  In  both  these  kilns  the 
hot  air  is  taken  by  a  flue  leading  from  the  bottom  of  the  hot  air 
flue  (damper  controlled)  down  the  centre  wall,  and  admitted 
through  an  opening  in  line  with  the  grate  at  the  end  of  the 
chamber,  either  over  or  under  the  bars.  This,  alone,  is  used  for 


FIG.  193. — Flue  arrangement  in  "Manchester"  and  "  Staffordshire"  kilns, 
starting  the  fires,  and  afterwards  the  hot  air  from  this  flue,  sup- 
plemented by  air  of  atmospheric  temperature,  may  be  used  for 
combustion  purposes.  The  hot  air  is  also  admitted  through 
openings  in  the  top  of  the  chamber,  at  points  where,  in  practice, 
the  vapour  has  shown  any  tendency  to  linger,  and  thus  secures 
thorough  circulation  in  every  part  of  the  chambers  for  drying. 
The  moist  gases  formed  during  the  stoving,  and  the  combustion 


FIG.  194.—"  English  "  kiln. 

gases  afterwards,  are  carried  through  (1)  a  damper-controlled 
flue  leading  from  an  opening  in  the  outer  wall  of  the  chamber, 
and  thence  under  the  floor  to  the  central  large  smoke  flue,  and 
(2)  through  openings  into  a  flue  running  right  across  the  centre 
of  the  chamber,  with  separate  connexions  to  the  main  smoke  flue. 
Slight  modifications  of  the  foregoing  arrangements  of  flues  are 
used  by  several  other  firms ;  a  particularly  ingenious  system  being 
employed  in  the  "  English  "  kiln  used  by  the  London  Brick  Co. 
at  Fletton  (fig.  194).  In  this,  two  hot-air  flues  run  along  the  top 


276  MODEEN    BKICKMAKING 

of  the  kiln,  each  being  provided  with  a  down-take  to  each  chamber 
and  an  opening  into  the  top  of  the  chamber.  These  openings 
are  controlled  by  flat  valves,  and  the  whole  construction  is  such 
that  no  special  valves  are  needed  for  the  hot  air  as  distinct  from 
the  steam- exit  flues.  This  kiln  is,  however,  designed  for  burning 
only  common  bricks. 

Instead  of  heating  the  air  in  the  upper  part  of  the  kiln  it  is 
taken  from  below  the  floor  in  Brown's  patent  kiln,  special  flues 
(as  a  in  fig.  184)  being  arranged  for  this  purpose,  so  that  the 
heated  air  may  be  used  to  supplement  that  from  the  cooling 
chambers  in  drying  or  warming  the  bricks,  or  it  may  be  used  to 
facilitate  the  combustion  of  the  fuel  on  the  grate. 

Chamber  Kilns. — The  down-draught  principle  has  been  applied 
to  continuous  kilns  by  several  patentees,  with  a  view  to  obtain- 
ing a  better  colour  on  the  goods  than  is  possible' with  the  original 
Hoffmann  kiln.  Broadly  speaking,  all  continuous  kilns  employ 
grates  for  the  fuel  work  on  the  down-draught  principle,  though 
it  is  only  in  special  instances  that  a  bag-  or  flash-wall  is 
erected  between  the  grate  and  the  goods  to  be  heated.  It  is 
also  more  convenient  for  ordinary  red  bricks  to  remove  the 
gases  from  the  side  rather  than  from  below  the  sole  of  the  kiln  ; 
but  these  variations  are  only  slight,  and  a  careful  study  of  the 
directions  in  which  the  heat  travels  in  a  modern  continuous  kiln 
will  soon  show  the  preponderance  of  an  up-  and  down-draught, 
or  as  it  is  usually  termed  a  "  down-draught  ".  This  is  particu- 
larly the  case  in  continuous  kilns  fired  by  gas. 

The  advantages  of  the  down-draught  principle  in  single  kilns 
have  already  been  mentioned  ;  the  most  important  are  evenness 
of  heating,  excellence  of  colour  of  the  goods,  and  economy  in  fuel 
consumption.  When  applied  to  a  continuous  kiln  this  last  ad- 
vantage is  enormously  increased  whilst  the  others  are  retained, 
and  for  this  reason  continuous  kilns  in  which  this  principle  is 
largely  used  will  be  found  to  be  best  for  facing  bricks,  tiles, 
terra-cotta,  and  other  work  where  colour  is  of  importance  and 
the  output  required  is  large. 

In  order  that  the  down-draught  principle  may  be  effectually 
applied  it  is  necessary  to  divide  the  tunnel  of  the  kiln  into  a 
number  of  chambers  by  means  of  partitions  permanently  erected 
in  the  kilns — whence  the  name  "  chamber  "  kilns.  Various 
forms  of  partitions  have  been  patented  (especially  on  the  Contin- 
ent) but  they  may  all  be  classed  under  one  of  the  following 
heads : — 


KILNS  277 

(a)  Solid  walls  with  no  openings. 

(b)  Walls  with  openings  uncontrolled  by  dampers. 

(c)  Walls  with  openings  controlled  by  iron,  fire-brick,  or  paper 
dampers. 

Solid  partition  walls  having  no  openings  in  them  to  the  next 
chamber,  are  claimed  to  have  been  first  introduced  by  several 
different  persons,  and  the  true  originator  is  unknown.  In  most 
cases  the  connexion  between  the  chambers  is  made  by  flues 
under  the  walls — a  method  which  is  open  to  the  objection  of 
great  friction  in  the  passage  of  the  gases,  as  it  is  difficult  to 
construct  such  flues  of  a  sufficient  size  without  enormously 
increasing  the  cost  of  the  kiln.  This  method  of  separating  the 
chambers  is  not  much  used  in  England,  but  on  the  Continent  it 
has  met  with  considerable  favour.  British  brickmakers  prefer 
to  use  small  underground  flues  for  the  supply  of  hot  air,  and  to 
leave  openings  in  the  partition  walls  which  can  be  closed  by 
dampers  when  required. 

Iron  dampers  are  easy  to  place  in  position  when  new,  but  are 
apt  to  warp  and  become  troublesome  after  some  time,  so  that 
paper  dampers  are  often  preferred  for  partition  work. 

Fire-clay  dampers  are  excellent,  if  properly  designed,  but  are 
heavy  to  handle.  Some  good  types  have  been  used  in  kilns 
working  as  high  as  cone  17.  A  satisfactory  damper  may  be  made 
of  slabs  12  in.  high  and  2  in.  thick,  the  iron  bolts  holding 
them  being  placed  in  the  centre  and  so  fully  protected  from  the 
heat. 

Paper  dampers  consist  of  sheets  of  suitable  paper  pasted 
over  the  openings  with  a  little  clay  slip  to  which  some  dextrin 
has  been  added,  and  in  addition  to  being  very  cheap  and  easy 
to  fix,  they  have  the  advantage  of  removing  themselves  auto- 
matically when  the  kiln  is  sufficiently  hot  to  burn  them. 

The  paper  used  should  be  sufficiently  thin  to  be  cheap,  but 
must  be  as  free  as  possible  from  pin-holes.  A  light  grade  of 
brown  paper  is  usually  best,  being  stronger  than  newspaper  and, 
if  carefully  selected,  less  porous.  It  can  usually  be  obtained  in 
rolls  of  a  convenient  size  weighing  1  cwt.,  and  measuring  40  to  75 
in.  wide. 

Toughness  and  resistance  to  water  are  necessary,  as  other- 
wise the  paper  would  tear  readily  and  the  damper  might  break 
at  a  critical  moment  if  sodden  with  condensed  moisture  from 
the  bricks.  When  the  openings  to  be  covered  are  too  large  for 
a  single  piece  of  paper,  the  pieces  used  should  overlap  by  2  in., 


278  MODEEN    BKICKMAKING 

the  joints  being  well  fastened  with  flour-paste,  as  leaky  joints  are 
a  frequent  source  of  trouble. 

Further  details  as  to  the  use  of  these  dampers  are  described 
in  the  section  on  "  Setting  ". 

The  use  of  permanent  partition  walls  greatly  improves  the 
quality  of  the  bricks  produced,  and  enables  the  chambers  to  be 
worked  more  or  less  independently  when  the  supply  of  bricks  is 
irregular,  but  kilns  in  which  such  walls  are  employed  cannot  be 
so  economical  in  fuel  as  the  original  Hoffmann  kiln,  as  the  heat 
spent  in  raising  the  temperature  of  these  walls  is  entirely  wasted. 
Many  attempts  have  been  made  to  substitute  portions  of  the 
walling*  by  various  other  materials  with  greater  or  less  success. 
The  most  satisfactory  method  is  to  leave  considerable  spaces  in 
the  walls,  and  cover  these  by  dampers,  which  can  be  destroyed 
or  removed  when  it  is  no  longer  necessary  to  shut  off  a  chamber 
from  the  rest,  as  when  its  contents  have  attained  a  temperature 


FIG.  195. — Beyer's  double  paper-damper. 

exceeding  120°  C.  When  very  wet  bricks  are  to  be  dried  in  the 
kiln,  two  paper-dampers  may  be  used  with  an  air-space  be- 
tween them,  as  suggested  by  F.  Beyer,  and  working  as  follows  : — 

Instead  of  setting  the  new  bricks  close  to  the  paper-damper, 
as  at  present,  two  blades  of  bricks  are  omitted,  leaving  a  space 
of  about  2  ft.  (fig.  195)  which  is  only  filled  when  the  smoking  of 
the  chamber  is  complete.  When  the  chamber  is  filled,  paper- 
dampers  are  fixed  to  each  end  of  the  blades  of  bricks,  and  as 
there  is  a  space  of  2  ft.  between  these  dampers  there  is  ample 
room  for  the  burner  to  step  in  and  examine  them  as  to  their 
tightness  during  the  smoking,  and  to  repair  them  if  necessary. 

As  a  current  of  air  plays  on  one  side  of  the  paper,  this  resists 
the  action  of  the  heat  and  the  moisture  much  better  than  the 
ordinary  form  of  paper-damper,  which  is  equally  heated  on  both 
sides,  and  prevents  it  collapsing  before  the  proper  time. 

When  the  chamber  is  completely. smoked  and.ready  to>beput 
into  the  direct  round  of  the  kiln,  the  space  between  the  dampers 


KILNS  279 

is  filled  with  bricks  which  have  been  previously  dried,  or  it  may 
even  be  left  empty,  if  preferred,  without  in  any  way  interfering 
with  the  working  of  the  kiln,  providing  the  outer  wall  is  bricked 
up.  The  accompanying  diagram  (fig.  195)  shows  the  position 
of  the  papers,  as  well  as  the  portions  of  the  kiln  filled  up  with 
dry  bricks,  and  included  in  the -regular  run  of  the  firing. 

Steam  is  produced  in  large  quantities  in  most  kilns,  as  it  is 
seldom  that  all  the  water  is  dried  out  of  the  bricks.  This  is 
particularly  the  case  with  bricks  made  by  the  stiff-plastic  pro- 
cess and  set  direct  into  the  kiln ;  many  of  these  will  lose  one- 
seventh  of  their  weight  on  burning,  and  the  greater  part  of  this 
loss  will  occur  below  a  red  heat.  For  this  reason  the  removal 
of  steam  is  an  important  feature  of  all  the>best  continuous" kilns, 
and  they  contain  special  arrangements  for  this  purpose. 

As  already  pointed  out,  it  is  usually  necessary  to  use  some 
supplementary  method  of  heating,  such  as  hot  air,  or  wicket-fires, 
to  remove  moisture  from  the  goods  and  to  raise  their  tempera- 
ture to  at  least  120°  C.  During  this  heating  large  volumes  of  steam 
are  produced,  and  if  these  come  into  contact  with  cooler  bricks 
condensation  occurs  and  the  bricks  may  be  spoiled.  It  is  there- 
fore essential  to  remove  the  steam  as  rapidly  and  completely  as 
possible  after  it  has  been  produced. 

A  common  method  of  doing  this  is  to  open  the  feed-holes  in 
the  chamber  in  which  the  steam  is  formed,  so  that  it  may  escape 
through  them,  but  this  is  only  a  rough-and-ready  method  and 
unsuitable  for  many  purposes,  and  in  the  better  kilns  some 
system  of  steam-flues  is  provided. 

When  unusually  dry  goods  are  being  fired,  the  opening  lead- 
ing from  each  chamber  to  the  main  flue  may  be  used,  but  for 
wet  bricks  this  is  too  small,  or  so  far  removed  that  condensation 
would  occur  in  the  bricks  in  the  remoter  parts  of  the  chamber, 
and  subsidiary  flues  are  then  essential. 

The  position  of  these  flues  depends  upon  the  direction  in 
which  the  heat  and  steam  are  expected  to  travel,  some  burners 
preferring  it  to  travel  upwards  and  others  downwards.  The 
former  use  wicket-fires  or  stoves  (figs.  185  and  186)  near  the 
ground  level,  or  introduce  warm  air  from  other  parts  of  the  kiln 
to  below  the  floor  of  the  chamber  to  be  warmed  (fig.  191),  whilst 
others  use  portable  stoves  fitting  into  the  feed -holes  in  the  roof 
of  the  chamber  or  flues  which  introduce  warm  air  at  just  below 
the  top  of  the  arch  (fig.  187),  and  others  again  introduce  the  heat 
at  or  near  the  ground  level  and  withdraw  the  steam  at  the  same 


280 


MODEEN    BBICKMAKING 


level,  a  sufficient  number  of  flues  being  used  to  carry  off  the 
steam  to  the  main  flue  (figs.  196  and  197). 


FIG.  196. — Drying  and  removing  steam  at  one  level. 

It  is  essential  that  some  construction  be  chosen  which  will 
permit  the  heat  in  the  chamber  to  be  distributed  as  evenly  as 

possible  and  will  avoid 
large  "dead<  spaces," 
though  some  amount  of 
dead  space  (fig  -189)  is 
unavoidable  in  almost 
every  kiln. 

A  simple  form  of 
steam-flue  (fig.  198)  may 
be  constructed  by  build- 
ing a  flue  under  the  kiln 
floor  and  connecting  it 
to  a  small  flue  in  the 
outer  wall  of  each 
chamber,  and  controlled 
by  a  flat  sliding  damper 
(a).  The  main  flue  (b) 
is,  in  this  case,  shown  in  the  centre  of  the  kiln. 

W.  H.  Ser combe, -in  the  kiln  known  by  his  name  (fig.  199), 
uses  a  similar  construction  for  the  main  fire-gases,  but  provides, 
in  addition,  one  or  more  steam  outlets  in  the  upper  part  of  the 
kiln  above  the  arch,  so  that  each  chamber  has  four  or  more 
steam  outlets. 

In  the  "Manchester,"  "Staffordshire,"  and  Vaughaii  kilns 
also,  the  steam  can  be  taken  out  from  above  or  below,  or  both,  as 
desired  (see  pp.  275  and  298). 


FIG.  197. — Drying  and  removing  steam  at  floor 
level. 


KILNS 


281 


The  value  of  a  flue-system  for  removing  the  steam  may  be 
judged  by  the  shortness  of  the  distance  the  steam  has  to  travel 
before  it  is  removed  from  the  chamber.  When  hot,  steam  is 
lighter  than  air  and  may  best  be  removed  from  the  top,  but 
when  near  the  condensation  point  it  should  be  taken  away  from 
near  the  bottom  of  the  chamber,  hence  two  sets  of  openings  or 
flues  are  needed  for  its  efficient  removal. 


FIG.  198.— Diagram  of  steam-flue. 

The  draught  of  a  kiln  is  usually  produced  by  means  of  one  or 
more  chimneys,  and  providing  these  are  of  ample  size  and  are 
in  good  order  their  use  is  satisfactory  for  most  brick-yards. 
Chimneys  are,  however,  subject  to  variations  in  drawing  power 
owing  to  climatic  changes,  and  it  is  sometimes  difficult  to  work 
steadily  with  them. 


FIG.  199.— Sercombe  kiln. 

Iii  an  ideal  chimney  the  weight  of  gases  drawn  through  it 
varies  as  the  square  root  of  its  height,  i.e.  each  added  unit  of 
length  increases  the  draught,  but  to  a  less  extent  than  its  pre- 
decessors, so  that  by  doubling  the  height  of  a  chimney  the  weight 
of  air  drawn  is  only  two  or  one  and  a  half  times  the  original 
amount. 

If  the  sectional  area  of  the  chimney  is  increased  proportion- 
ately, so  as  to  double  the  cross-section,  the  draught  is  doubled. 


282 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


Unfortunately  it  is  not  usually  possible  to  enlarge  the  area  of  a 
chimney  without  first  pulling  it  down. 

The  temperature  of  the  gases  passing  through  the  chimney 
is  increased  until  a  mean  internal  temperature  of  300°  C.  is 
reached.  Above  this  temperature  the  velocity  of  the  gases  does 
not  increase  with  increase  of  temperature,  and  there  is  no  ad- 
vantage to  be  gained  by  allowing  gases  to  pass  to  the  chimney 
at  a  higher  temperature  than  will  give  this  average  inside  the 
chimney. 

A  thermometer  placed  at  the  base  of  the  chimney,  and  read 
occasionally,  ensures  the  prevention  of  waste  heat  passing  to  the 
chimney  in  unnecessarily  large  quantities.  As  the  gases  at  the 
base  of  a  chimney  are  hotter  than  those  at  the  top  this  ther- 
mometer should  never  indicate  a  temperature  of  500°  C.,  and 
lower  temperatures  are  ^  better  if  the  temperature  at  the  top  of 
the  chimney  can  be  ascertained > and  the  'inean>internal> tempera- 
ture calculated  therefrom. 


FIG.  200. — Diagram  of  chimney  draught. 

When  a  fan  is  used,  the  gases  may  be  cooled  to  150°  C.  (but 
not  lower)  so  that  the  advantage  derived  from  the  use  of  a  fan 
lies  chiefly  in  its  ability  to  create  a  greater  and  steadier  draught 
rather  than  in  its  actual  economy  of  working  as  compared 
with  an  ideal  chimney.  Unfortunately  few  brickworks'  chimneys 
approach  the  ideal. 

In  an  ordinary  single  kiln  the  products  of  combustion  are 
cooled  by  the  bricks  to  be  burned  until  these  attain  a  high  tem- 
perature, when  the  gases  escape  in  a  heated  condition.  Such 
conditions  are  more  favourable  to  a  chimney  than  to  a  fan,  unless 
the  gases  are  passed  into  another  kiln  or  a  dryer. 

In  a  continuous  kiln,  on  the  contrary,  the  object  of  the  burner 
is  to  use  all  the  available  heat  in  the  gases,  and  a  fan  is  then 
preferable,  as  otherwise  an  abnormally  high  chimney  would  be 
required  to  obtain  the  best  results.  J.  W.  Cobb  has  shown  that  the 
effect  of  using  chimney  draught,  and  mechanical  draught  on  the 
sarhe  kiln  may  be  shown  diagranimatically  as  in  fig.  200,  in  which 


KILNS  283 

the  dotted  line  marks  the  assumed  distribution  of  temperature 
along  the  length  of  the  kiln  when  the  chimney  is  producing  the 
draught.  On  putting  a  fan  into  use  and  raising  the  draught  the 
quantity  of  air  drawn  is  increased,  and  in  order  to  neutralize  the 
cooling  effect  of  the  excess  of  air  the  rate  of  feeding  in  the  coal 
must  be  also  increased.  Two  effects  follow :  in  the  first  place 
the  temperature  curve  is  flattened ;  this  necessitates  more 
chambers  in  use,  and  shows  that  the  usable  draught  is  limited 
by  the  number  of  chambers  in  the  kiln.  In  the  second  place  the 
peak  of  the  temperature  curve  travels  more  quickly  along  the 
kiln,  the  chambers  are  burned  more  quickly,  and  the  output 
increased.  The  increase  in  output  can  be  effected  with  economy 
by  increasing  the  draught  until  the  limit  is  reached  which  the 
size  of  the  kiln  determines ;  beyond  this,  higher  draught  means 
waste  of  fuel.  It  would  be  wrong  to  apply  a  fan  to  increasing 
the  output  of  a  kiln  which  has  already  as  few  chambers  as  will 
work  well  with  natural  draught,  but  by  increasing  the  draught 
up  to  the  maximum  so  determined,  economy  is  effected,  be- 
cause the  radiation  and  conduction  losses  from  the  kiln  remain 
constant,  and  so  can  be  made  to  bear  a  smaller  ratio  to  the  total 
heat  used. 

Biihrer  has  made  excellent  use  of  this  principle  in  connexion 
with  the  kilns  of  his  name  (fig.  208). 

For  the  reasons  just  given,  in  the  case  of  continuous  kilns, 
mechanical  draught  is  replacing  that  obtained  by  means  of  a 
chimney  and  (erroneously)  termed  "  natural "  draught,  a  fan  be- 
ing substituted  for  the  chimney.  When  rightly  designed  and 
properly  cared  for,  fans  give  a  more  powerful  draught  and  one 
which  can  be  more  easily  and  accurately  regulated  even  in  the 
windiest  weather,  and  the  result  of  this  steadier  working  gener- 
ally leads  to  a  considerable  economy  in  fuel,  because  there  is  no 
"waiting  "  until  a  sufficient  draught  is  produced,  as  is  frequently 
the  case  with  a  chimney.  They  also  cost  less  to  construct  than 
a  chimney,  but  this  advantage  is  to  some  extent  neutralized  by 
the  cost  of  driving  them,  though  the  difference  in  running  cost 
between  a  fan  and  a  chimney  is.  not  so  great  as  is  popularly 
supposed. 

Owing  to  the  general  structure  of  continuous  kilns  an  induced 
draught  fan  is  preferable  to  a  blower.  Several  fans  very  suitable 
for  brick-burning  are  now  on  the  market,  the  best  known  being 
those  made  by  Matthews  &  Yates,  Ltd.  (fig.  201) ;  Sutcliffe  Ventil- 
ating and  Drying  Co.  (figs.  202  and  203) ;  Sturtevant  Engineering 


284 


MODEKN    BEICKMAKING 


FIG.  201.— Matthews  &  Yates  fan. 


: 


FIG.  202.— Sutcliffe  fan. 


KILNS 


285 


Co.,    Ltd.    (fig.    204);  James   Keith   &  Blackman  Co.,   Ltd.   (fig. 
205). 

The  speed  at  which  a  fan  is  run  should  not  be  greater  than 
that  necessary  to  produce  the  required  draught,  as  the  power 
required  to  drive  it  increases  as  the  cube  of  the  speed.  That  is 
to^say,  if  the  speed  is  doubled,  eight  times  the  power  is  required, 
or  if  the  speed  is  trebled,  twenty-seven  times  the  power  would 
be  necessary.  In  other  words,  small  fans  at  high  speed  are  not 
as  economical  as  larger  fans  revolving  more  slowly.  From  this 
it  follows  that  the  best  size  of  fan  is  one  which  at  the  lowest 
speed  will  be  sufficiently  large  to  produce  the  necessary  draught 
in  the  kilns.  Fans  with  inlets  on  both  sides  are  generally 
considered  to  be  better  than  those  with  one  inlet  only,  but 


f   Kiln^A         f   Kiln    J 


FIG.  208. — Plan  showing  connexion  of  fan,  kilns,  and  dryer. 

the  difference  is  not  very  great  if  the  fan  is  properly  designed, 
well  mounted,  and  of  sufficient  size. 

The  construction  of  the  fan  should  be  as  simple  as  possible 
in  order  that  it  may  not  easily  get  out  of  order,  or  cause  un- 
necessary delay  in  waiting  for  special  repairers ;  but  the  designing 
and  erection  of  both  chimneys  and  fans  must,  to  a  large  extent,  be 
left  to  those  accustomed  to  this  kind  of  work,  for  the  experience 
necessary  to  successful  working  is  only  obtained  as  the  result  of 
years  of  practical  application. 

It  is  always  wise  to  install  two  fans  and  to  run  them  alter- 
nately, so  that  in  the  event  of  a  breakdown  the  second  fan  may 
be  available,  though  in  a  good  continuous  kiln  little  or  no 
damage  will  be  done  before  the  fan  can  be  repaired  if  only  one 
is  used,  providing  the  dampers  of  the  kiln  are  kept  closed.  The 
fans  may  be  driven  direct  from  a  small  engine  attached  to 


286 


MODEEN    BRICKMAKING 


them  (fig.  206)  or  a  belt  may  be  used.      The  separate    engine 
has  the  advantage  that  it  can  be  run  at  night  and  on  Sundays 


FIG.  204.— Sturtevant  fan. 


and  holidays  without  the  necessity  of  keeping  other  machinery 
in  motion.  On  these  occasions  they  are  looked  after  by  the 
burners. 

Fans  can  be  worked  without  any  chimney,  but  it  is  better  to 


KILNS 


287 


allow  them  to  discharge  their  contents  into  a  short  stack,  or,  if 

preferred  they  may  discharge  into  the 

tubes  or  flues  of  a  dryer,  though  when 

this  is  done  care  must  be  taken  that 

the   gases    do   not   come  into  contact 

with  the  goods  to  be  dried  or  the  bricks 

may  be  discoloured. 

Fans  are  largely  composed  of  metal ; 
they  must  not  come  into  contact  with 
very  hot  gases,  though  a  temperature 
of  200°  C.  will  seldom  do  much  harm. 
Unless  it  is  unusually  short  no  con- 
tinuous kiln  should  discharge  its  gases 
at  a  higher  temperature  than  this.  With  single  intermittent 


FIG.  205. — Blackman  fan. 


FIG.  206. — Sutcliffe's  self-contained  engine,  boiler,  and  fan. 
kilns  the  gases  may  first  be  drawn  through  a  dryer  (fig.  207). 


288 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


The  increased  draught  obtainable  when  a  fan  is  used  enables 
the  firing  to  be  carried  out  more  rapidly,  and  in  some  cases  more 
than  thrice  the  normal  output  of  a  kiln  may  be  obtained  by 
this  means.  Some  of  the  best  work  in  this  connexion  has  been* 
done  by  Jacob  Biihrer,  of  Constance,  who  regularly  burns  at  the 
unusual  rate  of  4  linear  feet  per  hour  in  his  patent  kiln.  As 
such  a  rapid  rate  of  burning  demands  a  great  length  of  kiln  or 
fire-travel,  it  is 'necessary  to  make  each  chamber  correspondingly 
narrower  than  usual,  and  to  avoid  any  inconvenience\caused  b1 


KILN 


DRYER 


FAN 


FIG.  207. — Kiln  connected  to  dryer. 


the  unusual  length  of  kiln  if  it  were  to  be  built  on  the  usual 
plan,  Biihrer  arranges  his  chambers  as  shown  in  fig.  208. 

This  enables  him  to  work  with  a  large  number  of  chambers 
(on  a  length  of  25  yds.)  in  each  section — steaming,  full  fire,  and 
cooling — and  so  produces  excellent  results  even  with  many 
delicate  clays,  though  his  kiln  is  best  adapted  for  sandy  clays  of 
an  open  texture.  A  typical  brick-plant  worked  on  this  system 
has  a  kiln  tunnel  2  yds.  wide,  2£  yds.  high,  and  100  yds.  in  length, 
and  an  artificial  dryer  comprising  twenty  chambers,  7  yds.  long, 
2  yds.  wide,  and  2|  yds.  high,  the  draught  controlled  by  a  fan 
utilizing  10  h.p.  running  night k and  day,  and  produces  10,000,000 
bricks  annually. 


KILNS 


289 


The  dryer  is  placed  near  to  the  kiln,  so  that  heat  radiated 
from  the  latter  may  be  used  in  the  former. 

J.  Osman  &  Co.,  Ltd., 
have  recently  introduced  a 
similar  kiln  termed  the 
"Excelsior"  (fig.  209),  for 
which  they  claim  an  out- 
put of  120,000  bricks  per 
week  in  a  kiln  measuring 
only  66  ft.  by  60  ft.  the 
capacity  for  increased  out- 
put without  structural  al- 
terations, and  that  it  is 
cheaper  to  erect  than  any 
other  continuous  kiln  on 
the  market  though  at  the 
time  of  writing  no  kiln  of 
this  design  has  been  built. 

There  is  no  reason  to 
doubt  that  ,  as  soon  as 
British  brickmakers  have 
realized  the  advantages  to 
be  derived  from  the  use  of 
mechanical  draught,  they 
will  employ  fans  in  place 
of  the  present  chimneys ; 
for  continuous  kilns  the 
firms  who  "have  already 
overcome  the  trifling  diffi- 
culties which  occur  when 
any  change  of  method  is 
used  in  a  works  are  highly 
satisfied  with  the  improve- 
ments and  economies  re- 
sulting in  the  use  of 
draught  produced  by  a  fan.  Quite  apart  from  any  other  con- 
sideration, the  increased  regularity  in  the  heating  of  the  kiln  is 
more  than  sufficient  to  pay  for  the  installation  of  a  suitable  fan. 

Some  firms  have  met  with  difficulties  owing  to  their  fans 
getting  out  of  order.  These  arise  most  frequently  when  only 
one  fan  is  used,  and  for  this  reason  two  should  be  installed  and 
run  alternately,  or  one  may  be  used  for  the  boiler  fire  and  the 

19 


290 


MODERN    BEICKMAKING 


other  for  the  kiln  if  each  is  capable  of  taking  care  of  both  in 
case  one  fan  should  get  out  of  order.  It  will  then  be  found  that 
the  difficulties  experienced  in  the  use  of  fans  will  be  less  than 
the  damage  done  to  bricks  by  the  climatic  effects  on  a  chimney 
and  by  having  to  let  the  kiln  "  soak  "  because  the  wind  is  in  the 
wrong  quarter. 

Having  thus  outlined  the  main  features  of  the  best  modern 
continuous  kilns,  five  typical  ones  may  be  described.  The  first 
is  a  modern  Hoffmann  kiln  in  which  the  main  features  of 
the  original  pattern  are  retained,  but  which  has  been  altered  in 
shape.  This  is  suitable  for  common  bricks. 

The  second  has  given  remarkably  satisfactory  results  in  th& 


Only  short 
chimney  stack 
required. 


Engine. 


FIG.  209. — Plan  of  Osman's  "  Excelsior  "  kiln. 

production  of  best  facing  bricks  where  colour  is  of  great  im- 
portance. This  kiln  may  also  be  used-for  fire-bricks  and  other 
goods  requiring  a  high  temperature.  It  is  a  typical  chamber  kiln. 

The  third  is  a  kiln  specially  designed  for  burning  blue  bricks 
and  has  proved  highly  satisfactory  for  this  purpose. 

The  fourth  is  a  tunnel  kiln  in  which  the  goods  travel  along  in 
cars,  the  various  parts  of  the  kiln  each  remaining  at  a  definite 
temperature. 

The  fifth  is  a  gas-fired  kiln. 

In  thus  selecting  one  design  in  preference  to  others  the 
author's  sole  aim  has  been  to  choose  the  ones  which,  in  his 
opinion,  contain  the  best  features  and  fewest  objectionable  quali- 
ties. He  holds  no  brief  for  the  particular  kilns  described  and  has 
no  financial  interest  in  their  success,  but  having  found  them 


KILNS 


291 


succeed  where  others  have  failed,  and  having  studied  all  the  best- 
known  kilns  with  equal  care,  he  has  selected  these  as  represent- 
ing, in  his  mind,  the  simplest  and  best  design  for  the  purpose  yet 
published.  Those  brickmakers  who  are  interested  in  other  kilns 
may  compare  them  with  the  ones  described  with  considerable 
interest. 

A  modern  continuous  kiln  with  sixteen  chambers,  for  pro- 
ducing common  bricks,  is  shown  in  figs.  210  and  211.     This  kiln  is 


FIG.  211.— Cross  section  of  modern  Hoff- 
mann kiln. 


FIG.  210. — Section  of  modern  Hoffmann  kiln. 

the  one  last  recommended  by  Frederick  Hoffmann,  though  there 
are  numerous  variations  of  this  design  used  in  different  works. 
It  consists  of  an  elongated,  endless  tunnel  or  "  ring  "  in  which 
the  bricks  to  be  burned  are 
placed,  and  a  central  body 
of  masonry  fitted  with  flues 
connected  to  a  chimney- 
stack. 

In  former  times  only 
twelve  chambers  were  used, 
and  the  kilns  were  circular  in  pattern,  but  these  are  too  short, 
and  the  shape  •  shown  in  fig.  212  is  now  almost  universal.  This 
pattern  of  kiln  can  ble  built  for  any  desired  output  from  500,000 
bricks  per  annum  upwards. 

In  the  Hoffmann  kiln  (figs.  210  and  211)  the  chimney  is  usually 
placed  near  the  centre,  each  part  of  the  tunnel  being  connected 
to  it  by  means  of  small  flues  discharging  into  a  central  main 
flue,  which  in  its  turn  discharges  into  the  chimney. 

These  flues  are  represented  by  dotted  lines  in  fig.  212,  in  which 
the  chimney  is  built  outside  the  kiln  so  as  to  avoid  the  necessity 
of  so  massive  a  block  of  masonry  within  the  kiln  itself.  The 
older  types  of  Hoffmann  kiln  (fig.  182)  had  all  the  flues  arranged 
on  the  central  wall  of  the  kiln,  but  in  the  one  shown  two  flues 
are  arranged  for  each  chamber  at  the  end  of  the  kiln — one  on 
the  outer  wall,  and  one  in  the  inner  masonry.  The  additional 
flue  is  useful  in  reducing  the  friction  of  the  flue-gases  and  in 
distributing  the  heat  more  evenly  in  these  parts  of  the  kiln  (in- 


292 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 


"horse"    with 
pegs  fixed  in 


cidentally  it  may  be  noted  that  W.  H.  Sercombe  uses  this  ar- 
rangement in  each  chamber  and  not  only  at  the  ends). 

These  flues  are  con- 
trolled by  conical  dampers 
to  which  are  attached 
vertical  iron  rods  operated 
from  the  top  of  the  kiln. 
The  extent  to  which  the 
dampers  are  opened  is 
usually  regulated  by  a 
board  or 
holes  in  it, 

the  holes  passing  through 
a  ring  at  the  other  end  of 
the  damper  rod.  This  ar- 
rangement is  clumsy,  and 
far  easier  regulation  is 
obtained  if  the  damper- 
rod  is  surrounded  by  a 
collar  as  shown  in  fig.  213 
working  on  a  hinge  in 
such  a  manner  that  on 
lifting,  the  rod  can  be 
raised  easily,  but  it  will 
not  sink  unless  the  collar 
be  kept  perfectly  level  by 
depressing  the  "  step  "  on 
the  other  side  of  the  hinge 
with  the  foot.  Damper-rod 
holders  of  this  type  can 
be  obtained  very  cheaply 
from  T.  Burnett  &  Co., Ltd., 
Doncaster. 

The  fuel  is  fed  into  the 
kiln  through  holes  in  the  top  into  hollow  pillars  formed  of 
green  bricks  when  the  kiln  is  being  set,  the  preliminary  warming 
of  the  goods  being  effected  by  hot  air  drawn  from  the  cooling 
bricks  and  conveyed  by  a  hot-air  flue  in  the  centre  of  the  kiln 
and  above  the  main  flue,  and  by  a  temporary  metal  flue  (m) 
to  the  portion  of  the  kiln  to  be  heated.  Other  arrangements  for 
the  supply  of  hot  air  have  already  been  described  (p.  272). 

The  kiln  is  provided  with  sixteen  wickets  or  door-gaps  through 


KILNS 


293 


which  the  goods  enter  and  leave  the  kiln.  These  wickets  are 
built  up  as  soon  as  the  portion  of  the  kiln  nearest  to  them  has 
been  filled.  As  it  is  essential  that  no  air  should  leak  through 
these,  the  brickwork  used  to  fill  them  is  thickly  plastered  with 
clay  paste  or  "  daub  ". 

The  fire  travels  steadily  forward  around  the  kiln,  the  gases 
passing  through  a  sufficient  number 
of  bricks  to  utilize  the  greater  part 
of  the  heat  they  contain,  and  the 
heat  from  the  finished  bricks  being 
utilized  to  dry  freshly  set  ones  by 
means  of  the  hot-air  flues  already 
described. 

As  originally  designed,  no  hot- 
air  flue  was  used  in  the  Hoffmann 
kiln,  though  few  are  now  built 
without  some  means  of  using  the 
hot  air  from  the  cooling  chambers. 
J.  Osman  &  Co.  claim  that  the  use  of  Fm'  213.-Clamp  for  damper  rod. 
this  hot  air  in  their  kiln  "  effects  a  saving  of  40  per  cent 
of  fuel  over  and  above  the  ordinary  (i.e.  original)  Hoffmann 
kiln,"  and  other  modern  kiln-builders  make  similar  statements, 
but  the  saving  effected  is  the  result  of  several  factors  and  not 
merely  to  the  use  of  hot  air.  The  Osman  "  New  Perfect  "  kiln 
is  practically  a  Hoffmann  kiln  similar  to  the  one  shown  in 
figs.  211  and  212,  but  the  hot  air  is  conveyed  through  permanent 
hot-air  flues  placed  in  the  upper  part  of  the  kiln  instead  of 
through  temporary  ones,  in  a  manner  similar  to  fig.  189,  except 
that  the  hot-air  flue  is  placed  centrally  in  the  kiln  and  the  main 
or  smoke  flue  is  below  the  ground  level  on  the  circumference 
of  the  kiln.  As  already  pointed  out,  the  weakness  of  this  ar- 
rangement is  the  liability  to  leakage  due  to  the  movement  of 
the  kiln,  and  to  avoid  this  J.  Osman  &  Co.  are  now  placing 
their  hot-air  flue  much  lower  than  formerly,  and  are  admitting 
the  air  to  the  bottom  of  the  chambers  to  be  warmed,  its  steam 
escaping  through  an  up-draught  flue  connected  to  the  main 
flue. 

The  progress  of  the  fire  depends  upon  the  speed  at  which  the 
clay  can  be  heated  and  cooled ;  the  usual  rate  is  6  in.  to  1  ft. 
per  hour,  but  if  the  kiln  is  sufficiently  long  and  well  managed 
double  this  rate  should  be  reached  with  normal  clays.  By  the 
use  of  a  mechanical  draught  J.  Biihrer  is  able  to  use  a  rate  of 


294  MODEKN    BEICKMAKING 

fire-travel  four  or  five  times  as  fast  as  that  usually  employed 
(p.  288). 

The  tunnel  should  be  as  long  as  possible,  the  width  being  not 
more  than  16  ft.  and  preferably  much  narrower. 

The  walls  and  other  masonry  must  be  strong  and  well  built 
of  good  materials.  Several  kilns  known  to  the  author  are  scarcely 
fit  to  use,  though  they  have  only  been  erected  a  few  years, 
through  failing  to  comply  with  these  requirements.  Brickmakers 
should  remember,  in  comparing  tenders  for  a  kiln,  that  the 
cheapest  is  often  the  least  durable. 

For  ordinary  use  the  kiln  may  be  built  of  any  good  bricks, 
but  for  unusually  high  temperatures  a  fire-brick  lining  is 
necessary.  The  arches  and  door -jambs  should  be  built  with 
special  made  arched  bricks  and  bull-noses  respectively.  The 
foundation  of  the  kiln  must  be  dry,  or  a  special  bed  constructed, 
as  a  damp  floor  causes  a  great  waste  of  fuel. 

The  upper  part  of  the  tunnel  or  ring  is  usually  arched  (as 
shown),  but  it  may  be  replaced  by  a  temporary  layer  of  ashes  if 
required.  The  arches  add  considerably  to  the  cost  of  erection, 
but  are  permanent ;  the  ash-layer  top  costs  but  little,  but  must 
be  renewed  each  time  a  chamber  is  filled.  Hence  for  temporary 
work  an  "  archless  "  kiln  is  to  be  preferred,  but  if  the  kiln  is  to 
be  used  for  several  years  the  usual  form  will  prove  to  be  more 
satisfactory,  especially  where  better  class  bricks  are  required. 

The  construction  of  archless  kilns  of  the  semi-continuous 
type  was  patented  by  Bull  in  1876  and  of  the  continuous  type 
by  Bock  (in  Germany)  in  1896.  The  first  of  these  has  long  been 
used  in  India  and  China,  in  spite  of  several  disadvantages  in- 
volved in  the  use  of  the  movable  chimneys  it  employs. 

Several  British  patents  have  been  taken  out  for  "  archless  " 
continuous  kilns,  one  of  the  most  satisfactory  being  that  of  H. 
Harrison,  Manchester.  In  this  kiln  the  door-gaps  or  wickets 
are  sufficiently  wide  for  a  horse  and  cart  to  enter,  and  the  bricks 
are  loaded  direct.  As  the  ash-layer  forming  the  roof  can  be 
removed  in  a  few  minutes  the  kiln  can  be  emptied  easily  and 
rapidly,  as  it  cools  more  readily  than  the  arched  form.  When 
a  new  chamber  has  been  filled  with  bricks  a  layer  of  burned 
bricks  laid  close  together  is  placed  on  the  top,  the  usual  "  pot  " 
holes  being  left  for  feeding  in  the  fuel,  and  the  whole  is  covered 
to  a  depth  of  4  in.  to  6  in.  with  ashes. 

The  cost  of  this  work  is  very  low,  as  it  can  be  done  by  two 
boys  who  can  also  do  other  work  in  the  intervals.  The  comple- 


KILNS 


295 


tion  of  the  firing  of  any  part  of  the  kiln  can  be  seen  by  that 
portion  of  the  "  roof  "  being  lower  than  that  on  the  insufficiently 
fired  portions. 

The  Harrison  kiln  also  differs  from  the  ordinary  Hoffmann 
kiln  in  the  disposition  of  the  flues,  the  main  flue  running  along 
two  sides  of  the  kiln  (as  in  fig.  220)  instead  of  down  the  centre, 
and  in  the  use  of  a  fan. 

All  continuous  kilns  should  be  covered  with  a  wooden  and 
glass  roof,  the  space  between  this  and  the  kiln  being  match- 
boarded  anc1  fitted  with  doors  for  ventilation.  The  roof  not  only 
affords  ample  protection  for  the  workman,  but,  by  keeping  the 
fuel  and  top  of  the  kiln  dry,  it  reduces  fuel  consumption  and 


FIG.  214. — Dryer  built  around  kiln. 

increases  the  durability  of  the  arches.  The  cost  of  such  a  roof 
is  often  regarded  as  an  unnecessary  expenditure ;  but  it  will  be 
found  that  it  is  really  economical  to  have  a  good  one  erected. 

In  Germany  it  is  customary  to  surround  the  kiln  with  a 
dryer  (fig.  214),  but  this  arrangement  is  not  much  used  in 
Great  Britain. 

If  properly  constructed,  a  kiln  of  the  type  just  described 
should  burn  1000  ordinary  bricks  with  a  maximum  of  4£  cwt.  of 
good  coal,  but  with  certain  shales  less  than  half  this  will  be  re- 
quired. The  fuel  consumption  of  some  patent  continuous  kilns 
is  seriously  understated. 

For  very  large  kilns  with  twenty-eight  or  more  chambers  two 
independent  fires  and  two  chimneys  '(fig.  215)  are  often  used 
and  considerable  economy  is  thereby  realized. 


296 


MODEEN   BEICKMAKING 


KILNS 


297 


The  ordinary  Hoffmann  kiln  is  not  suitable  for  the  produc- 
tion of  more  than  60  per  cent  facing  bricks,  and  for  bricks  con- 
taining much  combustible  matter ;  for  both  these  kinds  of  bricks 
chamber  kilns  (p.  276)  should  be  used. 

The  "Staffordshire"  kiln  (figs.  193.  and  215  to  217)  is  emin- 
ently adapted  for  the  production  of  best  facing  bricks,  as  it  is  a 
chamber  kiln  employing  grates  so  as  to  keep  the  fuel  out  of  con- 
tact with  the  goods,  and  has  ample  facilities  for  using  hot  air 
and  for  the  removal  of  steam.  This  kiln,  patented  by  Dean, 
Hetherington  &  Co.,  must  not  be  confused  with  the  ordinary 
pottery  kiln  used  in  North  Staffordshire,  although  such  mistake 
is  natural,  considering  the  title  of  the  newer  kiln. 

The  means  of  supplying  hot  and  cold  air  to  different  parts  of 


O 


c'O7        P    /      O          O          D's       Q 
FIG.  216.— Plan  of  "  Staffordshire  "  kiln. 

the  kiln  are  much  more  complete  in  it  than  in  any  kiln  yet 
built,  and,  as  only  one  face  of  fire  is  used  in  each  chamber,  this 
kiln  is  capable,  under  good  management,  of  giving  results  equal 
to  the  best  down-draught  kilns  with  a  coal  consumption  as  small 
as  in  continuous  kilns.  This  is  brought  about  by  the  combina- 
tion, in  a  continuous  kiln,  of  damper-controlled  passages  leading 
from  the  outer  air  to  flues  under  the  fire-grates  in  the  bottom  of 
the  kiln  in  each  chamber,  as  shown  in  the  illustrations  (figs.  193, 
216  and  217),  and  of  similar  flues  leading  from  the  hot-air  flues 
and  from  the  outer  air  in  such  a  way  that,  by  appropriate  con- 
nexions, air  of  any  desired  temperature  and  in  any  desired  volume 
may  be  admitted  to  any  part  of  the  kiln.  The  ordinary  diffi- 
culties experienced  in  connexion  with  warped  dampers  are  also 
to  a  large  extent  eliminated  by  their  position  and  shape. 


298 


MODEKN    BRICKMAKING 


By  suitably  working  the  dampers  the  following  results  may  be 
obtained : — 

(a)  By  opening  dampers  11  and  18  the  whole  or  part  of  the 
hot  air  from  the  finished  or  cooling  chambers  may  be  admitted  to- 
the  chambers  containing  the  freshly  set  goods,  and  the  steam 
resulting  from  the  heating  of  these  goods  led  away  from  the  top- 
through  flues  7  and  3  to  the  chimney. 

(b)  By  opening  the  dampers  16  of  the  flue  13  hot  air  from 
flue  5  may  be  led  under  the  grates  14  to  develop  the  highest 
possible  temperature  in  the  finishing  chamber,  or  to  distribute 
hot  air  uniformly  from  the  hot-air  flue  5  to  a  chamber  contain- 
ing green  goods. 


17 


Section  on  line  DD  in  fig.  216. 


Section  on  line  CO  in  fig.  216. 
FIG.  217. — Cross  sections  of  "  Staffordshire  "  kiln. 

(c)  The  admission  of  cold  air  to  a  cooling  chamber  is  kept 
under  perfect  control  by  means  of  dampers  18  and  flues  17. 

(d)  The  temperature  of  hot  air  entering  a  hot  chamber  from 
one  that  is  cooling  may  be  perfectly  regulated  by  the  admission 
of  air  through  flues  17  and  19. 

(e)  The  volume  of  air   admitted  through  the  various  flues 
allows  a  nice  adjustment  for  reducing  and  oxidizing  atmosphere. 

(/)  The  fire  and  hot  gases  may  pass  from  chamber  to 
chamber,  through  openings  10,  whilst  cold  air  only  is  admitted 
to  the  under  side  of  the  grates  14  through  flues  17. 

(g)  Any  chamber  can  be  completely  sealed  by  closing  all  the 
dampers,  thus  allowing  of  good  annealing.  This  arrangement  is- 
also  of  great  value  where  the  goods  are  liable  to  catch  fire  spon- 
taneously. 


KILNS 


299 


Some  further  particulars  of  the  hot-air  flues  will  be  found 
on  p.  274.  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  in  this  kiln  the  whole  of 
the  hot  air  from  such  cooling  chambers  is  taken  direct  to  the 
main  central  hot-air  flue,  and  can  thus  be  admitted  into  any 
chamber  in  any  part  of  the  kiln. 

The  air  for  combustion  purposes,  independently  of  that  sup- 
plied from  the  hot-air  flue,  is  admitted  at  each  end  of  the 
chamber,  through  dampered  openings  in  the  top  ;  thus  becoming 
heated  on  its  journey  to  the  grate.  The  temperature  of  this  hot 
air  can  be  further  regulated  by  air  admitted  through  a  flue  lead- 
ing from  the  outside  to  directly  under  the  fire  bars. 

The  flues  of  the  "Manchester"  kiln  are  similar  and  are  so 


FIG.  218.— Plan  of  "  English  "  kiln. 

arranged  that  certain  of  them  can  be  equally  easily  used  for  the 
collection  of  hot  air,  or  for  carrying  away  the  steam  as  in  the 
"  English  "  kiln  (figs.  194  and  218).  The  hot  air  is  admitted  into 
the  chambers  both  at  the  floor  level  and  through  openings  in 
the  top. 

In  order  to  adapt  them  to  the  special  characteristics  of 
certain  clays,  the  kilns  built  often  differ  in  minor  particulars 
from  the  description  just  given. 

Most  chamber  kilns — the  type  most  suited  for  use  where  facing 
bricks  are  to  be  made — are  built  with  arches  running  trans- 
versely to  the  travel  of  the  fire.  This  has  the  disadvantage  of 
losing  a  certain  amount  of  heat  owing  to  the  additional  masonry, 
but  it  enables  the  chambers  to  be  built  of  almost  any  size  and 
much  larger  than  is  practicable  where  the  arch  is  longitudinal, 


300  MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

when  18  ft.  is  the  maximum  width.  The  travel  of  the  fire  is  also 
more  regular  in  kilns  with  transverse  arches.  The  London  Brick 
Co.,  of  Fletton,  use  what  is  known  as  the  ".English  "  kiln,  the 
chief  feature  of  which  is  the  ingenious  system  of  hot-air  flues. 
These  are  placed  in  two  parallel  rows  on  top  of  the  arches,  the 
dampers  taking  the  form  of  circular  plates  or  lids  (fig.  194),  the 
position  of  which  determines  the  direction  of  flow  and  the  amount 
of  hot  air  allowed  to  enter  or  escape  from  any  chamber.  The  fire- 
gases  pass  through  openings  in  the  wall  between  the  chambers 
(figs.  194  and  218). 

This  kiln  is  not  intended  to  produce  facing  bricks  of  first-class 
colour,  but  for  use  with  certain  shales  it  is  found  to  give  great 
satisfaction,  producing  a  great  heat  with  a  low  consumption  of 
fuel,  the  hot-air  system  being  so  arranged  that  very  damp  bricks 
can  be  set  direct  into  the  kiln. 

The  foregoing  kilns  can  be  used  at  the  high  temperature 
used  in  blue-brick  and  fire-brick  making,  but  a  special  kiln  for 
this  purpose  has  advantages,  as  by  using  two  fires  the  chambers 
can  be  large  and  the  waste  of  heat  due  to  small  chambers  can 
be  avoided.  Kilns  of  this  type  are  well  known  on  the  Continent, 
but  in  this  country  the  only  one  which  has  proved  successful  is 
that  patented  by  S.  Barnett  and  R.  J.  Hadlington,  Dudley  Port, 
Staffs,  the  essential  features  of  which  are  (1)  the  use  of  trans- 
verse arches,  (2)  of  two  grates  or  fire-boxes  to  each  chamber,  and 
(3)  the  direct  connecting  flues  between  each  chamber.  Kilns  very 
similar  to  this  have  been  patented  by  G.  Oakland  and  others,  but 
they  used  one  fire-trough,  divided  into  a  number  of  boxes  or 
bags,  in  which  the  fuel  is  burned  on  a  solid  floor  as  in  Guthrie's 
patent,  and  the  connecting  flues  are  less  suited  for  careful  re- 
gulation at  the  higher  temperatures  necessary  for  blue  -and  fire- 
brick burning. 

The  Barnett  and  Hadlington  kiln  may  be  regarded  as  a  series 
of  separate  chambers  with  a  slight  space  between  each;  this 
space  may  be  used  to  contain  the  connecting  flues  and  dampers 
regulating  the  supply  of  air.  Owing  to  the  desirability  of  large 
chambers  the  arches  are  built  transversely.  The  fuel  is  fed  ex- 
clusively from  the  front  of  the  chamber  as  in  the  Belgian 
kiln. 

The  gases  are  not  led  directly  through  the  partition  walls  of  one 
chamber  to  another  as  in  most  continuous  kilns,  but  pass  through 
perforations  in  the  floor  (as  in  a  down-draught  kiln)  and  thence 
to  the  following  chamber.  The  perforations  in  the  floor  are  at 


KILNS  301 

one  side  of  the  kiln,  opposite  to  that  at  which  the  gases  enter, 
but  the  main  flue  (through  which  pass  the  gases  produced  by 
the  fuel  on  the  grates  within  the  chamber)  is  in  the  centre  of 
the  floor. 

The  use  of  this  second  flue  at  the  side  of  the  chamber 
farthest  from  the  point  of  entry  of  the  gases  is  important,  as  it 
tends  to  produce  a  better  distribution  of  tjie  warming  gases, 
whilst  the  centre  flue  is  to  be  preferred  when  fuel  is  actually 
being  burned  on  the  grates,  because  it  concentrates  the  effect  of 
the  flames,  and  then  distributes  the  gases  evenly  throughout 
the  goods  during  the  hottest  part  of  the  firing.  In  other  words, 
this  kiln  utilizes  the  old  idea  of  a  grate  at  one  end  of  a  chamber 
and  a  flue  at  the  other  during  the  earlier  part  of  the  burning, 
but  during  the  last  forty-eight  or  fifty  hours  the  heat  from  the 
two  grates  is  concentrated  by  shutting  off  the  side  flue  and  using 
the  centre  one. 

In  this  way,  it  is  possible,  in  so  far  as  respects  the  products 
of  combustion  of  the  fuel,  to  reach  a  very  high  efficiency  in  the 
transference  of  heated  air  from  one  chamber  to  another,  and 
the  successful  drawing  off  of  the  steam,  and  its  conveyance  to 
the  smoke-shaft. 

Steam  is  removed  and  the  goods  dried  with  regeneratively 
heated  air  (partly  from  the  cooling  chambers)  which  is  also  uti- 
lized for  supplying  hot  air  to  increase  the  temperature  of  the 
chambers  under  fire,  or  to  assist  in  starting  the  furnaces  of  a 
chamber  into  which  fuel  has  just  been  placed.  It  is  conveyed 
through  four  or  more  large  openings  in  the  sides  of  the  chamber 
containing  cooling  goods,  through  flues  running  underneath  the 
chambers  and  up  through  other  flues  (controlled  by  sliding 
dampers)  to  the  fire-grates  of  the  chamber  where  it  is  to  be  used. 
It  is  then  drawn  through  a  special  set  of  flues  into  the  main 
leading  to  the  chimney-stack,  so  that  if  used  for  goods  con- 
taining much  moisture  the  steam  produced  does  not  come  in 
contact  with  any  other  goods,  but  goes  direct  to  the  chimney. 

The  additional  air  required  for  supporting  the  combustion  of 
the  fuel  on  the  grates,  or  for  completing  the  ignition  of  any  im- 
perfectly consumed  gases,  is  supplied  partly  through  the  grate 
bars  (the  ash-pit  being  then  kept  open  to  the  air)  and  partly  by 
means  of  a  small  flue  connecting  the  space  above  the  grate- 
bars  with  the  hot-air  flues  from  the  cooling  chambers,  and  also 
with  the  open  air,  this  open-air  port  being  controlled  by  a 
damper  about  3  ft.  from  the  ground.  In  this  way  any  desired 


302  MODEEN    BKICKMAKING 

mixture  of  hot  and  cold  air  may  be  supplied  to  the  contents  of 
a  chamber. 

These  apparently  elaborate  arrangements  for  controlling  the 
air-  and  fuel-supply  and  the  speed  at  which  the  burning  takes 
place  cannot  be  satisfactorily  shown  in  one  or  two  small  illus- 
trations, but  they  are,  in  reality,  far  simpler  than  appears  at  first 
sight,  and  little  difficulty  is  found  in  obtaining  perfectly  satis- 
factory vitrified  blue  bricks  or  well  fired  fire-bricks  from  this  kiln. 
The  accurate  burning  of  the  fuel  is  essential  to  the  production  of 
a  good  colour  and  a  proper  degree  of  density  or  vitrification,  and 
the  author  has  found  that  the  dampers  (even  after  several  years' 
constant  use)  work  so  accurately  that  the  appearance  of  the 
flame  of  the  hot  gases  in  the  chambers  can  be  altered  with  the 
greatest  nicety,  or  smothered  out  altogether  by  simply  moving 
the  appropriate  dampers.  This  speaks  highly  for  the  soundness 
of  the  construction,  and  the  careful  placing  of  the  dampers 
where  they  will  work  effectively  and  be  least  affected  with  the 
heat.  These  dampers  are  chiefly  in  the  form  of  slabs  of  fire- 
clay or  of  the  usual  conical  pattern.  The  Bock,  Diesener,  and 
Mendheim  kilns,  which  are  greatly  used  in  Germany,  are  ar- 
ranged on  the  same  general  principle. 

Tunnel  kilns  are  those  in  which  the  goods  are  placed  on  wag- 
ons and  travel  through  a  heated  tunnel,  whereas  in  the  ordinary 
continuous  kiln  the  heat  travels  whilst  the  goods  remain  sta- 
tionary. Whilst  very  useful  for  light  goods  (pottery,  etc.)  tunnel 
kilns  have  not  become  popular  in  this  country,  though  numerous 
patents  have  been  obtained.  In  France,  several  are  in  satisfac- 
tory use  for  brickmaking. 

The  chief  objections  urged  against  them  are  the  jolting  of 
the  goods  on  the  cars  and  the  difficulty  in  repairing  the  kilns 
without  stopping  the  works,  but  neither  of  these  objections  is  as 
important  as  many  brickmakers  imagine,  though  the  former  is 
the  more  troublesome  with  tender  clays. 

The  great  advantages  of  tunnel  kilns  are  the  absence  of 
"  setting  " — the  bricks,  being  loaded  on  to  the  cars  at  the  machine, 
remain  on  them  until  the  drying  and  burning  is  complete — the 
small  waste  of  fuel  due  to  its  all  being  delivered  at  one  spot  in- 
stead of  over  a  larger  area  as  in  the  ordinary  continuous  kiln, 
and  the  economy  in  fuel  consumption  which  is  fully  equal  to,  if 
not  greater  than,  that  of  the  Hoffmann  kiln. 

A  tunnel  kiln  for  bricks  is  shown  in  fig.  219,  which  represents 
a  cross-section.  The  whole  kiln  should  be  at  least  twenty  times 


KILNS 


303 


FIG.  219.— Bock's  tunnel  kiln. 


the  length  of  a  wagon.     As  the  goods  enter  the  kiln  they  are 

subjected  to  the  heat  of  the  waste  gases,  and  as  they  pass  out 

they  give  up  their  heat  to 

the    incoming    air    which, 

being   pre-heated    in    this 

manner,    effects    a    better 

combustion  of  the  fuel. 

In  the  Bock  kiln,  gas 
from  a  producer  enters  the 
central  portion  of  the  kiln, 
Tises  through  the  flues,  and 
enters  the  burners  where  it 
meets  with  the  pre-heated 
air  in  another  chamber. 
The  goods  are  placed  on  a 
single  deck  car,  the  top  of  which  is  a  fire-clay  slab.  It  is  essential 
to  use  gas  as  a  fuel,  as  in.no  other  way  can  absolutely  continu- 
ous heating  without  variations  due  to  the  removal  of  ashes  be 
obtained. 

The  chief  difficulty  to  be  overcome  is  the  effect  of  the  intense 
lieat  on  the  wagon  carrying  the  goods  and  on  the  brickwork  in  the 
hotter  parts  of  the  kiln.  There  is  also  a  minor  difficulty  that  air 
leaks  between  the  sides  of  the  wagon  and  the  kiln,  and  prevents 
the  proper  heating  of  the  goods.  In  spite  of  their  advantages,  tun- 
nel kilns  are  scarcely  likely  to  become  popular  for  brick-burning. 

Gas-fired  continuous  kilns  have  been  known  for  many  years, 
James  Dunnachie  having  erected  one  at  Glenboig  in  the  year 
1881,  yet  many  attempts  have  been  made  to  apply  gas  to  kilns 
which  have  resulted  in  disastrous  failures.  Two  principal  reasons 
for  these  failures  may  be  given :  those  attempting  to  use  gas  did 
not  (1)  know  how  to  burn  it,  and  (2)  permit  it  to  enter  the  kiln 
at  the  proper  point.  Subsidiary  failures  have  been  due  to  at- 
tempting to  use  cold  instead  of  hot  air  for  mixing  with  the  gas, 
and  other  equally  impractical  ideas,  the  result  of  ignorance  of 
the  characteristics  of  the  gas  used. 

It  is  generally  thought  that  gas-fired  kilns  are  difficult  to 
manage  and  that  they  effect  an  enormous  economy  in  fuel. 
Neither  of  these  ideas  is  correct.  A  properly  constructed  gas- 
fired  kiln  is  quite >easy  to  manage — the  difficulty  lies  in  the  de- 
sign and  not  in  the  manipulation — and  the  fuel-consumption 
is  practically  the  same  as  that  of  any  equally  well-designed  coal- 
fired  continuous  kiln. 


304  MODEEN    BRICKMAKING 

The  real  advantages  of  gas  are  its  greater  cleanliness,  the 
better  colour  obtained  on  the  goods,  greater  regularity  in  heating, 
and,  above  all,  the  greater  finishing  temperature  which  can  be 
reached  when  gas  is  used.  This  last  is  of  the  greatest  impor- 
tance in  fire-brick  manufacture,  though  few  British  makers  of 
refractory  goods  realize  this  fact. 

The  number  of  designs  of  continuous  gas-fired  kilns  is  already 
very  large,  and  it  must,  therefore,  suffice  to  describe  only  three  of 
the  best  known  ones.  A  kiln  built  according  to  Schmatolla's 
designs  has  been  described  already  (p.  257)  It  is  much  newer 
than  the  Mendheim  and  the  Dunnachie  kilns.  The  Mendheim 
kiln  is  a  great  improvement  on  some  of  the  earlier  designs,  and 
is  practically  a  series  of  down-draught  kilns  connected  to  each 
other,  the  gas  being  burned  in  "  bags "  at  one  side  of  each 
chamber,  and  the  products  of  combustion,  after  distributing 
themselves  through  the  chamber,  pass  away  through  perforations 
in  the  floor  to  the  "  bag  "  of  the  next  chamber  or  to  the  main  flue. 

In  the  most  recent  gas-fired  kilns  by  G.  Mendheim  the  gas 
enters  at  the  four  corners  of  each  chamber  and  rises  up  the  bag- 
walls,  the  product  of  combustion  then  passes  out  through  a 
central  opening  in  the  floor  which  delivers  them  to  the  bags  of 
the  next  chamber  or  to  the  main  flue.  This  arrangement  has 
the  advantage  of  using  a  minimum  number  of  dampers. 

The  Mendheim  kilns  appear  to  be  rapidly  increasing  in 
popularity  on  the  Continent. 

The  Dunnachie  kiln  has  been  chiefly  used  in  connexion  with 
fire-brick  burning,  though  well  adapted  for  ordinary  bricks,  but 
it  has  not  been  the  policy  of  the  inventor  to  encourage  the  erec- 
tion of  similar  kilns  in  this  country  or  in  Scotland,  and  conse- 
quently the  kiln,  though  well-known  by  name,  is  not  familiar  to 
more  than  a  few  privileged  workers  as  regards  its  constructional 
details.  Abroad  (where  the  possibility  of  competition  does  not 
exist)  a  number  of  Dunnachie  kilns  have  been  built,  and,  when 
the  original  design  has  been  closely  followed,  have  proved  quite 
successful  and  economical.  It  is,  indeed,  only  to  be  regretted 
that  more  do  not  exist  in  this  country.  The  Dunnachie  kiln  has 
a  solid  floor,  thereby  overcoming  one  of  the  greatest  disadvan- 
tages of  the  Mendheim  kiln,  and  the  larger  flues  give  a  more 
satisfactory  control  as  well  as  more  rapid  burning  of  the  goods, 
and  at  the  same  time  become  much  less  easily  choked. 

The  gas  producer  used  may  be  of  any  type  supplying  gas  at  a 
pressure  of  about  one-hundredth  of  an  atmosphere  (4  in.  water- 


KILNS 


305 


column),  though  at  Glenboig  the  Wilson  producers  are  the  ones 
actually  used. 

The  Dunnachie  kiln  presents  a  very  different  appearance  to 
the   ordinary  continuous   kiln  because   of  the  great   distance 


FIG.  220. — Plan  of  Dunnachie  kiln. 

between  the  two  rows  of  chambers.  In  the  ordinary  coal-fired 
continuous  kiln,  with  sixteen  chambers,  twelve  are  placed  back 
to  back  close  together,  and  the  remaining  four  are  placed  two  at 
each  end  of  the  others,  so  as  to  form  a  complete  "ring  ".  In  the 
Dunnachie  kiln  (fig.  220)  on  the  other  hand,  there  are  only  ten 

20 


306  MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

chambers  placed  in  two  rows  of  five,  and  with  a  space  of  20  ft. 
between  them,  the  chambers  at  the  end  of  each  row  being  con- 
nected by  underground  flues  (J  and  M).  In  the  centre  of  this 
space  the  gas  valves  are  arranged,  and,  if  roofed  in,  the  space 
forms  a  convenient  room  for  drying  goods,  being  kept  warm  by 
the  heat  radiated  from  the  ends  of  the  chambers,  and  the  heat 
which  would  otherwise  be  lost  by  this  arrangement  of  the  kilns 
is  made  use  of,  to  the  general  advantage  of  the  works.  If 
•desired,  the  space  above  the  kilns  may  also  be  roofed  in,  and 
used  as  a  making  and  drying  fldor — a  custom  particularly  common 
with  continuous  kilns  in  Germany,  but  not  so  popular  in  Great 
Britain. 

The  chambers  used  at  Glenboig  have  a  capacity  of  about 
18,000  bricks  and  measure  17  ft.  by  10£  ft.  by  10|  ft.  internally, 
and  worked  at  ordinary  speed  can  produce  an  average  output  of 
400,000  fire-bricks  a  month. 

The  chimney  is  placed  at  one  end  of  the -,  structure,  the  main 
flue  leading  to  it  being  placed  around  the  sides,  as  shown  in 
fig.  220.  This  plan  necessitates  some  loss  of  heat  in  the  main 
flue,  but  as  the  gases  passing  through  it  are  at  a  comparatively 
low  temperature  this  is  not  considered  to  be  of  much  importance, 
especially  as  the  chimney-draught  can  be  accelerated  to  any  re- 
quired extent  by  means  of  a  fan.  It  is  certainly  better  that  the 
heat  should  be  lost  from  the  main  chimney -flue  rather  than  from 
the  flues  conveying  hot  gas  to  the  kilns,  which  seems  to  be  the 
only  other  alternative  if  the  present  simplicity  of  arrangement 
and  accessibility  of  flues  are  to  be  maintained.  Under  such  con- 
ditions a  blower  may  be  used  instead  of,  or  in  addition  to,  the 
chimney-  or  fan-draught,  but  this  requires  care,  or  its  use  may 
become  dangerous. 

"  Steaming  "  or  "  smoking  "  of  the  goods  is  effectually  carried 
out  by  burning  a  small  quantity  of  gas  mixed  with  an  abundance 
of  cold  air  in  the  chambers  to  be  smoked,  or,  if  there  is  a  suf- 
ficient supply,  hot  air  from  the  cooling  chambers  is  used.  Dur- 
ing this  "  steaming,"  openings  in  the  arched  roof  of  the  chambers 
(corresponding  to  the  "  feed-holes  "  in  the  ordinary  kiln  of  the 
Hoffmann  type)  and  the  ports  G  (fig.  220),  near  the  floor  level  of 
the  kiln,  are  kept  open  until  the  whole  of  the  steam  has  been 
removed,  and  the  goods  are  distinctly  hot ;  they  are  then  closed. 

The  burning  then  commences  by  admitting  gas  at  a  tempera- 
ture of  about  600°  Fa,hr.  from  the  producers  through  the  flues  R 
through  valves  A,  hot  air  for  its  combustion  being  supplied  at 


KILNS  307 

the  same  time  from  the  chamber  which  has  just  finished  firing. 
It  is  the  employment  of  the  heat  in  the  finished  goods  for  heat- 
ing the  air  required  for  the  combustion  of  the  gas  which  consti- 
tutes the  principal  feature  of  the  Dunnachie  kiln,  and  is  the  chief 
cause  of  its  success.  This  kiln  was,  in  fact,  the  first  in  this  country 
to  combine  the  advantages  gained  by  the  use  •  of  gas  as  fuel  with 
the  "  regeneration  "  of  the  air  used  for  its  combustion  by  means 
of  the  waste  heat  from  the  burned-off  chambers.  This  principle 
of  heat  regeneration  has  been  recognized  for  nearly  a  hundred 
years,  and  was  applied  with  remarkable  success  in  1856  to  the 
melting  of  steel  by  the  late  Sir  F.  Siemens,  but  the  credit  of  its 
successful  application  to  the  <  requirements  of  the  clay  industry 
must  be  given  to  Mr.  James  Dunnachie,  who  first  employed  it  in 
the  kiln  now  under  consideration.  For  its  application  to  single 
kilns  see  fig.  177. 

The  air  is  heated  in  a  manner  very  similar  to  that  now 
employed  in  most  continuous  kilns  using  coal,  by  drawing  it 
through  the  chambers  containing  finished  goods  which  are  still 
very  hot  (in  the  case  of  fire-bricks  of  best  quality  the  air  is  heated 
to  a  "  blue  white  heat "  before  it  comes  in  contact  with  the  gase- 
ous fuel).  It  is  conveyed  from  one  chamber  to  another  by 
openings  in  the  floor  of  the  chambers  leading  to  a  flue  beneath, 
thence  through  slits  in  the  brickwork  to  another  flue,  and  thence 
through  openings  in  the  arched  roof  of  this  latter  flue  into  a 
smaller  flue,  from  which  it  passes  at,  or  slightly  below,  the  floor 
level  of  the  kiln  into  the  next  chamber  by  means  of  a  series  of 
openings,  the  size  of  which  is  calculated  so  as  to  supply  the 
correct  proportion  of  air  to  the  gas.  (Usually  the  capacity  of  the 
air-openings  is  two  and  a  half  times  that  of  the  gas.)  As  these 
air-openings  extend  the  whole  length  of  the  chamber  also,  even 
heating  is  thereby  effected. 

The  gas  catches  fire  where  it  comes  into  contact  with  the  air 
a  little  below  the  floor  level,  and  for  some  distance  above  it,  the 
flame  rising  a  considerable  height  in  the  chamber  in  huge  sheets 
of  a  clear  bright  colour,  and  practically  free  from  smoke  if  the 
air  and  gas  are  in  the  correct  proportions.  The  products  of 
combustion  then  pass  through  the  following  chambers,  heating 
the  bricks  in  them,  until  the  heat  left  in  the  gases  is  so  small  as 
to  be  of  little  value,  when  they  are  turned  into  the  main  flue 
leading  to  the  chimney. 

If,  for  any  reason,  a  supply  of  air  is  required  at  a  higher  level 
than  the  floor  of  the  kiln  it  can  be  supplied  by  opening  dampers 


308  MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

in  other  flues  (not  shown)  which  are  so  arranged  as  to  supply  hot 
air  from  the  preceding  chambers  or,  by  opening  dampers  at 
their  ends,  cold  air  can  be  supplied  in  any  desired  amount  to 
the  chambers.  These  flues  are  not  generally  required  unless 
the  firing  in  the  burning  chamber  is  not  hot  enough,  or  when  the 
chamber  is  too  hot  and  cold  air  must  be  supplied  to  prevent 
the  bricks  melting. 

All  these  air-flues  and  gas-flues  are  controlled  by  dampers 
and  valves  of  a  simple  character,  and  the  supply  of  hot  air  or 
cold  air  and  gas  can  be  regulated  with  the  greatest  nicety  to  the 
changing  conditions  of  the  kiln. 

The  "  round  of  the  kiln  "  when  burning  fire-bricks  is  somewhat 
as  follows : — 

No.  1  Chamber — Being  emptied.  No.  2  Chamber — Open  and 
cooling.  No.  3  Chamber — Red  hot,  being  cooled  by  air  supplied 
through  flue  at  its  base,  and  carried  on  to  No.  4  Chamber.  No. 
4  Chamber — White  hot,  being  cooled  by  air  from  No.  3,  which  is 
passed  on  to  No.  5.  No.  5  Chamber — In  full  fire  for  36  to  48 
hours,  being  supplied  with  hot  gas  from  the  producers  and  with 
"white  hot"  air  from  No.  4.  No.  6  Chamber — Very  hot,  being- 
heated  by  products  of  combustion  from  No.  5.  No.  7  Chamber 
— Heating  up  to  red  heat  by  gases  from  No.  6.  No.  8  Chamber — 
Steaming  for  forty- eight  hours.  Filled  with  green  bricks.  No.  9 
Chamber — Filling  with  green  bricks.  No.  10  Chamber — Empty, 
ready  for  filling. 

The  cooling  of  each  chamber  takes  about  seventy-two  hours, 
though  varying  with  the  nature  of  the  goods.  It  can  be  accelerated 
by  the  use  of  a  blast  of  cold  air  blown  into  the  top  of  the  chamber 
during  the  last  day  of  the  cooling.  The  hot  air  thus  obtained 
may  be  used  for  the  kiln,  any  excess  being  employed  for  heating- 
drying  sheds,  etc. 

Though  essentially  designed  for  the  highest  temperatures 
used  in  fire-brick  making,  the  Dunnachie  kiln  can  be  equally 
well  employed  with  common  bricks,  for  salt  glazing  (in  which 
case  a  perforated  floor  is  used  so  as  to  secure  a  draught  inside  as 
well  as  outside  the  goods),  and  for  ordinary  pottery  purposes, 
though  its  advantages  at  lower  temperatures  are  less  important. 
For  many  purposes,  though  still  capable  of  improvement,  it  is 
undoubtedly  the  greatest  advance  in  firing  that  has  been  made 
since  the  invention  of  the  continuous  kiln  by  Hoffmann,  as  the 
employment  of  gas  at  high  temperatures  greatly  lessens  the  re- 
pairs needed  by  the  kilns,  and  by  reducing  the  labour  necessaiy 


KILNS  309 

for  supplying  the  fuel  it  enables  the  number  of  men  employed 
for  a  large  number  of  kilns  to  be  considerably  reduced,  and 
renders  their  work  more  accurate  and  under  better  control  than 
when  a  coal-fired  kiln  is  used. 

There  is  undoubtedly  a  great  opening  for  the  further  applica- 
tion of  gas  to  the  burning  of  all  kinds  of  fire-bricks,  and  the  suc- 
cess whiclr  has  attended  the  Dunnachie  kiln  ever  since  its 
introduction  should  give  brickmakers  an  incentive  to  adapt 
their  own  kilns  as  far  as  possible,  or  to  seriously  consider  the 
advisability  of  erecting  fresh  ones  to  be  fired  exclusively  with 
gas.  The  reason  why  most  firms  are  afraid  to  make  the  change 
is  that  they  have  heard  or  read  of  numerous  and  expensive 
failures  to  apply  the  gas  properly  to  the  kilns — due  as  already 
explained  to  the  belief  that  it  should  be  introduced  near  the  top 
of  the  chambers — and  are  afraid  to  risk  their  own  capital  in  a 
similar  venture.  This  is  bad  business,  because  it  is  looking  at 
the  subject  from  one  side  only  instead  of  regarding  it  from  every 
point  of  view.  The  fact  that  some  kiln-builders  recommend  a 
certain  class  of  kiln  is  not  by  any  means  conclusive  evidence 
that  the  facts  which  tell  against  their  own  invention  are  by  any 
means  fairly  represented.  This  is  where  the  advice  of  an  en- 
tirely independent  expert  comes  in,  provided  that  one  can  be 
assured  that  he  is  independent. 

The  success  which  is  being  obtained  in  the  adaptation  of  gas 
to  the  firing  of  single  kilns  is  drawing  considerable  attention  to 
the  subject  of  gas-firing  generally,  and  the  application  of  this 
fuel  to  the  general  firing  of  refractory  goods  is  only  a  matter  of 
time. 

The  construction  of  gas-producers  requires  special  knowledge, 
and  should  not  be  attempted  by  the  brickmaker  except  under 
reliable  supervision.  The  general  principles  involved  can  be 
learned  from  special  books  on  the  subject,  but  practical  experi- 
ence is  essential. 

The  use  of  a  gas-producer  also  requires  a  slight  training, 
though  when  this  is  obtained  the  work  is  far  easier  than  the 
ordinary  stoking  of  kilns,  and  the  temperature  in  the  latter  can 
be  far  more  accurately  and  easily  regulated. 

Muffle  kilns  are  used  when  it  is  necessary  to  keep  the  goods 
free  from  all  contact  with  flame  or  fire-gases.  In  brickmaking 
the  use  of  muffles  is  confined  to  some  glazed  bricks  and  to  the 
production  of  red  bricks  from  certain  Staffordshire  marls. 

The  usual  form  of  muffle  is  an  arched  chamber  placed  in- 


310 


MODERN    BEICKMAKING 


side  a  Newcastle  or  similar  type 


Fio.  221.— Cross  section  of  muffle-kiln. 


of  kiln,  this  chamber  or  muffle 
(fig.  221)  being  built  on  flues 
and  with  a  space  above  and  at 
each  side.  The  front  of  the 
muffle  is  left  open  for  filling, 
but  is  closed  with  bricks  plas- 
tered over  with  daub  before 
the  firing  is  commenced.  The 
flame  and  fire-gases  play  all 
round  the  muffle,  heating  it 
evenly  and  yet  keeping  the 
goods  free  from  ash,  dust,  and 
other  harmful  influences. 

Providing  that  an  even 
heat  is  obtained,  the  shape 
of  the  muffle  is  unimportant, 
but  the  design  already  indi- 
cated is  as  simple  and  effi- 
cient as  any.  The  waste  gases 
from  one  muffle  kiln  may 
often  be  used  to  heat  another 
in  a  manner  precisely  similar 
to  that  used  in  continuous 
chamber  kilns. 


KILN  CONSTRUCTION. 

Errors  in  kiln  construction  are  often  numerous  and  serious. 
A  number  of  the  most  important  ones  are  enumerated  below  : — 

General  instability  is  a  common  feature  of  certain  continuous 
kilns  where  the  cost  of  erection  has  been  reduced  to  below  the 
proper  limit  as  a  result  of  excessive  competition.  This  defect 
usually  shows  itself  first  by  cracks  in  the  outer  walls  and  in  the 
flues,  though  the  former  may  be  due  to  a  poor  foundation  rather 
than  to  indifferent  workmanship.  It  has  already  been  pointed 
out  that  flues  should  not  be  built  above  the  keystone  of  an  arch 
if  they  run  in  the  same  direction  as  the  arch  itself,  as  the  move- 
ments of  the  kiln  during  heating  and  cooling  render  this  the 
most  unstable  position  in  the  whole  structure. 

A  form  of  economy  often  attempted  is  to  fill  large  portions  of 
the  masonry  with  broken  bricks,  sand,  or  rubble.  If  well  stamped 
down  these  may  be  satisfactory,  though  properly  laid  brickwork 
is  far  better.  Occasionally,  burned  clay  or  sand  is  used,  but  it  is 


KILNS 


311 


apt  to  dry,  leaving  hollow  spaces.  Slag,  though  better  than  clay, 
is  liable  to  contain  unburnt  material  and  so  shrink  on  heating. 

The  choice  of  bricks  for  different  portions  of  the  kilns  is  a  matter 
requiring  a  considerable  amount  of  attention,  for  it  is  just  as 
foolish  to  use  best  refractory  bricks  where  a  lower  grade  material 
at  half  the  price  can  be  used  with  equal  satisfaction,  as  it  is  to 
endeavour  to  save  expense  by  using  inferior  bricks  in  those  parts 
of  the  kiln  which  require  to  be  most  heat-resisting.  By  a  little 
thought  it  is  often  possible  to  save  considerably  in  the  expense 
of  erecting  new  kilns,  or  repairing  or  altering  old  ones,  if  this 
careful  choice  of  different  bricks  for  different  positions  is  made. 

The  masonry  used  in  the  centre  of  most  continuous  kilns  is 
a  good  example  of  a  case  where  inferior  bricks  may  be  used,  as 
they  are  heated  but  are  not  exposed  to  the  action  of  the  weather 
to  any  notable  extent,  and  being  usually  well  imbedded,  only 
need  to  have  sufficient  strength  for  their  work,  no  regard  being 
paid  to  their  softness  or  general  appearance.  The  external 

I  \ 


1     1     1     1     1 

1 

FIG.  222.— Wrong  bond  for  bricks. 


FIG.  223.— Correct  bond  for  bricks. 


work,  and  that  which  is  subjected  to  heat,  however,  must  be  of 
best  materials  in  order  that  it  may  stand  the  existing  and  prob- 
able strains  and  exposure  without  the  least  likelihood  of  failure. 

Of  the  brickwork  which  comes  in  contact  with  the  fire  it  is 
scarcely  necessary  to  say  that  it  should  be  constructed  of  the 
best  materials,  and  laid  with  as  thin  joints  and  in  as  skilful  a 
manner  as  possible,  a  small  extra  cost  in  the  erection  more  than 
repaying  itself  in  the  far  greater  length  of  time  the  work  will  last 
as  compared  with  badly  built  work  of  less  refractory  materials. 

Another  defective  arrangement,  which  is  more  often  noticed 
in  repair  work  than  in  a  newly  erected  kiln,  is  the  wrong  bonding 
of  the  bricks.  This  is  carried  out  in  such  a  way  that  instead  of 
breaking  joints  with  the  courses  above  or  below,  the  bricks  are 
so  arranged  that  the  joints  coincide  as  in  fig.  222,  whereas  they 
should  be  as  in  fig.  223.  In  this  latter  case  not  only  is  the  bond 
better  and  the  masonry  stronger,  but  the  effect  of  cracks  in  the 
jointing  is  much  less  serious,  as  these  cracks  do  not  extend 
nearly  as  far  when  t.he  joints  are  broken  as  when  they  coincide. 


312  MODERN    BEICKMAKING 

The  mortar  used  will  vary  in  composition  according  to  the 
object  of  the  brickwork.  For  the  cooler  portions  of  the  work, 
where  strength  and  not  heat-resistance  is  needed,  the  use  of 
ordinary  lime -mortar  is  satisfactory,  but  for  the  more  refractory 
portions  the  jointing  materials  should  consist  simply  of  a  clay 
similar  to  that  of  which  the  bricks  are  made,  mixed  with  water. 
Sometimes  a  little  finely  ground  burned  clay  may  be  added  to 
reduce  the  shrinkage  of  the  mortar,  but  lime  and  other  fluxes 
must  be  most  carefully  excluded  where  the  masonry  has  to 
withstand  great  heat. 

In  the  construction  of  a  kiln  foundation  too  much  care  cannot 
be  taken,  as  dampness  drawn  up  into  the  kiln  because  of  a  defec- 
tive foundation  is  not  only  a  source  of  loss  of  fuel,  but  may  cause 
serious  damage  to  the  goods  in  the  kiln.  Bricks  having  a  good 
colour  and  a  clear  "ring  "  cannot  be  economically  obtained  with 
kilns  which  have  damp  soles. 

It  will  be  easily  understood  that  the  chimney-draught  causes 
a  very  slight  vacuum  inside  the  kiln,  so  that  any  air,  gas,  or 
vapour  outside  it,  whether  below  or  above,  will  tend  to  rush  in 
through  any  pores  in  the  soil  or  masonry.  The  heat  in  the  soil 
beneath  evaporates  the  moisture  which  reaches  it,  and  tha 
vapour  inevitably  finds  its  way  into  the  chambers. 

The  effect  of  this  is  seen  on  the  goods  nearest  the  floor, 
and  a  marked  effect  also  is  produced  on  the  coal  consumption. 
Scummed  and  unsound  bricks  result,  in  spite  of  all  ordinary 
precautions  against  these  defects. 

Brickmakers  who  have  not  studied  the  question  carefully 
have  no  idea  of  the  difference  in  the  quality  of  the  goods  and 
the  saving  in  fuel  which  results  from  properly  draining  a  kiln, 
and  the  expense  of  installing  a  proper  system  of  drainage  is 
rapidly  returned  to  the  manufacturer  who  is  enterprising  enough 
to  ensure  that  all  the  water  in  the  sole  of  his  kiln  is  removed  in  a 
proper  manner,  instead  of  being  boiled  out  by  heat  which  should 
be  expended  in  firing  the  goods. 

In  erecting  new  kilns  it  is  seldom  that  sufficient  attention  is 
paid  to  the  removal  of  foundation  water,  although  every  kiln 
builder  is  fully  aware  of  the  necessity  of  properly  draining  the 
foundations  of  his  kilns.  In  addition  to  this,  most  kilns  are  not 
used  during  the  winter  months,  and  in  but  few  cases  are  proper 
means  provided  for  the  efficient  removal  of  rain-water  from  the 
kiln  roof;  it  is  generally  allowed  to  run  off  anywhere,  and  most 
frequently  finds  its  way  into  the  ground  immediately  around  the 


KILNS  313 

walls.  Consequently,  the  goods  are  of  inferior  quality, 
and  require  far  more  than  the  normal  proportion  of  fuel,  owing 
to  the  Mln  and  its  foundations  being  soaked  with  water. 

It  is  a  good  rule  never  to  build  a  kiln  on  ground  in  which  the 
subsoil  water  is  within  6  yds.  of  the  surface  unless  a  special 
insulation  system  is  used. 

It  is  well  known  that  the  heat  produced  in  firing  a  kiln  not 
only  rises  to  the  upper  parts  of  the  kiln,  but  also  sinks  into  the 
foundations,  and  it  is  not  unusual  to  find  that  the  first  three 
rounds  at  the  beginning  of  a  new  season  produce  goods  which 
are  inferior  in  quality,  as  it  takes  some  time  before  the  heat  can 
penetrate  to  its  normal  depth  of  3  to  4  yds.  into  the  ground. 

All  the  water  present  in  the  foundations  of  a  kiln  to  a  depth 
.at  which  the  temperature  approaches  100°  C.  must  be  sooner  or 
later  evaporated  and  removed  through  the  flues,  fan,  or  chimney 
of  the  kiln.  Not  only  so,  but  when  a  higher  temperature  than 
this  is  present  the  temperature  is  lowered  by  the  evaporation 
which  takes  place,  thereby  causing  a  serious  loss  of  heat. 

It  is  important  that  every  brickmaker  should  see  that  his 
kilns  are  properly  drained,  as,  otherwise,  serious  trouble  will 
result.  It  is  equally  important  to  see  that  the  water  from  the 
roof  of  the  kiln  and  from  other  buildings  is  not  allowed  to  soak 
into  the  ground  near  the  kilns,  but  is  conveyed  away  out  of  harm's 
reach.  If  it  must  be  allowed  to  enter  the  ground  near  the  kilns, 
it  must  be  taken  to  a  depth  of  at  least  4  yds.  below  the  kiln  sole, 
and  even  then  it  is  apt  to  be  troublesome. 

A  plan  recommended  by  J.  Buhrer  and  other  well-known  kiln- 
builders  consists  in  laying  12-in.  pipes  to  drain  the  foundations 
of  the  kiln,  and  to  turn  all  roof  water  into  these,  so  that  it  may 
be  led  right  away  from  the  yard.  Above  these  pipes  (which 
.should  be  about  3  yds.  below  the  sole  of  the  kiln),  a  14  in. 
layer  of  sandstone  chips  should  be  laid,  as  these  allow  the  water 
to  drain  out  far  better  than  does  a  layer  of  broken  bricks  or 
ordinary  earth. 

The  pipes  which  collect  the  water  from  the  roof  of  the  kiln 
should  be  of  ample  size,  and  should  be  taken  about  a  foot  deeper 
than  the  drain-pipes  just  mentioned,  as  this  enables  the  dirt  and 
sediment  to  settle  out  and  lessens  the  liability  of  the  drain-pipes 
under  the  kiln  to  choke  up  with  sediment. 

It  is  often  convenient  to  connect  the  drain-pipes  of  the  kiln 
to  a  small  chimney,  so  that  the  system  can  be  kept  dry  by  means 
of  the  continual  draught  of  the  chimney  itself.  Connexion  may 


314 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


be  made  to  the  ordinary  chimney  of  the  kiln,  but  a  supplementary 
chimney  is  often  better.  The  slope  of  the  drain-pipes  may  be 
arranged  to  suit  local  conditions,  but  should  not  be  less  than  1  : 
100.  In  some  cases  where  there  is  much  water  to  be  removed  a 
small  well  should  be  dug  at  the  lowest  level  of  the  drainage 
system,  and  all  the  water  led  to  this  well,  which  can  be  emptied 
periodically  with  a  small  pump. 

Another  effective  method  of  draining  a  kiln  is  to  construct 


FIG.  224.— Kiln  foundation. 


the  foundation  as  shown  in  fig.  224  in  cross-section.  The  ground' 
is  excavated  to  a  depth  of  about  3  ft.  and  is  well  rammed,  with  a 
slight  fall  towards  the  centre.  A  bed  of  large  stones,  18  in., 
thick,  is  formed,  with  a  rough  kind  of  central  canal  for  drawing 
away  water.  This  canal  must  have  a  proper  drainage  outlet. 
On  the  stones  a  layer  of  gravel  is  placed,  and  then  a  bed  of  well- 
rammed  mild  clay  or  loam.  On  these  two  layers,  which  would 
be  only  2  in.  to  3  in.  in  thickness,  is  spread  a  good  bed  of  sand 
and  over  this  a  paving  of  hard  bricks  bedded  in  clay. 


FIG.  225. — Cross  section  of  fig.  224. 

In  most  cases  this  isolation  of  the  floor  will  suffice,  but  when> 
water  has  continual  access  to  the  subsoil  it  is  desirable  to- 
provide  a  means  of  independent  liberation  of  the  evaporated 
moisture  which  is  continually  produced.  In  this  instance  an* 
effective  method  is  to  provide  a  complete  canalization  of  the 
floor  with  inlets  at  each  end  of  the  kiln  and  outlets  at  the 
middle.  Fig.  225  shows  the  cross-section  of  this  scheme  with 
brick  flues,  though  4  in.  land  drain -pipes  may  serve  equally  well- 
Over  the  flues  are  layers  of  loam,  sand,  and  paving  brick. 


KILNS  315 

At  each  end  of  the  kiln  a  collecting  flue  is  formed,  with  -a 
couple- of  inlets  from  the  open  air.  At  the  middle,  two  collecting 
flues  carry  the  accumulated  moisture  to  up-cast  shafts.  By 
their  draughts  these  shafts  maintain  a  gentle  current  of  air 
which  enters  at  the  ends  and  carries  off  the  water  vapour  as  it  is 
formed.  If  the  kiln  chimney  is  sufficiently  powerful,  the  draught 
may  be  obtained  by  connecting  the  middle  flue  to  it,  dampers 


Wrong  construction.  Right  construction. 

FIG.  226. — Brickwork  arch. 

being  provided  to  regulate  the  flow  of  air,  but  as  already  stated,, 
a  separate  chimney  is  preferable. 

The  arches  and  crowns  of  kilns  are  often  badly  designed  and 
constructed.  There  is  a  general  tendency  to  use  plain  instead 
of  special  bricks  for  this  purpose,  with  the  result  that  a  weak 
arch  with  wide  joints  instead  of  narrow  ones  is  produced. 

The  difference  between  arches  built  of  plain  bricks  and  pro- 
perly shaped  wedges  is  clearly  shown  in  figs.  226  and  227,  in 


Wrong  construction.  Kight  construction. 

FIG.  227. — Arch  of  double  brickwork. 

both  of  which  the  left-hand  side  is  shown  constructed  of  plain 
bricks  with  excessively  thick  joints,  especially  at  the  outer  ring' 
of -the  arch,  whilst  the  right-hand  side  shows  the  thin  and  evenly 
distributed  jointing  with  wedge-shaped  bricks.  The  difference 
is  more  noticeable  in  smaller  arches  than  in  large  ones,  and  in 
bricks  arranged  as  in  fig.  226 ;  but  in  either  case  the  effect  is  the 
same — an  excessively  weak  arch  which  must  soon  be  repaired, 
and  a  total  loss  of  some  80  per  cent  of  the  total  expenditure  as 
compared  with  the  use  of  properly  shaped  wedge  bricks.  If  the 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

arch  is  of  very  large  diameter — over  25  ft. — the  taper  required 
is  so  small  that  it  may  be  neglected  and  ordinary  shaped  bricks 
used.  If,  011  the  other  hand,  the  kiln  arch  is  less  than  25  ft. 
diameter  the  bricks  should  be  arranged  to  have  a  taper  propor- 
tionate to  the  diameter  of  the  arch. 

This  taper  may  be  made  by  cutting  the  bricks  before  they 
are  dry  by  means  of  a  stiff  knife  or  a  specially  fitted  wire-cutter, 
or,  as  is  preferable,  they  may  be  produced  through  a  mouthpiece 
which  gives  them  the  right  taper.  The  taper  of  the  bricks  may 
most  conveniently  be  calculated  as  follows :  Measure  the  in- 
side diameter  of  the  arch  in  inches  and  call  it  A.  Having  de- 
cided the  design  of  the  arch,  measure  its  outside  diameter,  or 
add  to  the  inside  diameter  twice  the  web  of  the  arch,  and  call 
this  outside  diameter  B.  The  taper  of  the  bricks  will  then  be 
B  :  A.  That  is  to  say,  the  widest  and  narrowest  parts  of  the 
wedge-shaped  arch  brick  will  be  in  the  proportion  B  :  A.  Instead 
of  calculating  the  taper  of  arched  bricks,  it  is  generally  better  to 
set  out  a  portion  of  the  arch  to  full  scale  on  a  convenient  board 
or  floor,  and  to  take  the  measurements  direct  from  this,  as  the 
bricks  can  thus  be  tried  before  many  are  made,  and  small  errors 
(if  any)  altered. 

For  most  purposes  the  use  of  hollow  bricks  is  better  than 
plain,  solid  ones  for  kiln  arches,  as  the  former  are  not  nearly  so 
heavy,  and  yet  are  of  practically  equal  strength. 

The  strength  of  the  arches  is  a  matter  often  needing  special 
care,  for  it  must  be  remembered  that  the  masonry  must  not  only 
be  sufficiently  refractory  to  withstand  high  temperatures,  but  it 
must  also  be  possessed  of  such  resisting  power  that  it  can  bear 
the  strains  set  up  by  the  continual  contraction  and  expansion. 
Flattened  arches  are,  therefore,  to  be  avoided,  as  are  also  those 
with  a  very  pronounced  point.  In  almost  every  case  the  true 
semi-circle  is  the  best  form  of  arch. 

In  the  case  Of  a  continuous  kiln  it  is  usually  wise  to  have 
the  feed-holes  through  which  the  coal  is  supplied  to  the  kiln 
made  of  blocks  of  fire-clay  or  at  any  rate  of  the  most  refractory 
clay  easily  obtainable.  The  number  of  these  blocks  in  an  arch 
varies  with  the  number  of  feed-holes,  and  in  the  accompanying 
illustration  (fig.  228)  three  blocks  are  used. 

In  constructing  arches  of  bricks  and  blocks,  care  is  needed 
to  get  the  shapes  of  the  latter  correct  so  that  they  fit  well  to  the 
bricks,  as,  otherwise,  there  is  a  serious  danger  of  collapse  after 
the  kiln  has  been  in  use  for  some  time.  In  setting  out  such  an 


KILNS 


317 


arch  the  most  important  measurements  are  indicated  by  the 
dotted  lines  in  figs.  228  and  229,  in  both  of  which  r  is  the  radius 
of  the  semi-circle  composing  the  arch.  Where  these  blocks 
can  be  purchased  ready-made  the  speed  of  building  is  greatly 


FIG.  228. — Section  of  chamber  of  continuous  kiln. 

increased,  but  even  when  they  have  to  be  made  specially  they 
soon  repay  their  cost  in  the  additional  strength,  security,  and 
freedom  from  slip  which  they  give  to  the  arches  in  which  they 
are  used.  The  wicket  arches  may  be  constructed  in  a  similar 


FIG.  229. — Section  of  chamber  of  continuous  kiln. 

manner,  but  where  special  blocks  can  be  made,  they  improve 
the  appearance  of  the  kiln.  Such  blocks  are  now  supplied  ready 
for  use  by  several  German  fire-clay  manufacturers,  the  one 
shown  in  fig.  230  being  popular  on  account  of  its  neatness  and 
strength.  Like  the  other  arches  it  is  of  a  semi-circular  or  Ro- 
man type.  The  distance  r  should  never  be  less  than  20  in.  so 


318 


MODEBN    BRICKMAKING 


as  to  allow  ample  room  for  the  men  to  enter  the  kiln  without 

scraping  the  bricks.     Fire-clay  blocks  used  in  arch  construction 

_^_^^_^,_^.^^_^         should  be  of  open  material,  so  as 

to  respond  readily  to  sudden 
changes  in  temperature  without 
damage.  They  must  be  fired  in 
such  a  way  that  they  do  not  warp, 
and  if  at  all  twisted  must  be  care- 
fully dressed  before  use. 

"  Drop  arches  "  are  often  built 
in  continuous  kilns  to  prevent  the 
air  travelling  along  the  top  of  the 
inside  of  the  kiln  at  too  rapid  a  rate.  They  are  primarily  in- 
tended to  act  as  baffles  and  are  generally  desirable  though  not 
indispensable,  Their  strength  need  not  be  great,  though  they 
act  as  supports  for  the  proper  arch.  Their  shape  is  clearly 
shown  in  fig.  231. 

In  single  round  kilns  the  whole  roof  or  crown  is  dome-shaped, 
the  curvature  of  the  crown  usually  being  part  of  a  true  circle 


FIG.  230.— Wicket  arch. 


FIG.  231. — Interior  of  Osman  kiln. 


though  not  a  complete  semi-circle.  This  form  of  crown  is  much 
stronger  and  in  every  way  preferable  to  one  which  is  either 
more  pointed  or  flatter. 

The  fire-boxes  and  bags  of  a  kiln  need  careful  design  and  con- 
struction if  the  heat  is  to  be  economically  produced  and  evenly 


KILNS  319 

distributed.  Usually  the  fire-boxes  are  too  shallow  and  allow  too 
much  air  to  enter  above  the  fuel.  The  "  box  "  or  hopper  pattern 
where  a  considerable  depth  of  fuel  is  present  and  forms  its  own 
seal,  is  usually  the  best  for  single  kilns.  In  continuous  kilns  the 
depth  of  fuel  on  the  grate,  or  in  the  trough,  is  of  less  importance, 
and  in  those  of  the  original  Hoffmann  type  no  permanent  fire- 
boxes are  used. 

The  feed-holes  in  the  top  of  the  kiln  must  be  kept  covered 
with  air-tight  caps  or  bells.  In  many  cases  the  amount  of  air 
which  leaks  in  through  the  caps  is  sufficient  to  spoil  the  draught 
and  prevent  satisfactory  firing.  As  the  top  of  the  kiln  is  hot,  a 
liquid  seal  cannot  be  employed,  but  some  form  of  sand-seal 
should  be  used.  The  common  practice  of  a  simple  bell  fitting 
on  to  a  raised  rim  is  far  from  satisfactory.  The  use  of  a  conical 
lid  fitting  into  a  ring  (fig.  232)  is  but  little  better,  as,  whilst  air-tight 
when  new,  the  effect  of  repeated  heating  and  cooling  makes  the 


FIG.  232. — Conical  cap  in  feed-hole. 

metal  twist  and  fit  badly.  A  simple  and  durable,  but  at  the 
same  time  air-tight,  cap  is  greatly  to  be  desired,  and  there  is  scope 
for  ingenuity  in  this  direction. 

The  position  of  the  feed-holes  may  be  seen  in  figs.  228,  229. 

The  flues  of  most  kinds  of  kilns,  but  particularly  those  of  the 
continuous  type,  need  unusual  care  in  regard  to  their  arrange- 
ment and  construction. 

A  common  error  with  some  kiln  builders  consists  in  construct- 
ing flues,  the  sizes  of  which  have  no  relation  to  each  other  or  to 
the  capacity  of  the  kiln  ;  their  dimensions  being  determined 
largely  by  guess-work.  In  a  kiln  with  simple  flues  this  may 
often  prove  satisfactory,  particularly  if  all  the  flues  are  larger 
than  is  really  necessary,  but  in  many  cases  defective  draught  is 
produced  and  disappointment  is  caused  when  a  15-in.  square  flue 
cannot  discharge  its  contents  completely  into  a  12-in.  flue  some 
distance  away,  with  probably  a  couple  of  bends  between  them. 
It  is  frequently  desirable  to  connect  smaller  flues  to  larger  ones 


320  MODEEN    BRICKMAKING 

so  as  to  vary  the  speed  of  the  gases  travelling  through  them,, 
but  this  should  only  be  done  when  the  designer  has  a  definite 
object  in  mind  and  is  fully  aware  of  the  consequences.  Such 
little  troubles  as  are  caused  by  discharging  flue  gases  through 
opposite  openings  in  the  same  flue  without  any  midfeather  are 
frequently  met  with,  and  are  a  continual  source  of  mystery  until 
some  one  finds  out  what  is  really  the  matter.  Fortunately,  they 
can  usually  be  put  right  when  found. 

On  the  Continent,  small  flues  are  frequently  made  of  sanitary 
pipes  carefully  bedded,  it  being  considered  that  they  are  tighter 
than  the  brickwork  flues  almost  exclusively  employed  in  Great 
Britain. 

Flues  are  often  made  too  small  and  inaccessible  as  well  as- 
being  placed  in  positions  which  are  undesirable  from  the  point  of 
stability.  Their  walls  are  often  too  thin  and  the  connexion  with 
other  flues  badly  made.  The  connecting  flue  of  a  continuous 
kiln  should  be  sufficiently  roomy  for  an  ordinary  sized  man  to 
get  inside  it  easily  for  cleaning  purposes,  and  should  be  provided 
with  so  many  openings  that,  no  matter  which  part  of  the  kiln  is 
under  fire,  the  flues  may  be  entered  in  the  cooler  parts  direct 
from  one  of  these  manholes.  The  covers  for  these  manholes- 
must,  of  course,  be  kept  air-tight,  usually  by  means  of  sand  and 
often  by  a  second  cover  of  wood  or  iron.  Sometimes  defective 
draught  is  caused  less  by  the  flues  than  by  unsuitable  dampers. 

All  dampers  should  fit  tightly  when  closed,  a  "  sand-seal " 
(similar  to  a  water-seal)  being  used  if  necessary.  They  should 
usually  be  designed  and  made  specially,  as  home-made  dampers 
are  often  unreliable.  In  continuous  kilns  the  tightness  of  the 
dampers  is  of  very  great  importance. 

Chimneys  are  often  too  slightly  built,  and  so  lose  heat  and 
draught-producing  power.  Lined  chimneys  have  a  great  advan- 
tage in  this  respect. 

The  attempt  to  save  money  by  building  a  chimney  which  is 
only  just  large  enough  for  the  work  is  really  a  false  economy,  as 
sooner  or  later  it  will  result  in  the  gases  being  turned  into  the 
chimney  at  too  high  a  temperature,  and  consequently  any  sav- 
ing 011  the  original  cost  of  the  stack  will  be  more  than  counter- 
balanced by  the  unnecessary  high  expenditure  of  fuel  in  firing 
the  kiln.  The  chimney  must  be  regarded  as  a  "  capital  "  invest- 
ment, and  the  saving  effected  by  its  use  must  be  reckoned  as 
legitimate  interest  on  the  capital  spent.  If  a  short  chimney  is 
erected,  the  fuel  wasted  by  turning  hot  gases  into  the  chimney 


KILNS  321 

will  represent  an  annual  expenditure  corresponding  to  possibly 
25tper  cent  interest  on  the  additional  amount  of  money  originally 
required  to  have  made  the  chimney  of  the  right  size.  Not  only 
so,  but  with  ample  chimney  capacity  (in  other  words  with  ample 
draught)  it  is  possible  to  "  smoke  "  the  bricks  far  more  effectively, 
and  so  not  only  increase  the  output  of  the  kiln,  but  to  turn  out 
a  better  class  of  goods,  and,  consequently,  to  produce  a  larger 
income  for  the  same  amount  of  expenditure. 

For  this  reason,  it  is  usually  desirable  to  substitute  a  fan  for 
a  chimney  in  cases  where  the  capital  available  is  not  sufficient 
to  build  a  chimney  of  ample  size.  The  relative  advantages  of 
fans  and  chimneys  are  described  on  page  288. 

It  has  already  been  pointed  out  that  a  roof  is  essential  on  all 
continuous  kilns,  and  it  is  desirable  to  have  one  erected  over  single 
kilns  if  the  best  or  most  economical  results  are  expected  from 
the  firing.  The  reason  is  that  all  water  which  is  driven  off  the 
top  of  the  kiln  by  evaporation  represents  a  definite  waste  of  fuel 
which  could  be  saved  by  the  erection  of  a  roof  or  shed  over  the 
kiln.  When  no  roof  is  provided,  the  crown  or  arches  of  the  kiln 
begin  to  sag  on  account  of  the  rain  soaking  into  the  brickwork, 
instead  of  being  carried  off  by  a  roof ;  the  fuel  is  wasted  because 
the  kiln  has  to  be  dried  after  each  shower,  and  because  the  fuel 
stored  around  or  on  top  of  the  kiln  is,  in  winter,  in  a  soaked  con- 
dition. The  fireman,  too,  does  his  work  in  a  less  satisfactory 
manner,  because  he  has  to  be  exposed  to  the  cold  and  rain ; 
whereas  in  a  properly  constructed  kiln  both  he  and  the  fuel,  as 
well  as  the  brickwork  itself,  would  be  covered  by  a  roof  which 
would  effectually  protect  them  all. 

It  is  curious  how  many  firms  will  spend  £1000  or  so  in  build- 
ing a  kiln,  and  yet  will  not  lay  down  the  extra  sum  required  to 
keep  their  kiln  in  good  condition  by  erecting  a  cover  over  it. 

In  selecting  a  kiln  for  a  given  brickyard  it  must  be  remembered 
that  the  pivot  upon  which  the  success  or  failure  of  a  clay -works 
turns  is 'frequently  due,  not  to  the  clay  but  to  the  kilns  employed. 
The  proportion  of  the  total  interest  on  capital  chargeable  to  the 
kilns  is  very  high  in  many  yards,  and  thus,  the  choice  of  a 
kiln  is  of  the  greatest  importance.  Besides,  the  kiln  is  the  final 
machine  through  which  the  bricks  must  pass,  and,  consequently, 
if  it  works  unsatisfactorily,  all  the  labour  expended  in  making, 
drying,  etc.,  is  lost,  as  well  as  the  loss  directly  attributable  to  the 
kiln  itself. 

21 


822  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

Many  brickmakers  think  that  because  a  certain  kiln  is  suit- 
able for  a  similar  clay  to  their  own,  it  is  equally  fitted  for  burn- 
ing their  own  clay,  without  any  modification  or  adaptation,  and 
far  too  many  continue  to  make  wares  of  inferior  quality  when, 
with  a  little  alteration  either  in  structure,  setting,  or  firing,  they 
might  produce  a  large  percentage  of  well-coloured, -soundly  ring- 
ing bricks. 

The  most  economical  kiln  is  the  continuous  kiln  of  the 
Hoffmann  type  and  its  many  modifications  for  special  clays 
and  classes  of  goods,  yet  such  kilns  have,  unfortunately,  a  de- 
cided limit  below  which  they  are  not  economical,  and  firms  with 
-an  output  of  only  500,000  bricks  or  less  per  year  will  be 
well  advised  not  to  invest  in  a  continuous  kiln,  statements  by 
kiln  builders  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding.  There  are  several 
reasons  for  this,  but  one  of  the  most  important  is  that  it  does 
not  pay  to  build  a  kiln  which  is  too  large  and  must  be  worked 
far  below  its  normal  capacity. 

A  further  disadvantage  of  installing  a  continuous  kiln  for 
small  outputs^  or  for  widely  varying  outputs,  is  the  temptation  it 
offers  to  the  foreman  and  works  manager  to  make  too  large  an 
output  for  the  demand.  Some  brickmakers  imagine  that  it 
makes  no  difference  whether  one  makes  a  small  quantity  at  a 
certain  profit  or  double  the  quantity  at  half  the  profit.  This  is 
a  false  argument,  for  it  does  not  include  the  wear  and  tear  on 
plant  and  kiln  due  to  more  rapid  working;  and  whilst  the 
machinery  may  be  easily  repaired  at  a  small  cost,  what  about 
the  kiln? 

On  the  other  hand,  it  is  not  wise  to  select  a  kiln  which  is 
likely  to  be  too  small,  though  this  is  far  less  an  evil  than  too 
large  a  kiln.  "  Large  kilns  bring  great  anxieties,  whilst  small 
kilns  bring  small  pleasures."  If  times  are  bad  a  small  kiln 
means  less  loss,  but  on  the  other  hand,  a  small  kiln  is  very 
annoying  in  days  of  sudden  good  trade,  in  which  there  is  no 
time  to  erect  additional  kiln  room  before  the  boom  has  passed. 
On  this  account  as  fair  an  average  as  possible  should  be  used  as 
the  basis  on  which  to  determine  the  size  of  kiln  to  be  erected, 
so  that  the  annoyance  of  unavoidable  loss  011  the  one  hand  and 
unattainable  profit  on  the  other  shall  be  avoided. 

A  clamp  kiln  is  rapidly  becoming  obsolete  in  many  districts 
on  account  of  the  impossibility  of  obtaining  many  facing  bricks 
from  it,  some  of  the  bricks  being  under-fired  whilst  others  are  so 
b;idly  scorched  that  in  some  cases  they  are  half  melted.  It  is 


KILNS  323 

impossible  to  get  all  the  bricks  fired  at  the  same  temperature, 
but  in  Kent,  etc.,  architects  insist  on  clamp-bricks. 

Clamp  kilns  are  frequently  employed  in  order  to  obtain  bricks 
for  the  erection  of  a  kiln  in  a  newly  started  work,  but,  unless 
the  cartage  is  likely  to  prove  most  unusually  heavy,  it  .is  scarcely 
any  cheaper  to  make  and  burn  the  bricks  on  the  site  than -it  is 
to  purchase  them  from  a  neighbouring  yard,  for  clamp  kilns  are 
often  wasteful  in  fuel,  and  the  brick  trade  for  several  years  has 
been  in  such  a  state  that  almost  any  yard  will  sell  bricks  at  but 
little  over  actual  cost,  and  be  satisfied  that  they  have  made  a 
good  bargain  ! 

Intermittent  kilns  certainly  cost  less  to  erect  than  a  con- 
tinuous kiln,  but  not  when  they  are  of  the  same  capacity  as- the 
latter.  The  main  advantage  offered  by  single  kilns  is  that  a 
man  can  put  up  two  intermittent  or  single  kilns,  whereas  it  does 
not  pay  to  erect  less  than  six  chambers  in  a  continuous  or  semi- 
continuous  kiln,' as  so  small  a  number  does  not  give  the  user 
the  full  benefit  of  the  heat  in  the  waste  gases.  Consequently, 
when  only  a  small  output  is  required,  a  few  single  kilns  are  often 
preferred. 

If  it  is  expected  to  increase  the  output  rapidly  to  above 
1,000,000  per  annum,  it  is  better  to  build  part  of  a  continuous  kiln, 
and  to  work  it  on  the  semi-continuous  principle  rather  than  to 
build  separate  kilns  which  will  be  thrown  out  of  use  when  a 
larger  one  is  built.  For  certain  classes  of  work,  however,  it  is 
still  necessary  to  use  single  kilns. 

Probably  the  best  form  of  brick  kiln  is  a  partially  built  con- 
tinuous kiln,  as  this,  whilst  complete  in  itself,  is  always  avail- 
able for  extension  whenever  the  increasing  trade  of  the  district 
demands  a  larger  kiln.  When  part  of  a  continuous  kiln  is  built 
it  is  not  so  economical  in  fuel  as  the  whole  kiln,  but  it  is  not  so 
wasteful  as  are  intermittent  kilns  of  the  same  capacity.  At  the 
same  time  each  enlargement  of  the  kiln  increases  its  economy 
of  working,  and  there  is  no  setting  aside  of  kilns  which  are  not 
wanted  because  they  have  been  replaced  by  a  continuous  kiln, 
as  is  the  case  in  many  yards  at  the  present  time. 

In  the  erection  of  such  a  partial  kiln  it  is  necessary  to  con- 
sider carefully  the  character  of  the  clay,  as  when  a  delicate  clay 
requiring  very  slow  and  gentle  warming  is  to  be  fired,  a  much 
more  complete  kiln  should  be  built  than  if  a  small  output  of  a 
readily  fired  clay  is  required. 

The  size  of  the  kiln  must,  as  already  noted,  be  equal  to  the 


324  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

average  output,  or  a  trifle  larger,  as  it  is  better  to  miss  a  little 
trade  in  the  best  years  than  to  be  saddled  with  too  large  a  kiln 
during  bad  seasons.  The  question  whether  it  is  better  to  have 
two  moderate  sized  continuous  kilns  or  one  single  one  of  equal 
capacity  is  one  which  admits  of  much  discussion,  though  the 
actual  loss  of  working  a  large  kiln  partially  is  less  than  working 
a  small  kiln  fully  and  keeping  another  of  equal  size  quite  idle 
except  for  occasional  use.  Owing  to  the  heat  to  which  they  are 
subjected,  kilns  do  not  resist  the  action  of  the  weather  well  when 
out  of  use  for  a  long  time,  and  it  is  better  to  have  one  rather 
than  two  continuous  kilns,  but  this  should  not  be  much  larger 
than  the  average  output  of  the  works  for  a  period  extending  over 
several  years,  if  the  best  results  are  to  be  obtained. 

The  length  of  a  continuous  kiln  should  be  sufficient  to  fully 
utilize  the  "  waste  "  heat  from  the  fuel.  There  is  a  great  tend- 
ency to  build  kilns  which  are  too  short,  with  the  result  that  the 
heat  which  should  be  obtained  from  the  cooling  goods  and  from 
the  fire-gases  is  lost,  instead  of  being  utilized  for  drying  and 
heating  the  freshly  placed  goods. 

Where  a  small  output  is  required  the  kiln  should  have .  a 
narrow  tunnel,  the  width  being  increased  with  large  outputs, 
instead  of  the  usual  method — of  retaining  the  width  constant  and 
reducing  the  length — being  adopted. 

The  width  of  the  tunnel  of  a  continuous  kiln  is  sometimes 
the  subject  of  strange  criticisms.  It  is  frequently  stated  that 
tunnels  not  more  than  8  ft.  6  in.  or  9  ft.  are  best  and  that  wider 
ones  are  detrimental  to  the  quality  of  the  goods.  As  a  matter 
of  fact,  the  width  of  the  tunnel  can  be  made  18  ft.  without  any 
disadvantages  arising,  provided  the  kiln  be  properly  built  and 
fired,  and  with  transverse  arches  still  wider  chambers  can  be 
satisfactorily  employed  where  the  output  justifies  their  use. 

Where  very  large  outputs  are  required,  it  will  often  be  found 
best  to  build  continuous  kilns  of  a  shape  similar  to  one  of  the 
plans  shown  in  fig.  233.  These  are  known  as  "  Shank  Kilns,"  and 
owing  to  their  special  shape  several  fires  can  be  kept  going  in 
each  with  a  minimum  of  labour,  and  the  cost  of  erection  is  less 
than  that  of  several  continuous  kilns  of  equal  total  capacity.  A 
considerable  number — over  200 — of  these  shank  kilns  are  in 
existence  on  the  Continent  with  an  annual  output  varying  from 
5,000,000  to  50,000,000  each. 

A  continuous  kiln  can  sometimes  be  enlarged  by  adopting 
the  "  Shank  "  principle  just  described  ;  such  an  alteration  to  an 


KILNS 

old  circular  Hoffmann  is  shown  in  fig.  234,  which  is  reproduced 
from  the  "  British  Clay  worker  ". 

In  enlarging  a  kiln  in  this  way  it  may  be  necessary  to  supple/" 
ment  the  chimney-draught  by  the  aid  of  a  fan. 

A  great  advantage  to  be  gained  from  the  enlarging  of  a  kiln 


FIG.  233.— Plans  of  shank  kilns. 

in  this  manner  is  found  in  the  instance  of  bricks  or  tiles  which 
need  very  careful  warming  or  prolonged  heating  as,  with  so  long 
a  fire-canal  as  is  thus  produced,  it  is  possible  to  burn  the  most 
delicate  clays  with  ease.  In  some  cases  it  is  even  possible  to 
dispense  with  a  dryer  and  to  remove  the  moisture  by  a  some- 


FIG.  234. — Plan  of  enlarged  Hoffmann  kiln. 

what  longer  steaming  in  a  manner  impossible  with  the  ordinary 
twelve-chamber  Hoffmann  kiln.  It  was,  in  fact,  the  necessity  of 
treating  a  new  clay  found  in  the  course  of  working  an  old  and 
almost  worked  out  pit  that  first  compelled  a  certain  brickmaker 
to  find  a  method  of  enlarging  his  old  kiln,  and  by  doing  it  as 


326  MODEBN    BRICKMAKING 

shown  in  fig.  234,  he  was  able  to  work  an   unusually  delicate 
clay  with  perfect  satisfaction. 

SETTING  AND  BURNING, 

Bricks  must  be  placed  (or  "  set  ")  in  kilns  in  certain  patterns, 
according  to  the  nature  of  the  kiln  and  the  kind  of  bricks  to  be 
produced. 

Thus,  in  an  up-draught  kiln,  the  bricks  must  be  arranged 
differently  to  those  fired  in  a  down-draught  or  continuous  kiln. 
Again,  where  glaze  or  colour  is  of  great  importance,  it  is  necessary 
to  so  place  the  bricks  that  the  "  face  "  is  protected,  whilst  for 
commoner  bricks  no  such  protective  arrangement  is  necessary. 
Many  firms  fail  to  obtain  the  best  results  simply  because  they 
do  not  set  the  bricks  to  the  greatest  advantage  in  the  kilns, 
using  a  down-draught  arrangement  where  one  suitable  for  hori- 
zontal draught  is  required  and  vice  versa. 

Unless  dried  by  the  Scott  system,  or  set  direct  in  continuous 
kilns  after  being  made  by  the  stiff-plastic,  the  semi-dry  or 
dust  processes,  bricks  should  be  dry  when  they  enter  the  kilns. 
The  method  or  process  by  which  the  bricks  have  been  made  is 
therefore  of  little  or  no  importance  as  far  as  the  setting  in  the 
kiln  is  concerned.  A  wise  brickmaker  will,  however,  insist  on 
the  dampest  bricks  (if  there  are  any)  being  placed  uppermost  in 
the  kiln  so  that  the  moisture  in  them  may  escape  more  readily 
and  with  less  liability  to  damage  other  bricks.  Methods  of  set- 
ting may  be  divided  into  four  classes :  (1)  for  up-draught ;  (2)  for 
down-draught ;  (3)  for  horizontal-draught,  and  (4)  where  special 
protection  (as  in  glazed  bricks)  is  needed. 

In  an  up-draught  kiln  the  heat  enters,  nominally,  below  the 
goods  and  rises  through  them,  though  in  practice  it  chiefly 
enters  at  the  sides.  The  bricks  should  be  set  about  f  in.  apart, 
with  their  longest  side  parallel  to  the  direction  in  which  the  hori- 
zontal portion  of  the  fire  travels — usually  from  the  fire-box  to  the 
centre  of  the  kiln.  Less  frequently,  the  bricks  are  arranged  up- 
right, each  row  breaking  joint  with  the  row  below  it.  Usually, 
but  little  difference  is  made  between  the  setting  of  up-  and  down- 
draught  kilns,  and  providing  the  conditions  already  mentioned 
are  maintained,  the  methods  described  for  down-draught  kilns 
may  usually  be  followed.  The  main  points  to  remember  are 
that  the  heat  must  be  able  to  circulate  freely  and  evenly  among 
the  bricks,  and  the  bricks  must  be  so  arranged  as  not  to  slip 


KILNS 


#27 


out  of  place.     This  latter  requirement  usually  necessitates  their 
being  crossed  by  bricks  running  at  right  angles  every  few  courses. 

In  a  down-draught  kiln  the  heat  rises  behind  a  flash-wall  or 
bag  and  descends  upon  the  bricks  in  a  downward  and  sloping 
direction.  It  distributes  itself  amongst  the  goods  and  passes 
out  through  one  or  more  openings  in  the  centre  of  the  kiln. 

If,  as  is  often  the  case,  only  one  exit  is  provided,  the  bricks 
must  be  set  somewhat  closer  near  the  centre  of  the  kiln 
and  more  open  (about  1£  in.  apart)  for  the  lowest  four  rows 
nearer  the  sides,  so  that  the  outer  parts  of  the  floor  may  be  fully 
heated  ;  or  the  flash-  or  bag-wall  may  be  perforated  near  the  floor 
so  as  to  allow  some  heat  to  pass  direct  towards  the  centre  flue. 
When  a  perforated  kiln-sole  is  used 
these  precautions  are  less  necessary. 

In  a  down-draught  kiln  the  bricks 
are  usually  placed  "  five  on  two  "  (fig. 
235),  as  this  forms  a  convenient  and 
easily  remembered  arrangement  and  one 
of  ample  strength.  With  thicker  bricks 
the  nearest  to  this  must  be  used,  the 
bricks  being  set  about  f  in.  apart. 
Where  the  bricks  are  sufficiently  stable  another  row  qf  bricks 
may  be  set  on  the  five  headers,  and  sometimes  a  second  row  of 
stretchers  is  used. 


FIG.  235.— Bricks  set 
"double  five  on  two". 


FIG.  236. — Section  of  lower  part  of  kiln  showing  perforations  (Brown). 

The  bottom  two  courses  must  be  arranged  so  as  to  leave  any 
perforations  in  the  kiln  sole  fully  open  (fig.  236),  after  this  the 


328  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

setting  may  proceed  regularly  until  the  kiln  is  filled  to  the  level 
of  the  top  of  the  bag-  or  flash-wall.  It  is  unwise  to  fill  it  higher, 
as  the  fire-gases  require  a  considerable  amount  of  space  for  their 
proper  combustion  and  distribution,  and  this  is  not  provided 
when  the  kiln  is  too  full.  Down-draught  kilns  differ  from  up- 
draught  ones  in  this  respect. 

Some  bricks— particularly  those  burning  buff  or  white — are 
better  set  flat  in  "  walls  "  or  "  blades  "  9  in.  wide,  care  being 
taken  to  let  the  bricks  break  joint,  and  being  about  f  in.  apart, 
the  "  faces "  never  being  in  contact  as  is  the  case  with  red 
facing  bricks.  Some  white  or  buff  bricks  (including  most  fire- 
bricks) are  best  set  in  this  way,  the  ends  facing  the  fire. 

In  setting  red  facing  bricks  in  a  down -draught  kiln  special 
precautions  have  to  be  taken,  there  being  a  great  risk  of  pro- 
ducing a  grey  stain  on  the  bricks,  and  many  thousands  of  such 
bricks  are  spoiled  annually  by  an  improper  method  of  setting. 
To  obtain  a  first-class  red  facing  brick  the  kiln -floor  must  be 
level  and  the  arrangement  of  bottom  flues  already  given  is 
usually  satisfactory,  though  some  bricks  are  better  if  the  set-off 
or  bottom  portion  has  9 -in.  flues,  four  bricks  deep,  and  a  double 
span  over,  and  a  tier  of  bricks  to  stretch  across  the  top,  breaking 
the  joints  of  each  flue  and  thus  making  the  bottom  very  strong 
to  stand  the  heat.  Care  should  be  taken  not  to  set  the  bricks 
too  close  in  the  bottom.  From  the  set-off  of  the  kiln,  bricks 
made  from  a  semi -dry  machine  may  be  set  four  bricks  one  on 
top  of  the  other,  with  a  double  row  of  stretchers ,  above ;  this 
alternation  of  four  headers  and  two  stretchers  being  repeated 
until  the  kiln  is  filled.  Wire-cuts  and  sand-stocks  will  only 
stand  three  headers  high.  Sand-stocks «.  do  not  stain  as  much 
as  semi-dry  bricks,  on  account  of  the  sand  on. the  face. 

Bricks  should,  usually,  be  set  from  side  to  side  in  the  kiln 
in  rows  or  "bolts,"  and  care  should  be  taken  by  the  setter, 
after  the  first  double  bolt  is  finished,  to  keep  the  heads,  or 
ends,  of  the  bricks  in  the  remaining  bolts  in  a  straight  line  with 
and  tight  to  one  another,  so  that  one  may  look  right  through  the 
chamber  from  the  first  bolt  to  the  last.  This  gives  the  steam  and 
fire-gases  a  straight  line  and  a  free  course  without  any  chance  of 
staining  the  faces  of  the  bricks. 

In  round,  down-draught  kilns  with  a  centre  flue,  it  is  usual 
to  lay  bricks  radially  from  end  to  end,  and  so  converge  the 
spaces  between  the  bottom  two  or  three  courses  towards  the 
centre.  These  two  or  three  courses  are  laid  exactly  one  over 


KILNS 


329 


the  other,  stretcher  faces  in  contact.  On  this  "  foot  "  the  usual 
setting  is  adopted  of  five  bricks  side  by  side  over  two  bricks  end 
to  end.  If  the  bricks  are  more  than  2f  in.  thick  the  five  bricks 
will  be  correspondingly  less  in  number.  This  regular  setting 
above  the  foot  should  be  started  in  a  way  to  suit  the  tying-in  of 
the  radially  placed  bricks  of  the  foot. 

Other  arrangements  for  setting  bricks  in  a  down-draught  kiln 
are  known  as  "2  on  2,"  "3  on  3,"  and  "5  on  6  "  respectively. 
The  first  is  used  where  very  open  setting  is  necessary ;  the  last 
is  suitable  where  the  bricks  are  finished  at  a  low  heat  and  where 
.an  unusual  amount  of  support  is  needed  (fig.  237). 

In  a  horizontal  draught  or  continuous  kiln  the  setting  of  the 
bricks  is  slightly  different.  As  the  draught  is  not  required  to 
rise,  it  is  possible  to  lay  the  stretcher  bricks  closer  together  than 
in  an  up-draught  or  down-draught  kiln,  and  any  vertical  spaces 


Till 


"V 

] 

-:.-• 

= 

.  L 

=  -" 

]x 

a  b  c 

FIG,  237. — Brick  arrangements. 

(a)  "2  on  2." 

(6)  "  3  on  3." 

(c)  "  5  on  6." 

between  the  rows,  "  blades  "  or  bolts  are  of  far  less  importance 
in  a  horizontal-draught  kiln. 

In  setting  bricks  in  a  continuous  kiln  it  must  be  remem- 
bered that  they  will  be  subjected  to  a  horizontal  draught  which 
will  have  a  natural  tendency  to  travel  along  the  roof  between 
the  top  of  the  setting  and  the  arch.  This  upward  tendency  must 
be  prevented  as  much  as  possible,  and  this  is  accomplished  by 
setting  the  bricks  close  to  the  arch,  and  when  the  wares  are  not 
of  a  very  combustible  nature  it  is  generally  advantageous  to 
pitch,  or  set  closely  together,  the  top  two  or  three  courses,  thus 
diminishing  the  number  of  top-draughts  or  channels. 

To  keep  the  cold  air  from  travelling  too  quickly  between  the 
arch  and  the  brick  in  the  burnt  section,  drop  arches  are  gener- 
ally built  in  each  chamber  (this  applies  only  to  the  Hoffmann 
type  of  kiln).  These  drop  arches,  as  a  rule,  answer  their  pur- 
pose well,  though  excellent  results  may  be  obtained  by  putting 
the  top  brick  of  the  setting  into  the  feed-hole ;  if  any  difficulty 


330 


MODERN    BJRICKMAKING 


is  found  in  stopping  the,  hole,  soft  clay  should  be  used,  the  real 
object  being  to  prevent  the  fine  coal  from  dropping  to  the  bottom 
of  the  kiln.  This  will  give  a  very  useful  fire  on  the  top  of  the 
brick,  which  will  heat  the  air  if  there  is  too  free  a  passage  along 
the  top  of  the  brick,  due  to  their  settling.  The  usual  arrange- 
ment is  to  set  a  row  of  bricks  011  edge  -£  in.  apart  in  the  direction 
in  which  the  fire  travels,  and  on  these  another  row.  A  third  or 
even  a  fourth  row  may  be  added  if  desired,  though  it  makes  the 
setting  less  stable.  Across  these  bricks  a  single  row  is  set  at 


FIG.  238. — View  of  bricks  in  continuous  kiln. 

right  angles,  and  on  this  another  two  rows  of  headers.  This 
alternation  of  one  row  of  headers  and  two  of  stretchers  is  con- 
tinued until  the  kiln  is  filled  almost  to  the  top  (fig.  238). 

Where  a  somewhat  greater  flue-space  is  required,  three  bricks- 
may  be  arranged  on  each  other  as  shown  in  fig.  239.  By  setting 
the  bricks  in  pairs  greater  stability  is  obtained  than  if  the  flue- 
space  is  left  between  each  set  of  upright  bricks.  There  should 
be  ample  draught  space  in  the  lower  portion  of  the  setting,  par- 
ticularly in  the  trace-holes.  These  trace-holes  are  in  the  same 
direction  as  the  draught  during  the  whole  period  of  burning,  as 


KILNS 


331 


FIG.  239.— Trace-holes. 


they  may  become  choked  with  coal  or  ash.  which  would  merely 

retard  the  progress  of 

the  fire  throughout  the 

kiln. 

An  important  point 

to  be  taken  care  of  is 

that  of  determining  the 

number  of  sections  of 

chambers     to    be    set, 

taken  on  and  treated  as 

one    chamber    in     the 

Hoffmann    kiln.      The 

writer  has  known  diffi- 
culties to  arise  from 
too  large  a  number 

of  chambers  being 
coupled  together  in  this  way.  Two  chambers  are  quite  sufficient 
to  be  coupled  together  and  is  as  large  a  section  as  is  consistent 
with  good  management.  Each  section  should  have  a  papered 
end  unless  permanent  partition  walls  exist. 

In  a  continuous  or  other  horizontal  draught-kiln  there  is  no 
need  to  stop  short  of  filling  completely  to  the  top  of  the  arch,  as 
the  combustion  of  the  gases  takes  place  elsewhere  and  not,  as  in  a 
down-draught  kiln,  above  the  goods. 

With  kilns  with  a  horizontal-draught  the  combustion  space, 
or  "  free  "  space,  must  be  at  right  angles  to  the  draught ;  in  a 
Newcastle  kiln  it  is  immediately  behind  the  fire-boxes  (a  space 
of  3  ft.  or  so  in  width  being  left  on  purpose)  and  in  some  con- 
tinuous kilns  it  is  immediately  above  and  to  one  side  of  the 
grates,  fire -troughs,  or  bags.  Hence  in  continuous  chamber 
kilns  the  goods  nearest  to  the  fuel  should  not  be  set  vertically 
but  with  a  distinct  slope  in  the  direction  of  the  draught. 

When  the  fuel  is  fed  amongst  the  bricks  in  a  continuous  kiln 
(as  in  the  original  Hoffmann  kiln)  the  same  general  arrange- 
ment of  setting  is  used,  but  beneath  each  of  the  pot-holes-  in  the 
roof  a  vertical  flue  is  left  in  which  the  fuel  can  burn.  One  pat- 
tern of  such  a  "  flue  "  is  shown  in  fig.  240,  certain  bricks  being 
made  to  project  in  such  a  manner  as  to  form  a  series  of  ledges 
on  which  the  fuel  can  rest  and  burn,  only  a  very  small  portion 
tailing  direct  to  the  bottom  of  the  kiln. 

For  a  beginner,  the  best  way  to  construct  one  of  these  flues 
is  to  fix  a  plank  about  1  in.  thick  and  a  little  narrower  than 


33*2 


MODERN    BBICKMAKING 


FIG.  240.— Fuel  shaft  in 
Hoffmann  kiln. 


the   pot-hole   in    the    arch   of  the   kiln,   vertically  below   (and 

through)  the  hole,  and  to  set  the  bricks 
alternately  close  to  and  away  from  this 
lath  on  all  sides  so  as  to  form  the  verti- 
cal space  shown  in  fig.  240  ;  the  enlarged 
space  at  the  bottom  of  the  shaft  serves 
to  contain  the  ashes  from  the  fuel,  and 
to  enable  the  burner  to  estimate  the 
temperature  of  the  lower  part  of  the 
kiln. 

Fire-shafts  of  other  shapes  are  pre- 
ferred by  some  burners — much  depend- 
ing on  the  fuel  used — and  in  some  parts 
of  the  Midlands  they  are  built  by  setting 
bricks  in  pairs  as  headers  and  stretchers 
alternately  (fig.  237a).  One  of  the  great 
disadvantages  of  the  use  of  such  fire- 
columns  is  the  liability  to  errors  in 
setting  which  they  cause,  and  such  errors  are  often  discovered 
only  when  too  late  to  be  repaired.  To  avoid  them  it  is  essential 
that  the  changes  in  the  setting  in  various  parts  of  the  kiln  should 
be  reduced  to  a  minimum,  and,  however  desirable  from  the 
burner's  standpoint,  the  practice  of  setting  the  bricks  closer  to 
each  other  as  the  arch  is  approached,  and  other  methods  requir- 
ing special  skill  on  the  part  of  the  setters,  cannot  be  considered 
as  ideal.  For  this  reason  the  author  has  frequently  used  with 
success  a  method  which  consists  in  leaving  a  space  between  the 
blades  or  walls,  in  which  "  trough,"  bricks  are  set  in  rows  on  then- 
edges  as  shown  in  the  centre  and  sides  of  figs.  241  and  242.  This 
arrangement  provides  ample  ties  for  the  bricks,  and  requires  no 
laths  or  other  guides  for  the  setters  to  enable  them  to  keep  the 
flues  properly  in  line,  as  the  joints  of  the  bricks  show  where  the 
next  layer  of  bricks  is  to  be  placed.  The  construction  of  the 
fire  columns  is  also  simplified,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  illustra- 
tions, as  a  single  space  is  left  throughout  the  whole  width  of 
the  chamber.  This  space  is  2^  to  3  in.  wide,  and  on  the  bricks 
which  partially  bridge  over  the  space,  some  of  the  fuel  will  be 
retained  in  the  upper  part «.  of  the  kiln. 

The  aperture  in  each  chamber  which  leads  to  the  main  flue  is 
made  by  leaving  a  space  about  4  in.  wide,  and  extending  the 
whole  breadth  of  the  kiln.  The  fourth  row  of  bricks  from  the 
bottom  is  laid  close,  so  as  to  form  the  top  of  this  shallow  flue 


KILNS  333 

which  leads  the  gases  direct  to  the  main  flue.  Various  forms  of 
this  "  trough  "  arrangement  are  much  used  in  France  (fowr  d 
tranches)  and  in  Germany  (Heizwdnde). 

If  the  bricks  are  dried  by  fires  placed  at  the  wicket,  a  series 
of  flues  is  made  to  carry  the  heat  from  these  fires  as  far  into 
the  chamber  as  possible,  as  otherwise  the  direction  of  the  heat 
will  be  from  the  wicket  to  the  nearest  exit  and  a  large  portion 
of  the  chamber  will  always  be  left  cold. 

To  obtain  facing  bricks  of  good  colour  the  setting  must  usually 
be  similar  to  that  in  down-draught  kilns,  i.e.  two  faces  are 
placed  together  before  they  are  tied  crosswise  by  two  more,  and 
so  continued  up  to  the  required  height.  The  flues  or  passages 
are,  however,  arranged  in  the  same  way  as  when  common  bricks 
are  burned. 

The  most  recent  method  of  setting  bricks  is  one  exploited  by 
the  American  Clay  Machinery  Co.  So  far,  it  has  only  been  used 
in  the  United  States  for  setting  stiff  plastic  and  semi-dry  bricks 
direct  into  the  kiln.  A  travelling  crane  carries  a  hod  of  120 
bricks  from  the  machine  to  the  place  where  they  are  to  be  set 
in  the  kiln,  and  deposits  the  bricks  ready  for  burning.  The 
arrangement  of  the  bricks  on  the  hod  determines  the  setting,  the 
bricks  being  built  up  in  "  units  "  which  are  stacked  on  each  other. 
In  the  very  large  open  rectangular  kilns  (scoves)  used  in  the 
States,  and  to  a  smaller  extent  in  archless  continuous  kilns,  this 
method  appears  to  possess  advantages  over  hand-setting  for 
common  bricks,  but  it  can,  obviously,  only  be  used  in  those  cases 
where  an  overhead  rail  or  crane  can  deliver  the  hods  to  each 
part  of  the  kiln. 

After  a  "  chamber  "  has  been  set  it  must  be  separated  from 
the  remainder  of  the  kiln  by  means  of  dampers.  Where  no  per- 
manent cross-walls  are  used  it  is  convenient  to  fasten  sheets  of 
paper  right  across  the  bricks,  smearing  the  edges  of  the  paper 
with  clay -paste  to  make  the  partition  air-tight.  The  special 
characteristics  required  in  paper  used  for  this  purpose  are  de- 
scribed on  page  277.  The  paper  must  be  joined  with  good  paste 
if  single  sheets  of  sufficient  size  cannot.be  obtained,  as  leaks 
are  very  objectionable  and  waste  fuel. 

When  permanent  walls  are  erected,  the  paper  need  only  be 
pasted  over  the  trace-holes,  though  permanent  dampers  of  iron 
and  fire-clay  are  often  used  instead.  Three  chief  forms  of 
damper-leakages  are  possible  and  must  be  considered  separ- 
ately : — 


334  MODERN    BBICKMAKING 

(a)  The  damper  nearest  the  kiln  fire  may  leak,  and  conse- 
quently the  hot  air  as  it  enters  will  be  more  or  less  completely 
drawn  through  it  and  away  to  the  chimney  from  the  flue  in 
the  chamber  nearer  the  fire,  instead  of  its  being  drawn  around 
the  goods  to  be  smoked,  and  after  warming  them,  passing  away 
through  the  main  flue. 

(b)  The  damper  nearest  the  empty  chamber  may  leak  and 
the  one  at  the  other  end  of  the  chamber  being  smoked  may  be 
tight,   with   the   result   that   cold   air   will   be   drawn  into  the 
chamber  to  be  smoked  through  the  nearest  open  wicket,  and  will 
not  only  diminish  the  amount  of  hot  air  drawn  around  the  goods 
to  be  smoked,  but  will  itself  take  up  some  of  the  heat  to  no 
purpose,  and  may  tend  to  crack  the  goods  by  placing  them  in 
contact  with  cold  air. 

(c)  Both  dampers  may  leak  at  the  same  time.     In  such  a  case 
both  the  defects  previously  mentioned  will  be  increased  by  their 
tnutual  action  on  each  other,  and  a  particularly  unsatisfactory 
smoking  will  be  produced. 

The  chief  precautions  to  be  taken  to  prevent  these  troubles 
depend  on  the  causes  of  leakage,  and  are  as  follows :  (1)  Leak- 
age due  to  bad  workmanship  in  pasting  on  the  damper,  or  to  the 
use  of  too  thin  a  clay  slip,  or  to  a  slip  made  of  too  fat  a  clay. 
This  may  be  cured  by  improved  workmanship,  by  seeing  that 
the  slip  is  a  thinnish  paste  and  not  a  mere  liquid,  and  of  the 
right  composition.  In  many  cases  also,  the  leakage  is  due  to 
insufficient  margin  round  the  opening.  As  already  explained, 
this  should  be  ample  in  order  to  secure  a  tight  joint. 

(2)  Defects  in  the  walling  of  which  the  partition  is  made,  and 
which  suggest  partial  rebuilding  as  the  most  satisfactory  cure. 
The  use  of  a  poor  paper  would  act  similarly,  and  either  a  more 
waterproof  paper  must  be  purchased  or  it  should  be  pasted  over 
with  clay  slip. 

(3)  Insufficient  draught  in  the  chamber  being  smoked,  there- 
by causing  a  deposit  of  condensed  steam  011  the  paper  partition, 
which  soddens  it  and  causes  it  to  collapse,  or  which  may  prevent 
its  burning  sufficiently  soon.     The  draught  in  the  smoking  cham- 
ber, should,  whenever  the  goods  will  stand  it,  be  as  strong  as 
that  for  the  remainder  of  the  kiln,  and  like  it  should  be  measured 
with   continuous  reading    gauge.      Careless   regulation   of  the 
draught  will  sometimes  put  such  a  sudden  strain  on  the  paper 
partition  as  to  rupture  it,  so  that  the  burner  should  remove  his 
flue-dampers  with  sufficient  slowness. 


KILNS 


335 


(4)  The  stove  may  be  too  near  the  damper,  and  sparks  from 
it  may  set  the  latter  on  fire,  thereby  producing  what  is  to  all 
intents  and  purposes  a  serious  leak.  A  simple  bending  of  the 
pipe  so  that  no  sparks  can  possibly  get  on  the  paper  will  prevent 
this  disaster. 

Special  Goods  such  as  hollow  blocks,  moulded  bricks,  etc.,  which 
must  be  specially  protected  in  the  kiln,  are  usually  burned  in' 
small  chambers  built  for  the  purpose  inside  the  kiln ;  as  long  as 
these  chambers  are  not  large  no  difficulty  need  be  experienced, 
but  when  considerable  space  is  required  special  arrangements 
must  be  made. 


FIG.  241. — Cross  section  of  temporary  muffles. 

Where  the  demand  for  goods  which  have  to  be  protected  in 
the  kiln  is  sufficiently  great  a  muffle  kiln  should  be  used,  but 
when  this  is  not  required  the  arrangement  of  part  of  a  continu- 
ous kiln,  as  suggested  by  F.  Hoffmann  (figs.  241  and  242),  will  often 
be  found  satisfactory.  Fig.  241  shows  a  hollow  chamber  on  each 
.side  of  a  special  flue,  two  such  chambers  and  the  necessary  flues 
extending  the  whole  width  of  the  tunnel  or  chambers.  The 
bottom  flues  are  not  built  with  solid  walls  but  in  chequer  work, 
the  space  between  the  ends  of  each  brick  being  2J  to  2£  in.  The 
;side  and  centre  flues  are  arranged  to  act  as  fire-columns  as  well 
as  flues,  their  construction  being  shown  in  cross-section  in  fig.  241 
.and  in  plan  in  fig.  242.  Full  protection  of  the  goods  is  secured 


336 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 


by  two  rows  of  bricks  set  close  and ,  smeared  with  daub,  which 
form  the  special  chamber.  The  special  goods  having  been  set 
in  the  chambers  provided,  a  front  wall  of  bricks  set  close  is  erected 
and  daubed.  It  is,  however,  wisest  not  to  build  such  a  wall  at 
the  end  of  the  "  box  "  but  only  at  the  beginning,  as  in  this  way 
the  combustible  matter  and  moisture  can  more  readily  escape 
than  when  the  bricks  are  enclosed  on  all  sides.  The  rest  of  the 
kiln  is  then  filled  with  bricks  set  in  the  ordinary  way. 

The  number  of  men  required  depends  upon  the  size  of  the 
kiln  and  the  output  of  the  making  shops  or  machines.  If  the 
kiln  is  lar^e  enough,  three  or  even  four  men  may  be  employed 
in  actually  setting  the  bricks,  but  for  most  purposes  two  are  all 
that  can  work  at  the  same  time,  and  when  the  output  is  low  a 
single  man  may  be  sufficient.  Speaking  generally,  two  men  work 


FIG.  242. — Plan  of  two  temporary  muffles. 

most  effectively  with  an  ordinary  14  or  16  ft.  chamber,  pro- 
vided they  have  the  bricks  placed  conveniently  near  to  them  by 
the  "  wheelers  ". 

Glazed  Bricks  must  be  so  placed  in  the  kiln  that  the  glazed 
faces  are  protected  from  the  flame.  Muffle  kilns  may  be  used 
but  are  costly  in  fuel,  so  down-draught  kilns  are  generally 
employed. 

A  good  arrangement  is  that  shown  in  fig.  243,  and  largely  used 
by  the  author  since  it  was  published  by  L.  E.  Barringer  in  1903. 
The  stretchers  or  tie-bricks  are  unglazed,  the  glazed  faces  of  the 
headers  being  set  together  with  a  small  space  between  them. 
These  narrow  spaces  are  completely  covered  at  the  top  and  ample 
protection  is  afforded  to  the  glaze.  To  prevent  the  arrises  of 
the  glazed  edges  sticking  to  each  other,  it  is  often  necessary  to 
use  short  bars  of  clay  between  the  glazed  bricks  to  keep  them 
J  in.  apart,  or  the  glazed  faces  may  overhang  slightly. 


FIRING 


337 


When  the  setting  is  complete  the  kiln  door-ways  or  wickets 
must  be  built  up  with  bricks  covered  with  clay  paste  ("  daub  ") 
to  keep  out  the  air.  Sometimes  an  opening  for  a  fire  is  left  in 


FIG.  243. — Glazed  bricks  in  kiln. 

the  doorway,  particularly  with  Newcastle  kilns,  end-fired  Scotch 
kilns,  and  in  continuous  kilns  where  a  "  wicket  fire  "  is  used  for 
the  drying  of  the  bricks  (fig.  185). 

FIRING, 

The  methods  used  for  the  "  firing  "  or  "  burning  "  of  goods  in 
a  kiln  depends  upon  the  type  of  kiln  used  and  on  the  nature  of 
the  goods,  but  certain  general  principles  apply  to  all  ordinary 
methods  of  burning  bricks. 

The  chief  requisite  for  the  successful  burning  of  bricks  is  the 
steady  raising  of  the  temperature  to  a  sufficient  height  at  such  a 
rate  that  water  and  combustible  materials  may  escape  without 
damaging  the  goods,  and  the  expansion  and  contraction  which 
occur  during  the  heating  may  take  place  sufficiently  slowly  to 
prevent  the  strength  of  the  bricks  being  diminished.  This 
appears  a  simple  matter  to  those  who  have  no  practical  experience 
of  brick  burning,  but  in  reality  it  is  far  more  difficult  than  is 
usually  supposed.  Some  idea  of  the  amount  of  skill  required 
may  be  obtained  from  the  fact  that  an  examination  of  a  very 
large  number  of  bricks  from  the  most  important  yards  in  almost 
every  well-known  brickmaking  district  has  shown  that  less  than 
half  the  bricks  examined  were  fully  or  completely  burned  ! 

There  are,  in  fact,  two  distinct  heat-treatments  possible  in 
brickmaking:  (a)  baking,  and  (b)  burning.  When  bricks  are 
"  baked  "  they  are  heated  sufficiently  to  rob  the  material  of  its 
plasticity,  but  they  are  not  durable  under  very  adverse  conditions 

22 


338  MODERN    BBICKMAKING 

of  climate  or  use.  "  Baked  bricks  "  are  somewhat  soft,  and  when 
two  are  struck  together  a  dull  or  flat  sound  is  produced,  which  is 
very  different  from  the  ringing  tone  emitted  when  two  "  burned  " 
bricks  are  similarly  treated.  "  Rubbers,"  "  cutters,"  bath-bricks, 
and  ordinary  firebricks  are  typical  "  baked  bricks  ". 

"  Fully  burned  "  bricks  are  characterized  by  a  distinct  "  ring  " 
when  struck,  and  they  do  not  shrink  on  further  heating  except 
when  heated  to  such  an  extent  that  change  of  shape  occurs  or 
the  specimens  adhere  to  each  other.  Some  bricks  cannot  be  fired 
to  completion,  because  the  temperature  at  which  they  are  fully 
burned  is  too  near  to  that  at  which  loss  of  shape  occurs.  Fully 
burned  bricks  are  less  porous  than  those  which  have  been  insuf- 
ficiently heated.  Engineering  bricks  and  many  Midland  and 
Northern  bricks  are  typical  "  fully  burned  "  bricks. 

In  order  to  ascertain  the  amount  of  heat  necessary  to  burn 
a  brick  completely  and  the  temperature  to  which  it  must  be 
raised  before  it  is  fully  burned,  certain  tests  must  be  made. 
These  usually  consist  in  making  specimen  bricks  or  tiles, 
measuring  them  accurately  and  heating  them  under  carefully 
regulated  conditions  to  different  temperatures.  The  test-pieces 
are  then  examined  for  shrinkage,  porosity,  and  change  of  shape, 
and  from  the  results  of  this  examination  a  fair  idea  of  the  most 
suitable  kiln-treatment  can  be  obtained.  In  making  such  tests 
it  is  essential  that  at  least  one  test-piece  shall  be  over-heated  so 
that  the  highest  temperature  permissible  in  the  kiln  may  be 
known. 

A  brick  is  completely  burned  when  it  -no  longer  contracts  on 
further  heating  to  a  higher  temperature,1  and  when  its  porosity  is 
reduced  to  the  smallest  possible  amount  without  the  brick  losing 
its  shape.  There  is  a  tendency  amongst  certain  writers  on  build- 
ing construction  to  assume  that  only  fully  burned  bricks  should  be 
used.  This  is  by  no  means  always  the  case,  as  certain  effects 
cannot  be  obtained  with  bricks  which  have  been  fired  to  their 
maximum  temperature,  and  the  opprobrium  cast  upon  "  baked 
bricks  "  by  such  writers  is  often  quite  undeserved.  At  the  same 
time,  it  cannot  be  denied  that  fully  burned  and  partially  vitrified 
bricks  are  usually  far  stronger  and  more  durable  than  those 
which  have  been  subjected  to  a  less  severe  heat  treatment. 

1  Accurate  measurements  will  show  that  contraction  never  ceases  completely, 
but  a  stage  is  reached  at  which  its  increase,  during  a  large  rise  of  temperature,  is 
so  small  that  it  may  be  disregarded  and  the  shrinkage  considered  to  have  ceased. 


FIRING 


339 


In  this  connexion  it  is  curious  that  fire -bricks — which  are 
primarily  intended  to  withstand  the  most  trying  conditions — are 
never  more  than  "  baked  "  in  this  country,  though  in  Germany 
they  ar*e  often  fired  to  incipient  vitrification.  Fire-brick  manu- 
facturers would  do  well  to  consider  this  point,  which  is  far  more 
vital  to  success  than  many  of  them  suppose. 

The  following  list  of  maximum  temperatures,  originally  pub- 
lished by  Seger,  is  generally  accepted  as  a  standard : — 


GOODS. 

SEGER  CONE. 

TEMPERATUBE  IN  °  C. 

Porcelain  colours  and  lustres    . 

022    to  OlOa 

600  to  900 

Clays  rich  in  lime  and  iron       . 

015a  to  Ola 

790  to  1080 

Brick-clays  ;  red-burning  shales       .           ,  , 

015a  to  la 

790  to  1100 

Clinkers,  paviours,  vitrified  bricks 

la  to  10 

1100  to  1300 

Stoneware  ;  salt-glaze 

5a  to  10 

1180  to  1300 

Majolica  glazes         .       ;>        .           V  ,,.  . 

OlOa  to  05a 

900  to  1000 

Glazed  bricks  (hard  fire)           ..        .         , 

6a  to  9 

1200  to  1280 

Fire-clay  and  porcelain     .         .      ' 

7    to  20 

1230  to  1530 

Silica  bricks  ;  magnesia  bricks 

16    to  26 

1460  to  1580 

For  determining  the  refractoriness  of  clays 

26    to  42 

1580  to  2000 

The  figures  in  the  last  column  are  only  approximate,  and  it  is 
always  preferable  to  refer  to  the  number  of  the  cone  rather  than 
to  the  temperature,  especially  with  the  higher  numbers. 

In  most  cases  of  clay-burning  the  exact  temperature  reached 
is  of  less  importance  than  the  length  of  time  the  goods  are  ex- 
posed to  a  certain  temperature,  e.g.  whether  the  maximum 
temperature  is  1250°  or  1300°  C.  matters  less  than  the  time  of  ex- 
posure at  1250°  C.  The  essential  question  is — "  Has  the  heat  been 
acting  for  a  sufficiently  long  time  ?  " 

The  finishing  temperature  for  most  red-burning  clays  corre- 
sponds to  cone  015a  to  la  (790°  to  1100°  C.),  the  latter  being  reached 
with  many  red-burning  shales.  Fire-bricks  are  usually  con- 
sidered finished  at  cone  5a  (1180°  C.),  but  cone  14  (1410°  C.)  is  much 
more  suitable  as  a  finishing  point,  and  far  higher  temperatures 
are  attained  in  some  Continental  fire-brick  works. 

The  maximum  temperature  to  be  reached  in  the  kilns  having 
been  ascertained,  it  is  necessary  to  consider  the  stages  which 
must  be  passed  through  before  this  temperature  is  reached. 

Generally  speaking,  the  burning  of  bricks  must  take  place  in 
three  separate  stages,  viz.  (a)  drying  or  "  steaming  "  (sometimes 
called  "  stoving  ") ;  (b)  preliminary  heating  and  removal  of  vege- 
table and  other  combustible, matter ;  (c)  full  fire  and  completion  of 


340  MODEKN    BEICKMAKING 

the  burning.  There  should,  however,  be  no  sudden  rise  in  tem- 
perature in  passing  from  one  stage  to  another,  and  many  success- 
ful burners  do  not  consciously  distinguish  between  the  different 
stages. 

The  speed  at  which  bricks  can  be  burned  depends  on  the 
time  needed  to  pass  through  these  three  stages  of  firing.  The 
first  retarder  is  the  amount  of  water  (whether  free  as  moisture  or 
chemically  combined)  which  exists  in  the  bricks  when  they  are 
first  placed  in  the  kiln.  With  strong,  open  clays  this  water  may 
be  removed  rapidly,  but  with  fine,  tender  clays  several  days  may 
be  needed  for  the  "  smoking  "  or  first  stage  of  burning. 

It  is  not  the  open  or  loose  clays  that  dry  easiest ;  aside  from 
openness  there  must  be  a  natural  tenacity  of  the  clay.  It  must 
have  an  inherent  strength  to  withstand  the  disruptive  force  of 
steam.  Hence  there  are  two  qualities  of  the  clay  that  will  allow 
rapid  water-smoking :  (1)  open  structure ;  (2)  inherent  strength. 
A  clay  that  possesses  only  one  of  these  must  be  dried  slowly.  A 
clay  that  does  not  possess  either  one  has  to  be  dried  very  slowly 
indeed. 

A  further  cause  of  slow  firing  occurs  in  the  second  stage  of 
burning,  and  is  due  to  the  influence  of  the  carbonaceous  matter 
in  the  clay. 

In  clays  which  are  rich  in  organic  matter — the  Fletton  knots 
for  example — great  caution  is  required  between  the  stoving  of 
the  goods,  which  may  be  said  to  finish  at  about  200°  C.,  and  the 
temperature  of  1000°  C.,  when  the  firing  will  be  nearly  finished. 
If  the  goods  are  heated  too  rapidly  after  the  stoving  they  may 
"  catch  fire  "  and  burn  too  rapidly,  and  so  become  spoiled,  or 
they  may  be  burned  on  the  outside  and  remain  black  within. 

This  production  of  a  black  core  is  especially  noticeable  with 
certain  shales,  and  with  some  red-burning  clays,  and  is,  in  most 
cases,  due  to  the  heating  being  of  too  short  duration  to  enable 
all  the  organic  matter  in  tl^e  clay  to  be  burned  out,  and  for  all 
the  iron  compounds  to  have  become  fully  oxidized.  It  is,  indeed, 
necessary  for  the  fireman  to  study  very  carefully  the  length  of 
time  during  which  it  is  necessary  for  him  to  keep  his  kiln  at 
one  heat — usually  at  about  900°  C.,  or  Seger  cone  01  la  or  09a — in 
order  that  this  black  core  may  not  appear  when  a  finished  brick 
is  broken. 

If,  when  the  bricks,  or  other  goods,  reach  a  dull  red  heat  the 
supply  of  air  to  the  kiln  is  insufficient,  there  is  a  strong  tendency 
to  form  the  black  coring,  as  the  iron  in  the  clay  is  being  reduced 


FIRING  341 

instead  of  being  oxidized  (as  it  would  be  in  the  presence  of  suffi- 
cient air),  and  this  lower  oxide  combines  with  some  of  the  silica 
of  the  clay  at  comparatively  low  temperatures,  and  discolours  the 
goods  considerably.  In  addition  to  this,  gases  are  often  given  out 
by  the  slag  thus  formed,  and  the  goods  are  cracked  or  "  blown  ". 

The  pores  in  clay  being  very  small,  and  the  amount  of  free 
air  in  the  flue-gases  not  being  in  large  excess,  a  considerable 
time  is  often  required  before  the  black  core  is  all  "  burnt  out," 
and  in  some  of  the  worst  clays  the  kiln  must  be  kept  at  or  near 
900°  C.  for  100  hours  or  more  before  it  is  safe  to  allow  it  to  rise 
higher  and  then  finish  the  kiln.  Fortunately,  the  time  required 
for  this  stage  of  firing  is  not  usually  so  long,  but  the  stage  is 
usually  well  marked  in  most  clays,  and  may,  for  convenience,  be 
termed  the  "  second  "  or  "  oxidation  "  stage  of  the  burning,  the 
first  stage  being  the  "  smoking  "  or  "  stoving  ". 

If  the  heat  has  been  carried  on  to  the  vitrification  point,  with- 
out sufficient  time  having  been  taken  at  a  lower  temperature  to 
burn  out  the  carbon,  it  would  swell  the  bricks.  In  the  case  of  one 
fire-clay  it  is  necessary  to  hold  the  heat  at  500-800°  C.,  that  is, 
several  degrees  below  redness,  for  seventy  hours,  before  all  the 
carbon  is  burned  out.  A  drift-clay  or  glacial-clay  found  close  by 
can  be  burned  out  in  ten  hours  under  the  same  conditions.  Some 
clays  will  readily  permit  of  the  burning  out  of  the  carbon,  some 
require  a  greatly  extended  time. 

Hence  the  rapidity  with  which  clays  can  be  burned  depends 
largely  on  the  clay.  Because  one  man's  material  may  require  a 
longer  time,  it  does  not  follow  that  another  cannot  burn  his  clay 
in  less.  In  some  descriptions  of  kilns,  in  which  the  patentee 
claims  that  he  can  burn  several  thousand  bricks  in  one  or  two 
days'  time,  it  will  be  noted  that  the  specifications  invariably 
state  that  they  will  "  finish  the  burning  in  two  days  ".  That 
means  that  they  have  given  the  clay  a  pre-heating  in  order  to 
burn  out  the  carbon  and  dehydrate  the  clay,  so  .that  the  time 
required  "  to  finish  burning  "  the  bricks  is  spent  wholly  in  "  com- 
pleting," i.e.  in  developing  colour  or  vitrification. 

The  speed  at  which  the  fire  travels  forward  in  a  continuous 
kiln  canno-t,  therefore,  be  stated  with  accuracy,  though  it  should 
not,  in  ordinary  cases,  fall  below  an  average  speed  of  11  to  12  ft. 
per  twenty-four  hours,  or  6  in.  per  hour,  thisuneasurement  includ- 
ing all  the  different  stages  of  firing.  With  a  suitable  kiln  ten 
times  this  rate  of  fire-travel  may  be  obtained  under  good  con- 
ditions. 


342  MODEEN    BBICKMAKING 

The  speed  of  the  firing  will  depend  on  (a)  the  nature  of  the 
clay  or  goods,  and  (b)  the  draught  or  air-supply,  and  the  latter 
must  be  regulated  chiefly  by  the  former.  If  the  goods  will  stand 
a  quick  fire  without  damage,  the  more  rapidly  they  are  burned 
the  better  they  will  be,  but  all  attempts  to  hurry  the  fire  faster 
than  the  goods  can  stand  will  end  in  failure  to  produce  satisfac- 
tory goods. 

By  using  a  continuous  kiln  of  very  great  length  and  small 
width  (as  suggested  by  Biihrer)  it  is  possible  with  open  clays, 
relatively  free  from  vegetable  or  other  carbonaceous  matter,  to 
burn  five  or  even  ten  times  as  fast  as  is  usual  in  this  country,  but 
a  highly  skilled  burner  is  necessary  for  this  purpose. 

Drying  or  Steaming. — No  matter  whether  bricks  have  been  dried 
or  not  before  entering  the  kiln,  they  always  evolve  a  large 
amount  of  water  before  they  become  red  hot.  The  proportion  of 
water  varies  with  the  amount  of  clay  in  the  material,  but  is 
seldom  less  than  one^sixth  of  the  total  weight  of  the  brick.  In 
other  words,  in  spite  of  the  most  careful  drying,  a  pound  of  water 
must  be  removed  from  ordinary  bricks  before  they  are  heated  to 
redness.  The  elimination  of  this  water  (some  of  which  being 
"  combined  "  with  the  clay  cannot  be  driven  out  by  drying)  is  one 
of  the  most  delicate  operations  under  the  control  of  the  burner, 
as,  if  it  occurs  too  rapidly,  the  bricks  will  be  seriously  weakened  by 
the  excessive  pressures  caused  by  the  large  volumes  of  steam 
produced  within  the  pores  of  the  bricks. 

This '"  kiln  drying  "  may  be  accomplished  by  the  use  of  waste 
heat  from  other  kilns  or  chambers  (as  in  a  continuous  kiln,  where 
the  heat  from  the  cooling  bricks  is  often  employed),  or  wicket  fires 
(fig.  185)  or  stoves  may  be  used.  In  single  kilns  the  fires  are 
lighted  in  the  fireplaces  and  are  allowed  to  smoulder  so  that  the 
warming  takes  place  very  gradually,  the  fire  being  allowed  to  burn 
more  brightly  after  two  or  three  days.  A  similar  procedure  takes 
place  when  wicket  fires  are  used  in  continuous  kilns,  a  small 
opening  being  left  in  the  door-gap  into  which  glowing  coals  are 
placed  or  in  which  a  small  fire  is  lighted  with  chips,  paper,  and 
coal. 

Instead  of  a  fire  lighted  in  the  wicket  of  a  continuous  kiln,  a 
portable  stove  is  sometimes  used,  whence  the  term  "  stoving  " 
for  this  operation.  Such  a  stove  saves  fuel  and  the  trouble  of 
lighting  many  fires  (fig.  187). 

The  drying,  or  steaming,  must  be  continued  until  the  whole 
of  the  combined  water  has  been  removed  and  the  goods  are 


FIKING  343 

distinctly  hot.  With  most  clays  this  cannot  be  considered  to  be 
complete  below  a  very  dark  red  heat,  and  by  the  time  the  bricks 
have  reached  this  temperature  a  large  part  of  the  vegetable  and 
other  combustible  matter  will  have  begun  to  decompose,  and  the 
bricks  will  have  entered  upon  the  second  stage  of  burning. 

In  continuous  kilns  the  first  stage  is  usually  considered  at  an 
end  when  the  goods  have  reached  a  temperature  of  120°  C.  (as 
shown  by  a  thermometer  lowered  in  the  kiln) ;  but  the  attainment 
of  this  temperature  really  only  indicates  that  the  goods  are  suf- 
ficiently hot  for  the  waste  gases  from  previous  chambers  under 
fire  to  be  passed  through  them.  This  is  very  different  from  say- 
ing that  the  goods  are  really  dry  or  that  all  the  steam  has  been 
removed ! 

The  completion  of  the  "  steaming  "  is  usually  tested 
by  placing  a  long,  cold  iron  bar  into  the  kiln  or  chamber 
and  withdrawing  it  after  a  few  seconds.  If  much  steam 
is  present  the  bar  will  become  damp,  but  the  test  is  a 
very  crude  one  and  far  from  being  satisfactory. 

A  much  better  plan  consists  in  lowering  a  suitable 
thermometer,  protected  in  a  metal  case  (fig.  244),  into 
the  kiln  by  means  of  a  light  chain,  and  reading  the 
temperature  when  the  thermometer  is  again  withdrawn. 
The  metal  case  serves  to  show  any  condensable  water 
vapour  in  the  kiln,  and  the  thermometer,  by  indicating 
the  temperature,  shows  the  burner  whether  it  is  safe  to 
fire  more  vigorously. 

Owing  to  the  large  volumes  of  steam  produced  during 
the  first  stage  of  burning,  the  kiln  should  have  several 
openings  through  which  steam  may  escape.  Some 
bricks  are  sufficiently  strong  to  enable  the  steam  to 
be  drawn  away  through  fhies,  but  with  delicate  clays  FIG.  244. — 
draughts  must  be  avoided  as  much  as  possible.  mometer 

There  is  much  difference  of  opinion  as  to  whether  the 
steam  should  be  removed  from  the  upper  or  lower  parts  of  the  kiln. 
As  the  damp  air  is'  specifically  heavier  than  when  it  enters  the 
kiln  (because  the  contraction  due  to  loss  in  temperature  is  greater 
than  the  increase  in  volume  caused  by  the  water  vapour)  the 
theoretically  best  method  is  to  withdraw  the  steam  from  the 
bottom,  but  as  the  constant  contact  of  the  lower  bricks  with 
moisture  tends  to  soften  them  (as  they  have  to  carry  the  weight 
of  the  bricks  above  them)  it  is,  on  this  account,  often  necessary 
to  remove  the  steam  from  the  upper  part  of  the  kiln.  In  certain 


344  MODERN    BRICKMAKINa 

modern  continuous  kilns  the  steam  may  be  removed  from  several 
parts  of  the  chamber  simultaneously. 

When  the  bricks  are  not  sensitive  to  air- currents  they  can 
most  safely  be  dried  and  heated  by  passing  hot  air  through  the 
kiln  or  -chamber. 

Volatilization  or  elimination  of  combustible  matter  forms  the 
second  stage  in  burning  bricks,  but  the  changes  which  occur  in  it 
are  often  exceedingly  complicated.  Thus,  it  is  not  merely  that 
certain  materials  are  volatilized,  but  the  combustion  of  vegetable 
and  other  matter  in  the  clay  takes  place  at  this  stage,  and  the 
colour  of  the  bricks  is  often  seriously  affected  if  this  portion  of 
the  burning  is  unduly  hurried. 

As  is  well  known,  the  colour  of  red-burning  clays  is  largely 
due  to  the  presence  of  red  iron  oxide,  a  material  which  is  very 
sensitive  to  partially  burned  vegetable  matter.  Thus,  if  mixed 
with  vegetable  matter  and  rapidly  heated  with  a  limited  supply 
of  air,  bricks  containing  much  iron  oxide  will  have  a  bluish  or 
slag  colour  when  taken  out  of  the  kiln,  as  the  vegetable  matter 
acts  as  a  reducing  agent  and  prevents  the  formation  of  the  red 
colour,  unless  the  conditions  required  for  its  production  are  all 
present.  Many  discoloured  bricks  and  most  bluish  "  cores  "  or 
"  hearts "  in  bricks,  which  should  burn  to  the  same  colour 
throughout,  are  due  to  the  presence  of  carbonaceous  matter 
which  has  been  heated  too  rapidly  and  with  an  insufficient 
amount  of  air. 

To  burn  a  brick  to  a  good  colour  throughout,  it  is  necessary 
to  have  an  ample  supply  of  air  in  contact  with  each  particle  of 
the  brick,  so  that  any  iron  compounds  present  may  be  completely 
converted  into  the  red  oxide.  With  some  particularly  difficult 
clays  alternate  heating,  with  and  without  air,  may  be  necessary 
before  this  red  iron  oxide  can  be  obtained. 

Most  burners  make  the  mistake  of  using  too  little  air  and  of 
heating  too  rapidly  when  the  goods  are  at  a  temperature  of  750  ° 
to  950°  C. ;  and  if  a  brick  when  broken  shows  a  distinct  core,  the 
kilns  in  which  other  bricks  of  the  same  material  are  burned 
should  be  kept  for  some  hours  at  a  temperature  of  about  900°  C. 
(dull  red),  with  an  ample  supply  of  air  and  a  clear  burningi  fuel, 
until  it  is  certain  that  all  the  core -forming  material  has  been 
burned 'out.  If  once  the  temperature  is  allowed  to  become  so 
high  that  partial  vitrification  sets  in,  the  core  can  never  be 
removed  by  prolonged  burning,  as  the  pores  of  the  brick  will  be 
closed  and  air  cannot  get  to  its  interior ;  for  this  reason,  it  is 


FIRING  345 

essential  that  the  heating  should  be  very  steady  during  the 
second  stage  of  the  burning. 

The  time  required  for  this  second  stage  varies  greatly  with 
different  clays.  With  some  very  open  materials  it  may  be  passed 
in  ten  hours,  but  with  dense  clays  containing  much  iron  and 
some  organic  matter  it  is  necessary  to  keep  the  bricks  at  a  dull 
red  heat  for  four  or  even  five  days  if  cores  are  not  to  be  formed. 
The  most  difficult  clays  to  deal  with  at  this  stage  are  those  (such 
as  some  shales)  which  contain  a  certain  amount  of  "  fuel  "  inter- 
mixed with  the  clay. 

The  method  of  manufacture  has  a  great  influence  on  the 
time  taken  for  this  second  stage  of  burning,  and  a  dry -press 
brick  being  often  less  dense  than  one  made  from  plastic  clay 
will  be  correspondingly  easy  to  fire.  Occasionally,  however,  a 
dry-press  brick  of  exceptional  density  is  obtained  and  is  very 
troublesome.  Probably  no  clay  exists  which  cannot  be  burned 
properly  at  this  stage,  but  if  the  time  required  is  excessive,  the 
cost  of  treatment  may  make  it  prohibitive  from  a  commercial 
point  of  view. 

Clays  which  contain  pyrites,  or  other  iron  and  sulphur  com- 
pounds, are  particularly  troublesome  at  this  stage,  as  the  sulphur 
acts  as  a  reducing  compound  and  tends  to  form  an  iron  slag,  un- 
less the  heating  is  exceedingly  slow  and  tedious  and  the  clay  of 
a  very  porous  character.  This  slag  often  fills  up  the  pores,  and 
prevents  a  well-coloured  brick  being  produced. 

Blue  bricks  are  burned  with  a  minimum  quantity  of  air  at 
this  stage,  as  the  formation  of  a  slag  is  desired  in  order  to  bind 
the  clay  particles  thoroughly  together.  This  is,  however,  a 
special  case. 

For  ordinary  buff-  and  red -burning  bricks,  it  is  highly  im- 
portant that,  during  the  time  in  which  they  are  at  a  temperature 
of  750°  C.  to  950°  C.,  they  should  have  an  abundant  supply  of 
air  and  no  smoke,  and  that  the  temperature  should  not  be  raised 
above  a  dark  red  heat  until  it  is  fairly  certain  that  the  iron  has 
been  fully  oxidized  and  all  combustible  matter  removed.  Un- 
less this  is  done,  and  the  oxidization  is  completed  before  vitri- 
fication sets  in,  the  formation  of  "  cores  "  or  "  hearts  "  is  almost 
certain  to  occur. 

When  clays  are  burned  at  temperatures  approaching  1200°  C., 
it  is  practically  impossible  to  admit  any  excess  of  air  without  a 
special  regenerator,  and  consequently  it  is  impossible  to  pre- 
vent an  occasional  reduction  at  this  temperature.  This  will  not 


346  MODEKN    BBICKMAKING 

matter  much  if  the  clay  has  been  properly  oxidized  at  900°  C.,  or 
thereabouts.  On  the  other  hand,  it  may  generally  be  assumed 
that  goods  not  oxidized  at  or  near  this  temperature  will  never  be 
oxidized. 

In  some  cases  where  irregularly  coloured  bricks  are  required, 
it  is  usual  to  heat  with  and  without  air  alternately.  This  opera- 
tion is  known  as  "  flashing  "  and  is  begun  towards  the  end  of  the 
second  stage  of  heating.  By  heating  with  a  smoky  flame  and  but 
little  air  a  bluish  shade  is  produced,  and  this  is  partly  destroyed 
and  replaced  by  a  red  shade  when  the  bricks  are  heated  with 
plenty  of  air.  The  combined  shades  are  sought  by  some  archi- 
tects and  builders  who  do  not  like  the  "  monotony  "  of  walls 
made  with  evenly  coloured  bricks.  In  some  yards  this  alterna- 
tion of  heating  is  done  more  or  less  unconsciously  by  the  burners, 
as  in  the  manufacture  of  "  purple  "  sand-faced  bricks,  which  lend 
themselves  readily  to  such  treatment.  When  blue  bricks  show 
patches  of  red  on  them  it  is  a  sign  that  too  much  air  has  been 
used  at  some  stage  of  the  burning.  Clay  which  has  been  mixed 
with  coal  or  sawdust  needs  specially  careful  firing  at  this  stage. 

A  brick  which  has  been  properly  fired  to  the  end  of  the  second 
stage  will,  if  broken,  be  of  uniform  colour  throughout  the  whole 
cross -section,  but  it  will  be  soft  and  weak.  If,  on  the  contrary, 
it  has  been  hurriedly  fired,  or  with  too  little  air,  it  will  show  a 
spot  of  dark  colour  on  the  broken  face,  the  size  of  this  spot 
depending  on  the  incompleteness  of  the  air-supply.  In  some 
instances  a  broken  brick  shows  only  a  narrow  border  oxidized, 
the  whole  interior  of  the  brick  being  unaffected,  whilst  another, 
which  has  been  better  treated,  may  only  show  an  unoxidized  spot. 

Full  Fire  is  the  stage  at  which  the  bricks  are  finally  heated, 
the  object  being  to  cause  sufficient  vitrification  to  form  a  solid 
and  durable  brick.  In  "  baked "  bricks  (p.  337)  this  stage  is 
never  reached,  as  the  firing  of  such  bricks  is  ended  at  the  close 
of  the  second  stage,  or  very  early  in  the  "full  fire  "  stage.  The 
full  firing  is  not  complete  until  the  goods  have  entirely  ceased  to 
contract  without  losing  shape  (and  would  not  do  so  even  if  heated 
150°  C.  or  so  higher),  and  when  some  amount  of  fusion  of  certain 
constituents  has  taken  place  so  that  the  maximum  available 
density  is  reached.  This  is  somewhat  lower  than  the  absolute 
maximum  density,  which  only  occurs  after  the  bricks  have  lost 
their  shape,  and  so  is  useless  for  practical  purposes. 

Thus,  if  a  brick  or  tile  made  from  a  clay  is  found  to  absorb 
15  per  cent  of  water  when  fired  at  cone  022,  and  only  12  per  cent 


FIKING  347 

at  cone  020,  and  if,  no  matter  how  much  hotter  it  is  made,  the 
absorption  never  sinks  below  10  per  cent  without  the  clay  losing 
its  shape,  it  is  clear  that  for  all  practical  purposes  the  best  finish- 
ing heat  is  somewhat  above  cone  020. 

When  clays  are  subjected  to  a  sufficiently  high  temperature 
a  certain  amount  of  fusion  takes  place,  some  of  the  ingredients 
melting  and  binding  the  others  together  in  a  more  or  less  vitrified 
mass.  When  this  fusion  commences,  the  clay  has  softened  suf- 
ficiently to  make  the  grains  stick  together,  but  the  particles  have 
not  fused  sufficiently  to  close  up  all  the  pores  of  the  mass  nor 
to  allow  a  recrystallization.  The  broken  mass  of  the  clay  shows 
a  dull  surface,  with  laminations  more  or  less  distinctly  evident 
in  the  mass,  with  many  isolated  particles  showing  no  heat  effect. 
If  the  burning  is  arrested  at  this  stage  the  resultant  mass  will  be 
slightly  softer  than  steel,  will  absorb  water  quite  readily,  and  will 
disintegrate  under  the  continued  absorption  of  alkaline  and  acid 
liquids.  It  is  then  said  to  be  in  a  state, of  incipient  vitrification. 

Under  a  continual  and  gradual  increase  of  temperature  the 
clay  granules  undergo  an  additional  softening,  sufficient  to  close 
up  all  the  pores  and  render  the  mass  impervious,  owing  to  the 
production  of  a  larger  amount  of  fused  matter.  Clays  burned  to 
this  condition  show,  when  broken,  an  extremely  hard  surface 
with  a  smooth  fracture,  having  a  slight  lustre  and  showing  no 
laminations.  The  substance  will  not  be  scratched  with  steel,  is 
impervious  to  water,  and  is  completely  vitrified.  After  the  vitri- 
fication period  is  passed  a  sufficient  rise  in  the  temperature 
causes  swelling  and  softening  of  the  clay,  until  it  leaves  its  original 
form  and  flows  into  a  viscous  mass.  Upon  cooling,  the  substance 
may  crystallize  partially,  but  usually  forms  a  dark,  glassy  mass. 

The  speed  at  which  the  temperature  rises  during  the  period  of 
full  firing  may  be  much  greater  than  during  the  earlier  stages, 
providing  that  it  is  sufficiently  under  control  for  the  bricks  not 
to  be  over-heated.  This  qualification  is  necessary,  because  in 
some  clays  the  finishing  point  of  the  firing,  and  that  at  which  the 
bricks  lose  their  shape  and  are  spoiled,  are  not  far  apart,  and  if 
the  heating  of  the  kiln  at  the  last  is  very  rapid,  many  bricks  may 
be  spoiled  by  the  inability  of  the  fireman  to  keep  the  temperature 
within  the  necessary  limits. 

Some  burners  allow  the  temperature  inside  the  kiln  to  remain 
constant  for  a  long  time  previous  to  finishing,  and  this  is  desir- 
able in  some  cases.  In  many  instances  it  is,  however,  undesirable 
and  unnecessary,  as  any  such  "  soaking  "  should  have  been  done 


348  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  that  of -a  dull  red  heat  (say  950°  C.) 
and  not  immediately  before  finishing  the  firing.  So  much  depends- 
upon  the  nature  of  the  clay  and  the  effect  which  it  is  desired  to 
obtain  by  the  action  of  heat  that  no  general  rule  can  be  laid  down, 
beyond  the  one  that  the  temperature  should  increase  steadily 
and  its  rise  must  be  under  complete  control. 

The  firing  of  a  clamp  kiln  has  already  been  described  (p.  65). 
When  once  started,  such  a  kiln  needs  no  further  attention  as  it 
burns  itself  automatically. 

Single  kilns  of  all  types  are  started  by  lighting  a  fire  in  the 
various  fire-places,  taking  care  to  allow  it  only  to  smoulder  for 
some  time  so  that  the  first  heating  is  not  too  rapid.  Later  the  fires 
are  stirred  so  as  to  open  them  out,  and  by  more  vigorous  stoking 
they  are  caused  to  burn  with  steadily  increasing  intensity  until  the 
bricks  are  finished. 

The  mouths  of  the  fire-boxes  should  be  kept  sufficiently  open 
to  allow  the  requisite  amount  of  air  to  enter  (unless  special  air- 
ports are  provided),  but  care  should  be  taken  to  avoid  either  too 
much  or  too  little  air.  The  faulty  construction  of  many  fire-boxes 
is  responsible  for  much  waste  of  fuel,  and  as  a  general  rule  the 
air  needed  should  be  supplied  exclusively  through  the  grate,  with 
the  exception  of  that  needed  immediately  after  each  fresh  charge 
of  fuel.  This  supplementary  air  should  be  supplied  through  a 
special  series  of  openings  which  can  be  closed  when  not  required. 
The  common  plan  of  working  without  doors  and  with  shallow 
fire-boxes  is  wasteful  in  fuel  and  should  be  changed  as  soon  as 
circumstances  permit. 

The  chief  precautions  to  be  observed  are  those  already  men- 
tioned, but  when  down-draught  kilns  are  being  fired  the  goods  in 
the  bottom  of 'the  kilns  will  be  under-fired,  unless  special  care  is 
taken  to  admit  air  to  the  upper  portions  whilst  continuing  the 
heating  of  the  lower.  The  reason  for  this  is  the  peculiar  way  in 
which  coal  burns.  Instead  of  being  a  simple  matter,  as  many 
burners  appear  to  suppose,  the  burning  of  the  fuel  takes  place  in 
two  distinct  stages,  viz.  the  burning  of  the  gas  and  the  burning 
of  the  solid  fuel.  When  a  fresh  lot  of  coal  is  placed  on  a  fire  the 
heat  of  the  fire  converts  part  of  the  coal  into  gas  and  smoke,  and 
if  sufficient  air  is  supplied  both  these  substances  will  be  properly 
burned.  As  soon  as  the  gaseous  portion  is  all  driven  off,  the  solid 
part  of  the  fuel  (coke)  needs  a  smaller  supply  of  air  per  minute 
for  its  combustion,  and  unless  some  arrangement  is  made  for 
regulating  the  air  supplied  to  the  fuel,  too  much  air  will  enter  the 


FIEING  349 

fire-box  during  the  burning  of  the  coked  fuel,  or  too  little  air  will 
be  supplied  during  the  evolution  of  the  gas  and  consequently 
the  kiln  will  smoke. 

To  secure  the  best  results,  the  air  supplied  should  be  heated 
to  at  least  500°  C.,  but  few  kilns  have  facilities  for  this  purpose. 
Yet  unless  hot  air  is  used,  at  any  rate  during  the  production  of 
gas  from  the  coal,  it  is  very  difficult  to  avoid  the  production  of 
smoke.  The  author  has  used  successfully  a  vertical  flue  running 
through  the  walls  of  the  kiln  above  each  fire-box,  the  air  being 
drawn  in  through  an  opening  near  the  top  of  the  kiln,  its  quantity 
being  regulated  by  a  simple  slide-damper.  Some  arrangement 
should  be  made  whereby  this  hot  air  can  be  passed  over  the  sur- 
face of  the  fuel  in  the  fire-box  or  underneath  the  grate,  the  ash- 
pit being  kept  closed. 

The  distribution  of  the  heat  in  a  down-draught  kiln  is  facili- 
tated by  using  a  kiln  with  a  perforated  floor.  If  this  has  not 
been  made  at  the  same  time  as  the  kiln,  it  can  usually  be  added 
at  a  trifling  cost  afterwards. 

The  chief  precautions  in  firing  a  down-draught  kiln  are  those 
already  mentioned  in  this  chapter,  as  referring  to  kilns  in  general, 
but  there  is  always  a  risk  in  down-draught  kilns  of  the  goods  in 
the  lower  portion  being  under-fired,  unless  special  care  is  taken  to 
admit  air  to  the  upper  parts  whilst  still  continuing  to  heat  the 
lower  ones.  This  is  known  as  "  getting  up  the  bottom,"  and  is  an 
operation  needing  much  skill. 

Broadly  speaking,  the  firing  of  a  down-draught  kiln  will  be 
successful  in  proportion  as  the  burner  is  able  to  recognize  the 
varying  temperatures  in  the  different  parts,  and  is  able  to  work 
his  fires  accordingly.  To  do  this  effectually  he  must  pay  special 
attention  to  the  appearance  of  the  different  parts  of  the  kiln,  but 
especially  to  that  of  the  upper  and  lower  ones.  The  firing  of  a 
down-draught  kiln  is,  however,  an  operation  which  requires  so 
much  practice  and  judgment  that  it  is  impossible  to  describe  it 
in  detail. 

The  "finish"  or  end  of  the  firing  of  a  single  kiln  may  be 
accomplished  by  closing  all  the  fire-place  mouths  and  other 
openings  with  bricks,  or  slabs,  so  as  to  exclude  all  air  except 
such  as  may  leak  through  the  brickwork,  or  the  fires  may  be 
drawn  out  of  the  fire-places  previous  to  closing  these  as  just 
described.  The  author  prefers  an  intermediate  method,  and 
opens  out  the  fires  with  a  poker  immediately  the  goods  are 
sufficiently  burned,  so  as  to  allow  the  fuel  to  burn  up  rapidly 


350  MODEEN    BBICKMAKING 

but  with  so  much  air  that  the  temperature  of  the  kiln  does  not 
increase.  When  the  fires  have  died  down  he  closes  the  holes, 
more  or  less  completely,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  goods, 
leaving  the  damper  connected  to  the  chimney  as  widely  open  as 
the  circumstances  of  the  case  permit.  In  this  way  it  is  often 
possible  to  get  a  better  colour  than  when  the  kilns  are  closed 
completely  immediately  after  the  firing,  and  danger  of  cracking 
the  goods  is  negligible  if  care  is  taken  not  to  allow  too  much  cold 
air  to  enter  at  one  time. 

Bricks  can  often  be  improved  greatly  in  colour  if,  when  the 
firing  is  finished  and  the  kiln  "  closed  up,"  a  number  of  openings 
are  made  in  the  front  of  the  kiln  about  two  hours  after  the  com- 
pletion of  the  "  closing  ".  These  openings  should  be  small  and 
numerous  rather  than  large  and  few  in  number,  and  they  should 
remain  open  for  about  an  hour  or  ninety  minutes,  so  that  suffi- 
cient air  may  enter  the  kiln  to  "  brighten  up  "  the  goods.  The 
holes  are  then  closed,  daubed  up  with  clay,  and  the  cooling  of 
the  kiln  allowed  to  proceed  in  the  usual  manner.  It  is  remark- 
able what  a  difference  in  the  appearance  of  the  bricks  is  pro- 
duced when  this  simple  dodge  is  resorted  to  with  the  majority 
of  clays.  The  improvement  is  probably  due  to  the  fact  that  the 
discolorations  of  bricks  are  mostly  due  to  their  being  heated  in 
a  reducing  atmosphere,  whereas  when  this  air-supply  is  used 
after  the  finishing  of  the  kiln,  these  discolorations  are  removed 
by  the  oxidizing  action  of  the  air  admitted. 

Newcastle  kilns  often  differ  from  other  single  kilns  in  having 
no  grates  on  which  the  fuel  is  fired.  Opinions  differ  greatly  as. 
to  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  grates,  particularly  dur- 
ing the  third  stage  of  firing,  where  the  coal  is  liable  to  clinker 
badly.  On  the  whole  it  may  be  said  that  grates  are  best  when 
but  little  clinker  is  produced,  as  they  enable  the  fuel  to  burn 
more  economically.  Even  when  much  clinker  is  liable  to  form, 
the  presence  of  a  pan  of  water  or  a  steam  jet  beneath  each  grate 
will  often  reduce  the  amount  produced,  and  in  other  (bad)  cases 
the  fuel  should  be  fired  direct  from  the  ground,  the  waste  of  fuel 
being  less  serious  than  the  waste  of  time  involved  in  removing 
the  clinker.  For  burning  building-bricks  in  Newcastle  kilns, 
grates  should  invariably  be  used.  For  fire-bricks — where  the 
heat  is  more  intense — grates  are  often  a  nuisance,  unless  the  fuel 
is  burned  in  a  gas-producer. 

The  burner  may  know  when  to  cease  firing  his  kiln  by  (a)- 
determining  the  temperature  by  means  of  Seger  cones  or  some 


FIEING  851 

other  pyrometer,  or  (b)  by  determining  the  amount  of  shrinkage 
which  has  occurred.  This  latter  is  the  most  popular  method  at  the 
present  time,  but  progressive  burners  are  utilizing  it  in  connexion 
with  some  form  of  draught-gauge  or  temperature  recorder  as  (a) 
so  as  to  secure  more  uniform  results. 

The  usual  method  of  measuring  the  shrinkage  is  by  means 
of  a  metal  rule  which  is  pushed  through  a  hole  in  the  top  of  the 
kiln  from  time  to  time,  the  heating  being  continued  until  the 
bricks  have  settled  to  a  predetermined  amount  which  varies 
with  the  clay,  but  is  usually  about  1  in.  per  ft. 

Unfortunately,  the  amount  of  shrinkage  or  settling  is  often 
influenced  by  the  proportion  of  water  in  the  clay  paste  used  for 
making  the  bricks,  and  can  only  be  regarded  as  a  rough  guide 
in  finishing  the  kiln.  Some  firms  use  small,  accurately  made 
trial  pieces  which  they  draw  from  the  kilns,  and  measure  very 
accurately  so  as  to  determine  the  shrinkage.  This  method  is 
little  if  any  better  than  the  simple  use  of  a  measuring  rod  as 
described,  as  far  as  firing  bricks  is  concerned.  Seger  cones  are 
superior  for  this  purpose  when  properly  used. 

The  firing  of  a  continuous  kiln  is  a  matter  requiring  special 
care  and  attention,  as  failure  to  keep  a  sharp  look-out  on  what 
is  going  on  in  each  chamber  may  result  in  disaster.  The  num- 
ber of  dampers  and  valves  in  a  modern  continuous  kiln  is  often 
large,  and  a  man  of  considerable  intelligence  is  needed  to  pro- 
duce satisfactory  results. 

There  is  no  greater  difficulty  in  firing  a  continuous  kiln  than 
is  found  in  burning  an  equal  number  of  separate  chambers,  and 
the  labour  required  is  far  less,  as  for  the  greater  part  of  the 
heating  of  any  chamber  no  attention  is  required  at  all,  if  the 
kiln  is  properly  built  and  is  sufficiently  long.  Hence,  when  a 
burner  once  gets  accustomed  to  continuous  kilns  he  seldom  cares 
to  fire  single  ones. 

In  a  continuous  kiln  the  main  object  is  to  make  as  much  use 
as  possible  of  all  the  heat  available,  by  passing  the  products  of 
combustion  from  one  chamber  through  a  number  of  others  be- 
fore admitting  .them  to  the  chimney.  This  arrangement  secures 
a  great  saving  in  fuel  but  must  not  be  carried  too  far,  or  the 
goods  will  be  spoiled  by  "  scum  ".  This  scum  is  caused  by  the 
moisture  in  the  gases  condensing  on  the  freshly  set  goods  and 
the  acid  vapours  dissolved  by  the  water  thus  formed.  It  is, 
therefore,  essential  that  hot  air,  free  from  moisture  and  fire- 
gases,  should  be  used  for  drying  bricks  and  raising  them  to  a 


352  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

temperature  of  120°  C.  in  a  continuous  kiln.  When  above  this 
temperature  little  or  no  condensation  can  occur,  and  the  forma- 
tion of  scum  is  thus  prevented.  The  precise  means  used  for  the 
supply  of  warm  air  for  this  purpose  depends  on  the  design  of  the 
kilns  used ;  usually  air  is  drawn  through  chambers  filled  with 
bricks  which  have  finished  firing.  The  air  passing  around  the 
cooling  bricks  becomes  heated  and  is  then  taken  to  the  freshly 
set  chambers,  being  mixed  with  sufficient  cold  air  to  prevent  the 
new  bricks  from  being  damaged. 

When  no  such  supply  of  warm  air  is  available  some  form  of 
stove  or  a  wicket  fire  must  be  used,  or,  if  the  kiln  is  one  provided 
with  grates,  the  fuel  may  be  placed  on  these.  In  some  modern 
kilns,  special  flues  for  the  heating  of  air  are  employed  (pp.  272 
to  275  and  297  to  299). 

As  soon  as  the  bricks  in  a  chamber  have  all  reached  a  tem- 
perature of  at  least  120°  C.  the  special  heating  is  stopped,  and, 
by  an  arrangement  of  dampers,  the  chamber  thus  prepared  is 
placed  in  the  regular  circuit  of  the  kiln,  the  fire-gases  passing 
through  it  before  entering  the  chimney-flue.  The  number  of 
chambers  through  which  the  fire-gases  pass  should  not  be  less 
in  total  length  then  56  to  70  ft.,  or,  say  four  or  five  chambers, 
each  14  ft.  long,  unless  some  very  unusual  conditions  prevail. 
No  fuel  is  used  in  these  chambers ;  they  are  heated  exclusively 
by  the  waste  heat  of  the  fire-gases  until  they  reach  a  later  stage 
in  the  firing. 

The  use  of  fuel  is  confined <  to  about  40  ft.  in  length  or  about 
three  chambers,  so  that  a  successfully  fired  continuous  kiln  of 
medium  length  (sixteen  chambers)  will  always  have  one  chamber 
being  filled,  one  chamber  being  emptied,  three  chambers  cooling 
and  supplying  warm  air  to  the  freshly  set  goods,  three  chambers 
supplied  with  fuel  and  nearing  the  end  of  firing,  five  heated  with 
fire-gases  only,  and  three  freshly -set  chambers  heated  by  wickets 
or  warm  air.  If  more  chambers  are  available  the  number  heated 
with  fire-gases  and  fuel  may  be  increased,  and  two  chambers  may 
be  filled  daily  instead  of  only  one. 

If  there  are  fewer  chambers,  as,  for  instance,  in  a  fourteen 
chamber  kiln,  the  temperatures  in  each  chamber  will  be  some- 
what as  follows : — 


FIRING 


353 


o.     1  chamber 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

,       7 

,       8 

9 

t 

,     10 

,     11 

,     12 

,     13 

14 

"  Smoking" 

Heating 
i> 
»> 

Being  fired 
Cooling 


Being  emptied] 
Being  filled 


15°  to   120°  C. 


120°  to   200°  C. 


200° 
400° 
600° 
700° 
880° 
1000° 
600° 
360° 
160° 


400°  C. 
600°  C. 
700°  C. 
880°  C. 

1057°  C.  (Cone  02ft)1 
600°  C. 
360°  C. 
160°  C. 
50°  C. 
Cold  " 


The  temperature,  etc.,  of  each  chamber  may  also  be  shown 
diagrammatically  as  in  fig.  245  which  is  a  slight  modification  of 
an  illustration  published  by  J.  Osman  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  for  their  "  New 
Perfect  "  kiln,  but  which  is  equally  applicable  to  any  continuous 
kiln  with  the  same  number  of  chambers. 


i 

14. 

13. 

12. 

11. 

10. 

9. 

8. 

Being 
filled. 

Being 
Emptied. 

Cool. 

Cooling. 

Cooling. 

Cooling. 

Being 
fired. 

1. 

7. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

"Smoking"; 
or         ; 
"Drying".  ; 

"Dry." 

Hot. 

Black 
Hot. 

Nearly 
Bed  Hot. 

Red  Hot. 

Being 
fired. 

FIG.  245. — Method  of  working  continuous  kiln.1 

The  firing  of  a  continuous  kiln  takes  place  in  three  stages, 
viz.  (a)  "  smoking  "  or  "  drying  " ;  (b)  heating  by  waste  heat  from 
other  chambers ;  and  (c)  full  fire,  but  each  of  these  may  be  sub- 
divided where  troublesome  clays  are  burned. 

The  smoking  or  drying-  in  a  continuous  kiln  is  not  carried  so 
far  as  in  a  single  one,  for  as  soon  as  the  contents  of  a  chamber 
have  reached  a  minimum  temperature  of  120°  C.  they  may  pass 
to  the  second  stage  of  heating. 

"  Smoking  "  may  be  accomplished  by  wicket  fires,  stoves,  or 
the  use  of  hot  air  from  other  chambers  in  the '  kiln,  the  last 
named  being  preferable  in  every  way  when  the  supply  of  hot 
air  is  sufficient,  and  providing  that  its  temperature  can  be  regu- 

1  Some  variation  of  these  figures  must,  however,  be  permitted,  owing  to  the 
widely  different  treatment  required  by  some  clays. 

28 


354  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

lated  with  sufficient  accuracy.  To  use  this  hot  air  (produced  by 
drawing  cold  air  through  the  chambers  containing  bricks  which 
it  is  desired  to  cool,  or  through  special  air-heating  flues  above  the 
arch  or  below  the  floors  of  other  chambers)  the  necessary  valves 
or  dampers  in  the  kiln  are  so  placed  as  to  deliver  the  air  where  it 
is  needed,  a  supply  of  cold  air  being  added  if  necessary.  When 
once  the  dampers  have  been  placed  in  their  proper  positions 
the  bricks  are  warmed  automatically,  and  the  burner  has  only  to 
regulate  the  amount  of  air  admitted,  so  that  the  temperature  of 
the  freshly  set  bricks  increases  at  the  desired  rate. 

The  construction  and  arrangement  of  these  hot-air  flues  have 
been  made  the  subject  of  numerous  patents,  and  whilst  they 
differ  from  each  other  in  many  respects,  they  have  many  features 
in  common,  and  the  diagram  shown  earlier  (fig.  193)  of  the 
"  Manchester  "  kiln  (Dean,  Hethrington  &  Co.,  Leek)  includes  the 
chief  features  of  them  all.  The  chief  difficulty  to  be  overcome 
lies  in  the  enormous  volume  of  steam  and  air  to  be  drawn  through 
the  chambers  during  the  smoking,  and  in  not  a  few  cases  kilns 
have  failed  to  work  successfully  for  no  other  reason  than  that  the 
designers  did  not  allow  sufficient  flue-space  for  this  purpose. 

As  will  be  seen  from  the  illustration  (fig.  193)  the  smoking 
may  take  place  in  either  an  upward  or  downward  direction, 
according  to  the  nature  of  the  goods  and  the  wish  of  the  fireman, 
though  in  this  particular  instance  the  air  from  the  cooling- 
chambers  is  only  shown  as  coming  from  the  hot  air  flue  S.  From 
S  the  hot  air  passes  to  below  the  grate  of  the  chamber,  up  through 
this — the  grate  in  this  kiln  being  similar  to  that  in  the  Belgian 
and  other  kilns  in  which  the  fuel  is  kept  out  of  contact  with  the 
goods,  by  being  fired  on  a  special  flat  grate — into  the  chamber  A, 
where  it  dries  the  damp  goods.  The  steam  and  hot  air  then  rise 
upwards,  as  shown  in  chamber  B  (which  is  a  section  farther  along 
the  same  chamber),  until  it  escapes  through  large  holes  in  the 
roof  to  the  space  between  the  two  arches  with  which  this  type  of 
kiln  is  furnished.  From  the  arch  the  steam  passes  through  a 
large  flue  to  the  chimney  stack,  as  indicated  by  the  arrows  in  the 
illustration. 

This  arrangement  of  a  double  arch  to  the  chamber  enables 
flues  of  ample  size  to  be  constructed  so  that  the  steam  may  be 
drawn  off  as  rapidly  as  is  desired,  and  the  same  arrangement 
enables  an  equally  abundant  supply  of  hot  air  to  be  supplied 
from  the  cooling  chambers  to  the  flue  S,  from  which  it  may  be 
transferred  to  any  chamber  needing  it.  When  delicate  clays  are 


FIEING  355 

being  dried  or  smoked  the  opening  of  the  "  cold  air  valve  "  per- 
mits of  air  of  any  desired  coolness  being  admitted  to  the  chambers. 
This  admixture  of  cold  air  is  of  enormous  value  in  some  cases, 
and  kilns  possessing  arrangements  for  producing  it  are  con- 
sequently better  than  those  without  it  when  high-class  goods  are 
being  fired. 

In  many  continuous  kilns  there  is  no  provision  for  using  air 
in  this  way,  the  air  passing  over  the  cooling  bricks  being  used  for 
the  main  fire  or  being  wasted.  In  such  cases  wicket  fires  or 
stoves  must  be  used,  or,  if  the  kiln  is  provided  with  internal  grates 
these  may  be  used  instead.  Grates  may  be  built  in  the  wicket 
if  desired,  but  a  commoner  plan  is  to  burn  the  fuel  on  the  ground 
(fig.  185),  a  poke  hole  (a)  and  another  (6),  about  1  ft.  square,  being- 
left  through  which  fresh  fuel  may  be  added.  The  fire  must 
smoulder  or  smoke  for  many  hours  so  as  to  prevent  the  bricks 
being  over-heated  at  first,  the  chamber  being  separated  from  those 
on  either  side  of  it  by  iron  or  paper  dampers,  and  the  damper 
connecting  the  chamber  to  the  main  flue  being  kept  open.  At 
the  same  time  it  is  often  wise  to  open  the  feed-holes  in  the  top 
of  the  kilns,  unless  special  flues  are  provided  for  the  removal  of 
the  steam. 

When  the  bricks  have  reached  the  requisite  temperature 
(120°  C.)  or  when  the  fireman  judges  they  are  sufficiently  heated, 
the  holes  in  the  wicket  are  built  up  and  the  heating  is  continued 
by  the  breaking  down  of  the  paper  damper,  or  the  removal  of  the 
iron  one,  and  the  consequent  admission  of  hot  gases  from  the 
next  chamber.  The  damper  connecting  the  latter  to  the  chimney 
is  closed. 

In  many  kilns  wicket  fires  are  unsatisfactory,  because  the 
heat  is  so  unevenly  distributed  throughout  the  chamber  and 
the  amount  of  unwarmed  space  (dead  space)  is  often  very  large. 
This  objection  may  be  partly  overcome  by  the  setters  construct- 
ing a  series  of  flues  through  the  bricks,  but  some  amount  of 
unevenness  appears  to  be  inevitable. 

A  better  plan  (though  not  as  satisfactory  as  the  use  of  warm 
air)  consists  in  the  use  of  a  number  of  small  stoves  which  fit  into 
the  feed-holes  in  the  arch  of  the  chamber  (fig.  187)  and  through 
which  air,  heated  by  the  fuel  in  the  stoves,  is  drawn  down  into 
the  kiln.  The  number  of  these  stoves  needed  at  one  time  varies 
with  the  nature  of  the  clay ;  in  many  cases  a  stove  should  be 
placed  in  each  feed-hole  of  the  chamber  to  be  warmed.  As  the 
chamber  dries  a  row  of  stoves  is  taken  to  the  next  chamber. 


356  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

With  delicate  clays  a  single  row  of  stoves  may  be  used.  One 
objection  to  the  use  of  these  small  stoves  is  the  condensation  of 
moisture  which  is  liable  to  occur  on  the  bricks  in  the  lower  part 
of  the  kiln,  thus  softening  and  spoiling  them.  This  objection  is 
more  apparent  than  real  in  many  cases. 

In  order  to  ensure  the  whole  of  the  contents  of  a  chamber 
having  a  minimum  temperature  of  129°  C.  it  is  desirable  to  use  a 
thermometer  enclosed  in  a  brass  tube,  in  which  a  slit  has  been 
cut  so  that  the  thermometer  may  be  easily  read  (fig.  244).  By 
lowering  this  thermometer  into  different  parts  of  the  chamber  by 
means  of  a  thin  chain,  and  after  a  short  interval  withdrawing  it 
rapidly  and  reading  it,  very  satisfactory  results  can  be  obtained, 
providing  that  the  thermometer  is  sufficiently  slow  acting,  or  has 
some  self-registering  arrangement  so  that  its  readings  are  not 
affected  by  the  time  taken  to  withdraw  and  read  it. 

Unfortunately  the  thermometer  is  often  used  carelessly,  and 
many  badly  smoked  chambers  result  when  this  is  the  case,  as  the 
thermometer  is  not  a  "regulator  "  but  merely  an  "indicator  "  of 
what  is  going  on  inside  the  chamber,  and  if  its  indications  are 
disregarded,  or  if  its  employment  is  carried  out  superficially 
instead  of  thoroughly,  well  stoved  goods  cannot  be  obtained. 

The  best  part  of  the  chamber  for  testing  with  such  a  ther- 
mometer is  as  •  close  to  the  sole  as  is  possible  without  the  ther- 
mometer actually  touching  it,  but  temperature  readings  should 
also  be  taken  at  different  heights  in  the  chamber,  because  the 
difference  in  temperature  is  often  very  considerable,  and  particu- 
larly so  when  the  goods  to  be  fired  are  very  damp.  This  is  one 
reason  why  goods  should  not  be  placed  in  the  kiln  unless  they 
are  as  dry  as  possible,  as  irregular  heating,  even  during  the  smok- 
ing, is  not  desirable. 

The  difference  in  temperature  between  the  sole  and  top  of  the 
chambers  undergoing  smoking  varies  with  different  kilns,  but 
there  appears  to  be  a  definite  relation  between  the  height  of  the 
chamber,  the  draught  of  the  kiln,  and  the  proportion  of  moisture 
evaporated  per  minute  from  the  goods,  though  this  relationship 
has  not  been  accurately  determined. 

It  is  a  rule,  common  in  many  brickyards,  that  the  smoking 
must  not  be  stopped  until  the  lowest  temperature  in  the  chamber 
is  120°  C.,  but  when  very  wet  goods  are  set  it  is  almost  impossible 
to  carry  out  this  rule  without  seriously  delaying  the  kiln,  as  until 
all  the  moisture  has  been  driven  out  from  the  goods  this  temper- 
ature cannot  be  obtained,  and  the  temperature  at  the  sole  of  the 


FIKING  357 

chamber  may  easily  register  700°  C.  or  even  show  signs  of  redness 
whilst  the  upper  goods  are  still  at  a  temperature  of  only  100°  C. 
Thus,  it  is  not  uncommon  to  find  that  a  piece  of  newspaper  will 
catch  fire  if  thrown  into  one  part  of  a  smoked  chamber  whilst 
another  part  will  (on  account  of  the  dampness  of  the  goods)  still 
have  a  temperature  lower  than  that  of  boiling  water  !  In  such 
cases  the  use  of  paper  dampers  between  the  chambers  is  unsatis- 
factory, because  the  paper  is  destroyed  before  the  whole  of  the 
chamber  is  properly  smoked,  and  sometimes  the  accumulation  of 
condensed  moisture  on  it  is  so  great  that  the  paper  softens  and 
falls. 

It  will  generally  be  noticed  that  the  unevenness  in  temperature 
is  greatest  when  the  ventilation  of  the  chamber  is  low,  and  the 
rate  of  drying  or  steaming  is  high,  as  the  moisture  causes  irregular 
currents  in  the  chamber,  and  the  accumulations  of  water-vapour 
which  occur  are  difficult  to  dissipate  unless  some  vent  is  given. 
In  some  of  the  more  recent  forms  of  continuous  kiln,  special 
steam  vents  are  arranged  for  this  purpose,  but  even  when  these 
are  absent  much  may  be  done  by  opening  the  caps  of  four  or  five 
feed-holes  in  the  arch  of  the  chamber,  so  as  to  allow  the  steam 
to  escape,  or,  if  the  draught  of  the  kiln  is  strong  enough,  to  draw 
a  current  of  air  through  the  chamber. 

The  second  stage  of  heating  in  a  continuous  kiln  needs  little 
comment.  The  temperature  of  the  bricks  must  not  be  allowed 
to  rise  too  rapidly  and  an  ample  supply  of  air  must  be  admitted 
in  order  to  burn  out  the  carbonaceous  matter  in  the  clay,  but  if 
these  points  are  watched,  and  the  precautions  mentioned  in  the 
section  on  firing  single  kilns  from  800°  C.  to  950°  C.  are  observed, 
no  difficulty  need  be  anticipated. 

The  gases  used  at  this  stage  of  the  firing  are  carried  forward 
through  one  chamber  after  another  until  their  temperature  is 
reduced  to  about  200°  C.  or  even  less.  They  must  not  be  used 
when  below  150°  C.  however,  or  they  will  cause  condensation 
products  to  form  on  the  goods  and  they  will  not  rise  readily  up 
the  chimney.  The  temperature  at  which  these  gases  are  admitted 
to  the  chimney  will,  therefore,  depend  on  the  draught  required 
in  the  kiln  and  on  the  number  of  chambers  available.  As  the  fire 
travels  forward,  the  time  will  eventually  come  when  a  fresh 
chamber  has  to  be  heated  by  fuel  and  it  thus  passes  into  the  third 
stage  of  firing. 

The  full  fire  or  third  stage  of  burning  in  a  continuous  kiln 
requires  care  and  skill.  The  manner  in  which  it  is  conducted 


358  MODERN    BEICKMAKING 

depends  largely  upon  the  construction  of  the  kiln.  Thus  in  the 
original  Hoffmann  kiln  small  fuel  is  fed  in  through  the  feed-holes 
in  the  arch  and  lodges  on  projecting  pieces  of  brick  in  the  fire- 
shafts  placed  there  for  that  purpose.  In  this  type  of  kiln,  there- 
fore, the  fuel  is  scattered  amongst  the  bricks  to  be  burned.  The 
fuel  is  added  in  very  small  quantities  at  a  time,  in  accordance 
with  the  old  maxim  to  "  fire  lightly  but  often  ".  If  the  burner 
should  try  any  other  method  to  save  either  himself  or  the  coal, 
trouble  is  sure  to  result.  The  bricks  should  not  be  fired  until 
there  is  sufficient  heat  in  the  chamber  to  ignite  the  fine  coal  or 
"  duff"  which  is  generally  used  in  the  burning  of  continuous  kilns. 
If  care  is  not  taken  in  this  matter,  the  fine  coal  will  immediately 
turn  to  coke,  and  choke  the  trace-holes,  stopping  the  draught  and 
spoiling  the  bricks  against  which  the  coke  rests.  The  quantity 
of  coal  used  per  thousand  will  vary  according  to  the  nature  of 
the  clay,  but  should  not  exceed  3%  cwt.  per  thousand  (common) 
bricks  in  a  well-designed  kiln. 

The  author's  personal  experience  is  that  every  continuous  kiln 
requires  careful  and  regular  attention  to  make  good  work,  and  to 
get  the  most  out  of  it.  It  must  be  fired  very  regularly  and  very 
lightly  ;  by  no  means  must  a  flue  get  blocked  or  have  a  large 
quantity  of  fuel  in  it. 

To  get  the  greatest  quantity  out  of  a  kiln  a  regular  draught 
should  be  maintained,  and  as  long  a  length  of  fire  as  the  kiln  will 
allow.  The  fireman  must  be  constantly  feeding ;  he  should  not 
put  down  more  in  each  hole  than  it  will  consume  by  the  time  he 
gets  to  the  last,  so  that  he  commences  again  at  the  first  as  he 
leaves  at  the  last,  and  should  just  keep  sufficient  up-draught  to 
burn  the  bricks  on  top.  He  should  work  in  a  contrary  direction 
to  that  in  which  the  fire  travels,  or  the  smoke  from  the  last-fired 
holes  will  prove  troublesome. 

If  a  continuous  kiln  travels  slowly,  a  quantity  of  coal  or  cinders 
collects  in  the  bottom  ;  this  means  black-ended  bricks.  It  is  often 
as  well,  if  there  is  anything  011  the  bottom,  to  stir  it  with  a  rod 
after  the  bricks  have  got  below  burning  heat.  The  back  rows 
should  be  left  at  as  near  a  burning  heat  as  possible,  then  the 
coal  will  all  burn  away,  and  leave  the  kiln  bottom  clean  and  the 
bricks  free  from  black  ends. 

The  whole  secret  of  successful  burning  is 'attention  and 
regularity. 

In  the  more  modern  types  of  continuous  kiln  a  series  of  grates 
running  from  front  to  back  is  used.  This  arrangement,  first  iritro- 


FIRING  359 

duced  in  the  "Belgian  "  kiln,  has  become  very  popular,  as  it  makes 
both  setting  and  firing  much  easier  and  the  heating  is  more  under 
control.  The  fuel  may  be  fed  on  to  the  grates  through  openings 
in  the  front  of  the  kiln  or  through  the  usual  feed-holes  in  the  arch, 
some  burners  preferring  one  and  some  the  other  method.  Air 
for  the  combustion  of  the  fuel  may  be  supplied  direct  from  the 
atmosphere  to  below  the  grate,  or  special  flues  may  be  used.  To 
some  extent  air  from  the  chamber  last  finished  firing  may  also 
be  employed. 

The  fuel  on  the  grate  should  be  kept  at  one  depth,  and  fresh 
fuel  should  be  added  in  small  quantities  at  a  time,  as,  if  too  large 
a  quantity  of  coal  or  fuel  is  added  at  once,  the  cooling  effect  it 
produces  will  cause  the  violent  production  of  smoke  and  the  waste 
of  much  heat. 

When  properly  fed  with  a  fair  quantity  of  coal,  the  combus- 
tion is  so  complete  that  no  clinkering  is  needed  during  the  heating 
of  the  chamber.  The  small  quantity  of  ash  produced  may  be 
removed  when  the  bricks  are  drawn  from  the  chamber. 

By  working  with  a  fair  depth  of  fuel  the  conditions  usually 
met  with  in  a  producer  are  obtained,  and  in  consequence  there  is 
but  little  advantage  to  be  gained  by  the  installation  of  gas-pro- 
ducers when  a  kiln  of  this  type  is  used. 

The  accurate  control  of  temperature  in  kilns  has  only  been 
attempted  by  a  small  number  of  brickmakers  in  this  country,  and 
the  majority  of  burners  estimate  temperatures  by  the  eye  (which  is 
often  defective,  though  in  many  cases  remarkably  accurate),  and 
decide  that  when  the  shrinkage  of  the  bricks  has  reached  a  certain 
amount  it  is  time  to  cease  firing. 

Whilst  these  "  guides  "  are  quite  accurate  enough  for  the 
manufacture  of  common  bricks  from  many  clays,  they  are  far 
from  being  reliable  with  more  delicate  materials,  and  other  means 
must  be  adopted. 

For  most  purposes  the  use  of  Seger  cones  is  to  be  recom- 
mended, as  these  are  simple  and  cheap  in  use  (costing only  Id.  each) 
and  are  very  reliable.  Such  cones  do  not  register  temperatures 
so  much  as  the  result  of  heat,  action,  but  as  the  latter  is  what  the 
brickmaker  wishes  to  know,  cones  are  often  more  valuable  to  him 
than  a  pyrometer  would  be,  and  this  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the 
prolonged  action  of  heat  at  a  certain  temperature  will  bring  down 
a  cone  which  is  only  rated  to  fall  when  subjected  to  a  higher 
temperature.  "  Thermoscopes  "  are  bars  which-"  sag  "  on  heating. 

Seger  cones  are  pyramidal  pieces  of  partially. burned  material 


860 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


resembling  easily  fused  porcelain  (fig.  246).     They  are  made  from 

various  mixtures  of  clay  and  fluxes 
under  very  careful  supervision,  and 
are  rigorously  tested  before  being 
sent  out.  Similar  cones  by  other 
makers  are  occasionally  offered  for 
sale,  but  should  be  avoided  unless 
the  conditions  of  their  manufacture 
are  known  or  their  reliability  can  be 
guaranteed. 


FIG.  246. — Method  of  placing 
Seger  cones. 


Seger  cones  are  so  constructed  that  when  one  is  embedded 
in  a  stiff  piece  of  clay  paste  to  the  depth  of  one-eighth  inch  or 
rather  less  it  stands  upright  until  it  has  been  heated  to  a  given 
temperature.  It  then  bends  over  until  its  point  touches  the 
clay  base,  and  if  still  further  heated  it  melts.  The  temperature 
indicated  by  the  cone  is  that  at  which  its  point  just  reaches  the 
level  of  the  base  (fig.  247).  A  lower  temperature  will  not  cause 
it  to  bend  so  much  as  this,  and  a  higher  one  will  cause  it  to 
collapse.  The  cones  are  sold  to  indicate  differences  of  20  °  C.  for 


FIG.  247. — Seger  cones  in  "  case  ". 


FIG.  248.— "  Case  "  for 
holding  Seger  cones. 


all  temperatures  from  just  below  the  earliest  visible  red  heat  to 
those  at  which  the  most  refractory  clays  melt. 

The  cones  are  placed  in  different  parts  of  the  kiln  at  various 
heights  in  order  that  they  may  enable  the  burner  to  secure 
regularity  of  heating.  At  first  a  larger  number  of  cones  will  be 
required,  but  later  (as  the  burner  becomes  accustomed  to  their 
use)  three  different  numbers  of  cones  in  each  part  of  the  kiln  will 
be  sufficient. 

Of  these  three  numbers,  one  is  intended  to  act  as  a  "  warner," 


FIKING 


361 


showing  that  the  finishing  temperature  of  the  kiln  is  being 
approached,  the  second  is  intended  to  show  when  the  kiln  has 
reached  the  correct  finishing  point,  and  the  third  is  to  indicate 
(when  the  kiln  is  drawn)  whether  any  over-heating  has  taken 
place. 

The  cones  must  be  so  placed  that  they  can  be  seen  through 
-.spy-holes  placed  in  the  walls  of  the  kiln  (these  holes  being  norm- 
ally plugged  with  blocks  or  pegs  sealed  with  clay  paste)  and  the 
•cones  should  not  be  too  near  the  outside  of  the  kiln.  In  most 
cases,  the  arrangement  shown  in  fig.  246  is  satisfactory ;  but,  if 
preferred,  a  "  case  "  (figs.  247  and  248)  may  be  used. 

The  range  of  temperature  covered  by  these  cones  is  shown  in 
the  following  table  : — 


No.    CENT. 

No.    CENT. 

No.    CENT. 

No.   CENT. 

022     600° 

07a    960° 

9     1280° 

29    1650° 

021     650° 

06a    980° 

10     1300° 

30    1670° 

020    670° 

05a    1000° 

11     1320° 

31    1690° 

019    690° 

04a    1020° 

12     1350° 

32    1710° 

018     710° 

03a    1040° 

13     1380° 

33    1730° 

017     730° 

02a    1060° 

14     1410° 

34    1750° 

016     750° 

Ola    1080° 

15     1435° 

35    1770° 

015a    790° 

la    1100° 

16     1460° 

36    1790° 

014a    815° 

2a    1120° 

17     1480° 

37    1825° 

013a    835° 

3a    1140° 

18     1500° 

38    1850° 

012a    855° 

4a    1160° 

19     1520° 

39    1880° 

Olla    880° 

5a    1180° 

20  !    1530° 

40    1920° 

OlOa    900° 

6a    1200° 

26     1580° 

41    I9600 

09a    920° 

7     1230° 

27     1610° 

42    2000° 

08a    940° 

8     1250° 

28     1630° 

Electrical  and  optical  pyrometers  are  used  in  research  work  in 
•connexion  with  brickmaking,  but  are  not,  so  far  as  the  author 
is  aware,  employed  as  an  integral  part  of  the  ordinary  manu- 
facture, as  they  are  delicately  constructed,  require  special  skill 
in  use,  and  for  most  brickmakers'  purposes  have  no  advantage 
over  the  Seger  cones  just  mentioned. 

For  firing  continuous  kilns  it  is  becoming  increasingly  common 
to  check  the  work  of  the  burner  by  means  of  a  self-recording 
draught-gauge  (fig.  249).  This  is  desirable,  because  the  main- 
taining of  a  constant  draught  is  essential  to  success. 

The  chart  shown  in  fig.  250  indicates  the  variations  in  the 


1  Nos.  21-25  are  not  now  manufactured  as  their  indications  are  too  close  together. 


362 


MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 


draught  of  a  kiln  in  which  the  fuel  was  usually  added  at  intervals 

of  40  minutes,  but  by 
no  means  regularly. 
Thus,  between  12  and  2 
o'clock,  over  an  hour 
elapsed  between  the 
stokings,  and  between 
3  and  4.30  no  addition 
of  fuel  occurred.  The 
draught  varied  greatly 
apart  from  this,  as 
shown  by  the  irregu- 
larities in  the  line. 
Such  a  chart  is  charac- 
teristic of  a  somewhat 
careless  fireman. 

The  great  variations 
due  to  wind  naturally 
lead  to  serious  varia- 
tions. The  actual  regu- 


FIG.  249. — Obel  recording  draught-gauge. 


lation  of  the  draught,  so  as  to  keep  it  at  a  constant  value,  must 

be  done  by  means  of 
dampers  of  various 
patterns,  and  by  seeing 
that  there  are  no  serious 
leaks  in  the  flues  or 
walls  of  the  kiln.  As  a 
check  or  means  of  con- 
trol of  these  numerous 
factors  the  self-record- 
ing draught-gauge  is  in- 
valuable, as  will  be 
readily  understood  from 
the  chart  reproduced 
from  the  "  Tonindustrie 
Kalender  ".  Against  all 
the  usual  troubleswhich 


FIG.  250. — Chart  of  kiln  draught. 


occur  at  night,  when  the 
firemen  are  more  or  less 
sleepy,  the  gauge  is  a  great  assistance,  as  there  is  no  means  of 
falsifying  its  record  short  of  breaking  the  instrument  itself. 

It  is  the  constant  use  of  an  appliance  of  this  kind  which  en- 


FIBING  363 

ables  a  burner  to  appreciate  the  advantage  of  mechanical  draught 
produced  by  the  aid  of  a  fan. 

It  is,  occasionally,  necessary  to  work  at  a  lower  rate  of  fire- 
travel  than  usual,  on  account  of  an  insufficient  supply  of  bricks, 
or  because  of  the  works  being  closed  on  Sundays  and  Saturday 
afternoons.  Where  the  older  type  of  continuous  kiln  is  used  it 
is  difficult  to  damp  down  for  more  than  twelve  hours,  but  with  a 
modern  chamber  kiln,  in  good  order,  little  trouble  is  experienced. 
The  best  way,  in  each  case,  is  to  retard  the  burning  as  far  as 
possible  by  reducing  the  draught,  and  feeding  at  considerably 
longer  intervals.  At  the  same  time  a  flat  face  of  burnt  bricks 
should  be  exposed  in  the  chamber  where  drawing  is  in  progress, 
and  this  should  be  papered  over  completely  with  the  "  paper 
damper  "  used  generally  in  barrel  kilns.  This  paper  damper 
must  be  watched,  and  it  can  be  pierced,  if  found  necessary, 
near  the  top  to  admit  some  air.  As  a  rule,  however,  the  kiln 
walls  leak  sufficiently  to  let  in  the  air  required.  This  damper 
will  prevent  too  rapid  cooling  of  the  fire,  and  if  the  same  feed-holes 
are  kept  in  operation  as  long  as  possible  the  advance  of  the  fire 
will  be  very  slow.  In  some  modern  kilns  the  paper  may  be  un- 
necessary, as  the  dampers  will  shut  off  all  undesirable  heat. 

Provided  a  chamber  is  kept  well  closed,  the  amount  of  heat 
lost  will  not  be  serious,  and  the  amount  of  fuel  burned  will  be 
inconsiderable.  It  is,  however,  unwise  to  leave  a  chamber  in 
which  the  firing  of  the  goods  is  almost  complete,  without  finish- 
ing it  off  properly,  the  other  chambers  being  held  back  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  prevent  any  harm  occurring  to  their  contents. 
Thus,  it  will  not,  as  a  rule,  seriously  damage  goods  to  be  kept 
indefinitely  at  150°  C.  below  their  finishing  point,  unless  they 
are  glazed^  though  it  is  best  to  keep  the  temperature  as  low  as 
possible  in  goods  which  cannot  be  finished  at  the  normal  rate. 

If  kept  soaking  too  near  the  finishing  temperature,  there  is  a 
tendency  for  the  lower  heat  to  act  as  the  higher  temperature 
does  in  a  shorter  time,  and  finish  the  goods  before  the  fireman 
expects  it.  Hence,  it  is  not  always  possible  to  place  full  reliance 
on  certain  forms  of  heat  indicator  (such  as  cones  and  thermo- 
scopes)  when  the  goods  are  put  under  the  influence  of  an  abnor- 
mally long  soaking. 

Starting  again  after  a  holiday  or  other  stoppage  is  a  difficulty 
in  the  older  forms  of  continuous  kiln,  but  in  those  with  grates 
running  from  the  wicket  to  the  back  of  the  kiln  this  difficulty  is 
not  nearly  so  noticeable,  and  in  several  of  the  more  modern 


364  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

forms  of  continuous  kiln  the  simple  addition  of  more  coal  to 
that  on  the  grate,  or  box,  is  sufficient  to  restart  the  burning, 
especially  if  hot  air  is  used  to  aid  the  combustion,  as  it  is  in  the 
best  forms  of  continuous  kiln. 

The  essentials  for  a  kiln  in  which  the  output  is  irregular,  or 
subject  to  frequent  stoppages,  are  suitable  grates  or  boxes  for  the 
fuel,  a  good  system  of  hot-air  supply  for  the  combustion  of  the 
fuel,  and  a  simple  means  of  completely  isolating  each  chamber 
from  the  rest.  These  conditions  are  found  in  the  more  recent 
forms  of  continuous  kilns. 

The  following  "Don'ts  for  Firemen,"  published  anonymously 
in  the  "  British  Clay  worker,"  contain  much  sensible  advice  in  brief 
form : — 

"  Do  not  leave  your  kiln  until  your  mate  has  arrived  at  the 
end  of  your  shift ;  if  he  is  ill  or  late  the  kiln  may  be  spoiled. 

"  Do  not  forget  to  tell  your  mate  exactly  how  matters  stand 
when  he  arrives. 

"  Do  not  think  that  a  few  minutes  more  or  less  between  the 
firings  will  make  no  difference  with  a  continuous  kiln.  Punctu- 
ality in  firing  is  worth  far  more  than  irregularity  and  skilled 
1  dodging '. 

"  Do  not  think  that  you  can  make  up  with  heavy  baitings  for 
neglect  at  an  earlier  period.  Such  neglect  always  leaves  its 
marks  for  the  man  who  can  read  them. 

"  Do  not  fail  to  repair  any  leaks  in  the  kiln  walls,  or,  if  they 
are  too  much  for  you  to  manage,  do  not  omit  to  inform  the  man- 
ager or  master.  Much  coal  and  labour  can  be  saved  by  keeping 
a  kiln  free  from  leaks. 

"  Do  not  fail  to  be  informed  if  damp  goods  are  put  into  the 
kiln,  so  that  you  may  regulate  your  firing  accordingly. 

"  Do  not  hurry  the  first  period  of  firing.  Better  a  slow  kiln 
and  good  results  than  a  quick  fire  and  a  large  scrap  heap. 

"  Do  not  omit  to  clean  out  the  fires  properly.  Efficient  clean- 
ing improves  the  goods. 

"  Do  not  admit  quite  cold  air  to  the  part  of  the  kiln  to  be 
heated.  There  are  many  ways  of  supplying  warm  or  hot  air  in 
abundance ;  use  one  or  more  of  them.  (See  "  hot  air  "  in  Index.) 

"  Do  not  let  the  heat  travel  irregularly,  especially  in  a  continu- 
ous kiln. 

"Do  not  omit  to  give  an  eye  to  the  setters,  so  as  to  ensure 
their  work  being  properly  done.  Better  a  little  time  spent  in 
this  way  than  hours  lost  in  trying  to  work  a  badly-set  chamber. 


PIKING  365 

"  Do  not  forget  to  look  frequently  at  the  dampers ;  neglect  of 
this  caution  may  cause  serious  trouble. 

"  Do  not  use  damper-plates  which  are  badly  warped  or  bent. 
Get  them  made  right  or  replaced  by  new  ones.  Warped  dampers 
waste  fuel. 

"  Do  not  think  that  no  skill  is  needed  with  paper  dampers. 
See  that  they  fit  tightly  and  remain  whole  until  you  are  ready 
for  them  to  break  or  burn. 

"  Do  not  dawdle  with  the  full  fire ;  but  heat  as  rapidly  as  the 
goods  will  stand.  Slow  firing  gives  dull  finishes. 

"  Do  not  carry  the  full  fire  too  near  the  freshly-set  goods  in  a 
continuous  kiln,  and, 

"  Do  not  start  firing  in  a  chamber  until  the  goods  in  it  have  a 
temperature  of  at  least  120°  C. 

"  Do  not  forget  to  test  the  temperature  at  the  end  of  the  smok- 
ing or  stoving  stage  with  a  thermometer. 

"  Do  not  think  a  poker  will  do  instead  of  a  thermometer  for 
testing  for  steam  in  a  chamber.  '  Poker  results  '  are  often  mis- 
leading. 

"  Do  not  fail  to  test  the  draught  of  the  kiln  frequently.  A 
draught -gauge  is  often  the  best  aid  to  efficient  firing. 

"  Do  not  think  that  the  shrinkage  of  the  goods  will  always  in- 
dicate that  they  are  finished.  It  all  depends  how  dry  they  were 
when  set. 

"  Do  not  finish  '  by  eye  '  alone.     Use  cones,  or  trials,  or  both. 

"  Do  not  think  that  all  kilns  are  alike.  Study  the  ones  you 
have  to  work  as  carefully  as  possible. 

"  Do  not  cool  too  rapidly ;  you  may  shatter  the  goods. 

"  Do  not  '  soak  '  your  kiln  because  it  was  necessary  at  your 
last  place.  With  a  different  clay  it  may  be  an  absolute  injury 
to  the  goods. 

"  Do  not  hurry  off  a  kiln  at  the  finish,  or  the  goods  will  be  un- 
sound, but 

"  Do  not  keep  the  kiln  over-long  at  a  top  heat ;  it  may  cause  a 
'  crush  '. 

"  Do  not  forget  that  the. burner's  work  is  about  the  most  im- 
portant of  all,  for  no  matter  how  skilfully  the  previous  stages 
may  have  been  carried  out  a  careless  burner  can  spoil  the 
whole." 

Cooling. — The  average  burner  believes  that  bricks  should  be 
cooled  as  slowly  as  possible,  whilst  his  employer  considers  that- 
rapid  emptying  of  the  chambers  is  desirable.  Consequently,  the 


366  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

one  tends  to  unnecessary  delay  and  the  other  to  undue  haste  in 
drawing  the  kilns.  Between  these  two  extremes  lies  the  correct 
method  of  cooling. 

With  single  kilns,  the  cooling  is  less  under  control  than  in 
a  continuous  one,  though  much  may  be  done  by  judicious  altera- 
tion of  the  dampers,  particularly  when  the  kilns  are  enclosed  in 
another  building.  When  the  kilns  are  exposed,  the  cooling  must 
be  slower  if  there  are  no  facilities  for  using  air  at  a  temperature 
but  slightly  lower  than  that  of  the  cooling  goods,  and  if  rapid 
cooling  is  attempted  without  these  facilities  the  bricks  will  crack 
and  break. 

Many  tests  carried  out  by  the  author  on  a  large  number  of 
different  clays  show  that  the  cooling  may  be  relatively  rapid 
until  a  temperature  of  about  600n  C.  is  reached  ;  it  must  be  slower 
for  the  next  300°  C.  or  thereabouts,  and  after  this  it  may  again 
become  more  rapid,  providing  that  cold  draughts  are  avoided. 
In  single  kilns  it  is  impossible  to  cool  very  rapidly  and  at  the 
same  time  avoid  cold  draughts,  and  with  such  kilns  it  is,  there- 
fore, necessary  to  cool  slowly,  and  whilst  no  definite  rate  of  cool- 
ing c'an  be  stated,  it  is  wise  to  allow  the  cooling  to  take  the  same 
time  as  the  heating  required  between  the  end  of  the  smoking 
and  the  finishing  of  the  chamber,  omitting  any  special  time 
allowed  for  prolonged  soaking  in  order  to  burn  out  carbonaceous 
or  other  matter,  or  to  completely  oxidize  the  iron. 

The  best  rate  of  cooling  must,  however,  be  determined  separ- 
ately for  each  kiln ;  and  provided  the  goods  are  not  damaged, 
and  no  serious  quantity  of  heat  is  lost,  the  more  rapidly  the 
chambers  are  cooled  the  better. 

With  a  large  continuous  kiln  much  more  rapid  cooling  is  pos- 
sible, as  the  air  employed  for  this  purpose  may  be  used  at  a 
temperature  but  little  below  that  of  the  bricks,  and,  consequently, 
large  volumes  of  air  may  be  employed  without  in  any  way 
damaging  the  bricks. 

To  cool  bricks  rapidly  requires  a  continuous  kiln  of  great 
length,  as  at  least  60  ft.  should  form  the  cooling  portion,  and 
for  very  rapid  cooling  twice  this  distance  is  needed  in  some 
cases.  The  bricks  will  then  cool  as  steadily  as  they  were  heated. 
One  of  the  most  foolish  practices  in  many  otherwise  well-man- 
aged yards  is  that  of  having  too  few  chambers  in  the  cooling 
portion  of  a  continuous  kiln  when  a  rapid  output  is  required. 

Attempts  have  been  made  at  various  times  to  hasten  the 
cooling  by  blowing  air  into  the  kilns.  These  have  only  been 


FIKING  367 

satisfactory  when  warm  air  has  been  used,  and  this  is  commerci- 
ally unprofitable  in  most  cases. 

The  ordinary  brickmaker  who  wishes  to  cool  single  kilns  more 
rapidly  than  usual,  should  make  openings  near  the  roof  of  his  kiln 
and  should  leave  his  main  dampers  fully  open.  If  the  kiln  has 
a  flash-wall  or  bags,  the  fire-boxes  may  be  opened  partially,  and 
the  damper  regulated  accordingly  so  as  to  prevent  too  rapid  a 
current  of  air  being  drawn  through  the  kiln.  Bricks  vary  so 
much  in  their  abilities  to  withstand  sudden  changes  of  tempera- 
ture that  each  maker  must  decide,  by  actual  trial,  what  is  the 
best  method  of  cooling  his  kilns. 


CHAPTER  IX. 
VITRIFIED  BRICKS  FOR  SPECIAL  WORK. 

FOR  certain  engineering  work,  bricks  of  exceptional  strength 
are  required,  and  for  this  purpose  those  which  are  more  vitrified 
than  ordinary  building-bricks  are  selected.  The  reason  for  this- 
is  that  in  a  well- vitrified  brick  the  burning  has  been  carried  as 
far  as  possible,  and  the  particles  are  bound  together  with  a  species 
of  glass  into  a  mass  of  enormous  strength. 

The  colour  of  engineering  bricks  is  of  secondary  importance,  but 
great  strength  and  accuracy  of  shape  are  essential.  In  different 
districts  very  different  kinds  of  bricks  are  used  for  this  purpose, 
a  verifiable  red-burning  shale  being  popular  in  Yorkshire,  a 
similar  buff-burning  shale  being  used  in  some  parts  of  the  Mid- 
lands and  West,  but  the  most  popular  engineering  bricks  are  the 
"  blue  bricks  "  made  in  Staffordshire. 

These  blue  bricks  are  really  slag-coloured,  and  are  made  from 
special  clays  (locally  known  as  "  marls  ")  which  occur  in  great 
masses  in  South  Staffordshire,  particularly  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  Dudley.  These  clays  require  the  use  of  powerful  machinery 
as  they  are  difficult  to  crush,  and  the  kilns  must  be  fired  at  a 
high  temperature  in  order  that  vitrification  may  be  as  complete 
as  possible.  The  "blue  "  colour  is  obtained  as  the  result  of  the 
reducing  conditions  in  the  kilns  at  the  high  temperatures  used,, 
and  under-burned  bricks  made  from  the  same  materials  are  red  in 
colour.  The  iron  oxide  in  the  clay  is  reduced  to  a  lower  oxide 
and  formed  into  a  silicate,  previous  to  the  end  of  the  firing.  A 
similar  effect  is  produced  in  some  German  works  by  the  intro- 
duction of  tar  and  oil  into  the  kilns  when  they  have  reached  the 
maximum  temperature  and  are  almost  ready  for  closing. 

In  making  blue  bricks  from  the  Staffordshire  marls,  several 
superimposed  materials  are  available,  as  will  be  seen  from  a  study 
of  a  geological  survey  map  of  the  district,  which  shows  this  long 
bed  of  "  clay  "  very  distinctly.  As  most  of  the  eight  or  ten  different 
layers  found  are  of  similar  composition,  they  are  mixed  together 

(368) 


VITRIFIED    BRICKS    FOR    SPECIAL    WORK  369 

for  brickmaking,  but  it  is  unwise  to  use  the  lowest  beds,  as  they 
often  produce  a  scum. 

The  material  must  usually  be  obtained  by  blasting  and  fell- 
ing and  is  taken  by  wagons  (into  which  the  materials  are  put  in 
the  proper  proportions)  to  the  crushing  plant.  Here  it  passes 
through  several  sets  of  rolls  (figs.  46  and  47)  and  thence  into 
a  mixer  and  pug-mill.  Formerly  the  bricks  were  moulded  by 
hand,  but  wire-cutting  (pp.  76  and  130)  is  now  the  most  popular 
method.  For  bricks  of  more  than  ordinary  accuracy  repressing 
(p.  139)  is  practised.  The  bricks  are  dried  on  heated  floors 
(p.  157)  or  in  tunnel-dryers  (p.  161),  and  are  fired  in  up-draught 
kilns  of  rectangular  or  circular  shape. 

The  use  of  continuous  kilns  for  blue  bricks  has  only  been 
successful  within  the  last  few  years,  as  very  high  temperatures 
are  required  and  the  conditions  of  burning  are  peculiar.  With  a 
double-grated  chamber-kiln  working  on  the  continuous  principle 
(Barnett's  patent,  p.  300),  perfectly  satisfactory  blue  bricks  may 
be  obtained,  using  only  about  half  the  amount  of  fuel  ordinarily 
consumed. 

The  exact  temperature  reached  in  blue-brick  burning  differs 
considerably  in  different  works  in  the  same  district,  but  is 
seldom  less  than  1200°  C. 

The  atmosphere  inside  the  kiln  must  be  strongly  reducing,  or 
alternately  oxidizing  and  reducing,  in  order  to  gain  the  fuh1  advan- 
tage of  the  fluxing  power  of  the  iron  oxide  present.  With  the 
clays  most  suited  for  blue-brick  manufacture  there  is  no  need  for 
special  precautions  being  taken,  providing  the  kiln  is  heated 
steadily  and  finished  at  a  sufficiently  high  temperature,  and  that 
it  does  not  leak  excessively  ;  but  with  less  suitable  clays  the  pro- 
duction of  good  blue  bricks  demands  the  consumption  of  a  large 
proportion  of  fuel,  and  the  exercise  of  considerable  skill  in  the 
firing. 

In  each  case,  very  little  air  is  admitted  during  the  last  eight 
or  ten  hours,  the  dampers  being  partially  closed  during  this  period. 
Immediately  the  firing  is  completed  all  openings  into  the  kiln  are 
closed  so  as  to  exclude  air  until  the  bricks  are  quite  cold,  other- 
wise they  will  be  of  a  reddish  colour. 

Some  burners  throw  a  little  salt  into  the  kiln  just  before  the 
close  of  the  firing  in  order  to  facilitate  the  vitrification,  but  this- 
is  not  to  be  recommended. 

Clinkers  and  Paving  Bricks  are  vitrified  bricks  of  any  colour, 
their  chief  characteristic  being  hardness  without  brittleness. 

24 


370  MODERN    BRICKMAKING- 

They  may  be  made  from  any  material  in  which  the  temperature 
of  vitrification  and  that  at  which  the  brick  loses  its  shape  are 
not  too  close  together.  The  manufacture  of  such  bricks  calls  for 
no  special  description,  as  the  chief  precaution  to  be  observed  is 
that  the  firing  must  be  sufficient  to  produce  the  necessary  vitrifi- 
cation without  making  the  bricks  too  brittle  or  warped. 

They  are  chiefly  made  from  low-grade  fire-clays,  shales,  or  other 
brick-earths  naturally  rich  in  alkalies,  but  occasionally  the  ad- 
mixture of  a  refractory  clay  with  an  easily  fusible  one  will  give 
equally  good  results.  It  is  seldom  possible  to  add  a  flux  (such  as 
Cornish  stone)  to  a  refractory  clay  in  order  to  produce  a  good 
vitrified  brick,  as  the  particles  of  added  matter  are  too  coarse, 
Seger  having  found  that,  for  successful  work,  the  alkalies  in  the 
clay  must  be  so  finely  divided  as  to  be  present  in  the  finest  par- 
ticles obtained  by  washing  in  a  Schone's  elutriating  apparatus. 

The  standardization  of  paving  bricks  has  been  carried  out 
far  more  completely  in  America  than  in  Europe,  the  following 
requirements  and  tests  being  in  regular  use  : — 

(a)  The  size  of  the  brick  is  known  as  "  block  size,"  and  must  not 
vary  more  than  ^  in.  in  any  block.     The  preferred  size  is  8-J  in. 
by  3-J-  by  4  in.,  exclusive  of  all  lugs  or  projections ;  but  bricks  of 
other  dimensions  may  be  accepted  for  use  provided  the  depth 
is  4  in. 

(b)  Projections  or  lugs  are  required. 

(c)  The  brand  or  mark  of  the  brick,  to  identify  it  by  name  or 
otherwise,  must  be  on  each  brick.     No  blank  bricks  are  to  be 
used. 

(d)  The  shape  of  the  bricks  must  be  uniform  and  regular,  and 
must  not  be  distorted  more  than  J  in.,  from  the  straight  edge  laid 
in  any  direction  on  them.     Edges  must  be  rounded.     All  bricks 
must  be  repressed. 

(e)  The  material  of  the  bricks  must  be  homogeneous,  uni- 
form, free  from  laminations,  cracks  and  voids,  only  very  minute 
fire- cracks   being   allowed.     The   material  must  be  thoroughly 
.annealed,  fused,    and  vitrified  to   toughness  without  excessive 
brittleness. 

(/)  The  abrasion  or  rattler  test  must  be  made  in  a  standard 
rattler  by  the  method  of  the  National  Brick  Manufacturer's  As- 
sociation and  the  American  Society  of  Municipal  Improvements 
The  maximum  loss  of  any  one  brick  shall  not  exceed  18  per  cent  of 
its  original  dry  weight.  The  average  loss  of  all  bricks  tested  at  one 
time  must  not  exceed  14  per  cent.  The  standard  abrasion 


VITRIFIED    BEICKS    FOE    SPECIAL    WORK  371 

machine  or  rattler  is  a  cylinder  of  14  staves  or  sides,  J  in.  apart, 
inside  diameter  20  in.,  length  20  in.  It  has  no  interior  shaft,  and 
revolves -at  30  revolutions  per  minute  for  one  hour.  It  contains 
a  charge  of  300  Ib.  of  foundry  iron  shot  of  two  standard  sizes ; 
and  the  charge  of  brick  for  a  test  must  approximate  1000  cu. 
in.,  which  is  about  nine  bricks  of  the  block  size.  Records  of  each 
brick  in  each  test  must  be  kept. 

(g)  The  modulus  of  rupture  or  cross-breaking  of  any  one  brick 
must  not  be  below  2500  Ib.  The  average  of  all  bricks  tested 
must  not  be  below  2700  Ib.,  by  the  regular  formula  M  =  (3WL) 
-f-  (2AD)  in  which  L  =  6  in.  between  supports,  W  =  breaking  pres- 
sure, A  =  area  of  cross-section  at  break  and  D  =  thickness  of  brick. 
The  bricks  must  be  tested  on  the  side  and  the  pressure  applied 
half-way  between  the  supports.  At  least  three  bricks  must  be 
submitted  to  this  test. 

(h)  The  absorption  of  water  by  any  one  brick  must  not  be 
greater  than  3  per  cent.  The  average  absorption  of  all  bricks 
tested  must  not  exceed  2  per  cent  of  their  dry  weight.  The  ab- 
sorption tests  must  be  made  on  either  abraded  or  on  broken 
bricks,  by  drying  them  for  twelve  hours  in  an  oven,  then  soaking 
them  for  twelve  hours  in  water.  The  increase  of  weight  due  to 
water  absorbed,  divided  by  the  weight  of  the  dry  bricks,  gives  the 
percentage  of  the  water  absorbed.  At  least  three  bricks  must  be 
used  for  this  test. 

(i)  The  density  or  specific  gravity  must  be  determined  exclusive 
of  the  porosity  of  the  brick.  No  bricks  must  have  a  density  of 
Jess  than  2-30,  and  the  average  density  of  all  bricks  tested  must 
not  be  less  than  2*35. 

(j)  The  hardness  is  expressed  in  terms  of  Moh's  scale  for  min- 
erals, in  which  100  is  the  diamond.  The  hardness  of  any  brick 
must  not  be  less  than  60,  and  the  average  hardness  of  bricks 
tested  must  not  be  less  than  65  (i.e.  between  felspar  and  quartz). 

(k)  The  crushing  resistance  must  not  be  less  than  7500  Ib.  per 
sq.  in.  for  any  brick,  and  the  average  resistance  to  crushing 
of  all  bricks  tested  must  not  be  less  than  8500  Ib.  per  sq.  in. 
The  crushing  tests  must  be  made  on  about  one-sixth  middle 
sections  of  brick,  with  pressure  applied  in  the  direction  of  the 
whole  thickness  of  the  brick,  which  is  the  least  dimension  of  the 
brick.  At  least  three  bricks  must  be  used  for  this  test. 

(I)  Chemical  tests  may  be  made  to  determine  if  there  are  any 
water-soluble  substances,  such  as  free  lime,  potash,  soda,  etc.,  in 
the  bricks  ;  and  if  more  than  a  trace  is  present  the  entire  lot  of 


372  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

bricks  from  which  the  sample    has    been   taken   must  be   re- 
jected. 

There  is  no  immediate  prospect  of  these  or  any  other  stand- 
ards being  recognized  by  the  paving  brickmakers  of  this  country, 
as  the  use  of  bricks  for  road-making  here  is  not  apparently  in- 
creasing. In  countries  such  as  the  United  States  and  Canada, 
where  great  extremes  of  heat  and  cold  are  experienced,  pave- 
ments made  of  brick  possess  many  advantages  over  macadam 
and  other  well-known  materials. 

Acid-proof  Bricks  are  used  in  large  quantities  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  various  chemicals.  They  must  be  strong  and  accurate  in 
shape  and  as  resistant  as  possible  to  any  chemicals  with  which 
they  may  come  in  contact.  Many  fire-bricks  are  sufficiently 
acid-proof  for  most  purposes,  particularly  if  salt-glazed,  but 
when  a  superior  brick  is  required  a  ball-  or  stoneware-clay  must 
be  used.  Acid-proof  bricks  are  not  usually  required  to  withstand 
violent  changes  in  temperature,  so  that  they  need  not  be  made 
of  clay  possessing  great  heat  resistance.  The  best  acid-proof 
bricks  are  those  containing  a  considerable  proportion  of  true 
clay,  the  exceedingly  fine  particles  of  which  fill  up  the  voids 
otherwise  present,  and  the  brick  is  made  impervious  apart  from 
any  vitrification  which  may  have  occurred  during  the  firing. 

The  standard  test  for  determining  the  value  of  acid-proof 
bricks  is  to  ascertain  their  crushing  strength  before  and  after  they 
have  been  soaked  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  maintained  at 
a  temperature  of  90°  F.  for  seven  days.  All  the  best  bricks  sold 
for  chemical  works  at  the  present  time  are  quite  unaffected  by 
this  treatment. 


CHAPTER  X. 
FIRE-BRICKS  AND  BLOCKS. 

THE  manufacture  of  fire- bricks  and  blocks  has  been  carried  on 
for  many  years  in  a  somewhat  rudimentary  manner,  and  it  is 
only  recently  that  the  more  important  firms  attempted  to  improve 
their  product  and  bring  it  up  to  date. 

In  earlier  times  fire-bricks  and  blocks  were  only  required  to 
withstand  relatively  low  temperatures,  but,  with  the  increasingly 
stringent  requirements  of  modern  metallurgists  and  other  users 
of  furnaces,  it  is  necessary  at  the  present  time  to  make  use  of 
every  available  assistance  which  science  can  render  to  the  fire- 
brick maker. 

Investigations  have  shown  that  various  users  require  widely 
different  characteristics  in  fire-bricks  and  blocks,  and  a  material 
which  suits  one  customer  well  may  be  entirely  unsuitable  for  an- 
other. It  is,  therefore,  necessary  to  know  what  characteristics 
are  required  before  the  value  of  a  fire-clay  can  be  stated. 

The  materials  from  which  fire-bricks  and  blocks  are  made  are  of 
four  main  classes  :  (1)  fire-clay ;  (2)  rocks  consisting  of  almost  pure 
silica ;  (3)  rocks  composed  chiefly  of  silica  but  containing  about 
10  per  cent  of  clay  and  known  as  "  ganister  ".  Artificial  imita- 
tions of  ganister  are  also  used ;  (4)  neutral  and  basic  materials 
such  as  chromite  and  magnesia. 

The  treatment  of  the  materials  depends  on  their  nature,  and 
the  three  chief  processes  used  must  therefore  be  described  : — 

Fire-clay  bricks  are  made  from  various  seams  of  fire-clay  found 
in  several  parts  of  the  country,  the  most  noted  deposits  being  in 
West  Scotland,  Northumberland,  Yorkshire,  the  Midlands  (Bur- 
ton and  Ashby-de-la-Zouch),  Buckley,  Stourbridge,  Shropshire, 
Devonshire,  and  Wales.  The  materials  from  these  various  sources 
differ  widely  in  composition  and  character. 

The  West  Scotland  fire-clays  (including  those  of  Glenboig)  are 
noted  for  their  unusual  heat-resisting  power.  They  require  to 

(373) 


374  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

be  fired  at  a  very  high  temperature,  as  otherwise  they  are  soft 
and  weak. 

The  Northumbrian  fire-clays  are  chiefly  found  near  the  Tyiie, 
and  are  richer  in  alumina  than  those  of  Scotland.  Unfortunately, 
this  advantage  is  more  than  neutralized  in  several  cases  by  the 
presence  of  an  excessive  proportion  of  fluxing  material  (alkalies 
and  lime)  which  greatly  reduces  the  heat-resisting  power  of  the 
bricks.  Several  seams  in  Northumberland  and  Durham  are, 
however,  of  excellent  quality. 

The  Yorkshire  fire-clays  are  found  chiefly  near  Leeds  and 
Halifax,  but  the  material  crops  up  unexpectedly  in  several  other 
parts  of  the  county.  In  South  Yorkshire  it  is  associated  with 
ganister  (see  later).  The  fire-clays  in  Yorkshire  are  peculiarly 
variable  in  composition,  the  alumina  varying  from  15  to  39  per 
cent.  The  clays  richest  in  alumina  are  found  nearer  the  surface, 
but  are  much  more  tender  than  the  stronger  ones  found  at  greater 
depths. 

Taken  as  a  whole,  the  Yorkshire  fire-clays  are  amongst  the 
most  refractory,  but  they  have  not  hitherto  been  worked  so  as 
to  develop  this  property  to  the  fullest  extent,  as  they  are  almost 
invariably  under-fired  and  so  shrink  in  use  at  abnormally  high 
temperatures. 

The  Midland  fire-clays  are  more  readily  vitrified  than  most 
others  of  equal  quality,  and  are  therefore  in  great  demand  for  the 
manufacture  of  close-grained  bricks  and  sanitary  pipes.  They 
are  not  usually  so  resistant  to  heat  as  some  others,  but  where 
other  factors  (such  as  the  cutting  or  corrosive  action  of  dust  and 
fire-gases)  have  to  be  considered,  they  are  very  valuable,  and 
under  some  conditions  prove  more  durable  than  more  infusible 
bricks  from  other  districts. 

The  Stourbridge  fire-clays  have  a  world-wide  reputation  for 
refractoriness.  The  composition  is  remarkably  constant,  though 
unexpected  variations  occur  at  times.  The  average  proportion 
of  alumina  is  about  22  per  cent — -thus  corresponding  to  the 
Scotch  and  some  Leeds  clays — but  portions  of  clay  with  over  36 
per  cent  of  alumina  have  been  found. 

The  Devonshire  fire-clays,  like  those  of  the  Ashby  district,  are 
relatively  easily  vitrified,  but  considerable  variations  in  quality 
exist.  The  most  noted  fire-clays  in  this  county  are  found  in  the 
Teign  valley,  and  often  contain  considerable  proportions  of  under- 
composed  granite.  They  are,  therefore,  used  for  the  manufacture 
of  vitrified  bricks  where  the  greatest  resistance  to  heat  is  not  re- 


FIRE-BRICKS    AND    BLOCKS  375 

quired,  but  where  a  brick  which  will  stand  what  is  ordinarily  con- 
sidered to  be  a  high  temperature  is  required. 

The  Welsh  fire-clays  in  some  ways  resemble  those  of  Stourbridge 
but  are  seldom  so  pure,  and  must,  therefore,  be  worked  with 
caution.  The  best  deposits  in  this  district  are  of  first-class 
quality  for  refractory  work. 

The  fire-clays  are  chiefly  found  associated  with  the  coal 
measures  and  millstone  grit,  and  must  therefore  be  obtained  by 
mining.  Some  brickmakers  are  working  in  the  "  rubbish  heaps  " 
of  collieries,  but  the  best  fire-clays  are  obtained  direct  from  mines. 

The  seams  vary  in  thickness,  just  as  do  those  of  coal,  but  are 
less  uniform  than  the  latter,  and  it  has  generally  been  considered 
that  the  only  seams  which  can  be  worked  at  a  profit  are  thick 
ones  near  the  surface  or  those  mined  along  with  coal.  Curiously 
enough  the  best  fire-clay  is  often  raised  from  pits  containing  but 
little  or  no  coal. 

The  fire-clay  should  be  selected  or  "  picked  "  before  use,  so 
that  nodules  of  pyrites  and  other  unsuitable  material  may  be 
removed.  It  should  also  be  allowed  to  "  weather  "  as  the  sub- 
sequent crushing  is  made  easier  thereby,  many  shales  and  fire- 
-clays  being  exceedingly  hard  when  first  mined,  but  becoming  soft 
on  exposure.  The  picked  and  weathered  material  is  then  crushed 
in  an  edge-runner  mill  with  either  stationary  (p.  95)  or  re- 
volving (p.  183)  pans. 

For  very  hard  fire-clay  shale  the  stationary  pan-mill  is  the 
more  powerful,  but  if  a  preliminary  crusher  or  stone-breaker  is 
used  a  revolving  pan  will  often  give  a  larger  output. 

The  material  is  usually  passed  through  a  screen  having 
twelve  or  thirteen  holes  per  running  inch,  but  this  somewhat 
crude  method  of  working  is  now  being  replaced  in  the  most  pro- 
gressive works  by  a  double  sieve. 

Either  before  or  after  grinding,  the  fire-clay  is  usually  mixed 
with  burnt  material  of  a  similar  nature  (termed  "  grog  "  or  "  burnt 
stuff")  in  order  that  a  skeleton  may  be  formed  which  shall  hold 
the  brick  together  during  the  drying  and  firing.  The  use  of  this 
grog  is  often  greatly  misunderstood,  and  in  some  works  it  is 
omitted  entirely. 

The  mixed  clay  and  grog  are  next  passed  into  a  pug-mill, 
usually  of  the  vertical  type  (fig.  20)  where  it  is  mixed  with  water 
and  converted  into  a  paste.  This  paste  is  sometimes  stored  away 
in  a  heap  to  "  sour,"  but  many  workers  do  not  appreciate  the 
value  of  this  treatment  and  so  omit  it. 


376  MODEBN    BEICKMAKING 

The  bricks  or  blocks  are  moulded  by  hand  by  the  slop -mould 
process  (p.  51),  slight  variations  occurring  in  different  shops. 
They  are  dried  on  floors  heated  by  steam  (p.  158),  or  flue-gases 
(p.  159),  and  are  fired  in  Newcastle  or  Scotch  kilns  (p.  255). 

The  maximum  temperature  reached  in  the  kilns  varies  greatly 
in  different  yards.  In  some  it  is  as  low  as  cone  2  (1170°  C.)  and 
in  others  as  high  as  cone  19  (1510°  C.)  The  higher  temperatures 
used  are  largely  the  result  of  modern  investigations  and  research 
and  are  not  used  in  the  smaller  works.  About  a  week  is  usually 
occupied  in  the  kiln,  but  where  exceptionally  large  blocks  are 
made  a  much  longer  time  (extending  in  some  cases  to  two  months) 
is  considered  necessary,  as  such  blocks  are  extremely  sensitive 
to  sudden  changes  in  temperature  before  they  are  fired.  It  will 
thus  be  understood  that,  formerly,  the  manufacturer  of  fire-bricks 
had  chiefly  to  see  that  his  material  was  right  and  that  the  men 
worked  well.  A  few  degrees  more  or  less  in  the  kiln  made  but 
little  difference,  and  so  long  as  his  goods  were  saleable,  little 
else  mattered. 

Within  the  last  five  or  six  years,  however,  a  great  change  has 
come  over  the  fire-clay  industry.  This  is  due  to  a  variety  of 
causes,  the  chief  of  which  is  the  demand  for  better  bricks  and 
blocks  from  various  users.  This  demand  is  increasing  as  progress 
with  high  temperature  work  continues,  and  the  fire-clay  worker 
of  the  future  must  use  his  best  endeavours  to  meet  the  demand. 
Fortunately,  the  cost  of  building  and  re-building  is  so  high,  com- 
pared with  the  cost  of  fire-bricks,  that  a  good  price  can  be  obtained 
for  a  really  satisfactory  article. 

In  order  to  do  this  it  is  necessary  to  know  the  general  direction 
in  which  this  demand  tends  to  run,  and  for  this  purpose  the  chief 
characteristics  needed  in  a  fire-brick  or  block  must  be  studied. 
It  is  not  possible  to  obtain  all  these  in  a  single  brick,  as  they  are, 
to  some  extent,  mutually  incompatible,  but  the  worker  will  know 
which  to  select  from  the  whole.  The  chief  characteristics  re- 
quired are : — 

1.  Resistance  to  high  temperature. 

2.  Resistance  to  pressure  at  high  temperatures. 

3.  Non-absorptive  power  at  any  temperature. 

4.  Uniformity  in  size,  shape,  and  composition. 

5.  Expansion  or  contraction  in  use. 

6.  Resistance  to  abrasion  by  dust,  flames,  metal,  slag,  and 
other  materials. 


FIRE-BKICKS    AND    BLOCKS  377 

7.  Resistance  to  reduction  or  oxidization. 

8.  Resistance  to  wear  and  tear  and  accidental  blows. 

9.  Resistance  to  sudden  changes  in  temperature. 

As  already  mentioned,  it  is  seldom  that  all  these  character- 
istics can  be  obtained  simultaneously,  and  a  selection  must  be 
made  for  each  case. 

Resistance  to  heat  is  a  property  possessed  by  the  material 
itself  and  is  largely  dependent  upon  the  purity  of  the  material  and 
upon  the  proportion  of  alumina  it  contains.  At  the  same  time, 
the  results  of  analysis  cannot  be  reliably  used  to  predict  the 
fusing  point  of  a  high-class  refractory  clay,  though  in  connexion 
with  a  Ludwig  chart  analytical  results  are  often  valuable  in  this 
•connexion. 

It  is  a  curious  fact  that  whilst  mixtures  of  pure  alumina  and 
silica  usually  melt  in  proportion  to  the  silica  present,  a  critical 
composition  is  reached  when  such  a  mixture  contains  more  than 
85  per  cent  silica,  and  from  this  point  until  pure  silica  is  reached 
the  mixture  becomes  increasingly  refractory,  though  pure  silica 
.is  more  fusible  than  pure  alumina. 

Very  small  quantities  of  lime,  alkalies,  titanium  and  other 
•oxides  greatly  increase  the  fusibility  of  a  fire-clay  so  that  what, 
in  other  clays,  would  be  considered  trifling  impurities,  are  of  great 
importance  in  fire-brick  manufacture. 

Resistance  to  pressure,  abrasion,  reduction,  and  wear  and  tear 
is  obtained  by  heating  to  such  a  temperature  that  partial  vitrifi- 
•cation  occurs.  This  is  difficult  with  really  high-grade  clays  on 
account  of  the  very  high  temperature  required,  so  that  an  un- 
oisiually  strong  brick  is  commonly  of  second  quality  as  regards  fusi- 
bility;. In  many  cases,  however,  a  strong  brick  of  slightly  inferior 
..clay  may  prove  more  serviceable  than  one  made  from  a  purer  clay 
which  is  weaker. 

On  the.  other  hand,  some  bricks  which  are  strong  when  cool, 
or  only  moderately  heated  because  of  the  binding  power  of  the 
vitrified  material  they  contain,  are  often  very  soft  and  weak  at. 
high  temperatures  when  the  vitrified  matter  becomes  viscous. 
When  this  is  the  case,  such  bricks  are  of  little  value  and  should 
foe  replaced  by^those  of  purer  clay  burned  at  a  correspondingly 
higher  temperature. 

Expansion  and  contraction  in  use  are  reduced  to  a  minimum 
"by  firing  the  bricks  at  a  sufficiently  high  temperature  during  the 
manufacture,  though  few  British  firms  do  this. 


378  MODEEN    BRICKMAKING 

Excessive  expansion  in  use  may  be  due  to  too  much  free 
silica  in  the  bricks,  a  fault  which  is  also  responsible  for  "  spelling  'r 
or  splitting  under  sudden  changes  of  temperature. 

Stated  briefly,  the  most  severe  requirements  for  fire-bricks  will 
be  met  by  using  as  pure  a  fire-clay  as  possible  containing  a  high 
percentage  of  alumina,1  providing  the  sizes  of  the  various  particles 
of  raw  clay  and  grog  are  properly  proportioned,  and  the  whole 
brick  is  fired  at  a  sufficiently  high  temperature.  Unfortunately, 
these  conditions  are  far  more  difficult  to  attain  than  appears  at 
first  sight.  They  involve  the  careful  selection  and  purification  of 
the  materials,  the  correct  treatment  in  the  mills,  screens,  and 
mixers,  and  the  use  in  the  kilns  of  a  temperature  which  is  far 
beyond  that  ordinarily  employed  for  fire-bricks  in  this  country, 
as,  to  the  best  of  the  author's  knowledge,  only  three  firms  in  Great 
Britain  were  firing  their  fire-clay  bricks  sufficiently  in  1910. 

The  selection  of  the  materials  for  a  first-class  fire-brick  is  a 
matter  needing  great  skill  and  care.  Analysis  is  useful  in  order- 
to  check  the  use  of  clay  containing  an  excess  of  impurity,  but 
quite  apart  from  this  much  may  be  done  in  routine  work  by 
careful  observation  of  the  appearance,  colour,  and  texture  of 
the  materials.  Some  attempt  is  made  by  most  fire-brick  makers 
to  avoid  the  use  of  "  post  "  and  other  rocky  material,  but  much 
more  careful  picking  is  desirable  when  bricks  of  the  highest 
quality  are  being  made. 

In  selecting  clays  it  is  necessary  to  bear  in  mind  the  char- 
acteristics required  in  the  bricks  arid  to  choose  accordingly.  This 
will  often  result  in  a  number  of  different  clays  being  mixed  instead 
of  a  single  one  being  used,  as  is  often  the  case  at  present.  It  is 
unreasonable  to  expect  that  a  single  clay — with  obvious  limited 
properties — can  be  successfully  made  into  crucibles  and  furnace - 
bricks  with  equal  success. 

Whatever  may  have  been  done  in  the  past  the  requirements 
of  the  present  and  future  are  and  will  be  increasingly  stringent, 
and  fire-brick  makers  will  find  it  more  and  more  necessary  to  mix 
several  clays  in  order  to  produce  what  they  require.  In  some 

xThe  use  of  free  alumina  or  bauxite  to  increase  the  percentage  of  alumina  in  a 
clay  is  not  desirable.  A  mixture  of  alumina  or  silica  in  the  proportions  in  which 
these  materials  occur  in  a  pure  clay  does  not  behave  in  the  same  manner  when  fired 
as  clay  would  do. 

Hence  the  use  of  bauxite  and  other  free  alumina  as  grog,  whilst  useful  in  some 
cases,  does  not  produce  a  fire- brick  of  the  very  highest  class. 


FIRE-BRICKS    AND    BLOCKS  .       379" 

cases,  by  supplying  a  limited  market,  less  complex  mixtures  of 
materials  may  be  used. 

Hitherto,  the  usual  practice  has  consisted  in  crushing  the  clay 
or  clays  until  they  are  sufficiently  fine  to  pass  through  a  coarse 
sieve,  but  careful  investigation  has  shown  that  this  is  not  the  best 
way  to  work.  Particles  of  true  clay  are  so  exceedingly  minute  that 
they  are  too  small  to  be  produced  by  any  machinery.  Yet  it  is  to- 
these  extremely  minute  particles  that  clay  owes  its  plasticity  and 
value,  and  any  method  of  working  that  does  not  make  use  of  this 
fact  cannot  be  considered  as  satisfactory.  To  use  clay  in  a  coarse 
state  (as  is  commonly  done)  is  to  waste  the  material  and  to  pro- 
duce an  inferior  article. 

The  broad  principle  upon  which  to  work  in  producing  refrac- 
tory goods,  such  as  fire-bricks,  is  to  form  a  "  skeleton  "  of  as  great 
a  heat-resisting  nature  as  possible  and  to  bind  this,  together  with 
other  materials  alsoi  of  a  refractory  nature,  into  a  mass  possess- 
ing the  necessary  strength,  resistance  to  abrasion,  temperature 
changes,  etc.  Sufficient  room  must  be  left  between  the  particles 
to  permit  them  to  move  freely  over  each  other  within  certain 
limits,  so  that  the  brick  wih1  not  be  shattered  or  cracked  when 
exposed  to  sudden  changes  of  temperature.  As  it  is  impossible 
to  allow  perfect  freedom  of  movement  of  the  particles,  some 
softer  material  must  be  interposed  (in  the  form  of  clay)  so  that 
it  may  yield  slightly  but  not  excessively  under  pressure.  The 
main  portion  of  the  brick  must,  therefore,  be  of  as  porous  and 
open  a  nature  as  possible,  any  undesirable  pores  being  filled  later 
with  a  binding  material. 

The  nature  of1  these  skeleton-forming  and  binding  materials 
has  been  studied  but  slightly,  and  further  investigation  is  desir- 
able. The  following  statements  may,  however,  be  accepted  a& 
substantially  correct : — 

The  "  skeleton  "  or  main  portion  of  the  brick  must  be  com- 
posed of  a  clay  whose  chief  characteristic  is  its  infusibility . 
Such  clays  when  made  into  the  form  of  a  Seger  cone  should  not 
bend  when  heated  to  any  temperature  below  that  corresponding 
to  Seger  cone  35  for  the  highest  grade  of  fire-bricks,  cone  30  for 
"  first-class  "  fire-bricks,  and  cone  26  for  second  quality  or  "  ordin- 
ary "  fire-bricks.  Although  no  official  British  standard  exists  by 
which  the  value  of  fire-clays  may  be  tested,  the  figures  just  men- 
tioned are  accepted  by  the  chief  experts  on  the  subject  in  this 
country  and  by  the  chief  fire-brick  makers  in  Germany. 

Provided  a  clay  is  sufficiently  refractory,  its  lack  of  plasticity.. 


7*80  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

weakness,  and  durability  are  relatively  unimportant  so  far  as  its 
use  as  a  "  skeleton  "  is  concerned.  These  properties  must  be  con- 
ferred by  the  use  of  other  clays  (binding  clays). 

As  the  particles  of  the  material  forming  the  "  skeleton  "  are 
to  be  bound  together  by  another  material — the  binding  clay — 
there  is  no  need  to  use  a  plastic  clay  for  this  skeleton.  It  is,  in- 
deed, a  disadvantage  to  do  so,  as  plastic  clays  usually  shrink 
•considerably  in  firing — a  most  undesirable  characteristic  in  this 
case. 

.  It  is,  therefore,  best  to  use  for  the  skeleton  a  clay  which  is 
extremely  pure  and,  at  the  same  time,  is  in  relatively  coarse 
particles  and  of  minimum  plasticity.  Such  a  material  is  fur- 
nished under  the  name  of  "  grog,"  "  burnt  stuff,"  or  "  chammotte," 
which  is  obtained  by  burning  a  fire-clay  of  the  highest  grade  ob- 
tainable, at  a  bright  red  heat,  and  crushing  the  product,  as 
will  be  described  later.  It  has  been  customary  for  the  terms 
just  mentioned  to  be  applied  to  damaged  fire-clay  goods,  fire- 
bricks, etc.,  which  are  added  to  raw  fire-clay  for  various  purposes 
in  a  more  or  less  haphazard  manner.  These  sources  of  an  in- 
ferior "grog"  are  sufficiently  good  for  ordinary  fire-brick  manu- 
facture, but  they  should  not  be  used  by  the  maker  of  the  highest 
-class  of  bricks.  Glazed  materials  and  slag  and  potsherds  must 
be  avoided  at  all  costs. 

E.  P.  Page  has  shown  that  if  the  grog  is  not  more  refractory 
than  the  clay  used  to  bind  its  particles  together,  the  brick  may 
crack  on  account,  of  the  strains  set  up  and  the  amount  of  vitri- 
fication which  occurs.  The  cracking  may  not  occur  immediately, 
but  will  do  so  on  repeated  heating. 

Grog  should  be  made  of  the  purest  fire-clay  procurable  which 
should  be  fired  in  such  a  manner  as  to  avoid  "  flashing  "  or  over- 
heating. The  temperature  reached  in  its  manufacture  should 
not  exceed  1450°  C.  (cone  15),  but  should  seldom  be  less  than 
1 180  (cone  5&).  The  product  should  be  a  creamy  mass  free  from 
whitish  portions  and  from  discolorations.  It  should  be  mod- 
erately hard,  but  not  excessively  so,  and  should  be  so  refractory 
as  not  to  bend  below  a  temperature  corresponding  to  Seger  cone 
30  when  made  into  the  same  shape  as  a  Seger  cone.  Grog  can 
usually  be  manufactured  by  the  fire-brick  maker,  and  the  neces- 
sary precautions  as  to  purity,  etc.,  can  be  readily  observed ;  if 
purchased,  the  grog  should  be  subjected  to  a  series  of  rigorous 
tests  before  acceptance. 

Attempts  are  sometimes  -  made  to  use  a  grog  of  a  different 


FIEE-BBICKS    AND    BLOCKS  381 

composition  to  that  just  mentioned,  by  substituting  silica-rock 
or  bauxite  for  burned  fire-clay.  Such  materials  are  useful  in  the 
case  of  ordinary  fire-bricks,  but  should  not  be  used  where  bricks 
of  the  very  highest  quality  are  required.  Silica  is  not  so  refrac- 
tory as  the  best  fire-clays,  and  its  admixture  may  easily  cause  a 
reduction  in  the  fusing  point.  The  use  of  bauxite  or  other  forms 
of  free  alumina,  on  the  other  hand,  whilst  useful  as  giving  a 
"  skeleton  "  of  great  heat-resisting  power,  requires  special  care 
and  skill  in  use,  and  is  apt  to  be  a  continual  source  of  trouble. 
Most  specimens  of  bauxite  are  so  impure  as  to  seriously  reduce 
the  value  of  clays  with  which  they  are  mixed.  The  addition  of 
alumina  or  silica  to  a  clay  should,  therefore,  only  be  made  under 
the  advice  of  a  really  reliable  expert  who  appreciates  the  diffi- 
culties which  may  arise,  and  who  can  study  the  problem  in  all 
its  bearings.  As  commonly  used,  these  materials  may  do  more 
harm  than  good.  (See  footnote  on  p.  378.) 

The  size  of  the  grog  particles  to  be  used  in  fire-brick  manu- 
facture is  importantj  and  it  is  not  sufficient  to  use  all  that  will 
pass  through  a  sieve  of  definite  mesh.  Very  fine  grog  is  useless 
and  should  be  avoided,  as  by  the  nature  of  the  case,  the  spaces 
between  the  coarser  particles  should  be  filled  by  a  binding 
material  which  should  consist  chiefly  of  a  plastic  clay. 

It  is  therefore  necessary,  in  making  the  highest  grades  of 
fire-bricks,  to  crush  the  grog  and  sift  it  with  two  screens,  reject- 
ing all  that  passes  through  the  finer  mesh,  returning  the  residue 
on  the  coarser  screen  to  the  mill  for  further  crushing  and  only 
using  the  intermediate  portion.  The  finest  "grog  "  may  be  con- 
veniently used  in  place  of  sand  for  "  dusting  "  purposes. 

The  mesh  of  the  grog-screens  must  depend  largely  on  the 
fineness  and  plasticity  of  the  "  binding  clay  "  used.  A  useful 
sized  grog  for  preliminary  work  is  obtained  by  passing  the 
material  through  a  wire  screen  having  eight  holes  per  linear  inch, 
and  then  on  to  a  similar  screen  with  twenty  holes  per  linear 
inch,  rejecting  all  that  passes  through  this  latter  screen.  Later 
tests  may  show  that  the  grog  thus  obtained  contains  particles 
which  vary  too  greatly  in  size,  but  this  can  be  easily  remedied 
by  the  use  of  finer  or  coarser  -screens.  In  some  cases,  particu- 
larly in  South  Yorkshire,  it  is  desirable  to  use  three  screens  and 
to  employ  two  sizes  of  grog ;  but  this  is  a  refinement  not  usually 
necessary  in  fire-brick  manufacture. 

In  Germany,  many  of  the  best  fire-brick  makers  use  two  sizes 
of  grog :  (a)  particles  between  ^  and  ^  in.  diameter,  and  (b\ 


"382  MODEKN    BEICKMAKING 

particles  between  T^  and  ^  in.  diameter,  the  relative  proportions 
of  each  of  these  materials  depending  upon  the  characteristics 
the  fire-bricks  should  possess. 

The  binding  material  used  to  give  strength  and  resistance  to 
the  "  skeleton  "  must  be  sufficiently  fine  to  enter  between  the 
other  particles ;  it  must  be  sufficiently  plastic  to  hold  the  whole 
mass  together  before  firing,  and  sufficiently  verifiable  to  bind  the 
whole  brick  into  a  strong  mass  with  the  requisite  qualities,  whilst 
not  being  so  fusible  as  to  seriously  interfere  with  the  heat-re- 
sisting power  of  the  brick  as  a  whole.  The  binding  material  must 
not  shrink  so  much  in  the  kiln  as  to  cause  deformation  or  warping 
of  the  brick. 

Taking  all  these  qualifications  into  consideration,  it  is  evident 
that  the  most  suitable  binding  material  will  be  a  refractory  clay 
of  moderate  but  not  excessive  plasticity.  It  must  not  be  quite 
so  refractory  as  the  grog,  but  must  still  be  sufficiently  free  from 
fluxing  materials  to  enable  the  brick  to  withstand  great  pressures 
-at  a  red  heat. 

A  single  clay  is  seldom  found  which  will  meet  all  the  re- 
quirements of  a  binding  clay,  and  two  or  even  three  clays  may  be 
necessary  for  the  highest  class  of  fire-brick.  For  what  are  at 
present  generally  considered  as  "  best  "  fire-bricks  (but  which  are 
far  inferior  to  what  can  be  produced)  a  single  binding  clay  can 
usually  be  employed. 

When  two  or  more  clays  are  used  as  binders  the  leaner  ones 
should  be  ground  so  as  to  pass  through  a  No.  20  sieve  but  not 
through  a  No.  100,  the  fatter  clays  being  ground  as  finely  as 
possible. 

If  several  clays  are  used  the  proportion  of  each  must  be 
settled  by  actual  tests. 

There  are,  unfortunately,  great  difficulties  connected  with 
such  tests,  and  the  fire-brick  maker  who  has  discovered  a  really 
successful  blend  of  clays  has  gained  a  great  advantage  over  his 
competitors. 

The  clays  used  for  binding  must  be  carefully  selected,  any 
unsuitable  material  being  picked  out,  and  the  whole  mass  exposed 
to  the  weather  so  as  to  reduce  the  labour  and  cost  of  crushing. 

The  fineness  to  which  the  binding  clay  should  be  crushed  de- 
pends greatly  on  its  nature.  Highly  >compressed  shales  need 
reducing  to  a  fine  powder,  but  some  of  the  less  dense  clays  are  so 
readily  disintegrated  by  water  that  a  comparatively  rough  crush- 
ing is  sufficient,  the  final  reduction  taking  place  automatically 


FIEE-BEICKS    AND    BLOCKS  383 

during  the  "  souring  "  process.  It  is  seldom,  however,  that  clay 
particles  larger  than  -£$  in.  diameter  should  be  used  in  fire-brick 
manufacture,  as  the  coarse  particles  required  are  best  supplied 
in  the  form  of  grog  which  cannot  become  broken  up  by  later 
treatment,  as  frequently  occurs  with  coarse  particles  of  clay. 

A  single  screen  may  be  used  for  the  binding  clay,  as  the  finer 
the  particles  of  this  material  the  stronger  will  be  the  brick,  and 
in  any  case  clay  particles  are  naturally  far  smaller  than  can  be 
obtained  by  any  mechanical  process  of  grinding. 

The  grinding  of  both  clay  and  grog  is  best  accomplished  in 
edge-runner  mills  (p.  375)  of  either  the  stationary  or  revolving- 
pan  type,  the  latter  being  preferable  for  the  clay  as  it  effects  a 
better  mixing  of  the  material. 

A  preliminary  crushing  between  small  rolls  (p.  86)  or  in  a 
stone-breaker  often  effects  a  saving  in  power  and  in  the  wear  and 
tear  of  the  larger  mills,  and  increases  the  output  by  making  the 
supply  of  material  more  regular.  Edge-runner  mills  should 
never  be  supplied  with  pieces  more  than  4  in.  diameter  if  they  are 
to  work  economically,  and  the  present  custom  of  many  fire-brick 
makers  of  feeding  pieces  of  all  sizes  into  the  mills  is  against  their 
best  interests. 

The  preliminary  crusher  should  be  arranged  to  deliver  the 
material  on  to  a  floor  from  which  it  can  be  readily  shovelled  into 
the  edge-runner  mill.  If  an  automatic  feeding  device  is  employed 
for  feeding  the  latter  the  preliminary  crusher  may  deliver  direct 
into  this  machine.  (See  pp.  181  and  183.) 

It  is  often  more  economical  and  facilitates  the  output  if  two 
edge-runner  mills  are  used,  both  delivering  into  the  same  pit. 
The  first  receives  the  material  to  be  crushed  and  the  second  the 
4t  tailings  "  from  the  screen.  'In  this  way  the  harder  portions  are 
kept  separate,  as  far  as  crushing  is  concerned,  and  by  using  mills 
of  the  proper  sizes  the  output  is  greater  than  if  a  single  (larger) 
mill  is  used.  It  is  important  that  >both  mills  should  deliver 
to  the  same  elevator  so  that  the  material  may  be  kept  mixed. 

Where  several  clays  are  used,  each  should  be  ground  in  a 
separate  mill,  as  this  is  far  more  satisfactory  than  (a)  mixing  the 
•coarse  materials  and  grinding  the  mixture,  or  (b)  cleaning  out  the 
mill  each  time  a  change  of  material  is  made.  Grog  should  never 
be  ground  in  the  same  mill  as  the  clay  unless  second-quality  fire- 
hricks  are  desired. 

The  runners  should  be  provided  with  renewable  rims  or  tires, 
and  should  be  sufficiently  heavy  to  do  their  work  well. 


384  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

The  grates  in  edge-runner  mills  for  fire-bricks  should  have 
holes  or  slots  not  more  than  \  in.  in  width,  and  for  most  purposes 
^  in.  holes  are  best.  The  day  when  lumps  of  material  ^  in.  or 
more  in  diameter  were  permissible  in  fire-bricks  of  good  quality 
is  rapidly  passing  away,  and  pieces  \  in.  wide  are  the  largest 
which  are  now  considered  satisfactory,  and  for  first-class  work  only 
very  few  of  these  are  allowed. 

Each  mill  should  be  "run  off"  every  noon  and  evening,  and 
any  material  on  the  pans  should  be  collected  and  thrown  aside. 
It  will  usually  be  rich  in  nodules  of  pyrites  and  other  undesirable 
impurities  in  the  clay,  but  should  be  tested  carefully  from  time 
to  time. 

The  nature  of  the  screen  used  is  important ;  piano  riddles  have 
not  proved  successful  in  grinding  fire-clays  and  grog  in  many  cases, 
because  the  material  is  so  hard  and  sharp  that  it  wedges  between 
the  wires  and  so  delivers  too  coarse  a  product. 

The  well-known  wire-gauze  screen  may  be  employed,  or  a 
sloping  plate  of  perforated  steel  (see  "  Newaygo  "  screen,  p.  194} 
may  be  used.  The  size  of  the  holes  in  the  latter  corresponding 
to  the  former  must  be  found  by  experiment,  as  they  differ  with 
different  materials.  As  a  rule  a  dry  fire-clay  will  behave  to  such  a 
screen  having  J  in.  holes  as  it  will  to  a  gauze-screen  with  a  -^  in. 
mesh,  but  the  perforated  metal  gives  a  much  larger  output. 
(See  p.  192). 

The  crushed  materials  should  be  stored  in  a  dry  place  in  bins 
where  they  can  be  kept  apart  from  each  other,  yet  can  be  readily 
measured  and  mixed  before  being  treated  with  water. 

The  best  method  of  proportioning  and  mixing  is  to  employ 
large  boxes  on  wheels,  the  size  of  each  box  being  proportionate 
to  the  amount  of  material  to  be  mixed.  Thus  if  thrice  as  much 
clay  as  grog  is  used,  the  box  for  the  clay  will  have  three  times 
the  capacity  of  that  used  for  the  grog.  Each  box  is  filled  up  and 
any  excess  of  material  removed  by  drawing  a  flat  piece  of  wood, 
or  strike,  across  the  top.  It  is  better  to  use  boxes  of  the  sizes 
suggested  than  to  have  all  the  same  size  and  use  (say)  three  box- 
fuls of  clay  to  one  boxful  of  grog,  as  errors  in  counting  are 
frequent  with  the  latter  method.  The  boxes  may  be  mounted  on 
cars  and  should  run  on  a  light  track.  Their  contents  should  be 
tipped  on  to  a  mixing-plate,  fixed  at  a  lower  level  than  the  bins, 
a  rough  mixture  made  by  means  of  a  shovel,  and  the  material 
then  shovelled  into  the  mixing  mill,  or  a  mechanical  feeder 
(p.  182)  may  be  employed,  and  the  labour  of  one  man  as  mixer 


FIRE-BRICKS    AND    BLOCKS  385 

be  saved.  On  no  account  should  the  material  be  fed  into  the  mill 
without  a  preliminary  mixing  having  been  effected,  except  in 
those  cases  where  an  intermittent  solid  bottom  pan-mill  is  used. 

The  mixing  of  the  materials  with  each  other  and  with  water 
is  effected  either  in  (a)  a  pan-mill  (p.  95)  or  edge-runner  mill  with 
solid  revolving  pan  into  which  a  charge  of  material  is  placed, 
together  with  sufficient  water,  and  the  two  "  ground  "  for  about 
twenty  minutes  and  then  taken  out,  or  (b)  in  a  pug-mill.  The 
pug-mill  is  usually  of  the  vertical  type  (p.  49),  but  horizontal 
mixers  and  pug-mills  are  equally  effective,  though  they  occupy 
more  floor  space  (pp.  103-109). 

Whichever  form  of  mixing  plant  is  used  the  water  should  be 
added  gradually  and  in  a  series  of  fine  jets  or  as  a  spray.  It 
should  not  be  added  in  a  single  stream  as  is  so  often  the  case. 
A  couple  of  level  pipes  each  perforated  with  ^  in.  holes  about 
1  in.  apart  forms  a  good  water-distributor,  particularly  if  each 
pipe  delivers  on  to  the  edge-runners  instead  of  directly  into  the 
pan. 

The  paste  produced  should  be  set  aside  in  heaps  about  4  ft. 
high  in  order  that  it  may  "  sour  ".  At  one  time  it  was  thought 
that  some  kind  of  fermentation  or  bacteriological  action  took 
place  and  improved  the  quality  of  the  material,  but  it  is  now 
generally  recognized  that  the  effect  of  any  fermentation  in  this 
direction  is  very  small,  and  that  what  really  occurs  is  a  more  even 
distribution  of  the  water  throughout  the  mass  by  means  of 
capillary  attraction  and  other  purely  physical  forces,  this  re-dis- 
tribution being  accompanied  by  a  development  of  the  plasticity 
of  the  material.  Hence,  no  matter  how  thorough  may  be  the 
mixing,  this  "  souring  "  should  never  be  omitted  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  the  highest  grades  of  fire-bricks. 

With  some  materials  the  development  of  the  plasticity  of  the 
clay  is  rapid ;  these  may  be  used  after  once  passing  through  the 
pug-mill  or  pan,  but  others  must  usually  be  mixed  again  after 
"  souring,"  a  second  pug  or  pan-mill  being  used.  Some  fire-brick 
makers  dread  "  overworking "  their  clay ;  this  can  only  occur 
when  the  clay  is  used  where  grog  ought  to  be  employed,  and  by 
replacing  part  of  the-  clay  by  a  suitable  grog  satisfactory  results 
will  be  obtained. 

The  bricks  are  made  from  the  paste  by  hand-moulding,  using 
brass  or  brass-lined  moulds  for  ordinary  shapes  and  zinc-lined 
ones  for  shapes  which  are  seldom  required.  The  process  is  very 
similar  to  the  slop-method  used  for  building-bricks  (p.  50), 

25 


386  MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

though,  like  the  latter,  it  varies  slightly  in  different  works.  The 
bricks  are  carried  off  between  two  pallet-boards  by  a  boy  or  girl 
and  are  set  down  on  a  heated  floor  (p.  157). 

Many  attempts  have  been  made  to  use  machinery  instead  of 
hand-labour,  and  some  amount  of  success  has  been  attained  by 
the  employment  of  machines  imitating  hand-moulding  (p.  68) 
and  by  use  of  the  wire-cutting  process  (p.  76).  The  stiff-plastic 
and  semi-plastic  methods  have  not,  hitherto,  proved  successful, 
and  hand-made  bricks  are  still  considered  to  be  the  best.  The 
great  reason  for  this  is  the  tendency  for  machines  to  compress  the 
clay  too  much.  If  the  paste  remains  sufficiently  soft  (as  soft  as 
in  hand-moulding)  it  is  difficult  to  keep  it  of  the  proper  shape 
during  wire-cutting,  and  the  use  of  a  stiffer  paste  produces  a  less 
satisfactory  brick.  The  temptation  to  secure  greater  accuracy  of 
shape  in  the  brick  by  mechanical  pressure  should,  on  this 
account,  be  avoided,  and  represses  should  never  be  employed  for 
bricks  to  withstand  high  temperatures  in  actual  use.  For  the 
same  reason,  machine-pressed  bricks  which  are  not  sufficiently 
perfect  to  be  used  for  glazing  are  of  small  value  for  the  highest 
temperature  work;  the  pressure  to  which  they  have  been  subjected 
to  give  them  greater  accuracy  of  form  so  necessary  in  glazed  bricks 
has  reduced  their  value  for  furnace-construction.  The  desira- 
bility of  accuracy  in  shape  for  all  fire-bricks  must  not  be  over- 
looked, but  it  must  not  be  produced  by  the  use  of  greater  pressure 
than  is  used  in  a  hand-moulded  brick.  Even  if  the  method  dry- 
pressing  (p.  241)  were  to  become  more  popular  for  the  manufacture 
of  fire-bricks,  the  great  wear  and  tear  of  the  dies,  due  to  the  large 
amount  of  grog  necessarily  present,  would  probably  rob  the  process 
of  any  saving  in  manufacture.  Yet  this  is  undoubtedly  the 
direction  in  which  to  look  for  cheapened  output  with  superior 
quality. 

Blocks  and  large  pieces  of  fire-clay  are  moulded  by  the  same 
(slop)  process,  wooden  moulds  being  employed.  A  portion  of  the 
drying  floor  is  cleaned,  dusted  with  clay  dust,  sand,  or  fine  grog- 
to  prevent  undue  adhesion  of  the  clay,  and  the  wet  mould  is 
placed  on  the  floor  so  prepared.  The  maker  next  throws  large 
masses  of  paste  with  great  force  into  the  mould,  and  by  vigorous 
"pommelling  "  with  his  fist  and  kneading  with  his  fingers  com- 
presses the  clay  as  equally  as  possible.  The  mould  having  been 
filled,  any  excess  of  clay  is  removed  with  a  strike  or  wire,  and 
the  mould  is  removed  either  immediately  or  after  a  short  time. 
Some  blocks  are  made  in  plaster  moulds. 


FIBE-BEICKS    AND   BLOCKS  387 

The  drying  of  fire-bricks  offers  no  special  difficulty,  provid- 
ing it  is  effected  carefully,  but  larger  blocks  or  slabs  need  much 
attention  or  they  will  crack. 

Fire-bricks,  slabs,  and  blocks  are  usually  dried  on  fire-  or 
steam -heated  floors  (p.  157),  and  these  are  usually  satisfactory 
but  slow,  particularly  with  the  larger  pieces.  It  is,  in  fact,  not 
unusual  for  a  large  'block  or  slab  to  remain  on  a  floor  for  three 
weeks  without  any  heat  being  applied  to  it.  Such  a  method  of 
drying  is  highly  unsatisfactory,  and  most  block  manufacturers 
would  find  a  study  of  the  principles  of  clay  drying  well  worth 
while. 

One  of  the  secrets  of  rapid  and  successful  drying  consists  in 
not  allowing  the  outside  of  the  brick  or, block  to  dry  more  rapidly 
than  the  inside.  This  accurate  regulation  of  the  speeds  at  which 
the  various  portions  of  a  block  dry  can  only  be  accomplished  by 
proportioning  the  amount  of  air  in  contact  with  the  article,  and 
by  ensuring  that  this  air  contains  just  the  correct  amount  of 
moisture.  In  using  a  steam-heated  floor,  such  as  is  ordinarily 
employed,  such  accurate  regulation  is  impossible ;  it  can  only 
be  obtained  in  tunnels  to  which  air  is  admitted  by  means  of 
special  valves  and  moved  by  means  of  a  fan. 

By  the  careful  use  of  small  chambers  in  which  moist  air  is 
used  at  various  temperatures,  the  earlier  stages  of  the  drying 
may  be  considerably  shortened  without  increasing  the  risks  of 
cracking,  but  the  subject  is  not  sufficiently  closely  related  to 
brickmaking  to  be  described  in  further  detail  in  the  present 
book,  but  see  pp.  161-176  and  213-217. 

Dipped  fire-bricks  are  used  for  special  purposes,  where  they  are 
required  to  possess  characteristics  incompatible  in  the  brick  as  a 
whole,  such  as  maximum  heat-resistance  combined  with  entire 
absence  of  absorption.  They  are  really  a  species  of  glazed  brick, 
but  instead  of  a  true  glaze  are,  in  part,  coated  with  a  non-porous 
material.  This  coating  is  applied  in  a  manner  similar  to  that 
used  in  glazing. 

Fire-bricks  are  set  in  the  kiln  in  a  manner  similar  to  that  used 
for  ordinary  bricks,  but  they  should  not  be  placed  so  close  to- 
gether. Larger  blocks  must  be  set  near  the  centre  of  the  kiln, 
and  according  to  their  shape,  so  as  to  reduce  the  risk  of  twisting 
as  much  as  possible.  A  chequer-work  arrangement,  as  in  fig. 
104,  is  very  popular,  the  bricks  being  set  on  their  sides  and  not 
flat  as  shown. 

A  little  grog  dust  sprinkled  between  the  bricks  and  blocks 


388  MODEEN    BEICKMAKING 

enables  them  to  be  separated  from  each  other  more  readily  when 
the  kiln  is  drawn. 

When  large  blocks  have  been  placed  in  a  kiln  special  care  is 
needed  to  keep  away  draughts  and  sharp  currents  of  air.  A  door 
should,  therefore,  be  provided  for  the  kiln  and  used. 

The  firing  of  the  bricks  is  usually  carried  out  in  kilns  of 
the  Newcastle  (p.  255)  or  round  down -draught  (p.  248)  type, 
but  continuous  kilns  (p.  263)  may  be  equally  well  employed 
if  a  suitable  design  is  chosen.  The  Dumiachie  kiln  (p.  304) 
lias  been  successfully  used  for  many  years  for  the  purpose. 
The  heat  required  is  more  and  the  temperature  of  finishing  is 
much  higher  than  with  ordinary  bricks,  but  in  other  respects  the 
same  methods  are  used. 

The  ordinary  fire-brick  of  commerce  is  seriously  under-fired, 
being  seldom  heated  to  more  than  1250°  C.  The  result  is  that  it 
shrinks  and  becomes  loose  in  use  and  wears  away  rapidly,  as  the 
wide  joints  so  produced  cause  an  unduly  large  surface  to  be  ex- 
posed. 

Zoellner  has  shown  that  all  clays  when  heated  to  tempera- 
tures above  1300°  C.  (cone  10)  dissociate  and  become  crystalline, 
with  the  formation  of  silimanite  (Al2O3SiO2)  and  a  glassy  mass 
richer  in  silica  than  true  clay.  This  latter  material  may  be 
removed  by  hydrofluoric  acid,  in  which  it  is  soluble.  Zoellner 
states  that  this  "  shows  the  necessity  of  heating  fire-bricks  and 
other  refractory  goods  to  a  much  higher  temperature  than  is 
customary,  as  the  crystals  of  silimanite  form  a  felted  mass  which 
is  harder,  more  acid  proof,  and  more  resistant  to  sudden  changes 
in  temperature  than  is  clay  which  has  not  been  partially  dis- 
sociated by  firing  at  a  high  temperature  ".  Most  manufacturers 
try  to  avoid  crystallization  ! 

For  the  best  grades  of  fire-brick  the  finishing  temperature 
should  certainly  not  be  less  than  is  sufficient  to  bend  cone  18 
(1500°  C.),  and  for  somewhat  less  important  bricks  a  kiln  tem- 
perature corresponding  to  at  least  cone  12  (1350°  C.)  should  be 
reached.  For  export,  where  the  requirements  are  not  so  strin- 
gent, cone  5  may  be  regarded  as  indicating  the  maximum  tem- 
perature necessary,  though  harder-fired  bricks  will  suffer  less 
damage  in  transport,  and  will  be  superior  in  quality. 

Fire-bricks  are  usually  more  porous  than  ordinary  ones  before 
firing,  and  the  earlier  stages  of  burning  may  often  be  passed  more 
rapidly.  With  large  blocks  the  matter  is  very  different,  and  the 
earlier  stages  are  sometimes  prolonged  to  several  weeks. 


FIRE-BRICKS    AND    BLOCKS  389 

The  final  heating  should  be  very  steady  but  moderately  rapid, 
and  the  cooling — whilst  rapid  at  first  to  carry  the  goods  past  the 
"danger  zone"  (1100-1200°  C.)  where,  under  slow  cooling,  ex- 
cessive crystallization  may  set  in — should  be  steady  and  some- 
what slow  in  its  later  stages. 

Many  fire-brick  manufacturers  allow  the  bricks  to  cool  "any- 
how," with  the  result  that  on  passing  near  the  kilns  during  the 
evening  when  all  around  is  quiet,  a  sound  as  of  repeated  pistol 
shots  is  heard.  These  are  signs  of  the  production  of  minute 
cracks — often  too  small  to  be  seen — but  readily  proved  to  be 
present  by  the  reduced  strength  of  the  bricks  as  compared  with 
those  properly  cooled. 

If  single  kilns  are  used,  the  desirability  of  introducing  hot 
air  during  the  cooling  should  be  considered ;  in  continuous  kilns 
the  cooling  is  under  much  greater  control. 

Fire-bricks  are  paricularly  sensitive  to  rain  and  frost,  and 
must  be  stored  carefully  in  a  dry  place,  or  their  strength  (as 
shown  by  crushing  tests)  may  be  reduced  to  four-fifths  its  original 
amount. 

In  short,  the  manufacture  of  the  highest  grades  of  fire-bricks 
is  a  matter  requiring  far  more  study  and  attention  than  it  gener- 
ally receives  in  this  country,  as  modern  users  of  these  bricks  are 
working  at  temperatures  undreamed  of  fifty  years  ago,  and  with 
the  tendency  to  more  stringent  requirements  the  difficulty  of 
manufacture  will  increase. 

For  the  highest  grades,  price  is  of  small  consideration,  and  the 
manufacturer  who  wishes  to  progress  will  reap  the  reward  of  his 
experiments  in  due  course.  The  ultra-conservative  manufac- 
turer, on  the  other  hand,  may  have  an  uncomfortable  time  if 
the  proposed  "  Standardization  of  Firebricks  "  comes  into  force. 

Inferior  fire-bricks  are  used  for  a  variety  of  furnaces,  boiler 
work,  etc.,  where  their  heat-resisting  power  is  of  secondary  im- 
portance. The  manufacture  of  such  bricks  is  much  easier  and 
cheaper  than  that  of  fire-bricks  of  the  highest  grade,  and  the 
material  may  often  be  taken  direct  from  the  mine,  crushed 
until  it  has  all  passed  through  a  screen  with  J-in.  holes,  and  mixed 
with  water  and  made  up  into  bricks. 

If  the  clay  is  very  fine,  "grog"  may  be  used,  but  it  is  not 
necessary  to  use  high-grade  fire-clay  for  this  purpose.  Old  fire- 
bricks, silica  rocks,  or  pure  sand  may  be  used  with  complete 
satisfaction,  provided  that  the  particles  are  of  approximately  the 
correct  sizes.  Such  bricks  cannot,  of  course,  be  used  in  the  most 


390  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

trying  conditions,  but  they  serve  a  useful  purpose  in  many  in- 
dustries. 

In  this  class  of  fire-brick  the  grog  is  chiefly  used  to  "  open  up  " 
the  material,  so  that  the  bricks  may  be  dried  more  rapidly  and 
with  less  risk  of  cracking  in  the  kiln. 

It  is  not  used  at  all  for  increasing  the  refractoriness  of  the 
material.  The  addition  of  such  non-plastic  material  has  a 
noticeable  influence  on  the  bricks,  as  is  shown  by  tests  made  by 
F.  Kase,  who  has  published  the  following  facts  in  regard  to  the 
use  of  fine  sand  as  grog : — 

The  finer  the  grains  of  sand  added  to  the  clay,  the  total  per- 
centage of  sand  added  being  kept  constant — 

1.  The  more  water  will  be  necessary  for  mixing. 

2.  The  longer  the  mixture  will  take  to  dry,  and  the  greater 
the  danger  of  cracking. 

3.  The  contraction  on  drying  and  in  the  kiln  will  be  greater. 

4.  The  porosity  of  the  fired  ware  will  be  less. 

5.  The  "  speed  of  absorption  "  will  be  less. 

6.  The  crushing  strength  will  be  greater. 

7.  The  material  will  stand  sudden  changes  of  temperature 
less  easily. 

8.  The  silica  in  the  clay  will  combine  more  readily. 

The  characteristics  of  the  clay  will  be  altered  with  varying 
proportions  of  sand-grains,  all  of  the  same  sizes,  as  follows  :  The 
larger  the  proportion  of  sand  added  to  the  clay — 

1.  The  less  the  water  required  in  tempering. 

2.  The  more  rapid  the  drying. 

3.  The  less  the  contraction  both  in  drying  and  in  the  kiln. 

4.  The  less  the  porosity  in  under-burnt  ware,  and  the  greater 
the  porosity  by  fully  fired  ware. 

5.  The  greater  the  "  speed  of  absorption  ". 

6.  The  less  the  crushing  strength.  -: ., 

7.  The  greater  the  refractoriness. 

8.  The  lighter  the  colour  (with  a  red-burning  clay). 

9.  The  better  the  ware  will  withstand  rapid  changes  in  tem- 
perature. 

Silica  bricks  are  often  regarded  as  '-'fire-bricks,"  though 
usually  the  latter  term  is  confined  to  bricks  made  of  fire-clay. 
Silica-bricks  are  not  as  refractory  as  bricks 'made  of  the  best  fire- 
clay, but  they  are  often  superior  to  those  made  of  lower-grade 
clays  or  of  good  clays  badly  treated  in  manufacture 

The  maximum  temperature  which  silica-bricks  made  of  the 


FIRE-BRICKS    AND    BLOCKS  391 

purest  materials  can  stand  is  comparable  to  cone  34,  but  most 
eommerical  specimens  cannot  resist  more  than  corresponds  to 
cone  30.  Fire-clays  which  fuse  at  a  temperature  corresponding 
to  cone  36  are  commercially  obtainable. 

Some  bricks  branded  "  Dinas  "  are  occasionally  offered  for 
sale  which  are  not  true  Dinas  bricks,  being  made  of  a  material 
rich  in  fire-clay,  whereas  true  Dinas  bricks  are  quite  destitute  of 
clay.  In  Germany  and  Russia  the  term  "  Dinas  "  is  applied  to  all 
fire-bricks  very  rich  in  silica. 

The  fusibility  of  silica  is  greatly  reduced  by  comparatively 
small  proportions  of  iron  oxide,  lime,  magnesia,  and  alkalies,  and 
only  those  materials  which  contain  upwards  of  98  per  cent  of 
silica  should  be  used. 

The  chief  disadvantages  of  silica-bricks  are  their  brittleness, 
and  liability  to  "  spall  "when  exposed  to  sudden  changes  of  temper- 
ature. These  defects  appear  to  be  a  characteristic  of  the 
material  used,  and  not  to  be  due  to  defects  in  manufacture, 
though  badly  fired  silica-bricks  spall  more  than  others. 

Silica-bricks  expand  when  they  are  heated,  and  this  increase 
in  size  continues  through  several  heatings,  though  the  first  heating 
has  usually  the  greatest  effect.  The  total  increase  is  sometimes 
very  large,  but  is  not  usually  more  than  8  per  cent.  Allowance 
must  be  made  for  it  in  laying  the  bricks,  and  to  reduce  this,  some 
users  insist  on  being  supplied  with  twice-burned  bricks. 

The  materials  used  in  the  manufacture  of  silica-bricks  are 
sand  and  silica-rock,  a  special  variety  of  the  latter  found  in  the 
vale  of  Neath  and  known  as  Dinas  rock  being  highly  valued, 
but  other  sandstones,  when  sufficiently  pure,  are  also  used. 

The  rock  is  crushed  between  rolls  (p.  86)  and  is  afterwards 
ground  in  an  edge-runner  mill  (p.  95)  with  a  solid  pan,  lime  and 
water  being  added.  The  lime  is  used  as  a  flux  or  binding  ma- 
terial, and  about  one-fiftieth  of  the  weight  of  the  rock  is  added. 

Hence,  good  silica-bricks  contain  97  per  cent  of  silica,  1$  to  2 
per  cent  of  lime,  and  1^  to  2  per  cent  of  impurities.  On  heating, 
the  lime  combines  with  the  silica,  forming  a  viscous  mass,  which 
on  cooling  binds  the  particles  of  the  brick  together.  It  is,  there- 
fore, necessary  that  the  lime  should  be  equally  distributed 
throughout  the  mass,  and  for  this  purpose  an  edge-runner  mill 
with  solid  revolving  pan  is  the  most  suitable  appliance. 

The  lime  is  best  added  in  the  form  of  "  milk  "  made  by 
stirring  up  the  lime  with  water,  allowing  the  coarser  particles  to 
settle,  and  running  off  the  milky  liquid  through  a  No.  60  screen 


392  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

into  another  tank.  The  material  in  the  second  tank  is  tested  to 
ascertain  the  proportion  of  lirne  it  contains,  is  stirred  up,  and  u 
suitable  proportion  run  off  into  the  mixing-pan.  Lime-milk  varies 
so  in  composition  that  it  is  essential  to  test  it  if  the  best  results 
are  to  be  obtained. 

The  testing  is  not  difficult  if  carried  out  in  the  following- 
manner  :  50  cc.  of  the  milk  of  lime  is  measured  off  by  means 
of  a  pipette  into  a  basin  or  tumbler,  a  few  drops  of  phenolphthalein 
solution  added,  and  the  mixture  stirred  vigorously  with  a  glass  rod 
until  it  is  strongly  coloured  throughout. 

"  Normal  sulphuric  acid  "  (obtainable  from  most  chemists,  but 
not  to  be  confused  with  concentrated  or  dilute  sulphuric  acid)  is 
then  added  from  a  burette,  drop  by  drop,  with  constant  stirring, 
until  the  colour  of  the  lime  liquid  is  just  discharged.  Each  1  cc.  of 
the  acid  corresponds  to  one  eleventh  of  an  ounce  (-091  oz.)  of  lime 
in  each  gallon  of  milk. 

Instead  of  lime,  some  makers  use  plaster  of  Paris,  but  this  is 
better  avoided  as  the  presence  of  sulphates  is  sometimes  injurious 
to  the  brick. 

Silica-bricks  are  usually  moulded  by  hand  and  are  dried  on 
steam-heated  floors,  and  fired  in  round,  down-draught  kilns 
(p.  248)  or  Newcastle  kilns  (p.  255).  No  particular  precautions 
are  necessary,  as  the  material  being  non-plastic  can  be  rapidly 
fired  without  much  risk  of  damage. 

The  finishing  temperature  of  these  bricks  varies  in  different 
districts,  but  does  not  usually  exceed  1200°  C. ;  much  better 
bricks  (with  far  less  tendency  to  spall  and  crack)  are  produced 
when  the  finishing  temperature  is  raised  to.cone  17  (1470°  C.). 

The  cooling  of  kilns  containing  silica-bricks  requires  unusual 
care,  as  they  are  very  sensitive  to  sudden  changes  in  tempera- 
ture. 

A  much  better  quality  of  silica-brick  than  that  usually  made 
can  be  obtained  by  using  the  process  ordinarily  employed  for 
sand-lime  bricks.  In  this  process  the  materials  are  mixed 
together  in  a  semi-dry  state  and  are  shaped  by  powerful  presses, 
such  as  that  shown  in  fig.  166.  They  are  then  "  hardened  "  by 
exposure  in  a  steaming  chamber  for  about  ten  hours,  whereby 
a  partial  combination  of  the  lime  and  silica  takes  place,  and  the 
bricks  can  be  more  readily  handled  and  stacked  in  the  kiln. 
In  the  ordinary  lime-sand  (or  sand-lime)  bricks  more  lime  is 
used  than  is  desirable  in  silica-bricks  for  refractory  work. 

Although  fire-clay  bricks  made  under  pressure  are  inferior  to 


FIRE-BRICKS    AND    BLOCKS  398 

those  made  by  the  ordinary  hand-moulding  process,  silica-bricks 
are  not  so  seriously  affected,  and  providing  the  grading  of  the 
particles  of  silica  is  properly  arranged,  the  use  of  presses  does  not 
appear  to  be  detrimental. 

From  experiments  now  being  carried  out  by  the  author  re- 
garding the  sizes  of  grains  in  silica-bricks,  the  same  grading  as  is 
used  for  fire-bricks  appears  to  be  desirable  though  not  essential. 
Some  separation  into  "medium"  and  "very  fine"  particles 
appears  to  be  very  desirable,  though  to  the  best  of  the  author's 
knowledge  no  maker  of  silica  bricks  at  present  works  with  this 
in  view,  though  several  makers  of  lime-sand  bricks  are  doing- 
it.  The  experiments  not  being  complete,  conclusive  suggestions 
cannot  be  given,  but  the  results  already  obtained  indicate  that 
about  one  quarter  of  the  rock  or  sand  and  all  the  lime  should 
be  ground  in  a  ball-mill  to  as  fine  a  flour  as  possible,  and  this 
dust  added  to  the  more  coarsely  ground  material  previous  to 
mixing  the  whole  with  water  and  shaping  into  bricks. 

Ganister -bricks  are  another  variety  of  fire-bricks;  they  are- 
intermediate  in  character  between  those  made  from  fire-clay  and 
from  silica. 

True  gaiiister  is  a  dense  siliceous  rock  containing  up  to  10  per 
cent  of  clay.  It  is  found  in  various  parts  of  the  country,  the 
best  deposits  being  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Sheffield,  Gartcosh 
(West  Scotland),  and  Dowlais  (Wales).  It  is  a  water-deposited 
mineral,  probably  derived  from  granitic  rocks  in  a  manner  sim- 
ilar to  clay,  and  varies  considerably  in  composition. 

The  best  Yorkshire  ganisters  contain  95  per  cent  of  silica,  of 
which  about  5  per  cent  is  in  the  form  of  clay. 

Ganister-bricks  are  made  in  a  manner  similar  to  silica-bricks, 
but  lime  is  seldom  added,  as  the  clay  in  the  ganister  acts  as  a 
sufficient  binder.  Indeed,  the  term  "  silica-brick "  is  often 
applied  to  bricks  made  of  ganister  or  to  mixtures  of  silica  and 
clay  which  are  intended  to  resemble  ganister. 

In  some  cases,  ganister-bricks  must  be  treated  very  carefully 
in  drying  sheds  and  in  the  kilns,  just  as  though  they  were  made 
of  fire-clay,  but  most  ganister-bricks  can  be  made  and  fired 
rapidly.  They  should  be  heated  to  a  temperature  corresponding 
to  cone  16  or  17  and  require  to  be  carefully  cooled. 

Basic  bricks  are  usually  made  of  magnesia  or  bauxite  and 
are  weak  in  resistance  to  pressure,  but  remarkable  for  their 
resistance  to  heat.  Bauxite  is  infusible  and  magnesia  practi- 
cally so,  as  it  only  becomes  viscous  at  about  1950°  C. 


394  MODERN    BBICKMAKING 

Bauxite-bricks  are  made  by  grinding  the  material  to  a  moder- 
.ately  fine  powder  in  edge-runner  mills  (p.  183),  mixing  it  with 
about  one  quarter  of  its  weight  of  clay  and  a  little  water  in  a 
pug-mill  (p.  49),  and  moulding  it  by  hand  by  the  slop-process, 
-so  that  the  process  used  is  similar  to  that  employed  for  second- 
grade  fire-bricks.  Bauxite -bricks  may  also  be  made  in  a  stiff- 
plastic  machine  and  dried  on  a  steam-heated  floor  or  in  any  con- 
venient warm  place. 

The  burning  presents  no  special  difficulties,  except  that,  as  the 
bricks  are  weak,  they  cannot  be  stacked  very  high,  and  must 
therefore  be  burned  in  low  kilns  or  on  the  top  of  other  bricks  in 
an  ordinary  kiln.  The  bricks  must  be  protected  from  "  flash- 
ing," and  plenty  of  air  must  be  used  in  the  firing,  as  otherwise 
the  iron  oxide  present  in  the  bauxite  will  be  reduced  and  will 
lessen  the  value  of  the  bricks.  Bauxite-bricks  should  be  fired 
at  a  temperature  not  less  than  1250°  C.,  as  a  high  finishing  tem- 
perature is  desirable,  but  is  difficult  to  secure  without  reducing 
the  iron.  The  shrinkage  of  bauxite  is  so  great  that  bricks  of  this 
material  cannot  weh1  be  used  at  higher  temperatures  than  that 
used  in  their  manufacture. 

Magnesia-bricks  have  conie  much  into  prominence  during  the 
last  few  years,  though  the  raw  material  used  in  them  has  to  be 
imported  into  this  country.  The  manufacture  is  accompanied 
by  peculiar  difficulties  if  a  really  strong  magnesia-brick  is  to  be 
made  from  pure  materials. 

The  materials  of  which  ^magnesia-bricks  are  made  are 
<1)  caustic  magnesia,  obtained  by  burning  magnesite  at  a  moder- 
ate red  heat  in  kilns  similar  to  those  used  for  lime ;  and  (2)  dead 
burned,  or  sintered  magnesia,  obtained  by  heating  caustic  mag- 
nesia to  a  still  higher  temperature.  This  must  contain  a  small 
proportion  of  iron  oxide  (about  4  per  cent)  as  otherwise  the  sinter- 
ing temperature  would  be  too  high. 

The  magnesia  is  ground  to  a  fine  powder  in  an  edge-runner 
•  mill,  a  little  water  (about  5  per  cent)  being  added  so  as  to  form  a 
pasty  mass.  This  is  allowed  to  stand  for  a  few  days.  Some  firms 
grind  the  materials  separately  with  crushing  rolls  and  mix  them 
by  hand,  or  in  an  open  mixer,  instead  of  both  grinding  and  mix- 
ing in  a  pan-mill.  The  pasty  mass  is  formed  into  bricks  by 
powerful  hydraulic  presses,  a  pressure  of  300  to  500  atmospheres 
being  necessary.  A  good  press  will  deliver  2500  bricks  per  day. 
The  bricks  are  then  carefully  and 'slowly  dried  in  well -ventilated, 
steam-heated  sheds,  or  in  drying  tunnels.  Great  care  is  needed 


FIRE-BRICKS    AND    BLOCKS  395 

in  moving  the  pressed  but  uiidried  bricks,  as  they  are  very  sensi- 
tive to  slight  shocks  and  vibrations. 

Magnesia-bricks  may  be  fired  in  round  down-draught  kilns  of 
;sinall  size,  but  the  temperature  to  be  reached  is  so  high  that  gas- 
fired  kilns  are  preferable.  In  any  case  the  kiln  should  be  lined 
with  magnesia  bricks.  It  is  essential  that  the  kilns  shall  be 
low  (not  more  than  4  ft.  6  in.  high  internally)  and  comparatively 
-small.  The  finishing  temperature  should  not  be  less  than  that 
corresponding  to  Seger  cone  18,  and  it  is  usually  better  to  finish 
with  cone  23,  The  addition  of  clay  and  other  binding  materials 
is  undesirable,  as  it  makes  the  bricks  less  refractory. 

Owing  to  the  tenderness  of  the  unfired  bricks,  a  skilled  setter 
should  be  employed  to  place  them  in  the  kilns,  and  he  should  be 
instructed  to  bed  each  brick  carefully  in  magnesia  sand.  This 
"  sand  "  must  have  been  freed  from  dust  before  use,  the  most  suit- 
able sized  grains  being  JF  in.  diameter.  Fine  dust  causes  the 
bricks  to  adhere  to  each  other  during  firing. 

The  bricks,  when  drawn  from  the  kiln,  must  be  gauged  accur- 
.ately  and  sorted  according  to  size,  so  that,  in  use,  they  may  be  laid 
with  the  narrowest  possible  joints. 

The  chief  difficulties  in  the  manufacture  of  magnesia-bricks 
.are  due  to  irregular  shrinkage  of  the  raw  material,  the  great  pres- 
.sure  required  in  shaping,  and  the  high  kiln  temperature.  The 
first  of  these  is  by  far  the  most  troublesome,  but  much  can  be 
done  by  carefully  determining  the  density  of  the  raw  material 
.and  classifying  it  accordingly. 

Magnesia-bricks  possess  a  remarkable  power  of  resisting  the 
.action  of  slag  arid  limestone,  so  that  their  relatively  high  cost  is 
.soon  saved  when  they  are  used  in  certain  types  of  metallurgical  fur- 
naces. They  are,  however,  very  sensitive  to  the  action  of  silica. 
'Owing  to  a  tendency  to  expand  on  repeated  heating,  they  should 
not  be  used  in  arches. 

The  "  mortar  "  used  in  laying  magnesia-bricks  should  consist 
of  powdered  magnesia  mixed  with  one-ninth  of  its  weight  of  tar. 
It  must  be  used  hot. 

Neutral  fire-bricks  are  usually  made  of  chromite  (an  ore  con- 
taining about  half  its  weight  of  chromium  oxide  and  one-quarter 
of  its  weight  of  iron  oxide)  and  are  difficult  to  prepare,  as  the 
material  is  almost  destitute  of  binding  power.  It  is,  therefore, 
usually  mixed  with  fire-clay  or  bauxite  in  such  a  proportion  that 
the  bricks  contain  one-third  of  their  weight  of  chromium  oxide, 
or  chrome  ores  containing  alumina  are  used. 


396  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

These  chrome  bricks  are  best  made  by  crushing  the  material  to 
a  powder,  and  compressing  it  by  a  powerful  press  (p.  223-236). 
The  bricks  are  fired  at  a  temperature  corresponding  to  cone  12  or 
over. 

Briquettes  of  compressed  graphite  or  other  form  of  carbon  are 
occasionally  used  for  high  temperature  work.  They  are  made 
by  grinding  graphite  or  coke  to  a  powder,  mixing  it  with  about  20 
per  cent  of  tar,  and  compressing  in  hydraulic  or  other  powerful 
presses. 

The  manufacture  of  similar  briquettes  from  low-grade  coal 
is  greatly  used  on  the  Continent  to  form  fuel,  but  in  Great  Britain 
the  price  of  good  coal  is  not  sufficiently  high  to  make  briquetting 
commercially  profitable. 


CHAPTER  XI 
GLAZED  BRICKS 

THERE  is  a  general  impression  amongst  brickmakers  that  any  kind 
-of  brick  can  be  glazed,  providing  that  the  composition  of  the  glaze 
is  known.  This  half-truth  has  been  the  cause  of  much  trouble  and 
loss  of  money,  because  few  people  have  yet  realized  that  unless 
the  brick  to  which  the  glaze  is  to  be  applied  is  practically  perfect 
the  glazed  brick  will  be  a  failure.  Trifling  defects  in  a  facing- 
brick  are  often  overlooked,  but  even  smaller  defects  in  a  brick 
which  is  afterwards  glazed  will  render  attempts  to  sell  it  entirely 
abortive.  Thus,  a  few  tiny  specks  of  lime  in  a  facing  brick  may 
be  passed  unnoticed  by  the  purchaser,  but,  if  such  a  brick  be 
glazed,  the  glaze  will  shell  off  above  each  lime-speck  and  the 
brick  will  be  of  no  value. 

Speaking  generally,  red-burning  clays  are  very  liable  to  defects 
which  are  trifling  in  themselves,  but  which  render  successful 
glazing  impossible,  and,  whilst  a  few  firms  have  succeeded  in 
building  up  a  good  trade  in  glazed  bricks  made  of  red-burning 
clay,  the  majority  of  those  who  have  attempted  to  use  this 
material  on  a  large  scale  have  failed  to  show  any  profit. 

Glazed  bricks,  are,  therefore,  chiefly  made  of  fire-clay,  the 
second-grade  clays  with  a  fusibility  corresponding  to  cone  26  to 
30  being  used. 

A  brick  to  be  suitable  for  glazing  must  be  regular  in  shape, 
exact  in  size,  with  clean  arrises,  and  a  fine  face  free  from  small 
irregularities  or  discoloured  spots.  It  must  be  sufficiently  porous 
to  absorb  the  water  in  the  glaze-slip,  and  must  be  refractory  enough 
to  keep  its  shape  whilst  heated  at  a  temperature  which  will  suit 
the  glaze. 

Such  bricks  are  usually  made  by  the  plastic  process  (p.  76) 
and  are  repressed  before  being  fired,  so  as  to  obtain  a  good  shape 
and  face  and  to  make  them  accurate  in  size.  Any  of  the  re- 
presses illustrated  on  pages  140  to  153  may  be  used;  that  by 
Pullan  &  Mann  (no;.  96)  has  a  special  measuring  mechanism 

(397) 


398  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

which  automatically  makes  all  bricks  pressed  in  the  same  thick- 
ness, as  any  excess  of  clay  is  absorbed  by  making  a  somewhat 
shallower  frog  than  usual. 

When  made  of  fire-clay,  bricks  to  be  glazed  are  often  hand 
moulded,  as  are  fire-bricks  (p.  385),  and  are  repressed  when  parti- 
ally dry.  Dry -pressed  bricks  are  slowly  coming  into  use  for  glazing 
purposes,  but  they  have  not  proved  popular  so  far,  owing  to  their 
liability  to  develop  tiny  surface  cracks  which  are  of  little  or  no 
importance  in  unglazed  bricks  but  prevent  glaze  adhering  pro- 
perly. 

Much  difference  of  opinion  has  been  expressed  from  time  to 
time  on  the  desirability  or  otherwise  of  burning  bricks  before 
glazing  them.  It  is  considered  that  the  cost  of  burning  the  bricks 
is  so  much  wasted  money,  as  they  have  to  be  reburned  when 
glazed.  Experience  shows,  however,  that  if  the  glaze  is  applied  to 
unfired  ("  green  ")  bricks,  the  damage  suffered  in  handling  makes 
a  large  proportion  of  the  bricks  useless  when  they  come  from  the 
kiln.  These  spoiled,  glazed  bricks  cannot  be  sold  except  as 
rubbish,  as  it  is  obvious  that  they  are  damaged.  If,  on  the 
contrary,  the  bricks  are  first  burned  without  glaze,  any  defective 
ones  sorted  out  may  be  sold  as  building  bricks  of  good  quality, 
or  even  as  fire-bricks  at  a  higher  price.  The  bricks  selected  to  be 
glazed  are  "stronger  and  less  liable  to  damage,  the  amount  of  glaze 
wasted  is  reduced,  and  the  number  of  unsaleable  glazed  bricks  is 
brought  to  a  minimum.  These  various  savings  often  combine  to 
make  it  cheaper  to  fire  bricks  twice  instead  of  once. 

At  the  same  time,  it  is  often  possible  with  extraordinarily 
careful  handling  to  glaze  the  unfired  bricks  and  put  them  into 
the  kilns  in  a  remarkably  perfect  condition,  and  if  workpeople 
who  will  give  sufficient  care  to  the  matter  can  be  obtained,  it  is 
quite  possible  (though  seldom  realized)  to  obtain  a  large  propor- 
tion of  excellent  glazed  bricks  with  a  single  firing. 

A  mistake  often  made  by  the  purchasers  of  glaze  recipes  > is  to 
consider  that  they  can  buy  ah1  the  bricks  they  require  from  a 
neighbouring  yard.  Such  people  forget  that  bricks  intended  for 
glazing  need  most  careful  handling,  as  when  chipped  at  the  edges 
they  are  rendered  useless.  As  few  bricks  which  have  been  carted 
from  one  yard  to  another  are  not  slightly  chipped,  it  is  practically 
impossible  to  buy  bricks  for  glazing  unless  the  glazer  is  allowed 
to  work  on  the  same  premises  as  the  brickmaker. 

The  glazed-brick  manufacturer  cannot  be  too  stringent  or 
careful  in  the  selection  of  his  bricks. 


GLAZED    BRICKS  399- 

The  glazes  used  for  bricks  must  be  sufficiently  durable  to 
withstand  ordinary  climatic  changes  without  "  crazing  "  or  form- 
ing hair-like  cracks.  They  must  be  sufficiently  hard  to  withstand 
accidental  blows,  and  must  adhere  to  the  brick  so  completely 
that  they  will  not  chip,  or  peel  off.  Glazes  which  melt  at  low 
temperatures  (below  1000°  C.)  do  not  usually  possess  these  neces- 
sary characteristics  when  fired  on  a  porous  body,  but  tend  to 
craze  or  peel.  Glazes  fired  at  a  higher  temperature  are  therefore 
employed  for  glazed  bricks,  as  the  higher  temperature  enables  a 
mixture  of  material  to  be  used  which  produces  a  mass  more 
nearly  resembling  the  brick  itself.  Low-temperature  glazes  are 
frequently  termed  "soft-fired"  or  "soft,"  and  high-temperature 
ones  are  spoken  of  as  "  hard-fired  "  or  tl  hard  "  ;  the  terms  "  hard  " 
and  "  soft "  when  applied  to  glazes  have  no  necessary  connexion 
with  the  softness  or  hardness  of  the  glaze. 

It  is  seldom  that  a  glaze  can  be  applied  directly  to  a  brick,  a& 
the  colour  of  the  brick  itself  will  usually  spoil  the  colour  of  the 
glaze.  It  is,  therefore,  customary  to  cover  the  face  of  the  brick 
with  a  "  body  "  composed  largely  of  white -burning  clay  and  to- 
apply  the  glaze  to  this  body. 

For  dark- coloured  glazes,  particularly  green  ones,  the  glaze 
may  often  be  applied  direct  to  the  brick  without  any  intermediate 
"body,"  and  the  use  of  a  white  opaque  glaze  permits  the 
omission  of  the  intermediate  "  body  "  when  white  bricks  are 
needed.  Owing,  however,  to  the  difficulties  connected  in  pre- 
paring white  opaque  glazes,  it  is,  at  the  present  time,  customary 
to  use  a  white  body  and  a  transparent  glaze  in  the  manufacture 
of  white-glazed  bricks.  Opaque  glazes  are  becoming  increasingly 
popular,  and  have  many  advantages  dn  spite  of  the  difficulties 
involved  in  preparing  them. 

The  clay  being  suitable  for  the  purpose  of  making  a  clean,  well- 
shaped  brick,  the  most  important  part  of  the  manufacture  is  the 
pressing.  The  presses  should  be  placed  conveniently  near  to  the 
second  drying  floor,  or  to  the  dripping  sheds,  according  as  the 
bricks  are  burned  or  glazed  in  the  green  state,  as  a  little  rough- 
ness in  handling  the  unpressed  bricks  will  do  no  damage,  but  the 
pressed  bricks  must  be  handled  as  little  as  possible  and  carried 
as  short  distances  as  possible. 

Two  serious  errors  arise  in  pressing,  and  must  be  prevented 
at  all  costs.  The  first  is  due  to  the  use  of  worn  moulds  or  dies, 
whereby  the  bricks  are  formed  with  an  "  arris  "  or  rough  edge  on 
them,  and  a  clean  edge  is  then  impossible  if  the  arris  is  not  re- 


400  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

moved.  The  second  is  where  the  press -man  fails  to  clean  out 
the  die  completely,  with  the  result  that  succeeding  bricks  have 
small  pieces  of  clay  forced  into  their  faces  and  these  rise  during 
the  dipping  and  later  cause  the  glaze  to  peel. 

Pressing  bricks  for  glazing  is  necessarily  a  slow  operation  (about 
four  bricks  per  minute  being  the  maximum),  and  any  attempt- 
to  hurry  the  press-man  may  result  in  the  loss  of  several  hundred 
bricks,  because  these  are  spoiled  by  loose  arris  getting  on  to  the 
faces  of  the  bricks,  or  in  other  ways. 

Glazed  bricks  must  be  laid  with  the  thinnest  possible  joints, 
and,  for  this  reason,  must  be  pressed  accurately.  Any  good  press 
may  be  used  for  this  purpose,  but  it  is  sometimes  a  convenience 
to  use  one  in  which  the  die  can  be  drawn  out  on  slides  to  the 
front  of  the  press  in  order  to  discharge  the  brick,  and  enable  the  die 
to  be  cleaned  before  pressing  another  brick.  When  the  die  is 
movable  in  this  way,  it  is  much  easier  for  the  workman  to  see 
that  it  is  properly  cleaned  and  oiled  than  when  a  die  fixed  per- 
manently beneath  the  plunger  is  used.  It  is,  however,  essential 
that  the  slides  on  which  the  die  moves  are  kept  perfectly  clean, 
or  the  male  part  of  the  die  will  not  fit  accurately  into  the  other 
portion  and  the  die  will  be  damaged. 

Bricks  which  are  glazed  previous  to  burning  require  to  be  set 
in  the  kilns  with  the  greatest  care  to  prevent  chipping,  and  the 
temperature  throughout  the  kiln  must  be  as  even  as  possible  or 
the  bricks  will  be  unevenly  glazed  later.  Bricks  to  be  glazed  in 
the  green  state  are  often  first  "  clapped  "  with  a  flat  wooden  blade 
to  close  up  the  face,  but  with  a  good  press  and  careful  man  this 
operation  is  not  necessary. 

The  bricks  to  be  dipped  are  placed  on  a  large  off-bearing 
barrow  with  ample  springs  to  prevent  undue  vibration,  and  are 
taken  to  the  dipper,  who  has  a  small  wagon  to  carry  his  tub  of 
slip. 

If  the  bricks  are  to  be  dipped  before  firing  they  are  placed 
directly  they  come  from  the  press  on  to  the  barrow  already 
mentioned,  a  sufficient  number  of  these  barrows  being  provided 
to  allow  the  bricks  to  dry  somewhat  after  they  have  been  pressed. 
This  is  better  than  placing  the  bricks  on  the  floor  as  they  come 
from  the  press,  as  the  double  handling  thus  necessary  is  certain 
to  damage  them,  and  the  cost  of  a  few  additional  barrows  is  not 
usually  prohibitive. 

The  barrows  with  the  bricks  on  them  may  be  run  into  a  warm 
shed  so  as  to  allow  the  bricks  to  stiffen  and  dry  sufficiently  with- 


GLAZED    BEICKS  401 

in  two  or  three  hours,  or  they  may  be  left  overnight,  bricks 
pressed  one  day  being  dipped  on  the  next.  The  bricks  must  not 
be  so  dry  as  to  show  a  lighter  colour  at  the  edges.  Some  firms 
dip  the  bricks  after  they  have  been  dried  "white  hard,"  but  this 
is  seldom  (satisfactory  as  the  sudden  soaking  of  the  dried  face 
often  cracks  it. 

When  fired  bricks  are  to  be  dipped  they  should  be  sorted  at 
the  kilns,  and  good  bricks  placed  on  the  barrows  described  and 
taken  to  the  dipping  shop. 

The  dipping  shed  is  provided  with  rows  of  temporary  shelves, 
and  the  man  places  each  brick  on  one  of  these  shelves  as 
soon  as  he  has  dipped  it.  As  already  mentioned,  it  is  usually 
necessary  to  cover  the  face  of  the  bricks  with  "  body  "  before 
applying  the  glaze,  this  process  being  commonly  known  as  "  body- 
dipping  "or  "  bodying  ". 

The  process  of  "  body-dipping  "  varies  somewhat  in  different 
localities,  but  the  following  description  of  the  method  used  by 
the  author  and  many  others  can  be  relied  upon  as  being  satis- 
factory. It  requires  the  services  of  a  man  and  a  big  boy,  an 
extra  lad  being  advisable  when  special  bricks  are  being  treated. 

The  first  lad  (termed  the  "  brusher  ")  is  provided  with  a  basin 
of  "  first  dip  "  (see  later)  into  which  he  dips  a  broad  brush  with 
soft  bristles  about  2  in.  in  length,  and  by  lightly  passing  the 
brush  over  each  of  the  bricks  on  the  barrow,  a  uniform  coating 
of  "  dip  "  is  applied  to  each.  It  may,  sometimes,  be  necessary 
to  go  over  the  edges  of  the  bricks  a  second  time,  any  surplus 
material  being  removed  by  the  brush  at  the  same  time.  It  is 
necessary  that  this  first  coating  should  be  as  even  as  possible, 
and  that  it  should  extend  slightly  over  the  edges  of  the  face  of 
the  brick. 

After  each  brick  has  been  "  brushed "  in  this  way,  it  is 
"  dipped  "  into  a  tub  of  "  body  "  by  the  man,  being  immersed 
sufficiently  to  cover  the  face  of  the  brick  and  but  little  more. 
This  dipping  requires  some  amount  of  skill  in  order  to  get  satisfac- 
tory results  and  to  produce  an  even  coating  free  from  streaks. 
The  bricks  should  be  taken  up  by  both  hands,  held  with  the 
face  downwards  at  a  slight  angle,  and  in  this  position  should  be 
dipped  into  the  body  with  a  single,  sweeping  motion.  The  move- 
ment of  the  brick  in  the  liquid  should  be  very  slight,  as  a  long 
sweep  is  liable  to  cause  streaks.  The  correct  movement  is  ob- 
tained when  the  end  of  the  brick  which  first  enters  the  liquid 
emerges  at  not  more  than  a  foot  from  the  place  where  it  enters. 

26 


402  MODEBN    BBICKMAKING 

though  for  some  clays  even  this  sweep  is  a  couple  of  inches  too 
long.  The  dipped  brick  is  then  placed  on  a  shelf  to  dry. 

Bricks  which  have  two  faces  dipped  require  even  more  skill, 
but  the  process  is  the  same,  the  only  difference  being  that  a  shelf 
narrower  than  the  brick  must  be  used,  so  that  the  glazed  portion 
does  not  come  into  contact  with  it  during  the  drying.  Some- 
times the  bricks  are  dipped  twice  in  the  body  after  an  interval 
of  a  couple  of  hours,  but  with  a  good  body  this  is  seldom  neces- 
sary. 

The  dipping  shed  should  be  kept  moderately  warm  (65°  F.), 
but  must  not  be  so  hot  as  to  cause  the  body  or  glaze  to  peel  off. 
The  heat  may  most  conveniently  be  supplied  by  steam-pipes 
about  1  in.  diameter  near  the  floor  and  below  the  shelves  on 
which  the  dipped  bricks  are  placed. 

Some  firms  prefer  to  burn  the  brick  after  it  has  been  dipped 
in  the  body,  but  this  is  not  advisable  as  any  slight  variation  in  the 
heat  will  prevent  the  bricks  glazing  evenly,  and  discoloured  bricks 
are  more  frequent  than  when  the  bricks  are  finished  before  firing. 

The  glaze  is  applied  by  dipping  in  precisely  the  same  manner 
as  the  body,  but  it  is  usual  to  let  the  other  end  of  the  brick  first 
enter  the  glaze. 

Most  unfired  bricks  are  dipped  in  glaze  within  two  hours  or  so 
of  their  being  "  bodied,"  but  the  interval  between  the  operations 
depends  upon  the  brick.  The  glaze  may  usually  be  applied  as  soon 
as  the  body  has  become  dull  in  appearance  and  no  longer  appears 
to  be  wet,  although  it  is  really  so.  Fired  bricks  are  ready  for 
glazing  within  a  few  minutes  after  being  dipped  in  the  body. 

Any  surplus  glaze  is  removed  (after  drying)  by  means  of  a 
fine  wire  brush,  or  a  sharp  knife.  The  bricks  are  then  ready  for 
the  kiln. 

The  materials  used  in  the  preparation  of  glazed  bricks  are 
very  numerous,  and  would  require  a  large  volume  to  describe 
them  fully.  For  temperatures  near  1000°  C,  they  are  similar  to 
those  used  by  potters,  but  for  the  higher  temperatures  less  fusible 
glazes  are  employed,  and  these  are  usually  composed  of  felspar, 
Cornwall  stone,  flint,  and  whiting,  the  corresponding  bodies  being 
composed  of  china  clay,  ball  clay,  Cornwall  stone,  and  flint,  a  little 
of  the  brick  clay  being  often  used  in  the  "  first  dip  ". 

Other  materials  such  as  barytes,  zinc  oxide,  soda,  and  plaster 
of  Paris  may  be  added  at  the  discretion  of  the  glaze  maker,  and 
the 'materials  must,  in  some  cases,  be  fritted  into  a  kind  of  glass 
and  ground  before  use. 


GLAZED    BRICKS  403 

Lead  compounds  are  seldom  necessary  in  hand-fired  glazes, 
and  their  use  should  be  avoided  whenever  possible  for  several 
reasons. 

Coloured  glazes  are  usually  made  by  adding  1  to  5  per  cent  of 
one  or  more  of  the  following  metallic  oxides  to  either  the  body 
or  glaze : — 

For  ivhites — Arsenic,  oxide  of  tin,  tin  ashes,  oxide  of  bismuth. 

For  browns — Iron  and  manganese  oxides,  coloured  clays  (sien- 
nas and  ochres)  and  umber. 

For  yellows — Titanium,  antimony,  and  iron  oxides,  lead 
chromate,  and  (for  orange  yellows)  uranium  oxides. 

For  reds — Ferric  oxide,  or  red  copper  oxide,  or  gold  under 
strong  reducing  conditions. 

For  pinks — Chromium  and  tin  oxides  mixed. 

For  blues — Cobalt  oxide  or  phosphate,  with  or  without  opacity  - 
producing  materials  like  zinooxide. 

For  greens — Chrome  oxides,  bichromate,  copper  oxide,  cobalt 
oxide,  and  yellow  clays. 

For  blacks — cobalt  and  manganese  or  iron  chromate  (mixed). 
A  perfect  black  glaze  is  unknown. 

For  gold — The  metal  gold  is  applied  in  various  forms,  but  can 
only  be  used  at  very  low  temperatures. 

For  silver — platinum  and  some  of  its  compounds. 

These  materials  may  be  purchased  from  dealers  in  potter's 
materials  in  the  form  of  "  chemicals "  or  as  prepared  glazes, 
bodies,  or  colours  which  only  require  to  be  mixed  with  water  to 
make  them  ready  for  use  on  certain  clays,  though,  usually, 
the  composition  of  bodies  and  glazes  must  be  altered  to  suit 
the  particular  bricks  to  be  used,  so  that  no  general  recipe  is  pos- 
sible for  all  cases.  The  following  recipes  are,  however,  given 
here  as  indicating  the  general  type  of  body  and  glaze  which  (after 
adaptation)  will  be  found  most  suitable  for  general  work  :— 

FIRST  DIP. 

China  clay        .  .         .  .  70  Ib. 

Ball  clay           .  .  •        .  .  15  Ib. 

Cornwall  stone  .•         .  .  10  Ib. 

Flint         .         .  ...  5  Ib. 

Water,  about    .  .         .  .  .  10  gals. 

Part  of  the  clay  may  be  replaced  by  the  clay  of  which  the 
bricks  are  made,  but  this  is  not  usually  desirable,  and  in  the  case 


404  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

of  some  fire-clays  is  impracticable  on  account  of  the  shale-oil  they 
contain. 

The  amount  of  water  depends  largely  on  the  nature  of  the 
bricks,  and  may  be  as  low  as  8  or  as  high  as  15  gallons. 

The  materials  should  be  weighed  out  accurately,  placed  in  a 
clean  tub,  stirred  up  well  and  passed  through  a  No.  80  sieve,  any 
material  remaining  on  the  sieve  being  thrown  away. 

Some  workers  prefer  to  use  a  "  first  dip  "  made  by  adding  more 
water  to  the  ordinary  body ;  where  this  can  be  done  it  saves  the 
trouble  of  making  a  special  mixture. 

WHITE  BODY. 

China  clay        .  .         ,         .60  Ib. 

Ball  clay        -  .  .       ••-.  •      .     10  Ib. 

Cornwall  stone  ...         ,         .20  Ib. 

Flint         .         ,  '     .  •     .         .     10  Ib. 

Water,  about    .  .         ...     10  gals. 

These  materials  should  be  thoroughly  mixed  together — a 
mechanical  blunger  being  used  when  the  quantities  to  be  mixed 
at  a  time  are  sufficiently  large — and  passed  through  a  No.  60  or 
80  sieve.  If  a  blunger  is  used,  the  ball  clay,  flint,  and  water  should 
be  added  together,  the  remaining  materials  being  added  when  the 
former  have  been  well  mixed.  The  blunger  should  be  emptied 
and  cleaned  out  as  soon  as  the  paddles  have  been  stopped,  or 
trouble  may  occur  with  the  materials  setting  hard. 

COLOUKLESS  GLAZE  (CONE  8). 

Felspar     .         .  .         .  '  .     20  Ib. 

Cornwall  stone  .         I  .     60  Ib. 

Flint         .         .  .         .  .       5  Ib. 

Whiting   .         .  -.  .     •  .  .15  Ib. 

Water,  about    .  ''..'.  .10  gals. 

This  is  prepared  in  a  similar  manner  to  the  body.  It  may 
have  5  per  cent  of  ball  clay  or  3  per  cent  of  barytes  in  place  of 
5  per  cent  of  the  stone.  It  is  better  than  a  purely  felspathic 
glaze,  as,  being  more  adhesive,  it  is  less  liable  to  be  chipped 
or  to  fall  off. 

Majolica  glazes  are  used  for  all  those  clays  and  colours  which 
cannot  be  produced  at  higher  temperatures.  The  bricks  must> 
with  majolica  glazes,  be  fired  in  muffle  kilns,  and  must  have  been 
fired  before  being  glazed. 


GLAZED   BEICKS  405 

The  glaze  (usually  opaque)  is  applied  by  dipping  in  the 
manner  already  described,  it  being  used  direct  or  preferably  on  a 
body. 

Owing  to  the  low  temperature  in  the  glaze  kiln  the  glazes 
must  usually  have  been  fritted  before  use,  or  some  portion  of 
them  must  have  been  submitted  to  this  process. 

A  typical  fritt  for  glazed  bricks  is  composed  of  red  lead,  Corn- 
wall stone,  borax  and  soda,  with  china  or  ball  clay,  the  propor- 
tions varying  with  the  temperature  to  be  reached.  Owing  to  the 
trouble  of  preparation,  brickrnakers  usually  buy  their  fritts  and 
colours  in  such  a  state  that  they  only  need  mixing  to  be  ready 
for  use.  The  larger  works  employ  men  who  have  made  a  special 
study  of  majolica  glazes — a  subject  requiring  almost  a  life's  work 
before  perfection  can  be  reached. 

The  raw  materials,  as  well  as  the  body  or  glaze  slips,  must  be 
stored  in  a  clean  dry  place,  which  is  cool  in  summer  and  not  cold 
enough  for  the  slips  to  freeze  in  winter.  The  roof  or  ceiling  must 
be  of  such  a  nature  that  nothing  will  drop  from  it  into  the  slips, 
and  these  slips  should  be  kept  covered. 

Large  wooden  bins  are  most  suitable  for  the  material.  The 
slips  are  best  kept  in  glazed  cisterns  or  tanks,  set  about  3  ft.  above 
the  ground-level  and  fitted  with  an  outlet  in  the  bottom.  They 
should  not  be  too  deep  for  a  man  to  be  able  to  stir  their  contents 
easily  with  the  aid  of  a  bat  about  2  ft.  6  in.  long.  Before  with- 
drawing any  slip,  the  liquid  must  be  thoroughly  stirred  up  so 
that  no  deposit  remains  on  the  bottom. 

The  slip  should  be  taken  to  the  dipping  sheds  in  glazed 
earthenware  bowls.  These  can  be  obtained  cheaply,  and  are  far 
less  liable  to  discolour  the  bricks  than  are  cans  made  of  zinc  or 
galvanized  iron.  Iron  and  brass  cans  must  on  no  account  be 
used,  and  enamelled  iron  is  also  unsatisfactory. 

During  the  dipping,  the  glaze  and  body  must  be  kept  in  con- 
stant motion,  and  should  be  frequently  passed  through  a  No.  80 
sieve  to  remove  foreign  particles  and>to  aid  in  the  mixing. 

The  setting  and  firing  of  the  glazed  goods  are  matters  requiring 
great  care.  The  bricks  must  be  placed  in  such  a  manner  that 
they  do  not  run  any  risk  of  chipping,  nor  of  being  discoloured  or 
otherwise  damaged  by  the  flame.  One  satisfactory  method  of 
setting  glazed  bricks  is  shown  on  p.  336,  though  some  firms 
have  found  continuous  (chamber)  kilns  excellent  and  economical. 
Muffle  kilns  are  not  necessary  if  the  bricks  are  placed  properly. 

Coloured  glazed  bricks  must  be  kept  apart  from  each  other 


406 


MODERN    BBICKMAKINU 


and  from  white  bricks,  as  a  certain  amount  of  "  volatilization  " 
of  colour  always  occurs. 

The  glazed  faces  of  bricks  must  also  face  other  glazed  faces, 
or  otherwise  they  will  be  dulled. 

The  manner  of  heating  will  depend  on  whether  the  bricks  have 
been  fired  before  being  glazed.  If  not,  they  must  be  heated  as 
cautiously  and  steadily  as  possible,  all  the  precautions  mentioned 
in  section  on  burning  (p.  337  to  367)  being  observed.  When 
the  bricks  have  reached  a  bright  red  heat  and  are  fully  oxidized, 
the  heating  should  be  continued  somewhat  more  quickly  than 
when  unglazed  bricks  are  fired,  as  prolonged  heating  tends  to  dull 
the  glaze. 

The  "  finishing  point  "  of  the  kiln  is  ascertained  by  drawing 
out  glazed  test-pieces  (fig.  251)  and  by  examining  these ;  a  fairly 

accurate  idea  of  the  temperature  is 
also  obtainable  by  the  use  of  Seger 
cones.  The  full  temperature  re- 
quired having  been  reached,  the 
fires  are  poked  up,  sufficient  air 
being  admitted  to  let  them  die  down 
rapidly  (to  prevent  overheating) 
and  the  openings  in  the  kiln  are 
then  all  closed  and  made  air-tight 
with  clay  paste. 

Kilns  containing  glazed  bricks 
should  be  cooled  fairly  rapidly  at 
first — until  the  glaze  is  too  cool  to 
de vitrify  or  crystallize — but  as  soon 
as  they  have  reached  a  temperature 
usually  of  900°  C.,  they  should  be 


o 


FIG.  251.— Glazed  trial-piece. 


at  which  this  cannot  occur 
cooled  much  more  slowly. 

When  the  glaze  is  applied  to  bricks  which  have  been  fired 
previously,  the  heating  of  the  kiln  may  be  fairly  rapid,  but  the 
cooling  must  be  cautiously  carried  out. 

Salt-glazed  bricks  are  in  great  demand  where  a  cheap  but 
reliable  glazed  surface  is  required.  Owing  to  the  special  manner 
in  which  the  glaze  is  formed,  it  is  less  liable  to  defects  than 
ordinary  glazed  bricks.  Water  and  frost  do  not  affect  them  in 
any  way.  There  is  a  greater  demand  for  light  glazed  bricks  than 
dark  ones.  Unfortunately  the  number  of  colours  available  is 
very  limited  and  white  salt-glazed  bricks  are  exceedingly  difficult 
to  produce. 


GLAZED    BRICKS  407 

Ordinary  salt-glazing  produces  a  dark  brown  glaze  (similar  to 
that  on  drain  pipes),  but  many  makers  "  improve  "  upon  this  by 
first  dipping  the  bricks  in  a  body. 

Salt-glazing  differs  from  other  methods  of  glazing  in  that  no 
glaze  is  applied  direct  to  the  bricks.  The  bricks  are  placed  in  a 
down-draught  kiln  and,  when  sufficiently  heated,  salt  is  thrown 
into  the  fire-holes  and  automatically  glazes  the  exposed  portions 
of  the  bricks. 

In  simple  glazing  with  salt,  the  glaze  is  really  formed  from 
part  of  the  salt  combining  with  part  of  the  clay,  so  that  the  glaze 
is  necessarily  far  more  adhesive  than  when  all  the  constituents 
of  the  glaze  are  mixed  together  and  applied  in  the  form  of  a  slip 
or  spray.  For  many  years  the  composition  of  the  salt-glaze  pro- 
duced on  fire-clay  was  unknown,  but  Maeckler  has  investigated 
the  subject  very  thoroughly  and  his  conclusion  that  it  has  a  com- 
position corresponding  to  20  per  cent  alumina,  54  per  cent  silica, 
and  26  per  cent  soda  and  other  oxides  is  now  accepted,  though 
the  reactions  which  result  in  its  formation  have  not  been  fully 
explained. 

All  clays  are  not  suitable  for  glazing  with  salt,  as  it  is  found 
that  a  certain  temperature  (corresponding  to  cone  2  but  more 
usually  cone  7)  is  essential  for  the  full  development  of  the  glaze, 
and  that  the  proportion  of  alumina  and  silica  must  be  within 
comparatively  narrow  limits.  L.  E.  Barringer  has  shown  that 
the  most  suitable  clays  are  those  containing  about  63  per  cent 
silica  and  23  per  cent  alumina,  but  provided  there  is  not  less  than 
3  Ib.  or  more  than  8  Ib.  of  silica  to  each  Ib.  of  alumina  in  the  clay 
a  good  glaze  may  be  obtained.  Some  clays  outside  these  limits 
can  be  salt-glazed,  but  will  not  give  really  good  results.  The 
state  in  which  the  silica  is  present  does  not  appear  to  be  import- 
ant, and  some  clays  which,  alone,  cannot  be  salt-glazed  will  give 
excellent  results  when  mixed  with  very  fine  sand,  but  coarse  or 
medium  sand  cannot  be  used  for  this  purpose. 

The  best  results  are  obtained  with  clays  which  begin  to  vitrify 
at  the  temperature  >at  which  the  salt  is  added,  but  which  do  not 
lose  their  shape  until  a  far  higher  temperature  is  reached. 

For  this  reason,  some  firms  have  obtained  very  excellent 
results  by  the  use  of  ball  clays  to  which  sufficient  sand  or  grog  (11011- 
plastic  material,  see  p.  18)  has  been  added  to  reduce  the  other- 
wise excessive  shrinkage,  or  by  adding  some  ball-clay  to  a  fire-clay, 
shale,  or  other  lean  clay.  Occasionally,  a  mixture  of  several 
clays  and  grog  is  employed,  the  object  being  to  form  a  "  skele- 


408  MODEKN    BRICKMAKING 

ton  "  of  lean  clay  or  grog,  and  to  use  the  fine  clay  to  bind  the 
other  particles  together  and  to  help  the  vitrification. 

Bricks  for  salt-glazing  can  be  made  by  any  of  the  processes 
already  described,  but  they  should  be  pressed  (p.  139)  or  repressed 
so  as  to  give  them  a  sharp,  clean-cut  appearance.  The  methods 
used  for  the  manufacture  of  glazed  bricks  (p.  397)  should  there- 
fore be  used,  but  the  bricks,  instead  of  being  "  dipped  "  when 
partially  dried,  are  dried  completely  and  then  taken  to  the  kiln. 

Bricks  made  from  a  ball-clay  mixture  must  not  be  permitted 
to  dry  too  quickly ;  if  they  are  forced  in  drying  they  will  be  cer- 
tain to  crack.  Two  or  four  days  is  the  average  time  taken  to  dry 
such  bricks  after  being  pressed,  before  they  are  in  a  condition 
suitable  for  placing  in  the  kiln.  If  drying  space  is  limited,  the 
bricks  can  be  stacked  in  rows  to  dry  two  days  after  being  pressed, 
and  the  space  thus  vacated  may  be  refilled  with  fresh  bricks. 

The  bricks  must  be  thoroughly  dry  throughout  before  being 
set  in  the  kiln,  otherwise  the  steam  contained  in  them  will 
cause  them  to  crack. 

A  "  salt  dip  "  or  coating  for  using  upon  the  brick  is  often 
necessary  to  give  the  surface  of  the  bricks  a  uniform,  smooth  sur- 
face, which  will  assist  the  salt  to  produce  a  bright,  good-coloured 
glaze.  This  salt-dip,  or  body,  is  composed  chiefly  of  washed 
clay  (passed  through  a  No.  60  sieve),  and  it  is  best  to  use  the 
same  clay  for  the  dip  as  is  used  for  making  the  bricks,  providing 
that  the  clay  contains  a  very  small  percentage  of  impurities. 

If  the  clay  contains  much  iron  sulphide  it  is  very  unsuitable 
for  use  as  a  body-dip,  because  the  iron  will  cause  the  surface  of 
the  bricks  to  contain  rough,  black  specks  resembling  small 
cinders,  and  the  bricks  will  not  be  suitable  for  good  work. 

When  the  clay  used  for  the  dip  does  not  produce  a  good, 
deep-coloured  glaze,  it  should  have  mixed  into  it  a  small  quantity 
of  English  or  French  ochre,  or  if  one  sort  does  not  furnish  the 
desired  tint,  a  small  proportion  of  each  ochre  may  do  so.  .When 
using  the  ochres  great  care  must  be  taken  that  they  are  thoroughly 
mixed  with  the  clay,  or  dip,  so  that  the  colour  will  be  uniform 
on  all  the  bricks.  If  too  much  colouring  matter  is  employed 
it  will  destroy  the  soundness  of  the  dip,  so  that  care  should  be 
taken  to  use  only  as  small  a  quantity  of  colouring  matter  as  will 
give  the  desired  shade.  In  all  cases  the  dip  must  have  a  shrink- 
age equal  to  that  of  the  brick. 

In  cases  where  the  bricks  are  fired  to  a  temperature  of  1210° 
to  1230°  C.  (indicated  by  Seger  cones  Nos.  4  and  5  respectively) 


;  GLAZED    BRICKS  409 

it  will  be  advisable  to  use  a  dip  composed  of  good  fire-clay  and 
ball  clay  ;  a  few  trials  of  different  proportions  will  soon  determine 
the  quantity  of  each  required  for  a  dip  which  will  adhere  well  to 
the  bricks.  All  the  materials  used  for  dips  should  be  thoroughly 
soaked  in  an  equal  weight  of  water  (1  gal.  to  every  10  Ib.  of 
clay)  before  being  sifted,  and  if  they  are  soaking  for  two  or  three 
months  they  will  work  all  the  better.  No  dip  should  be  used  a 
few  hours  only  after  it  is  wetted,  as  small  air  bubbles  will  come 
out  on  the  surface  and  cause  small  holes  or  "  pinholes  ".  After 
the  dip  has  been  sufficiently  soaked  it  is  sifted  twice  through  a 
No.  30  or  40  mesh  sieve. 

The  dip  should  be  used  as  thin  as  is  consistent  with  a  perfectly 
sound  surface  ;  the  thicker  the  dip  the  greater  its  chance  of  peel- 
ing off  or  becoming  otherwise  unsound  upon  the  brick's  face.  As 
a  rule,  five  gallons  of  dip  are  sufficient  to  coat  about  1000  bricks 
on  one  side. 

The  kilns  used  in  salt-glazing  may  be  single  or  continuous 
.(chamber)  kilns,  though  there  are  disadvantages  in  the  latter  un- 
less they  are  used  exclusively  for  salt  glazing.  In  most  work  it 
is,  therefore,  better  to  use  separate  down-draught  kilns  (p.  248) 
with  a  perforated  or  false  bottom.  There  must  be  ample  grate 
.area  in  the  fire-boxes,  and  the  generally  accepted  rule  amongst  the 
builders  of  salt-glazed  kilns — viz.,  6  sq.  ft.  kiln  area  for  each  fire- 
box— is  generally  satisfactory. 

As  the  damper  in  the  main  flue  of  the  kiln  is  of  great  impor- 
tance in  salt-glazing,  care  should  be  taken  that  it  fits  well  and  is 
kept  in  good  order.  The  brickwork  must  be  tight,  as  a  good, 
sharp  draught  is  needed  during  some  parts  of  the  firing. 

The  goods  are  placed  so  that  there  is  ample  room  for  the  salt 
to  reach  the  faces  to  be  glazed,  but  apart  from  this  they  are  set 
just  as  if  they  were  ordinary  glazed  bricks. 

To  some  extent  the  method  of  setting  depends  upon  the 
number  of  headers  and  stretchers  required  to  be  set. 

If  25  per  cent  of  headers  are  required,  the  bricks  may  be  set 
in  the  following  manner :  lay  a  straight  edge  on  the  floor  at  the 
back  of  the  kiln  and  set  the  shortest  row  of  bricks  from  screen 
wall  to  wall,  beginning  the  row  with  headers.  Three  rows  of 
headers  are  next  set  on  edge  end  towards,  and  upon  the  top  row 
of  headers  the  stretchers  are  set  end  downwards,  face  upwards, 
in  a  double  row  back  to  back,  so  that  the  faces  of  stretchers  and 
headers  stand  perfectly  upright  and  level.  The  stretchers  should 
*be  up  four  rows  high,  breaking  joint  in  each  row,  so  that  the  walls 


410  MODERN    BEICKMAKING 

will  be  firm  and  the  bricks  prevented  from  tipping  during  the 
burning. 

Upon  this  row  of  stretchers,  headers  are  again  laid  end  out- 
wards, to  form  a  tie  to  the  double  wall  of  stretchers.  Every  two 
rows  should  be  tied  together  with  burnt  bricks  to  keep  the  walls 
erect.  Upon  the  headers  thus  set,  bull-nose,  double  stretchers,  and 
other  bricks  having  two  or  more  slyied  faces  are  set  up  in  9  in. 
columns  leaving  a  space  of  2  in.  between  each.  These  are  stacked 
up  about  ten  to  fifteen  bricks  high  according  to  the  strength 
of  the  clay  used,  so  that  the  bottom  bricks  will  be  strong  enough 
to  carry  the  weight  of  the  others  set  upon  them.  When  the  kiln 
has  been  filled,  the  wicket  is  built  up  smeared  over  with  clay 
paste  so  that  when  this  is  dry  the  kiln  is  ready  for  lighting. 

'The  firing  must  be  steady.  When  a  good  red  heat  has  been 
reached  it  should  be  fairly  rapid,  a-  good  "  body  of  heat  "  being- 
reached  before  the  salt  is  added.  This  is  necessary,  because 
the  decomposition  of  the  salt  is  accompanied  by  a  sudden  drop 
in  the  temperature  of  the  kiln  (sometimes  as  much  as  300°  C.), 
and  if  the  bricks  are  not  hot  enough  the  glaze  will  be  dull  and 
scummed. 

It  is  possible  to  glaze  with  salt  when  the  temperature  is  as  low 
as  cone  1,  but  the  bricks  produced  are  seldom  of  first-class  quality, 
and  it  is  far  better  not  to  add  the  salt  before  cone  7  has  been  bent 
over  in  the  cooler  parts  of  the  kiln. 

As  cones  are  useless  when  salt  is  present,  many  burners- 
dispense  with  them  and  heat  the  kiln  until  vitrification  sets  in 
before  salting  and  the  goods  have  a  slight  gloss  or  "  flash  "  on  the 
surface.  Some  fire-clays  give  no  indication  of  this  kind  and  cones 
are  then  necessary  for  reliable  work. 

The  working  of  the  kiln  when  salting  varies  with  different 
men,  but  the  usual  and  best  plan  is  to  get  the  fires  clear  and  free 
from  smoke — the  bricks  being  at  the  right  temperature  as  already 
indicated — and  then  to  drop  the  damper  to  within  a  few  inches 
of  its  lowest  point.  A  shovelful  of  salt  is  next  put  deep  into  each 
fire-hole  in  turn  and  the  hole  closed  with  slabs  or  doors. 

,  After  a  quarter  of  an  hour  or  rather  longer,  the  damper  is  raised 
and  the  fires  fed  with  coal,  the  object  being  to  raise  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  kiln  to  what  it  was  before  salting.  When  this  tem- 
perature has  been  reached  the  damper  is  again  lowered  and 
another  shovelful  of  salt  is  placed  in  each  fire-hole,  as  before.  A 
final  firing  (with  the  damper  raised)  will  usually  complete  the 
glazing,  but  this  should  be  confirmed  by  drawing  trials  (fig.  251) 


GLAZED    BRICKS  411 

which  will    show  whether  the   glaze  is  sufficiently  thick  and 
glossy. 

It  is  wise  to  draw  trials  before  adding  the  second  batch  of  salt, 
as  occasionally  the  temperature  falls  more  than  is  expected  and 
a  longer  period  of  firing  is  then  necessary.  In  any  case  it  is 
useless  adding  more  salt  until  the  bricks  are  hot  enough  to  de- 
compose it. 

Some  men  habitually  add  salt  three  times,  but  this  is  seldom 
necessary,  and  the  use  of  trials  drawn  after  each  firing  will  show 
whether  a  third  dose  of  salt  is  desirable.  Most  fire-clays  require 
10  oz.  to  20  oz.  of  salt  per  cubic  foot  capacity  of  the  kiln.  The 
salt  may  be  damped  if  necessary,  but  the  moisture  in  the  coal  is 
usually  sufficient  to  provide  all  that  is  needed. 

The  colour  of  the  glazed  bricks  will  depend  on  the  clay  of 
which  they  are  made,  or  the  "  dip  "  if  any  is  used,  and  also  on 
the  extent  to  which  the  kiln  damper  is  kept  open.  A  partly 
closed  damper  will  introduce  reducing  conditions  during  the  firing 
and  will  cause  the  glaze  to  darken.  Light-coloured  glazes  need 
plenty  of  air  and  a  widely  opened  damper.  The  ordinary  colours 
are  yellow  to  dark  red-brown,  or  occasionally  a  brownish  black, 
but  if  a  "  body  "  is  applied,  the  colour  produced  may  be  blue, 
brown,  yellow,  or  green  according  to  the  oxides  present  in  the 
body-slip.  In  such  cases,  the  damper  must  be  kept  fully  open 
and  the  fires  very  clear. 

The  kiln  must  be  cooled  fairly  quickly  until  the  goods  are  at 
a  dark-red  heat,  but  the  elaborate  precautions  taken  by  some 
burners  are  seldom  needed.  The  fires  should  be  kept  clear  by 
frequent  and  light  stoking,  so  that  when  the  kiln  is  finished  they 
may  be  allowed  to  die  down  without  any  danger  of  developing 
"  sulphur  ".  As  soon  as  the  fires  are  sufficiently  cooled,  the  fire- 
holes  may  be  stopped  up  with  slabs  and  made  tight  with  clay- 
paste. 

"  Scummed  bricks  "  are  due  to  insufficient  firing  before  or  after 
adding  the  salt,  and  can  usually  be  cured  by  re-firing  at  a  higher 
temperature. 

Rough  and  blistered  bricks  are  due  to  over-heating  the  clay, 
especially  with  insufficient  air.  This  causes  it  to  swell  and  blister. 
The  defect  is  caused  before  salt  is  put  into  the  kiln,  but  is  more 
readily  observed  when  the  bricks  are  glazed.  The  remedy  is  to 
fire  more  slowly  at  a  dark-red  heat,  with  an  ample  supply  of  air, 
until  all  the  carbon  has  disappeared,  or  to  use  a  more  refractory 
clay. 


CHAPTER  XII 


PERFORATED,  RADIAL  AND  HOLLOW  BRICKS  AND  BLOCKS. 
PARTITION  BLOCKS  AND  FIRE-PROOF  FLOORING. 

THE  manufacture  of  hollow  or  perforated  bricks  and  blocks  has 
increased  greatly  during  the  last  few  years,  particularly  in  the 
manufacture  of  partition -walls  and  flooring  of  a  fire-proof  nature 
for  modern  building.  The  manufacture  of  hollow  blocks  is  really 
very  old,  but  it  was  only  during  the  last  century  that  extended 
use  was  made  of  this  valuable  form  of  architectural  work. 

"  Perforated  bricks  "  have  a  series  of  small  holes  transversely 
through  them,  these  holes  being  not  more  than  f  in.  diameter. 

"  Hollow  blocks  "  have  much  larger  holes  running  through 
them.  The  hollows  or  "tubes"  may  run  either  lengthwise  or 
transversely  through  the  blocks,  the  former  being  the  more  usual 


FIG.  252. — Hollow  blocks. 

(figs.  252  and  253),  and  the  exterior  of  the  blocks  can  be  of  any  shape 
which  can  be  produced  from  a  mouthpiece  connected  to  a  pug- 
mill  or  similar  press.  Thus,  for  fire-proof  flooring  the  blocks  are 
often  somewhat  bent,  so  that  when  put  together  they  have  a 
distinct  "camber."  Such  blocks  are  in  great  demand  in  con- 
nexion with  various  systems  of  "  reinforcing  ". 

The  shape  of  the  hollows  is  a  matter  of  some  importance  to 
the  block  manufacture,  as  it  is  far  easier  to  produce  circular  or 
elliptical  ones  than  those  of  square  or  angular  section,  as  the  latter 
require  more  power  and  the  cores  must  be  frequently  renewed 
as  they  wear  rapidly.  The  shape  of  the  ends  of  these  cores 
determines  that  of  the  hollows,  but  the  cores  must  usually  taper 

(412) 


PERFORATED,  RADIAL  AND  HOLLOW  BRICKS  AND  BLOCKS       413 

towards  the  back  of  the  mouthpiece  (fig.  254)  in  order  that  the 


FIG.  253. — Hollow  fire-proof  flooring. 

clay  may  not  be  strained  and   cracked   as   it  issues   from   the 

machine. 

Hollow  blocks  with  closed  ends  may  be  made  by  using  hollow 

cores  which  can  be  closed  inter- 
mittently by  mechanically  oper- 
ated shutters.  The  resulting 
clay-band  then  consists  of  a 
series  of  alternating  solid  and 
hollow  portions,  the  lengths  of 
each  depending  on  the  time  the 
shutters  remain  closed.  The 
clay -band  is  then  cut,  by  wires, 
into  separate  blocks. 


FIG.  254. — Back  of  mouthpiece. 


Radial  bricks  are  used  for  chimney  construction  and  are 
frequently  perforated.  They  are  best 
made  thicker  than  ordinary  bricks, 
the  cutting  wires  being  placed  3-J  in. 
apart,  as  this  saves  labour  in  brick- 
laying and,  by  reducing  the  number 
of  joints,  it  increases  the  strength  of 
the  chimney.  Perforated  bricks  are 

preferable  to  solid  ones  in  chimney         Fm.  254a.-«  Cella  "  die 
building,  as  the  workman  can  place  for  hollow  blocks, 

his  fingers  in  the  perforations  if  these  are  large,  and  can  thus 
use  wider  bricks  than  could  otherwise  be  employed.  Hollow 
and  perforated  bricks  are  also  poorer  conductors  of  heat  than 
are  solid  ones,  and  this  is  a  further  advantage. 

For  each  change  in  the  diameter  of  the  chimney  a  fresh  mouth- 
piece will  be  required,  as  the  fitting  of  temporary  liners  has 
seldom  proved  satisfactory. 

Both  perforated  and  hollow  bricks  are  valued  on  account  of 
their  lightness,  but  to  a  small  extent  they  are  made  in  order  to- 


414  MODEEN    BBICKMAKING 

save  material.  Their  lightness  compared  with  solid  bricks  effects 
a  great  saving  in  freightage  charges,  and  enables  floors,  ceilings, 
and  partition  walls  to  be  erected  in  places  where  solid  blocks  would 
be  too  heavy.  Some  Continental  brickmakers  prefer  to  use 
perforated  bricks  for  glazing  and  facing  work,  because,  unlike 
solid  bricks,  they  are  not  lifted  by  hand  from  the  press,  but  are 
received  on  a  "fork,"  the  prongs  of  which  engage  in  the  per- 
foration, so  that  there  is  little  or  no  danger  of  the  faces  of  the 
bricks  being  damaged. 

From  a  technical  point  of  view,  hollow  bricks  have  the  advan- 
tage of  drying  more  rapidly  and  thoroughly  and  of  requiring  less 
fuel  for  burning.  On  the  other  hand,  trifling  defects  in  a  solid 
brick  become  more  easily  visible  in  a  hollow  one,  and  errors  in 
the  adjustment  of  a  machine  which  would  pass  unnoticed  when 
solid  bricks  are  being  made,  require  prompt  attention  when 
hollow  bricks  are  produced. 

Perforated  bricks  are  usually  made  by  fixing  bars  the  size  of 
the  perforations  in  the  mouthpiece  of  the  pug-mill,  so  as  to  form 
a  series  of  cores,  or  in  the  lower  part  of  the  die  when  the  semi- 
dry  or  dry-dust  process  is  used. 

Hollow  blocks  are  frequently  made  from  a  mixture  of  clay 
and  sawdust ;  the  latter  burns  out  in  the  kiln  and  produces  a 
much  lighter  material  than  would  otherwise  be  the  case.  This 
material  has  also  an  advantage  in  that  it  enables  nails  and  screws 
to  be  driven  into  it,  a  property  much  appreciated  by  housewives. 
The  proportion  of  sawdust  which  may  be  used  depends  to  some 
extent  on  the  plasticity  of  the  clay  employed,  but  it  seldom  ex- 
ceeds one-quarter  of  the  weight  of  clay. 

Coal  and  peat  are  sometimes  used  instead  of  sawdust,  but 
the  former  is  not  to  be  recommended  as  it  is  liable  to  cause 
over-heating  of  the  material  in  the  kilns. 

Hollow  bricks  are  made  almost  exclusively  by  the  plastic  or 
stiff-plastic  process  in  a  pug-mill  with  mouthpiece  (p.  108)  when 
large  numbers  are  needed.  When  only  a  few  are  required,  and 
for  ornamental  patterns,  plaster  moulds  are  used. 

The  clay  is  mixed  into  a  paste  in  a  pug-mill  and  forced 
through  a  mouthpiece  (p.  113)  provided  with  one  or  more  cores. 
The  clay-band  produced  is  then  cut  into  suitable  lengths  on  a 
cutting  table,  and  these  are  set  on  a  warm  floor  or  on  shelves  to  dry. 

In  making  hollow  blocks,  the  clay  must  be  very  thoroughly 
mixed,  as  if  of  uneven  composition  the  paste  will  crack  or  tear 
on  issuing  from  the  mouthpiece  or  on  drying.  For  this  reason 


PEEFOEATED,  EADIAL  AND  HOLLOW  BEICKS  AND  BLOCKS   415 

they  are  frequently  made  in  a  machine  separated  from  the  pug- 
mill  or  mixer,  the  clay  being  forced  through  the  mouthpiece  by 
means  of  a  plunger. 

For  some  of  the  larger  blocks  plunger  machines  or  "  stupids  " 
are  employed.  These  are  of  various  types,  but,  unlike  the  ordin- 
ary pug-mill  with  a  mouthpiece,  they  do  not  work  continu- 
ously, though  by  using  two  plungers  an  almost  continuous 
output  can  be  obtained.  A  typical  machine  of  this  kind  is  shown 
in  fig.  255.  It  consists  of  a  case  or  charging  box  containing  the 
clay  paste,  and  a  plunger  which  is  forced  forward  by  steam  pres- 
sure which  acts  directly  on  the  end  of  it,  the  steam  entering 
through  a  2  in.  pipe  into  the  cylinder  at  one  end  of  the  machine, 
the  amount  of  steam  admitted  being  controlled  by  a  hand  lever 
at  the  mouthpiece  end.  As  the  plunger  travels  forward  under 
the  pressure  of  the  steam  it  pushes  the  clay  before  it  and  forces 
it  through  the  mouthpiece.  The  pressure  exerted  may  be  much 
greater  than  that  obtained  with  an  auger  machine  or  pug-mill, 
and  as  there  is  no  possibility  of  the  clay  working  backwards  (as 
when  knives  are  used)  such  a  machine  is  well  adapted  for  use 
Avhere  very  large  hollow  blocks  are  made.  Many  brickmakers 
find  such  a  machine  useful  for  all  kinds  of  "  odd  work  "  such  as 
copings,  invert  blocks,  and  various  special  or  ornamental  bricks, 
drain-pipes,  etc. 

The  machine  shown  in  fig.  256  is  driven  by  hand  instead  of 
steam  power,  and  is,  therefore,  convenient  in  many  works.  The 
lid  of  the  clay  box  is  fitted  with  weights  and  chains  so  that  it 
can  be  readily  lifted,  and  the  fastenings  are  simple  and  strong. 
A  cutting-table  is  placed  in  front  of  the  mouthpiece  of  the 
machine,  when  in  use,  but  is  not  shown  in  the  illustration. 

Suggestions  regarding  the  construction  and  use  of  mouth- 
pieces will  be  found  in  the  section  on  the  wire-cut  process 
(pp.  108,  129),  but  the  insertion  of  one  or  more  metal  cores  (to 
form  the  hollow)  makes  additional  precautions  necessary. 

In  the  first  place,  the  cores  must  be  exactly  central  or  the 
walls  will  be  cracked  or  torn  as  the  clay  issues  from  the  machine, 
and  they  must  be  tapered  away  from  the  front  of  the  mouth- 
piece so  that  the  clay  may  become  steadily  more  compressed  in  its 
passage  through  the  mouthpiece.  In  order  that  these  conditions 
may  be  fulfilled  the  cores  must  be  attached  to  a  metal  "  bow  " 
or  frame  at  the  back  of  the  mouthpiece,  this  frame  being  slotted 
so  that  the  cores  may  be  moved  vertically  and  horizontally  as 
shown  in  fig.  254.  which  shows  two  cores  fixed  ready  for  use.  The 


416 


MODERN    BRICKMAKING 


PEEFOEATED,  EADIAL  AND  HOLLOW  BEICKS  AND  BLOCKS       417 

framework  and  cores  must  be  very  strong  as  the  pressure  of  the 
clay  on  them  is  very  great,  and  unless  they  are  sufficiently  well 
built,  they  will  be  bent  by  the  clay  paste  in  its  passage. 

Hollow  and  perforated  bricks  and  blocks  are  burned  in  the 
usual  manner,  though  they  must  usually  be  heated  very  carefully 
during  the  earlier  stages  up  to  a  bright  red  heat,  particularly 
when  sawdust  and  other  combustible  material  is  mixed  with  the 
clay.  Unless  this  material  is  allowed  to  burn  out  slowly  with  a 
sufficient  amount  of  air  to  oxidize  it,  yet  not  enough  to  cause  over- 
heating, the  bricks  will  be  discoloured  and  irregularly  burnt. 


FIG.  256. — Hand-driven  running-out  machine. 

It  is  a  curious  fact  that  many  hollow  blocks  have  a  crushing 
strength  quite  equal  to  that  of  solid  blocks  of  the  same  size.  It 
has  been  suggested  that  this  is  due  to  the  much  more  thorough 
mixing  of  the  material  which  is  necessary  when  hollow  blocks  are 
made,  and  to  the  custom  of  burning  hollow  blocks  more  thoroughly 
than  ordinary  bricks. 

When  laid  in  cement  mortar  and  "reinforced,"  hollow  blocks 
form  one  of  the  strongest  forms  of  building  material  at  present 
known. 

Glazed  hollow  blocks  or  tubes  of  a  shape  similar  to  that 
shown  in  fig.  252  are  much  used  as  conduits  for  electrical  pur- 
poses. They  partake  more  of  the  nature  of  pottery  than  of 
bricks,  and  so  are  beyond  the  scope  of  the  present  work. 

27 


CHAPTER  XIII 
MOULDED  AND  ORNAMENTAL  BRICKS 

ORNAMENTAL  slabs  and  bricks  are  generally  made  by  hand,  unless 
the  nature  of  the  ornamentation  permits  them  to  be  made  by  the 
wire-cut  process.  For  very  simple  designs,  metal-lined  moulds 
may  be  used,  but  for  more  ornate  work  plaster  moulds — sometimes 
in  several  pieces — must  be  used. 

A  brick  of  the  required  design  is  first  carved  in  plastic  clay  a 
little  larger  than  the  size  of  the  finished  brick,  so  as  to  allow  for 
contraction  in  drying  and  firing.  This  "  model "  must  be  very 
carefully  and  accurately  made,  as  any  defects  in  it  will  be  repro- 
duced in  future  bricks.  As  soon  as  the  modeller  has  completed 
his  work  the  mould-maker  places  it  on  a  board  and  brushes  it 
over  with  a  solution  of  soft  soap  in  water  to  which  a  little  tallow 
has  been  added,  the  boards  being  very  similarly  treated.  He- 
next  places  several  boards  or  a  piece  of  linoleum  around  the 
model,  carefully  stopping  up  any  holes  with  clay  paste,  so  that  a 
case  is  formed  into  which  the  liquid  plaster  can  be  poured  with- 
out any  leaking  away.  Plenty  of  clay  paste  should  be  used,  as  a 
leak  is  very  troublesome,  and,  for  added  strength,  the  boards  or 
frame  used  should  be  fastened  together  with  nails  or  cord. 

The  inside  of  the  case  is  brushed  over  with  soap  solution,  and 
the  mould-maker  next  mixes  a  quantity  of  "  superfine  "  plaster 
of  Paris  with  water  in  a  bucket,  so  as  to  obtain  a  thick  slip,  and 
stirs  this  well  with  his  hands,  so  as  to  mix  it  thoroughly.  The 
amount  of  plaster  needed  must  be  judged  by  experience,  the 
beginner  will  not  go  far  wrong  if  he  half  fills  a  bucket  with  water 
and  sprinkles  the  plaster  rapidly  into  it  until  it  no  longer  sinks 
into  the  water,  but  the  proper  proportions  can  only  be  ascertained 
by  trial. 

The  plaster-slurry  must  be  worked  with  the  hands  until  it  is 
free  from  lumps  and  is  of  a  smooth,  creamy  consistency ;  it  is 
then  poured  slowly  and  steadily  into  the  case  by  an  assistant, 
whilst  the  mould-maker  uses  one  or  both  hands  to  stir  it  slightly. 

(418) 


MOULDED  AND  ORNAMENTAL  BRICKS         419 

and  prevent  air-bubbles  forming  between  the  model  and  the 
plaster.  Sufficient  plaster  must  be  poured  in  to  cover  the  model 
to  the  depth  of  about  2  in.  or  3  in.  The  whole  is  now  left  until 
the  plaster  has  set,  after  which  the  casing  is  removed,  the 
plaster*  mould  turned  upside-down  and  the  clay  cut  out  with  a 
knife  or  torn  out  with  the  fingers,  great  care  being  taken  not  to 
damage  the  mould.  Sometimes  the  model  will  drop  out  whilst 
the  mould  is  being  turned,  but  if  it  does  not  do  so  it  must  be 
cut  out.  The  mould  is  then  set  aside  to  dry  and  harden  before 
it  is  used.  When  complex  designs  are  required,  it  may  be 
necessary  to  make  the  mould  in  several  pieces. 

To  reproduce  bricks  in  such  a  mould,  it  is  laid  on  a  bench  and 
a  piece  of  clay  paste  thrown  into  it  with  considerable  force  and 
pressed  well  into  the  crevices  of  the  mould.  More  paste  is  thrown 
in  and  pressed  in  until  the  mould  is  full.  Any  excess  of  clay 
is  removed  by  drawing  a  strike  or  a  stretched  wire  across  the 
face  of  the  mould,  the  clay  being  then  smoothed  (if  necessary) 
with  a  large,  flexible -bladed  knife.  The  mould  with  its  contents 
is  then  set  aside  until  the  clay  is  sufficiently  dry  for  it  to  be 
turned  out  of  the  mould.  If  the  mould  is  properly  made  and 
filled,  the  bricks  should  not  require  any  further  finishing,  but  it 
will  often  be  found  necessary  to  "touch  them  up"  slightly  with 
a  modelling  tool  before  setting  them,  aside  to  dry  completely. 
When  very  large  blocks  are  made  in  this  way,  the  drying  re- 
quires much  time  and  care,  but  ordinary  sized  bricks  offer  but 
little  difficulty  in  this  connexion.  The  burning  may  be  carried 
out  in  any  ordinary  kiln,  but  as  the  colour  of  ornamental  bricks 
is  usually  important,  they  should  be  so  placed  in  the  kiln  as  not 
to  be  discoloured  by  dust  or  flame. 

Glazed  blocks  and  slabs  for  fire-places  are  usually  made  in 
this  manner  from  fire-clay  or  shale.  The  glaze  used  should,  pre- 
ferably, be  hard-fired  to  prevent  crazing,  but  as  few  firms  have 
been  able  to  create  a  sufficient  variety  of  colours  with  hard  firing, 
':  majolica  "  or  low  temperature  glazes  are  commonly  employed. 
A  description  of  this  class  of  glazed  ware  to  be  complete  would, 
alone,  require  a  large  volume. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 


DRYING  RAW  CLAY. 

IT  not  infrequently  happens  during  the  winter  months  that  the 
clay  obtained  is  so  wet  that  it  cannot  be  properly  treated  by  plant 
which  is  primarily  designed  for  dry  materials.  In  such  a  case, 
some  means  of  drying  the  clay  is  necessary,  and  it  will  often  be 
found  that  materials  which  are  difficult  to  grind  when  in  a  plastic 
or  sticky  state  will  be  greatly  improved  by  being  dried  before 
treatment  in  the  mills. 

When  ample  time  can  be  spared  for  the  drying,  or  when  it  is 

the  practice  of  the  firm  to 
gather  dry  clay  and  store  it 
under  cover,  the  arrange- 
ment shown  in  fig.  257  will 
be  found  satisfactory.  This 
kind  of  shed,  constructed 
of  Venetian  shutters  and 
chequered  brickwork  with 
a  light  roof,  is  readily  and 
cheaply  built,  and  will  keep 
clay  dry,  or  dry  it  slowly, 
at  a  trifling  cost.  The 
author  has  seen  several 


FIG.  257. — Shed  for  drying  clay. 


sheds  of  this  kind  in  active 
use,  and  in  Germany, 
where  the  weather  is  warmer  than  it  is  in  this  country,  it  is  all 
that  is  required  in  many  yards.  No  heating  arrangement  is  used, 
but  every  effort  is  made  to  allow  access  of  air  and  to  keep  out  the 
rain;  consequently,  on  the  most  exposed  side  weather-boards 
are  used  instead  of  the  open  brickwork. 

When  a  heated  dryer  is  needed  for  the  clay,  two  distinct  forms 
are  available,  viz.  the  hot  floor  and  the  cylindrical  or  tubular 
dryer ;  the  latter  being  usually  the  most  economical. 

A  hot-floor  dryer  for  raw  material  consists  of  a  shed,  the  floor 

(420) 


DEYING    RAW    CLAY  §        421 

of  which  is  built  over  flues  heated  by  fires  or  steam.  Steam  - 
heated  floors  have  the  advantage  that  they  cannot  spoil  the 
material  on  them ;  but  they  are  slow  in  action  and  fire-heated 
dryers  are  therefore  more  generally  used. 

The  material  is  taken  to  the  hot  floor  in  wagons  which  run  on 
a  track  down  each  side  of  the  shed.  The  material  to  be  dried 
is  then  tipped  on  to  the  floor  and  spread  about  with  rakes 
or  shovels.  The  portion  on  which  the  material  is  dried  is  pre- 
ferably covered  with  iron  plates  which  fit  over  the  flues.  Two 
or  more  flues  may  be  used,  each  being  abou;t  a  yard  in  width  and 
depth,  with  sufficient  solid  ground  between  tjo  allow  a  wagon  of  clay 
to  travel  over  it.  The  flues  are  heated  by  fires  placed  at  one  end 
of  the  shed,  a  transverse  connected  flue  ai  the  other  end  being 
connected  to  a  chimney  to  produce  the  neqessary  draught.  The 
fires  should  be  arranged  so  that  an  ample  supply  of  cold  air  can 
be  admitted  if  required,  in  order  that  the  temperature  of  the 
clay  may  not  be  excessive.  To  avoid  unjdue  risk  of  excessive 
heat,  the  first  3  yds.  of  each  flue  may  be  covered  with  brick- 
work instead  of  the  iron  plates  used  for  the  remaining  portion  of 
the  flue.  It  is  essential  that  the  flues  should  be  sufficiently  long 
to  utilize  the  heat  from  the  fuel  efficiently :  70  ft.  is  a  suitable 
length  for  most  clays. 

Whilst  drying,  the  clay  should  be  turned  over  and  moved  about 
occasionally,  and  the  roof  of  the  shed  must  be  well  ventilated  so 
as  to  carry  off  the  steam.  Clay  which  is  almost  dry  should  be 
kept  away  from  the  fire  end  of  the  flues. 

Though  simple  in  construction,  floor  dryers  are  far  from 
economical,  and  tunnel  dryers  are,  therefore,  preferable.  The 
latter  are,  indeed,  the  most  suitable  of  all  if  the  clay  is  to  be 
dried  in  blocks  or  "  balls  ".  A  typical  dryer  of  this  type,  in 
addition  to  those  described  in  a  previous  chapter  (p.  161)  is 
shown  in  fig.  258,  and  is  equally  suitable  for  drying  bricks.  The 
clay  blocks  or  balls  are  placed  on  cars  fitted  with  shelves,  and 
travel  slowly  through  the  tunnel.  The  air  enters  the  heater  (H) 
and  is  forced  into  the  tunnel  by  the  fan  (F)  so  that  it  travels  in 
the  opposite  direction  to  the  clay,  as  shown  by  the  arrows. 

Such  a  dryer  is  especially  convenient  where  the  clay  must  be 
dried  with  "  pure  air,"  on  account  of  its  colour  being  spoiled  by 
fire-gases. 

In  tubular  dryers,  the  clay  passes  down  through  a  hollow 
metal  cylinder  (fig.  259)  placed  at  an  angle,  hot  gases  passing 
along  it  at  the  same  time.  If  the  clay  is  very  sensitive  it  may 


MODEEN    BRICKMAKING 


be  necessary  to  keep  it  out  of  contact  with  these  gases  by  using 
pure  air  heated  in  a  recuperator,  or  by  surrounding  the  tube  by 
another  and  passing  the  hot  gases  between  them.  To  facilitate 
the  drying  the  tube  is  usually  made  to  revolve  slowly,  baffle  plates 


being  fixed  in  its  inside  to  prevent  the  clay  passing  out  too 
rapidly.  Instead  of  hot  air  or  fire  gases,  steam  may  be  used, 
but  only  for  small  outputs,  though  a  level  cylinder  fitted  with 
steam  pipes  and  a  spiral  worm  conveyer  will  often  -be  found  to 
be  far  more  satisfactory  than  a  fire-heated  dryer  of  this  type. 


DRYING    EAW    CLAY 


423 


Moeller  and  Pfeiffer's  clay-drying  drum  is  shown  in  section  in 
fig.  260,  the  drum  (h)  being  rotated  by  gearing  not  shown,  whilst 
the  clay  enters  through  the  hopper  (g),  and  air  heated  by  the 
products  of  combustion  from  the  fuel  on  the  bars  (/)  is  delivered 
from  a  fan  (e)  which  draws  it  from  the  farther  end  of  the  drum, 
and  so  uses  part  of  it  repeatedly,  the  remainder  escaping  through 
the  chimney  (p). 

A  good  rotary  dryer  is  somewhat  costly  to  instal,  but,  if  suf- 
ficiently long  to  utilize  the  heat  properly,  it  will  soon  repay  for 
itself  in  cases  where  it  is  required.  Large  lumps  should,  if 
possible,  be  broken  up,  as  they  dry  very  slowly  and  irregularly,  and 
the  greatest  output  is  secured  by  feeding  regularly  and  only  small 
pieces. 

Where  exceedingly  large  quantities  of  clay  have  to  be  dried  a 


FIG.  260.— Moller  &  Pfeiffer's  clay-dryer. 

special  form  of  shaft  kiln  may  be  used;  such  "tower-dryers" 
are,  however,  seldom  used  by  British  brickmakers. 

If  the  material  contains  less  than  5  per  cent  of  moisture 
on  leaving  the  dryer  it  will  be  satisfactory  ;  there  is  no  need  to 
dry  it  completely  and  there  is  a  considerable  risk  involved  in 
doing  so.  Care  is  necessary  to  prevent  any  part  of  the  clay 
from  becoming  over-heated  and  so  losing  its  plasticity. 

It  is  generally  understood  that  100°  C.  is  the  maximum 
temperatvire  permissible  in  drying  clay,  but  Bleininger  has  found 
that  highly  plastic  clays  kept  at  200° O.  for  some  time  become  less 
sticky  and  are  far  easier  to  work.  This  super-drying  is  of  great 
importance  with  surface  clays  and  with  materials  similar  to 
"  London  clay  ". 


CHAPTER  XV. 
SOURCES  OF  DIFFICULTY  AND  LOSS. 

THE  difficulties  and  losses  met  with  in  the  manufacture  of  bricks 
are  numerous  and  varied,  yet  they  may  be  traced  to  four  main 
sources :  (a)  improper  materials  or  site ;  (b)  unsuitable  methods 
of  manufacture ;  (c)  lack  of  capital,  and  (d)  defective  accounting. 
Any  one  of  these  may  be  sufficient  to  wreck  an  otherwise  satis- 
factory business,  and  it  is,  therefore,  useless  to  suggest  that  one 
is  more  important  than  the  rest. 

Improper  materials  or  site.  Under  this  term  may  be  included  all 
those  errors  of  judgment  which  have  resulted  in  the  establish- 
ment of  brickworks  too  far  removed  from  good  markets,  or  on 
land  which  can,  at  best,  produce  only  an  inferior  quality  of  bricks. 

Brick  manufacturers  are  particularly  prone  to  erect  works 
without  any  regard  to  the  position  of  the  railway  or  of  the  market 
to  be  supplied,  and  the  author  is  acquainted  with  a  number  of 
instances  where  a  small  knowledge  of  geology  would  have  saved 
the  firms  concerned  many  hundreds  of  pounds  per  annum  in 
cartage  alone.  Not  having  this  knowledge,  works  have  been 
erected  at  one  part  of  a  clay  deposit  at  some  distance  from  the 
road  or  railway,  whereas  the  same  deposit  extends  close  to  the 
railway  line.  Instances  of  works  constructed  on  unsuitable  sites 
are  far  more  common  than  is  usually  supposed,  and  the  average 
brickmaker  would  be  wise  to  obtain  independent  and  expert 
advice  before  completing  the  purchase  of  land  or  works,  particu- 
larly when  new  works  are  to  be  erected. 

There  are  many  clay  beds  which  are  notoriously  difficult  to 
work,  and  from  which  the  inexperienced  brickmaker  should  be 
warned,  did  he  but  accept  impartial  advice  before  it  is  too  late. 

Two  of  the  best  known  deposits  which  are  responsible  for 
many  "  failures  "  are  the  "  London  clay  "  and  the  various  "  drifts  " 
or  "  boulder  clays  "  which  occur  in  Lancashire  and  several  other 
counties. 

The  first  of  these  is  treacherous  because  it  is  strong  and  sticky 

(424) 


SOUKCES    OF    DIFFICULTY    AND    LOSS  425 

without  being  truly  plastic,  and  is  of  such  an  inferior  nature  that 
it  can  never  be  used  alone  for  good  work.  The  second  material 
is  so  variable  in  its  composition  as  to  require  constant  care  on 
the  part  of  some  capable  and  responsible  person,  or  material  of 
a  nature  quite  unsuitable  for  brickmaking,  and  yet  not  easily 
distinguished  from  clay,  may  be  sent  to  the  mills  and  cause  a 
serious  amount  of  damage.  Boulder-clay  is  used  successfully 
by  many  careful  manufacturers  for  the  production  of  common 
bricks,  but  they  are  ever  on  the  alert  to  prevent  unsuitable 
material  being  dug  and  used.  Were  a  bed  of  boulder-clay  to  be 
worked  by  steam  navvies  (as  the  Peterborough  clay),  the  irregular 
composition  of  the  material  would  bring  about  the  financial  ruin 
•of  the  manufacturer  unless  the  deposit  was  unusually  "  clean  ". 

Other  clays,  in  other  districts,  must  also  be  carefully  studied  if 
satisfactory  results  are  to  be  obtained,  and  those  sites  carefully 
avoided  where  the  clay  is  of  an  unsuitable  character. 

The  value  of  a  clay  bed  can  only  be  ascertained  as  the  result  of 
extensive  tests,  involving  the  use  of  at  least  several  hundred- 
weights of  material.  Opinions  based  on  the  examination  of  a  few 
-ounces  of  clay  may  be  accurate,  or  otherwise,  according  as  the 
sample  truly  represents  the  whole  bed,  or  is  only  equivalent  to  the 
worse  or  better  portions  of  it. 

Imperfect  tests  toften  lead  to  serious  trouble  for  all  concerned, 
and  the  opinion  of  a  foreman  or  of  a  public  analyst  should  never 
be  accepted  as  sufficient,  unless  confirmed  by  tests  on  a  relatively 
large  scale.  Even  the  opinion  expressed  by  a  specialist  in  clay- 
working  may  be  erroneous  if  he  is  not  placed  in  full  possession  of 
the  facts,  though  he  is,  by  virtue  of  his  special  knowledge,  less 
liable  to  serious  error  than  are  others  who  give  an  opinion  based 
on  a  more  limited  experience. 

Unsuitable  methods  of  working  are  an  exceedingly  common 
.•source  of  difficulty  and  loss.  Many  brick  manufacturers  are  led 
-fco  put  down  plant  without  due  consideration  of  the  character- 
istics of  their  clay,  and  later  are  tempted  to  replace  it  by  other 
plant  equally  unsuitable.  In  one  case  known  to  the  author,  a 
firm  purchased  no  less  than  four  different  sets  of  machinery, 
•each  by  different  makers,  and  were  contemplating  experiments 
with  a  fifth  when  they  were  persuaded  to  take  independent 
advice  and  to  utilize  various  pieces  of  machinery  in  their  pos- 
session. The  difficulty  in  this  instance  lay  in  the  peculiar 
nature  of  the  material ;  but  instances  of  grinding-mills  or  brick - 
making-machines  being  replaced  by  those  of  other  makers,  for 


426  MODERN    BRICKMAKING 

reasons  which  are  quite  insufficient  and  only  show  the  ignorance 
of  those  concerned,  are  by  no  means  uncommon. 

Erroneous  methods  of  working  can  only  be  put  right  by  those 
having  sufficient  knowledge  of  the  clay  used,  and  are  so  situated 
as  to  be  able  to  give  impartial  advice.  A  machinery  maker  i& 
obviously  not  in  this  position,  and  it  is  only  in  the  employment 
of  an  expert  who,  it  is  known,  never  accepts  commissions  or  other 
"  remuneration  "  from  the  sellers  of  particular  machines  or  kilns, 
that  a  reliable  means  of  overcoming  the  difficulty -can  be  obtained. 

Unfortunately,  the  average  brickmaker  is  fond  of  asking  advice 
of  all  and  sundry  without  placing  the  information  so  received  at 
its  proper  value.  He  is,  therefore,  often  in  the  unpleasant 
position  of  having  paid  an  excessive  price  for  a  simple  piece  of 
plant  (such  as  a  riddle)  or  of  having  purchased  a  machine  which 
he  learns,  later,  is  quite  unsuited  to  his  needs.  Either  position 
is  regrettable,  but  can  only  be  avoided  by  using  the  means  sug- 
gested, and,  to  a  certain  extent,  by  independent  study  of  the 
subject. 

Lack  of  capital  is  stated  to  be  the  cause  of  three-quarters  of 
the  failures  of  various  brickmaking  firms.  Whilst  it  is  not  im- 
possible that  some  of  these  business  failures  are  really  traceable 
to  other  sources,  the  fact  remains  that  it  is  generally  risky 
to  start  without  sufficient  capital  to  pay  for  all  the  plant  and  to 
keep  the  place  going  for  at  least  six  months,  and  preferably  for 
a  year,  without  any  bricks  being  sold  during  that  time.  In 
some  branches  of  brickmaking  a  larger  capital  is  desirable.  It 
is  not  always  necessary  that  this  large  capital  should  be  invested 
in  the  business,  but  it  must  ,be  available  in  time  of  need  if  the 
firm  is  to  be  reasonably  safe  from  premature  stoppage  and  failure. 

The  fact  that  some 'years  ago  certain  well-known  brickmakers 
started  with  but  a  few  hundred  pounds  and  proved  highly  suc- 
cessful is  not  a  sufficient  reason  for  repeating  the  experiment 
at  the  present  time,  except  in  those  places  which  are  growing 
rapidly  and  competition  is  not  likely  to  be  felt  for  some  years  to- 
come.  A  large  number  of  such  places  exist  on  the  outskirts  of 
some  of  our  smaller  towns  and  near  some  of  the  larger  ones,  but 
great  circumspection  is  needed  before  commencing  work  under 
such  conditions. 

Special  care  is  necessary  in  the  purchase  of  old  works,  as  there 
are  many  of  these  in  existence  which  ought  never  to  have  been 
erected,  and  a  large  number  of  others  for  the  sale  of  whose 
goods  no  market  exists.  Such  works  are  dear  at  any  price,  and 


SOURCES    OF    DIFFICULTY    AND    LOSS  427 

whilst  "  bargains  "  may  occasionally  be  obtained,  they  are  dis- 
tinctly rare,  and  should  only  be  purchased  after  reliable  and 
full  information  has  been  obtained.  It  is  never  easy  to  ascertain 
the  true  cause  of  the  failure  of  the  previous  occupier,  but  unless 
this  can  be  satisfactorily  explained  the  yard  may  prove  anything 
but  a  source  of  profit.  The  services  of  a  specialist  having  a 
previous  knowledge  of  the  works  in  question  are  often  valuable . 

In  any  case  ample  capital — either  direct  or  in  the  form  of 
reliable  credit — should  be  available  before  a  brickworks  is  started 
or  purchased. 

Defective  accounting  prevents  many  brick  manufacturers  from 
realizing  their  true  position  as  soon  as  they  should  do,  yet  this 
disadvantage  is  comparatively  easy  to  overcome. 

As  ordinarily  carried  out  in  small  or  medium-sized  yards  the 
manufacture  of  bricks  requires  the  simplest  form  of  book-keep- 
ing, yet  many  manufacturers  fail  to  keep  even  this  necessary 
minimum  in  a  proper  manner,  with  the  result  that  when  trade 
falls  slack  they  are  compelled  to  make  special  arrangements 
with  their  creditors,  and  to  suffer  discomforts  which  might  have 
been  avoided  had  they  known  earlier  the  results  of  their  work. 

It  is  essential  that  the  proprietor,  manager,  or  lessee  of  any 
brickyard  should  know  how  much  his  bricks  are  costing  per  1000 
from  week  to  week.  To  wait  until  the  end  of  the  year  is  in 
many  cases  to  postpone  the  consideration  of  the  subject  until  it 
is  too  late. 

Each  week,  therefore,  a  summary  should  be  prepared  showing 
the  following : — 

Stock — Brought  forward,  made,  sold,  rubbish,  in  hand. 

Accounts — -Owing,  receivable. 

Cash — Brought  forward,  received,  paid,  in  hand. 

This  account  should  further  be  divided  so  as  to  show  the 
main  items  of  expenditure  under  the  following  heads :  wages 
for  manufacture,  wages  for  repairs  and  other  work,  cost  of  repairs 
and  renewals,  cost  of  fuel,  cost  of  oil  and  other  supplies,  other 
expenses  (detailed). 

From  the  foregoing  should  be  calculated  the  figures  per  1000 
bricks  as  follows :  (a)  labour  (including  foreman)  for  manufac- 
ture ;  (b)  fuel ;  (c)  non-productive  labour,  and  materials  for 
manufacture,  alterations  and  repairs ;  (d)  oil  and  other  supplies  ; 
(e)  rent  and  royalty,  or  equivalent,  and  taxes,  depreciation  and 
office  expenses ;  (/)  exceptional  expenses ;  (g)  average  net  selling 
price. 


428  MODEEN    BKICKMAKING 

This  summary  should  be  studied  week  by  week  with  a  view 
to  increasing  the  profit  to  be  realized  from  the  works,  and  care- 
ful comparison  should  be  made  of  the  different  summaries.  In 
some  instances,  more  detailed  statements  are  desirable  (e.g.  the 
number  of  bricks  set  in  and  drawn  off  from  each  kiln),  but  those 
mentioned  are  sufficient  for  an  ordinary  yard. 

Certain  figures  will  have  to  be  averaged  as  they  are  paid  for 
at  long  intervals,  but  with  care  this  need  occasion  no  difficulty, 
and  little  or  no  inaccuracy. 

In  making  these  comparisons  from  time  to  time  it  is  essen- 
tial that  a  broad-minded  policy  should  be  adopted,  or  the  amount 
set  aside  for  depreciation  must  be  increased.  Thus  it  is  foolish 
to  reduce  the  expenditure  on  repairs  and  renewals  below  a  suit- 
able limit,  as  this  would  result  in  the  production  of  an  inferior 
brick  for  which  a  lower  price  would  be  obtained,  or  the  wear  and 
tear  of  the  machinery  would  involve  a  relatively  greater  expense 
later. 

When  a  yard  is  sufficiently  large  to  justify  the  expense  it  is 
far  better  to  have  the  whole  stock  and  plant  valued  by  an  inde- 
pendent valuer  of  established  reputation  in  this  class  of  work, 
than  to  adopt  the  customary  plan  of  writing  off  5  or  10  per  cent 
each  year  for  depreciation. 

It  is  also  important  that  the  sums  so  set  aside  should  be 
kept  quite  distinct  from  the  business  and  should  be  invested  in 
other  securities.  Otherwise  it  may  again  be  found,  as  has  hap- 
pened on  many  previous  occasions,  that  the  "  reserve  fund  "  has 
no  real  value,  as  it  has  all  been  absorbed  by  the  losses  of  the  firm. 


INDEX. 


Abrasion,  370,  376,  377 

Absorbent  bricks,  13 

Absorption,  371 

Accidental  blows,  377 

Accounting,  defective,  427 

Accrington,  5,  9,  14,  212 

Accumulators,  259 

Acid-proof  bricks,  372 

Adams,  A.,  194,  221 

Advice,  necessity  of  impartial,  426 

Aerial  ropeways,  36 

"  Aero  "  dryer,  164 

Air,  266,  269,  270 

—  bricks,  17,  frontispiece 

—  heat-carrying  power  of,  168 

—  heater  for  dryer,  163 

—  in  dryers,  163,  166 

—  in  drying,  175 

—  flue,  250 

—  for  blue  bricks,  369 

—  for  combustion,  253,  359 

—  insufficient,  340 

—  leaks,  303 

—  supply,  342,  344,  348,  349 
Alkalies,  377,  391 
Alumina,  6,  378 
Analysis,  378 

Anglo-American  machine,  73 
Annealing,  298 

Arch,  longitudinal,  299 

—  brick  or  wedge,  frontispiece 

—  bricks,  316 
-  flues,  274 

Arches,  315 

—  flattened,  316 

—  pointed,  316 

—  strength  of,  316 

—  transverse,  299 

"  Archless  "  kiln,  294,333 
Arrises,  12,  231,  232,  239,  241,  399 
Artificial  dryers,  154 
Ashby,  373,  374 
Ashes,  10,  43 
Auger  machines,  108 
Automatic  feeding,  383 


B 


Back-thrust,  110 

—  pressure,  114,  174 
Badly-shaped  bricks,  114 
Baffle  plates,  193,  194 

Bags,  249,  251,  253,  254,  269,  318 

Bagshot,  10,  18,  40 

Baked  bricks,  337,  338,  346 

Baking,  337 

Ball-clay,  407,  409 

Bar  tests,  343,  359,  365 

"  Bargains,"  427 

Barnett  &  Hadlington,  268,  300 

Barringer,  336 

Barrows,  38,  54,  210,  215,  236,  400 

Barton  mould,  55 

Barytes,  402 

Basic  bricks,  393 

Bath  bricks,  14,  338 

Bats,  17 

Bauxite,  378,  381,  393 

—  bricks,  394 
Bearings,  105 
Bechtel  dryers,  214,  216 

—  barrow,  215 
Bed-clay,  2 

Belgain  kiln,  267,  300,  359 
Belt,  176,  212,  215 

—  conveyor,  220 

—  elevator,  191 
Bennett  &  Sayer,  108,  138 
Berkshire,  9 

"  Best  front  "  bricks,  125 
Beyer's  damper,  278 
Binding  clays,  379,  380,  382 

—  material,  382 
Black,  340 

—  bricks,  12 

—  core,  340 

ended  bricks,  358 

—  glazed  bricks,  403 
Blackman  Ventilating  Co.,  163,  165 
Blades,  104,  105,   106  (see  "  Knives  "), 

110,  111,  328 
Blake,  Marsden,  181 
Blasting,  20 


(429) 


430 


INDEX 


Bleichert,  A.,  &  Co.,  36,  38 
Bleininger,  175,  423 
Blister,  411 
Blistered  bricks,  411 
Blocks,  373,  387,  388 

—  refractory,  386 

—  for  feed-holes,  316 
"  Blowing,"  9,  23 

—  air,  366 

"  Blown,"  341 
Blows,  377 

Blue  bricks,  12,  268,  300,  345,  346,  368, 
369 

—  glazed  bricks,  403 

—  colour,  368 
Bluish  bricks,  344 
Blunger,  404 
Bock,  294,  302,  303 
Body  and  bodies,  399,  403 

—  dipping,  401 

Body  materials,  403,  405 

—  dip,  408 
Bodying,  401 
Bohn's  clay  cleaner,  24 
Bolts,  328 

Bond  for  bricks,  311 

Book-keeping,  defective,  427 

Boulder-clays,  2,  4,  102,  179,  424,  425 

Bovey  Heathfield,  4 

Box  moulds,  55 

Bracknell,  W.,  54 

Bradley  &  Craven,  96,  144, 147,  201,  202 

Breaking,  366 

Breeze,  10,  18,  66,  67 

Brick-earth,  1 

—  car,  172 

—  conveyor,  213 

—  counter,  211 

—  kiln,  243 

—  machinery,  68,  177,  240,  416 
Bricks  (see  also  under  adjectival  liead- 

ings)— 

—  Accrington,  14 

—  air,  17 

—  arches,  316 

—  badly-shaped,  114 

—  baked,  337,  346 
-  Bath,  14,  338 

—  black,  12 

—  blue,  12,  345,  346,  368 

—  brown,  12 

—  buff, 328 

—  "  catch  fire,"  340 

—  channel,  17 

—  clamp,  16 

—  clinker,  16 

—  coarse,  232 

—  coping,  17 
—  cutters,  15 

—  dust,  14 

—  engineering,  16,  368 


Bricks,  facing,  15,  125,  209,  297 

—  fire,  16,  41 

—  Fletton,  14 

—  floating,  16 

—  general  manufacture  of,  20 

—  glazed,  7,  16,  336 

—  grey,  12 

—  Hand-made,  41 

—  hollow,  316 

—  impervious,  239 

—  malm,  17 

—  marl,  15 

—  moulded,  335 

—  paving,  16 

—  perforated,  frontispiece,  125,  412,  413 

—  place,  17 

—  plastic,  15 

—  plinth,  17 

—  polished,  16 

—  pressed,  15 

—  purple,  346 

—  red,  9 

—  rubbers,  15 

—  sand-faced,  15 

—  sand-moulded,  52 

—  sandy  (see  "  Rubbers  "),  15 

—  selection  of,  311 

—  semi  dry,  14 

—  semi-plastic,  14 

—  setting,  254 

—  slop-moulded,  15,  51 

—  soft,  13 

—  soft-ended,  232 

—  spoiled,  347 

—  stiff  plastic,  15 

—  stock,  17 

—  Suffolk,  8 

—  swelled,'  341 

—  tubular,  125 

—  weak,  232 

—  weak  corners,  114 

—  white,  8,  328 

—  yellow,  9 
Bridgewater,  14 

"  Brighten  up  "  the  goods,  350 
Brightside  Engineering   Co.,  Ltd.,  27, 

47,  71,  88,  134 
Briquettes,  396 
Brittleness,  391 
Brown,  A.  E.,  44,  46,  57,  156,  163,  168, 

169,  252,  262,  267,  276 
Brown  bricks,  12 

—  glazed  bricks,  403 
Brushing,  401 

Buchanan,  J.,  &  Son,  Ltd.,  72,  75,  92, 

93,  100,  119,  139,  145,  189,  198 
Bucket  elevators,  191 
Buckets,  191 
Buckley,  313 
Buff-coloured  clay,  5 

—  burning  bricks,  328,  345 


INDEX 


431 


Buff-coloured  burning  shale,  368 
Buhler's  mill,  190 
Biihrer,  Jacob,  288,  293,  313,  342 
Building  bricks,  350 
Built-up  dies,  151 
Bull,  294 
Bullnoses,  17 

Burnett,  T.,  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  292 
Burning,  250,  306,  326,  337,  369,  394 
405,  410 

—  firebricks,  376 

—  rate  of,  288,  293 
-  stages  of,  339 

•"  Burnovers,"  66 
"  Burnt  stuff,"  375,  380 
•'  Burrs,"  13,  66 
Burton,  373 


«  Callow,"  220 

Cambridgeshire,  9 

Cam  motion,  230,  232,  237 

Capital  required,  426 

Caps  for  feed-holes,  319 

Carbonaceous  matter,  339,  343,  344 

Carrying  off,  210 

Cars,  170,  302 

Cease  firing,  350 

Chain  haulage,  29 

elevator,  191 
Chalk,  9,  19 

Chamber  kilns,  276,  299 
Chambers,  317,  352 

—  too  few,  366 
Chamotte,  19,  380 
Changes  of  temperature,  367 
Channel  bricks,  17,  frontispiece 
Chart  of  kiln  draught,  362 
Checking,  214 

—  fire,  363 
Chimney  bricks,  413 

—  draught,  282 

—  gases,  282 

Chimneys,  243,  246,  248,  251,  254,  281, 

295,  320,  413 
China  clays,  2 
Chip,  399 

Choice  of  bricks  for  kilns,  311 
Chrome  ores,  395 

—  bricks,  396 
Chromite,  373,  395 
Chromium  oxide,  395 
Circuit  of  kiln,  352 
Circular  kiln,  247,  248 
Clamp  bricks,  16 

—  kilns,  62,  213,  245,  322,  348 

—  for  damper  rod,  292 
Clapping,  58,  400 
Clay,  1,  369 


Clay,  binding,  379,  380,  382 

—  blasting,  20 

—  boulder,  102 

—  burning,  339 

—  cleaners,  41 

—  cleaning,  40 
—  crushing,  41 

—  deposited  by  rivers,  3 

—  deposited  in  a  lake,  3 

—  deposits,  3 

—  digging,  20 

—  drying,  420 

—  exposure  of,  22 

—  fluviatile,  3 

—  for  hollow  blocks,  414 

—  hard,  100 

—  lacustrine,  3 

—  London,  3,  39 

—  marine,  3 

—  mixing,  41,  43 

—  plastic,  238,  240 

—  preparation  of,  40 

—  purifiers,  23,  24 

—  red,  2 

—  rock,  42 

—  soft,  100 

—  sticking,  199 

—  sticky,  41,  98 

—  strong,  10,  39,  102,  129 

—  substance,  2 

—  tender,  154,  159 

—  tough,  104,  125 

—  value  of,  425 

—  weathering,  22 
Clayton,  H.,  26,  119 
Cleaning  clay,  40 
Clinker,  350,  359,  369 

-  bricks,  16 
Clinkers,  66 
"Clot,"  177,  196,225 
Clot-making  machines,  197 
Coal  in  bricks,  346 

—  burning,  348 
Cod  oil,  150 

"  Cog  "  clot  mould,  206 
Coke-heater,  166 

heated  dryer,  159 

Cold  air,  355,  364 

air  valve,  274 

Collar  for  brick-machine,  114 

Colloids,  238 

Colour,  213,  261,  302,  304,333,  344,  346, 

390,  399,  411 
Colour  of  bricks,  8 
Coloured  bricks,  405 

—  glazes,  403 
Colours,  403 
Colza  oil,  150 
Combined  water,  342 
Combustible  matter,  343,  344 

—  removal  of,  339 


432 


INDEX 


Combustion  chambers,  256 

—  products  of,  282,  301 
-  space,  331 

Commissions,  426 

Compression,  excessive,  386 

Concrete,  240 

Condensation  products,  251,  269,  351 

Condensable  water,  343 

Conduction  losses,  283 

Cones,  Seger,  350,  351,  359,  363,  406 

—  temperature  equivalent,  361 
Conical  runners,  189 
Connecting  kiln,  249 

—  chamber,  277 

—  flues,  300 

Continuous  kiln,  62,  217,  243,  245,  261, 
263,  282,  291,  294,  297,  317,  322, 
324,  329,  335,  369 

—  tunnel  dryer,  161 
Contraction,  376,  377,  390 
Control  of  temperature,  359 

—  draught,  362 
Conveyor  belt,  209 
Conveyors,  176,  213,  215,  221 
Cool,  365,  389 

Cooling,  308,  365,  366,  392,  406,  411 

—  chambers,  272 

Coping  bricks,  17,  frontispiece,  415 

"Core  cracks,"  125 

Core  preventer,  204 

Cores,  340,  341,  344,  412,  415 

Coring,  203 

Corner  cracks,  121 

Corrugated  rolls,  93,  94 

Cost,  427 

"  Counter,"  211 

Cracking,  168,  175,  203,  390 

Cracks,  122,  124,  153,  170,  207, 225,  341, 

366,  389 
Craddock,  31 
Crazing,  399,  419 
"  Crowding  "  barrow,  210 
Crown,  318 

—  of  kilns,  315 
Crozzles,  17 
Crucibles,  clay,  43 
Crush,  365 

Crushing  clay,  (see  "  Grinding") 

—  resistance,  371 

—  tests,  389 

—  rolls,  76,  79,  86 

—  strength,  390,  417 
Crystallize,  347 
Culm,  67 
Cumberland,  6 
Curvature,  124 
Cutters,  11,  15,  338 

Cutting  tables,  77,  78,  79,  80,  81,  82,  83, 
84,  129 

—  wires,  137 
Cylindrical  clot,  196 


Damp  bricks,  etc.,  300,  364 

—  material  (screening),  195 
Damper  holders,  292 

Dampers,  277,  292,  297,  298,  320,  333r 

334,  351,  365,  409,  410 
Dannenberg's  kiln,  273 
Dark  colour,  346 
"  Daub,"  245,  337 
Dead-burned  magnesia,  394 
"  Dead  spaces,"  280,  355 
Dean,  Hetherington  &  Co.,  297,  394 
Defective  filling,  203 

—  accounting,  427 

Defects,  225,  334,  391,  397,  399 

—  in  shape,  124 

Delicate  clays,  274,  323,  343,  354,  356- 
Dense  clays,  345 
Density,  302,  345,  346,  371 
Deposits,  3,  256 
Depreciation,  428 
Derbyshire,  6 
Developing  colour,  341 
Devonshire,  6,  9,  11,  373 

—  fire-clays,  374 

Diamond  stretcher,  frontispiece 

Die-boxes,  151 

Dies,  114,  125,  151,  239,  400 

Diesener,  302 

Difficulties,  424 

Digging,  20,  21,  42 

Dinas,  7 

—  bricks,  391 

Dip  for  salt  glaze,  408 
Dipped,  400 
Dipped  firebricks,  387 
Dipping,  401,  402,  405,  408 
Dips,  409,  411 
Direct  haulage,  29 
Discoloration,  269,  350 
Discolours,  266,  341 
Disintegrator,  72 
Dobson,  E.,  63 

Dog  tooth  stretcher,  frontispiece 
"  Don'ts  "  for  firemen,  364 
Door-gaps,  265,  266,  269 
Dorsetshire,  9 
Double-shafted  mixers,  105 
Dowlais,  73,  93 
Down-draught,  264,  276 

—  kilns,  217,  244,  248,  255,  327,  409 

—  kilns,  firing,  348,  349 

—  semi-continuous  kiln,  262 
Down-take  flue,  273 
Draining  a  kiln,  312,  313 

Draught,  281-3,  288,  312,  320,  329,  334  r 
342,  356,  358,  362,  366 

—  gauge,  351,  361 
Drawing,  366 
Drift  clay,  341,  424 


INDEX 


"  Drop  arches,"  318,  329 
Dry-dust,  177 

-  bricks,  14 

Dryer  and  fan,  285,  287 

—  connected  to  kiln,  288 
Dryer,  choice  of,  175 

—  floors,  157 

—  rails,  172 

—  testing,  174 

Dryers,  56,  57,  154,  161,  213,  289,  295, 

420 
Drying,  56,  154,  213,  238,  239,  339,  342, 

390 
Drying  firebricks,  376,  387 

-  kiln,  247,  423 

—  raw  clay,  420 
Dry  process,  240 
"  Dudley,"  368 
Dull  glaze,  406 
Dunnachie,  James,  303,  304 
Durant's  kiln,  246 
Durham,  6,  374 

Dust  process,  240 


£ 


Eccentric  represses,  144 
"  Economic  "  moulds,  151 
Eddington  moulding  machine,  72 
Edge-runners,  94 

-  -runner  mills,  179,  184,  383 
Electrical  conduits,  417 
Electrical  pyrometer,  361 
Elevating,  191 
"  Emperor  "  press,  233 
Emptying,  365 
End  of  firing,  349 
Endless  rope  haulage,  30 

—  chain  haulage,  36 
Engineering  bricks,  16,  368 
"English"  kiln,  275,  299,  300 
Enlarging  kiln,  325 
Erroneous  methods,  426 
Errors  in  kiln  construction,  310 
Essex,  9 

•'Excelsior"  kiln,  289 
Excessive  burning,  340 
Exhaust  steam  in  drying,  157,  168 
Expanding  mould,  72 
Expansion,  366,  377,  391 

—  of  clay,  124 
Expression  attachment,  235 

—  rolls,  78,  124 

—  roller  machines,  124 


F 


Facing  bricks,  15,  125,  209,  297,  328,  333 
burning,  245 


Failures,  424 

Fan,  282,  283,  285,  286,  287,  288,  289, 
306,  321 

—  for  dryer,  170,  174,  285 

—  speed  of,  285 

—  size  of,  285 

—  Sutcliffe  Ventilator  and  Drying  Co., 

283 
Fawcett,  T.  C.,  Ltd.,  72,  73    102^  127, 

129,  136,  143,  145,   146,   184,   193, 

194,  198,  206,  211,   212,   225,   226, 

227,  228,  229 
Feed-holes,  316 
Feed-hole  caps,  319 

—  plate,  193 

—  tray,  180 

Feeding  appliances,  82-4,  103,  180,  182 

Fermentation,  385 

Fine  grinding,  185 

Fingers  for  lifting,  232 

Finish  of  firing,  349,  388 

Finishing  heat  347 

—  point,  347,  406 

—  temperature,  339,  349,  388,  392,  395 
Fire  blocks,  373 

Fire-boxes,  249,  250,  253,  255,  268,  300 

318,  348 
Fire-bricks,  16, 41,  43,  244,  268,  300,  304, 

308,  309,  339,  350,  373,  379 
Fire-brick  lining,  294 
Fire-clay,  2,  6,  22,  85,  341, 370,  373,  397, 

407 

—  working,  375 

—  dampers,  277 

—  blocks,  318 
—  columns,  332 

Fire  gases,  269,  357 
holes,  246,  249 

—  pillars,  255 

—  places,  261 

—  proof  flooring,  412,  413 

—  shafts,  332 

-  travel,  341  (see  "  Speed  ") 

-  trough,  300 

Firing,  65,  250,  306,  308,  331,  337,  348, 
369,  376,  388,  394,  395,  405, 410, 417 

-  a  clamp,  65,  348 

—  fire-bricks,  376,  388 

—  hollow  blocks,  417 

—  with  gas,  306,  308 
First  dip,  401,  403 

—  stage  of  burning,  343 
"Five  on  two,"  327 
Flashing,  346,  380,  394,  410 
Flat  grate,  253 
Flattened  arches,  316 
Fletton,  14,  219,  267,  340 

—  bricks,  14 

—  knots  340 
Floating  bricks,  16 
Floor  of  kiln,  254 


28 


434 


INDEX 


Floor  dryer,  420 
—  drying,  157 
Flues,  319 

—  for  hot  air,  268 

—  for  steam,  279,  280 

—  metal,  273 

—  permanent,  273 

—  temporary,  272 
Fluviatile  clays,  3 
Footstep,  98,  186 
Forced  draught,  250 
Formation  of  clay,  2 
Foul  clays,  10,  43 
Foundation  of  kiln,  247,  312 

—  water,  312 
Four  a  tranches,  333 
Freshly-set  bricks,  269 
Frit,  402,  405 

Frog,  frontispiece,  144,  178 
Frost  (see  "Weathering"),  389 
Fuel,  66,  67,  250,  359 

—  consumption,  264,  295,  348 
Full  fire,  339,  346,  357,  365 
Full  shaft,  332 

"  Fully-burned  "  bricks,  338 
Fusibility,  377,  379,  391 
Fusion,  347 


Ganister,  7,  373 

—  bricks,  393 
Gartcosh,  7,  393 

Gas  advantage,  304,  308 

—  causes  of  failure,  309 
Gas-fired  kilns,  256,  303 

—  continuous  kilns,  303 

—  tunnel  kiln,  303 
Gas-producer,  250,  257,  303,  304,  309 
Gases  admitted  to  chimney,  357 
Gault,  8,  40 

Gillet  fire-box,  250 

Glacial  clay,  341  (see  "  Drift  ") 

Glasgow,  6 

Glazed  bricks,  7,  16,  336,  397 

—  blocks,  419 

—  hollow  blocks,  417 
Glaze  materials,  402,  405 

—  recipes,  398 

—  trials,  406 

Glazes,  399,  402,  403,  404 

Glenboig,  303,  306,  373 

Gold-glazed  bricks,  403 

Granulate,  104 

Granulation,  232,  237 

Granulator,  103 

Graphite,  396 

Grates,  250,  253,  255,  260,  261,  264,  267, 

268,  276,  300,  348,  350,  355,  358 
Gravel,  23,  40 


Green  bricks,  398 
Green  glazed  bricks,  403 
Grey  bricks,  12 
Grey  stocks,  17 
Griessmann  &  Co.,  112 
Grinding,  221,  383 

clay,  41,  83,  94,  179,  183,  221,  383 


—  grog,  383 

—  mills, 


83,  84,  94,  179,  183 
Grizzles,  17 

Grog,  18,  375,  380,  383,  389 
—  size  of,  381 
"  Groke,"  122 
"  Guthrie,"  267,  268,  300 


H 


Hack  drying,  60 

—  ground,  56 
Hacks,  56 

"  Haendle,"  182 

Haircracks,  12 

Half-gas  firing,  260 

Half-moon  stretcher,  frontispiece 

Halifax,  374 

Halsband  &  Co.,  122,  123 

Hampshire,  9 

Hand-brickmaking,  39 

—  made  bricks,  41,  69 

—  moulds,  39 

—  moulding,  41 
Hard  clays,  100 

—  glaze,  399 

—  material,  95 

—  water,  19 
Hardness,  371 
Harrison,  H.,  294 
Haulage,  29,  180 

Heart  (see  "  Core")  340,  341,  344 
Heat  accumulators,  259 

—  necessary  to  burn,  338 
—  regeneration,  307 

Heizwande,  333 
Herve,  T.,  115,  119 
Hexagonal'screen,  195 
Highly  plastic  clays,  104 
High  temperature,  376 
Hoffmann  kilns,  264,  291,  297,  358 
Hollowness,  124 
Hollow  blocks,  335,  412 
with  closed  ends,  413 

—  bricks,  frontispiece,  316,  412,  413 
Homogeneous,  42,  43,  110,  124,  225 
Homogenization,  104 
Horizontal  draught  kilns,  244,  329 
Horsham  Engineering  Co.,  48 

Hot  air,  253,  269,  293,  297,  298, 301,  306, 
307,  308,  344,  349,  352,  354 

flues,  266,  268,  274 

for  combustion,  274,  275,  299,  301 


INDEX 


435 


Hot  floor,  157,  160,  421 
Hughes,  W.  B.,  214 
Hunter  &  Co.,  78,  126 
Hurried  firing,  346 
Hydraulic  balance,  207 


Impervious  brick,  239 
Improper  materials,  424 

—  site,  424 

Improved  Hoffmann  kilns,  267 

Impurities,  22 

Incipient  vitrification,  339,  347 

Inclined  grates,  253 

Inferior  fire-bricks,  389 

Instability  of  kilns,  310 

Intermittent  kilns,  243,  256,  323 

Invert  blocks,  415 

Irish  fire-clays,  6 

Iron  compounds,  340 

—  dampers,  277 

—  oxide,  344 

—  reduced,  340 

—  sulphide,  408 
Irregularities,  199 
Isle  of  Wight,  4 
Isolation  of  kiln  floor,  314 


Jamb,  frontispiece,  17 

Johnson  &  Sons,  Ltd.,  129, 130,  132,  203, 

228,  231 
Johnston,  198 
Jones  &  Sons,  Ltd.,  116,  151 


Kaolins,  2 

Kase,  F.,  390 

Keith  J.  &  Blackman,  Co.,  Ltd.,  285 

Kibbling  rolls,  93 

Kilmarnock,  6 

Kiln,  circuit  of,  352 

—  connected  to  dryer,  288 

—  construction,  310 

-  dryer,  157 

-  foundation,  312 

—  selecting,  321 

—  size  of,  323 

—  thermometer,  343 
Kiln-gases  in  tunnel  dryer,  166 
Kiln-walls,  294 

Kilns,  61,  176,  213,  217,  236,  243,  409 

—  "  closing,"  350 

—  connected,  249 

—  drying,  342 


Kilns,  enlarging,  325 

—  for  small  output,  324 

—  roof  for,  295 

—  too  short,  324 

—  with  grates  or  troughs,  267 
-  with  two  fires,  295,  300 

Klemp,  Schultze  &  Co.,  33 
Knee-joint  presses,  147 
Knives,  103,  105,  110 
Knotts  clay,  6 
Koppel,  A.,  170,  171,  172,  173 


Lack  of  capital,  426 

Lacustrine  clays,  3 

Lake  deposited  clays,  3,  4 

Laminated  mouthpiece,  122 

Lamination,  125,  148, 197,  236,  237,  241, 

347 

Lancashire,  9,  12 
Lane,  P.,  112 
Lead  compounds,  403 
Leakages,  247,  333,  364 
Leeds,  374 
Leicester,  6,  9 
Leighton  Buzzard  clay,  3 
Length  of  kiln,  324 
Light  blocks,  414 

—  coloured  glazes,  411 
Lime,  5,  9,  102,  377,  391,  397 

—  milk,  391 

—  sand,  240,  392 
Limestone,  23 
Limey  clays,  101 
Lined  dies,  119 
Liners,  199,  235 

Lining  of  mouthpiece,  121 

Loading  clay,  21 

Loams,  10,  78,  179  "* 

Loamy,  10  ••;' 

London  clay,  3,  39,  423,  424 

—  Brick  Co.,  Ltd.,  220,  221,  222,  224, 

275,  300 

—  bricks,  62 

—  stocks,  14,  62  : 
"  Loos,"  57 

Loose  clays,  340 

Loss  of  shape,  347 

Losses,  424 

Lubrication,  60,  117,  122,  149,  199,  208, 

241 
Lumps,  87,  180 


Machine  moulding,  68 
Magnesia,  373,  391,  393 
—  bricks,  394 


436 


INDEX 


Magnesia  "  sand,"  395 

Magnesite,  39* 

Main  and  tail  haulage,  30 

Majolica  glazes,  404 

Malm  bricks,  17 

Malms  and  maiming,  8,  17,  23 

"  Manchester  "   kiln,  274,  280,  299,  353 

Marcasite,  5 

Marine  clays,  5 

Marl  facing  bricks,  15 

Marls,  8,  84,  368 

Masonry,  294,  310,  311 

Matthews  &  Yates,  284 

Maximum  temperature,  339,  390 

Maxted  &  Knott,  Ltd.,  69,  70 

Measuring  rod,  351 

—  mould  for  bricks,  397 
Mechanical  draught,  283,  289,  293 
Mendheim,  302,  304 

Metal  flues,  273 
Methods,  unsuitable,  425 
Midland  fire-clays,  374 
Midland  marls,  22,  267 
Midlands,  6,  10,  40,  368,  373 
"  Mild."  10 
Milk  of  lime,  391 
Mill-feeder,  82,  103,  180,  182 

—  with  conical  runners,  189 

—  with  multiple  runners,  191 

—  with  two  stages,  190 

Mills,  83,  84,  94,  179,  183,  221,  383 
Mining,  20 
Mixers,  82,  103,  227 
Mixing,  43,  103,  385 

—  clay,  41 

Moisture,  279,  301,  340,  343,  351 

"  Mceller  &  Pfeiffer,"  170,  423 

"  Monarch  "  machine,  69 

Mond  gas-producer,  260 

Mortar,  246,  312 

Moulded  bricks,  335,  418 

Moulding,  50,  419 

Mould-making,  418 

Moulds,  54,  151,  199,  203,  235,  239,  386, 

419 

Mouthpieces,  77,  108,  113,  413 
Muffle,  309 

—  kilns,  309,  335 
Multiple  roller  machine,  127 

—  runner  wheel,  191 

"  Murray"  machine,  125,  126 


N 


Natural  draughts,  283 
Neath,  7 

Neutral  firebricks,  395 
Newaygo  screen,  194,  225 
Newcastle  kiln,  217,  244,  255,  261,  331, 
337,  350 


"New  Era"  machine,  207 

"New  Perfect"  kiln,  293,  353 

Newton  Abbot,  4 

Nodules,  39 

Non-absorptive  power,  239,  376 

Norfolk,  9 

"  Norris,"  71,  72 

Northumberland,  7,  373 

Northumbrian  fire-clays,  374 

North  Wales,  6 

Nottinghamshire,  8 

Number  of  chambers,  352 

Nuneaton  Engineering  Co.,  Ltd.,  230 


Oakland,  G.,  300 

Ochre,  408 

Oil,  150,  368 

Oijy  shale,  220,  267 

Old  works,  purchase  of,  426 

Open  base  mill,  187,  188 

—  clays,  340 

—  mixer,  108,  110 

—  mould,  stiff  plastic  machine,  206 

—  up,  390 

Opinions,  erroneous,  425 

Optical  pyrometers,  361 

Organic  matter,  340 

Ornamental  bricks,  415,  418 

Osman,  J.,  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  289,  293,  353 

Output,  324 

Over-driven  mills,  184 

"  Overworking,"  385 

Oxford,  40 

—  clays,  5 

Oxidation,  41,  341,  345,  369,  377 
Oxide,  red,  344,  368,  377,  391,  395 
Oxidized,  340,  341,  345 
Oxidizing,  41,  369 
Oxley  Bros.,  Ltd.,  135 


Pallet  boards,  171 

"  Pan  mills,"  95,  179,  185 

Paper  dampers,  277,  278,  356,  363,  365 

Partial  kiln,  323 

Partition,  276,  278 

—  blocks,  412 

Paste,  plastic,  104,  108,  110 
Paving  bricks,  16,  369 
Paviors,  370 
Peat,  414 
Pebbles,  23 
Peel  off,  399,  402 

Perforated  brick,  frontispiece,  125,  412, 
413 

—  floor,  254 


INDEX 


437 


Perforated  pan  mills,  184 

—  screen,  193 

—  steel  plate,  192 
Permanent  flues,  72,  273 
Peterborough,  5,  6,  14,  219 
Piano- wire  screens,  194,  221 
Picking,  375 

"  Pillars"  for  fuel,  255,  266,  292,  331 
Pink  glazed  bricks,  403 
Place  bricks,  17,  66 
Placing  (see  "  Setting  "),  326 
Plain  brick,  frontispiece 
Plaster  of  Paris,  392,  402 
Plaster  moulds,  use  of,  419 
Plastic  bricks,  15,  238 

—  clay,  15,  240 

—  clays,  super-drying,  423 

—  moulding  by  machinery,  68 

—  paste,  104,  108,  110 

—  process,  68 

Plasticity,  1,  100,  238,240,  247,  379,385 

Platt  Bros.  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  232,  233,  234 

Plinth  bricks,  frontispiece,  17 

Pointed  arches,  316 

Poker,  365 

Poker-test,  365 

Polished  bricks,  16,  58 

Poole,  11 

Pores,  341,  344,  347 

Porosity,  338,  390 

Porous,  338,  388,  397 

Portable  stove,  271 

"  Post,"  378 

Power-driven  presses,  142 

Precautions  in  cutting,  137 

—  in  firing,  348 
Preliminary  heating,  339 

—  mixing,  112 
Preparation  of  clay,  40 
Press  oil,  150,  177,  225 
Pressed  bricks,  frontispiece,  15 
Presses,  60,  108,  140,  177,  225,  232 

—  hand-driven,  140 

—  knee-joint,  147 

—  portable,  140 

—  power-driven,  142 

—  screw,  140,  144 

—  toggle-lever,  146 
Pressing,  59,  399 

—  in  plaster  moulds,  419 
Pressure,  resistance  to,  376,  377 
"Price,"  204 

Primary  clays,  2,  3 

Products  of  combustion,  301 

Protection  of  goods,  335 

Pugging  and  pug-mills,  43,  69,  77-84, 

103,  108 

"  Pullan  &  Mann,"  77,  144 
Pump,  20 

Purchase  of  old  works,  426 
Purple  bricks,  346 


Putrefaction,  42 
Pyramid  tests,  359 
Pyrites,  5,  23,  345 
Pyrometer  351,  361 


Racks,  171 

—  for  drying,  154 
Radial  bricks,  413 
Radiation  losses,  283 
Rail-gauge,  171 
Bails,  171,  173 
Rain,  389 

—  effect  of,  312,  313,  321,  389 
Rain-water,  19 

—  removal  of,  312 
Rapid  burning,  340 
Rattler  test,  370 
Raupach,  R.,  131 

Rawdon  Foundry  Co.,  Ltd.,  142 

Raymond  &  Co.,  Ill 

Raynor,  H.,  164 

Reading,  4,  40 

Recorder,  211 

Recrystallizatioo,  347 

Rectangular   down-draught    kiln,   248, 

251 
Red  bricks,  9 

—  glazed  bricks,  403 

—  heat,  348 

—  marl,  12 

—  oxide,  344,  368,  377,  391,  395 
Red-burning  bricks,  345 

—  burning  shale,  368 

—  clays,  10,  339,  340,  344,  368,  397 
Reducing,  345,  369,  377 

—  compounds,  345 

—  conditions,  368 

—  piece,  114 

Reduction,  309,  345,  368,  377 
Refractoriness,  390 

Refractory  clay,  7  (see  "  Fire-clay") 

—  goods  (see  "  Fire-bricks  "),  309,  376, 

379 

Regeneration,  256,  301,  307,  345 
Regeneratively  heated  air,  301 
Regenerators,  256,  257,  259,  301,  307, 

345 

"  Reinforced,"  417 
Reinforcing,  412 
Relined,  235 

Repairs  and  renewals  expenditure,  428 
Repress,  69,  139,  177,  208,  229,  236 
Repressing,  139,  177,  208,  236 
"  Reserve  fund,"  428 
Resistance  to  abrasion,  376 

accidental  blows,  377 

heat,  377 

—  high  temperature,  376 


438 


INDEX 


Resistance  to  oxidation,  377 

pressure,  376 

reduction,  377 

slag  and  limestone,  395 

sudden  changes,  377 

wear  and  tear,  377 

Retort  clay,  43 
Revolving  drum,  203,  422 

—  screen,  195 

—  table  machine,  201 
Riddles,  181,  192 
Ring  kiln,  291,  305 
Rise  of  temperature,  347 
River  deposits,  3 

Rock  clays,  5,  42 
Rolls,  80-84,  86,  124 
Roller-bearings,  171 
Roof  for  kilns,  295,  321 

—  water,  313 
Rope  conveyor,  213 

—  haulage,  29 
Rotary  clay  dryer,  422 
Rough  bricks,  411 

—  stocks,  17 

Round  kilns,  247,  248,  249 

—  of  kiln,  308,  352,  353 
Ruabon,  9,  11 
Rubbers,  11,  15,  338 
Running-out  machine,  417 


s 


Salt,  369 

—  glazing,  308,  372 
Salt-dip,  408 
Salt-glazed  bricks,  406 
Sand,  18,  40,  390,  391 

—  -faced  bricks,  15,  68 
folds,  53 

-  -lime  bricks,  392 

—  -moulding,  50 
"  Sand-seal,"  320 
Sandstones,  391 
Sandy,  10,  13 

Sanspareil  machine,  225,  230 

Sawdust,  346,  414 

Scale-lined  mouthpiece,  122 

Schmatolla,  E.,  257,  304 

Scholefield,  R.,  205,  225,  230 

Scotch  kilns,  245,  337 

Scotland,  6 

Scott,  213,  215,  326 

"  Scove  "  kilns,  217,  333 

Scrapers  in  mills,  187 

Screens,  176,  192,  221,  251,  375 

Screen-wall,  249 

Screw-presses,  140,  144 

Scum,  213,  238,  256,  269,  351,  369,  411 

Sea-deposited  clays,  3,  5 

Sealing  chambers,  298 


Secondary  clays,  1,  3 

Seconds,  17 

Second  stage  of  firing,  341,  343,  344,  357 

Seger  cones,  350,  351,  359,  406 

Selecting  a  kiln,  321 

pug-mill,  110 

Selecting  clays,  378 
Selection  of  bricks,  311,  398 

materials  for  fire-brick,  378 

plant,  85 

stiff -plastic  machines,  200 

Self-delivery  wet-mill,  102 
Semi-continuous  kiln,  62,  243,  244,  260, 

294 
"  Semi-dry"  process,  177,  219 

—  bricks,  14 
Semi-plastic  process,  177 

—  bricks,  14 

Sercombe,  W.  H.,  281,  292 
"  Set,"  150,  153 

Setters,  364 

Setting,  213,  247,  254,  266,  302,  326,  387, 

405,  409 
Settling,  351 

—  tanks,  26 
Seven  Oaks,  3 

Shakes,  17  •   "-. 

Shales,  2,  5,  10,  84,  85,  179,  220,  240, 

267,  300,  345,  370,  375,  382,  407 
"  Shank  "  kilns,  324 
Shattering,  365 
Shed-dryer,  154 
Sheffield,  393 
Shell,  5 
Shovel,  38 
Shrinkage,  175,  176,  351,  394,  395 

—  rod,  343,  361 
Shropshire,  373 
Shuffs,  17 
Sieves,  192 
Silica,  6,  7,  390 

—  bricks,  7,  390,  393 

—  rocks,  373,  381,  391 
Silver  glazed  bricks,  403 

Single  kilns,  243,  276,  282, 318, 342,  348, 
366,  389 

—  shaft  mixers,  104 
Sintered  magnesia,  394 
Site,  424 

Size  of  kiln,  323 
-  of  grog,  381 
Skeleton,  379 
"Skerry,"  23 
Skintling,  59 
Slab-heater,  163,  164,  168 
Slabs,  drying,  387 
Slag,  341,  345 

—  colour,  344 
Slate,  6 

Sliding-die  brick  machine,  207 
Slinging,  43 


INDEX 


439 


Slop-moulded  bricks,  15 

Slop-moulding,  50,  51 

Slots,  185 

Slow- firing,  340,  363,  365 

Slurry,  26 

Smith,  G.  T.,  203 

Smoke,  250,  253 

Smoke-flue,  274 

Smoking,  217,  306,  321,  340,  353 

Smoky  flame,  346 

Smooth  rollers,  92 

Soaking,  42,  347,  363,  365 

Soda,  402 

Soft  bricks,  13 

—  clays,  100 
Soften,  343 
Softening  clay,  347 
Soft  end,  232 

—  glaze,  399 
Soil,  18,  23,  28 
Soiling,  28 
Sole,  356 

Souring,  42,  375,  383,  385 
Spades,  38 

Spalling,  225,  378,  391 
Specific  gravity,  371 
Speed  of  burning  or  firing,  340,  341,  345, 
358,  363 

pug  mills,  112 

Spiral  conveyors,  221 

"  Spitta,"  274 

Splitting,  378 

Spoiled  bricks,  347 

Spot,  346 

Spy-holes,  361 

"  Squat,"  124 

Squints,  frontispiece,  17 

Stable  brick,  frontispiece,  368 

Staffordshire,  8,  12,  84,  368 

—  kiln,  274,  280,  297 
Stain,  328 

Stanley  machine,  230,  232 
Stationary  screens,  192 
Steam,  279,  301,  343 

—  as  lubricant,  121 

—  floor,  158 

—  flues,  279,  280 

—  heaters,  165 

—  -heated  dryer,  157 

—  jet,  250 

—  navvies,  220 

-  removal  of,  343,  354 

—  vents,  357 
Steaming,  306,  339,  342 
Steatite,  240 
Stickiness,  240 
Sticking,  149,  199,  240 

Sticky  clays,  41,92,  94,  98, 149, 199,  240, 

424 

"  Stiff  plastic"  machines,  177,  196 
bricks,  15 


'  Stiff  plastic  "  process,  177 
Stocks,  17 

—  London,  14 
Stone-breaker,  180 
crusher,  180 

Stones,  4,  23,  40,  76,  78,  89,  94,  100, 102, 

124 

Stoneware-clay,  372 
Stony  clays,  94 
Stool  pallets,  171 
Stop  brick,  frontispiece 
Storing,  389 
Stourbridge,  6,  373 

—  fire-clays,  374 

Stoves,  269,  270,  279,  335,  342,  355 

Stoving,  275,  339,  340,  342 

Streaks,  401 

Strengthening  kiln,  252 

String  course  bricks,  frontispiece 

Strong  clays,  10,  39,  84,  102,  129,  340, 

424 

Structure,  150,  153 
Stull,  B.,  121,  123 
"  Stupids,"  415 

Sturtevant  Engineering  Co.,  Ltd.,  283 
Subsoil  water,  313 
Sudden  changes,  377,  390 
Suffolk,  9 
Sulphur,  29,  411 
—  compounds,  345 
Super-drying,  423 

heater,  250 

Supplementary  fires,  251,  254 
Surface  clays,  2,  10,  40 

—  water,  19 

Sutcliffe,  Speakman  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  89,  97, 

146,  148,  151,  203,  207,  233,  234 
Sutcliffe  Ventilating  Co.,  164,  165,  422 
Swelling,  341, 347,  411 
Swinney  Bros.,  113,  125,  127,  185 


Tamworth,  11 
Taper  bricks,  316 

—  mouthpiece,  124 
Tar,  368 

Teign  valley,  6,  374 
Temperature,  control  of, 

—  high,  376 

—  in  blue  brick  burning, 

—  maximum,  339 

—  of  gases,  282 

—  recorder,  351 

—  rise,  347 

—  (scale),  361 

—  testing,  365,  425 
Tempering,  42 
Temporary  flues,  272 

—  kiln,  294 


440 


INDEX 


Temporary  muffles,  335 
Tender  clays,  154, 159,  175,  340 
Tenderness  of  magnesia  bricks,  395 
Terra-cotta,  11 

clays,  11 

Test  for  acid-proof  bricks,  372 
Testing  burning  temperature,  338 

—  during  drying,  174 

—  lime  liquor,  392 
Thames  clay,  3 
Thermometer,  282,  343,  356 
Thermoscopes,  359,  363 
Thickness  regulating,  398 
Thirds,  17 

Third  stage  of  burning,  357 
Thomas's  kiln,  251 
Thrust  bearing,  112 
Tipping  frame,  33 

—  waggons,  33 
Tippler,  180 
Titanium,  377 
Toggle-lever  presses,  146,  225 

—  machines,  238 
Toothed  rolls,  93 
Tough  clays,  104,  125 
Tower-dryers,  423 
Trace-holes,  330 
Track,  211 
Transfer  car,  172 
Transport,  176,  236 
Transverse  arches,  299 
Treacherous  clay,  424 
Treading,  43 
Treatment  of  clay,  23 
Trial  pieces,  351,  406 
Trough,  267,  268,  269,  332 
Troughs  for  fuel,  264 
Tubular  bricks,  125 

—  dryers,  421 
Tunnel-dryers,  161,  421 

—  kilns,  302 
Turn-tables,  32 
Twisting,  124 
Two-stage  mill,  190 


U 


Under-burned  bricks,  13,  66,  368 

—  -driven  mills,  184 

Unevenness  in  temperature,  356,  357 

Uniformity,  376 

Unoxidized  spot,  346 

Unsuitable  methods  of  working,  425 

Up  and  down  draught  kiln,  244 

Up-draught  kilns,  243,  245,  326 


Value  of  a  clay  bed,  425 
Variations  in  size,  152 


Vaughan's  kiln,  273,  280 
Vegetable  matter,  343,  344 

removal  of,  339 

Ventilation  of  kiln,  357 
Ventilator  brick,  frontispiece 
Vertical  flue,  331 
Viscous  mass,  347 

Vitrification,   209,   302,    341,   345,   347, 
360,  368,  374,  407 

—  period,  347 

—  point,  341 
Vitrified  bricks,  368,  374 
Volatilization,  344 

"  Vulcan  "  mill,  48 


w 


Waggons,  29, 170,  180,  302 
Wales,  6,  373,  393 
"  Walk  flatting,"  53 
"Walls,"  328 
Warm  air,  352 
"  Warner,"  360 
Warping,  168,  175 
Wash- backs,  25,  42 

mill,  25 

Washed  stocks,  17 
Washing,  25,  40 
Waste  gas  dryer,  159 

—  gases,  159^,  256 

—  heat,  324,  342,  352 

Water,  19,  56,  176,  177,  340,  351,  385, 
390,  404 

—  as  lubricant,  121 

—  removal  of,  312,  354 

—  smoking,  217,  340 
"  Watkinson,"  189 
Weak  (bricks),  232,  236 

—  arch,  315 

—  corners  in  bricks,  114 
Wear  and  tear,  377 
Weathering,  22,  41,  375 
Wedge-shaped  bricks,  316 
"  Well,"  178 
Welsh  fire-clays,  375 
West  Scotland,  373,  393 
Western  clays,  10 
"  Wet  pans,"  94,  95 
Wheelbarrows,  38 
Wheeling,  21,  211 
Whinney  Hill,  5 
White  bricks,  8 

—  burning  bricks,  328 

—  body,  404 

—  glazed  bricks,  403 

Whitehead,  J.,  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  62,  88,  118, 
134,  135,  141,  187,  190,  417 

Whittaker  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  31,  48,  49,  93. 
98,  117,  131,  188,  194,  196,  207,  222, 
223,  224 


INDEX 


441 


Wicket,  246,  254,  256,  293,  355 

—  arches,  317 

—  fires,  269,  270,  279,  333,  337,  342 
Wills,  W.  &  F.,  Ltd.,  91 

Wind,  362 
Wire-cut,  69 

bricks,  76 

process,  76,  180 

—  gauze  screen,  192 
Wires  for  cutting,  137 

Wolff  Dryer  Co.,  165,  166,  169,  170 

Woolley's  fire  box,  260 

Wootton  Bros.,  Ltd.,  125,  128,  132,  133, 

203 
Working  continuous  kiln,  353 


Works,  purchase  of,  426. 

Worm,  110 

Wrong  bonding,  311 


Yellow  bricks,  9,  403 
Yorkshire,  6,  368,  373,  393 
—  fire-clays,  374 


Z 


Zinc  oxide,  402 


ABERDEEN:  THE  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 


ARCHITECTURAL 


POTTERY. 


BRICKS,  TILES,  PIPES,  ENAMELLED 
TERRA  =  COTT  AS,  ORDINARY  AND 
INCRUSTED  QUARRIES,  STONE- 
WARE MOSAICS,  FAIENCES  AND 
-ARCHITECTURAL  STONEWARE.  - 

BY   LEON   LEFEVRE. 

With  5   Plates  and  950   Illustrations. 
500   Pages.        Royal   8vo. 

TRANSLATED  FROM  THE  FRENCH  BY 

K.  H.  BIRD,  M.A.,  and  W.  MOORE  BINNS, 


Price  155.  net  -(Post  Free,   158.  6d.   Home; 
i6s.   6d.   Abroad). 


FOR  CATALOGUE,    GIVING  CONTENTS,   APPLY  TO— 

Scott,   Greenwood  &  Son, 

8  BROADWAY,  LUDQATE  HILL,  LONDON,  E.C 


442 


THE  -BRITANNIA"  BRICK  MACHINES 


ARE    BUILT    TO    ANY    CAPACITY, 


JONES'  PATENT   POWER   WIRE-CUT. 


SAVES  A  MAN  AT  THE  HANDLE  END 


Write   for  Prices 


.jrhine,  10,000  to  30  000  per  day. 

WJTHxK)NES^PATENT  POWER  W RE  CUT 


JOHN  JONES  &  SONS,  LTD.. 


I  MO  N  WORKS, 


EST?  1S3O 


LOUGHBOROUGH, 


LEICESTERSHIRE 


ENGLAND 


"BRITANNIA"   BRICKMAKINC   MACHINES, 

as  supplied  to : 

H.M.  Government  Railways. 

H.M.  War  Office  (Works  Department). 

Public  Works  Departments. 

Mining  Companies  in  South  Africa. 

Machinery  supplied  to  :  East  Africa,  India,  Straits  Settle- 
ments, Australia,  South  Africa  and  principal  Brick- 
works at  Home  and  in  the  Colonies. 

443 


BIMER  BROTHERS, 


Established  1860. 


FaCtOf}/ 


1,300  Workmen. 


UZWIL  (SWITZERLAND). 


^SPECIALITY: 

BRICK  &  TILE-MAKING  MACHINERY. 

OUTPUT  AND   SOLIDITY    UNRIVALLED. 


COMBINED  GRINDING  AND  MIXING 
MILLS.  Buhler's  Patent. -Feeders,  Pug  Mills, 
Revolving  Presses,  Drain  Tile  Machines,  Cutters, 
etc. 

DRYING  PLANTS,  Buhler's  Patent.— Artificial 
Channel  Driers,  superior  system ;  Special  Fans. 
Numerous  Plants  Installed. 

MODERN  KILNS,  Buhler's  Patent.— Channel 
Kilns;  Circular  Kilns  and  Shaft-Kilns,  for  burn- 
ing coke,  gas  and  oil ;  Special  Kilns. 

COMPLETE  BRICK  AND  TILE-MAKING 
PLANTS,  of  any  size,  for  all  ceramic  products. 


FINEST    REFERENCES. 

Write  for  3llustrate8  Catalogues  and  Estimates. 

TRIALS    OF    CLAY. 


444 


Catalogue 

OF 

Special   \9ee6nieal  J3ooks 


INDEX  TO  SUBJECTS. 

PAGE 

PAGE 

PAGE 

Adhesives       10 

Evaporating  Apparatus  ...  25 

Pottery  Clays        14 

Agricultural  Chemistry           10 

Fats     .                                ...5,6 

Pottery  Decorating          ...  14 

Air,  Industrial  Use  of        ...11 

Faults  in  Woollen  Goods...  20 

Pottery  Manufacture       ...  13 

Alum  and  its  Sulphates     ...     8 

Flax  Spinning         23 

Pottery  Marks        15 

Ammonia       ...         ...         ...     8 

Flint  Glassmaking  16 

Power-loom  Weaving       ...   18 

Animal  Fats  and  Oils         ...     6 

Food  and  Drugs     30 

Preserved  Foods    30 

Anti-corrosive  Paints         ...     4 

Fruit  Preserving    ...         ..    30 

Printers'  Ready  Reckoner  31 

Anti-fouling  Paints            ...     4 

Fungicides    28 

Printing  Inks           3,5 

Architecture,  Terms  in     ...  29 

Gas  Firing    24 

Reagents      9 

Architectural  Pottery        ...  14 

Gearing         26 

Recipes         2 

Artificial  Perfumes  7 

Glass  Painting        15 

Resins            9 

Balsams          9 

Glue  Making  and  Testing...    8 

Ring  Spinning  Frame      ...  23 

Bleaching       22 

Glycerine     6 

Risks  of  Occupations       ...  11 

Bleaching  Agents    22 

Greases         5 

Riveting  China,  etc.           ..  14 

Bone  Products         8 

Gutta  Percha         12 

Sanitary  Plumbing             ..  27 

Bookbinding  31 
Brick-making            ...         13,  14 
Burnishing  Brass    ...         ...  27 

Hat  Manufacturing          ...  19 
Hemp  Spinning      23 
History  of  Staffs  Potteries  15 

Scheele's  Essays  8 
Sealing  Waxes       10 
Shale  Oils  and  Tars           ..     9 

Carpet  Yarn  Printing         ...  20 

Hops  27 

Sheet  Metal  Working       ..  27 

Casein             4 

Hot-water  Supply  27 

Shoe  Polishes         5 

Celluloid         31 

How  to  make  a  Woollen  Mill 

Silk  Throwing         21 

Cement  Work          29 

Pay            21 

Smoke  Prevention  24 

Ceramic  Books        ...  13,  14,  15 

India-rubber            12 

Soaps            7 

Chemical  Analysis  9 

India-rubber   Substitutes      5 

Spinning  Calculations      ...  20 

Chemical  Essays     8 

Industrial  Alcohol  9 

Spirit  Varnishes     ...         ...     5- 

Chemical  Reagents            ...     9 

Inks     10 

Staining  Marble,  and  Bone  3ft 

Chemi?al  Works      8 

Insecticides  28 

Standard  Cloths    17 

Chemistry  of  Pottery        ...  15 

Iron-corrosion         4 

Steam  Drying         11 

Clay  Analysis           14 

Iron,  Science  of     24 

Sugar  Refining       32 

Coal-dust  Firing      24 

Japanning    ...         ...         ...  27 

Steel  Hardening     24 

Coal-Gas  By-Products      ...     9 

Joint  Wiping           27 

Sweetmeats  30 

Colour  Matching     21 

Jute  Spinning         23 

Technical  Schools,  Hand- 

Colliery Recovery  Work  ...  24 

Lace-Making           19 

book  to  the          32 

Colour-mixing,  Textile      ...  21 
Colour  Theory         21 

Lacquering  27 
Lake  Pigments       2 

Textile  Colour  Mixing     ...  21 
Textile  Design        19 

Cotton  Combing  Machines  22 

Lead  and  its  Compounds...  10 

Textile  Fabrics       ...  17,  18,  19 

Compounding  Oils,  etc.    ...     5 

Lead  Burning         27 

Textile  Fibres        ...  17,  18,  19 

Condensing  Apparatus      ...  25 

Leather  Dressings            ...     5 

Textile  Materials  19 

Cooling  Apparatus  25 
Cosmetics      8 

Leather-working  Materials  13 
Linoleum  Manufacture   ...     5 

Textile  Soaps  and  Oils     ...     7 
Timber          29 

Cotton  Spinning      22 
Cotton  Waste          22 

Lithographic  Inks  5 
Lithography  31 

Toilet  Soapmaking           .  .     7 
Turbines       26 

Damask  Weaving    19 

Lubricants    5 

Varnishes     5 

Dampness  in  Buildings     ...  29 

Manures        8,  10 

Vegetable  Fats  and  Oils.  .     6 

Decorators'  Books...            3,  4 
Decorative  Textiles            ...  19 

Meat  Preserving     30 
Mineral  Pigments  2 

Vegetable  Preserving      .  .  30 
Warp  Sizing           ...         .  .  20 

Dental  Metallurgy  24 

Mineral  Waxes       5 

Waste  Utilisation  9 

Detergents     22 

Mine  Ventilation     24 

Water,  I  ndustrial  Use     11,12 

Disinfectants           9 

Mining,  Electricity           ...  24 

Water-proofing  Fabrics  ...  20 

Driers,  Solid  and  Liquid  ...     5 

Needlework             19 

Waxes          5 

Drugs  30 

Oil  and  Colour  Recipes    ...2,3 

Weaving  Calculations      ...  20 

Drying  Oils    5 

Oil  Boiling  and  Crushing...     5 

Weed  Killers          28 

Drying  with  Air       11 

Oil  Colours  3 

White  Lead  and  Zinc      ...     4 

Dyeing            21,  30 

Oil  Engines             25 

White  Zinc  Paints           ...     4 

Dyers'  Materials     21 

Oil  Merchants'  Manual    ...     6 

Wiring  Calculations         ...  28 

Dye  stuffs       21 

Oils     ...                                       5 

Wood  Distillation  ...           .  29 

Edible  Fats  and  Oils         ...     6 

Ozone,  Industrial  Use  of...  11 

Wood  Waste  Utilisation!."  29 

Electric  Lamps        27 

Paint  Manufacture            ...     2 

Woollen  Goods,  Faults  ...  20 

Electric  Wiring       28 

Paint  Materials      2 

Worsted  Spinners'  Hand- 

Electricity in  Collieries     ...  24 

Paint-material  Testing     ...     4 

book          ...         20 

Emery            32 

Paint  Mixing           3 

Woven  Fabrics      20 

Enamelling    17 

Paper-Mill  Chemistry      ...   16 

Writing  Inks           10 

Enamels         18 

Paper  Treatment  16 

X-RayWork          ...       ....  18 

Engineering  Handbooks  25,26 
Engraving      31 

Pigments,  Chemistry  of  ...     2 
Pipe  Bending          27 

Yarn  Numbering    ...         ...   17 
Yarn  Sizing  20 

Essential  Oils          7 

Plumbers'  Books    27 

Yarn  Testing           19 

PUBLISHED    BY 


SCOTT,  GREENWOOD  &  SON, 

8  BROADWAY,  LUDGATE,  LONDON,  E.G.,  ENGLAND. 


(Paints,  Colours,  Pigments  and  Printing  Inks.) 

THE  CHEMISTRY  OF  PIGMENTS.  By  ERNEST  J.  PARRY, 
B.Sc.  (Lond.),  F.I.C.,  F.C.S.,  and  J.  H.  COSTE,  F.I.C.,  F.C.S.  Demy 
8vo.  Five  Illustrations.  285  pp.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free, 
10s.  lOd.  home;  11s.  3d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Introductory.  Light — White  Light — The  Spectrum — The  Invisible  Spectrum — Normal 
Spectrum — Simple  Nature  of  Pure  Spectral  Colour — The  Recomposition  of  White  Light — 
Primary  and  Complementary  Colours — Coloured  Bodies — Absorption  Spectra — The  Appli= 
cation  of  Pigments.  Uses  of  Pigments:  Artistic,  Decorative,  Protective—Methods  of 
Application  of  Pigments:  Pastels  and  Crayons,  Water  Colour,  Tempera  Painting,  Fresco, 
Encaustic  Painting,  Oil-colour  Painting,  Keramic  Art,  Enamel,  Stained  and  Painted  Glass, 
Mosaic — Inorganic  Pigments.  White  Lead — Zinc  White— Enamel  White — Whitening- 
Red  Lead — Litharge — Vermilion — Royal  Scarlet — The  Chromium  Greens— Chromates  of  Lead, 
Zinc,  Silver  and  Mercury — Brunswick  Green — The  Ochres — Indian  Red — Venetian  Red — 
Siennas  and  Umbers — Light  Red — Cappagh  Brown — Red  Oxides — Mars  Colours — Terre  Verte 
— Prussian  Brown  —  Cobalt  Colours  —  Coeruleum — Smalt — Copper  Pigments — Malachite — 
Bremen  Green — Scheele's  Green — Emerald  Green — Verdigris — Brunswick  Green  —  Non- 
arsenical  Greens — Copper  Blues — Ultramarine— Carbon  Pigments — Ivory  Black — Lamp  Black 
—  Bistre — Naples  Yellow  —  Arsenic  Sulphides:  Orpiment,  Realgar  —  Cadmium  Yellow — 
Vandyck  Brown — Organic  Pigments.  Prussian  Blue — Natural  Lakes — Cochineal— Carmine 
— Crimson — Lac  Dye — Scarlet — Madder  —  Alizarin  —  Campeachy  —  Quercitron  —  Rhamnus — 
Brazil  Wood— Alkanet— Santal  Wood— Archil— Coal-tar  Lakes— Red  Lakes— Alizaran  Com- 
pounds—Orange and  Yellow  Lakes — Green  and  Blue  Lakes — Indigo — Dragon's  Blood — 
Gamboge — Sepia — Indian  Yellow,  Puree — Bitumen,  Asphaltum,  Mummy— -Index. 

THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  PAINT.  A  Practical  Handbook 
for  Paint  Manufacturers,  Merchants  and  Painters.  By  J.  CRUICKSHANK 
SMITH,  B.Sc.  Second  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.  Demy  8vo. 
288  pp.  80  Illustrations.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  10s.  lOd.  home  ; 
11s.  3d.  abroad.)  [Just  Published. 

DICTIONARY  OF  CHEMICALS  AND  RAW  PRO- 
DUCTS USED  IN  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF 
PAINTS,  COLOURS,  VARNISHES  AND  ALLIED 
PREPARATIONS.  By  GEORGE  H.  HURST,  F.C.S.  Demy 
8vo.  380  pp.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  8s.  home ;  8s.  6d.  abroad.) 

THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  LAKE  PIGMENTS  FROM 
ARTIFICIAL  COLOURS.  By  FRANCIS  H.  JENNISON, 
P.I.C.,  F.C.S.  Sixteen  Coloured  Plates,  showing  Specimens  of 
Eighty-nine  Colours,  specially  prepared  from  the  Recipes  given 
in  the  Book.  136  pp.  Demy  8vo.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free, 
7s.  lOd.  home;  8s.  abroad.) 

THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  MINERAL  AND  LAKE 
PIGMENTS.  Containing  Directions  for  the  Manufacture 
of  all  Artificial,  Artists  and  Painters'  Colours,  Enamel,  Soot  and  Me- 
tallic Pigments.  A  Text-book  for  Manufacturers,  Merchants,  Artists 
and  Painters.  By  Dr.  JOSEF  BERSCH.  Translated  by  A.  C.  WRIGHT, 
M.A.  (Oxon.),  B.Sc.  (Lond.).  Forty-three  Illustrations.  476  pp.,  demy 
8vo.  Price  12s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  13s.  home;  13s.  6d.  abroad.) 

RECIPES  FOR  THE  COLOUR,  PAINT,  VARNISH,  OIL, 
SOAP  AND  DRYSALTERY  TRADES.  Compiled  by 
AN  ANALYTICAL  CHEMIST.  Second  Revised  Edition.  330  pp.  Demy 
8vo.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  11s.  home;  11s.  3d.  abroad.) 


PAINTS,  COLOURS,   ETC.— continued. 

OIL  COLOURS  AND  PRINTERS'  INKS.  By  Louis 
EDGAR  AND£S.  Translated  from  the  German.  215  pp.  Crown  8vo. 
56  Illustrations.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  4d.  home  ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

MODERN  PRINTING  INKS.  A  Practical  Handbook  for 
Printing  Ink  Manufacturers  and  Printers.  By  ALFRED  SEYMOUR. 
Demy  8vo.  Six  Illustrations.  90  pages.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free, 
5s.  4d.  home ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Introduction. — Division  of  Labour — A  Separate  Industry — Choice  of  Materials — Skilful 
Manipulation — Some  Important  Factors — The  Medium — Ink  and  Colour  Mixing — A  Justifica- 
tion. Linseed  Oil. — Extraction  of  the  Oil  —  Classification  —  Mechanical  Purification  — 
Adulteration— Boiled  Oil— Preparation  of  Boiled  Oil— An  Alternative  Process.  Varnish.— 
A  Vehicle  and  Essential  Component — A  Reference  to  Lithography — Baltic  Oil — Preparation 
of  Varnish — The  Modern  Method — An  Old  Argument — Letterpress  Varnish — A  Cheaper 
Medium — A  Suggestive  Recipe — Fire  Risks — Gradations  of  Varnish.  Dry  Colours. — A 
Recommendation — An  Endless  Variety  of  Materials — Earth  Colours — Mineral  Colours — 
Substrates — Toning  Earth  Colours — Physical  Characteristics — Colouring  Power — Brilliance — 
Purity  of  Tone — Permanence.  Dry  Colours — Blacks,  Whites,  Yellows — Lampblack — 
Process  of  Manufacture — Calcination — Carbon  Black — Acetylene  Black — A  Simple  Test — Lead 
and  Zinc  Whites— White  Earth  Colours— Yellows— Yellow  Ochres— Mineral  Yellows.  Dry 
Colours — Reds,  Browns. — Classification  of  Reds  —  Genuine  Vermilions  —  Preparation  — 
Imitation  Vermilions — Umber,  Raw  and  Burnt — Sienna,  Raw  and  Burnt.  Blues,  Greens. — 
Ultramarine  Blue— A  Useful  Tint— Other  Similar  Blues— Cobalt  Blues— Prussian— Chinese 
and  Bronze  Blues — A  Test  for  Purity — Greens — Compound  Greens — Mineral  Greens.  Lakes. 
— Characteristics — Lake  Derivatives  —  A  Point  of  Importance  —  Red  Lakes  —  Madder  — 
Cochineal  and  Carmine — Brazil  Wood— Alizarine  a  Coaltar  Derivative — Yellow  Lakes — Blue 
Lakes— Green  Lakes.  The  Grinding  of  Printing:  Inks.— Ink-grinding  Machinery— Ink- 
grinding  Mill — A  Novel  Machine — Hand  Grinding — Treatment  of  Gritty  Colours— A  Question 
of  Proportion— Approximate  Calculation — Soap — Saturation  —  Friction  Heat  —  Consistent 
Grinding.  Ink  and  Colour  Mixing. — A  Necessary  Acquisition— Ink  Mixing  Defined — Mixed 
Green  Inks — Mixed  Brown  Inks — Tints — Ink  Mixing — Lithographic  Inks — Characteristics  of 
Yellows — Mixing  Vermilion — Ultramarine  and  Other  Blues — Bronze,  Prussian  and  Chinese 
Blues — Working  Consistency — Reducing  Medium — Letterpress  Inks — Gloss  Inks — Three- 
colour  Inks — Ink-mixing  Machine.  The  Characteristics  of  Some  Printing  Processes. — 
A  Supplementary  Discussion — Letterpress  Inks — Three-colour  Printing — Lithographic  Printing 
Inks— An  Important  Feature— Suggestive  Points— TSnplate  Printing.  Driers.— A  Valuable 
Auxiliary — Energetic  Drying  Inks — The  Theory  of  Drying — Liquid  Driers — Terebene — Paste 
Driers — Letterpress  Driers — Powder  Driers — Turpentine  as  a  Drier.  Bronze  Powders  and 
Bronzing. — A  Brief  Justification — Bronze  Printing  Inks— Bronze  Powders — The  Process  of 
Manufacture — Preparation  of  the  Leaf— Grinding  and  Grading — Bronzing  Mediums — Requisite 
Qualities  — Wax  Varnish.  "Things  Worth  Knowing."— A  Record  of  Notes  and 
Experiences — Index. 

(See  also  Writing-  Inks,  p.  10.) 

THREE  HUNDRED  SHADES  AND  HOW  TO  MIX 
THEM.  For  Architects,  Painters  and  Decorators.  By  A. 
DESAINT,  Artistic  Interior  Decorator  of  Paris.  The  book  contains  100 
folio  Plates,  measuring  12  in.  by  7  in.,  each  Plate  containing  specimens 
of  three  artistic  shades.  These  shades  are  all  numbered,  and  their 
composition  and  particulars  for  mixing  are  fully  given  at  the  beginning 
of  the  book.  Each  Plate  is  interleaved  with  grease-proof  paper,  and 
the  volume  is  very  artistically  bound  in  art  and  linen  with  the  Shield 
of  the  Painters'  Guild  impressed  on  the  cover  in  gold  and  silver.  Price 
21s.  net.  (Post  free,  21s.  6d.  home;  22s.  6d.  abroad.) 

HOUSE     DECORATING     AND     PAINTING         By    W. 

NORMAN  BROWN.     Eighty-eight  Illustrations.      150  pp.      Crown  8vo. 
Price  3s.  6d.  net.     (Post  free,  3s.  9d.  home  and  abroad.) 

A  HISTORY  OF  DECORATIVE  ART.  By  W.  NORMAN 
BROWN.  Thirty-nine  Illustrations.  96  pp.  Crown  8vo.  Price  Is.  net. 
(Post  free,  Is.  3d.  home  and  abroad.) 


PAINTS,   COLOURS,   ETC.— continued. 

WORKSHOP  WRINKLES  for  Decorators,  Painters,  Paper- 
hangers  and  Others.  ByW.  N.  BROWN.  Crown  8 vo.  128pp.  Second 
Edition.  Price  2s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  2s.  9d.  home;  2s.  lOd.  abroad.) 

CASEIN.  By  ROBERT  SCHERER.  Translated  from  the  German 
by  CHAS.  SALTER.  Demy  8vo.  Illustrated.  Second  Revised  English 
Edition.  160  pp.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home ; 
8s.  abroad.) 

SIMPLE  METHODS  FOR  TESTING  PAINTERS' 
MATERIALS.  By  A.  C.  WRIGHT,  M.A.  (Oxon.),  B.Sc. 
(Lond.).  Crown  8vo.  160  pp.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  3d. 
home;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

IRON  -  CORROSION,  ANTI  -  FOULING  AND  ANTI- 
CORROSIVE  PAINTS.  Translated  from  the  German  of 
Louis  EDGAR-  ANDES.  Sixty-two  Illustrations.  275  pp.  Demy  8vo. 
Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  10s.  lOd.  home;  11s.  3d.  abroad.) 

THE  TESTING  AND  VALUATION  OF  RAW 
MATERIALS  USED  IN  PAINT  AND  COLOUR 
MANUFACTURE.  By  M.  W.  JONES,  RC.S.  A  Book 
for  the  Laboratories  of  Colour  Works.  88  pp.  Crown  8vo.  Price 
5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  3d.  home  and  abroad.) 

THE  MANUFACTURE  AND  COMPARATIVE  MERITS 
OF  WHITE  LEAD  AND  ZINC  WHITE  PAINTS.  By 

G.  PETIT,  Civil  Engineer,  etc.   Translated  from  the  French.    Crown  8vo. 
100  pp.     Price  4s.  net.     (Post  free,  4s.  3d.  home  ;  4s.  4d.  abroad.) 

STUDENTS'  HANDBOOK  OF  PAINTS,  COLOURS,  OILS 
AND  VARNISHES.  By  JOHN  FURNELL.  Crown  8vo.  12 
Illustrations.  96  pp.  Price  2s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  2s.  9d.  home  and 
abroad). 

PREPARATION  AND  USES  OF  WHITE  ZINC  PAINTS. 

Translated  from  the  French  of  P.  FLEURY.     Crown  8vo.     280  pages. 
32  Tables.     Price  6s.  net.     (Post  free,  6s.  4d.  home  ;  6s.  6d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

First  Part.  Chapters  I.,  General  Remarks.— Technical  Principles.  II.,  Painting-  on 
Woodwork.— Ordinary  Outside  Work— Inside  Work.  III.,  Better  Class  Painting  on 
Woodwork.  IV.,  Painting  on  Plaster,  on  Mortar,  and  on  Soft  and  Porous  Ceilings. 
V..  Hints  on  Painting  with  White  Zinc.  VI.,  Testing  Commercial  Zinc  Whites. 
VII.,  The  Experiments  of  the  Dutch  Commission  Officially  Entrusted  to  make  Com- 
parative Trials  between  White  Lead  and  White  Zinc.  VIII.,  Results  and  Criticisms 
of  the  Experiments  of  the  Dutch  Commission.  Final  Report  of  October  5,  1909. 

Second  Part.  Chapters  IX.,  Manufacture  and  Different  Treatments  of  White 
Zinc— Its  Modifications  and  Improvements.  X.,  The  Legislative  History  of  White 
Zinc  Paint.  XL,  Legislation.  XII.,  Methods  of  Qualitative  Analysis.— Examination  of 
Paints.  Fixed  and  Essential  Oils.  Waxes.  Formulas  for  Encaustic  and  Waterproof  Paints. 
Analysis  of  Paints.  White  Paints.  Analysis  of  White  Lead.  Analysis  of  White  Zinc.  Blacks. 
Red  Pigments.  Carmine  and  Lakes.  Yellow  Colours.  Green  Pigments.  Blue  Pigments. 
Brown  Colours.  Analysis  of  Binders  or  Liquids.  Testing  Preservation  and  Improvement  of 
Varnishes  by  Ageing.  Analysis  of  Yellow  and  White  Wax.  Selected  Furniture  Polish  Recipe. 
Normal  Polish  for  Floors,  Parquets,  and  Woodwork.  Virgin  Wax  Polish  for  Flattening  of 
Paints  or  Polishing  of  Varnishes.  Formulae  for  a  Waterproof  Composition  for  Plaster  and 
Stone  and  Damp  Walls.  Special  and  More  Economical  Formulae  for  Waterproofing  Plaster, 
Copious  Index. 


(Varnishes  and  Drying  Oils.) 

THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  VARNISHES  AND 
KINDRED  INDUSTRIES.  By  J.  GEDDES  MC!NTOSH. 
Second,  greatly  enlarged,  English  Edition,  in  three  Volumes,  based  on 
and  including  the  work  of  Ach.  Livache. 

VOLUME  1.— OIL  CRUSHING,  REFINING  AND  BOIL- 
ING, THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  LINOLEUM, 
PRINTING  AND  LITHOGRAPHIC  INKS,  AND 
INDIA-RUBBER  SUBSTITUTES.  Demy  8vo.  150 
pp.  29  Illustrations.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home ; 
8s.  abroad.) 

VOLUME  II.  —  VARNISH  MATERIALS  AND  OIL- 
VARNISH  MAKING.  Demy  8vo.  70  Illustrations. 
220  pp.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  10s.  lOd.  home  ;  11s.  3d.  abroad.) 

VOLUME  III.  —  SPIRIT  VARNISHES  AND  SPIRIT 
VARNISH  MATERIALS.  Demy  8vo.  Illustrated. 
464pp.  Pricel2s.6d.net.  (Post  free,  13s.  home;  13s.  6d.  abroad.) 

DRYING  OILS,  BOILED  OIL  AND  SOLID  AND 
LIQUID  DRIERS.  By  L.  E.  ANDES.  Expressly  Written 
for  this  Series  of  Special  Technical  Books,  and  the  Publishers  hold 
the  Copyright  for  English  and  Foreign  Editions.  Forty-two  Illustra- 
tions. 342  pp.  Demy  Svo.  Price  12s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  13s.  home; 
13s.  3d.  abroad.) 

(Oils,   Fats,  Waxes,  Greases,  Petroleum.) 

LUBRICATING  OILS,  FATS  AND  GREASES:  Their 
Origin,  Preparation,  Properties,  Uses  and  Analyses.  A  Handbook  for 
Oil  Manufacturers,  Refiners  and  Merchants,  and  the  Oil  and  Fat 
Industry  in  General.  By  GEORGE  H.  HURST,  F.C.S.  Third  Revised 
and  Enlarged  Edition.  Seventy-four  Illustrations.  384  pp.  Demy 
Svo.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  11s.  home;  11s.  3d.  abroad.) 

MINERAL    WAXES  :     Their    Preparation    and     Uses.       By 

RUDOLF  GREGORIUS.     Translated  from  the  German.     Crown  Svo.     250 

pp.     32  Illustrations.      Price  6s.  net.     (Post  free,  6s.  4d.  home ;  6s.  6d. 

abroad.)  Contents. 

Ozokerite— Ceresine— Paraffin— Refining  Paraffin— Mineral  Wax— Appliances  for 

Extracting,    Distilling  and    Refining  Ozokerite— Uses   of    Ceresine,    Paraffin    and 

Mineral  Waxes — Paint  and  Varnish  Removers — Leather  and  Piston=Rod  Greases — 

Recipes  for  Silk,  Cotton  and  Linen  Dressings— Candles. 

THE    PRACTICAL    COMPOUNDING    OF   OILS,   TAL- 
LOW   AND    GREASE    FOR    LUBRICATION,    ETC. 
By  AN  EXPERT  OIL  REFINER.     Second  Edition.     100  pp.      Demy  Svo. 
Price  7s.  6d.  net.     (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home ;  8s.  abroad.) 
Contents. 

Introductory  Remarks  on  the  General  Nomenclature  of  Oils,  Tallow  and  Greases 
suitable  for  Lubrication  —  Hydrocarbon  Oils  — Animal  and  Fish  Oils  — Compound 
Oils— Vegetable  Oils— Lamp  Oils— Engine  Tallow,  Solidified  Oils  and  Petroleum 
Jelly  —  Machinery  Greases:  Loco  and  Anti-friction — Clarifying  and  Utilisation 
of  Waste  Fats,  Oils,  Tank  Bottoms,  Drainings  of  Barrels  and  Drums,  Pickings 
Up,  Dregs,  etc.— The  Fixing  and  Cleaning  of  Oil  Tanks,  etc.— Appendix  and 
General  Information. 

THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  LUBRICANTS,  SHOE 
POLISHES  AND  LEATHER  DRESSINGS.  By 

RICHARD  BRUNNER.  Translated  from  the  Sixth  German  Edition  by 
CHAS.  SALTER.  10  Illustrations.  Crown  Svo.  170  pp.  Price  7s.  6d. 
net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home;  8s.  abroad.) 


6 

THE  OIL  MERCHANTS'  MANUAL  AND  OIL  TRADE 
READY  RECKONER.  Compiled  by  FRANK  F.  SHERRIFF. 
Second  Edition  Revised  and  Enlarged.  Demy  8vo.  214  pp.  1904. 
With  Two  Sheets  of  Tables.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd. 
home  ;  8s.  3d.  abroad.) 

ANIMAL  FATS  AND  OILS:  Their  Practical  Production, 
Purification  and  Uses  for  a  great  Variety  of  Purposes.  Their  Pro- 
perties, Falsification  and  Examination.  Translated  from  the  German 
of  Louis  EDGAR. ANDES.  Sixty-two  Illustrations.  240  pp.  Second 
Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.  Demy  8vo.  Price  10s.  6d.  net. 
(Post  free,  10s.  lOd.  home  ;  11s.  3d.  abroad.) 

VEGETABLE  PATS  AND  OILS:  Their  Practical  Prepara- 
tion, Purification  and  Employment  for  Various  Purposes.  Their  Proper- 
ties, Adulteration  and  Examination.  Translated  from  the  German  of 
Louis  EDGAR  ANDES.  Ninety-four  Illustrations.  340  pp.  Second 
Edition.  Demy  8vo.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  Us.  home; 
11s.  6d.  abroad.) 

EDIBLE  FATS  AND  OILS :  Their  Composition,  Manufacture 
and  Analysis.  By  W.  H.  SIMMONS,  B.Sc.  (Lond.),  and  C.  A.  MITCHELL, 
B.A.  (Oxon.).  Demy  8vo.  150  pp.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free, 
7s.  9d.  home;  8s.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Introduction. — Physiological  Considerations— Constitution  of  Fats  and  Oils — Trygly- 
ceride  — Glyceride  — Butyrin  — Isovalerin  — Caproin  — Caprylin  — Caprin  — Laurin  — Myristin — 
Palmitin — Stearin — Olein—  Ricinolein — Stearic  Acid  Series — Oleic  Acid  Series— Linolic  Acid 
Series — Linolenic  Acid  Series — Ricinolenic  Acid  Series.  Raw  Materials  used  in  the  Manu- 
facture Of  Edible  Pats  and  Oils.— Tallow— Mutton— Beef— Lard— Lard  Oil— Cocoanut  Oil 
— Maize  Oil — Cotton-seed  Oil — Cotton-seed  Stearine — Olive  Oil — Arachis  Oil  (Earthnut  or 
Pea-nut  Oil)— Sesame  Oil— Palm  Nut  Oil  (Palm  Kernel  Oil)— Sunflower  Seed  Oil— Cacao 
Butter  or  Oil  of  Theobroma— Palm  Oil— Soya  Bean  Oil— Shea  Butter— Mowrah-seed  Oil— 
Margosa  Oil.  Bleaching,  Deodorising,  and  Refining  Fats  and  Oils.— Physical  Methods 
— Washing,  Freezing,  Filtration,  Treatment,  Steaming — Removal  of  Stearines — Methods  of 
Filtration — Chemical  Methods — Caustic  Soda — Sodium  Carbonate — Alkaline  Earths — Fre- 
senius — Bleaching  of  Oils — Charcoal— Fullers'  Earth — Ozone — Hydrosulphites — Sodium  Bi- 
sulphite—  Sodium  Hydrosulphite  Formaldehyde — Organic  Peroxides — Deodorisation  of  Fats — 
Treatment  of  Rancid  Fats.  Butter.— Butter  Fat— Water— Salt— Curd— Keeping  Properties 
of  Butter — Rancidity  of  Butter — Renovated  Butter — Preservatives  in  Butter — Physical  Char- 
acteristics— Solubility  — Refractorative  Examination— Chemical  Characteristics— Hehner  & 
Reichert  Values — Influence  of  the  Food  of  the  Cows — Cocoanut  Oil  in  Butter— Artificial 
Colouring  Matters.  Lard. — Lard  Oil — Rendering  of  Lard — Commercial  Grades :  (1)  Neutral 
Lard  ;  (2)  Leaf  Lard ;  (3)  Choice  Steam  Lard  or  Choice  Lard  ;  (4)  Prime  Steam  Lard  ;  (5)  Guts 
—  Lard  Crystals— Influence  of  Food— Acidity  of  Lard— Water— Polenske— The  Iodine  Value— 
—Lard  Oil.  Margarine  and  Other  Butter  Substitutes.— Margarine,  Oleomargarine  or 
Artificial  Butter — Invention  and  Development — Modern  Processes  and  Formulae — Vegetable 
Butter — Modern  Process —Vegetable  Butter — Palm  Oil.  Salad  Oils. — Oils  used  for  Culinary 
and  Confectionery  Purposes — Chocolate  Fats — Olive  Oils— Sesame  Oil — Cotton-seed  Oil — 
Sunflower  Oil — Poppy  Oil — Maize  Oil  -Chocolate  Fats — Cocoanut  and  Palm  Kernel  Oil  Stear- 
ines-Other  Vegetable  Fats.  Analysis  of  Raw  Materials  and  Finished  Products.— Raw 
Materials — Specific  Gravity — Free  Fatty  Acids — Saponification  Value — Saponification  Equiv- 
alent— Iodine  Absorption — Wij's  Method — Bromine  Absorption  -Titer  or  Solidifying  of  the 
Fatty  Acids— Refractive  Index— Unsaponifiable  Matter— Valenta's  Acetic  Acid  Test— Mau- 
mene's  Test— Bromine  Thermal  Value— Baudouin's  Test— Tocher's  Test— Olive  Oil— Cotton- 
seed Oil — Halphen's  Test — Arachis  Oil — Butter — Water — Examination  of  the  Fat — Refractive 
Power-  Soluble  and  Insoluble  Fatty  Acids — Insoluble  Fatty  Acids — Casein— Curd — Colouring 
Matters — Boron  Compounds — Fluorides — Margarine,  Vegetable  Butter  or  other  Butter  Sub- 
stitutes— Lard — Cheese — Water — Ash — Fat — Nitrogen — Chocolate — Unsweetened  Chocolate 
— Sweetened  Chocolate — Granulated  or  Ground  Chocolate — Chocolate  Covered  Goods — Milk 
Chocolate  Fat — Palm-nut  Stearine — Dika  or  Gaboon  Fat — Borneo  Tallow  or  Tankawang  Fat 
— Illipe  Fat— Fibre— Total  Nitrogen— Sugar.  Statistics  of  the  Trade  in  Edible  Oils.— 
United  Kingdom  Trade— Exports— Italian  Trade  in  Olive  Oil— Spanish  Oil  Trade— Vegetable 
Oil  Trade  of  France — Cotton-seed  Oil  in  the  United  States. 

(Glycerine.) 

GLYCERINE.  By  T.  W.  KOPPE.  Translated  from  the  Second 
German  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  260  pp.  7  Illustrations.  Price  7s.  6d. 
net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home;  8s.  abroad.)  [Just  Published. 


(Essential  Oils  and  Perfumes.) 

THE  CHEMISTRY  OF  ESSENTIAL  OILS  AND  ARTI- 
FICIAL PERFUMES.  By  ERNEST  J.  PARRY,  B.Sc. 
(Lond.),  F.I.C.,  F.C.S.  Second  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.  552  pp. 
20  Illustrations.  Demy  8vo.  Price  12s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  13s.  home; 
13s.  6d.  abroad.) 

(Soap  Manufacture  and  Glycerine.) 

SOAPS.  A  Practical  Manual  of  the  Manufacture  of  Domestic, 
Toilet  and  other  Soaps.  By  GEORGE  H.  HURST,  F.C.S.  390  pp. 
66  Illustrations.  Demy  8vo.  Second  Edition.  Price  12s.  6d.  net. 
(Post  free,  13s.  home  ;  13s.  6d.  abroad.) 

TEXTILE  SOAPS  AND  OILS.  Handbook  on  the  Prepara- 
tion, Properties  and  Analysis  of  the  Soaps  and  Oils  used  in  Textile 
Manufacturing,  Dyeing  and  Printing.  By  GEORGE  H.  HURST,  F.C.S. 
Second  Edition.  Revised  and  Partly  Re-written  by  W.  H.  SIMMONS, 
B.Sc.  (Lond.).  Demy  8vo.  200pp.  11  Illustrations.  Price7s.6d.net. 
(Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home ;  8s.  abroad.) 

THE  HANDBOOK  OF  SOAP  MANUFACTURE.   By 

'  WM.  H.  SIMMONS,  B.Sc.  (Lond.),  F.C.S.  and  H.  A.  APPLETON.  Demy 
Svo.  160  pp.  27  Illustrations.  Price  8s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  8s.  lOd. 
home  ;  9s.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Definition  of  Soap.— Properties— Hydrolysis— Detergent  Action.  Constitution  of  Oils 
and  Fats,  and  their  Saponification. — Researches  of  Chevreul  and  Berthelot— Mixed 
Glycerides — Modern  Theories  of  Saponification — Hydrolysis  accelerated  by  (1)  Heat  or 
Electricity.  (2)  Ferments,  Castor-seed  Ferment.  Steapsin  Emulsin  and  (3)  Chemical 
Reagents,  Sulphuric  Acid,  TwitchelPs  Reagent,  Hydrochloric  Acid,  Lime,  Magnesia,  Zinc 
Oxide,  Soda  and  Potash.  Raw  Materials  used  in  Soap-making.— Fats  and  Oils— Waste 
Fats — Fatty  Acids — Less-known  Oils  and  Fats  of  Limited  Use — Various  New  Fats  and  Oils 
Suggested  for  Soap-making — Rosin — Alkali  (Caustic  and  Carbonated) — Water — Salt  Soap- 
stock.  Bleaching  and  Treatment  of  Raw  Materials  Intended  for  Soap-making. — 
Palm  Oil— Cottonseed  Oil— Cottonseed  "Foots"— Vegetable  Oils— Animal  Fats— Bone  Fat- 
Rosin.  Soap=  making. — Classification  of  Soaps — Direct  combination  of  Fatty  Acids  with 
Alkali — Cold  Process  Soaps — Saponification  under  Increased  or  Diminished  Pressure — Soft 
Soap — Marine  Soap — Hydrated  Soaps,  Smooth  and  Marbled — Pasting  or  Saponification — 
Graining  Out — Boiling  on  Strength — Fitting — Curd  Soaps — Curd  Mottled — Blue  and  Grey 
Mottled  Soaps — Milling  Base — Yellow  Household  Soaps — Resting  of  Pans  and  Settling  of 
Soap — Utilisation  of  Nigres — Transparent  Soaps — Saponifying  Mineral  Oil — Electrical  Pro- 
duction of  Soap.  Treatment  of  Settled  Soap. — Cleansing — Crutching — Liquoring  of  Soaps 
— Filling — Neutralising,  Colouring  and  Perfuming — Disinfectant  Soaps — Framing — Slabbing 
— Barring — Open  and  Close  Piling — Drying — Stamping — Cooling.  Toilet,  Textile  and 
Miscellaneous  Soaps.— Toilet  Soaps— Cold  Process  Soaps— Settled  Boiled  Soaps—  Remelted 
Soaps— Milled  Soaps — Drying,  Milling  and  Incorporating  Colour,  Perfumes,  or  Medicaments 
— Perfumes — Colouring  Matter — Neutralising  and  Super-fatting  Material — Compressing — 
Cutting — Textile  Soaps — Soaps  for  Woollen,  Cotton  and  Silk  Industries — Patent  Textile 
Soaps — Stamping — Medicated  Soaps — Ether  Soap — Floating  Soaps — Shaving  Soaps — 
Miscellaneous  Soaps.  Soap  Perfumes. — Essential  Oils — Source  and  Preparation — Properties 
—Artificial  and  Synthetic  Perfumes.  Glycerine  Manufacture  and  Purification.— Treat- 
ment of  Lyes — Evaporation — Crude  Glycerine — Distillation — Distilled  and  Dynamite 
Glycerine — Chemically  Pure  Glycerine — Animal  Charcoal  for  Decolorisation — Glycerine 
resultant  from  other  methods  of  Saponification — Yield  of  Glycerine  from  Fats  and  Oils. 
Analysis  of  Raw  Materials,  Soap  and  Glycerine.— Fats  and  Oils— Alkalies  and  Alkali 
Salts — Essential  Oils — Soap — Lyes — Crude  Glycerine.  Statistics  of  the  Soap  Industry. 
Appendix  A. — Comparison  of  Degrees  Twaddell,  Beaume  and  Actual  Densities. 
Appendix  B. — Comparison  of  Different  Thermometric  Scales.  Appendix  C. — Table  of 
the  Specific  Gravities  of  Solutions  of  Caustic  Soda.  Appendix  D.— Table  of  Strength 
of  Caustic  Potash  Solutions  at  60°  F.  Index. 

MANUAL  OF  TOILET  SOAPMAKING,  including  Medi- 
cated Soaps,  Stain-removing  Soaps,  Metal  Polishing  Soaps,  Soap 
Powders  and  Detergents.  Translated  from  the  German  of  Dr.  C. 
DEITE.  Demy  4to.  150  pages.  79  Illustrations.  Price  12s.  6d.  net. 
(Post  free,  13?.  home;  13s.  6d.  abroad.) 


8 

(Cosmetical  Preparations.) 

COSMETICS  :  MANUFACTURE,  EMPLOYMENT 
AND  TESTING  OP  ALL  COSMETIC  MATERIALS 
AND  COSMETIC  SPECIALITIES.  Translated 
from  the  German  of  Dr.  THEODOR  ROLLER.  Crown  8vo.  262  pp. 
Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  4d.  home ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

(Glue,  Bone   Products  and  Manures.) 

GLUE  AND  GLUE  TESTING.  By  SAMUEL  RIDEAL,  D.Sc. 
(Lond.).  Second  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.  Demy  8vo.  196  pp. 
14  Illustrations.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  10s.  lOd.  home;  11s. 
abroad.) 

BONE  PRODUCTS  AND  MANtJRES :  An  Account  of  the 
most  recent  Improvements  in  the  Manufacture  of  Fat,  Glue,  Animal 
Charcoal,  Size,  Gelatine  and  Manures.  By  THOMAS  LAMBERT.  Second 
Revised  Edition.  Demy  Svo.  172  pp.  17  Illustrations.  Price  7s.  6d. 
net.  (Post  free,  -7s.  lOd.  home  ;  8s.  abroad.) 

(See  also  Chemical  Manures,  p.  10.) 

(Chemicals,  Waste  Products,  etc.) 

REISSUE      OF      CHEMICAL      ESSAYS      OF      C.      W. 
SCHEELE.      First   Published  in   English  in    1786.     Trans- 
lated from  the  Academy  of  Sciences  at  Stockholm,  with  Additions.    300 
pp.    Demy  Svo.    Price  5s.  net.    (Post  free,  5s.  6d.  home  ;  5s.  9d.  abroad.) 
Contents. 

Memoir :  C.  W.  Scheele  and  his  work  (written  for  this  edition  by  J.  G.  Mclntosh) — On 
Fluor  Mineral  and  its  Acid — On  Fluor  Mineral — Chemical  Investigation  of  Fluor  Acid, 
with  a  View  to  the  Earth  which  it  Yields,  by  Mr.  Wiegler — Additional  Information 
Concerning  Fluor  Minerals — On  Manganese,  Magnesium,  or  Magnesia  Vitrariorum — On 
Arsenic  and  its  Acid — Remarks  upon  Salts  of  Benzoin — On  Silex,  Clay  and  Alum — Analysis 
of  the  Calculus  Vesical — Method  of  Preparing  Mercurius  Dulcis  Via  Humida — Cheaper  and 
more  Convenient  Method  of  Preparing  Pulvis  Algarothi — Experiments  upon  Molybdaena 
— Experiments  on  Plumbago — Method  of  Preparing  a  New  Green  Colour— Of  the  De- 
composition of  Neutral  Salts  by  Unslaked  Lime  and  Iron — On  the  Quantity  of  Pure  Air  which 
is  Daily  Present  in  our  Atmosphere — On  Milk  and  its  Acid — On  the  Acid  of  Saccharum  Lactis 
—On  the  Constituent  Parts  of  Lapis  Ponderosus  or  Tungsten— Experiments  and  Observations 
on  Ether — Index. 

THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  ALUM  AND  THE  SUL- 
PHATES AND  OTHER  SALTS  OF  ALUMINA  AND 
IRON.  Their  Uses  and  Applications  as  Mordants  in  Dyeing 
and  Calico  Printing,  and  their  other  Applications  in  the  Arts,  Manufac- 
tures, Sanitary  Engineering,  Agriculture  and  Horticulture.  Translated 
from  the  French  of  LUCIEN  GESCHWIND.  195  Illustrations.  400  pp. 
Royal  Svo.  Price  12s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  13s.  home;  13s.  6d.  abroad.) 

AMMONIA  AND  ITS  COMPOUNDS  :  Their  Manufacture 
and  Uses.  By  CAMILLE  VINCENT,  Professor  at  the  Central  School  of 
Arts  and  Manufactures,  Paris.  Translated  from  the  French  by  M.  J. 
SALTER.  Royal  Svo.  114  pp.  Thirty-two  Illustrations.  Price  5s.  net. 
(Post  free,  5s.  4d.  home ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

CHEMICAL  WORKS  :  Their  Design,  Erection,  and  Equip- 
ment. By  S.  S.  DYSON  and  S.  S.  CLARKSON.  Royal  Svo.  220  pp. 
With  9  Folding  Plates  and  80  Illustrations.  Price  21s.  net.  (Post 
free,  21s.  6d.  home;  22s.  abroad.) 


MANUAL  OP  CHEMICAL  ANALYSIS,  as  applied  to  the 

Assay  of  Fuels,  Ores,  Metals,  Alloys,  Salts  and  other  Mineral  Products. 
By  E.  PROST,  D.Sc.  Translated  by  J.  CRUICKSHANK  SMITH,  B.Sc. 
Royal  8vo.  300  pages.  44  Illustrations.  Price  12s.  6d.  net.  (Post 
free,  13s.  home ;  13s.  6d.  abroad.) 

TESTING  OF  CHEMICAL  REAGENTS  FOR  PURITY. 

Translated  from  the  German  of  Dr.  C.  KRAUCH.  Royal  8vo.  350  pages. 
Price  12s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  13s.  home ;  13s.  6d.  abroad.) 

SHALE  OILS  AND  TARS  and  their  Products.     By  Dr.  W. 

SCHEITHAUER.     Translated   from    the    German.     Demy    8vo.     190  pp. 

70  Illustrations  and  4  Diagrams.     Price  8s.  6d.  net.     (Post  free,  8s.  lOd. 

home;  9s.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Chapters  I.,  History  of  the  Shale  and  Lignite-tar  Industry.  II.,  The  Bituminous 
Raw  Materials. — Occurrence — Origin — Properties  and  Composition — Working — Utilization. 
III.,  The  Production  of  Distillation  Tar.— The  Dry-distillation  Process— The  Winning  of 
Lignite  Tar — The  Messel  Tar  Industry — The  Recovery  of  Shale  Tar  in  Scotland.  IV.,  The 
Distillation  Products.— The  Tar— The  Tar  Water  (Ammonia  Liquor)— Gas— The  Distillation 
Residues.  V.,  The  Distillation  of  the  Tar  and  Tar  Oils.— The  Distillation  Process— Tar 
Distilling  in  the  Saxon-Thuringian  Industry— The  Messel  Distillation  Process— The  Distilla- 
tion Process  in  the  Scottish  Industry.  VI.,  I.  Chemical  Treatment  of  the  Tar  and  its 
Distillates. — The  Refining  Process — The  Refining  Process  in  the  Saxon-Thuringian  Industry 
— Refining  Process  in  the  Messel  Industry — Refining  Process  in  the  Scottish  Industry. 
II.  The  Utilization  of  the  Refinery  Waste.— Uses  and  Treatment.  VII.,  The  Manu- 
facture of  Paraffin. — The  Manufacture  of  Paraffin  in  the  Saxon-Thuringian  Industry — 
Manufacture  of  Paraffin  in  the  Messel  Industry — Paraffin  Manufacture  in  the  Scottish 
Industry.  VIII.,  Products  Furnished  by  Shale  Oil  and  Lignite=Tar.  IX.,  Candle- 
making.— The  Raw  Materials— The  Candle  Material— The  Wick— The  Colouring  Matters. 
The  Manufacture — The  Moulding  Process — Finishing — Packing  the  Candles — Working  up 
Candle  Waste.  X.,  Chemical  Composition  of  the  Tars  and  their  Distillates.— Lignite 
Tar— Shale  Tar.  XL,  The  Laboratory  Work.— Testing  the  Raw  Materials— Testing  the 
Tars  and  other  Distillation  Products— Testing  the  Tar  Oils— Testing  the  Reagents  used  for 
Refining  the  Oils  and  Paraffin— Testing  the  Paraffin— Tests  Applied  in  Candle  Works— Test- 
ing the  By-Products  of  Tar  Distillation.  XII.,  Statistics.  Index. 

THE  BY-PRODUCTS  OF  COAL-GAS  MANUFACTURE. 

By  K.  R.  LANGE.  Translated  from  the  German.  Crown  8vo.  164  pages. 
13  Illustrations.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  4d.  home  ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

[Just  published. 

INDUSTRIAL  ALCOHOL.  A  Practical  Manual  on  the 
Production  and  Use  of  Alcohol  for  Industrial  Purposes  and  for  Use  as 
a  Heating  Agent,  as  an  Illuminant  and  as  a  Source  of  Motive  Power. 
By  J.  G.  MclNTOSH.  Demy  8vo.  1907.  250  pp.  With  75  Illustra- 
tions and  25  Tables.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home; 
8s.  3d.  abroad.) 

THE  UTILISATION  OF  WASTE  PRODUCTS.  A  Treatise 
on  the  Rational  Utilisation,  Recovery  and  Treatment  of  Waste  Pro- 
ducts of  all  kinds.  By  Dr.  THEODOR  ROLLER.  Translated  from  the 
Second  Revised  German  Edition.  Second  English  Revised  Edition. 
Demy  8vo.  336  pages.  22  Illustrations.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free, 
8s.  home;  8s.  6d.  abroad.)  [Just published. 

ANALYSIS  OF  RESINS  AND  BALSAMS.  Translated 
from  the  German  of  Dr.  KARL  DIETERICH.  Demy  8vo.  340  pages. 
Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home ;  8s.  3d.  abroad.) 

DISTILLATION  OF  RESINS,  RESINATE  LAKES  AND 
PIGMENTS,  CARBON  PIGMENTS  AND  PIGMENTS 
FOR  TYPEWRITING  MACHINES,  MANIFOLDERS, 
ETC.  By  VICTOR  SCHWEIZER.  Demy  8vo.  185  pages. 
68  Illustrations.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  8s.  home  ;  8s.  3d.  abroad.) 

DISINFECTION  AND  DISINFECTANTS.  By  M.  CHRIS- 
TIAN. Translated  from  the  German.  Crown  8vo.  112  pages.  18  Illus- 
trations. Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  3d.  home ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 


10 

(Agricultural  Chemistry  and  Manures.) 

MANUAL  OF  AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY.   By 

HERBERT  INGLE,  F.I. C.,F.C.S., Late  Lecturer  on  Agricultural  Chemistry, 
the    Leeds  University ;    Lecturer   in   the  Victoria  University.      Third 
and   Revised   Edition.     400  pp.     16  Illustrations.       Demy  8vo.     Price 
7s.  6d.  net.     (Post  free,  8s.  home  ;  8s.  6d.  abroad.) 
Contents. 

The  Atmosphere — The  Soil — The  Reactions  occurring  in  Soils — The  Analysis  and  Com- 
position of  Soils— Manuring  and  General  Manures — Special  Manures — Application  of  Manures 
— The  Analysis  and  Valuation  of  Manures — The  Chemical  Constituents  of  Plants — The  Plant 
—Crops— The  Animal— Foods  and  Feeding— Milk  and  Milk  Products— The  Analysis  of  Milk 
and  Milk  Products — Miscellaneous  Products  used  in  Agriculture — Appendix — Index. 

(For  Insecticides,  Fungicides  and  Weed  Killers,  see  p.  28.) 

CHEMICAL  MANURES.  By  J.  FRITSCH.  Translated  from 
the  French,  with  numerous  Notes.  Demy  8vo.  350  pp.  69  Illustra- 
tions and  108  Tables.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  11s.  home; 
11s.  6d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

History — Origin  and  Distribution  of  Phosphoric  Acid  in  Nature — Properties  of  Phos- 
phorus— Principal  Phosphate  Deposits — Drying  and  Enrichment  of  Phosphates — Historical 
Review  of  Superphosphate  Manufacture — Theory  of  Manufacture  of  Soluble  Phosphates — 
Manufacture  of  Superphosphate — Crushing,  Sifting,  Drying,  and  Storing  of  Superphosphate 
— Retrogradatton — Compound  Manures  —  The  Manufacture  of  Phosphoric  Acid,  Double 
Superphosphates,  and  Various  Products — The  Manufacture  of  Phosphorus  in  the  Electric 
Furnace — Manufacture  of  Bone  Dust  and  of  Bone  Superphosphate  (Vitriolized  Bones) — 
Manufacture  of  Basic  Slag — Nitrogenous  Manures — Manufacture  of  Manure  from  Animal 
Waste — Recovery  of  Nitrogen  from  Distillery  By-Products — Manufacture  of  Cyanamide  and 
of  Nitrate  of  Lime — Nitrogenized  Phosphatic  Manures — Potassic  Manures — Transference 
and  Handling  of  Raw  Materials  and  Finished  Products. 

(See  also  Bone  Products  and  Manures,  p.  8.) 

(Writing  Inks  and  Sealing  Waxes.) 

INK  MANUFACTURE  :  Including  Writing,  Copying,  Litho- 
graphic, Marking,  Stamping,  and  Laundry  Inks.  By  SIGMUND  LEHNER. 
Translated  from  the  German  of  the  Fifth  Edition.  Second  Revised  and 
Enlarged  English  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  180  pages.  3  Illustrations. 
Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  3d.  home;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

SEALING-WAXES,  WAFERS  AND  OTHER  ADHES- 
IVES  FOR  THE  HOUSEHOLD,  OFFICE,  WORK- 
SHOP AND  FACTORY.  By  H.  C.  STANDAGE.  Crown 
8vo.  96  pages.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  3d.  home ;  5s.  4d.  abroad.) 

(Lead  Ores  and  Lead  Compounds.) 

LEAD  AND  ITS  COMPOUNDS.  By  THOS.  LAMBERT, 
Technical  and  Consulting  Chemist.  Demy  8vo.  226  pp.  Forty  Illus- 
trations. Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home ;  8s.  3d.  abroad.) 

NOTES  ON  LEAD  ORES  :  Their  Distribution  and  Properties. 
By  JAS.  FAIRIE,  F.G.S.  Crown  8vo.  64  pages.  Price  Is.  net.  (Post 
free,  Is.  3d.  home;  Is.  4d.  abroad.) 

(White  Lead  and  Zinc  White  Paints,  see  p.  4.) 


11 
(Industrial  Hygiene.) 

THE  RISKS  AND  DANGERS  TO  HEALTH  OP  VARI- 
OUS OCCUPATIONS  AND  THEIR  PREVENTION. 

By  LEONARD  A.   PARRY,  M.D.,  B.Sc.  (Lond.).      196  pp.      Demy  8vo. 
Price  7s.  6d.  net.     (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home ;  8s.  abroad.) 

(Industrial  Uses  of  Air,  Steam  and  Water.) 

DRYING  BY  MEANS  OF  AIR  AND  STEAM.  Explana- 
tions, Formulae,  and  Tables  for  Use  in  Practice.  Translated  from  the 
German  of  E.  HAUSBRAND.  Second  Revised  English  Edition.  Crown 
8vo.  80  pp.  Two  folding  Diagrams  and  Thirteen  Tables.  Price  5s.  net. 
(Post  free,  5s.  3d.  home ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

The  Metric  and  British  Systems  Compared — Comparison  between  Fahrenheit  and  Centi- 
grade Thermometers.  Chapters  I.  Introduction  and  Lists  of  Symbols — II.  Calculations  of 
the  Maximum  Weight  of  Saturated  Aqueous  Vapour  which  can  be  contained  in  1  kilo,  of  Air 
at  different  Pressures  and  Temperatures — III.  Calculation  of  the  necessary  Weight  and 
Volume  of  Air,  and  of  the  least  Expenditure  of  Heat,  for  Drying  Apparatus  with  Heated  Air,  at 
Atmospheric  Pressure — (a)  With  the  assumption  that  the  Air  is  completely  saturated 
with  Vapour  both  before  entry  and  at  its  exit  from  the  Apparatus — (b)  When  the  Atmos- 
pheric Air  is  completely  saturated  before  entry,  but  at  its  exit  is  only  f,  ^  or  J  saturated 
with  moisture — (c)  When  the  Atmospheric  Air  is  not  saturated  with  Water  Vapour  before 
entering  the  Drying  Apparatus.  IV.  Drying  Apparatus  in  which,  in  the  Drying  Chamber,  a 
Pressure,  higher  or  lower  than  that  of  the  Atmosphere,  is  Artificially  Maintained — V. 
Drying  by  means  of  Superheated  Steam  svithout  Air — VI.  Heating  Surface,  Velocity  of  the 
Air  Current,  Dimensions  of  the  Drying  Room,  Surface  of  the  Drying  Material,  Losses  of 
Heat — Index. 

List  of  Tables. 

I.  Pressures  and  weights  of  1  cubic  metre  of  saturated  water  vapour  and  of  dry  air — 
The  weight  of  water  in  1  kilo,  of  air  at  the  absolute  (barometric)  pressures  of  250,  500,  740, 
760,  780  and  1,140  mm.,  and  at  temperatures  from-  20°  to  +  100°  C.,  when  the  air  is  completely 
saturated  with  vapour.  II.  Weight  and  volume  of  air,  outlet  temperature  of  air  and 
expenditure  of  heat  required  to  evaporate  100  kilos,  of  water  when  the  external  tempera- 
ature  is  -  20°  to+  30°  C.,  the  maximum  temperature  is  30°  to  130°  C.,  the  barometric  pressure 
is  760  mm.  The  external  air  and  the  air  at  its  exit  are  both  completely  saturated  with  water 
vapour.  III.  Pressures  and  weights  of  1  cubic  metre  off,  i  and  J  saturated  water  vapour  and 
of  the  accompanying  dry  air — The  weights  of  f ,  \  and  \  saturated  vapour  contained  in  1 
kilo,  of  air,  with  the  barometer  at  760  mm.,  and  at  temperatures  from  -  20°  to  +  100°  C. 
IV.,  V.  and  VI.  Weight  and  volume  of  air,  temperature  of  exit  and  expenditure  of  heat 
required  to  evaporate  100  kilos,  of  water  when  the  external  temperature  is  -  20°  to  4-  30°  C., 
the  maximum  te'mperature  is  35°,  50°,  70°,  100°  and  130°  C.,  the  external  air  is  completely 
saturated  and  the  emergent  air  is  only  f ,  J  and  \  saturated  with  water  vapour — Also  expendi- 
ture of  heat  when  the  external  air  is  |  saturated.  VII.  Temperatures  at  which  the  air  would 
be  completely  saturated  with  water  if  it  is  only  f ,  J  or  J  saturated  by  the  same  quantity  of 
water  at  certain  higher  temperatures.  VIII.,  IX.  and  X.  The  weight  and  volume  of  air,  tem- 
perature of  exit  and  expenditure  of  heat  required  to  evaporate  lOO  kilos,  of  water  when  the 
external  temperature  is  -  20°,  0°  and  +  30°  C.,  the  maximum  temperature  is  35°,  50°,  70°,  100° 
and  130°  C.,  and  both  external  and  emergent  air  are  completely  saturated  with  water 
vapour.  VIII.  The  absolute  pressure  is  1,140  mm.  (H  atmos.)  50.  IX.  The  absolute  pressure 
is  500  mm.  (H  atmos.)  51.  X.  The  absolute  pressure  is  250  mm.  (1£  atmos.)  52.  XI.  The 
weights  of  steam  and  their  volumes,  before  and  after  heating  required  to  evaporate  100 
kilos,  of  water  in  the  circuit  drying  apparatus,  without  air,  at  absolute  pressures  of  148 
to  2,660  mm.,  and  with  maximum  temperature  of  65°  to  200°  C.  XII.  The  quantities  of 
heat  given  up  by  1  square  metre  of  the  source  of  heat  in  1  hour  when  the  external  air  is 
at  -  20°  to  +  30°  C.,  the  source  of  heat  is  at  100°  to  140°  C.,  the  heated  air  is  at  35°  to  130° 
C.,  and  the  air  current  passes  over  the  heating  surface  with  a  velocity  of  1  to  6  metres  per 
second.  XIII.  Losses  of  heat,  in  calories,  by  drying  apparatus  in  one  hour  from  1  square 
metre  of  masonry,  wooden  wall  or  simple  window  at  temperature  differences  between 
interior  and  exterior  of  5°  to  100°  C. 

(See  also  "  Evaporating,  Condensing  and  Cooling  Apparatus,"  p.  25.) 

PURE  AIR,  OZONE  AND  WATER.  A  Practical  Treatise 
of  their  Utilisation  and  Value  in  Oil,  Grease,  Soap,  Paint,  Glue  and 
other  Industries.  By  W.  B.  COWELL.  Twelve  Illustrations.  Crown 
8vo.  85  pp.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  3d.  home ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 


12 

THE  INDUSTRIAL  USES  OF  WATER.  COMPOSI- 
TION —  EFFECTS— TROUBLES  —  REMEDIES— RE- 
SIDUARY WATERS— PURIFICATION— ANALYSIS. 

By  H.  DE   LA  Coux.      Royal  8vo.      Translated  from  the  French  and 
Revised  by  ARTHUR  MORRIS.    364  pp.     135  Illustrations.    Price  10s.  6d. 
net.     (Post  free,  lls.  home;  11s.  6d.  abroad.) 
Contents. 

Chemical  Action  of  Water  in  Nature  and  in  Industrial  Use — Composition  of  Waters — 
Solubility  of  Certain  Salts  in  Water  Considered  from  the  Industrial  Point  of  View — Effects  on 
the  Boiling  of  Water — Effects  of  Water  in  the  Industries — Difficulties  with  Water — Feed 
Water  for  Boilers — Water  in  Dyeworks,  Print  Works,  and  Bleach  Works — Water  in  the 
Textile  Industries  and  in  Conditioning — Water  in  Soap  Works — Water  in  Laundries  and 
Washhouses — Water  in  Tanning — Water  in  Preparing  Tannin  and  Dyewood  Extracts — Water 
in  Papermaking — Water  in  Photography — Water  in  Sugar  Refining — Water  in  Making  Ices 
and  Beverages — Water  in  Cider  Making — Water  in  Brewing — Water  in  Distilling — Preliminary 
Treatment  and  Apparatus — Substances  Used  for  Preliminary  Chemical  Purification — Com- 
mercial Specialities  and  their  Employment — Precipitation  of  Matters  in  Suspension  in  Water 
— Apparatus  for  the  Preliminary  Chemical  Purification  of  Water — Industrial  Filters — Indus- 
trial Sterilisation  of  Water — Residuary  Waters  and  their  Purification — Soil  Filtration — 
Purification  by  Chemical  Processes— Analyses— Index. 

(See  Books  on  Smoke  Prevention,  Engineering  and  Metallurgy,  p.  24,  etc  ) 

(X-Rays.) 

PRACTICAL  X  RAY  WORK.  By  FRANK  T.  ADDYMAN, 
B.Sc.  (Lond.),  F.I.C.,  Member  of  the  Roentgen  Society  of  London; 
Radiographer  to  St.  George's  Hospital ;  Demonstrator  of  Physics  and 
Chemistry,  and  Teacher  of  Radiography  in  St.  George's  Hospital 
Medical  School.  Demy  8vo.  Twelve  Plates  from  Photographs  of  X  Ray 
Work.  Fifty-two  Illustrations.  200  pp.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free, 
10s.  lOd.  home  ;  lls.  3d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Historical — Work  leading  up  to  the  Discovery  of  the  X  Rays — The  Discovery — Appara- 
tus and  its  Management — Electrical  Terms — Sources  of  Electricity — Induction  Coils — 
Electrostatic  Machines — Tubes — Air  Pumps — Tube  Holders  and  Stereoscopic  Apparatus — 
Fluorescent  Screens— Practical  X  Ray  Work— Installations— Radioscopy— Radiography— 
X  Rays  in  Dentistry — X  Rays  in  Chemistry — X  Rays  in  War — Index. 

List  of  Plates. 

Frontispiece — Congenital  Dislocation  of  Hip-Joint. — I.,  Needle  in  Finger. — II.,  Needle  in 
Foot.— III.,  Revolver  Bullet  in  Calf  and  Leg.— IV.,  A  Method  of  Localisation.— V.,  Stellate 
Fracture  of  Patella  showing  shadow  of  "Strapping". — VI.,  Sarcoma. — VII.,  Six-weeks-old 
Injury  to  Elbow  showing  new  Growth  of  Bone. — VIII.,  Old  Fracture  of  Tibia  and  Fibula 
badly  set.— IX.,  Heart  Shadow.— X.,  Fractured  Femur  showing  Grain  of  Splint.— XI..  Bar- 
rell's  Method  of  Localisation. 

(India=Rubber  and  Qutta  Percha.) 

INDIA-RUBBER      AND     GUTTA      PERCHA.        Second 

English  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.    Based  on  the  French  work  of 
T.  SEELIGMANN,  G.   LAMY  TORRILHON  and  H.    FALCONNET,  by  JOHN 
GEDDES  MC!NTOSH.    Royal  8vo.     100  Illustrations.     400  pages.     Price 
12s.  6d.  net.     (Post  free,  13s.  home ;  13s.  6d.  abroad.) 
Contents. 

India- Rubber.— Indiarubber,  Latex— Definitions— Laticiferous  Vessels— Botanical  Origin 
— Habitats — Methods  of  obtaining  the  Latex — Methods  of  Preparing  Raw  or  Crude  India- 
rubber — Rubber  Cultivation  in  Various  Countries — Climatology — Soil — Rational  Culture  and 
Acclimatisation  of  the  Different  Species  of  Indiarubber  Plants — Classification  of  the  Com- 
mercial Species  of  Raw  Rubber— Physical  and  Chemical  Properties  of  the  Latex  and  of 
Indiarubber — General  Considerations — Mechanical  Transformation  of  Natural  Rubber  into 
Washed  or  Normal  Rubber  (Purification)— Softening,  Cutting,  Washing,  Drying,  Storage- 
Mechanical  Transformation  of  Normal  Rubber  into  Masticated  Rubber — Vulcanisation  of 
Normal  Rubber— Chemical  and  Physical  Properties  of  Vulcanised  Rubber— Hardened  Rubber 
or  Ebonite— Considerations  on  Mineralisation  and  Other  Mixtures — Coloration  and  Dyeing — 
Analysis  of  Natural  or  Normal  Rubber  and  Vulcanised  Rubber — Rubber  Substitutes — 
Imitation  Rubber — Analysis  of  Indiarubber. 

Qutta  Percha. — Definition  of  Gutta  Percha — Botanical  Origin — Habitat — Climatology — 
Soil— Rational  Culture— Methods  of  Collection— Felling  and  Ringing  versus  Tapping— Extrac- 
tion of  Gutta  Percha  from  Leaves  by  Toluene,  etc. — Classification  of  the  Different  Species  of 
Commercial  Gutta  Percha— Physical  and  Chemical  Properties  of  Gutta  Percha— Mechanical 
Treatment  of  Gutta  Percha — Methods  of  Analysing  utta  Percha — Gutta  Percha  Substitute 


13 


(Leather  Trades.) 

THE  LEATHER  WORKER'S  MANUAL.  Being  a  Com- 
pendium of  Practical  Recipes  and  Working  Formulae  for  Curriers, 
Bootmakers,  Leather  Dressers,  Blacking  Manufacturers,  Saddlers, 
Fancy  Leather  Workers.  By  H.  C.  STANDAGE.  Demy  8vo.  165  pp. 
Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home;  8s.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Blackings,  Polishes,  Glosses,  Dressings,  Renovators,  etc.,  for  Boot  and  Shoe  Leather- 
Harness  Blackings,  Dressings,  Greases,  Compositions,  Soaps,  and  Boot-top  Powders  and 
Liquids,  etc.,  etc. — Leather  Grinders'  Sundries — Currier's  Seasonings,  Blacking  Compounds, 
Dressings,  Finishes,  Glosses,  etc. — Dyes  and  Stains  for  Leather — Miscellaneous  Information 
— Chrome  Tannage — Index. 

(See  also  Manufacture  of  Shoe  Polishes,  Leather  Dressings,  etc.,  p.  5.) 


(Pottery,  Bricks,  Tiles,  Glass,  etc.) 

MODERN  BRICKMAKING.  By  ALFRED  B.  SEARLE.  Royal 
8vo.  440  pages.  260  Illustrations.  Price  12s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free, 
13s.  home ;  13s.  6d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Nature  and  Selection  of  Clays.  — Lake  and  River  Deposited  Clays— Rock  Clays— Shale 
—Fire-clay.  The  Colour  of  Bricks.— Marls— White,  Yellow,  and  Red  Bricks— Terra-cotta— 
Blue  Bricks.  General  Characteristics  of  Bricks.— Fletton,  Bath,  and  Accrington  Bricks 
—London  Stocks— Plastic  Bricks— Sand-faced  Bricks— Glazed  Bricks— Fire  Bricks— Qualities 
of  Bricks.  Sand,  Breeze,  and  other  Materials. — Chalk-water — General  Manufacture  of 
Bricks— Clay-washing— Haulage—  rland-Brickmaking— Preparation  of  the  Paste— Pugging 
—  Slop-moulding  —  Sand-moulding  —  Drying  —  Shrinking  —  Pressing — Clamp  Kilns — Firing  a 
Clamp.  Plastic  Moulding  by  Machinery.— Wire-cut  Bricks— Brick  Machines  and  Plant- 
Crushing  Rolls— Grinding  Mills— Wet  Pans.  Mixers  and  Feeders.— Pug-mills,  Mouthpiece 
Presses,  and  Auger  Machines — Expression  Roller  Machines — Cutting  Tables — Repressing — 
Screw  Presses— Eccentric  Represses— Die- Boxes.  Drying. —Transport.  Stiff -plastic 
Process. — Mill  Feeding  Machines — Grinding  Mills — Elevating — Screens — Sieves — Revolving 
Screens  — Stiff-plastic  Brickmaking  Machines—  Repressing—  Carrying-off—  Drying—  Kilns. 
Semi  =  Dry  or  Semi-Plastic  Process.— Lamination— Drying  Troubles— Moulds  and  Arrises. 
The  Dry  or  Dust  Process.— Lamination.  Kilns.— Down-draught  Kilns— Horizontal-draught 
Kilns— Continuous  Kilns— Up-draught  Kilns— Newcastle  Kiln— Gas-fired  Kilns— Semi-con- 
tinuous Kilns — Hoffmann  Kilns — Hot-air  Flues — Temporary  and  Permanent  Flues — Chamber 
Kilns— Steam— Draught— Mechanical  Draught— Gas-fired  Continuous  Kilns— Muffle  Kilns- 
Kiln  Construction.— Choice  of  Bricks— Foundations— Construction  of  Arches  and  Crowns- 
Fire  Boxes— Feed-holes— Chimneys— Selecting  a  Kiln.  Setting  and  Burning.— Up-draught 
and  Down-draught  Kilns— Horizontal-draught  or  Continuous  Kiln— Glazed  Bricks.  Firing.— 
Drying  or  Steaming — Volatilization — Full  Fire — Smoking — Seger  Cones — Draught  Gauge — 
Cooling.  Vitrified  Bricks  for  Special  Work.— Clinkers  and  Paving  Bricks— Acid-proof 
Bricks.  Fire-Bricks  and  Blocks.— Materials— Grog— Grindipg— Blocks— Drying— Dipped 
Fire-bricks— Firing  — Silica  Bricks— Canister  Bricks— Bauxite  and  Magnesia  Bricks  — 
Neutral  Fire-bricks.  Glazed  Bricks.— Pressing— Dipping— Glazes— Coloured  Glazes— Ma- 
jolica Glazes— Firing— Salt-glazed  Bricks.  Perforated,  Radial,  and  Hollow  Bricks.— 
Fireproof  Flooring.  Moulded  and  Ornamental  Bricks— Drying  Raw  Clay— Sources  of 
Difficulty  and  Loss.— Improper  Materials  or  Site— Unsuitable  Methods  of  Working— Lack 
of  Capital — Defective  Accounting. — Index. 

THE  MANUAL  OF  PRACTICAL  POTTING.  Compiled 
by  Experts,  and  Edited  by  CHAS.  F.  BINNS.  Fourth  Edition,  Revised 
and  Enlarged.  DemySvo.  200  pages.  Pricel7s.6d.net.  (Post  free, 
17s.  lOd.  home;  18s.  3d.  abroad.) 


14 

POTTERY  DECORATING.  A  Description  of  all  the  Pro- 
cesses for  Decorating  Pottery  and  Porcelain.  By  R.  HAINBACH. 
Translated  from  the  German.  Crown  8vo.  250  pp.  Twenty-two 
Illustrations.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free, 7s.  lOd.  home;  8s.  abroad.) 


A  TREATISE  ON  CERAMIC  INDUSTRIES.     A  Complete 

Manual  for  Pottery,  Tile,  and  Brick  Manufacturers.  By  EMILE 
BOURRY.  A  Revised  Translation  from  the  French,  with  some  Critical 
Notes  by  ALFRED  B.  SEARLE.  Demy  8vo.  308  Illustrations.  460  pp. 
Price  12s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  13s.  home;  13s.  6d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Preface.  Definition  and  Classification  of  Ceramic  Ware.  Brief  History  of  Ceramics. 
Raw  Materials  of  Bodies.  Plastic  Bodies — Properties  and  Composition — Preparation — Puri- 
fication. Processes  of  Formation :  Thowing,  Expression,  Moulding,  Pressing,  Casting,  Slip- 
ping. Drying — Evaporation —Aeration — Heat — Absorption.  Glazes:  Manufacture  and 
Application.  Firing:  Properties  of  Bodies  and  Glazes  during  Firing — Kilns.  Decoration: 
Materials  and  Methods.  Terra  Cottas — Bricks — Hollow  Blocks — Roofing  Tiles — Paving 
Bricks — Pipes— Architectural  and  Decorative Terra-Cotta — Common  Pottery — Tobacco  Pipes 
— Lustre  Ware — Tests.  Fireclay  Goods  :  Varieties,  Methods  of  Manufacture  and  Tests. 
Faiences:  Classification,  Composition,  Methods  of  Manufacture  and  Decoration.  Stoneware 
— Paving  Tiles — Sanitary  Ware — For  Domestic  Purposes — For  Chemical  Purposes — Decora- 
tive Objects.  Porcelain  :  Classification — Composition — Manufacture — Decoration. 


ARCHITECTURAL  POTTERY.  Bricks,  Tiles,  Pipes,  Ena- 
melled Terra-cottas,  Ordinary  and  Incrusted  Quarries,  Stoneware 
Mosaics,  Faiences  and  Architectural  Stoneware.  By  LEON  LEFEVRE. 
Translated  from  the  French  by  K.  H.  BIRD,  M.A.,  and  W.  MOORE 
BINNS.  With  Five  Plates.  950  Illustrations  in  the  Text,  and  numerous 
estimates.  500  pp.  Royal  8vo.  Price  15s.  net.  (Post  free,  15s.  6d. 
home;  16s.  6d.  abroad.) 


THE  ART  OP  RIVETING  GLASS,  CHINA  AND 
EARTHENWARE.  By  J.  HOWORTH.  Second  Edition. 
Paper  Cover.  Price  Is.  net.  (By  post,  home  or  abroad,  Is.  Id.) 


NOTES  ON  POTTERY  CLAYS.  The  Distribution,  Pro- 
perties, Uses  and  Analyses  of  Ball  Clays,  China  Clays  and  China 
Stone.  By  JAS.  FAIRIE,  F.G.S.  132  pp.  Crown  8vo.  Price  3s.  6d. 
net.  (Post  free,  3s.  9d.  home ;  3s.  lOd.  abroad.) 


HOW  TO  ANALYSE  CLAY.     By  H.  M.  ASHBY.     Demy  8vo. 
72  pp.      20  Illustrations.      Price  3s.  6d.  net.      (Post  free,  3s.  9d.  home 
3s.  lOd.  abroad.) 


15 

A  Reissue  of 

THE  HISTORY  OF  THE  STAFFORDSHIRE  POTTER- 
IES ;  AND  THE  RISE  AND  PROGRESS  OF  THE 
MANUFACTURE  OF  POTTERY  AND  PORCELAIN. 

•  With  References  to  Genuine  Specimens,  and  Notices  of  Eminent  Pot- 
ters. By  SIMEON  SHAW.  (Originally  published  in  1829.)  265  pp. 
Demy  8vo.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  4d.  home;  5s.  9d.  abroad.) 


A  Reissue  of 

THE  CHEMISTRY  OF  THE  SEVERAL  NATURAL 
AND  ARTIFICIAL  HETEROGENEOUS  COM- 
POUNDS USED  IN  MANUFACTURING  POR- 
CELAIN, GLASS  AND  POTTERY.  By  SIMEON  SHAW. 
(Originally  published  in  1837.)  750  pp.  Royal  8vo.  Price  10s.  net. 
(Post  free,  10s.  6d.  home;  12s.  abroad.) 


BRITISH  POTTERY  MARKS.  By  G.  WOOLLISCROFT  RHEAD. 
Demy  8vo.  310  pp.  With  upwards  of  Twelve-hundred  Illustrations  of 
Marks  in  the  Text.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  8s.  home;  8s.  3d. 
abroad.) 


(Glassware,  Glass  Staining  and  Painting.) 

^RECIPES  FOR  FLINT  GLASS  MAKING.  By  a  British 
Glass  Master  and  Mixer.  Sixty  Recipes.  Being  Leaves  from  the 
Mixing  Book  of  several  experts  in  the  Flint  Glass,  Trade,  containing 
up-to-date  recipes  and  valuable  information  as  to  Crystal,  Demi-crystal 
and  Coloured  Glass  in  its  many  varieties.  It  contains  the  recipes  for 
cheap  metal  suited  to  pressing,  blowing,  etc.,  as  well  as  the  most  costly 
crystal  and  ruby.  Second  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  Price  10s.  6d.  net. 
(Post  free,  10s.  9d.  home;  10s.  lOd.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Ruby — Ruby  from  Copper — Flint  for  using  with  the  Ruby  for  Coating — A  German  Metal-- 
Cornelian, or  Alabaster — Sapphire  Blue — Crysophis — Opal — Turquoise  Blue — Gold  Colour — 
Dark  Green— Green  (common) — Green  for  Malacnite — Blue  for  Malachite — Black  for  Mala- 
chite— Black — Common  Canary  Batch — Canary — White  Opaque  Glass — Sealing-wax  Red- 
Flint— Flint  Glass  (Crystal  and  Demi)— Achromatic  Glass— Paste  Glass— White  Enamel- 
Firestone — Dead  White  (for  moons) — White  Agate — Canary — Canary  Enamel — Index. 


A  TREATISE  ON   THE   ART   OF    GLASS   PAINTING. 

Prefaced  with  a  Review  of  Ancient  Glass.  By  ERNEST  R.  SUPPLING. 
With  One  Coloured  Plate  and  Thirty-seven  Illustrations.  Demy  8vo. 
140  pp.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home ;  8s.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

A  Short  History  of  Stained  Glass — Designing  Scale  Drawings — Cartoons  and  the  Cut  Line 
— Various  Kinds  of  Glass  Cutting  for  Windows — The  Colours  and  Brushes  used  in  Glass 
Painting — Painting  on  Glass  Dispersed  Patterns — Diapered  Patterns — Aciding — Firing — 
Fret  Lead  Glazing— Index. 


16 

(Paper  Making  and  Testing.) 

THE    PAPER   MILL    CHEMIST.     By   HENRY  P.  STEVENS, 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,   F.I.C.     Royal  12mo.     60  Illustrations.      300  pp.      Price 
7s.  6d.  net.     (Post  free,  7s.  9d.  home;  7s.  lOd.  abroad.) 
Contents. 

Introduction. — Dealing  with  the  Apparatus  required  in  Chemical  Work  and  General 
Chemical  Manipulation,  introducing  the  subject  of  Qualitative  and  Quantitative  Analysis. 
Fuels. — Analysis  of  Coal,  Coke  and  other  Fuels — Sampling  and  Testing  for  Moisture,  Ash, 
Calorific  Value,  etc. — Comparative  Heating  Value  of  different  Fuels  and  Relative  Efficiency. 
Water. — Analysis  for  Steam  Raising  and  for  Paper  Making  Purposes  generally — Water 
Softening  and  Purification — A  List  of  the  more  important  Water  Softening  Plant,  giving 
Power  required,  Weight,  Space  Occupied,  Out-put  and  Approximate  Cost.  Raw  Materials 
and  Detection  of  Adulterants. — Analysis  and  Valuation  of  the  more  important  Chemicals 
used  in  Paper  Making,  including  Lime,  Caustic  Soda,  Sodium  Carbonate,  Mineral  Acids, 
Bleach  Antichlor,  Alum,  Rosin  and  Rosin  Size,  Glue  Gelatin  and  Casein,  Starch,  China  Clay, 
Blanc  Fixe,  Satin  White  and  other  Loading  Materials,  Mineral  Colours  and  Aniline  Dyes. 
Manufacturing  Operations. — Rags  and  the  Chemical  Control  of  Rag  Boiling — Esparto 
Boiling — Wood  Boiling — Testing  Spent  Liquors  and  Recovered  Ash — Experimental  Tests 
with  Raw  Fibrous  Materials — Boiling  in  Autoclaves — Bleaching  and  making  up  Hand  Sheets 
— Examination  of  Sulphite  Liquors — Estimation  of  Moisture  in  Pulp  and  Half-stuff — Recom- 
mendations of  the  British  Wood  Pulp  Association.  Finished  Products. — Paper  Testing, 
including  Physical,  Chemical  and  Microscopical  Tests,  Area,  Weight,  Thickness,  Apparent 
Specific  Gravity,  Bulk  or  Air  Space.  Determination  of  Machine  Direction,  Thickness, 
Strength,  Stretch,  Resistance  to  Crumpling  and  Friction,  Transparency,  Absorbency  and 
other  qualities  of  Blotting  Papers — Determination  of  the  Permeability  of  Filtering  Papers — 
Detection  and  Estimation  of  Animal  and  Vegetable  Size  in  Paper — Sizing  Qualities  of 
Paper — Fibrous  Constituents — Microscopical  Examination  of  Fibres — The  Effect  of  Beating 
on  Fibres— Staining  Fibres -Mineral  Matter— Ash— Qualitative  and  Quantitative  Examina- 
tion of  Mineral  Matter — Examination  of  Coated  Papers  and  Colouring  Matters  in  Paper. 
Tables. — English  and  Metrical  Weights  and  Measures  with  Equivalents — Conversion  of 
Grams  to  Grains  and  vice  versa — Equivalent  Costs  per  lb.,  cwt.,and  ton — Decimal  Equivalents 
of  IDS.,  qrs.,  and  cwts. — Thermometric  and  Barometric  Scales — Atomic  Weights  and  Molecular 
Weights — Factors  for  Calculating  the  Percentage  of  Substance  Sought  from  the  Weight  of 
Substance  Found— Table  of  Solubilities  of  Substances  Treated  of  in  Paper  Making—Specific 
Gravity  Tables  of  such  substances  as  are  used  in  Paper  Making,  including  Sulphuric  Acid, 
Hydrochloric  Acid,  Bleach,  Milk  of  Lime,  Caustic  Soda,  Carbonate  of  Soda,  etc.,  giving 
Percentage  Strength  with  Specific  Gravity  and  Degrees  Tw. — Hardness  Table  for  Soap 
Tests— Dew  Point— Wet  and  Dry  Bulb  Tables— Properties  of  Saturated  Steam,  giving 
Temperature,  Pressure  and  Volume — List  of  Different  Machines  used  in  the  Paper  Making 
Industry,  giving  Size,  Weight,  Space  Occupied,  Power  to  Drive,  Out-put  and  Approximate 
Cost — Calculation  of  Moisture  in  Pulp — Rag-Boiling  Tables,  giving  Percentages  of  Lime,  ' 
Soda  and  Time  required — Loss  in  Weight  in  Rags  and  other  Raw  Materials  during  Boiling 
and  Bleaching — Conditions  of  Buying  and  Selling  as  laid  down  by  the  Paper  Makers'  Associa- 
tion— Table  of  Names  and  Sizes  of  Papers — Table  for  ascertaining  the  Weight  per  Ream  from 
the  Weight  per  Sheet— Calculations  of  Areas  and  Volumes— Logarithms— Blank  pages  for 
Notes. 

THE  TREATMENT  OP  PAPER  FOR  SPECIAL 
PURPOSES,  By  L.  E.  ANDES.  Translated  from  the 
German.  Crown  8vo.  48  Illustrations.  250  pp.  Price  6s.  net.  (Post 
free,  6s.  4d.  home ;  6s.  6d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

I.,  Parchment  Paper,  Vegetable  Parchment.— The  Parchment  Paper  Machine- 
Opaque  Supple  Parchment  Paper — Thick  Parchment — Krugler's  Parchment  Paper  and  Parch- 
ment Slates — Double  and  Triple  Osmotic  Parchment — Utilising  Waste  Parchment  Paper — 
Parchmented  Linen  and  Cotton — Parchment  Millboard — Imitation  Horn  and  Ivory  from 
Parchment  Paper — Imitation  Parchment  Paper — Artificial  Parchment — Testing  the  Sulphuric 
Acid.  II.,  Papers  for  Transfer  Pictures.  III.,  Papers  for  Preservative  and  Packing 
Purposes. — Butter  Paper — Wax  Paper — Paraffin  Paper — Wrapping  Paper  for  Silverware — 
Waterproof  Paper — Anticorrosive  Paper.  IV.,  Grained  Transfer  Papers.  V.,  Fireproof  and 
Antifalsification  Papers.  VI.,  Paper  Articles.— Vulcanised  Paper  Mache— Paper  Bottles- 
Plastic  Articles  of  Paper— Waterproof  Coverings  for  Walls  and  Ceilings— Paper  Wheels, 
Roofing  and  Boats — Parer  Barrels — Paper  Boxes — Paper  Horseshoes.  VII.,  Gummed  Paper. 
VIII.,  Hectograph  Papers.  IX.,  Insecticide  Papers.— Fly  Papers— Moth  Papers.  X., 
Chalk  and  Leather  Papers.— Glace  Chalk  Paper— Leather  Paper— Imitation  Leather. 
XL,  Luminous  Papers— Blue-Print  Papers— Blotting  Papers.  XII.,  Metal  Papers— Medi- 
cated Papers.  XIII.,  Marbled  Papers.  XIV.,  Tracing  and  Copying  Papers — Iridiscent  or 
Mother  of  Pearl  Papers.  XV.,  Photographic  Papers— Shellac  Paper— Fumigating  Papers- 
Test  Papers.  XVI.,  Papers  for  Cleaning  and  Polishing  Purposes— Glass  Paper— 
Pumic  Paper — Emery  Paper.  XVII.,  Lithographic  Transfer  Papers.  XIX.,  Sundry 
Special  Papers— Satin  Paper— Enamel  Paper— Cork  Paper— Split  Paper— Electric  Paper- 
Paper  Matches— Magic  Pictures— Laundry  Blue  Papers— Blue  Paper  for  Bleachers.  XX., 
Waterproof  Papers— Washable  Drawing  Papers— Washable  Card— Washable  Coloured  Paper 
—Waterproof  Millboard— Sugar  Paper.  XXL,  The  Characteristics  of  Paper— Paper  Testing 


17 

(Enamelling  on  Metal.) 

ENAMELS  AND  ENAMELLING.  For  Enamel  Makers, 
Workers  in  Gold  and  Silver,  and  Manufacturers  of  Objects  of  Art. 
By  PAUL  RANDAU.  Translated  from  the  German.  Second  and  Revised 
Edition.  With  Sixteen  Illustrations.  Demy  8vo.  200  pp.  Price 
10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  10s.  lOd.  home;  11s.  abroad.) 

THE    ART    OF    ENAMELLING    ON    METAL.       By   W. 

NORMAN  BROWN.    Second  Edition,  Revised.    Crown  8vo.    60  pp.     Price 
3s.  6d.  net.     (Post  free,  3s.  9d.  home ;  3s.  lOd.  abroad.) 

(Textile  Subjects.) 

THE  FINISHING  OF  TEXTILE  FABRICS  (Woollen, 
Worsted,  Union  and  other  Cloths).  By  ROBERTS  BEAUMONT,  M.Sc. 
With  150  Illustrations  of  Fibres,  Yarns  and  Fabrics,  also  Sectional 
and  other  Drawings  of  Finishing  Machinery.  Demy  8vo.  260  pp. 
Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  10s.  lOd.  home;  11s.  3d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Woollen,  Worsted  and  Union  Fabrics— Processes  of  Finishing  and  their  Effects— The 
Process  of  Scouring :  Scouring  Machines — Theory  of  Felting:  Fabric  Structure — Compound 
Fabrics— Fulling  and  Milling  Machinery.  The  Theory  of  Raising— Raising  Machinery  and 
the  Raising  Process — Cutting,  Cropping  or  Shearing — Lustring  Processes  and  Machinery — 
Methods  of  Finishing— Index. 

STANDARD  CLOTHS.     By  ROBERTS  BEAUMONT. 

[In  the  Press. 

FIBRES  USED  IN  TEXTILE  AND  ALLIED  INDUS- 
TRIES. By  C.  AINSWORTH  MITCHELL,  B.A.  (Oxon.),  F.I.C., 
and  R.  M.  PRIDEAUX,  F.I.C.  With  66  Illustrations  specially  drawn 
direct  from  the  Fibres.  Demy  8vo.  200  pp.  Price  7s.  6d.  net. 
(Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home ;  8s.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Classification  of  Fibres. — General  Characteristics  of  Fibres — Microscopical  Examination 
of  Fibres — Stegmata— Chemical  Examination — Ultimate  Fibres — Methyl  Value — Moisture  in 
Fibres.  Wool. — Nature  of  Wool — Commercial  Varieties — Characteristics  of  Good  Wool — 
Merino — Microscopical  Appearance — Mould  in  Wool — Felting  Property — Curl  of  Wool — 
Chemical  Composition — Action  of  Reagents  on  Wool — Chlorinised  Wool — Detection  of  Dyed 
Fibres  in  Wool— Conditioning  of  Wool.  Vicuna — Camel  Hair — Alpaca — Llama  Hair — 
Mohair— Cashmere— Goats'  Hair— Cow  Hair— Horse  Hair— Deer  Hair— Reindeer  Hair 
—Rabbits'  Hair— Cats'  Hair— Dogs'  Hair— Kangaroo's  Hair— Human  Hair.  Silk.— 
Origin  of  Silk— Reeling— Waste  Silk— History— Commercial  Varieties  of  Thread— Size  of 
Yarns — Wild  Silks — Microscopical  Characteristics — Colour  of  Silk — Size  of  Fibres — Strength 
and  Elasticity — Specific  Gravity — Chemical  Composition — Fibroin — Sericin— Hydrolysis  of 
Silk  Proteins — Action  of  Chemical  Agents — Absorption  of  Tannin — Weighting — Differentiation 
and  Separation  from  other  Fibres.  Cotton.— History — Commercial  Varieties — Structure  of 
the  Fibre — Cell  Walls — Dimensions  of  Fibre — Chemical  Composition — Cellulose — Action  of 
Reagents — Nitrated  Cotton — Examination  of  Bleached  Fabrics — Absorption  of  Tannin — 
Absorption  of  Gases — Absorption  of  Dyestuffs — "  Animalizing  "  of  Cotton — Sized  Cotton — 
Polished  Cotton — Mould  in  Cotton — Waterproofed  Cotton.  Mercerised  Cotton. — History — 
Structural  Alteration  of  Fibres — Affinity  for  Dyestuffs — Chemical  Changes  in  Mercerisation — '• 
Effect  upon  Strength  of  Fibre — Measurement  of  Shrinkage — Reactions  and  Tests  for  Mercer- 
ised Cotton— Dyestuff  Tests.  Artificial  Silks.  Linen  and  Ramie.— Linen  :  Source- 
Varieties  of  Commercial  Flax — Retting  of  Flax — Lustrous  Linen — Use  of  Linen  as  a  Textile 
— Characteristics  of  the  Fibre — Structure — Action  of  Reagents — Physical  Properties — Com- 
position— Flax  Wax.  Ramie  :  Source — Preparation — History — Properties — Composition. 
Jute  and  other  Fibres.  Brush  Fibres.  Vegetable  Downs  and  Upholstery  Fibres.— 
Bombax  Cottons — Kapok — Ochroma  Down — Kumbi  or  Galgal — Vegetable  Silk — Asclepias 
Cotton — Calotropis  Down — Beaumantia  Down — Other  Vegetable  Silks — Vegetable  Wool — 
Tillandsia  Fibre— Vegetable  Horsehair.  Index. 


16 

DRESSINGS  AND  FINISHINGS  FOR  TEXTILE 
FABRICS  AND  THEIR  APPLICATION.  Description 
of  all  the  Materials  used  in  Dressing  Textiles :  Their  Special  Pro- 
perties, the  Preparation  of  Dressings  and  their  Employment  in 
Finishing  Linen,  Cotton,  Woollen  and  Silk  Fabrics.  Fireproof  and 
Waterproof  Dressings,  together  with  the  principal  machinery  employed. 
Translated  from  the  Third  German  Edition  of  FRIEDRICH  POLLEYN. 
Demy  8vo.  280  pp.  Sixty  Illustrations.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post 
free,  7s.  lOd.  home ;  8s.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

The  Dressing  Process  and  Materials  for  Same  -Stiffening  and  Glazes— Wheaten 
Starch — Maize  Starch — Rice  Starch — Buckwheat  Starch — Arrowroot — Tapioca— Sago — 
Artichoke  Starch — Differentiating  and  Examining  Starches — The  Gelatinization  Temperature 
of  Starches — Flour — Protamol  for  Dressings  and  Sizes — Adhesive  Dressings— Gluten— 
Protein  Glue — Vegetable  Glue — Arbol  Gum — Apparatine — Vegetable  Glue  Dressing — Pus- 
cher's  Vegetable  Glue — Vegetable  Glue  Containing  Fat — Dextrin  (British  Gum) — Preparation, 
of  Dextrin — Gum,  Gum  Arabic — Feronia  Gum — Cherry  Gum,  Plum  Tree  Gum — Testing  Gum 
Arabic — Tragacanth— Vegetable  Mucilage — Carragheen  Moss — Iceland  Moss— Hai-Thao 
Fleawort  Seed— Linseed — Peru  Gum — Ceylon  Moss — Canary  Grass  Seed — Albumin— Casein 
— Caseo  Gum— Glutin — Glue — Gelatine — Starch  Syrup — Potato  Syrup— Colophony  (Rosin) — 
Materials  for  Soft  Dressings— Glycerine— Wax— Paraffin  Wax— Stearine— Fats  and  Fatty 
Oils — Soaps — Softenings— Dressings  for  Filling  and  Loading — Alum — Barium  Chloride — 
Barium  Sulphate — Barium  Carbonate — Bleaching  Powder — Lead  Sulphate — Gypsum — Cal- 
cium Chloride — Magnesium  Chloride — Sodium  Sulphate — Glauber  Salt — Magnesium  Sulphate 
(Epsom  Salt) — Magnesium  Carbonate — Magnesia  White— Magnesium  Silicate — China  Clay 
(Aluminium  Silicate)— Zinc  Chloride— Alkali  Silicates— Water-Glass— Antiseptic  Dressing 
Ingredients— Dyeing  and  Blueing  Agents— Ultramarine  Blue— Paris  Blue— Soluble  Pans 
Blue — Indigpcarmine — Various  Dressings — Endosmin— Eau  de  Crystall — Crystallfixe — 
Lukon — Algin — Paramentine — Cream  Softening — Norgine — Dressing  Soaps — Gum  Tragasol  — 
Senegalin — Monopol  Soap— Liquid  Size  for  Dressing  Bleached  and  Coloured  Fabrics — 
Vegetable  Gum  Dressing— Gum  Substitute— S.  Size— Puntschart's  Vegetable  Glue— Vegetable 
Glue  and  P.  Size— The  Preparations  of  Dressings— Various  Adjuncts  to  Dressing  Pre- 
parations— Fatty  Adjuncts — Potato  Starch  and  Rosin  Adjunct — Dressing  Composition — Ha'i- 
Thap  Dressing— Appliances  for  the  Preparations  of  Dressings— Rushton's  Size  Boiler- 
Sifting  Machine— Recipes  for  Dressings— Dressings  for  Linens— For  Medium  Finish— For 
Heavy  Finish — For  Very  Heavy  Finish — Damask  Dressings — For  Crash  Linens — For  Very 
Glossy  Linens — Dressings  for  Black  Cottons — Black  Glace  Dressings — Black  Dressing  for 
Half-Woollens—Yarn  Dressings— Laundry  Glazes— Yarn  Sizing— Finishing  Woollen 
Goods — Silk  Finish  for  Wool — Looke's  Dressing  for  Worsteds — Dressing  for  Flannels  and 
Woollens— Dressing  for  Heavy  Trouserings — Dressing  for  Inferior  Woollens — Protamol 
Dressing  for  Wool— Dressing  for  Worsteds,  Cheviots,  and  Half- Woollens — Back  Dressing  for 
Worsteds— Finishing  Woollens  by  the  Electric  Current— Finishing  Silk  Fabrics— Single 
Dressing  for  Silk— Full  Dressing  for  Silk— Amber  Dressing— Finishing  Half-Silk  Satins- 
Waterproof  Dressings — Alexanderson's  Recipe — Recipe  of  Arieny-Flouy,  Baypl  and  Laurens 
— Balard's  Recipe — Che' 


Recipe — Chevallot  and  Girres'  Recipe — Felton's  Recipe — Kappelin's  Recipe — 
Sorel's  Recipe — Waterproof  Dressing  lor  Linens  and  Cottons — Half-Woollens — Jacquelin's 
Process  of  Waterproofing  Linens,  Cottons,  Woollens  and  Silks — Baswitz's  Recipe — Doering's 
Recipe— Various  Waterproofing  Recipes— Fireproof  Dressings— Special  Finishing  Pro- 
cesses— Imparting  a  Silky  Appearance  to  Vegetable  Fibres— Silvering  and  Gilding  Silk- 
Flexible  Mother-of-Pearl  Design  on  Various  Fabrics — Metal  Lustre  Finishes— Applying 
Spangles  to  Fabrics — Colour  Photography  on  Woven  Fabrics — Gold  and  Silver  Designs — 
Applied  by  Heat — Imitating  Embroidery  and  Lace — Silvering  and  Gilding  Silks — Velvet  Effect 
—  Embossed  Metal  or  Colour  Designs  on  Velvet — Metallizing  Clothing  Materials — Bouillone 
Finish— The  Application  of  Dressing  Preparations— Testing  Dressings. 

THE  CHEMICAL  TECHNOLOGY  OF  TEXTILE 
FIBRES :  Their  Origin,  Structure,  Preparation,  Washing, 
Bleaching,  Dyeing,  Printing  and  Dressing.  By  Dr.  GEORG  VON 
GEORGIEVICS.  Translated  from  the  German  by  CHARLES  SALTER. 
320  pp.  Forty-seven  Illustrations.  Royal  8vo.  Price  10s.  6d.  net. 
(Post  free,  lls.  home  ;  11s.  3d.  abroad.) 

POWER-LOOM  WEAVING  AND  YARN  NUMBERING, 

According  to  Various  Systems,  with  Conversion  Tables.  Translated 
from  the  German  of  ANTHON  GRUNER.  With  Twenty-Six  Diagrams 
in  Colours.  150  pp.  Crown  8vo.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free> 
7s.  9d.  home  ;  8s.  abroad.) 


19 

TEXTILE  RAW  MATERIALS  AND  THEIR  CON- 
VERSION  INTO  YARNS.  (The  Study  of  the  Raw 

Materials  and  the  Technology  of  the  Spinning  Process.)  By  JULIUS 
ZIPSER.  Translated  from  German  by  CHARLES  SALTER.  302  Illus- 
trations. 500  pp.  Demy  8vo.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  11s. 
home;  11s.  6d.  abroad.) 

GRAMMAR    OP    TEXTILE    DESIGN.       By    H.     NISBET, 
Weaving  and  Designing  Master,  Bolton  Municipal  Technical  School. 
Demy  8vo.     280  pp.     490  Illustrations  and   Diagrams.     Price  6s.  net. 
(Post  free,  6s.  4d.  home ;  6s.  6d.  abroad.) 
Contents. 

THE  PLAIN  WEAVE  AND  ITS  MODIFICATIONS.  TWILL  AND  KINDRED  WEAVES. — Classifi- 
cation of  Twill  Weaves.  DIAMOND  AND  KINDRED  WEAVES.  BEDFORD  CORDS.  BACKED 
FABRICS.  FUSTIANS.  TERRY  PILE  FABRICS.  GAUZE  AND  LENO  FABRICS.  TISSUE,  LAPPET, 
AND  SWIVEL  FIGURING  ;  ALSO  ONDULK  EFFECTS,  AND  LOOPED  FABRICS. 

ART  NEEDLEWORK  AND  DESIGN,     POINT  LACE.     A 

Manual  of  Applied  Art  for  Secondary  Schools  and  Continuation  Classes. 
By  M.  E.  WILKINSON.     Oblong  quarto.     With  22  Plates.     Bound  in 
Art  Linen.      Price  3s.  6d.  net.     (Post  free,  3s.  lOd.  home;  4s.  abroad.) 
Contents. 

Sampler  of  Lace  Stitches — Directions  for  working  Point  Lace,  tracing  Patterns,  etc. — 
List  of  Materials  and  Implements  required  for  working.  Plates  I.,  Simple  Lines,  Straight  and 
Slanting,  and  Designs  formed  from  them.  II.,  Patterns  formed  from  Lines  in  previous 
Lesson.  III.,  Patterns  formed  from  Lines  in  previous  Lesson.  IV.,  Simple  Curves,  and 
Designs  formed  from  them.  V.,  Simple  Leaf  form,  and  Designs  formed  from  it.  VI.,  Ele- 
mentary Geometrical  forms,  with  Definitions.  VII.,  Exercises  on  previous  Lessons.  VIII., 
Filling  of  a  Square,  Oblong  and  Circle  with  Lace  Stitches.  IX.,  Design  for  Tie  End,  based 
on  simple  Leaf  form.  X.,  Lace  Buttertties  (Freehand).  XI..  Twenty  simple  Designs  evolved 
from  Honiton  Braid  Leaf.  XII.,  Design  for  Lace  Handkerchief,  based  on  previous  Lesson. 
XIII.,  Design  for  Tea-cosy.  XIV.,  Freehand  Lace  Collar.  XV.,  Freehand  Lace  Cuff  (to 
match).  XVI.,  Application  of  Spray  from  Lesson  XI.  XVII.,  Adaptation  of  Curves  within 
a  Square,  for  Lace  Cushion  Centre.  XVIII.,  Conventional  Spray  for  corner  of  Tea-cloth. 
XIX.,  Geometrical  form  for  Rosebowl  D'Oyley,  to  be  originally  filled  in.  XX.,  Geometrical 
form  for  Flower-vase  D'Oyley,  to  be  originally  filled  in.  Each  Lesson  contains  Instructions 
for  Working,  and  application  of  new  Stitches  from  Sampler. 

HOME  LACE-MAKING.  A  Handbook  for  Teachers  and 
Pupils.  By  M.  E.  W.  MILROY.  Crown  8vo.  64  pp.  With  3  Plates  and 
9  Diagrams.  Price  Is.  net.  (Post  free,  Is.  3d.  home ;  Is.  4d.  abroad.) 

THE  CHEMISTRY  OF  HAT  MANUFACTURING.  Lec- 
tures delivered  before  the  Hat  Manufacturers'  Association.  By  WAT- 
SON SMITH,  F.C.S.,  F.I.C.  Revised  and  Edited  by  ALBERT  SHONK. 
Crown  8vo.  132  pp.  16  Illustrations.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free, 
7s.  9d.  home;  7s.  lOd.  abroad.) 

THE  TECHNICAL  TESTING  OF  YARNS  AND  TEX- 
TILE FABRICS.  With  Reference  to  Official  Specifica- 
tions. Translated  from  the  German  of  Dr.  J.  HERZFELD.  Second 
Edition.  Sixty-nine  Illustrations.  200  pp.  Demy  8vo.  Price  10s.  6d. 
net.  (Post  free,  10s.  lOd.  home;  11s.  abroad.) 

DECORATIVE  AND  FANCY  TEXTILE  FABRICS. 

By  R.  T.  LORD.  For  Manufacturers  and  Designers  of  Carpets,  Damask, 
Dress  and  all  Textile  Fabrics.  200  pp.  Demy  8vo.  132  Designs  and 
Illustrations.  Price-7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home;  8s.  abroad.) 

THEORY    AND  PRACTICE    OF  DAMASK  WEAVING. 

By  H.  KINZER  and  K.  WALTER.     Royal  8vo.     Eighteen  Folding  Plates. 
Six  Illustrations.    Translated  from  the  German.     110pp.     Price  8s.  6d. 
net.     (Post  free,  9s.  home ;  9s.  6d.  abroad.) 
Contents. 

The  Various  Sorts  of  Damask  Fabrics— Drill  (Ticking,  Handloom-made)— Whole 
Damask  for  Tablecloths — Damask  with  Ground-  and  Connecting-warp  Threads — Furniture 
Damask— Lampas  or  Hangings— Church  Damasks— The  Manufacture  of  Whole  Damask 
— Damask  Arrangement  with  and  without  Cross-Shedding — The  Altered  Cone-arrangement — 
The  Principle  of  the  Corner  Lifting  Cord — The  Roller  Principle — The  Combination  of  the 
Jacquard  with  the  so-called  Damask  Machine— The  Special  Damask  Machine— The  Combina- 
tion of  Two  Tyings. 


20 

FAULTS  IN  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  WOOLLEN 
GOODS  AND  THEIR  PREVENTION.  By  NICOLAS 
REISER.  Translated  from  the  Second  German  Edition.  Crown  8vo. 
Sixty-three  Illustrations.  170  pp.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  4d. 
home ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Improperly  Chosen  Raw  Material  or  Improper  Mixtures — Wrong  Treatment  of  the 
Material  in  Washing,  Carbonisation,  Drying,  Dyeing  and  Spinning — Improper  Spacing  of  the 
Goods  in  the  Loom— Wrong  Placing  of  Colours— Wrong  Weight  or  Width  of  the  Goods 
—Breaking  of  Warp  and  Weft  Threads— Presence  of  Doubles,  Singles,  Thick,  Loose, 
and  too  Hard  Twisted  Threads  as  well  as  Tangles,  Thick  Knots  and  the  Like — Errors  in 
Cross-weaving — Inequalities,  i.e.,  Bands  and  Stripes — Dirty  Borders — Defective  Selvedges — 
Holes  and  Buttons — Rubbed  Places — Creases — Spots — Loose  and  Bad  Colours — Badly  Dyed 
Selvedges — Hard  Goods — Brittle  Goods — Uneven  Goods — Removal  of  Bands,  Stripes, 
Creases  and  Spots. 

SPINNING  AND  WEAVING  CALCULATIONS,  especially 
relating  to  Woollens.  From  the  German  of  N.  REISER.  Thirty-four 
Illustrations.  Tables.  160  pp.  Demy  8vo.  1904.  Price  10s.  6d.  net. 
(Post  free,  10s.  lOd.  home;  11s.  abroad.) 

WORSTED    SPINNERS'    HANDBOOK.     By    H.    TURNER, 

Crown  8vo.     About  176  pages.  [In  the  press^ 

ANALYSIS  OF  WOVEN  FABRICS.  By  A.  F.  BARKER, 
M.Sc.,  and  E.  MIDGLEY.  Demy  8vo.  316  pp.  Numerous  Tables, 
Examples  and  82  Illustrations.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  10d* 
home  ;  8s.  abroad.) 

WATERPROOFING  OF  FABRICS.  By  Dr.  S.  MIERZINSKI. 
Second  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.  Crown  8vo.  140  pp.  2& 
Illustrations.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  4d.  home ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

HOW  TO  MAKE  A  WOOLLEN  MILL  PAY.  By  JOHN 
MACKIE.  Crown  8vo.  76  pp.  Price  3s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  3s.  9d. 
home;  3s.  lOd.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Blends,  Piles,  or  Mixtures  of  Clean  Scoured  Wools— Dyed  Wool  Book— The  Order  Book 
— Pattern  Duplicate  Books — Management  and  Oversight — Constant  Inspection  of  Mill  De- 
partments— Importance  of  Delivering  Goods  to  Time,  Shade,  Strength,  etc. — Plums. 

YARN  AND  WARP  SIZING  IN  ALL  ITS  BRANCHES. 

Translated  from  the  German  of  CARL  KRETSCHMAR.  Royal  8vo.  123 
Illustrations.  150  pp.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  10s.  lOd.  home ; 
11s.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

The  Materials  to  be  Sized — Linen  or  Flax— Ramie  and  Jute — Wool — The  Materials  used 
in  Sizing — The  Sized  Material — The  Sizing  Process;  (a)  Appliances  for,  and  Method  of,  pre- 
paring the  size ;  (b)  Sizing  the  Yarn  in  Hanks  or  Warps  by  hand  ;  (c)  Machine  Sizing — Sizing 
Recipes  for  Different  Effects — Combined  Dyeing  and  Sizing — The  Purchase  and  Testing  of 
Sizing  Ingredients. 

(For  "  Textile  Soaps  and  Oils,"  see  p.  7.) 

(Dyeing,  Colour  Printing,  Matching  and 
Dye = stuffs.) 

THE  COLOUR  PRINTING  OF  CARPET  YARNS.   Manual 
for    Colour   Chemists   and   Textile   Printers.      By   DAVID    PATERSON, 
F.C.S.     Seventeen  Illustrations.     136  pp.     Demy  8vo.     Price  7s.  6d. 
net.     (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home ;  8s.  abroad.) 
Contents. 

Structure  and  Constitution  of  Wool  Fibre — Yarn  Scouring — Scouring  Materials — Water  for 
Scouring — Bleaching  Carpet  Yarns — Colour  Making  for  Yarn  Printing — Colour  Printing 
Pastes — Colour  Recipes  for  Yarn  Printing — Science  of  Colour  Mixing — Matching  of  Colours 
— "  Hank  "  Printing — Printing  Tapestry  Carpet  Yarns — Yarn  Printing — Steaming  Printed 
Yarns— Washing  of  Steamed  Yarns— Aniline  Colours  Suitable  for  Yarn  Printing— Glossary  of 
Dyes  and  Dye-wares  used  in  Wood  Yarn  Printing — Appendix. 


21 

TEXTILE  COLOUR  MIXING.  A  Manual  intended  for 
the  use  of  Dyers,  Calico  Printers  and  Colour  Chemists.  By  DAVID 
PATERSON,  F.R.S.E.,  F.C.S.  Formerly  published  under  title  of  "  Science 
of  Colour  Mixing".  Second  Revised  Edition.  Demy  8vo.  140pp.  41 
Illustrations  with  5  Coloured  Plates  and  4  Plates  showing  Dyed  Speci- 
mens. Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home ;  8s.  abroad.) 

[Just  published. 

DYERS'  MATERIALS :  An  Introduction  to  the  Examination, 
Evaluation  and  Application  of  the  most  important  Substances  used  in 
Dyeing,  Printing,  Bleaching  and  Finishing.  By  PAUL  HEERMAN,  Ph.D. 
Translated  from  the  German  by  A.  C.  WRIGHT,  M.A.  (Oxon.),  B.Sc. 
(Lond.).  Twenty-four  Illustrations.  Crown  8vo.  150  pp.  Price  5s. 
net.  (Post  free,  5s.  4d.  home ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

COLOUR   MATCHING    ON    TEXTILES.      A   Manual   in- 

tended   for  the   use   of    Students   of  Colour   Chemistry,    Dyeing  and 

Textile  Printing.      By  DAVID  PATERSON,  F.C.S.      Coloured  Frontis- 

.      piece.      Twenty-nine  Illustrations  and  Fourteen  Specimens  Of  Dyed 

Fabrics.  Demy  8vo.  132  pp.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd. 
home;  8s.  abroad.) 

COLOUR:  A  HANDBOOK  OF  THE  THEORY  OF 
COLOUR.  By  GEORGE  H.  HURST,  F.C.S.  With  Ten 
Coloured  Plates  and  Seventy-two  Illustrations.  160  pp.  Demy  8vo. 
Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home;  8s.  abroad.) 

Reissue  of 
THE  ART  OF  DYEING  WOOL,  SILK   AND    COTTON. 

Translated  from  the  French  of  M.  HELLOT,  M.  MACQUER  and  M.  LE 
PILEUR  D'APLIGNY.  First  Published  in  English  in  1789.  Six  Plates. 
Demy  8vo.  446  pp.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  6d.  home ;  6s. 
abroad.) 

THE  CHEMISTRY  OF  DYE-STUFFS.  By  Dr.  GEORG  VON 
GEORGIEVICS.  Translated  from  the  Second  German  Edition.  412  pp. 
Demy  8vo.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  lls.  home  ;  11s.  6d.  abroad.) 

THE  DYEING  OF  COTTON  FABRICS:  A  Practical 
Handbook  for  the  Dyer  and  Student.  By  FRANKLIN  BEECH,  Practical 
Colourist  and  Chemist.  272  pp.  Forty-four  Illustrations  of  Bleaching 
and  Dyeing  Machinery.  Demy  8vo.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free, 
7s.  lOd.  home ;  8s.  abroad.) 

THE  DYEING  OF  WOOLLEN  FABRICS.     By   FRANKLIN 

BEECH,  Practical  Colourist  and  Chemist.  Thirty-three  Illustrations. 
Demy  8vo.  228  pp.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home; 
8s.  abroad.) 

(Silk  Manufacture.) 

SILK    THROWING    AND    WASTE    SILK    SPINNING. 

•By  HOLLINS  RAYNER.     Demy  8vo.     170pp.     117  Illus.     Price5s.net. 
(Post  free,  5s.  4d.  home  ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

The  Silkworm— Cocoon  Reeling  and  Qualities  of  Silk— Silk  Throwing— Silk  Wastes— The 
Preparation  of  Silk  Waste  for  Degumming— Silk  Waste  Degumming,  Schapping  and  Dis- 
charging— The  Opening  and  Dressing  of  Wastes — Silk  Waste  "Drawing"  or  "Preparing" 
Machinery— Long  Spinning— Short  Spinning— Spinning  and  Finishing  Processes— Utilisation 
of  Waste  Products — Noil  Spinning — Exhaust  Noil  Spinning. 


22 

(Bleaching  and  Bleaching  Agents.) 

A  PRACTICAL  TREATISE  ON  THE  BLEACHING  OF 
LINEN  AND  COTTON  YARN  AND  FABRICS.  By 

L.  TAILFER,  Chemical  and  Mechanical  Engineer.  Translated  from  the 
French  by  JOHN  GEDDES  MC!NTOSH.  Demy  8vo.  303  pp.  Twenty 
Illus.  Pricel2s.6d.net.  (Post  free,  13s.  home  ;  13s.  6d.  abroad.) 

MODERN  BLEACHING  AGENTS  AND  DETERGENTS. 

By  Professor  MAX  BOTTLER.  Translated  from  the  German.  Crown 
8vo.  16  Illustrations.  160  pages.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  3d. 
home ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Bleaching  Agents — Old  and  New  Bleaching  Methods  and  Bleaching  Agents — Sodium 
Peroxide — Perborates — Ozone — Sodium  Bisulphite  and  Hydrosulphurous  Acid — Discharging 
Colour  from  Textile  Fabrics  with  Hydrosulphurous  Acid — Permanganate — Hydrogen  Per- 
oxide— Bleaching  Fats,  Oils,  Wax  and  Paraffin — Solid,  Stable  Calcium  Hypochlorite  and 
Bleaching  Soda — Electric  Bleaching — Detergents — Benzine  Soaps — Extractive  Detergents 
and  Detergent  Mixtures — Carbon  Tetrachloride — Aceto-Oxalic  Acid  as  a  Detergent  ;  Special 
Methods  of  Removing  Stains — Bleaching  Processes  Used  in  Chemical  Cleaning — Hydrogen 
Peroxide  as  a  Detergent — Oxygen  as  a  Detergent — Sodium  Peroxide  as  a  Detergent — Sundry 
New  Detergents  and  Cleansing  Agents. 

(Cotton  Spinning,  Cotton  Waste  and 
Cotton  Combing.) 

COTTON  SPINNING  (First  Year).  By  THOMAS  THORNLEY, 
Spinning  Master,  Bolton  Technical  School.  160pp.  Eighty-four  Illus- 
trations. Crown  8vo.  Second  Impression.  Price  3s.  net.  (Post  free, 
3s.  4d.  home ;  3s".  6d.  abroad.) 

COTTON  SPINNING  (Intermediate,  or  Second  Year).  By 
THOMAS  THORNLEY.  Second  Impression.  180  pp.  Seventy  Illustra- 
tions. Crown  8vo.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  4d.  home ;  5s.  6d. 
abroad.) 

COTTON  SPINNING  (Honours,  or  Third  Year).  By  THOMAS 
THORNLEY.  216  pp.  Seventy-four  Illustrations.  Crown  8vo.  Second 
Edition.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  tree,  5s.  4d.  home;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

COTTON  COMBING  MACHINES.  By  THOS.  THORNLEY, 
Spinning  Master,  Technical  School.  Bolton.  Demy  8vo.  117  Illustra- 
tions. 300pp.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  8s.  home  ;  8s.  6d.  abroad.) 

COTTON  WASTE  :  Its  Production,  Characteristics,  Regula- 
tion, Opening,  Carding,  Spinning  and  Weaving.  By  THOS.  THORNLEY. 
Demy  8vo.  286  pp.  60  Illustrations.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free, 
7s.  lOd.  home ;  8s.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

The  Production,  Characteristics,  and  Regulation  of  Cotton  Waste.— The  Use  of 
Cotton  Waste— The  Making  of  Waste  in  Cotton  Mills  :  Introduction—The  Blowing-room— 
Various  Kinds  of  Waste  Droppings — Waste  from  Crighton  Opener  with  Hopper  Feeder — 
Scutcher  Droppings — The  Leaf  Bars— Licker-in  Fly — The  Beater  Bars  of  Openers  and 
Scutchers — The  Schaelibaum  Bars — Testing  for  Waste — Calculations  on  Waste  per  cent. — 
Summary  of  Wastes— Carding  Engine  Waste— Card  Strips— Long  Fibre  in  Flat  Strips— The 
Stripping  of  Flat  Cards — Removal  of  Stripping  Dust — Claims  for  Vacuum  System  of  Stripping 
Cylinders  and  Doffers  of  Cards— Dust  Extraction  and  the  Wire  Clothing  of  a  Card— Vacuum 
System  of  Stripping — The  Front  Plate  of  the  Carding  Engine — Communications  on  the  Front 
Plate  Question  sent  to  the  Author— Holland's  Web  Conductor  for  Carding  Engines— Hand 
Cards — Undercasings — Comber  Waste — The  Disposal  of  the  Comber  Waste — Lecture — De- 
fects in  Rovings :  Their  Causes  and  Remedies — The  Work  on  Self-acting  Mules — Spinning 
Waste,  Middle  Iron  Roller  Laps,  Fluker  Rods,  and  Crows  for  Mule  Bottom  Rollers— Banding 
— A  Manager's  Letter  on  Waste  in  Cotton  Mills — The  Waste  Question — Waste  and  Stop- 
motions  for  Doubling  Frames — Extra  Waste  from  Inferior  Cotton — Fuller  Details  of  Waste  in 
Indian  Mills— Double  Yarn  on  Ring-Frames.  [Continued  on  next  page. 


23 


CONTENTS  OF  COTTON  WASTE— (continued). 
Treatment  of  Best  Cotton  Wastes  in  Cotton  ^spinning  Mills,  with  Other  Notes.— 

Treatment  of  Roving  Waste — Roving  Waste  Opening — Modern  Roving  Waste  Openers — • 
Delivery  of  Waste — Blending  of  the  Waste  from  Roving  Opener— Excessive  Use  of  Waste — 
The  Cylinder  Lags -of  Roving  Waste  Opener — The  Gearing — Another  Make  of  Roving  Waste 
Opener — Thread  Extractor — Automatic  Feed — Process  of  Recovering  Good  Cotton  from  Card- 
ing tngine  Strips — Letter  on  Cotton  Mill  Waste. 

The  Opening-  and  Cleaning  of  Cotton  Waste. — Summary  of  Machines  more  or  less 
used  in  the  Treatment  of  Cotton  Waste — Possible  Systems  of  Machinery  in  using  Cotton 
Waste — Mixings — Soaping  Apparatus  —  Opening  and  Cleaning  of  Cotton  Waste  :  General 
Remarks — Productions — The  Willow — Central  Feature  :  Strong  Spikes — A  Make  of  Willow — 
General  Appearance  of  Willow — Spiked  Cylinders — Weighting  of  Feed  Rollers — Preparation 
System — Cop-bottom  Machine — Blow-room  Fires — Heavy  Driving — The  Soaper — Systems  of 
Machines— The  Scutcher— Extra  Beaters— Cop-bottom  Breaking  Machine— Single-Beater 
Lap-fornrng  Scutching  Machine  with  Hopper  Feeder — The  Scutcher  Bars  and  Lap-licking — 
Hard  Ends— The  Crighton. 

The  Carding  of  Cotton  Waste. — Rollers  and  Clearers — Action  of  Roller  and  Clearer — 
Specification  of  Cotton  Waste  Card— The  Cylinder— The  Wire  Covering— Methods  of  Feeding 
the  Breaker  Card — Double  Lap  Method — Single,  breaking  Carding  Engine — Methods  of  Feed- 
ing the  Finisher  Card — The  Lap  Drum — The  Scotch  Feed — Tin  Rollers — The  Derby  Doubler — 
Derby  Doubler  for  Cotton  Waste — Improved  Lattice  Feed — The  "Fancy"  and  "  Humbug  " 
Rollers — The  Fancy  Roller — Single-finishing  Carding  Engine — Breaker  and  Finisher  Cards 
Combined  with  Scotch  Feed— Methods  of  Delivering  Cotton  Waste  from  Finisher  Cards— 
The  Preparation  System — The  Ring  Doffer  System — Rubbers — The  Tape  Condenser — The 
Rubbers— Patent  "  Leather  Tape  "  Condenser— Waste  Carding,  Side  Slivers— Patent  for  Per- 
fecting Side  Ends  in  Carding  Engines — Remarks  on  Cotton  Waste  Carding — Patent  Automatic 
Feeding  Machine  for  Breaking  Carding  Engines — Single  Finishing  Carding  Engine  with  Patent 
Quadruple  Coiling  and  Can  Motion — Adjustment  of  Rollers  and  Clearers — Flat  Card — The 
"Humbug,"  "Fancy,"  and  "Dirt"  Rollers:  General  Remarks — The  Universal  Carding 
Principle— Universal  Cotton  Waste  Set,  72  in.  wide— Tape  Condensers— Double  Doffing 
Arrangement  for  Cotton  Waste  Cards — Other  Double  Doffer  Condensers — Condenser  Bobbins 
—The  Waste  Card  Condenser— Feed  Rollers  of  Card— Special  Rollers— Preparation  System- 
Waste  Carding  Engines  :  Double  Cards — Condenser — Combined  Driving  for  Cards — Improved 
Waste  Stubbing  Frame  for  Preparatory  System. 

Final  Spinning  Machines  for  Cotton  Waste.— Peculiar  Spinning  Machines— The  Can 
Spinning  Frame — The  Spindle  and  Cop— Cup-Spinning  Machine— Spinning  Frame — THE  SELF- 
ACTOR  MULE. — Draughting  of  Cotton  Waste  on  the  Waste  Mule — The  Headstocks — Spindles 
and  Productions — Cotton  Waste  Mule  with  Cotton  Headstock — Driving  for  Variable  Spindle 
Speeds — Three  Speeds  of  Spindle — Stop  Motions — Remarks  on  Three-speed  Driving  and  Waste 
Mules — Round  of  Movements  in  Cotton  Waste  Mule — The  Slubbing  Motion — Wheel  Stubbing 
Motion — Self-acting  Mule — Slubbing  Motion — Draw-back  Motion — Spindle  Stop  Motion — The 
"  Draw-back  "  Motion — Winding  Click  Motion — Details — Special  Motions — Guage  and  Speed 
— Ring  Frame  for  Cotton  Waste. 

The  Use  of  Cotton  Waste  Yarns  in  Weaving.— The  Weaving  of  Cotton  Waste  Yarns 
— Woven  Goods  in  which  Yarns  spun  from  Cotton  Waste  may  be  used — Raising  Process — 
Cleaning  Cloths— Double  Cloth  Weave  from  Waste  Cotton  Weft— Waste  in  Weaving  Sheds- 
Cop  Skewering — Improved  Tubular  Winding  Machine. 

Various  Notes. — The  Counts  of  Cotton  Waste  Yarns — Approximate  Prices  of  Cotton 
Waste — Approximate  Prices  of  Condenser  Yarns — Cotton  Seed  Products — The  Condenser 
Rubbers — Stripping — Banding — Overlooking  and  Kinds  of  Waste — Hard  Ends — Workmen — 
Fine  Counts  from  Waste — Cone-drum  Driving  for  Mules — Use  of  Stores — Woollen  and 
Worsted  Machines,  Summary — Carding  and  Spinning  Machinery — Coal — City  Guilds  Examina- 
tion Question,  1909 — Vigogne  Yarns — Extracts  from  Recent  Consular  Reports — Wastes  in  the 
Woollen  Trade — Absorbent  Cotton — Waste  in  Doubling — Waste  in  Wiping  up  Oil — Loose 
Cotton  Bleaching— Waste  in  American  Mills— Artificial  Silk— Baine's  Loss  Table,  1833— New 
Patent  Machine— Fire  Risk  with  Cotton  Waste— Danger  of  Flannelette— Candlewick— Carpet 
Cops — Condensed  Yarn — Objectionable  Wastes — Woollen  Mill  Wastes — Indian  Raw  Cotton — 
Copious  Index. 

THE  RING  SPINNING  FRAME  :  GUIDE  FOR  OVER- 
LOOKERS AND  STUDENTS.  By  N.  BOOTH.  Crown 
8vo.  76  pages.  Price  3s.  net.  (Post  free,  3s.  3d.  home  ;  3s.  6d.  abroad.) 

(Flax,  Hemp  and  Jute  Spinning.) 

MODERN  FLAX,  HEMP  AND  JUTE  SPINNING  AND 
TWISTING.  A  Practical  Handbook  for  the  use  of  Flax, 
Hemp  and  Jute  Spinners,  Thread,  Twine  and  Rope  Makers.  By 
HERBERT  R.  CARTER,  Mill  Manager,  Textile  Expert  and  Engineer, 
Examiner  in  Flax  Spinning  to  the  City  and  Guilds  of  London 
Institute.  Demy  8vo.  1907.  With  92  Illustrations.  200  pp.  Price 
7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  9d.  home  ;  8s.  abroad.) 


24 

(Collieries  and  Mines.) 

RECOVERY  WORK  AFTER  PIT  FIRES.  By  ROBERT 
LAMPRECHT,  Mining  Engineer  and  Manager.  Translated  from  the 
German.  Illustrated  by  Six  large  Plates,  containing  Seventy-six 
Illustrations.  175  pp.  Demy  8vo.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free, 
10s.  lOd.  home;  11s.  abroad.) 

VENTILATION  IN  MINES.  By  ROBERT  WABNER,  Mining 
Engineer.  Translated  from  the  German.  Royal  8vo.  Thirty  Plates 
and  Twenty-two  Illustrations.  240  pp.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free, 
11s.  home;  11s.  3d.  abroad.) 

THE  ELECTRICAL  EQUIPMENT  OF  COLLIERIES.  By 

W.  GALLOWAY  DUNCAN,  Electrical  and  Mechanical  Engineer,  Member 
of  the  Institution  of  Mining  Engineers,  Head  of  the  Government  School 
of  Engineering,  Dacca,  India  ;  and  DAVID  PENMAN,  Certificated  Colliery 
Manager,  Lecturer  in  Mining  to  Fife  County  Committee.  Demy  8vo. 
310  pp.  155  Illustrations  and  Diagrams.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post 
free,  lls.  home;  11s.  3d.  abroad.) 

(Dental  Metallurgy.) 

DENTAL  METALLURGY  :  MANUAL  FOR  STUDENTS 
AND  DENTISTS.  By  A.  B.  GRIFFITHS,  Ph.D.  Demy 
8vo.  Thirty-six  Illustrations.  200  pp.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free, 
7s.  lOd.  home;  8s.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Introduction — Physical  Properties  of  the  Metals — Action  of  Certain  Agents  on  Metals — 
Alloys — Action  of  Oral  Bacteria  on  Alloys — Theory  and  Varieties  of  Blowpipes — Fluxes — 
Furnaces  and  Appliances — Heat  and  Temperature — Gold — Mercury — Silver — Iron — Copper — 
Zinc — Magnesium — Cadmium — Tin — Lead  —  Aluminium  —  Antimony — Bismuth  —  Palladium — 
Platinum — Iridium — Nickel — Practical  Work — Weights  and  Measures. 

(Engineering,  Smoke   Prevention  and 
Metallurgy.) 

THE    PREVENTION    OF    SMOKE.      Combined    with   the 

Economical  Combustion  of  Fuel.      By  W.   C.    POPPLEWELL,    M.Sc., 

A.M.Inst.,  C.E.,  Consulting  Engineer.     Forty-six  Illustrations.     190pp. 

Demy  8vo.     Price  7s.  6d.  net.     (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home  ;  8s.  3d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Fuel  and  Combustion —  Hand  Firing  in  Boiler  Furnaces — Stoking  by  Mechanical  Means — 
Powdered  Fuel— Gaseous  Fuel— Efficiency  and  Smoke  Tests  of  Boilers— Some  Standard 
Smoke  Trials — The  Legal  Aspect  of  the  Smoke  Question — The  Best  Means  to  be  adopted  for 
the  Prevention  of  Smoke — Index. 

GAS  AND  COAL  DUST  FIRING.  A  Critical  Review  of 
the  Various  Appliances  Patented  in  Germany  for  this  purpose  since 
1885.  By  ALBERT  PUTSCH.  130  pp.  Demy  8vo.  Translated  from  the 
German.  With  103  Illustrations.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  4d. 
home  ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

THE  HARDENING  AND  TEMPERING  OF  STEEL 
IN  THEORY  AND  PRACTICE.  By  FRIDOLIN  REISER. 
Translated  from  the  German  of  the  Third  Edition.  Crown  8vo. 
120  pp.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  3d.  home  ;  5s.  4d.  abroad.) 

SIDEROLOGY:  THE  SCIENCE  OF  IRON  (The  Con- 
stitution of  Iron  Alloys  and  Slags).  Translated  from  German  of 
HANNS  FREIHERR  v.  JUPTNER.  350  pp.  Demy  8vo.  Eleven  Plates 
and  Ten  Illustrations.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  lls.  home; 
lls.  6d.  abroad.) 


25 

EVAPORATING,  CONDENSING  AND  COOLING 
APPARATUS.  Explanations,  Formulae  and  Tables  for  Use 
in  Practice.  By  E.  HAUSBRAND,  Engineer.  Translated  by  A.  C. 
WRIGHT,  M.A.  (Oxon.),  B.Sc.  (Lond.).  With  Twenty-one  Illustra- 
tions and  Seventy-six  Tables.  400  pp.  Demy  8vo.  Price  10s.  6d.  net. 
(Post  free,  11s.  home;  11s.  6d.  abroad.) 

(The  "  Broadway  "  Series  of  Engineering 
Handbooks.) 

Uniform  in  Size  :  Narrow  Crown  8vo.     (To  fit  Pocket.) 
VOLUME    I.— ELEMENTARY      PRINCIPLES     OF     RE- 
INFORCED     CONCRETE     CONSTRUCTION.     By 

EWART  S.  ANDREWS,  B.Sc.  Eng.  (Lond.).  200  pp.  With  57  Illus- 
trations, Numerous  Tables  and  Worked  Examples.  Price  3s.  net. 
(Post  free,  3s.  3d.  home;  3s.  6d.  abroad.) 

VOLUME  II.— GAS  AND  OIL  ENGINES.  By  A.  KIRSCHKE. 
Translated  and  Revised  from  the  German,  and  adapted  to  English 
practice.  160  pp.  55  Illustrations.  Price  3s.  net.  (Post  free, 
3s.  3d.  home  ;  3s.  6d.  abroad.) 

VOLUME  III.— IRON  AND    STEEL  CONSTRUCTIONAL 

WORK.  By  K.  SCHINDLER.  Translated  and  Revised  from 
the  German,  and  adapted  to  English  practice.  140  pp.  115  Illus- 
trations. Price  3s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  3s.  9d.  home ;  4s.  abroad.) 

VOLUME  IV.— TOOTHED  GEARING.  By  G.  T.  WHITE, 
B.Sc.  (Lond.).  220  pp.  136  Illustrations.  Price  3s.  6d.  net.  (Post 
free,  3s.  9d.  home  ;  4s.  abroad.) 

VOLUME  V.— STEAM  TURBINES  :  Their  Theory  and  Con- 
struction. By  H.  WILDA.  Translated  and  Revised  from  the 
German,  and  adapted  to  English  practice.  200  pp.  104  Illus- 
trations. Price  3s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  3s.  9d.  home ;  4s.  abroad.) 

VOLUME  VI. — CRANES  AND  HOISTS.  Their  Construction 
and  Calculation.  By  H.  WILDA.  Translated  from  the  German ; 
revised  and  adapted  to  British  practice.  168  pp.  399  Illustrations. 
Price  3s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  3s.  9d.  home ;  4s.  abroad.) 

VOLUME  VII.— FOUNDRY  MACHINERY.  By  E.  TREIBER. 
Translated  from  the  German  ;  revised  and  adapted  to  British  practice. 
148  pp.  51  Illustrations.  Price  3s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  3s.  9d.  home  ; 
4s.  abroad.) 

VOLUME  VIII.— MOTOR  CAR  MECHANISM.  By  W.  E. 
DOMMETT,  Wh.Ex.,  A.M.I.A.E.  2GO  pp.  102  Illustrations.  Price 
3s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  3s.  9d.  home  ;  4s.  abroad.) 

VOLUME  IX.— ELEMENTARY  PRINCIPLES  OF  ILLUM- 
INATION AND  ARTIFICIAL  LIGHTING.  By  A. 

BLOK,  B.Sc.     240  pp.     124  Illustrations  and  Diagrams  and  1  Folding 
Plate.     Price  3s.  6d.  net.     (Post  free,  3s.  9d.  home ;  4s.  abroad.) 

VOLUME  X.— HYDRAULICS.  By  E.  H.  SPRAGUE,  A.M.I.C.E. 
190  pp.  With  Worked  Examples  and  89  Illustrations.  Price  3s.  6d. 
net.  (Post  free,  3s.  9d.  home  ;  4s.  abroad.) 


26 

VOLUME  XI.— ELEMENTARY  PRINCIPLES  OF  SUR- 
VEYING. By  M.  T.  M.  ORMSBY,  M.I.C.E.I.  244  pp. 
With  Worked  Examples  and  135  Illustrations  and  Diagrams,  including 
4  Folding  Plates.  Price  4s.  net.  (Post  free,  4s.  3d.  home  ;  4s.  6d. 
abroad.) 

VOLUME  XII.— THE  SCIENCE  OF  WORKS  MANAGE- 
MENT. By  JOHN  BATEY.  232  pp.  Price  4s.  net.  (Post 
free,  4s.  3d.  home ;  4s.  6d.  abroad.) 

VOLUME    XIII.— THE    CALCULUS    FOR   ENGINEERS. 

By  EWART  S.  ANDREWS,  B.Sc.  Eng.  (Lond.),  and  H.  BRYON  HEYWOOD, 
D.Sc.  (Paris),  B.Sc.  (Lond.).  284  pp.  102  Illustrations.  With  Tables 
and  Worked  Examples.  Price  4s.  net.  (Post  free,  4s.  3d.  home; 
4s.  6d.  abroad.) 

VOLUME  XIV. — LATHES:  Their  Construction  and  Operation. 

By  G.  W.  BURLEY,  Wh.Ex.,  A.M.I.M.E.     244  pp.     200  Illustrations. 

Price  3s.  6d.  net.     (Post  free,  3s.  9d.  home ;  4s.  abroad.) 

[Just  published. 
VOLUME  XV.— STEAM  BOILERS  AND  COMBUSTION. 

By  JOHN  BATEY.     220  pp.     18  Diagrams.     Price  4s.  net.     (Post  free, 

4s.  3d.  home;  4s.  6d.  abroad.)  [Just  published. 

VOLUME  XVI.— REINFORCED  CONCRETE  IN  PRAC- 
TICE. By  A.  ALBAN  H.  SCOTT,  M.S.A.,  M.C.I.  190  pp. 
130  Illustrations  and  Diagrams  and  2  Folding  Plates.  Price  4s.  net. 
(Post  free,  4s.  3d.  home  ;  4s.  6d.  abroad.)  [Just  published. 

[IN  PREPARATION.] 

STABILITY  OF  MASONRY.    E(y  E.  H.  SPRAGUE,  A.M.I.C.E. 
BRIDGE  FOUNDATIONS.     By  W.  BURNSIDE,  M.I.C.E. 

PORTLAND    CEMENT.      Its    Properties   and    Manufacture. 
By  P.  C.  H.  WEST,  F.C.S. 

TESTING    OF   MACHINE    TOOLS.      By   G.  W.    BURLEY, 
Wh.Ex.,  A.M.I.M.E. 

CALCULATIONS  FOR  A  STEEL  FRAME   BUILDING. 

By  W.  C.  COCKING,  M.C.I. 

GEAR  CUTTING.     By  G.  W.   BURLEY,  Wh.Ex.,  A.M.I.M.E. 
MOVING     LOADS     BY     INFLUENCE     LINES     AND 

OTHER   METHODS.     By  E.  H.  SPRAGUE,  A.M.I.C.E. 

THE    STABILITY    OF    ARCHES.       By    E.    H.    SPRAGUE, 

A.M.I.C.E. 
DRAWING  OFFICE  PRACTICE.     By  W.  CLEGG. 

ESTIMATING    STEELWORK    FOR    BUILDINGS.      By 

B.  P.  F.  GLEED  and  S.  BYLANDER,  M.C.I. 
THE     THEORY     OF     CENTRIFUGAL     AND     TURBO 

PUMP.       By  J.  WELLS. 
STRENGTH  OF  SHIPS.     By  JAMES  BERTRAM  THOMAS. 

MACHINE  SHOP  PRACTICE.     By  G.  W.  BURLEY,  Wh.Ex., 
A.M.I.M.E. 

Prospectus  giving  full  Contents  of  any  of  the  above  volumes  in  preparation  will 
be  sent,  when  ready,  to  anyone  sending  their  address  to  the  Publishers. 


27 

(Sanitary  Plumbing,  Metal  Work,  etc.) 

EXTERNAL  PLUMBING  WORK.  A  Treatise  on  Lead 
Work  for  Roofs.  By  JOHN  W.  HART,  R.P.C.  180  Illustrations.  272 
pp.  Demy  8vo.  Second  Edition  Revised.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post 
free,  7s.  lOd.  home ;  8s.  abroad.) 

HINTS  TO  PLUMBERS  ON  JOINT  WIPING,  PIPE 
BENDING  AND  LEAD  BURNING.  Third  Edition, 
Revised  and  Corrected.  By  JOHN  W.  HART,  R.P.C.  184  Illustrations. 
313  pp.  Demy  8vo.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  8s.  home;  8s.  6d. 
abroad.) 

SANITARY  PLUMBING  AND  DRAINAGE.  By  JOHN 
W.  HART.  Demy  8vo.  With  208  Illustrations.  250  pp.  1904.  Price 
7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home;  8s.  abroad.) 

THE    PRINCIPLES    OF    HOT    WATER    SUPPLY.      By 

JOHN  W.  HART,  R.P.C.      With  129  Illustrations.      177  pp.     Demy  8vo. 
Price  7s.  6d.  net.     (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home;  8s.  abroad.) 

THE  PRINCIPLES  AND  PRACTICE  OF  DIPPING, 
BURNISHING,  LACQUERING  AND  BRONZING 
BRASS  WARE.  By  W.  NORMAN  BROWN.  Revised  and 
Enlarged  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  48  pp.  Price  3s.  net.  (Post  free, 
3s.  3d.  home  and  abroad.) 

A  HANDBOOK  ON  JAPANNING.  For  Ironware,  Tinware, 
and  Wood,  etc.  By  WILLIAM  NORMAN  BROWN.  Second  Edition. 
Crown  8vo.  70  pp.  13  Illustrations.  Price  3s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free, 
3s.  9d.  home  ;  4s.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Introduction. —  Priming  or  Preparing  the  Surface  to  be  Japanned — The  First  Stage  in 
the  Japanning  of  Wood  or  of  Leather  without  a  Priming.  Japan  Grounds. — White  Japan 
Grounds — Blue  Japan  Grounds — Scarlet  Japan  Ground — Red  Japan  Ground — Bright  Pale 
Yellow  Grounds — Green  Japan  Grounds — Orange-Coloured  Grounds — Purple  Grounds — Black 
Grounds — Common  Black  Japan  Grounds  on  Metal — Tortoise-shell  Ground — Painting  Japan 
Work — Varnishing  Japan  Work.  Japanning  or  Enamelling1  Metals. — Enamelling  Bed- 
stead Frames  and  Similar  Large  Pieces — Japanning  Tin,  such  as  Tea-trays  and  Similar  Goods 
—  Enamelling  Old  Work.  Enamelling'  and  Japanning1  Stoves. —  Apparatus  used  in 
Japanning  and  Enamelling— Modern  Japanning  and  Enamelling  Stoves— Stoves  Heated 
by  Direct  Fire — Stoves  Heated  by  Hot-water  Pipes — Pigments  suitable  for  Japanning 
with  Natural  Lacquer — White  Pigments — Red  Pigments — Blue  Pigments — Yellow  Pig- 
ments— Green  Pigments — Black  Pigments — Methods  of  Application — Modern  Methods  of 
Japanning  and  Enamelling  with  Natural  Japanese  Lacquer.  Colours  for  Polished 
Brass — Miscellaneous. — Painting  on  Zinc  or  on  Galvanized  Iron — Bronzing  Compositions — 
Golden  Varnish  for  Metal— Carriage  Varnish— Metal  Polishes— Black  Paints— Black  Stains 
for  Iron — Varnishes  for  Iron  Work.  Processes  for  Tin=Plating. — Amalgam  Process — 
Immersion  Process — Battery  Process — Weigler's  Process — Hern's  Process.  Galvanizing. 
Index. 

SHEET  METAL  WORKING.  Cutting,  Punching,  Bending, 
Folding,  Pressing,  Drawing  and  Embossing  Metals,  with  Machinery  for 
same.  By  F.  GEORGI  and  A.  SCHUBERT.  Translated  from  the  German. 
Demy  8vo.  160  pages.  125  Drawings  and  Illustrations.  2  Folding 
Plates.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home ;  8s.  abroad.) 

[Just  published. 

(Electric  Wiring,  etc.) 

THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  THE  INCANDESCENT 
ELECTRIC  LAMP.  By  G.  BASIL  BARHAM,  A.M.I.E.E. 
Demy  8vo.  200  pp.  With  Two  Plates,  Ten  Tables  and  Twenty- 
five  Illustrations.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  4d.  home;  5s.  6d. 
abroad.) 


28 

WIRING  CALCULATIONS  FOR  ELECTRIC  LIGHT 
AND  POWER  INSTALLATIONS.  A  Practical  Hand- 
book containing  Wiring  Tables,  Rules,  and  Formulae  for  the  Use  of 
Architects,  Engineers,  Mining  Engineers,  and  Electricians,  Wiring 
Contractors  and  Wiremen,  etc.  By  G.  W.  LUMMIS  PATERSON.  Crown 
8vo.  96  pp.  35  Tables.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  3d.  home; 
5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Systems  of  Electrical  Distribution— Direct  Current  Wiring  Calculations — Data  Relating  to 
Direct  Current  Motors — Data  Relating  to  Direct  Current  Dynamos — Alternating  Current 
Wiring  Calculations — Alternating  Current  Motor  Wiring  Calculations — Calculation  of  Alter- 
nating Current  Exposed  Wiring  Circuits — Data  Relating  to  Alternating  Current  Motors — 
Insulation  Resistance — Minimum  Insulation  Resistance  of  Electric  Light  Installation — 1  Lamp 
to  150  Lamps — Particulars  of  Electrical  Conductors — Approximate  Wiring  Capacity  of  Metal 
Conduits — Carrying  Capacity  of  Conductors  in  16  Candle  Power  Lamps  at  Various  Voltages 
and  Efficiencies — Current  Density  in  Conductors  1000  Amperes  per  square  inch. 

ELECTRIC  WIRING  AND  FITTING.  By  SYDNEY  F. 
WALKER,  R.N.,  M.I.E.E.,  M.I.Min.E.,  A.M.Inst.C.E.,  etc.,  etc.  Crown 
8vo.  150  pp.  •  With  Illustrations  and  Tables.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post 
free,  5s.  3d.  home;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 


(Brewing  and  Botanical.) 

HOPS  IN  THEIR  BOTANICAL,  AGRICULTURAL 
AND  TECHNICAL  ASPECT,  AND  AS  AN  ARTICLE 
OF  COMMERCE.  By  EMMANUEL  GROSS.  Translated 
from  the  German.  Seventy-eight  Illustrations.  340  pp.  Demy  Svo. 
Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  11s.  home;  11s.  6d.  abroad.) 

INSECTICIDES,  FUNGICIDES,  AND  WEED  KILLERS. 

By  E.  BOURCART,  D.Sc.  Translated  from  the  French.  Revised  and 
Adapted  to  British  Standards  and  Practice.  Demy  Svo.  450  pp.  83 
Tables  and  12  Illustrations.  Price  12s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  13s.  home  ; 
13s.  6d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Introduction. — Relative  and  Absolute  Diseases — Etiology — Symbiosis — Therapeutics — 
Surgical  Treatment — Chemical  Treatment — Curative  Treatment — Indispensable  Properties  of 
the  Chemical  Agents — Methods  of  Using  Chemical  Products  in  Treating  the  Diseases  of  Plants 
— Use  of  Chemical  Agents  in  the  Form  of  Powder — Use  of  Chemical  Agents  in  the  Liquid 
Form — Prophylaxy — Preventive  Surgical  Treatments — Preventive  Treatment  by  Means  of 
Chemical  Agents — Growth  Stimulants — Nutrition — Exhaustion  of  the  Soil — Choice  of  Species 
— Meteorological  Influences — United  Efforts  to  Exterminate  Injurious  Insects,  Fungi,  and 
Weeds.  Water,  Hot  and  Cold — Submersion  of  Field,  Forest,  and  Vineyard — Scalding. 
CHEMICAL  AGENTS  AND  PRODUCTS  EMPLOYED— Derivatives  of  Carbon  (Carbon 
Compounds)—!.  Products  derived  from  the  Fatty  Series:  Petroleum  (Burning  Oil)— 
Petroleum  Sprays — Petroleum  Oil  and  Soap  Emulsions-Petroleum  Spirit- Vaseline-Acetylene 
— Chloroform — Carbonic  Oxide— Methyl  Alcohol — Ethyl  Alcohol — Amylic  Alcohol — Glycerine 
(Tri-Hydric  Alcohol)— Ether— Mercaptan— Formic  Aldehyde  —  Acetic  Acid— Oxalic  Acid— 
—Oils  and  Fats— Soaps— Hard  Soap— Soft  Soap— Whale  Oil  Soap— Fish  Oil  Soap— 2. 
Products  of  the  Aromatic  Series:  Benzol— Coal  Tar— Wood  Tar  —  Naphthalene—  Ter- 
penes — Oleo  Resins — Galipot — Turpentine — Rosins — Rosin  Soaps— Rosin  Emulsions — Metallic 
Rosinates — Copper  Rosinate — Camphor — Nitrobenzene — Carbolic  Acid — Picric  Acid — Cresol 
— "  Sapocarbol  " — Creosote — "  Creolines  " — "  Lysol  " — Potassium  Dinitro-Cresylate — Thymol 
— /3-Naphthol— Methyl  Violet— Tobacco  (Nicotine  Tobacco  Juice)  —  Quassia  —  Hellebore— 
Pyrethra — Delphinium  (Larkspur) — Strychnine — Nux  Vomica — Walnut  Leaves — Glue— Cutch 
—Aloes— Glossary  of  the  Principal  Diseases  of  Plants  and  the  Parasites  which  occa- 
sion them— Copious  Index,  including  the  Names  of  Cultivated  Plants  and  Diseases 
from  which  each  Plant  may  suffer. 

(For  Agricultural  Chemistry,  see  p.  10.) 


29 

(Wood  Products,  Timber  and  Wood  Waste.) 

WOOD  PRODUCTS  :  DISTILLATES  AND  EXTRACTS. 

By  P.  DUMESNY,  Chemical  Engineer,  Expert  before  the  Lyons  Com- 
mercial Tribunal,  Member  of  the  International  Association  of  Leather 
Chemists;  and  J.  NOYER.  Translated  from  the  French  by  DONALD 
GRANT.  Royal  8vo.  320  pp.  103  Illustrations  and  Numerous  Tables. 
Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  11s.  home  ;  11s.  6d.  abroad.) 

TIMBER  :  A  Comprehensive  Study  of  Wood  in  all  its  Aspects 
(Commercial  and  Botanical),  showing  the  Different  Applications  and 
Uses  of  Timber  in  Various  Trades,  etc.  Translated  from  the  French 
of  PAUL  CHARPENTIER.  Royal  8vo.  437  pp.  178  Illustrations.  Price 
12s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  13s.  home ;  14s.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Physical  and  Chemical  Properties  of  Timber— Composition  of  the  Vegetable  Bodies 
— Chief  Elements — M.  Fremy's  Researches — Elementary  Organs  of  Plants  and  especially  of 
Forests — Different  Parts  of  Wood  Anatomically  and  Chemically  Considered — General  Pro- 
perties of  Wood— Description  of  the  Different  Kinds  of  Wood— Principal  Essences  with 
Caducous  Leaves — Coniferous  Resinous  Trees — Division  of  the  Useful  Varieties  of  Timber 
in  the  Different  Countries  of  the  Globe— European  Timber— African  Timber— Asiatic 
Timber — American  Timber — Timber  of  Oceania — Forests — General  Notes  as  to  Forests  ;  their 
Influence — Opinions  as  to  Sylviculture — Improvement  of  Forests — Unwooding  and  Rewooding 
— Preservation  of  Forests — Exploitation  of  Forests— Damage  caused  to  Forests — Different 
Alterations— The  Preservation  of  Timber— Generalities— Causes  and  Progress  of  De- 
terioration— History  of  Different  Proposed  Processes — Dessication — Superficial  Carbonisation 
of  Timber — Processes  by  Immersion — Generalities  as  to  Antiseptics  Employed — Injection 
Processes  in  Closed  Vessels — The  Boucherie  System,  Based  upon  the  Displacement  of  the 
Sap — Processes  for  Making  Timber  Uninflammable — Applications  of  Timber — Generalities 
— Working  Timber — Paving — Timber  for  Mines — Railway  Traverses — Accessory  Products — 
Gums — Works  of  M.  Fremy — Resins — Barks — Tan — Application  of  Cork — The  Application  of 
Wood  to  Art  and  Dyeing — Different  Applications  of  Wood — Hard  Wood — Distillation  of 
Wood — Pyroligneous  Acid — Oil  of  Wood — Distillation  of  Resins — Index. 

THE  UTILISATION  OF  WOOD  WASTE.     Translated  from 
the  German  of  ERNST  HUBBARD.     Crown  8vo.     192  pp.     Fifty  Illustra- 
tions.   Price  5s.  net.     (Post  free,  5s.  4d.  home ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 
(See  also  Utilisation  of  Waste  Products,  p.  9.) 

(Building  and  Architecture.) 

ORNAMENTAL  CEMENT  WORK.  By  OLIVER  WHEATLEY. 
Demy  8vo.  83  Illustrations.  128  pp.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free, 
5s.  4d.  home ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Introduction— Chapters  I.,  Workshop— II.,  Plain  Work— III.,  Technique— IV.,  Choice  of 
Ornaments — V.,  Extended  Uses. 

THE  PREVENTION  OF  DAMPNESS  IN  BUILDINGS; 

with  Remarks  on  the  Causes,  Nature  and  Effects  of  Saline,  Efflores- 
cences and  Dry-rot,  for  Architects,  Builders,  Overseers,  Plasterers, 
Painters  and  House  Owners.  By  ADOLF  WILHELM  KEIM.  Translated 
from  the  German  of  the  Second  Revised  Edition  by  M.  J.  SALTER,  F.I.C., 
F.C.S.  Eight  Coloured  Plates  and  Thirteen  Illustrations.  Crown  8vo. 
115  pp.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  3d.  home ;  5s.  4d.  abroad.) 

HANDBOOK  OF  TECHNICAL  TERMS  USED  IN  ARCHI- 
TECTURE AND  BUILDING,  AND  THEIR  ALLIED 
TRADES  AND  SUBJECTS.  By  AUGUSTINE  C.  PASSMORE. 
Demy  8vo.  380  pp.  Price  7s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  8s.  home;  8s.  6d. 
abroad.) 


30 

(Foods,  Drugs  and  Sweetmeats.) 

FOOD  AND  DRUGS.     By  E.  J.  PARRY,  B.Sc,  F.I.C.,  F.C.S. 
Volume  I.     The  Analysis  of  Food  and  Drugs  (Chemical  and  Micro- 
scopical).    Royal  8vo.     724  pp.     Price  21s.  net.     (Post  free,  21s.  6d. 
home;  22s.  6d.  British  Colonies;  23s.  3d.  other  Foreign  Countries.) 
Volume  II.     The  Sale  of  Food  and  Drugs  Acts,  1875-1907.    Royal  8vo. 
184  pp.     Price  7s.  6d.  net.     (Post  free,  7s.  lOd.  home;  8s.  abroad.) 
Contents  of  Volume  I. 

Tea,  Cocoa  and  Chocolate,  Coffee— Milk,  Cheese,  Butter,  Lard,  Suet,  Olive  Oil— The  Car- 
bohydrate Foods — The  Starches  and  Starchy  Foods — -Spices,  Flavouring  Essences,  etc. — • 
Alcoholic  Beverages — Flesh  Foods — Microscopical  Analysis — Drugs  containing  Alkaloids,  etc. 
—Drugs  (generally)— The  Essential  Oils  of  the  British  Pharmacopoeia— Fatty  Oils,  Waxes,  and 
Soaps  of  the  British  Pharmacopoeia — The  Chemicals  of  the  British  Pharmacopoeia. 

Contents  of  Volume  II. 

The  Sale  of  Food  and  Drugs  Act.  1875 — Description  of  Offences— Appointment  and  Duties 
of  Analysts,  and  Proceedings  to  obtain  Analysis — Proceedings  against  Offenders — Expenses  of 
executing  the  Act — The  Sale  of  Food  and  Drugs  Amendment  Act,  1879 — The  Sale  of  Food 
and  Drugs  Acts,  1899— The  Margarine  Act,  1887— The  Butter  and  Margarine  Act,  1907. 

THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  PRESERVED  FOODS  AND 
SWEETMEATS.  By  A.  HAUSNER.  With  Twenty-eight 
Illustrations.  Translated  from  the  German  of  the  third  enlarged 
Edition.  Second  English  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  225  pp.  Price  7s.  6d. 
net.  (Post  free,  7s.  9d.  home ;  7s.  lOd.  abroad.) 
Contents. 

The  Manufacture  of  Conserves — Introduction — The  Causes  of  the  Putrefaction  of  Food 
— The  Chemical  Composition  of  Foods — The  Products  of  Decomposition — The  Causes  of  Fer- 
mentation and  Putrefaction — Preservative  Bodies — The  Various  Methods  of  Preserving  Food 
— The  Preservation  of  Animal  Food — Preserving  Meat  by  Means  of  Ice — The  Preservation 
of  Meat  by  Charcoal — Preservation  of  Meat  by  Drying — The  Preservation  of  Meat  by  the 
Exclusion  of  Air— The  Appert  Method— Preserving  Flesh  by  Smoking— Quick  Smoking— Pre- 
serving Meat  with  Salt — Quick  Salting  by  Air  Pressure — Quick  Salting  by  Liquid  Pressure — 
Gamgee's  Method  of  Preserving  Meat — The  Preservation  of  Eggs — Preservation  of  White 
and  Yolk  of  Egg — Milk  Preservation — Condensed  Milk — The  Preservation  of  Fat — Manu- 
facture of  Soup  Tablets— Meat  Biscuits— Extract  of  Beef— The  Preservation  of  Vegetable 
Foods  in  General — Compressing  Vegetables — Preservation  of  Vegetables  by  Appert's  Method 
— The  Preservation  of  Fruit — Preservation  of  Fruit  by  Storage — The  Preservation  of  Fruit 
by  Drying — Drying  Fruit  by  Artificial  Heat — Roasting  Fruit — The  Preservation  of  Fruit  with 
Sugar — Boiled  Preserved  Fruit — The  Preservation  of  Fruit  in  Spirit,  Acetic  Acid  or  Glycerine 
—Preservation  of  Fruit  without  Boiling — Jam  Manufacture — The  Manufacture  of  Fruit 
Jellies— The  Making  of  Gelatine  Jellies— The  Manufacture  of  "  Sulzen  "—The  Preservation  of 
Fermented  Beverages — The  Manufacture  of  Candies — Introduction — The  Manufacture  of 
Candied  Fruit — The  Manufacture  of  Boiled  Sugar  and  Caramel — The  Candying  of  Fruit — 
Caramelised  Fruit — The  Manufacture  of  Sugar  Sticks,  or  Barley  Sugar — Bonbon  Making — 
Fruit  Drops — The  Manufacture  of  Dragees — The  Machinery  and  Appliances  used  in  Candy 
Manufacture — Dyeing  Candies  and  Bonbons — Essential  Oils  used  in  Candy  Making — Fruit 
Essences — The  Manufacture  of  Filled  Bonbons,  Liqueur  Bonbons  and  Stamped  Lozenges — 
Recipes  for  Jams  and  Jellies — Recipes  for  Bonbon  Making — Dragdes — Appendix — Index 

RECIPES  FOR  THE  PRESERVING  OF  FRUIT,  VEGE- 
TABLES AND  MEAT.  By  E.  WAGNER.  Translated 
from  the  German.  Crown  8vo.  125  pp.  With  14  Illustrations.  Price 
5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  3d.  home  ;  5s.  4d.  abroad.) 

(Dyeing  Fancy  Goods.) 

THE  ART  OF  DYEING  AND  STAINING  MARBLE, 
ARTIFICIAL  STONE,  BONE,  HORN,  IVORY  AND 
WOOD,  AND  OF  IMITATING  ALL  SORTS  OF 
WOOD.  A  Practical  Handbook  for  the  Use  of  Joiners, 
Turners,  Manufacturers  of  Fancy  Goods,  Stick  and  Umbrella  Makers, 
Comb  Makers,  etc.  Translated  from  the  German  of  D.  H.  SOXHLET, 
Technical  Chemist.  Crown  8vo.  168  pp.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free, 
5s.  3d.  home;  5s.  4d.  abroad.) 


31 

(Celluloid.) 

CELLULOID  :  Its  Raw  Material,  Manufacture,  Properties  and 
Uses.  A  Handbook  for  Manufacturers  of  Celluloid  and  Celluloid 
Articles,  and  all  Industries  using  Celluloid  ;  also  for  Dentists  and 
Teeth  Specialists.  By  Dr.  Fr.  BOCKMANN,  Technical  Chemist.  Trans- 
lated from  the  Third  Revised  German  Edition.  Crown  8vo.  120pp. 
With  49  Illustrations.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  3d.  home ;  5s.  4d. 
abroad.) 

Contents. 

Chapters  I.,  Raw  Materials  for  the  Manufacture  of  Celluloid  :  Cellulose  and  Pyroxylin 
— Gun-cotton — Properties  of  Gun-cotton — Special  Gun-cottons  for  Celluloid  Manufacture — 
Nitrating  Centrifugalisers— Collodion  Wool — Methods  of  Preparing  Collodion  Wool — Cam- 
phor —  Japanese  (Formosa)  Camphor,  Ordinary  Camphor  —  Borneo  Camphor  (Borneol), 
Sumatra  Camphor,  Camphol,  Baros  Camphor) — -Properties  of  Camphor — Artificial  Camphor 
— Camphor  Substitutes.  II,,  The  Manufacture  of  Celluloid;  Manufacturing  Camphor  by 
the  Aid  of  Heat  and  Pressure — Manufacture  of  Celluloid  by  Dissolving  Gun-cotton  in  an 
Alcoholic  Solution  of  Camphor— Preparing  Celluloid  by  the  Cold  Process — Preparation  with 
an  Ethereal  Solution  of  Camphor — Preparation  with  a  Solution  of  Camphor  and  Wood 
Spirit.  III.,  The  Employment  of  Pyroxylin  for  Artificial  Silk  :  Denitrating 
and  Colouring  Pyroxylin  —  Uninflammable  Celluloid  —  Celluloid  and  Cork  Composition — 
Incombustible  Celluloid  Substitute  —  Xylonite  or  Fibrolithoid.  IV.,  Properties  of 
Celluloid.  V.,  Testing  Celluloid.  VI.,  Application  and  Treatment  of  Celluloid: 
Caoutchouc  Industry  —  Making  Celluloid  Ornaments — Working  by  the  Cold  Process  — 
Working  by  the  Warm  Process — Celluloid  Combs — Celluloid  as  a  Basis  for  Artificial 
Teeth  — Stained  Celluloid  Sheets  as  a  Substitute  for  Glass  — Celluloid  Printing  Blocks 
and  Stamps— Collapsible  Seamless  Vessels  of  Celluloid— Making  Celluloid  Balls— Celluloid 
Posters— Pressing  Hollow  Celluloid  Articles— Casting  Celluloid  Articles— Method  for  Pro- 
ducing Designs  on  Plates  or  Sheets  of  Celluloid,  Xylonite,  etc. — Imitation  Tortoiseshell — 
Metallic  Incrustations — Imitation  Florentine  Mosaic — Celluloid  Collars  and  Cuffs — Phono- 
graph Cylinder  Composition — Making  Umbrella  and  Stick  Handles  of  Celluloid  —  Celluloid 
Dolls— Celluloid  for  Ships'  Bottoms— Celluloid  Pens— Colouring  Finished  Celluloid  Articles- 
Printing  on  Celluloid — Employment  of  Celluloid  (and  Pyroxylin)  in  Lacquer  Varnishes — Index. 

(Lithography,  Printing  and  Engraving.) 

ART  OF  LITHOGRAPHY.  By  H.  J.  RHODES.  Demy  8vo. 
344  pages.  120  Illustrations.  2  Folding  Plates.  Copious  combined 
Index  and  Glossary.  Price  10s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  11s.  home;  11s.  3d. 
abroad.) 

PRINTERS'  AND  STATIONERS'  READY  RECKONER 
AND  COMPENDIUM.  Compiled  by  VICTOR  GRAHAM. 
Crown  8vo.  112  pp.  1904.  Price  3s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free,  3s.  9d.  home ; 
3s.  lOd.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Price  of  Paper  per  Sheet,  Quire,  Ream  and  Lb.— Cost  of  100  to  1000  Sheets  at  various 
Sizes  and  Prices  per  Ream— Cost  of  Cards— Quantity  Table— Sizes  and  Weights  of  Paper, 
Cards,  etc. — Notes  on  Account  Books — Discount  Tables — Sizes  of  spaces  —  Leads  to  a  Ib. — 
Dictionary — Measure  for  Bookwork — Correcting  Proofs,  etc. 

ENGRAVING  FOR  ILLUSTRATION.  HISTORICAL 
AND  PRACTICAL  NOTES.  By  J.  KIRKBRIDE.  72  pp. 
Two  Plates  and  6  Illustrations.  Crown  8vo.  Price  2s.  6d.  net.  (Post 
free,  2s.  9d.  home ;  2s.  lOd.  abroad.) 

(For  Printing  Inks,  see  p.  3.) 


(Bookbinding.) 


PRACTICAL  BOOKBINDING.  By  PAUL  ADAM.  Translated 
from  the  German.  Crown  8vo.  180  pp.  127  Illustrations.  Price  5s. 
net.  (Post  free,  5s.  4d.  home ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 


32 

(Sugar  Refining.) 

THE  TECHNOLOGY  OF  SUGAR  :  Practical  Treatise  on 
the  Modern  Methods  of  Manufacture  of  Sugar  from  the  Sugar  Cane  and 
Sugar  Beet.  By  JOHN  GEDDES  MC!NTOSH.  Third  Revised  and 
Enlarged  Edition.  Demy  8vo.  Fully  Illustrated. 

[New  Edition  in  the  press. 

(See  "Evaporating,  Condensing,  etc.,  Apparatus," p.  25.) 

(Emery.) 

EMERY  AND  THE  EMERY  INDUSTRY.  Translated 
from  the  German  of  A.  HAENIG.  Crown  8vo.  45  Illustrations.  110pp. 
Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  3d.  home ;  5s.  6d.  abroad.) 

Contents. 

Abrasive  Materials. — Natural  Abrasive  Materials — Emery — Corundum — The  Artificial 
Abrasives :  Carborundum,  Acheron's  Carborundum  Furnace  Equipment  and  Operation  of 
Carborundum  Works,  Purification  and  Properties  of  Carborundum,  Output  of  Carborundum 
—Artificial  Corundum— Crushed  Steel— Electrite.  Emery  and  Grinding  Discs.— The  Pre- 
paration of  Discs  and  Emery  Wheels — The  Binding  Medium — Hardness  and  Grain — Peri- 
pheral Velocity — Hardness  of  the  Abrasive  Material — The  Manufacture  of  Emery  Discs,  etc. 
— Varieties  and  Shapes  of  Emery  Discs — Wheels  and  Cylinders — Experiments  on  the  Stability 
and  Capacity  of  Emery  Wheels — Points  on  the  Use  of  Grinding  Discs — The  Further  Treat- 
ment of  Grinding  Discs — Mounting  the  Discs — Guards — Results  of  Bursting  Tests — Dust 
Exhauster — Roughing  and  Trueing  the  Grinding  Discs.  Grinding1  Machines. — Introductory 
— Principal  Types  of  Grinding  Machines — Tool-Grinding  Machines — Knife-Grinding  Machines 
— Saw- Sharpen  ing  Machines — Machines  for  Grinding  Flat  Surfaces — Special  Types  of  Grind- 
ing Machines— Circular  Grinding— Universal  Tool  Grinding  Machines— Working  Results 
Obtained  in  Practical  Grinding. 

(Bibliography.) 

CLASSIFIED  GUIDE  TO  TECHNICAL  AND  COM- 
MERCIAL BOOKS.  Compiled  by  EDGAR  GREENWOOD. 
Demy  8vo.  224  pp.  1904.  Being  a  Subject-list  of  the  Principal 
British  and  American  Books  in  print ;  giving  Title,  Author,  Size,  Date, 
Publisher  and  Price.  Price  5s.  net.  (Post  free,  5s.  4d.  home ;  5s.  6d. 
abroad.) 

HANDBOOK  TO  THE  TECHNICAL  AND  ART 
SCHOOLS  AND  COLLEGES  OF  THE  UNITED 
KINGDOM.  Containing  particulars  of  nearly  1,000  Techni- 
cal, Commercial  and  Art  Schools  throughout  the  United  Kingdom. 
With  full  particulars  of  the  courses  of  instruction,  names  of  principals, 
secretaries,  etc.  Demy  8vo.  150  pp.  Price  3s.  6d.  net.  (Post  free, 
3s.  lOd.  home;  4s.  abroad.) 


SCOTT,  GREENWOOD  &  SON, 

TECHNICAL    BOOK    AND    TRADE    JOURNAL    PUBLISHERS, 
8  BROADWAY,  LUDGATE,  LONDON,  E.C.,  ENGLAND. 

Telegraphic  Address,  "Printeries,  Cent.,  London".  July,  1915. 


RETURN 


CIRCULATION  DEPARTMENT 

202  Main  Library  642-3403 


LOAN  PERIOD  1 
HOME  USE 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

1 -month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling  642-3405 

6-month  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  books  to  Circulation  Desk 

Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4  days  prior  to  due  date 

DUE   AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


SENT  ON  ILL 

NOV  0  7  2002 

U.  C.  BERKELEY 


FORM  NO.  DD  6,  40m,  6'76 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
BERKELEY,  CA  94720 


322557 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY